Graf - Encyclopedia of Electronic Circuits - Vol 1 PDF

1938
ENCYCLOPEDIA OF
ELECTRO IC
CIRCUITS VOLUME 1
RUDOLF F. GRAF
•
l"'
I • ...
,.. :' ....

~I j..li ~~~I - ~J 4;.J-lj.l f .t
-.,;JJS:h ...,.£ ~JiJ _r.; - -.,;Jy.S:l1' ..:..1~1 J &il' t '.fi a\S" ~jiJ ~'Jl"-'1'
1,1.\all ..:,\S"_r.ll j..Ati 4.Y' t. lj~ I ~_r. i i _,..:.y ~ J.r-J ~
2239468..,-s'li 2221161- 2451161 ~"'\.lo -"'~))~.,~, ~ u-~- '.)~- ~~
E .mail:nazir@matni.com www.matni.com
NAZIR MATNI ELECTRONICS
HALBOUNI, MOSALAM BAROUDI STR , DIAB BLDG. FU l,P.O.BOX· J2011
DAMASCUS - SYRIA
TEL:+963-11 -22211 61 FAX :+963 -11-2239468
E-Mail: nazir@matni.com www .matni.com
Importers I Exporters I Distributors I Retailers I Mail orders :

All kinds Electronic Components , Pruts , Devices, .... ...... .. .. .... .
Contents
Acknowledgments vi
Introduction vii
Common Schematic Symbols viii
1 Alarms 1
2 Amateur Radio 14
3 Amplifiers 26
4 Analog-to-Digital Converters 43
5 Attenuators 51
6 Audio Mixers 54
7 Audio Oscillators 61
8 Audio Power Amplifiers 71
9 Audio Signal Amplifiers 83
10 Automotive 93
11 Battery Chargers 110
12 Battery Monitors 119
13 Buffers 125
14 Capacitance (Touch) Operated Circuits 129
15 Carrier Current Circuits 139
16 Comparators 147
17 Converters 158
18 Crossover Networks 171
19 Crystal Oscillators 174
20 Current Measuring Circuits 200
21 Current Sources and Sinks 204
22 De/de and dc/ac Converters 207
23 Decoders 212
24 Delay Circuits 216
25 Detectors 221
26 Digital•to-Analog Converters 236
27 Dip Meters 245
28 Displays 249
29 Dividers 256
30 Drivers 260
31 Fiber Optic Circuits 267
32 Field Strength Meters 272
33 Filters 277
34 Flashers and Blinkers 298
35 Frequency Measuring Circuits 309
36 Frequency Multlpiiers 312
37 Frequency-to-Voltage Converters 315
38 Fuzz Circuits 319
39 Games 323
40 Gas/Vapor Detectors 331
41 Indicators 334
42 Infrared Circuits 3ll0
43 Instrumentation Amplifiers 345
44 Light Activated Circuits 356
45 Light Controls 368
46 Light Measuring Circuits 381
47 liquid Level Detectors 385
48 Logic Circuits 392
49 Measuring Circuits 396
50 Metal Detectors 407
51 Metronomes 410
52 Miscellaneous Circuits 414
53 Mixers and Multiplexers 424
54 Modulation Monitors 429
55 Modulators 432
56 Moisture and Rain Detectors 441
57 Motor Controls 444
58 Multivibrators 459
59 Noise Generators 466
oO Oscilloscope Circuits 470
61 Phase Sequence and Phase Shift Circuits 475
62 Photograpby Related Circuits 478
63 Power Measuring Circuits 486
64 Power Supplies (Fixed) 490
65 Power Supplies (Variable) 504
66 Power Supply Protection Circuits 514
67 Probes 519
68 Pulse Generators 528
69 Radiation Detectors 533
70 Ramp Generators 538
71 Receivers 541
72 Resistance and Continuity Measuring Circuits 548
73 RF Amplifiers 553
74 RF Oscillators 569
75 Remote Control Circuits 573
76 Safety and Security Circuits 578
77 Sample and Hold Circuits 584
78 Schmitt Triggers 591
79 Smoke and Flame Detectors 594
80 Sound Effect Circuits 597
81 Sound (Audio) Operated Circuits 607
82 Square Wave Oscillators 611
83 Stereo Balance Circuits 617
84 Switches 620
85 Telephone Related Circuits 624
86 Temperature Controls 637
87 Temperature Sensors 645
~8 Timers 659
89 Tone Control Circuits 669
90 Transmitters 678
91 Ultrasonic Circuits 682
92 Video Amplifiers 686
93 Voltage and Current Sources and Reference
Circuits 693
94 Voltage-Controlled Oscillators 700
95 Voltage-to-Frequency Converters 705
96 Voltmeters 709
97 Waveform and Function Generators 717
98 Zero Crossing Detectors 727
Sources 730
Index 749
Introduction
This volume of timely and practical circuits highlights the creative work of many people.
Featured here are many circuits that appeared only briefly in some of our finer periodi-
cals or limited-circulation publications. Also included are other useful and unique circuits
from more readily available sources.
The source for each circuit is given in the sources section at the back of the book.
The bold figure number that appears inside the box oi each circuit is the key to the
source. For example, the High Stability Voltage Reference circuit shown below is Fig.
93-10. If you tum to the Sources section and look for Fig. 93-10 you will find that
.Precision Monolithics supplied this circuit from p. 6-142 of their Full Line Catalog.
HIGH STABILITY
VOLTAGE REFERENCE
Fig. 93-9: Reprinted with the pennis-

·sion of National Semiconductor Corp.
_r
Transistorl>atQ:book, 1982, p. 11-25.
..
t
oo ~. i:~ Fig. 93-10: Precision Monoiithics In-
·~·~,
.. v ., ~'- ,-'~-;ov_) corporated, -1981 Full Line Catalog, p.
..... ~ c
RJ ----'!.L_
1 ... '
6·142.
Ave• · " Fig. 93-11: Precision MoPWlithicsJn-
Fig. 93-10 corporated, 1981 Full Line Catalog,p.
10·18.
Many circuits are accompanied by a brief explanatory text. Those that do not have
textcan be readily understood from similar circuits in that chapter, or else they may be
too complex to be explained briefly. The sparseness oftext is deliberate so as to allow for
more circuits which, after all, is what this book is all about.
The Index and Contents will be a time saver for the reader who knows exactly what
he is looking for. The first page of each chapter lists the circuits in the order that they
appear. The browser will surely discover many ideas and circuits that may well tum out
to be most rewarding and great fun to put together.
The Common Schematic Symbols chart will help you identify circuit components.
vii
Common Schematic Symbols
+ +
NO tONNECTHIN CONNECTION
~
VOLTAGE
OM SIGNAL
~
TO VOLTAGE
SOURCE OR SIGNAL
~
FUSE
-iOf-
CRYSTAL
~
SOURCE
... VOLTAGE OR QJ
-.__,
--4
GROUND SIGNAL IN
4>--
MALE FEMAlE _r- :=Jl MICROPHONE
SPEAKER
BOARD
CONNECTORS
r- r-
PHONE
PLUG
@
PfiONE
JACK
-@I I
DIODE
~
ZENER
@-
PIN DIODE
17 ©
AliTENNA MHER
60
HEADPHONES
r# ®
" "
•
l'tiONO PliO NO
PLUG
JACK
o-
BANANA
JACK
__.::,____
.,.
SHIELDED
Q:
"PLUG
SOCKET
I
I
-®:
"' PHOTO DIODE
-®'
1/ARACTOR
--{][>-
CONSTANT
a
INCANDESCENT NEON
CABU
"" TRIAC CURRENT
SOURCE
lAMP
""'
N CHANNEL fNHANCEMEIH N CHANNEl ENHANCEMENT/
N-CHMIINEL N-CHANNEL
·~' ~
DEPlETION MQSFET
E-%82"
MDSfET
~ SUB
0
oo@:'s
~
G S G~
fi1r-.lO SUB
P-CHANNH P-CHANNEL G
·-©. o-@:: E--@=82"

PHOT:OTf'IANSISTDA
~SUB ~SUB
•---'.!..9'1;
BIPOLAR JUNCTIIJN FET UNIJUNCTION P-CHAN~~\::rHANCEMENT P-CiiANNEL EJrlliANCEMENT/
DEPLETION MOSFET
'
~ ~I ~~ I ------ -*-
RESISTOR
CAPACITOR
INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR

-.L I --ll'-- ---<1'---
!AIR COREl URON COREl
'"""'"'' I POTENTIOMETER
CAPACITOR
(ElECTROLYTIC)
BATTERY
(SINGLE CElli
THERMISTOR
--JE-
___.l:_ CAPACITOR
INON-POLARIZEOI
POHNTiaMETER
--'*'- VARISTOR
]~[ E (TRIMMER)
CAPACITOR
(VARIABLEI
--tl----•1!
BATTERY
TRANSFORMER ::s
RELAY
~
CAPACITOR
ITRIMMERI
(MULTI CELL)
LIGiiT·OEPENOENT
RESISTOR
-[>-
AMPLIFIEAIBUFFEA
-[>-
INVERTING
AMPLI~IEAIBUFFEA
./~
''"
SWITCH
~
SPOT
~
SWITCH
... SPOT
SliDE
SWITCH
0 ~. GATE
0
G
0 1 ..J:..
0 0
~011""
GATE
""NOA''
GATE
"EXCLUSIVE~A"
GATE
0 PUSHBUTTON
G
SWITCH
IIDT.t.AY
SWITCH
1C PACKAGl
vii•
1
Alarms
The sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Computalarm Blown Fuse Alarm

Automotive Burglar Alarm Auto Burglar Alarm
Security Alarm Continuous-Tone 2kHz Buzzer with Bridge
Vehicle Security ~system Drive, Gated on by a Logic 0
Home Security Monitor System Pulsed-Tone Alarm, Gated by a High Input,
Antitheft Device with Direct-Drive Output
Auto Burglar Alarm ~Piezoelectric Alarm
Tamper-Proof Burglar Alarm Gated 2 kHz Buzzer
Latching Burglar Alarm Burglar Alarm
Motion-Activated Motorcycle or Car Alarm Latching Burglar Alarm
Boat Alarm Sun -Powered Alarm
Freezer Meltdown Alarm
COMPUTALARM
"' ~~~~~----77-------.
'·.
TO +12 V
" Cl C1
AT BATTER 'I'
110
,,, ,,,
18~~:~-1 ° " 1W
l SCR I
..
TO SENSING
I"""
SWITCH
"
HK
01
SWITCHtS - ~UNK
USE AS MANY ~SWITCH
" I
AS REQUIRED
"' 01 01
R4
HOOO
'iWITCH "
-}_ 91( •. 1K
3.6V 10-V
ZH€R 010[1{ ZUER 0100( RS •. 7l
Fig. 1-1
R9 1 11(
Rl
. . . __j
'"
SWITCH.,
C3 • 50pF
...",
Circuit Notes
The circuit has a built-in, self-arming fea- mately 1 to 2 seconds apart) for a period of one
ture. The driver turns off the ignition, presses minute. Then the Computalarm automatically
the arm button on the.Computalarm, and leaves shuts itself off (to csave your battery) and re-
the car. Within 20 seconds, the a>arm arms arms. If a door, the trunk lid, or the hood re-
itself-all automatically! The circuit will then mains ajar, the alarm circuit retriggers and
detect the opening of any monitored door, the another period of horn blasts occurs. The Com-
trunk lid, or the hood on the car. Once acti- putalarm has a "key" switch by which the
vated, the circuit remains dormant for 10 sec- driver can disarm the alarm circuit within a
onds. When the 10-second time delay has run 10-second period after he enters the door. The
out, the circuit will close the car's hom relay key switch consists of a closed circuit jack, ]l,
and sound the horn in periodic blasts (approxi- and a mating miniature plug.
2
AUTOMOTIVE BURGLAR ALARM
TO 51
TO DOME LIGHT
SWITCH tBk
10k
680
Rl
Q.\
•
•
'"
02
TO 51
£ '!'RIG.
TIMER
TtiFISI"ID.
550
Ul
47k
2t..l2222
Q2
ro 51 DISCH "'
CON-T.
-GNO VOLT.
+12V~~
ON
51
,lc'
C2
EXCEPT AS INDICATED, OEC1MAL
~
VALUES OF CAPACITANCE ARE
IN MICROFARADS I JlF I ; OTHERS 7 6 2
OISCH TRIG.
ARC: IN PICOFARADS (pF OR JlJlFl; THRSHO.
U2 Ul AND U2,
RESISTANCES ARE IN OHMS;
k •1000, M•l 000 000 "'TIMER 5Mi R2 VIEWED FROM
·o·
TO 51
THE TOP
• 4
OUT Vee 8 --~ . ~

3 4 5
R3
E
01
tN4003 •[)
c•·
8. r.:-,8
cl._/
(BOTTOM VIEW)
02, 03, 04, DEPENDING ON
CASE STYLE
Fig. 1-2
Circuit Notes
Alarm triggers on after a 13 second delay and stays on for 1·111! minutes. Then it
resets automatically. It can also be turned off and reset by opening and reclosing SL
3
...
SECURITY ALARM
S26oN
T ,--- 0.,.
"'If ...J:_
CLOSEb-LOOP
INPUT !FROM
I
R2 "' D4 u o I I ')
1
TERp,o\INAl) 470n 10K IN914 CLOSED-LOOP Sl

'N. --1+- TEST
z
R7
1 MEG
is-SECOND R13
GUlCH DELAY ARMED LATCH I lK
R15
4./K
R17
lK
Cl
.Dl
- R18
02 47Q
01
R29
IN914 IN914 +..Lc•3 410!l
R8 :J;lDO"F 4
f-:-~
-- lOOK :
R12 C10 ':"
lOOK 100~Jf
12_
11
ZN5060
03 y,f."
uI ,:€~
R24
470n 12 3 I+
••
lOOK
_Cll
lQ' 2H!
R28! C1J
ARMED
- - ... 33}-IF
-
15-SECONO OPfN-LOOP OPEi\1-LOOP INPUT ALARM-ON 1-15 MINUTE
GATE TRIGGER INPUT CONDITIONER & SWITCH TURN-OFF
DELAY iTO TERMINAL4) SCR DRIVER
ICl, 2, 3- CD4011 UUAD 2-INPUT NAND GATES
Fig. 1-3
Circuit Notes
This alarrll features open- and closed-loop detector and automatic alarm shutoff.
Offers 15 second exit/entrance delay. Alarm on time can be adjusted from 1 to 15
minutes.
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM
"'
'"
"
2N2222A
DOME
LIGHT
Fig. 1-4
Circuit Notes
This alarm gives a 15-20 second exit and entrance delay. After being triggered. the
alarm sounds for five minutes and then shuts off. Once triggered, the sequence 1s
automatic and is not affected by subsequent opening or closing of doors.
5
HOME SECURITY MONITOR SYSTEM
3M
100K
N/0 DELAY 100K
+
100K
02 .01p,F 100K
1M
+
N/C
S4
1M
10K
Alarm
All diodes =-1N9148 +o--.-l relay
06
For siren, horn, etc.
Fig. 1-5
Circuit Notes
This circuit provides normally open (NO) and normally closed (NC) contacts Sl, S2,
and S3 to tum on the alarm after a 30 second delay. S4 and S5 operate instantly. The
CANCEL switch resets the alarm.
6
ANTITHEFT DEVICE
.,
6..
cz.. ~+
"";;J;,
' Do
•
VIBRATION
'] -~ ' I ~~ ICtc.}ro
SEN$0!=1
.,
c•i+
IC1a
-------,
~ '"" '"' :
-------
'
-=-= v
~ (",,
o1 ~
~ '
~-ICtb).
-BUZZER AELAY :
'
COD<' I 6
:------··' "
I ,J;;'v +15V
.'
------''
" R6 Oo
'" £Y
11 5
IICtdy '
13-,- ~~ IC2b
~·
6 7
••
10M •• •
••
--2201o;
: =
C3
NOTE:
IC1,2 ARE 4011
01 IS 11\14148
'"" 470n
D21S 1N4001
CONNECT UNUSED INPUTS
-TO OV OR +15V
n
"
Fig. 1-6 Circuit Notes
Any momentary break in the protective loop or tripping of the normally closed
vibration sensor, causes alarm to sound for 20 seconds. If the circuit is open all the time,
the alarm will sound continuously.
AUTO BURGLAR ALARM
3.3kl1 DPDT key switch Hidden

1W 1000!-<F 611 ,~-----,
reset switch
35V \ \
1W \
+
r- -,
~I
+
Auto I I G To horn wire in
To door dome Reed I 1Shaker steering wheel
switch light switch I 1 switch 2
I
L.. J
'--------1+ III----.
About 50 turns of No. 26 wire 9V battery
wrapped around reed switch To auto ground
Fig. 1-7
Circuit Notes
Dome light current.through L1 closes reed switch and sounds alarm. Shaker switch
also activates alarm.
7
TAMPER-PROOF BURGLAR ALARM
---, +12V
EXISTING BURGLAR ALARM I

I ALARM
I BELL
ETC.
I
I
••
"' 10k
10k
I 01
I N.C. 0
• Q1
-
10k
OPTO- R2 N.O. RS
OUPLER _.,.. 10k
'""
RELAY I
CONTACTS I
I
I
R3
Bk2 ••
10k
I
__ _j ov
Fig. 1-8 NOTE:
IC1,2 ARE 741
01 IS TIP122
01,2 ARE GENERAL PURPOSE DIODES
Circuit Notes
If R2 is opened or shorted, the alarm sounds.
LATCHING BURGLAR ALARM
-6V ••--l-, R2J Ct
b
01
N.C. Door
SWITCHES
Fig. 1-9
TO PROTECTIVE
At
CIRCUIT
WINDOW FOIL
Circuit Notes
When the protective circuit is interrupted (opened), the alarm sounds. To set the
circuit, adjust R2 (with protective circuit open) for 1 V across Rl.
8
MOTION-ACTIVATED MOTORCYCLE OR CAR ALARM
01
01
"""'
IC1~to7400
..,
R1
01 i!o BCY71
Rtolay to suit
...
C1
Fig. 1-10
I :I'"'
Circuit Notes
Trembler (motion activated) switch sounds the alarm for 5 seconds. Then it goes
off. Circuit is timed out for 10 seconds to allow the trembler switch to settle.
BOAT ALARM
2M
3+ 14
+12V 2 324
+12V
100K 150K
10K -1N4148- 33K Horn
R1'
1N4148
8 +12V
y Fig. l-11
1N4148
R2'
10K 100K
100K 33K
Notes: Alarm
• See text for details -relay
+12Vdc to Pin 4 of 324
12V ground to Pin 11 of 324
Circuit Notes
Removing Rl or R2 from the circuit (i.e., the potential thief breaks a hidden wire
that connects Rl to + 12 V and R2 to ground) activates the alarm for about five minutes.
9
BWWN-FUSE ALARM
+l~v.o---------~----------------------.-----------------~
lOOK NPN PNP

lOK
NPN
2.5M
FLASH
RATE
+
Rl
lK
lK s-1m
'::1 LED
-lV.v.o---------~-----------4----------------~-------J
Fig. 1-12
Circuit Notes
If the fuse blows, the LED indicator starts to blink.
AUTO BURGLAR ALARM

SHORT DURATION TIMERS ARE NEEDED
TO ALLOW ENTRY AND EXIT
lmegn lmegil
300
9
2
6 112 NE556 5 L__fYYY"L_....J OOOR
112 NE556 8 SWITCHES
HORN
RELAY
Fig. 1-13
10
CONTINUOUS-TONE 2 kHzJlUZZER
WITH BRIDGE DRIVE, GATED ON BY A LOGIC 0
,----.-----o +3V TO 18V Tx

PB-2720
I
C1
.----;0 t - - - - ,
PB1 P 4n7
(PRESS Jcr
FOR ON) 1
I
I IC1a fC1b
GATE R1
100k
NOTE:
IC1 is4011 B
-Fig. 1-14
PULSED-TONE ALARM,
-GATED BY A HIGH INPUT,
WITH DIRECT-DRIVE OUTPUT
+3V TO 18V
,----~'-o C1 C2
'I 100n 4n7
I
I
PB1 :
(PRESSio
FOR o
ON) : IC1c
I IC1a
I
GAT~E~rt_.....,,..._.
R1 NOTE:
100k_ IC1 IS4011B
Fig. 1-15
11
PIEZOELECTRIC ALARM BURGLAR ALARM
IV
""
IV
'"
XTA!..
FREQ 4.7K
...
••
ov=k, IV (""
Lo~----__.
Fig. 1-16 Fig. 1-18
GATED 2kHz BUZZER LATCHING BURGLAR ALARM

r----.---o +3V TO 18V ---/o--...--.----,
+6V S1
PB1 'I C1 -SV
(PRESS~ R2 4n7 Cl
FOR ON)1
I
68k -:J_ AI
({
IC1a
GATf'EE:fi__-r_./
R1 Tx D
100k PB-2720
NOTE:
IC11S4011B
ToN.O.
PROTECTIVE
CIRCUIT
Fig. 1-19
Circuit Notes
Fig. 1-17 Closing the protective circuit (i.e., Rl to
R2) applies positive voltage to the gate of
SCRl and sounds the alann. It can only be
turned off with Sl.
12
SUN-POWERED ALARM
+ +
2N3906
PNP
I
Tube (pamted black InSide)
1J=:
¢ Photocell
Fig. l-20
\
Photocell J
Circuit -Notes
Circuit turns on when light (sunlight) strikes photocell. PotentiometeLR sets light
level at which the alarm sounds. Painted tube (black on inside) may be used on photocell
to aim at the sun.
FREEZER MELTDOWN ALARM

c E
2N2222~
+9V
Spo""••rrJ •
33KH J.at<n
'•'
" "
+Supply
12~~1 !Oh9 8
Fig. l-21
4011
'
,r<----', ,fi.-J Aatum
7
'"'
3.5MO
+9V
..... 3.3MO
Reed SWitch
·;I?
Circuit Notes
The meltdown is a magnet held to a small stand by ice. A reed switch is below the
magnet. When the ice melts, the magnet falls on the switch, closing it, ·and completing the
alarm circuit.
13
2
Amateur Radio
Code Practice Oscillator Produces Automatic Self-Powered CW Monitor

Dits and Dahs Remote Rf Current Readout
Rf Power Meter Code Practice Oscillator
In-Line Wattmeter SWR Waming Indicator
CW Signal Processor Subaudible Tone Encoder
Two-Meter Preamplifier for Handitalkies Audio Mixers
Repeater Beeper Rf Powered Sidetone Oscillator
Electronic Keyer Harmonic Generator
Code Practice Oscillator Automatic TTL Morse-Code Keyer
Automatic Tape Recording Remote Rf Current Readout
14
CODE•PRACTICE OSCILLATOR
PRODUCES AUTOMATIC DITS AND DAHS
J.JK.n
., SpraJ
1000.{'1;
IODK.n 100KS1
,---'<Nv-----,r----r--'VV'.-'-·--- <=f'=""" o+9v.
Straight hand key
10KH
IN4148 1N414B
•
IOOO.n
'"' '"' 3.3Kf2 l,uf
•
.ot,uf
Fig. 2-1
4.7Krt
500KS1 SOOK.n
4.7KS1
•
1N4148 1N4148
,'
1o Pin 14 nf
+gv, o---7 4011 Jlld 40fl1
r ToPin7of
4Dt1 and 4081
------""'1I
·I "OAH" I
I I
I
I "" "DIT'
I
L _!A~~·!!:::_J
Circuit Notes
The circuit consists of a basic oscillator (above dashed line) and an automatic keyer
(below dashed line). The unit can be used with a straight hand key or a paddle key for
automatic operation.
15
RF POWER METER
p
~
--~!"!~5_!E.El~~o~~H_!£~o~-
IN >-"""1~---t-l~------------------------------_-_-++-......,,__-. OUT
~T1
SKT1 .,. RS SKT2
1k
C1 R2 '13
10p 150R 150R
03
OA95
01 02
OA95 OA95
RFC 1
r40·r,:
....
C2 C3
10k
R4
10k
R7
lOOk
y
POWER
04& 05
+ SO,. A F.S
'1N914 2k
Circuit Notes
Reflectometer (SWR Power Meter) covers three decades-from 100 kHz to 100
MHz. It can be constructed for rf powers as low as 500 mW or up to 500 watts.
16
IN-LINE WATTMETER
r; ;,Qie7a;;:-- -------1
c, R,
II Fo'o~"' II
I I
56f!
I I
CR, I M I
1N34A/ 1N34A/ I I
1N60 or 1N60 or I I
similar FOR
~--<
REF
p~--+
similar L--------------J
,,-.~~~V~'--o~--·()()_'1____-+---~
390pf
lSM ...
1K
l1 = 2 turn link
L:;> • T-50·2 toroid,
wound full core
with No. 28 WJre.
Rs
5K ~-----<:"' Po
IOK
1 -a· ·space between
windings to allow
for L, space.
I
c, - c2 See text.
I
Fig. 2-3
Circuit Notes
The circuit is not frequency sensitive. Its reactance of L2 so as to avoid any significant
calibration will be accurate over a wide fre- effect orr the L2 current which is induced by the
quency spectrum, such as the entire amateur hf transmission line current flowing through Ll.
spectrum, if the values of L2, the voltage di- The lower frequency limit of the bridge is set
vider capacitors Cl-2 and C3, and the resis- by the Rl-R2/Ls ratio, and the cutoff is at the
tances of Rl-2 are chosen properly. Rl-2 and point where the value of Rl-R2.becomes sig-
CRl-2 should be matched for best results. nificant with reference to the reactance of L2 at
Generally, Rl-2 must be small compared to the that frequency point.
17
--------------------
CW SIGNAL PROCESSOR
z.;u
'" "
"
//;' 14/J
J '"
•
,•
'
~ ~'
J.U
I " I" I' '
"
;:i.:::: o.oz
~ z 2
It ~0\f--·-+-_j
'f'
0
L,-,__;,;,_.,:"~I -ri--o"'
' I.
r-------tc ) ZN2!il06
Fig. 2-4
'
Cucu1t Notes
This circuit provides interferenced rejec- vate the circuit. For periods of loss of signal,
tion for the CW operator. The 567 phase- circuit B will automatically switch back to live
locked loop is configured to respond to tones receiver audio after a suitable delay. (If a relay
from 500 to 1100 Hz. The Schmitt trigger re- with a 5-volt coil is not available, the circuit can
duces the weighting effect caused by the output also be powered from + 12 volts.) When circuit
of the PLL remaining low after removal of the B is used, the contacts on relay K1 replace Sl.
audio-signal. Ten to 15 millivolts of audio acti-
18
TWO-METER PREAMPLIFIER FOR HANDITALKIES
Preamplifier Transceiver
R5 -..,
+ 15V 4>---_,-'\·f\7110,.....,~ II -Circuit Notes
10 mA. cs ·- - fl}:~
This simple, inexpensive, wideband rf
Too1 :io I~ R4 ampiifier provides 14 dB gain on two meters
rt7 OUT' without the use of tuned circuits.
tNPU~ H.....,'IIV'...-1H ~P_,u,_T~""'"-+-Ic~
.001 R1 C2 II R3
4.7k .oo1 II
II
II
II Fig. 2-5
REPEATER BEEPER
+:1-I~V
BEEP BEEP
DELII.Y LENGTH
"
IN914
'"
~~OOK
"' • " " '"

J, ~001(
'" .o,
"'
- ,__!. "~ j;ro "
IN914 "
II.UOIO
INPUT
xro "''" • !01( 1
FROt.l oo• ' "" "

TRII.NS-
MITTE-R
-J ' "'
'"' >--;), BEEP
l~ER "'
'f"'
DEVIATION
... ' o• IN914
RESET
!OK
'"
~ Fig. 2-6
•5-ISV
BEEP
FREOUEtlrCY ?.2K
'"'
1001(
1.. "'"' "'
---'- '
-~
"' "
"' fg: '"
t•
Circuit Notes
The signal from COR triggers U1 which
produces a beep-gate pulse that enables the
OELII.Y RII.NGE 0 I~ tO 5 SECO'NOS analog gate consisting of D2 and D3 to pass the
BuRST Rll. !<~GE 0 IS TO~ SECONDS
TONE RII.NGE 500 TO 1400-Hl
beep tone generated by U2.
19
ELECTRONIC KEYER
Kl
DDT Cl Dl
PADDLE
•• • 01
I
DASH
+
R2
R3
HEP-253
12VOC
C2 + Fig. 2-7
PARTS LIST FOR HAM'S KEVER 01-HEP-253 pnp transistor

C1-3-uF, 6-VDC electrolytic R1-10,000-ohm linear
capacitor potentiometer
C2-10-uF, 6-VDC electrolytic R2-50,000-ohm potentiometer
capacitor R3-1200-0tlm, ¥1-watt resistor
D1-1N60 diode R4-560-ohm, \.'.!•watt resistor
K1-12-VDC relay R5-5000-ohm potentiometer
Circuit Notes
This circuit automatically produces Morse code dots and dashes set by time
constants involving Cl and C2. Rl sets dot/dash ratio and R2 sets the speed. R5 sets the
relay drop-out point.
CODE PRACTICE OSCILLATOR
Fig. 2-8
VOLTAGE DIVIDER
Circuit Notes
(PIN 14)
lOll
1 = ~v This simple cpo uses the 7404 low-power
Schottky hex inverter. C is a 5- to 30-!LF elec-
son T
trolytic selected for the desired pitch. The
(P-IN 7lf--4_______j speaker is a 2-inch, 8-ohm unit.
Vee 8
7.404
GND
20
AUTOMATIC TAPE RECORDING
MICROPHONE
lNPUT
TO
~CASSETTE
RECOROER
"'
300K!l
"
ICI SK3688 OR LM3900 OP AMP
IC2 SK4049 INVERTING- HEX SUFFER
RELAY OPOT Rn73-213
Fig. 2-9
Circuit Notes
Amateurs don't have to miss the action while away from the rig. This circuit turns on
a tape recorder whenever the receiver's squelch is broken. After signal loss, the
recorder will shut off following a slight delay.
SELF-POWERED CW MONITOR
iiO Magnetic
headphones
A Fig. 2-10
c
L
Circuit Notes
Position L near the transmitter output tank to hear the key-down tone. Then tape
the coil in place. C = .047 /'-F. R = 8.2 K, Q = HEP 253 (or equal), T = 500: 500 ohm
center tapped transformer. L = 2 to 6 turns on W' coil form.
21
REMOTE RF CURRENT READOUT
Circuit-Notes
A suitable piloUamp is illuminated by a
small sample of rf and energizes an inexpensive
.. ~
solar cell; the de current generated by the cell
·E", CELl ~
is a measure of relative rf power, and may be
routed to a low-current meter located at any
convenient point. A sensitive, low-current
L---vyv--.-'
pilot lamp is desirable to cause minimum dis-
200 OHM
SHUNT
turbance to normal rf circuit conditions. The
number 48 or 49, 60 rnA lamp is suitable for use
with transmitters above 1-watt output.
Fig. 2-11
CODE PRACTICE OSCILLATOR

Cl
Circuit Notes
Oscillator, works with2 to 12-vdc (but 9 to
12 volts gives best volume and clean keying).
R1 can be replaced with a 500 K pot and the
Rl
circuit will sweep the entire audio frequency
range.
Fig. 2-12
SWR WARNING INDICATOR
LED
+6
3900
TO ANTENNA Circuit Notes

Op amp with de input from SWR meter can
FROM be adjusted to preset the SWR reading at which
TRANSMITIER the LED lights.
2MO
10KO
Fig. 2-13
22
SUBAUDIBLE TONE ENCODER
SWI
~ :t +8 TO l5VDC
Rl
6 .,
!LC I
T\~<rF I C2
02~<F
L - - - - 1 - - - - - - GND
RZ C3
QI lOOK .Q!)p.F
•o ~ -c P.S. OUTPUT TO INSERTION
·~·4~1~·~·--~~----r-------~r---
"',., c•
.00!5
- POINT ON TRANSMITTER
AUDIO BOARD. INSERTION
POINT WILL REQUIRE A LOAD-
ING RESISTOR. {VALUE DE-
PENDING ON RIG USED. IOK TO
.5 MEG FOUND EXPERIMEN-
TALLY)
R5
lOOK 1%
C6
'T'.047
C7 ffl MYLAR CS Fig. 2-14
022 MYLAR .022 MYLAR
SW2
TONE SEL SWITCH
Circuit Notes
This twin-T oscillator produces six preset subaudible tones from 93 to 170Hz in
three ranges.
AUDIO MIXER
IN I AI
~) )
IN 2 R2
~) ) IO~ STATION
>-<'--~~TRANS·
~)
IN 3 R3 + MITTER
)
IN 4 R4
~) )
12K
IN 5 R5
~) )
+12-ISV
12K
Fig. 2-15
Circuit Notes
The 741 op amp is used as a summing amplifier to combine several audio inputs.
Overall gain is set by Rt.
23
RF-POWERED SIDETONE OSCILLATOR
+9 Vdc
C1 R2 R1
SHOAT TELESCOPING .05 SOK 3.9K
WHIP*
ANTENNA ~~~~
1 J1
C4
01
001
2 6 7 8
1N60
4
t-t>\--<r-~-''-i RST
IC1
555
----~
R4 R3
1DK
~
15K
VOL.
-•PORTABLE RADIO REPLACEMENT TYPE

Fig. 2-16
Circuit Notes
A sidetone oscillator is a special audio astable multivibrator. Keying is accompl>shed
oscillator that is turned on and off with the by applying a positive de potentia!, developed
transmitter. The oscillator is rf-driven and bat- from the rf signal, to the reset terminal of the
tery operated. It uses a 555 IC timer ~as an 555.
HARMONIC GENERATOR
r------------1,....-----.....- - - - < l -1.5V
TD251
10k
INPUT FROM 470
XTALOSC
~01 1k
50JJ-V HARMONIC
OUTPUT
Fig. 2-17
Circuit Notes
This circuit will produce 50 JL V harmonics through 1296 MHz with an input of0.15-1
V from a 100 or 1000kHz crystal oscillator. With a germanium diode insteadnf a tunnel
diode, harmonics can be heard up to about 147 MHz.
24
I
AUTOMATIC TTL MORSE-CODE KEYER

?;;;--r---;:::J:r:;TO IC2-6 PIN14
MECCANO
BRACKETS
SW2
ov "'" 1\otiCROSWITCHES
/
RULERS
--
l6il15)
DOT DASH
..,
DASH
IC2.6-AAE 7471
IC3, f> ARE 7400
IC4 IS 7402"
-~~~======t:==~[•c~~~---1-------
ov
Fig. 2-18
Circuit Notes
Automatically generated dits and dabs are produced over a speed range of 11 to 39
wpm. The upper limit can be raised by decreasing R2. SWl and SW2 can be a "home-
brew" paddle operated key.
25
3
Amplifiers
figure number contained in· the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
High Impedance Differential Amplifier Gated Amplifier

Unity Gain Follower Reference Voltage Amplifier
Voltage Controlled Variable Gain Amplifier Fast Summing Amplifier
Power Booster Adjustment-Free Precision Summing Amplifier
Logarithmic Amplifier Summing Amplifier with Low Input Current
Voltage Controlled Variable Gain Amplifier x 10 Operational Amplifier Using Ll61
Discrete Current Booster x 100 Operational Amplifier Using Ll61
Precision Process Control Interface Precision ·Absolute Value Circuit
Voltage Controlled Amplifier Ultra-Low-Leakage Preamp
Absolute Value Amplifier De to Video Log Amplifier
Programmable Gain NoninvertingAmplifier ±100 V Common Mode Range Differential
with Selectable Inputs Amplifier
x 1000 Amplifier Circuit Wide Bandwidth, Low Noise, Low Drift
Inverting Amplifier with Balancing Circuit Amplifier
Switching Power Amplifier Signal Distribution Amplifier
Precision Power Booster Audio Distribution Amplifier
Noninverting Voltage Follower High Input Impedance, High Output Current
Color Video Amplifier Voltage Follower
Fast Voltage Follower Precision Amplifier
Isolation Amplifier for Capacitive Loads Preamplifier and High-to-Low Impedance
Cable Bootstrapping Converter
Current Booster Noninverting Amplifier
Wideband Unity Gain Inverting Amplifier High Impedance, High Gain, High Fre-
in a 75 Ohm System quency Inverting Amp
High-Speed Current to Voltage Output Log-Ratio Amplifier
Amplifier Inverting Amplifier
Logarithmic Amplifier
26
HIGH IMPEDANCE DIFFERENTIAL AMPLIFIER
R6
R2
R1
R3
R4
Vour = c (1 +a +b)(V2 -v1)

AS R2 R6
AS = R7 tor best CMRR
R1 = R4
R7
R2 =AS
R6 2R1
Ga•n = R2 ( 1 + RJ ) = C ( 1 + a + b)
Fig. 3-l
UNITY GAIN FOLLOWER

+15V
O.Ot.uF
+------.----r-'lf--J_
Fig. 3-2
27
VOLTAGE CONTROLLED VARIABLE GAIN AMPLIFIER
U1897E or U1897E Of
2N4091 2N4091
VIDEO
INPUT
U1897E or
-lovo-....---, 2N.t091
Fig. 3-3 'I

I
1IM~.,..---..J
I I
L -.l-o
Circuit Notes
The tee attenuator provides for optimum dynamic linear range attenuation up to 100
dB, even at f = 10.7 MHz with proper layout.
POWER BOOSTER
r------------1~------o•v Circuit Notes

Power booster is capable of driving mod-
Rl
erate loads. The circuit as shown us·es ·a
NE5535 device. Other amplifiers may be sub-
+-----------lr" 2N3638
stituted only if Rl values are changed because
109K
of the Icc current required by the amplifier. Rl
should be calculated from the following ex-
lOK
pression:
.1
600 mW
Rl =
Icc
lOK 5.1K ,.
2N697
Rl
L-~----~~-o-v
All resistor values are in ohms.
Fig. 3-4
28
LOGARITHMIC AMPLIFIER
"
411 pF
-uv
"
.,..... "'
s_n
" '" ""

s.m
'"
UIM
"
i-+--"tt'v'.,._.._...,,.,.,_ ;~n
Fig. 3-5
.,,. "'
""
"
."
-
-- '"
11,A-1 .. A
.,.
1Ut
.... ...,. a. set R11 tor Your .. o-al ltN .. 100 ~A.
b. Set A81or Vour•3V at ltN= tOO ,.A
c. Set R3- for Your* -.tv at 11N = lO_pA
t 330CLppMI•c. Type 0209 available

from Tel Labe, Inc., Manchester, N.H.
Circuit Notes
Unusual frequency compensation gives this logarithmic converter a 100 /-LS~time
constant froml rnA down to 100 !LA. increasing from 200 !LS to 200 ms from 10 nAto 10
pA. Optional bias current compensation can give 10 pA resolution from- 55 °C to 100 °C.
Scale factor is 1 ~VIdecade and temperature compensated.
VOLTAGE CONTROLLED VARIABLE GAIN AMPLIFIER
A2
Circuit Notes
The 2N5457 acts as a voltage variable
>--+-.()OUTPUT
resistor with an Rls<on) of 800 ohms max. Since
the differential voltage on the LMlOl is in the
low mV range, the 2N5457 JFET will have
linear resistance over several decades of resis-
" tance providing an excellent electronic gain
control.
Fig. 3-6
29
DISCRETE CURRENT BOOSTER
130 k
C3
~ .....r-----~-----..-o~vs = 24V
.J,.. 01
Cz R6 R7
10k
VtN o--j t--'W.,...,.----<~---1
10k 4
R11
15 k Rg
R5
15k
33
t------+-ovour
R10
33
0103 MPS6560 Rs
02 MPS6562 10 k
Fig. 3-7
PRECISION PROCESS CONTROL INTERFACE
IFIQ',O]o\ll{f !Ro\'t.~','I!IH~
SI','•IAFIIQ.1t>~OG4~
4 20 ,,A
11\iPUT I
40 100 "'v
I
.,....
......1... 0 01 f
o 1 Ir
" l
+
'
I
~
' '
-
~~
VouT lOV fOR 20 mA
' 1000 0VfOR4mA
I t HOOJO Lz
I • 'IV
J 90 g~
••• 2£ RO
249k 24 H
r"'
'" 50~
--: SPA N
"'
""""
Fig. 3-8
30
VOLTAGE CONTROLLED AMPLIFIER
.
,"'
v;nc
-OV TO .. SV Ql
2N3905
VinC
-12V
.
••,
vou•
NOTE: NO OUTPUT WHEN Vin C IS NEGATIVE
Fig. 3-9
Circuit Notes
This circuit is basically an op amp with an ~nal(±10 mV) between pin 2 and 3 and by
extra input at pin 5. A current lAse is injected controlling the current on pin 5, the level of the
into this input and this controls the gain ofthe signal output (pin 6) is controlled.
device linerly. Thus by inserting an audio sig-
ABSOLUTE VALUE AMPLIFIER
o, o,
10K
10K
lOK 101(
llC
Fig. 3-10
Circuit Notes
The circuit generates a postttve output The accuracy is poor for input voltages under 1
voltage for either polarity of input. For positive V, but for less stringent applications, it can he
signals, it acts as a noninverting amplifier and effective.
for negative signals, as an inverting amplifier.
31
PROGRAMMABLE GAIN•NONINVERTING
AMPLIFIER WITH SELECT ABLE INPUTS
+16\1 -16V
Vour
+ISV +TSV
9
"
Vo
.... ,~ 1 SW-201
"
'"• GAINt
18Ku 8.9K!! TOOK!!
v,N 2
" " .. '"
'"• " GAIN2
"
v,N l
,., " " " ""

• GAIN 3
v,~ 4
-1000)(
'"• GAtN 4
""
2Kn
""
~ ~ ~
Fig. 3-11
x 1000 AMPLIFIER CIRCUIT
01
+1SV IN757A
+15V
"'
500
:>:-...--'>~>IV-""1-- """
A7
75k0
C1 R8
5tlF 1.5k0
A4 A6
son 50k0
All. RESISTORS 1%
Fig. 3-12
32
INVERTING AMPLIFIER PRECISION POWER BOOSTER
WITH BALANCING CIRCUIT
+15V
240[1
Rz
INPUT 0---'\N'v--.--'V\/'r--,
lOki!
15kfl 10kfl
6 100fl
20kfl
IC = L.M101
c,
30pF 2400
Fig. 3-13 Fig. 3-15

Circuit Notes -15V
TYPICAL PERFORMANCE:
&, may be zero or equal to the parallel SLEW AATE-------·-···""1SV/~EC
0.1% SETIUNG-------4J..tSEC (f\ = 500)
combination of Rl and R2 for minimum offset. QUIESCENT SUPPLY CURRENT ---1.5mA
NONINVERTING
SWITCHING POWER AMPLIFIER VOLTAGE FOLLOWER
INPUT
•••••
,,
,,
L J
-~
Ch1rMIIli$1it1
0. lllf
IV -V, 1 11}2-L.,----+--·.;_c_~
I. %Error• -~- ... 1)_()01'!1,
C1
u.zo" m-41!,1<20H'
O.i p
Ill lpiO J0 Mlfohrn~. f < 20 H1
IV. lOS~ 200 mAIIt
'"
Fig. 3-14 Fig. 3-16
33
COLOR VIDEO AMPLIFIER ISOLATION AMPLIFIER
FOR CAPACITIVE LOADS
7!10U
75~!
R2 15d-k
Vout
•---LOS8-1
Zo"' 15\l CL
75!! I0.5$<1F
Vee
• Ov•rshoot -&"
• t1 • tO~ott
• Whln drlvlngl•r- CL, the Vout tlew ••t• it determinld by CL

and lout(ml•l:
1
AVout_. out !i! ~ V/11-s. 0.04 V/IJ.t (with CL thown)
At CL- 0.5
IC: NE55S9
Fig. 3-17 Fig. 3-19
FAST VOLTAGE FOLLOWER CABLE BOOTSTRAPPING
6
>--+-VouT ......
-C2
300 pF
R1
Fig. 3-18 10K Fig. 3'20
Circuit Notes
Bootstrapping input shield for a follower
Power Bandwidth: 15 kHz reduces cable capacitance, leakage, and spuri-
Slew Rate: 1VI !LS ous voltages from cable flexing. Instability can
be avoided with small capacitor on input.
34
CURRENT BOOSTER HIGH-SPEED CURRENT TO
VOLTAGE OUTPUT AMPLIFIER
OIGITI!.l
INPUTS
"
l.~fl "
~"
''" "" "' "''"

•lOV
''"' ~n
RREF
"' " " " "

B5 _ 96
""
,, ,,
.. 20QI;
-
1REF
" VREFI+I
" ,, VRHI-1
DAC-OBE
'o
GAIN•~ •1•~
"'""
MAXIMUM L-oAD CUAIII!NT • riOrloA UOV-;. 200111
~ ~ ~ -15V
Fig. 3-21 Fig. 3-23
WIDEBAND UNITY GAIN INVERTING LOGARITHMIC AMPLIFIER

AMPLIFIER IN A 75 OHM SYSTEM
Al = 1K!!
... ---1:------
: cO;ST 100 k
--L-
zo "'751l
71511
>--o--_...-.. VQ
IC = NE/SE5539 ""
OfFSET
ADlUST
Fig. 3-22 Fig. 3-24
35
t;A TED AMPLIFIER FAST SUMMING AMPLIFIER
C2
>--o_.._. OUTPUT
.----:--~:~
INPUT -----<o-<>---1 30K
-15 v
'"
'"
5.6k ~
C1
150 pF
Power Bandwidth: 250 kHz

Smali Signal Bandwidth: 3.5 MHz
Slew Rate: 10V/JA-S
Fig. 3-25 Fig. 3-27
REFERENCE VOLTAGE AMPLIFIER ADJUSTMENT-FREE

PRECISION SUMMING AMPLIFIER
••
10.ll
RS
FEATURES 2.5kn
MINIMUM BIAS CURRENT IN REFERENCE CELL -15V

:2 SHORT CIRCUIT PROTECTION Fig. 3-28
IC = HA-OP07 -Circuit Notes

This circuit produces continuous outputs that
Fig. 3-26 are a function of multiple input variables.
36
SUMMING AMPLIFIER x 100 OPERATIONAL
WITH LOW INPUT CURRENT AMPLIFIER USING L16l
+15 v
Rs C5(2)
INPUT Rl
150 k "~ 16 FisET
0.002 ,uF 150 1.2MEG R3
LM108,A 1
pF
v,. 16Kn
Series R2 • 13
OUT
'"' LM101A(3)
OUTPUT
Fig. 3-3I
1M or equiv
"'
220Kn
( 1 l Power Bandwidth:
250kHz
Sm~ll Signal Bandwidth:
(31 In addition to increasing speed,
the LM101A raises high and "'
2.2Kn IccOMP
0.001
low frequency gain, increases
3.5 MHZ
Slew Rate: 10V/~s
output drive capability and elim· -
inates tkermal feedback,
(2)CS=6X 10-8 Circuit Notes
"' Amplifier has gain-bandwidth product of
20 MHz with slew rate of 0.3VI I" sec.
Fig. 3-29
x 10 OPERATIONAL PRECISION ABSOLUTE

AMPLIFIER USING Ll6l VALUE CIRCUIT
•3 v
I SUPPl-Y= 120 uA
"'
"'""
..
'"'"
16
.,,.,
Rsn
1.2M !I
"'
IN
13
lOOK !I
>--1>--0vour
......
,
@OI!TtVIIIII'UT
1. Y,t,•O,D20PP.010N
.... (='Y) (=.a')····ml .1. Eo·v•(~+~)

l -"'TM 111 •fll:l• fl4•111: fO·• EtN f.. WITHA:I•R4•A5: Eo•UVA
Y(lllfl..,.. tHCI.UOiiO,
CII21~~~;2 ~4~~~~~~~:N
.,
f..
910K !l &. -Eo•
lo • ltN 4 IVoa
Fig. 3-30 CCQMP I. WITHA1•R2•R~•R4. EO•-En'l
I
100K !I NIQATIVil! IWI,IT
0.003 1. V(lll ERRQJI INCLUD€0
1, D10f,,DION
lo • -EIN + I.IY0$2 - 0.5YOS1
~~-a·~ t. FQA lOTH IN'IJTI. Eo • • EtN
Circuit Notes
Amplifier is 3 dB down at 100kHz and has
a slew rate of 0.02VI I" sec. Fig. 3-32
37
ULTRA-LOW-LEAKAGE PREAMP ±IOOV COMMON MODE
RANGE DIFFERENTIAL AMPLIFIER
UOil
r---,-------------,-.Y~--o"'
__ R1 R3
so kn 5k0
OUTPUT h1001
39 n
lOOK ;ro., 5k0 R4
INPUTS 5 kO
J RS
50 kO
OUTPUT
39 n
Fig. 3-33
Circuit Notes
Input leakage-2 pA at 75 °C. Pin numbers are_shown for metal package only.
Fig. 3-35
DC TO VIDEO LOG AMPLIFIER WIDE BANDWIDTH, LOW

NOISE, LOW DRIFT AMPLIFIER
C2
A2
'm•• ~-240 kHt

1ov c
"' 0
:;
-10 v
v
6
s,
I Power BW: fmex'" :2'11'Vp ;:. 24.0 kHI
• P1rnitlc input CII)Kotii\CI (Cla 3 pF for LF155, LF156, 1nd

Lf157 ph>l any ~otoOnll IIVOU! CIPICIII,.,CI) onteracll Wolh
fMdb.ck ellmll'ltl 1nd c• . . t•• und11ireb11 high friQulncy pOll
To comp1n1111 1dd C2-such thet. A2C-2 01 A lC 1.
Fig. 3-34 cFig. 3-36
38
SIGNAL DISTRIBUTION AMPLIFIER
Fig. 3-37
"
,,
Q.l ... f
I. Po- suppl•••u pro"r:ttd

lrOm-lht OIIIPUI ftull; lOS • 200 lilA
II. The ""'II "'Pill curr1111 wlltn CASE
111 oulplll eurr11n1 limi! (0.5 mA)
will ilolltti V:. VQ l1nd Vo2 O.I11F
lromtht 1111111" Vol.
AUDIO DISTRIBUTION AMPLIFIER
1Mn
Vee+
100 len 100kn

100kn
t--+--'11\f¥---ovcc+
100k0
Fig. 3-38
39
HIGH INPUT IMPEDANCE, HIGH
OUTPUT CURRENT VOLTAGE FOLLOWER
r---------------~---------,~vcc
v,
v,
1, ~250M~!
z0 -· 100 .. ~2
OFFSET
ADJUST
:::r: 470 pF IQ = 100 rnA (rna•)
~~~------------~------~--.VEE
Fig. 3-39
PRECISION AMPLIFIER
SO M!! 10 kn
-
oo kn
500 kJI 2
6 eour
ON
500 k!l Characteristics
r·'
3 Av = 1000 = 60 dB
DC Gain Error = 0.05%
Bandwidth = 1 kHz for -0.05% error
50 M!! 470 " Dill. Input Res. = 1 M!l
Typical amplifying capability
- - e1N = 10 ,.von VCMI = LO V
Pin ·numbers are shown for metal package only. Caution: Minimize Stray Capacitance
AvcL = 1000
Fig. 3-40
40
PREAMPLIFIER AND HIGH-TO-LOW IMPEDANCE CONVERTER
+12V
gf2 d 2N5459
\t::;,
TO
CERAMIC
~;---o Fig. 3-41
2M2
CARTRIDGE
INPUTS lk OUTPUT
ov
Circuit Notes
This circuit matches the very high imped- characteristics are such as to quite closely
ance of ceramic cartridges, unity gain, and low compensate for the RIAA recording curve. The
impedance output. By "loading'' the cartridge output from this. preamp may be fed to a level
with a 2M2 input resistance, the cartridge pot for mixing. ·
NONINVERTING AMPLIFIER
Fig. 3-42
~L ". Rl
"'
*"
HIGH IMPEDANCE, HIGH GAIN, HIGH FREQUENCY INVERTING AMP
lOOK
BW= 100KHz
Av = too
G~, Zi 0 =2x109n
?1;--vw-+''-1~ 12
lK
6
-Em >'0--oEo
Fig. 3-43
V' 8~ 14 O.lJ.I.F
f-"1!--
~ 0
~1
-l!iV +15V
IC = HA2650/2655
41
LOG-RATIO AMPLIFIER
+15V
'·( Vour- 1VL0Gto It lz

GAIN 1k OR -lV LOG10 Vt 1 V 2
R1
r----------------------_.154k j
Fig. 3-44
15 4k
""" "
Arc TELLABS
• 35<J9ppm 081
NOTES
CIRCUIT SHOWN FOR NEGATIVE V OR I1N
15V fOR POSJTIVE INPUTS-01 PNP AND VA 15V
INVERTING AMPLIFIER
C2
D ·. . . . . . . .
Vcr:
12
R2
C1 R1
cr-1~JVR~~~~----~~RV2~--~
Fig. 3-45
42
4
Analog-to-Digital Converters
8-Bit MD Converter AID Converter

Successive Approximation AID Converter Three Decade Logarithmic AID Converter
8-Bit AID Converter Tracking (Servo Type) AID Converter
8-Bit Tracking AID Converter !3'12 Digit AID Converter with LCD Display
8"Bit Successive Approximation AID Con- Fast Precision AID Converter
verter High Speed 3-Bit AID Converter
Four Channel Digitally Multiplexed Ramp Three IC Low Cost AID Converter
43
t 8-BIT AID CONVERTER
SERIAL DATA
PE ,
1/2 9024 CLOCK OUTPUT
1/2 9024
9316 IP -- cCET......,.Po P1 P2 P3
r- J Of-- J Q
CONVERSION
COMPLETE
BINAR y - TC
CP
1~4:9002
CP
COUN fER CP Oo .01 02 03
8
.._
.
• SERIAL DATA
K AQ K B Q I>
'--
JR
I 8
w ) (9002
"'l ~ 4
8
OUTPUT
1/4 l002 E DA,A.,A,

/
,.---,
9334 .
8-BIT'ADDRESSABLE LATC
C01234567
1
Hh ¢
'- LSB
c DC
114 9002 PARALLEL
I '7 DATA
.} OUTPUT
FULL SCALE ADJ 10V
1
VREF
MSB
I ,.A7281
5k l 312.
r-
8k
3
+5 v
L 4
16
3 2 11 L 4
16
3 2 . 1
10
+];- v 4 ,.A734
- 6 ,A9650 6 ,A9650
v8 1~~
+ 6 ~
I'A77?. 3C 3C
!""-> 7 101-- - ,.--- 7 10 I-'-
F L . 12 12
9
101 5 """"" 5 -15\t-'-
~~F
81514 13 11 15 14 13 11 - OOk
I"F
-==- "'
d "' ..."'>"'
~~
0 0 ""0 ~"' "' "'
~~ >~ :5
- - 10 K;. 00
-15 v OUAD2DIV1n
!15. k 2k 1000 220 k
'.~ ~FD777 5k
1k
-15
_;_
'- - '- ANALOG __:~..._ -L- Fig. 4-1
"" INPUT
SUCCESSIVE APPROXIMATION AiD CONVERTER
+ 15V
-
~>
+ Loo1 HP2800
v,.
I ;.::,
/f • ~ 5 v
<>.-
,f -.:r.;r
....
.,...-, HP2800
~
23
22 18 19 20 21 251
~2 CS OGND V~l R1NV VRM AGNOs PROG V ._ AGNDF RFa louT ' 5
'2i
>T,
>-"- .,
WR
Ao
ICL7134B
r
~ -15V
MSB LSB
lm 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 9 7 • 5 4 3 LSBL - +
5v
-·~
+5V
6600
OUT_ -+ LM311
*
1N 827A ~
r'
~
t-
I I 1300
1MO
-15V
>----- I
f- ---<>~
>-O.MSB
-15V 15 13 12 11 • 5 4 3 14 13 12 11
B(N+1)
6 • 4
07 Oe • • • • •Oocc 07 • • • • • a,
+5V~ 2 1 E ~+SV
p AM25L03
• 9 9
AM25L03
~
SHORT
s CP
m 10
D CP
71 I 7
D
10
s cc
2
I CYCLE
LINE
.....
..... 1~1~8
""" 2k0
r;; 74LS132111 _.. H;.'oo
~ -~-
tOOOpF
~
.!:':'.
- HP2800 T
~"
r~
1
HOLDIAU'N
22fXi .1_ 100pF 1
I...J -;;; STATUS Fig. 4-2
Circuit Notes
A bipolar input, high speed AID converter uses two AM25L03s to form a 14-bit
successive approximation register. The comparator -is a two-stage circuit with an
HA2605 front -end amplifier used to reduce settling time problems at the summing nude.
Careful offset-nulling of this amplifier is needed.
45
8-BIT AID CONVERTER
+5 v
47k1l
1k0
Analog
e
Input 33
15kO kll
"
0-~~F 1 8 SetiZern
F.S.A. 4 .
1 16-
+ 5
3~6
~. 15f-
3 14
4 13
! 1N914 ~
5 12 15~ -SV
I ~
....-
6
8
7
ZN425E
11
101--
•f-
47pF
ZN7400E
7
M
14 2
8 Bit Digital
I
Output
ov 4 I
13
11 :1
\J l 6
'Statu
'
12 5
4765/4
Fig. 4-3 Clock
Convert
---u-
Command
8-BIT TRACKING AID CONVERTER

•15V
CLOCK IN
~ 1+15
MAXIMUM CLOCK RA TE = l.OMHz
.-----2H
t!?1 "" '. I'lo
,1,
r wol "
us• ·9 " r
~
, & - 8284 ,
+SV TRACK
HOLD
1
0.02
.. _,
7 0 127474
6 UPIDOWN 2 OUT UP/QQW!Ij
2 5 2
1
r
2 4 FLIPfLOP COUNTER IN CARRY 3 COUNTER
_
I
~ -15V
100 10 9 5 4
v 1007
r·
fD±or:
., '4 1400
240:/
DIGITAL
OUTPUT
J0.02
t-· I"
J002
T o lAC ,
1312
"' 9 9 7 6 5 •
/MSB "' .l POWER
3 OAC· lOOCCOJ
10-BIT f)• A CONVERTER
"'ly..N4148
':- GROUND
I
-f-
V1N • 0 TO ·lOV
·~
t!-N41~
.. ~ ~ \ 488k"
~~--
rf7
ANALOG
GROUND
"
-~'
48k::
4NALOG I-NPUT '"
MAXIMUM FULL SCAlE
.
SINE WAVE INPUT
Fig. 4-4 IS 400DH1 FULL SCALE AOJ
- 15V
46
8-BIT SUCCESSIVE APPROXIMATION AID CONVERTER
BIPOLAR REFERENCE ANALOG
+ "V INPUT INIPUT
... .''".,
-11lV
-ISV
..."''"' '
"''
.• •••
--1~.-.--.-:t;~.-.~
""
. .lilT I
+ ISV + I!V
-iiiiil"'lin
..., .I""
1l 12 11 ' 5 .. , ! I --1~.:
"'.:--.-... ~
.- • ANALOG
-GROUND
AM2Sem'C I·IIT SAil -ISV

I I OOipf
IOV
'"'
]5\1 -15\1
Fig. 4-5
FOUR CHANNEL DIGITALLY MULTIPLEXED RAMP AID CONVERTER
OAC-01
} ~··"'
""AD
LATCH
OUT~U'!'
'
I
f-
..... H1CLOCX~C
....
D.
IINAIIIV
COUNTE:II
--
I
:.. ••• "

-
- IIIIULT!"-IXIfl
::n- I
I
~tp-
A A
r I
_.,
"'--
- ·~
I
........
~ ~ ~ L.
.....'
....... r=-
~.
....,..
~""
DliNTIFIIIII
~ ...,,
...... fliRT
~ """"''" ' WOftiT CAll CON1t'III&IOIII TIMI
1a..•c "'ll CNANML
Fig. 4-6
47
THREE-DECADE LOGARITHMIC AID CONVERTER
A, B, C, D = LM3-24A
f-U mV TO -~:~~C>--'\M.-<0-j
...
....
;v
..
,
;:-~o-.-v'~',..,_i
Fig. 4-'7
'" ':'
TRACKING (SERVO TYPE) AID CONVERTER
,.
• ".""
OUTPUT
.,
1'01'1 CLOCIC AAT!. - UMH1 C • 47Gpf
v.. z 01'0 +10V

""""' 4 .. 0
+11V
1 1
.., 1
+tSV +11V
1
-15V
Fig. 4-8
Io.OJ,.F
"
lD.O:lpF _J, 0.02 "F J,0.02j!F
•
.......
GROUND
.J,
'""'""
GROUND
48
3Y, DIGIT AID CONVERTER WITH LCD DISPLAY
·Q·
I C/
_7
C/
_7 .•:..J
'"
,.,
ll "10
TELEDYNE B750CMOS
l17201GIT A/0 CONVERTER
Fig. 4-9
FAST PRECISION A/D CONVERTER
Fig. 4-I{}
~ .... .
!Hf'VT RANGE$
OT0+\0
Bopoloo Con-t
INPUTTOA
~q"" OAC l.ouT
2361o{l
oro+~
0 TO •zo '"
"'
INPUl'TOA
INP\Il TO II
II TOD ... COUT
1-{l
:t.lllll<il
49
HIGH SPEED 3-BIT AID CONVERTER
...
*
,••.,~.,.'----""c''-'-1
~
s:~!
R2
2
1"-. 1 o" 1
IP-2 3
0.2511
~~2
80P2
~"
t----f'0'"'"l'"'~''so~•c•-ctt---'·r-··"").--~'nf!'!'""::
l ! •'""L ,LJ I lo>-'io
.. _I
1 2 3
USY p IOP21
L liD l5CHII_j -
" IP1 2
~-""".~.""""'
1/4 I 9002
100
.
us y ,'-'-'-', _·,-;_[ :
n
IP1 2
7 OP1
I )>--
Fig. 4-11
"""11!1> ....
.
114 I 1002 112 "101M
lfl'2 3
1.75 v
1!!-.f. • 0''1
: I,.../ aau
100 !l
IP1 2
,. -~
"'''
114. 9002
l)o-
-::- +5 ..
Input voltage range: 3.5 V

Typ1cal conversion speed: 30 ns
THREE IC LOW COST AID CONVERTER

ANALOG
Fig. 4-12
CO~NECT "STA~T" TO "COIOVEASWN

COMPLEH"· FOA CONTI'IVOIJS
STAAT CCNVERS•ONS
CONII.A'I'ON
COMPLETE Q----·· • =AM 2502
~Jiv~LO<:K ~-----'
~1$MH1
50
5
Attenuators
Digitally Selectable Precision Attenuator Digitally Controlled Amplifier/Attenuator

Variable Attenuator Programmable Attenuator (1 to D.OOOl)
51
DIGITALLY SELECTABLE PRECISION ATTENUATOR
I . "
ll.!k
'•
"
···~
'" _,,
.
14lk ...." ...."
Fig. 5-l
'• All resistors 1% tolerance
_,,
...
AI
0
.A2
0
Al
0
ATTENUATION
vo
0 " "
ATTENUATION SEl£tT ll'f,UT5
.. ':" sv-n- Off
- - ov-J L-o111
0 0 -1 dB
I 0
'
0 -2 dB • Accuracy of better than 0.4% with standard 1% value resistors
0 1 1 -3 dB • No offset adjustment necessary
II 0
0
0
0
-4 dB
-5 dB
-6 dB
•
•
Expandable to any number of stages
Very high input -impedance
I -7 dB
I
VARIABLE ATTENUATOR
I
_.__
Circuit Notes
The PN4391 provides a low &,,,,,, (less
than 30 ohms). The tee attenuator provides for
-1ovo-~-,
optimum dynamic linear range for attenuation
and if complete tum-off is desired, attenuation
'\ JO.OOlpF
of greater than 100 dB can be obtained at 10
':' MHz providing proper rf construction
\ 1M,~t,----.J
I.... _ \
techniques are employed.
-.l.....o
Fig. 5-2
52
DIGITALLY CONTROLLED AMPLIFIERIATTENUATOR
MSI lSI
AI A2 113 A4 A~ Ill 111 AI ~~~ A1D
'"
:>'-1 ....~OIIouT
Al A2
-+- + A10 ]
.--m
+ 1024 1023-N)
' 4 or VQUT" VREF ( - - N - -
[
1024-
wbere 0 5. N ~ 1023
N • 0 for AN -. all zeros
N•1 forA10 .. 1,A1-A9=0
N -1023 for AN- ail 1'$
Fig. 5-3
PROGRAMMABLE ATTENUATOR (1 TO 0.0001)
YQUT
1.11M 101k , . ...

' " n
•
~+
2,7,10.11 M-&1FQ
~-
Fig. 5·4
\7
'
·10 r... ... \'•
SlUCT SlLECT SlU:CT SELECT
l ,,.
(+1 ATTENUATION WHEN ALL SWITCHES.OFFl
53
6
Audio Mixers
Four Input Stereo Mixer Passive Mixer

High-Level Four-Channel Mixer One Transistor Audio Mixer
Two Channel Panning Circuit Silent Audio Switching/Mixing
CMOS Mixer Hybrid Mixer
Mixer Pfeamplifier with Tone Control Four Channel Mixer
54
FOUR-INPUT STEREO MIXER
INI'ul 1
UNITY
GAIN
' ,.,.
~yoo.
-.~-~-
~· " +
E~ - ,... I ,.. --o

..
LEFT
.... ,.,.
OUTPUT
.., ·~
lEVHl
''"" ,.,.
"'
·~
rul
INPUT 2 "~
GAIN ;\f-1APf>ROXI n.'n ALL Qp.,o,-s, POWERED FIIOM t 12V
"' .., ,.,.

~·I ~
·~ ,.,. ,,.,
LEVEl 2
''""
100~ -
J .., ""
" +
.. I
:' RX
-
,.,. , RIGHT
OUTPUT.
,.,.
n '
..., [ ,.,.
r
·~
"" --o
,. . c ·-
ADD MORE INI"UTS
~,S REQUIRED
""
"
~
,,.
,.
" +12V
" ....
+ +
'"
"
Fig. 6-1
... ...'"
,,..
+
...'""' --12V
Circuit Notes
Four (or more) inputs can be mixed and used, decrease RX to 6.8 K for six inputs, or 4. 7
produce stereo output. Gain of each stage can K for eight inputs. The op amps are 741 or
be boosted by adding RX, but it should be kept other lower noise types. The power supply
below 50 (RX above 2.2 K) to avoid poor fre- -circuit is also g·iven.
quency, response. If more than four stages are
55
HIGH-LEVEL FOUR-CHANNEL MIXER
Cl
INPUT
200~F
C2
I
+
Rl
100
R3 ~-'V'VIr----1~-o
IOK R4
IOK
OUTPUT
1
NOTCH
~16 15 14 13 12 II 10 9
I ~:::::::12345678
ICI
TOP VIEW
+ 12VDC
PARTS LIST FOR HI-LEVEL MIXER ICI-RCA CA 3052

Cl-0.1-uF, 3 VDC capacitor Rl-100-ohms, ~-watt resistor
C2-200-uF, 3 VDC capacitor R2-47-ohms, ~-watt resistor
C3-0.05-uF, 75 VOC disc capacitor R3-Potentiometer, 10,000-ohms
C4-1-uF, 15 VDC capacitor audio taper
C5-0.1-uF, 15 VDCcapacllor R4-10,000-ohms, ~-watt resistor
Fig. 6-2
Circuit Notes
To provide good signal-to-noise ratio, this c rophone but not with crystal or ceramic mikes
four channel mixer amplifier controls the signal because the JC input impedance is low. Note
levels after the amplifiers, and then mixes that all four circuits are identical but that only
them to offer a combined output. The circuit one is shown complete.
works with any 50 ohm to 50 K dynamic mi-
56
TWO CHANNEL PANNING CIRCUIT
...
,, ,, ,,
'" ... '" CHANNEll OUTPUT
,,
Fig. 6-3
INPUT
... "'
0.7D7Rt
~
,,,,
,,
,, ,, ,, CHANNEl 2 OUTPUT
... ... '" J.41Rt
...
Circuit Notes
This panning circuit (short for panoramic soles. Panning is how recording engineers
control circuit) provides the ability to move the manage to pick up your favorite pianist and
apparent position of one microphone's input "float" the sound over to the other side of the
between two output channels. This effect is stage and back again.
often required in recording studio mixing con-
CMOS MIXER
0 - - - - - - - - - - - - - . - -...... ----c +4-l!iV
"""" "
·~
.....""',
f.
"'"'
,'.. ""'"
"
,..,
in 2
i""
!l.l '"'
.
"'
OUTPUT
NOTES:
IC1 IS 4011
01 1$ BC14!l
02 IS BC147
"'' ,,..
"
·~
L-----~----~---------4---J-------------------------------L--o.,
Four inputs can be mixed by duplicating voltage on the base of switching transistor Q2.
the circuit to the left of C3 and using the fourth Touching TPl and TP2 alternately turns the
gate of !Cl. Two gates are used in a touch- circuit on ana off.
operated switching circuit that controls the
57
MIXER PREAMPLIFIER WITH TONE CONTROL
""
'~'
...
410!1
>.-,--"AfV'---<> OUTI'UT
"'
.w
·~·
~
t~ ..
~
O.OZZ)<f
~t '"
"'
,0,
·~· "
l.lK
.. r
~ VOU.IIIiE-
T11f1U "'on~F
~ MU
.
r·
~ CH
"
o.ou~'T "''"
1 Fig. 6-5
Circuit Notes
General purpose preamplifier/mixer accepts up to four inputs, has a gain of 1600,
and provides bass and treble controls that can be varied ± 10 dB at 100Hz and 10kHz
respectively. !Cl and IC2 = LM301A.
PASSIVE MIXER
L + H output
Fig. 6-6
Circuit Notes
This simple circuit can be used to combine stereo signals to produce a monaural
output. Rl and R2 isolate both circuits and R3 controls the level of the combined output
signal.
58
ONE TRANSISTOR AUDIO MIXER
INPUT 1 P_.1r~kV\.fVV""'I
1!1
10
~22k 1M
•9V
.
'""' 'I}•IO-kV\/Iul\r-t-lif--+-ta-1-L.
Fig. 6-7
OUTPUT
BC 109
Circuit Notes
Three or more inputs with individual level controls feed into the base of Ql that
provides a voltage gain of 20.
SILENT AUDIO SWITCHING/MIXING
47k
47k 01
V IN 1
VOUT
1M
47k
V IN 2
1M
SWITCH TIME CONSTANT 47mS
ON =OV
OFF= -15V ;;J;j7n
Fig. 6-8
Circuit Notes
Two or more signals can be switched and/or mixed without annoying clicks by using
FETs and a low input'impedance op amp circuit.
59
HYBRID MIXER
A9 +6-15 v
A7 2201<
HlOk~
,'
AS
2201<
T 1711
(6)2
t" 2
13(9)
....- 12(10)
4
Fig. 6-9
NOTE:
IC1 IS 4011A
IG2 IS 747
.1-
T;s
w
I AO
100k OV
47u
A6
220k 17.
71
Circuit Notes
!Cla and b are biased into the linear regions by R3 and R4. (!Cl must be 4011A).
Outputs from gates are combined by op amp IC2, which provides low impedance output.
FOUR CHANNEL MIXER

+9V to +24V Output
0
nl~-~,..------'-'-'_,
Ao-!.j f--1,_..::;~~>.:.:1
1~1
5001<0
so-!.j Fig. 6-10
1~1 8200
co-!.j
1~1
o
~J
500KO
0 o-!.j
1~1
Circuit Notes
High gain op amp combines up to four individually controlled input signals. The de
power source should be well filtered (battery is ideal), and the circuit should be well
shielded to prevent hum pickup.
60
7
Audio Oscillators
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlate;;~to the source entry in the Sources section.
Wien Bridge Oscillator Tone Encoder

Wien Bridge Oscillator Feedback Oscillator
Wien Bridge Oscillator Phase Shift Oscillator
Very Low Frequency Generator 800 Hz Oscillator
Audio Oscillator Tunable Single Comparator Oscillator
Sine Wave Oscillator Wide Range Oscillator (Frequency Range
Easily Tuned Sine/Square Wave Oscillators of 500 to 1)
Wien Bridge Sine Wave Oscillator Wien Bridge Oscillator
Phase Shift Oscillator Wien Bridge Sine Wave Oscillator
61
WIEN BRIDGE OSCILLATOR
1
f=URC
330p~l
+15 v f=1.0kHz
R
470 kn
1%
1%
R 6
470 k{l
1%
R2
47 kQ
1%
15 v
-=- (
R4 Fig. 7-l
22 kO R5
1% lM\1
R3 01
R1 1 kU F0600
Circuit Notes
Field effect transistor, Ql, operates in the the required Rl resistance. The FET dynami·
linear resistive region to provide automatic cally provides the trimming resistance needed
gain control. Because the attenuation of the RC to make Rl one-half of the ~resistance of R2.
network is one-third at the zero phase-shift The circuit composed of R5, Dl, and Cl iso-
oscillation frequency, the amplifier gain de- lates, rectifies, and filters the output sine
termined by resistor R2 and equivalent resis- wave, converting it into-a de potential to con-
tor Rl must be just equal to three to make up trol the gate of the FET. For the low drain-to-
the unity gain positive feedback requirement source voltages used, the FET provides a
needed for stable oscillation. Resistors R3 and symmetrical linear resistance for a given gate-
R4 are set to approximately 1000 ohm less than to-source voltage.
62
r-
I
I
I
1211
"'' -..,
I
I +12V
I Ct
••
I Fig. 7-2
I •••
I
I
I
"" 1.2M
- fZk
-!IV
•••
"
L RANGE
SWfrt:H
......
FENWAL
"
OUTPUT
•oo
OHMS
Circuit Notes
Wien bridge sine-wave oscillator using two RCA CA3140 op amps covers 30Hz to
100kHz with less than 0.5 percent total harmonic distortion. The IOk pot-is adjusted for
the best waveform. Capacitor Cl and C2 are a two-gang, 450-pF variable with its frame
isolated from ground. Maximum output into a 600-ohm load is about 1 volt rms.
;oo
., Fig. 7-3
100.
c,
0 OOl&,..F
C:"'-Ktlt'lltiCI
1
fo • - -- !rom 0 01 Hi tO l!J kHI ll. IQS • 200 mA
2• •oCo
63
VERY LOW FREQUENCY GENERATOR
A1 "'
-~ AS
I
m4
lOOK
A3
SK
7 53
.,_
1
-R99100
A13
1K
OUTPUT VAA
6 MULT .01 A10 lOOK
~
1
3V !' S2B
001
All 1MEG
"".:_: A12 -_1._0MEG
0001
1 2 3 ' 5 6 7 6 9 10 11 12 ( b ? J1
o--+
clcJcJ~4 J.llclclGlJ • ~
N OUTPUT
Tl!t TT ~~.GlfT
S2 FRED VALUE
A6 POS Hz CAPACITOR
"F
1MEG
1 1 C1-C12- .5 +1
4 ' 1 2
~ 'S2
S2A 1
3
FREQ
5 6 7 9 10 11 12
3
2 2
4
C2-C13-
C3-C14=
.15 + J5
.15
111 ·111111}"
~fffTOTTT
-..-..-..-..-NNN
4
5
6
8
C4-C15-
cs=C16=
1
.066 + 0068
-- TTT CA1
IN914
CR2
1N914
6
7
8
10
12
14
C6-C17-
C7-C 18-
cs....:c19-
.05 + 01
.05
033 +.01
9 16 C9-C20- 0.33 +.0047
Fig. 7-4
117
t lOOK 10
11
12
18
20
-
C10-C21-
C11::o-C22-
-
.033
.015+.015
-
Circuit Notes
Wien bridge oscillator generates frequen- tenuator allows the output level to be set with a
cies of 1 Hz _and 2 to 20 Hz in 2 Hz steps. fair degree of precision to any value within a
Maximum output amplitude is 3 volts rms of 8.5 range of 5 decades.
volts peak-to-peak. A pot-and-switch at-
AUDIO OSCILLATOR
AI
5K-150K
Circuit Notes
+
02 =.9V Almost any transistor will work.
2N3638
Rl and Cl wili vary the tone.
4-811
Fig. 7-5
64
SINE WAVE OSCILLATOR
"
0 01 J'f
"
"
""
"
Fig. 7-6
"
JOpf
,.., "
6.311
'""
"
"
'"
-Circuit Notes
The oscillator delivers a high-purity sinusoid with a stable frequency and amplitude.
EASILY TUNED SINE/SQUARE WAVE OSCILLATORS
R2
R1 59K
330K
Clt C2~
1
+ 15>-<t-~---, R8"
1K
0
.
K
R7
1K
2 SQUAAE Fig. 7-7
>--~-OUTPUT
R9 LM1 01 A :>''-t-j f--~--'-\
6
200K 8
C3 02 SINE -15
150pF 1N914 OUTPUT
AS +C1""C2
10M ~Frequency Adjust
* Amplitude AdJUSt
Fo = 1
21rC 1 ~
Circuit Notes
This circuit will provide both a sine and square wave output for frequencies from
below 20Hz to above 20kHz. The frequency of oscillation is easily tuned by varying a
single resistor.
65
WIEN BRIDGE SINE WAVE OSCILLATOR
2.2 i-!F
JOOk
10k 0.0&1 JJF
>4-ovou.rt..-IOHz
Circuit Notes
Using the 2N5457 JFET as a voltage vari-
able resistor in the amplifier feedback loop,
produces a low distortion, constant amplitude
sine wave getting the amplifier loop gain just
LMIOJ
right. The LM103 zener diode provides the
500k voltage reference for the peak sine wave
amplitude.
1M
Peak output voltage

Vp~Vz+1V
Fig. 7-8
PHASE-SHIFT OSCILLATOR
.1 .~o~F
Vs
h- Circuit Notes
CircuiLuses a simple RC network to pro-
duce an exceptionally shrill tone from a minia-
ture speaker. With the parts values shown, the
circuit oscillates at a frequency of 3.6 kHz and
drives a miniature 2'h'' speaker with ear-
piercing volume. The output waveform is a
square wave with a width of 150 p.s, sloping
rise and fall times, and a peak-to-peak
amplitude of 4.2 volts (when powered by 9
TK TK TK volts). Current drain of the oscillator is 90 rnA
f, 4kHz at 9 volts, and total power dissipation at this
r·l r·t rt
voltage is 0.81 watt, which is well below the
1.25 watts the 14-pin version will absorb (at
room temperature) before shutting down.
- -
-
Fig. 7-9
- --
66
TONE ENCODER
POWEA
9V6ATTEAV
SWITCH
18K
~~~~
IOK
.005~J.f
IOK
,.---~-----1---J f-(---<( AUDIO
IOK
~n-,~::-~K...----t-1 ~~~~214 r OUTPUT
lOOK
IN9t4010DE
I
\ MOMENTAAYSPSTSWITCHES
Fig. 7-10
Circuit Notes
A basic twin-T circuit uses resistors for accurately setting the frequency of the
output tones, selected by pushbutton. Momentary switches produce a tone only when the
button is depressed.
FEEDBACK OSCILLATOR
c
r---11 OUT~UT Circuit Notes
_1_ Circuit oscillates because the transistor
shifts the phase of the signall80° from the base
C2 C3 C1 to the collector. Each of the RC networks in the
circuit is designed to shift the phase 60° at the
frequency of oscillation for a total of 180°. The
appropriate values of R and C for each network
is found from f = ll2v'31TRC); that equation
allows for the 60° phase shift required by the
design.
Fig. 7-11
67
PHASE SHIFT OSCILLATOR
+9V
Rl
3.3k
OUTPUT
R2
470k H1 47n
1
>
II
c2
47n >
Jt-
47n
Fig. 7-12
f? R3 ~R4
01~
> 4.7k . -4.7k
2N2925
X NV250Hz
Circuit Notes
A single transistor makes a simple phase putting a 10 K variable resistor in series with
shift oscillator. The output is a sine wave with R3, or by changing C1, C2, and C3. Making C1,
distortion of about 104. The sine wave purity 2, 3 equal to 100 nF will halve the operating
can be increased by putting a variable resistor frequency. Operating frequency can also be
(25 ohms) in the emitter lead of Q1 (x). The voltage controlled by a FET in series with R3,
Tesistor is adjusted so the circuit is only just or optically controlled by an LDR in series with
oscill~ting, then the sine wave is relatively R3.
pure. :operating frequency may be varied by
800Hz OSCILLATOR
r· HEP ·©.::;;:4.L----<~l-4_:_"F---•r
r OUTPUT
Fig. 7-13
01 .uF
\L
/I
471( ~6A IO.n. IO.n. IO.n.
Circuit-Notes
The following transistors may be used: HEP-254, O.C-2, SK-3004, AT30H. To
increase the frequency, decrease the value of the capacitors in the ladder network.
68
TUNABLE SINGLE COMPARATOR OSCILLATOR
v, v, Circuit Notes
·R,
R, R, Varying the amount of this comparator
10kn 2Dkn 1ookn
circuit's hysteresis makes it possible to vary
output frequencies in the 740-Hz to 2.7-kHz
R,
10 kU range smoothly. The amount of hysteresis to-
gether with time constant R6C1 determines
..,. how much time it takes for C1 to charge or
discharge to the new threshold after the output
c,I voltage switches.
Fig- 7-14
WIDE RANGE OSCILLATOR (FREQUENCY RANGE OF 5000 TO 1)
Circuit Notes
..
- -lOV
Timing resistor R may be adjusted to any
value between 10 K and 50 M to obtain a fre-
quency range from 400kHz to 100Hz. Return-
ing the timing resistor to the collector of Q1
ensures that Q1 draws its base current only
from the timing capacitor Ct. The timing
capacitor recharges when the transistors are
off, to a voltage.equal to the base emitter volt-
02 age of Q2 plus the base emitter drops of Q1 and
BC108 El
, . Q2:The transistors then start into conduction.

Capacitor Cs is used to speed up the transition.
A suitable value would be in the region of 100
pF.
Fig. 7-15
69
W!EN BRIDGE OSCILLATOR
50k
10 k
v,••
vo
1
I0 •--
2 1f AC
1
-v,.f • 2 Vee Fo• f 0 • 1 kHz
R R • 1e kn
c C • 0.01 ~F
R c
Fig. 7-16
WIEN BRIDGE SINE WAVE OSCILLATOR
••
""
~-.....-OUTPUT
... Cl
1100 pF
"""'
1% •u- 10V -14mA bulb ELDEMA 1869
Rl • R2
Cl • C2
f·-'-
2rr R2 C1
Fig. 7-17
70
8
Audio Power Amplifiers
The sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning onpage 730. The
Low Cost 20 W Audio Amplifier Novel Loudspeaker Coupling Circuit

75 Watt Audio Amplifier with Load Line Noninverting Ac Power Amplifier
Protection Inverting Power Amplifier
Bridge Amplifier Noninverting Power Amplifier
Noninverting Amplifier Using Single Supply 4 W Bridge Amplifier
Noninverting Amplifier Using Split Supply Phono Amplifier with a "Common Mode"
6 W, 8 Ohm Output Transformerless Amplifier Volume and Tone with Control
12 W Low-Distortion Power Amplifier Phono Amplifier
10 W Power Amplifier Phonograph Amplifier (Ceramic Cartridge)
Stereo Amplifier with Av = 200 Inverting Unity Gain Amplifier
AM Radio Power Amplifier Bridge Audio Power Amplifier
470 mW Complementary-Symmetry Phono Amplifier
Audio Amplifier High Slew Rate Power Op Amp/Audio Amp
16 W Bridge Amplifier
71
LOW COST 20 W AUDIO AMPLIFIER
R8
© 1K 40V
R7
-------------
I .-----------~_.
-,I
4.7K I
I
I
I
I
01 I I
I
02 I
I_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ I
SE9301
+-----.---_,________________________________ "" cs
_.~ 1500~F
+
+iR4
150K
03
R6
R3 47
120K
R1 Q1
INPU~ + 10K 2N5961
G1 SE9401
10~F'25V R2
RS +G4
15K
150 200~F .SV
01-03=1N4148
Fig. 8-1
Circuit Notes
This simple inexpensive audio amplifier (point B) is the tie point for ac and de feedback
can be constructed using a couple of T0-220 as well as for the signal input. Input resistance
monolithic Darlington transistors for the is 10 K. The center voltage at point A is set by
push-pull output stage. Frequency response is adjusting resistor R4. A bootstrap circuit
flat within 1 dB from 30Hz to 200kHz with booststhecollectorsupplyvoltageofQl (point
typical harmonic distortion below 0.2%. The C) to ensure sufficient drive voltage for Q2.
amplifier requires only 1.2 Vrm, for a full 20W This also provides constant voltage across R7,
output into an 8 ohm load. Only one other which therefore acts as a current source and,
transistor is needed, the T0-92 low-noise together with diodes Dl-D3, reduces low-
high-gain 2N5961 (Ql), to provide voltage gain signal crossover distortion.
for driving the output Darlingtons. Its base
72
73
BRIDGE AMPLIFIER
'•
"' '"
lls•6V llc•4!! P0 •1.DW

V$•1lll Ac•ll! P,•UW
Fig. 8-3
Circuit Notes
This circuit is for low voltage applications de levels will. be within a few tenths of a volt of
requiring high power outputs. Output power each other. Where critical matching is required
levels of 1.0 W into 4 ohm from 6 V ·and 3.5 V the 500 K potentiometer is added and adjusted
into 8 ohm from 12 V are typical. Coupling for zero de current flow through the load.
capacitors are not necessary since the output
NONINVERTING AMPLIFIER USING SINGLE SUPPLY

2.7•
" ''"'v, ~-
'
r--.J.--~
'f'' .. '
'
..
VL o--j I
••• on
, Vol D.1
~
""'
1---l' v,
...,..+.....,
..J 0.1
1.1
•• o--j .,. TYPICAL SINGLE SUI'I'l-Y
'
. L------.J
,...
2.7•
~-
'
• (LM1117 ONLY) ~·' I- REStSTORS
I- CAf'ACITORJ
Fig. 8~4
74
NONINVERTING AMPLIFIER USING SPLIT SUPPLY
" lOOk 2.7"
~
O.I,.F"
V•
•
~'" r--.J---. 14 I
-=- I
VOL
'
'1
I
'..J V-
TYPICAL SPLIT SUPf'L Y
8 I
D. I
L ______ ...J
" 2.7"
b..
0.1JJF"
:.1. lOOk
•JlM1817 ONLY) T "::"
4-=RESISTDRS
4- CAPACITORS
Fig. 8-5
6 W,8'0HMOUTPUT TRANSFORMERLESS AMPLIFIER
vee~ 24V
I fi'~
180K 180
47K
120K
L--1~=--'~"If-' ·•'--, •
62
'"' ~
...••
~..
~-
""'' '':' ~OJ 01
·-
lt)()(k.F
rgur "
lti-~---.J.--l:~lo'Qv;-'~>-'M"I-"-'1>--t--t-i--::"·:'i_,.~ 21~v~---.
,..._ 01 II '
Ql NB021EY
0'1 .• ~
-.. l20 02
0.5 Q2 N8211YY
3~ ... ~(1 QJ NfiOOIE
: ~ ,.., ,. ~Lt.j~02~~.,__._____._~as
2.2
.,~;.; Q4 NA41U
470 1 TO.l I as tjA42U
--
~
Fig. 8-6
75
12 W LOW-DISTORTION POWER AMPLIFIER
N.C. +13V
"
"
"
•
"' • "
'"' " ~
:i,
.
<
0
"
." FREQUENCY li4z) FR£QUEN&V IK•I
~·'f
C3
u
,h
~UV UJ~F
MYLAR
ResponM tor Amplifi., Di•tortlon for Amplifier
Fig. 8-7
10 W POWER AMPLIFIER
JOOiJF
~~·---,
+26\i 0.471-Jf 35
MYLAR
~
10
lOOk
2l
1000pf ;; H
"'c>
·~:·
13
15
II
lOOk
- 0
" ••FREOUENCY1Hl)
" '"'
•
"T'' Frequoncy R -
Fig. 8-8
76
STEREO AMPLIFIER WITH Av = 200
vso-.t--.
T~_,.,F
""
I
+1
"'''
2.1n
T '·''' ':"
"'
In
1...... -
~
-~ _J;ABGNO
INPUT Z o---i 1--+"T-'i

0.1 uf
I IOO"F
+~
Fig. 8-9
f'\
2.1n '
TI.II'F-
""
"'
AM RADIO POWER AMPLIFIER
,,,
FERRlTE
+)
BEAD Z50"'F
=
4.1
In
SPEAKER
*0.1f.'F ":"
Note 1: Twist supply· lead and supply ground very tightly. Nott; 4: R1C1 band limits input sigRals.
Note 2: Twist speaker lead and ground very tightly. Note 5: All components must be spaced very close to IC.
Note3: Ferrite bead is Ferroxcube K5-001-Q01/3B with 3
turns of wire.
Fig. 8-10
77
470 mW COMPLEMENTARY-SYMMETRY AUDIO AMPLIFIER
?-12V
16 OR 32
OHMS
820
01 · 2N2429 02
02- 2N2706
03- 2N2430
39 2
250 ~-tF
2
Fig. 8-11
Circuit Notes
This circuit has less than 2%~distortion and isJlat within 3 dB from 15Hz to 130kHz.
NOVEL LOUDSPEAKER COUPLING CIRCUIT
Circuit Notes
+ +18V The ground side of the speaker is con-
IC1 IS LM 380 C2 nected to the junction of two equal high value
10001' capacitors (1000 J.tF is typical) across the sup-
ply. The amplifier output voltage will be V,/2,
and so will the voltage across C1 (if C1 andC2
are equal); so as the supply voltage builds up,
+ the de voltage across the speaker will remain
C1
0
10001' zero, eliminating the switch-on surge. C1 and
OV C2 will also provide supply smoothing. The
circuit is shown with the LM380, but could be
applied to any amplifier circuit, providing that
the de voltage at the output is half the supply
Fig. 8-12 voltage.
78
NONINVERTING AC POWER AMPLIFIE NONINVERTING POWER AMPLIFIER
vee· •3D v
·r-~--~--~-------,
0.'
••
lo'F -=-
..
, '-'
2rt3904
or tquio.
2 j.lf+
V;n
l.Ok
111 '' :. 3G megollm to• I , 20 ~'

RA + Re
I.Av·~~2o II '•, IV lOS • 200 mA
It _IQS • 200 mA
Fig. 8-13 Fig. 8-15
INVERTING POWER AMPLIFIER 4 W BRIDGE AMPLIFIER
,.
••
...
RA+Ra, _,n "
II. lo" --RA 0 " IV. IDS" 200 mA
Fig. 8-14 Fig. 8-16
79
PHONO AMPLIFIER
WITH "COMMON MODE"
VOLUME AND TONE CONTROL PHONOGRAPH AMPLIFIER
(CERAMIC CARTRIDGE)
1.0 k ,2 v
f--~
100 pF a.on
Toni Control
1.0 Megfl
"'~-_ 1.0 Megn
= ;ot+:-,~
,,.,.,.,,.,.~..,"~~
•fOR ST AlllliTY WITH Volume
HIGH CURRENT LOADS Control
.. AUDIO TAPE PQT£NTIOMETER
!10"' Of R, AT ~0'11 ROT AT ION)
Fig. 8-19
Fig. B-17
INVERTING UNITY GAIN AMPLIFIER
PHONO AMPLIFIER
v,
··~ O.IJ,If
CRYSTAL
o-1 ""
CAATAIOGl
"'
luFT .:!:L
Fig. 8-18
Fig. 8-20
80
BRIDGE AUDIO POWER AMPLIFIER
R5 1.0
~
+11V "'
2
~
E
c --0.1
~
~
i5
u
z
••
C>
R1
5 E 0.01
~
- CAS£
+
~
•
~
C>
~
FREOUENCY (Hz)
Total Harmonic Distortion vs.

RB Frequency of Bridge Power
Ampiifier
INPUT OUTPUT
R9
R1-R. CURRENT LIMIT ~ESISTOR 0.15Q 2W

R5 FEEDBACK RESISTOR 5kQ
R6 FEEDBACK RESISTOR 15kQ
CAS£
R7-R10 INPUT RESISTORS 10kQ
C1-C4 BYPASS CAPACITORS 41 .,f 25 HLECTROLYTIC
5 C5-CB iYPASS CAPACITORS 10-F 25V TANTALUM
C9-C12 BYPASS CAPACITORS 0.1 ~F 25V CERAMIC
RIO
L...-+-+1BV
R6
Fig. 8-2.1
PHONO AMPLIFIER
•I IV
Circuit Notes
Used when maximum input impedance is
required or the signal attenuation ofthe voltage
divider volume control is undesirable.
'fOR STABiliTY WITH

HIGH CURRENT LOADS
Fig. 8-22
81
HIGH SLEW RATE POWER OP AMP/AUDIO AMP
-t-18 v
30 I! J 0.47 ~J.F
+------i:-2N3790-
10 pf
5.1 k VouT
"n(MAX)(O !l) - 11 W
5.1 k
+------'[" 2N3055
30 H
-13 v
Fig. 8-23 ~0.47 JJ.F
Features
• High Slew Rate 9 V lp.s
• ~High 3 dB Power Bandwidth 85 kHz
• 18 Watts Output Power Into an 8 !l Load.
~• Low Distortion - .. 2%, 10 VRMS, 1 kHz Into 8 !l
16 W BRIDGE AMPLIFIER
thf
l
SIGNAL ......... 1M
INPUT ........
m 2ZO
I aGio
C70~>~f 2..Z
Fig. 8-24
-
82
9
Audio Signal Amplifiers

The sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section he ginning on page 730. The
General Purpose Preamplifier Two-Pole Fast Turn-On NAB Tape Preamplifier

Basic Transistor Amplifier Circuits Tape Preamplifier (NAB Equation)
Microphone Amplifier LM382 Phono Preamplifier
Transducer Amplifier ~Tape Recording Amplifier
Ultra-High Gain Audio Amplifier Magnetic Phono Preamplifier
Transformerless Microphone Preamp (Bal- Phono Preamp
anced Inputs) Remote Amplifier
Transformerless Microphone Preamp (Un- Adjustable Gain Noninverting Amplifier
balanced Inputs) High Gain Inverting AC Amplifier
Magnetic Pickup Phone Preamplifier Flat Response Amplifier
Disc/Tape Phase Modulated Readback Sys- Preamplifier with RIAA/N AB Compensation
tems Tape Playback Amplifier
83
GENERAL PURPOSE PREAMPLIFIER
POWER SL'Pf'L V
~10V TO •40V de:
C2
"'"
~IGHT It---; Cl2' RIGHT
""'" INPUT
~.'""Toun>uT
~~----; Cll LEFT
INPUT 7
.'"rOUTPUT _
••
lOOk
.,
_ lOOk
.,
FUNCTION C3 4 C5 6 C7 8 C9,10 R1 2
Phono preamp 330n I011F 1011F 1n5 1k
(RIAA)
Tape preamp 68n 1011F 1011F - -
~{NAB)
Flat 40dB gain - - 1011F - -
Flat 55dB gain - 10jlF
Flat 80dB gain I011F 10jtF
Fig. 9-1
Circuit Notes
Not much can be said about how the LM382 works as most of the circuitry is
contained within the !C. Most of the frequency-determining components are on the
chip-only the capacitors are mounted externally. The LM382 has the convenient
characteristic of rejecting ripple on the supply line by about 100 dB. thus greatly reducing
the quality requirment for the power supply.
84
BASIC TRANSISTOR AMPLIFIER CIRCUITS
Circuit Notes
""'F-+-+---+-+-1
o-)
Typical component values are given for
~ use at audio frequencies, where these circuits
are used most often. The input and output
phase relationShips are shown.
+9V
COMMON EMITTER
""'
o-) r:-•....----.-+-{ -4700
INPUT
~ OUTPUT
,..+::;'>
COMMON ~COLLECTOR +gv Fig. 9-2
£5
ELECTRONIC BALANCED INPUT MICROPHONE AMPLIFIER
•Vcr
Circuit Notes
It is possible to simulate the balanced per-
" formance of a transformer electronically with a
different amplifier. By adjusting the presets,
the resistor ratio can be balanced so that the
best CMRR is obtained. It is possible to get a
8ALA.NCl
C'-4RR V« better CMRR than from a transformer. Use~a
RC4136 which is a quad low noise op amp.
Fig. 9-3
TRANSDUCER AMPLIFIER
XI c::::J
I Rl
11M
C1 R5
0.1 ~ F 11M
Fig. 9-4
RJ R4
R2 510
,.,,
182k
,.,,
19.6k
R2) A 11 ::: R2 • RJ + R4
AIN-= R1
(
-
1 ..-
RJ R2 • R3
Circuit Notes
This circUit IS high-input-impedance ac resistance is 880 M, and a gain of 10 is ob-

amplifier for a piezoelectric transducer. Input tained.
86
ULTRA-HIGH GAIN AUDIO AMPLIFIER
.------1>----ov•
10M
Circuit Notes
Sometimes called the JFET !L-amp, this
circuit provides a very low power, high gain
amplifying function. Since IL of a JFET in-
10M
0.1 ~F creases as -drain current decreases, the lower
drain current is, the more gain you get. Input
dynamic range is sacrificed with increasing
gain, however.
500 typical
Fig. 9-5
MICROPHONE AMPLIFIER
r---------~~~-~v
,."
,."'
R1
UM
"
0.02 ~F
Circuit Notes
This circuit operates from a 1.5 Vdc
,." -source.
GAIN
,.
RO
............ triln
..
UM
Fig. 9-6
87
TRANSFORMERLESS (BALANCE INPUTS) MICROPHONE PREAMP
+1511
,, . +1511
...,,.
Fig. 9-7
...
0.1~
'"
-n_u ,,
·:~J,
q
-1&11
Ay' 0 !;4dB
"- M£TAl FILM
*''
AtiJ. RrFOR II our· Olloc
ADJ. R!tFDR MAX CMRR
NOISE. -&JdBBELOW
2m \I INPUT
THO >;; 0.1%
TRANSFORMERLESS MICROPHONE PREAMPS

(UNBALANCED INPUTS)
+24V +24V
,, •••
m
,,
560 ,,. •• 220k
" • ,, 2fk
I'"·
Av • 52d8 --Av o 52dB
•- METAl FilM •- METAL FILM
NOISE· -69d8 BELOW NOISE -67d8 BELOW
2mV 2mV
lHO 11.1''• THO 01%
Fig. 9-8 (a) LM381 AS. E. Bias (b) LM387A
88
MAGNETIC PICKUP PHONO PREAMPLIFIER
..
r--'lliVv--o '"
+ ,..
l~llh
t"·' ,..
0.01 ~F
~'"'"
0.1104 !'F ':'
2N54SI !P55l
,.
""'liT
.,. .. JZOh
Fig. 9-9
.,. .,.
.,. +
"'
mT
SO,.,F
I"' lJOh
" -av
Circuit -Notes
This preamplifier provides proper loading ratio of hetter than - 70 dB (referenced to 10
to a reluctance phono cartridge. It provides mV input at 1kHz) and has a dynamic range of
approximately 35 dB of gain at 1 kHz (2.2 mV 84 dB (referenced to 1 kHz). The feedback
input for 100mV output). It features (S + N)!N provides for RIAA equalization.
DISC/TAPE PHASE MODULATED READBACK SYSTEMS
Fig. 9-10
AMPLITUDE
FREQUENCY: 47 pFd
READ HEAD DIFFERENTIA TOR/AMPLIFIER ZERO CROSSING DETECTOR
89
TWO-POLE FAST TURN-ON NAB TAPE LM382 PHONO PREAMPLIFIER (RIAA)
PREAMPLIFIER
+12V
24V
(4, 51
I 120pF
II 2201<
680k
220k
2k 2k
-24k
IM 1k
0.0015"F
F.ig. 9-ll Fig. 9-13
TAPE PREAMPLIFIER
(NAB EQUALIZATION) TAPE RECORDING AMPLIFIER
Vee
I I 3,
I
~~ 11Md
12
_1_
~ Jo n"F "
nopFJ
TO BIAS
OSCillATOR
Fig. 9-12 Fig. 9-14
90
MAGNETIC PHONO PREAMPLIFIER REMOTE AMPLIFIER
30V
(4. 5)
lOOk "
""
lOOk 0.001JJF
I20pF
Fig. 9-15 Fig. 9-17
PHONO PREAMP (RIAA ADJUSTABLE GAIN NONINVERTING

EQUALIZATION) AMPLIFIER
Vee vs
7,8
o--1co 11. 14)
6,9 0 1"f
2. 13
R1
e1
PINS 3. 5. 6. 9, 10. 12
lO"F All NO CONNECTION I
Ic1 I
...L
-
GAIN ~ 1 + 267 k
R1
I eAPAeiT_O_R·-+-G_A_I_N--1
Cl Only 40dB
nly SSdB
e2 80dB
-·-'----' 10 ~ LOW FREQUENCY -JdB CORNER
Fig. 9-16 Fig. 9-18
91
HIGH GAIN INVERTING
AC AMPLIFIER PREAMPLIFIER WITH RIAA/NAB
COMPENSATION
vs
>------.,--oour~ur
-1SV
r~·~ I
....L
l8K 0.003
GAIN ~ ~ 5.1 x 106
,, •S&Ject to provid& spectfied tr1nldu..er loadinv.
Output Noi.. "' 0.-8mV rmslwtth input Ulorted)
Co~ 1
- -
All resistor values are in Ohms.
2duR1
In = LOW FREQUENCY -JdB CORNER ICc Rl >> CG R1l

INPUT IMPEDANCE = Rt Fig. 9-21
PINS 3. 5_ 16,.12 NOT USED Fig. 9-19
FLAT RESPONSE AMPLIFIER (FIXED TAPE PLAYBACK AMPLIFIER

GAIN CONFIGURATION)
Vee
24V
.lpFo 0.1"F ( 1• 8 )
7, 8 (4, 5) 0.5Vrms
(2, 7)
2.2M
II
47k 800"V
AT
1kHz
-
62k 1500pF
180
Fig. 9-20 Fig. 9-22
92
10
Automotive Circuits
Gasoline Engine Tachometer Auto Battery Current Analyzer

Speed Alarm Speed Switch
Speed Warning Device Windshield Wiper Controlier
Universal Wiper Delay Windshield Wiper Hesitation Control Unit
Courtesy Light Extender Ice Waming and Lights Reminder
Bargraph Car Voltmeter Car Battery Monitor
Tachometer Headlight Delay Unit
High Speed Warning Device Windshield Washer Fluid Watcher
Breaker Point Dwell Meter Car Battery ~Condition Checker
Tachometer Overspeed Indicator
Capacitor Discharge Ignition System Sequential Flasher for Auto Tum Signals
Windshield Wiper Control Auto Lights-On Reminder
93
GASOLINE ENGINE TACHOMETER
11-NV
PROlE en ON
~ "
. ~"\~···
... ,. 470 lo:f~ETEP.
FSD•IICIIIRI'IIII
.... 1--t-+-+--i-+--+----j
1.010
uos
..---,--,.---,--,~~~~
"'I' -f---+--j
fREQUENCY = ZDD
1.004 1--t-+-+--i-+--+----j
1.002 f---i""'+...d-+-+-+--1
..... 1-+-j,.""'t~~f.-..:.:b:l
.... 1---++!----+--lr-..~~~··o;o·~"!!i'
t -* t·~r·~T·..
r-~·~·~t--+
1
~C1 l
1/
..... 1----E.:;:±~=+-+~--i !'..
~
..... 1--+'="="i""c:'
I
'=i"",='+--+-+"--"'
!:--,_._._____...., .. .... f--+-1-,+-++-+--1
0.110 L--...L-L---'-L.L-L_J
-35 -15 5 25 15 15 15
IPAIIII:COU
~~4 CY(L TEMPERATURE ('C)
y
DIST. TEIIItllfAL ":" I CVl I CVL
LINK TO
SlLECT
NO. OF
CYLIMDEM - -
Fig. 10-l
Circuit Notes
This tachometer can be set up for any A protection circuit composed of a 10 ohm
number of cylinders by linking the appropriate resistor and a zener- diode is also shown as a
timing resistor as illustrated. A 500 ohm trim safety precaution against the transients which
resistor can be used to set up final calibration. are to be found in ·automobiles.
94
SPEED ALARM
+12V l
•• ., ••
.,
.,
UOR
" l()h!
"' "
~"
08
IN91lo
LSI
~
2N390j.;,
o;c
.. !
•• I
~·
,.. _ R,V;:u---v
09
INti
......
22K
r.-
.'f
07~
RVI CD4011AE TIP3055
""··~
02 C4
c.a.
- .
10"
POINTS
01 ~ + . 03
~~
06
• "
.,.
••
tV ~
.....
I INI14
l
lOOn
ov
.,
,.,
Fig. 10·2
Circuit Notes
Pulses from the distributor points are pas- feedback, is used to enable the oscillator
sed through a current limiting resistor, rec- fanned by the remaininghalfofthe 4011. At the
tified, and clipped at 4. 7 volts. Via Ql and the pre-set speed, a nonignorable tone emits from
diode pump, a de voltage proportional to engine the speaker, and disappears as soon as the
rpm is presented to RVl; the sharp transfer speed drops by three or four mph.
characteristic of a CMOS gate, assisted by
95
SPEED WARNING DEVICE
,,_
tJ '"
A15- Rbufflll" 10K
J I 0
- -::.;" ' " " "
' "
L, 'h~SS6 L " %- 556 9
v~,
v'" ....... -.....

/I ' ' /I '
' ' ' "
01uf :
OM+ ·"'' ;~ OM+
I OPERATINGWAVEFORMS
OPERATING WAVEFORMS
V,N
PIN6
ev-
---7l1T!T!T!l?1t7L-
-nr
PIN lllo 2
PIN 5
- ;--
2'1----- / /_/-
PIN B
I
~-
Pllllll & 13
----J
ou•
I
I
PIN 9 I
: :
Fig. 10-3
96
UNIVERSAL WIPER DELAY
POSITIVE
v
T1
VA
2501<~;;.
r
:>
' 150!1
~
VA 2 •
·~J ~ ~021N4003
25
C3
O.l.uF l RLAj
.?
'~
R1
1ki
4 8
7
R2 ~
<;.
01
4. 7k12
':>
2
6 5
NE555
IC1
1
3 L..ol
::;,03
v7J
tt
TO WIPER
CIRCUITRY
I SW1
OVERRIDE
C1
1110jtF
::;~ .lC2
-~0.1"F
T2
NEGATIVE
Fig. 10-4
Circuit Notes
!Cl is connected in the astable mode, about 1 second to 20 seconds. SW1 is an over-
driving RLA. C3, D1, and D2 prevent spikes ride switch to hold RLA permanently on (for
from the relay coil and the wiper motor from normal wiper operation). The relay should
triggering !Cl. VR2 is adjusted to give the have a resistance of at least 150 ohms and have
minimum delay time required. VR1 is the main heavy duty contacts. The suppression circuit
delay control and provides a range of from may be needed for the protection of ICl.
97
COURTESY LIGHT EXTENDER
R1
+VE
15k
01
1N4001
02
C1 2N3065
47 J.LF
16V
-VE
Fig. 10·5
Circuit Notes
Most car door switches are simply Transistors Ql and Q2 are connected as an
single-pole switches, with one side grounded. emitter follower (Q2 just buffers Q1) therefore
When the door is opened the switch grounds the voltage across Q2 increases slowly as Cl
.the other line thus completing the light circuit. charges. Hence Q2 acts like a low resistance in
In a car where the negative terminal of the parallel with the switch and keeps the lights on.
battery is connected to the chassis, the nega- The value of Cl is chosen such that a useful
tive wire of the unit (emitter of Q2) is con- light level is obtained for about four seconds;
nected to chassis the positive wire (case of therefore the light decreases until in about 10
2N3055) is connected to the wire going to the seconds it is out completely. With different
switch. In a car having a positive ground sys- transistor gains and with variation in current
tem this connection sequence is reversed. drain due to a particular type of car, the timing
When the switch closes (door open), Cl is may vary hut may be simply adjusted by
discharged via Dl to zero volts, and when the selecting Cl.
switch opens, Cl charges up via Rl and R2.
98
BARGRAPH CAR VOLTMETER
R£0 LE05 GREEN LEOs REO tEDS
TfO'''I--o-~-0-___,1~
1 1
,
10V5 11V 12V 13V 14V 15V
TO BATTERY +Ve
,
VIA IGNITION SWITCH
r..,...~ ~~ ;.. t'eo 10

r~
~~ 'ceo,"-
~, ,~ ,~,
!~ ,~ ,~, ·-
~;" t;;;,., "'(o; '-:0& ~.';;'-; ""eo a ED"'
"'.~.
18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10
IC1
LM3914
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
~ ~ I
<
R2 <
< R1
1k2 ~
: 4k7
< ~ 5k0
RV2
- RV1
;>, 5k0 ~ SETLOWE R
< UMfT (10.5 VI
:
rr;In
SET UPPER
LIMIT (15V)
ov
nfn OV
Fig. 10-6
Circuit Notes
The LM3914 acts as a LED-driving vol- and the pin-5 input terminal ofthe !C. TheJC is
tometer that has its basic maximum and configured to give a 'dot' display, in which only
minimum readings determined by the values of one of the ten LEDs is illuminated at any given
R2 and RV2. When correctly adjusted, the unit time. If the supply voltage is below 10.5 volts
actually covers the 2.5 volt to 3.6 volt range, none ofthe LEDs illuminate. If the supply
but it is made to read a supply voltage span of equals or exceeds 15 volts, LED 10 illumi-
10-10.5 volts to 15 volts by interposing paten- nates.
tial divider R1-RV1 between the supply line
99
TACHOMETER
Rl +12V
Circuit di11gr11m 180
of the tllcho,
~ RV2
R2 50k
ZD1
10k 8.2V +
2 • 4
R5
l5ldl
C3
100,.
C1
1n0 •
7
IC1
555 3
1
R3 C2 J1V
10k 5n8 (GROUNDI
Fig. 10-7
Circuit Notes
An electrical signal taken from the low and R3 seta voltage of about 4 volts at pin 2 of
tension side of the distributor is converted into !Cl. The IC is triggered if this voltage is re-
a voltage proportional to engine rpm and this duced to less than approximately 2. 7 volts (lh
voltage is displayed on a meter calibrated ac- of supply voltage), and this occurs due to the
cordingly. The 555 timer IC is used as a voltage swing when the breaker points open.
monostable which, in effect, converts the sig- An adjustment potentiometer RV1 enables the
nal pulse from the breaker points to a single input level to be seno avoid false triggering.
positive pulse the width of which is determined Zener diode ~ZD1 and tbe 180 ohm resistor
by the value of R4 + RV2 and C2. Resistors R2 stabilize the unit against voltage variations.
100
HIGH SPEED WARNING DEVICE
OPTIOII/Al
TACHGMEHR
IO.F
TANTAlUM
lOOk
I~PUI f~OM
SPARK 1;011
U2f
J_ '"' AI A·1 l '.11900
oNPIII fj( !I R ~ AMPlll I[M
100lf
IC == Lfvt2900 or
LM2907 or LM2917
Fig. 10-8
Circuit Notes
Al amplifies and regulates the signal from voltage with the reference voitage and turns on
the spark coil. A2 converts frequency to vol- the output transistor at the set speed.
tage so that its output is a voltage proportional Amplifier A4 is used to generate an audible
to engine rpm. A3 compares the tachometer tone whenever the set speed is exceeded.
101
BREAKER POINT DWELL METER
8+~------------~-------------------e-----,
10k 470
Sk Sk
-- 11 - 12
~
10 9 8
CHARGE
POINTS~-----... PUMP
GROUNIJc~ 10k
--
T0.02~F lOOk TIOOOpF
-- -- - -- T
-
Fig. 10-9
TACHOMETER
vee· +11-V
MAGNETIC l'tCKUf' MONOSTA8LE-MUl TIVIBAA.T8A PULSE AVERAGING

HVSTERISIIAMPLIFIIEA
100• "' Cl
MUKI·~lr.~~~r--------r~~-------r--------~~----------------~====~·~
or-..~rw l.tV r~~
1
~''~ lOOk
,,.
Rl
'"
"
0.01 11-F
.._.... Voltlltlor s..itctl.._ Timi..-lnt.val· to.0.1 RICI VP•P '!!. !YQ-0 6J · AI · I

l!:yCI
v" • ~~~ cvcc • 1.11
Fig. 10-10
102
CAPACITOR DISCHARGE IGNITION SYSTEM
TOROID UANSfOAM[A
" _;
'it "
: 1_,.----- - + ~OISTIIIBIITOR
•UK; ~ "' ; ~ ~
1 •:
=?o.ot ~
' "' : '"- - ~ 1' ~.. t ..
'.
+
-
" 02
::J"
'"' ~• '
~
IGNITfD
•
" 'jL COil
'' _, +
II
'" " 01 NA81W
~? .....
J
0.,31
1 Ql 02 NA&1W
'" l.;;?.u POINT

I'' II
03 NB111EY
Fig. lO-ll
WINDSHIELD WIPERCONTROL
+ 12V
~
TAB SCR
!
WIPER LOW POLYPAKS
SPEED LINE 92CUI730
t_ OR SIMILAR
' ' A K G
""'
.. ~
5601( 'K SN4871
UN! JUNCTION
·a ,," TRANSISTOR
Q-: E 82
22/35V
;~
TA-NTALUM
•• ;f:: o• oOO -DIODES- I AMP PLASTIC
RESISTORS- i/2 WATT
Fig. 10·12
Circuit Notes
Here's a good way to set windshield wipers on an interval circuit. Only two
connections to the car's wiper control, plus ground, are required. Variable control can be
accomplished by substituting a 500 K pot in series with a 100 K fixed resistor in place of
the 560 K.
103
AUTO BATTERY CURRENT ANALYZER
To Pin 7 +1.5v.
Probe _.-Battery cable-.......
ToPin4-1.v.
~"'
I &;i~~~;
~
1
>'·_;,1;;:,00;;"~- Polarity
a. reversing 1.5M
lM switch
5K
Fig. 10-13
Circuit Notes
This op-amp analyzer can measure the when current flows. To calibrate the unit, mea-
current drawn by .any device in a car. The sure the current flow somewhere in the car
analyzer works by measuring the very small with an accurate ammeter, then adjust the
voltage that develops across the battery cables analyzer for that current reading.
SPEED SWITCH
l"----.-~5~k~~~5k~~----~~::[g~j:ji-ovcc
B 1 6 5 ' LOAO
-
Circuit Notes
Load is energized when
2 1
2RC
-- Fig. 10-14
104
WINDSHIELD WIPER CONTROLLER
r------------------------------~
01
R1 ~---~-+!hr-----,
''' •12 V SOURCE
'' ,.------<>!THROUGH CAR'S
''
Rl
RJ
•
'' . I
WIPER SWITCH!
I
I
S1 )i(BREAK WIRE
I Fig. 10-15
I
I
Cf•
R4 WI PER MOTa!
Circuit Notes
This circuit provides complete speed con- principal circuits: The rate-determining
trol over car's windshield wipers. They can be Circuit -a unijunction transistor connected as a
slowed down to any rate even down to four freerunning oscillator, and the silicon-
sweeps per minute. The controller has two controlled rectifier which is the actuator.
WINDSHIELD WIPER HESITATION CONTROL UNIT

'2V------,!
GROUND~
00
sov
TCEAAMIC -MOTOR
Fig.l0-16
CAO
,, m
1N914
t - - , SWITCH
1N914
CA>
TIMER
1-<-t+.,---j
1N914 1V 12000
1N914 CDE 603-13
OR EQUIVALENT
co
-r:::'
rf,TANTALUM
Circuit Notes
This circuit uses the 555 timer in the asta- amount of "hesitation". (Approximately 2 to 15
ble or oscillatory mode. The length of time the seconds.) R2 provides a minimum time delay
timer is off is a function of the values of Cl, R2, when R3 is at its zero ohms position.
and R3. The potentiometer which controls the
105
ICE WARNING AND LIGHTS REMINDER
+12V
REED R4
SWITCH 470R
VR1
1M
LIN
Fig. 10-17
Q2 ., ---
THERMISTOR
NTC
"'
3k3
01-4 ~ BC10&
BUZZER 3k3 -LDR
ORP 12
ov
Circuit Notes
This device will tell a driver if his lights for temperature, VR2 for light. Both thermistor
should be on and will warn him if the outside and LDR should be well protected. Most high
temperature is nearing zero by lighting a LED gain NPN transistors will work.
and sounding a buzzer9 VRl adjusts sensitivity
CAR BATTERY MONITOR
+12v.-from car
Circuit Notes
1K!l 1K!l
Warning light (LED) indicates when bat-
tery voltage falls below level set by 10 K pot.
Can indicate that battery is defective or needs
NPN charging jf cranking drops battery voltage
2N3904
below preset "safe" limit.
Fig. 10-18
106
HEADLIGHT DELAY UNIT
+
s
5 R2
lk
Fig. 10-19
Circuit Notes
This circuit will operate a car's headlights begins to charge through VRl until Ql turns
for a predetermined time to light up the drive- on, turning Q2 off. The relay will then open
way or path after the driver has left the car. switching off both the lights and the unit. The
SQl is pushed and Q2 is turned on closing the delay is governed by the time taken for the
relay and turning on the car's headlights. Cl capacitor to charge, which is about one minute.
WINDSHIELD WASHER FLUID WATCHER

+12 V VIA
IGNITiON SWITCH 51
RS
300-QHM TWIN-LEAD SILENCE
WITH BARE ENOS R
USED AS 10BES
Fig, 10-20 SONAL..ERT

sc"
"'
WINDSHIELD WASHER
RESERVOIR
Circuit Notes
This circuit relies upon the minute current between two conductive probes sus-
pended in a washer fluid reservoir. When the level is below the probes, Ql turns on and
the Sonolert sounds.
107
CAR BATTERY CONDITION CHECKER
Circuit Notes
This circuit uses an LED and 4081 CMOS
integrated circuit. The variable resistor sets
the voltage at which the LED turns on. Set the
control so that the LED lights when the voltage
from the car's ignition switch drops below 13.8
volts. The LED normally will light every now
and then for a short period of time. But, if it
stays on for very long, your electrical system is
in trouble.
CAR FRAME Fig. 10-21
OVERSPEED INDICATOR
14V
43011
68H
150!1 Circuit Notes

An op-arnp comparator is used to compare
the converter output with a de threshold vol-
tage. The .circuit flashes the LED when the
input frequency exceeds 100 Hz. Increases in
frequency raise the average current out of ter-
minal 3 so that frequencies above 100 Hz re-
duce the charge time of C2, increasing the LED
flashing rate .. IC =LM2907 or LM2917
f l ASH~NG BE G-JJtS WHE '- ! I'O - · 100 Ht

HASH UTE 1NCAEASE5-WITH INPUT FREQUENCY
INCREASE BEYONO TRIP POINT
Fig. 10-22
108
SEQUENTIAL FLASHER FOR AUTOMOTIVE TURN SIGNALS
OFF TIMER NO. I TIMER NO.2
~~0·~~~~----~=====;~======~~--~==============~
+12V MECHANICAL A
FLASHER
{LOAD
DEPENDENT, IOK IMn
-3 LAMPS)
o, a,
2N6027 2N6027
LAMP c,
NO. I lOOK
-51-'F lOOK
Circuit Notes
When the tum signal switch Sl is closed, After Q2 switches into the low resistance
lamp #1 will be activated and capacitor Cl will state. SCR2 will be triggered to activate lamp
charge to the triggered voltage of Ql. As soon #3. When the thermal flasher interrupts the
as the auode voltage on Ql exceeds its gate current to all three lamps, SCRl and SCR2 are
voltage by 0.5 V, Ql will switch into the low commutated aud the circuit is ready for another
resistance mode, thereby triggering SCRl to cycle.
activate lamp #2 and the second timing circuit.
Fig. 10-23
AUTO LIGHTS-ON REMINDER
+12VDC +12VDC
41GHT SWITCH
IGIIIITION
SWITCH\
I
15.25il
BUZZER
SOP IV
lA IGNITION
Fig. 10-24 LOAD
I
Circuit Notes
The alarm is composed of a diode, buzzer, aud limiting resistor. The diode serves as
a switch which allows the buzzer to sound off only when the light switch is closed aud the
ignition is turned off.
109
11
Battery Chargers
12 V Battery Charger Automotive Charger for Ni-Cad Battery Packs

Simple Ni-Cad Battery Charger Constant Voltage, Current-Limited Charger
12 V Battery Charger Control (20 Amps Rms Ni-Cad Charger
Max.) Simple Ni-Cad Battery Zapper
Battery Charger Battery Charging Regulator
Automatic Shutoff Battery Charger Low-Cost Trickle Charger for 12V Storage
200 rnA-Hour, 12 V Ni-Cad Battery Charger Battery
Ni-Cad Charger with Current and Voltage Fast Charger for Ni-Cad Batteries
Limiting Current Limited 6 V Charger
110
12 V BATTERY CHARGER
500
~~
R&
0.2
LM350 ~~
LED c~ ~ R2
;. 15
+
: R&
1k
RJ
230
R4
JV+ ~
01
• 15k
.... TO 1ZV
~BAnERV
:!NZ90& -,..,- 1
~M301A
1N4&J
z
H~~-
R1 ~
Jk
• _.,!
=;:o.1"F : "'"1"F
lDOO pF
START-1
•y -
. ....
Fig. 11-1
Circuit Notes
This circuit is a high performance charger overcharge. When the start switch is pushed,
for gelled electrolyte lead-acid batteries. the outputofthe charger goes to 14.5 V. As the
Charger quickly recharges battery and shuts off battery approaches full charge, the charging
at full charge. Initially, charging current is current decreases and the output voltage is
limited to 2A. As the battery voltage rises, reduced from 14.5 V to about 12.5 V terminat-
current to the battery decreases, and when the ing the charging. Transistor Q1 then lights the
current has decreased to 150 rnA, the charger LED as a visual indication nf full charge.
switches to a lower float voltage preventing
111
SIMPLE NI-CAD BATTERY CHARGER
01 01
+ e
PARTS LIST FOR
NICAD BATTERY CHARGER
C1-1 00-JLF, 50-V electrolytic T1 b
capacitor 117 vac -~~ 24 Vac
01-1-A, 400 PIV-silicon rectifier 50/60 Hz:
01-40-W, pnp power transistor
R1-2000,ohm potentiometer
:
C1
+
R12'..>---...J
....---
0 -25 Vdc
+
T1-24-Vac, 117-Vac primary 500 mA max.
filament transformer
Fig. ll-2
Circuit Notes
This circuit provides an adjustable output voltage up to 35 Vdc and maximum output
current of 50 rnA. Transistor Ql dissipates quite a bit of heat and must be mountea on a
heats ink.
12 V BATTERY CHARGER CONTROL (20 AMPS RMS MAX.)

2N6167
A •
'
MR 1121
(4)
A,
6.8 k
50 V RMS BATTERY
MAX 12 v
(60Hz)
Z1 c,
1N4735 0.1 p. F
T1 - PRIMARY = 30 TURNS #~2

SECONDARY = 45 TURNS #22
CORE-"' FERROXCUBE 203 F 181-3C3
R,- SERIES RESISTANCE TO LIMIT CURRENT THROUGH SCR
2N6167 iS RATED AT 20 AMPS RMS
Fig. ll-3
112
BATTERY CHARGER
M1
de AMMETER
0-15A
CA1
FW BRIDGE RECTIFIER
25A 100 PIV
POLY PAKS 92CU1234
TAl
TRIAC
Fig. 11-4 6A 200 PAV
R.S. 276-101
T1
TRANSFORMER D1 R4
1
120-Vac B1-DIRECTIONAL DIODE
R.S. 276-1050
1on
'hW
120 Vac 60Hz 330 n

A1
1f2 w
\
C1 ._---"V"Y'v--.--f-1:1--+--/ C3
0.1 1-LF
0.1JLF
200-V
200 v
Circuit Notes
A diac is used in the gate circuit to provide work for the signal being applied to the gate. Rl
a threshold level for firing the triac. C3 and R4 is selected to limit the maximum charging cur-
provide a transient_ suppression network. Rl, rent at full-rotation of R2.
R2, R3, Cl, and C2 provide a phase-shift net-
AUTOMATIC SHUTOFF BATTERY CHARGER

14V 30ll 30ll
I i-
I
~- TRIAC
A,./G
'
* A TRIAC OR
•
~
OR SCR
; ~ IOO~F
Kf\.CR 47ll
ww
G
8 2
25V ZENER 5oon
IK ww
'
" r C~ARGE
STOP
Fig. 11-5
Circuit Notes
Adjust by setting the 500 ohm resistor while-attached to a fully charged battery.
113
200 rnA-HOUR, 12 V NI-CAD BATTERY CHARGER
2N2219
IN4001
••
,.
)1---'W.,._T___t---o+
IN7S2
r- BATTEffY
TO 8£
CHARGED
Fig. 11-6
2N2222
Circuit- Notes
This circuit charges the battery at 75 rnA battery can be left in the chargerindefinitely.
until the battery is charged, then it reduces the To set the shut-off point, connect a 270-ohm,
current to a trickle rate. It will completely 2'watt resistor across the charge terminals and
recharge a dead battery in four hours and the adjust the pot for 15.5 volts across the resistor.
NI-CAD CHARGER WITH CURRENT AND VOLTAGE LIMITING
-LI
6 OR 12V
Dl
D=LJII LAMP +
12-ISVDC
I'
LED l
I
"'CI=470~F OR
~GREATE:_:R_,.----,
CIG LGHR PLUG
+
Zl
J
Fig. 11-7
Circuit Notes
Lamp L1 will glow brightly and the LED by 10). Diode D1 should be at least 1 A, and Z1
will be out when the battery is low and being is a 1 W zener diode with a voltage determined
charged, but the LED will be bright and the hy the full-charge battery voltage minus 1.5 V.
light bulb dim when the battery is almost ready. After the battery is fully charged, the circuit
Ll should be a light bulb rated for the current will float it at about battery capacity divided by
you want (usually the battery capacity divided 100 rnA.
114
AUTOMOTIVE CHARGER FORNI-CAD BATTERY PACKS
.,._____/
REGULAR 720HM
CHARGE 1WATI
'~~r-~~--~--~--~~
TO AUTO RAPID 1200HM

~
~ SIUCONOIOOES
50PI.V.AT200mA
CIGARETTE LIGHTER CHARGE L E 0 !WATT
PLUG .--SUFFICIENT. LAAGER
~VALUES ACCEPTABLE .
. . - - - SEE TEXT
470HM
1WATT
Fig. 11-8
Circuit Notes
The number of silicon diodes across the output is determined by the voltage of the
battery pack. Figure each diode at 0. 7 volt. For example, a 10.9- volt pack would require
10.9/0.7 = 15.57, or 16 diodes.
CONSTANT-VOLTAGE, CURRENT-LIMITED CHARGER
JC LM723C VOLTAGE REGULATOR (FOR 12V de

OUTPUT 0.42A MAX.)
"' Dl
AC
Circuit Notes
For 12 V sealed lead-acid batteries.
r1 TRI'INSFORMl:R. DC 13V {RMSI. 1-)A IRMS)

Dl. [)~IOOV lA 01001·
('I \ 50V,410>~1 ~.LH'TROLYTI('CONDENSE·R
TRI MJ"I\40 IOA<oOV I SOW I MOTOROLA)
It' LM7 !KINA TIONAL SHo11CONDUCTORI
Rl 47011M I/1W3P
IC: ~.IK OHM 114W
10 _l 'IK OHM 1/4W
1<4 7 5K OltM 1/4W
R'i 1.: 1K OHM I/4W
VI< lK Ol1M
C'' ~OVIOOOP~
Fig. 11-9
115
NI-CAD CHARGER
'"'' .;.<>-
(.,:,
PARALLEL
SW1a
12V .!!. CELLS
TR1
(.o'• +V
FS1
~
.!!. /o-1
(.D~
'l····='
SIN GLE
CE LL
CELL~
'T
I
~J Jr r r
~W3
!0
SW1b
~ov -
Fig. 11-10
Circuit Notes
This circuit uses constant current LEDs and they light up when current is flowing. The
to adjust charging current. It makes use of circuit will charge a single cell at 15, 30 or 45
LEDs that pass a constant current of about 15 ~rnA or cells in series up to the rated supply
rnA for an applied voltage range of2-18 V. They voltage limit (about 14 V).
can be paralleled to give any multiple of 15 rnA
SIMPLE NI-CAD BATTERY ZAPPER
rB-1
0-10A
COMPONENTS NOT CRITICAL

10A
r-----~~~ ~~B--~
+
1000 ILF
16V
Fig. 11-11
Circuit Notes
This circuit is used to clear internal shorts in nickel cadmium batteries. To operate,
connect ni-cad to output and press the pushbutton ior three seconds.
116
BATTERY CHARGING REGULATOR
o----,
·~
CR4 <R>
~SCRI
GE A40F GE A40FG Rl
47 OHMS-
VOLTS GE C220F CRI (2W)
AC ~ OR GE CI22F GEAI4A
4700HMS
ow
-470HMS R2
Tl
UTC#FTl.O
= ··{
GE A40F
/. 47 OHMS
(2W)
G
(117/12.6) 2~0HMS
l-; ~
(5W)
CR2
IW GE ell!:: Fig. ll-12
c 11Vf::\
BATTERY ·r
12 VOLT -::- -t-
V; "'
750
OHMS
(IW) -
c; ~501'1
\_0
~ 25V
·~ ~
1
·~
ALL RESISTORS 1/2 WATT EXCEPT AS NOTED
Circuit Notes
The circuit is capable of charging a 12·volt component selection. When the battery voltage I
battery at up to a six ampere rate. Other volt- reaches its fully charged level, the charging
ages and currents, from 6 to 600 volts and up to SCR shuts off, and a trickle charge as deter-
300 amperes, can be accommodated by suitable mined by the value of R4 continues to flow.
LOW-COST TRICKLE CHARGER FOR l2 V STORAGE BATTERY
+
IJJlll
- II~
117 Vac : de output to battery
15-35 v
Fig. 11-13
Circuit Notes
Charge rate can be varied and is based on the size of bulb.
117
FAST CHARGER FORNI-CAD BATTERIES
+V
! ~STAAT
15V
IOto IOk 5k 200
~1
IOk 2
INPUT
6 I I.
;;i
\ ...... ADJ lM311
r; ~ 20k '~ ~02 ,...,. I
~~ ~ LM335 3
OUT
01 1
LM335 \ ""'" IOk 1.2
~ \
IOk \
y
50k
.....
.....
THERMAllY COUPLE'--~---- ~
--
-=--&V -12V
Adjust D 1 to 50 m V greater V than D2. z
-Charge terminates on 5°C temperature rise. Couple 02 to battery. -!-
Fig. ll-14
CURRENT LIMITED 6 V CHARGER
LMJT/L
v,N v,N Vour

9V TO lOV
AOJ
: 240
--=-
1000 ,uf**
_...!_
-,....- •
• --
1 1k
Fig. ll-15
100 •
2N2222 .,A .A A
> R1
>w
*Sets-peak current, I PEAK= 0 6V/A1

* • 1000 1,F
1s recommended to filter
out any 1nput transients
118
12
Battery Monitors
Solid-State Battery Voltage Indicator Low Voltage Monitor

Ni-Cad Discharge Limiter Undervoltage indicator for Battery Oper-
Battery Condition Indicator ated Equipment
Equipment on Reminder Low Battery Indicator
~Battery Charge/Discharge Indicator Battery-Level Indicator
Precision Battery Voltage Monitor for HTs Battery-Threshold Indicator
119
SOLID-STATE BATTERY VOLTAGE INDICATOR
+ v (tip)
R4
L1 L2 L3 R1, R2, R3 = 47 l1
R4=39l1
Z1 = 9.8 volt zener diode
Z2 = 11.1 volt ·zener diode
Z3 = 11.5 volt zener diode
Z1
L1 - L3 = light emitting diodes
Two lights on - OK (L 1 + L2)

One light on - low voltage (L 1 only)
R1 R2 R3 Three lights on - overvoltage (L 1 + L2 + L3)
-V (ring)
Fig. 12-l
NI-CAD DISCHARGE LIMITER
C1 \611-F
•
_r 01 TIP32
Circuit Notes
The circuit disconnects the battery from
the load when output voltage falls below a pre-
T~,c.o
I ~2-24V
set level. Cl charges through Rl and turns on
Q2. Collector current flows through R2 turning
~
Ql on and battery is connected to the load.

When the outputvoltage falls below a point set
by RVl, Q2 turns off, Ql turns off and further
discharge of the battery is prevented.
Fig. 12-2
120
BATTERY CONDITION INDICATOR
51
~
r----....----.--.... • ... +
R1
8.2k
R4
6801\
Fig. 12-3
R3
470k
Circuit Notes
A 741 op amp is employed as a voltage fractionally below the 10.2V level, the IC in-
.comparator. The noninverting input is converting input will be slightly negative of the
nected to zener reference source. Reference noninverting input, and the output will swing
voltage is 5.1 V. R2 is adjusted so that the vol- fully positive. The LED will light, indicating
tage at the inverting input is half the supply that the supply voltage has fallen to the preset
voltage. When supply is higher than 10.2V, the threshold level. The LED can be made to light
LED will not light. When the supply falls just at other voltages by adjusting R2.
EQUIPMENT ON REMINDER
+9
X,Y ~--
FIG. 3
18K
IK "LED
Fig. 12-4
2N4870*
+ 220
2N2222
*RADIO SHACK
150 RS 276-2029
OR ANY TYPE UJT
Circuit Notes
Due to the low duty cycle offlashing LED. the average current drain is 1 rnA or less.
121
BATTERY CHARGE!DISCHARGE INDICATOR
r--r----r-r--r--r:,_:!§".~ •S-16\1
,., , ~ GREEN
.,; 'S. CHARGE
"'
"' Fig. 12-5

, ~ YELLOW
"-... NOIIIII!NAI,.
"'
...
DISCHARGE
Circuit Notes
This circuit monitors car battery voltage. and yellow/green LEDs are on or off. For
It provides an indication of nominal supply vol- example the red LED comes on at 11 V, and the
tage as well as low or high voltage. RVl and green LED at 12V. The yellow LED is on
RV2 adjust the point at which the red/yellow between these values.
PRECISION BATTERY VOLTAGE MONITOR FOR HTS
Circuit Notes
HT
The precision voltage-monitor chip con-
~~~~+_RT- /' ~-~--o HT
rh r-:---------<' 1....- B + L I NE tains a temperature-compensated voltage ref-
erence. R1 divides down the battery voltage to
match the built-in reference voltage of !Cl
1/\ITERSIL (1.15 volts). When the voltage at pin 3 falls
R2 Z¥ JCL8211CPA
below 1.15 volts, pin 4 supplies a constant
';:B~R NIC·q;c,,;i,~~a1;----~
Rl l ~J==:::=~z3
.50~~
10- TURN
POT
r 4
Ul 7 NIC
6 N/C
5 )--
(ANY
, . SMALL
J ~
LED}
current of 7 rnA to drive a small LED. About 0.2
volt of hysteresis is added with R2. Without
hysteresis, the LED could flicker on and off
when the monitored voltage varies around the
set point, as might be the case on voice peaks
during receive. I
Fig. 12-6
I
122
WW-VOLTAGE MONITOR
R4
R1 R3 1k!1 ,
100 k!1 100 kn r:;J
r...
TIL209A-
+ 12-VOLT
--=-·BATTERY
-
v
1'-- Fig. 12-7 I
V+
v LM239
i
R2
100 k!1 sv':l ..
,-1
1
a. SCHEMATIC OF CIRCUIT FOR LOW-VOLTAGE INDICATOR
Circuit Notes
This circuit monitors the voltage of a battery and warns the operator when the
battery voltage is below a preset level by turningon an LED. The values are set for a 12V
automobile battery. The preset value is 10 volts.
UNDERVOLTAGE INDICATOR FOR

BATTERY OPERATED EQUIPMENT
Circuit Notes
"''" Due to the low duty cycle of flashing LED,
the average current drain is 1 rnA or less. The
I VOLTAGE
NE555 will trigger the LED on when the moni-
r"!., -'-
MONITORED
(1!5V)
tored voltage falls to 12 volts. The ratio ofR1 to
,---7-
-r-·001 R2 only needs to be changed if it is desired to
•oo change the voltage point at which the LED is
triggered.
Fig. 12-8
123
LOW BATTERY INDICATOR
•9 v
I SUPPLY~ 101'A
16
Rsn
1 MEGn
Rl
"'
5 MEG n
TRiP ADJUST
22 MEG n Circuit Notes
The indicator flashes an LED when the
-= battery voltage drops below a certain
threshold. 2N4274 emitter-base junction
2N4274 serves as a zener which establishes about 6V
"' -= on the L161's positive input. As the battery
]',,,
400Kn
drops, the L161 output goes high. This turns on
-= "• 200
the Darlington, which discharges Cl through
the LED. The interval between flashes is
..-- ----,a, roughly two seconds and gives a low battery
I I MPSA12 warning with only 10 11-A average power drain.
I
I
L
Fig. 12-9 -=
BATTERY-LEVEL INDICATOR BATTERY-THRESHOLD INDICATOR
r--------.-----1~--+ r-----....------- +
R2
290k
VrH "'6V
101 :5mA
01
R2
12k
U:D dims below 7V
RJ ·R1
111k 4.7
Fig. 12-10 Fig. 12-ll
124
13
Buffers
The sources of the following circuits are ~contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
Sine Wave Output Buffer Amplifier Wideband Buffer

Single"Supply AC Buffer Amplifier High Resolution ADC Input Buffer
Single-Supply AC Buffer 100 x Buffer Amplifier
High-Speed 6-Bit AID Buffer 10 x Buffer Amplifier
High Impedance, Low Capacitance Stable High Impedance Buffer
High-Speed Single Supply AC Buffer
125
SINE WAVE OUTPUT BUFFER AMPLIFIER
~----~r-----~r---------~--~v+
RA RB
AMPLITUDE Circuit Notes

7 • 5 6 2
The sine wave output has a relatively high

output impedance (lK typ). The circuit pro-
• ICL8038 vides buffering, gain, and amplitude adjust
ment. A simple op amp follower could also be
used.
.,. 11
4.7k
L-------------<r---------+---~"
Fig. 13-1
SINGLE SUPPLY AC BUFFER AMPLIFIER
Vee= 12.ov
·circuit Notes
0.0~1 ~F: IM ~-r:- The input is de biased to mid-operating
INPUT
~F
I \ 51 """'1 11
LHOOJJ
point and is ac coupled. Its input impedance is
OUTPIIT approximately 500Kat low frequencies. For de
9
1M~
loads referenced to ground, the quiescent cur-
rent is increased by the load current set at the
: input de bias voltage.
-
-:..!:- [J -: !:-
":'
Fig. 13-2
126
SINGLE SUPPLY AC HIGH IMPEDANCE LOW
BUFFER (HIGH SPEED) CAPACITANCE WIDEBAND BUFFER
r-------~---ov•
·~·
100
1k
vour
2N5485 {P50)
·~HOED fDA LOW

IMI'EDA~C(_.!r,T
fllfOUE~IES
HIGH
+----+-ovour
ltOW AT V11<1 • 1.UH•
ltOW AT- VOUT • 1 JtNo
1-- 10M
1k
ASSUio!( V1111 • lDV , , SINE WAVE (r;v-,EAKI
THEN fULl II'OWlill IIANDWIOTH IS
l'llloHo FOR .Uf-02. AND
lli6MH1 fOR IUf Ol
Fig.H-3 Fig. 13-5

Circuit Notes
The 2N5485 has low input capacitance
which makes this compound series-feedback
buffer a wide-band unity gain amplifier.
HIGH SPEED 6-BIT AID BUFFER HIGH RESOLUTION

ADC INPUT BUFFER
.,ov
VREF
DIGITAL
OUTPUT
14-BIT AOC
o MAXIMUM ERROR FROM BUF-01 IS 30Qp\r

o RESOLUTION Of 10V, 14·81T A.OC IS 81ti"V
o BUF-01-RESOLVE$ 1/2 LS8 OF 1"'BIT SYSTEM.
...b
Fig.H-4 Fig. 13-6
127
100 x BUFFER AMPLIFIER STABLE, HIGH IMPEDANCE BUFFER
v·
IIIPUT ---"'4~ l2 SR • 0.2SV/~10<
'"''"
~v~·
"
L~ I
~------~vo·-~~--+-----~
'" ZJN • 200G!1
200 ~ 109
IN* 'l.OnA
OUTPUT NOISE • Q_35,JV p.p TYP
OUTPUT OFFSET • 0.2mV TYP
BANDWIDTH • 1.2MHz
100 v-
·.}
TYP. BW3d8 = 5 MHz
Fifl'. 13-7 Fig. 13-9
10 x BUFFER AMPLIFIER HIGH-SPEED

SINGLE-SUPPLY AC BUFFER
v•
r1IFF,''
+20V
. ,,",1. , ~'i=-
INPUT---,~ tMn
r--- V•
LH0032 ~":........-- OUTPUT V IN

o.:n11 F
o------if---.--4---1 BUF-02 I +~F VQUT
l.-1v- "
...--!,- / 1M!! 2k!!
v " "
\}*NEEDED FOR LOW
FREQUENCIES
IMPED:~CE AT HIGH
,- ltQW AT 'lftN ~ 1.45Hr

" I tow-AT Vour • 1.59Hz -3dB
ASSUME VtN 2 lOV p.p SINE WAVE ISV PEAK)
THEN FULL POWER BANDWIDTH IS
APPROXIMATELY 800kHz
TYP.BW3dB=10MHz
Fig. 13-8 Fig. 13-10
128
14
Capacitance
(Touch) Operated Circuits
c;apacitance Relay Self-Biased Proximity SensorWorks on De-

Capacitance Operated, Battery Powered Light tected Changing Fields
Touch Sensitive Switch Touch Switch or Proximity Detector
Low Current Touch Switch Finger Touch Touch or Control Switch
Capacitance Switched Light Proximity Detector
Momentary Operation Touch Switch Touch Circuit
Touch Triggered Bistable CMOS Touch Switch
Capacitance Operated Alarm to Foil Purse Latching Double-Button Touch
Snatchers Switch
129
CAPACITANCE RELAY
)
117 v
60Hz ~.---.,
C2 i TOUCH
GND
G-E
Cl
I0-20pF
NOTE: ALL RESISTORS 1/2 WATT

Fig. 14-1
Circuit Notes
Capacitor Cl and body capacitance (C2}of the line voltage appears across Cl. This vol-
the operator form the voltage divider from the tage fires the neon lamp, Cl and C2 discharge
hot side of the ac line to ground. The voltage through the SCR gate, causing it to trigger and
across Cl is determined by the ratio of Cl to pass current through the load. The sensitivity
C2. The higher voltage is developed across the of the circuit depends on the area of the touch
smaller capacitor. When no one is close to the plate. When the area is large enough, the cir-
touch button, C2 is smaller than Cl. When a cuit responds to the proximity of an object
hand is brought close to the button, C2 is many rather than to touch. Cl may be made variable
times larger than Cl and the major portion of so sensitivity can he adjusted.
130
CAPACITANCE OPERATED, BATTERY POWERED LIGHT
6V
l0
TWO METAL STRIPS ABOUT 1/16" APART
BRIDGING THE GAP WITH YOUR
FINGER ACTIVATING THE SWITCH
1 4011
3 5
+6V
Fig. 14-2
12,-----....
4
13l-----'
Circuit _Notes
Touch the plate and the light will go on and constant of the 47 i-LF capacitor and the 2M
remain on for a~time determined by the time resistor.
TOUCH-SENSITIVE SWITCH
R2 4 7l<Jl Circuit Notes

Fi1 4 7k!l A high impedance input is provided by Ql,
a general purpose field effect transistor. 741 op
amp is used as a sensitive voltage level switch
12{(_ which in turn operates the current Q2, a
medium current PNP bipolar transistor,
T thereby energizing the relay which can be used
to control equipment, alarms, etc.
Fig.H-3
131
LOW CURRENT TOUCH SWITCH
+5V-15V
Fig. 14-4
TOUCH .- ;
CONTACTS NOTE'
lt
01,2 ARE BC108 :LOAD
IC11S 4011
OV
0
Circuit Notes
Touching the on contacts with a finger brings pin 3 high, turning on tbe Darlington
pair and supplying power to the load (transistor radio etc). Ql must be a high gain
transistor. and Q2 is chosen for the current required by the load circuit.
CAPACITANCE SWITCHED LIGHT
Circuit Notes
~c
+&V The battery powered lightturns on easily,
stays on for just a few seconds, and then turns
E B . off again. The circuit is triggered when you
2N3906 TYPE 407
B FLASHER
place a finger across the gap between two
LAMP strips of metal, about 1/16th inch apart.
33kO
Enough current will flow through your finger to
ANY SCR WITH trigger the SCR after being amplified by the
TWO METAL ~~~i,~~~ELY 2N3906. Once the SCR is fired, current will
STRIPS
c;:JABOUT
GATE flow through the bulb until its internal bimetal
117 1/16" APART switch turns it off. Once that happens, the SCR
will return to its nonconducting state.
Fig. 14-5
132
MOMENTARY OPERATION TOUCH SWITCH
12 Vdc Fig. 14-6

TOUCH ON
TOUCH TRIGGERED BISTABLE
+9V
R3
4700
R2
3.3M!l
o: ~ ~
TIL209.
4 8
T1
~
6 555 3
.-- 5
1 2
D~~
·R1
3:3Mn
TIL209.
~
1C1
T01~F T2 R4
470!l
Fig. 14-7
Circuit Notes
This circuit uses a 555 timer in the bista- (e.g., a triac controlled lamp). In this case. the
ble mode. Touching T2 causes the output to go LEDs are useful for finding the touch terminals
high; D2 conducts and Dl extinguishes. in the dark. Clis not absolutely necessary but
Touching Tl causes the output to go low; Dl helps to prevent triggering from spurious
conducts and D2 is cut off. The output from pin pulses.
3 can also be used to operate other circuits
133
CAPACITANCE OPERATED ALARM TO FOIL PURSE SNATCHERS
TOUCH PLATES-TWO
METAL STRIPS ABOUT
1/16" APART
~---
I
---, I
DISABLE I I
:~:
SWITCH
I . I
NOTE 1
~---NOTE~
10M!l
10M!l
100K!l
+9V
3.3K!l
B
2N3904
NOTES:
1. ON STRAP-HAND MUST TOUCH BOTH
PLATES OR ALARM SOUNDS.
2. HIDDEN RESET1"0UCHPLATE-
TURNS ALARM OFF WHEN TOUCHED.
Fig. 14-8
Circuit Notes
As long as touch plates (1) are touched together, the alarm is off. If not held for about
30 seconds, the alarm goes off. The circuit can be disabled with switch or by touching the
plates (2). The alarm is battery operated by a bicycle hom.
134
SELF-BIASED PROXIMITY SENSOR WORKS
ON DETECTED CHANGING FIELD
+svo-~--------------~~----------------------------~--,
JOKn
47 pF
ELECTRIC FIELD 62Kn
DETECTOR PLATE•
22Kil
I
!OPT) ~1 MEGill
I L __ Vour 10 or 5 VI
-TlOO/TJOO JOKn
0.16pF
MYLAR
10Kn
GAIN OF THREE PEAK DETECTOR SCHMITT TRIGGER

*DETECTOR PLATE MAY BE DOUBLE-SIDED PC BOARD OR ANY INSULATED METAL SHEET
Fig. 14-9
TOUCH SWITCH OR PROXIMITY DETECTOR
47K 10M
LOAD
IM TO
115 VOLTS SENSING
60Hz ELECTRODE
SCR IM
DIAC GE
GE GE 2N6027
CI06B ST2 Fig. 14-W
j IK
ALL RESISTORS 1/4 WATT
Circuit Notes
This circuit is actuated by an increase in sensing electrode. Thus, sensitivity is adjusted
capacitance between a sensing electrode and with the 1 megohm potentiometer which de-
the ground side of the line. The sensitivity can termines the anode voltage level prior to
be adjusted to switch when a human body is clamping. This sensitivity will be proportional
within inches of the insulated plate used as the to the area of the surface opposing each other.
135
FINGER TOUCH OR CONTACT SWITCH
r - - - - - - - -...---<0STO ISV
CONTACT
0
'LATE
Fig. 14-11
PROXIMITY DETECTOR
NOTE 01 IS PHOTOOIODE +5 TO 35V

IC1 ISCA3240 00 IS 1"1114148
"'"' ~
01 IS 2N3819 ZDI IS 2V7 4(l(l mW ZENER Aa 12k
~ "' 02.4 ARE BC194L
03 IS 80140
LED! IS 3mm REO lED
LED2 IS IS INFRA-RED LED
r€: -{~,
Fl7 lOOk
OUTPUT
Fll 22k
As a~o
r(r
R2 22F!
'""" • "j
470k
'"
-
12k ov
" co "=• • ICl/ "'

' '
~ "'"' ~~ ~~
.~·
~
r
"' ~
' I
AA'~
'"'
'"
CS 47n I
r."i
INFRA-RED TRANSMITTER
"st;E TEXT
PHOTODIODE AMPLIFIER
""
'~ RIO 470k
COMPARAT0>-1
L
Fig. 14-12
Circuit Notes
The proximity sensor works on the prin- Dl. Tbe circuit can be split into three distinct
ciple of transmitting a beam of modulated stages; the infra-red transmitter, the photo-
infra-red light from the emitter diode LED2, diode amplifier, and a variable threshold com-
and receiving reflections from objects passing parator.
jn front of the beam with a photodiode detector
136
TOUCH CIRCUIT
200
470K 51K 6.2:< 3.9K
• 1.5V
• LM3909
Fig. 14-13
•
3.9M
ALL CAPACITORS 1 !J F
CMOS TOUCH SWITCH

330
Touch here
IC2a
J 4069
X
IC1
7413
2Dn
25k(:•--c.! C1 R1
470p 2.2M
SENSITIVITY
Fig. 14-14
Circuit Notes
This touch switch does not rely on mains charges C1 via the diode. IC2b acts as a level
hum for switching. It can be used with battery detector. When the sensor is touched, the os-
powered circuits. Schmitt trigger IC 1 forms a cillator signal is severely attenuated which
100kHz oscillator andiC2a which is biased into causes C1 to discharge and IC2b to change
the linear region, amplifies the output and ·state.
137
LATCHING, DOUBLE BUTTON TOUCH SWITCH
+0~----------------------------------~
La
~T
. . . - - - - - - - - 4 COUPLING
~/
12 Vdc
TOUCH ON
TOUCH OFF
Fig. 14-15
138
15
Carrier Current Circuits
figure nurnher contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
FM Carrier Current Remote Speaker Carrier Current Transmitter

System Integrated Circuit Current ~Transmitter
200 kHz Line Carrier Transmitter with Single Transistor Carrier Current Receiver
On/Off Carrier Modulation IC Carrier-Current Receiver
Carrier Current Receiver Carrier-Current Remote Control or
Carrier Current Transmitter Intercom
139
Carrier System Transmitter
., ,,
1N4DII2
lCIVCT
H•'r--r~
11~VAC
l•n•
,, ,,
'" n• "'"
..'•
L£FT
a!,&~ Fa '"
''"IllS ... 1011. ~·
RIGHT
i!.i!jfl" ,, "'"' ~ •' '"

tM5155tN
'•
-- Slllll ,,
...
'•
jLIN)
t.Z..f
,, ,,
11ft1(
TOKO
YAN·800l1N
>H•
~ ~
U.rAtlTOR VAlliE$ IN pf
IIUISTQR VAlUES IN !l
fSHtCT fOR CARRIER fR£0
lc C4 C7
21)11 kH• 12 1000
li)OkHl ltiQ 3111)11
Carrier System Receiver
FM CARRIER CURRENT REMOTE SPEAKER SYSTEM
Circuit Notes
High quality, noise free, wireless FM mission distance along a power line is at least
transmitter/receiver operates over standard adequate to include all outlets in and around a
power lines. Complete system is suitable for suburban home and yard.
high-quality transmission of speech or music, Two input terminals are provided so that
and will operate from any ac outlet anywhere both left and right signals of a stereo set may be
on a one-acre homesite. Frequency response is combined for mono transmission to a single
20-20, 000 Hz and THD is under Y2%. Trans- remote speaker if desired.
140
,,
ZUVCT
"
~
I
CAPo\CITOR \lo\lUEIIIit 'F

IIUIITOI'I VALUEIIIII II
"lf:LECT FOR Co\AfVEII flllQ.
'• cz cu
ZIDUiz 1- -
-1-ktb llll llO
Fig. 15-1
The receiver amplifies, limits, and de- audio mute in the absence of carrier and 2.5 W
modulates the received FM signal. It provides outpuno a speaker.
141
~
it'> 200 kHz LINE CARRIER

TRANSMitTER WITH ON/OFF CARRIER MODULATOR
§.lk S.lk
T2
-.& OJ lO VCT
~ '.1
)
'.1 •• '"
LM71·
'F l~
l'~::'f~
115 VAC
LINE
I'~
I"
,. ~·
'----"]-,
111 16
,. "·" ... " 14
~·
...
1Z
•an•
11
"' liAS
10
-1.:-
LJZCZ
..
GUT
'"' T-19)-<f
• '
CHA ... El
AID lOGIC
•
~ . l>- >---
AEGUf~TOA
RJ
••
18k
16V
C6
101111JF
:• C8
0.1~-'F
ZOOV
.I I I "' 25V CJ
' •... CJ '-7
r.:
1 )f ,:: :::':~
cs -...:.1 1
E•CIIDIA
'ouT
ClOCO
LM1111 TOP VIEW
'----
'\i 6
tel
LM5i5CN ZZOO - R5
'
OKO
n
/I 5 ~I s1oo o:1 1
AEUI VAN -ICIOZJN
- 1\ .......222.
•
..... I ·.~:~: I I .,
:r"
' :::~
~rc;! c~~·~ll ~~Dt
~ ~'""'
•oo
~·
A lOGIC I
"' ""
''
2 J
• 5
' 1 I
• UpF
bl bl fl vv
.,
"i7 "=" - - -==
I I I
I
~
I
-""- --,
~'· Capacitor yatues io pF
~ Resistor values in D
tsetect for carrier treq
fc. C4 C}
200 kHz 82 1000
100 kHz 160 3900
Fig. 15-2
CARRIER CURRENT RECEIVER
160 KH• POT CORE

-rRAIIISfORMER
'"
" =
t:"r
117
"'"'
"
v
. . ;;J II
luf
""' " t-~"'"----<-18'.'
"'"'
=
=
I 1N4001 r;::::==t--~ 000
[]11
,-,-i)l...---.... +18V -18V
j '"""''
'"
- SYSTEM GIIID
-1BV
Fig. 15-3
-circuit Notes
160 kHz transformer consists of a 18 x 35 wire for the secondary and 511! turns for the
llmm ungapped pot core (Siemens, Fer- .primary. This gives a turns ratio of approxi-
rocube, etc.), utilizing magnetics incorporated mately 15 to l.
type "F" material wound with 80\1! turns of No.
143
CARRIER CURRENT TRANSMITTER
560.\\WATT
OOSuF
J.W. MILUA NO. 90';6
SUBMINITUAE RF COil
650uH- 1 3mH
l560.l\WATT
(lllluf
-10\1
"'"
'"
mO 0>
A4Colg o•
OM
luF 1. 6V ZENER
'MO
K STANCOR
Ope:,...'"'""' 160 kH' ~---l~"'-.--!1---_l ·~~~G::

-16\1
Fig. 15·4
CARRIER CURRENT TRANSMITTE~
D•
.,. TO TONE GENERATOR

L•
II "'" 220K
Fig. 15-5
AU RESISTORS \'J OHM
81 "'3·1.5VOl. T BATTERIES IN SERIES

01 :::SKJ091
L• ::FERRITE ROO ANT.ENN.t.
0• '"'GE-SJORSK3003
S1 =SPSTSWITCH
144
IC CARRIER CURRENT TRANSMITTER
C1-0.1 pf
C2- 0.01 "'
C3-250pr
C.-0.1"
ICt- 555
tcl A•
"' L t · 32mh ADJUSTABLE COIL
Rt-1000V.WATT
R2-0-100KOV.WATTf'OTENTIOMETER
R3 -75KO V2 WATT
9VOC-=-
A4-1K011hWATT
•.__,r--- Ot-SK-3122(RCA)
02-SK-3122(RCA)
6 5
IC•
INPUT FROM O<fT1'\JT TO

TONE GENERATOR LINE COUPlER
Fig. 15-6
SINGLE TRANSISTOR CARRIER CURRENT RECEIVER
r T O LINE COUPLER
0.11-Lf
0.15p.f
10000
.-----/1\----1 E-----
TO AMPLIFIER
100~
-=-gvncr
I
SK3088
FERRITE +
LOOPSTICK
730pf
Fig. 15-7
145
IC CARRIER-CURRENT RECEIVER
C5
'f
t-<>OUTPUT
\ TO DECODERS
R3
C1 0.1 .,F, 600V PAPER CAPACITOR

C2,C5 Oc1,F, 50V MYLAR CAPACITOR
INPUT <>-----1 f--f---f---' C3 22.,F, 35 VOLT ELECTROLYTIC
CAPACITOR
.0047 .,F25VOLTCAPACITOR
C4
Cl AI 20K POTENTIOMETER
C2T 'J::'C3 +9VDC
R2 2K, V. WATI RESISTOR
- -
R3
1C1
4K, o;, WATI RESISTOR
TYPE 567 TONE DECODER
Fig. 15-8
CARRIER-CURRENT REMOTE CONTROL OR INTERCOM
i +51o15V
0
60Hz ac LINE
·? 50-200Vrms
tI
LOAO
0
C4 27pF
567
8f----'
5 6 2 1
ci
R1
500pF 2.5Kll
.005
-----------<>
AUDIO OUT
f0 ~100KHz
C1 C3 (IF INPUT IS
IC = NE/SE567
0.004mi
T
__.__
.02 FREQUENCY
MODULATED)
Fig. 15-9
146
16
Comparators
Null Detector Window Comparator

Comparator with Variable Hysteresis Micropower Double-Ended Limit Detector
Diode Feedback Comparator Opposite Polarity Input Voltage Comparator
Undervoltage/Overvoltage Indicator Limit Comparator
Dual Limit Comparator Comparator Clock Circuit
High/Low Limit Alarm Double-Ended Limit Comparator
Window Comparator Limit Comparator
Window Comparator Driving High/Low Lamps Precision, Dual Limit Go/No Go Tester
ComJ>arator with Time Out Comparator with Hysteresis
Noninverting Comparator with Hysteresis High Impedance Comparator
Inverting Comparator with Hysteresis Comparator
147
~
CX> NULL DETECTOR
9V
470U
GAIN -
5V 'f D,
+
250 kU
RREF r '. ~ I J.B kQ
5 k!l
~
~BALANCE
3
>"'--_.__ ___. c
A ABOVE RREF
R
X
..,. I \+1~
~CENTER
1.8 kU I f.:\ B
-""'\!::) BELOW RREF
RAce~ ~j ~ o,
100
Rx 0 A I Rx 0 RAce \ Rx 0 Rm +A I
~2N3646
a, 5v
NUll-DETECTOR RESPONSE < 470 n
..,.
Fig. 16-1
Circuit Notes
Null detector uses simple LED readout to 741 turns off one transistor and diverts current
indicate if test resistor R. is below, equal to, or from the other transistor through B or C, de-
greaterthan test resistance Rn,, IfR. =R,,,, the pending on the polarity of the input voltage
741 output sits at midpoint value of 4.5 volts difference. Null-detector response is illus-
and LED A lights. Otherwise, the output of the trated.
COMPARATOR WITH VARIABLE
HYSTERESIS (WITHOUT SHIFTING INITIAL TRIP POINT)
Vzl--.----.----,
t+---I'N ----1..1
+
L--~====~=====±=====----Jo-e;
Fig. 16-2
Circuit Notes
An operational amplifier can be used as a centered about the initial trip point or refer-
convenientdevice for analog comparator appli- ence point. The voltage difference, !!. V, be-
cations that require two different trip points. tween the trip points can be adjusted by varying
The addition of a positive-feedback network resistor R2. When the output voltage is taken
introduces a precise variable hysteresis into from the zener diode, as shown, it switches
the usual comparator switching action. Such between zero and Vz, the zener voltage.
feedback develops two comparator trip points
149
DIODE FEEDBACK COMPARATOR
vee
1M!l<R3<10M!l
VJN COMPARATOR
1M!l<R2<10M!l
VREF
J,. 01
'l
LED Parts nst
le1-LM3900
02 -01-LED Latayelle 32P06331V
1N914 D2-IN914
All resistors 1/4W
R1
100!1
.10ITIA R1-100!l
-R2-(See circuit) 1Mn to 10Mn
.,.. R3-(See circuit) 1MO to 10MO
Fig. 16·3
Circuit Notes
This circuit can drive an LED display with ing input of the comparator grounded, the cir·
constant current independently of wide power cuit becomes an LED driver with very high
supply voltage changes. It can operate with a input impedance. The circuit can also be used
power supply range of at least4V to 30V. With in many other applications where a controllable
10M resistances for R2 and R3 and the invert· constant current source is needed.
UNDERVOLTAGBOVERVOLTAGEINDICATOR
Fig. 16-4
OVER VOLTAGE
TRANSISTORS MP$3704
-Circuit Notes
This circuit will make the appropriate or above the value determined by zener diodes
LED glow if the monitored voltage goes below Dl and D2.
150
DUAL LIMIT COMPARATOR
+15V
R3
33k
R1 15 k
R2
diodes 1 N914's 33k
Fig.16-5
j_
-15V
Circuit Notes
This circuit gives a positive output when forward voltage drop across the diodes must be
the input voltage exceeds 8.5 volts. Between allowed for. The output may be inverted by
these limits the output is negative. The posi- reversing the inputs to the op amp. The 709 is
tive limit point is determined by the ratio of Rl, used without frequency compensation.
R2, and the negative point by Rl, R3. The
HIGH/LOW LIMIT ALARM
Vee
""
""
" " O•c•llator
vee
""
"'
oo
Amo1 VIL ~Vee At + ~; +-AJ
'" "' "" 3

VIH ±Vee At/:2A+ A3
Oscillator
2.0 ~
' •o...fl..JL
.. Op Amp 2
If R4 ~ AS~ R6
""
.,
CrOOl I'F I • 0.72/AtC
As Shown. f ~ 2.2 kHz
Comp 2 Hollow
IC "'MC340S
"' Limo! Oete~tor
Fig. 16-6
151
WINDOW COMPARATOR
Vret-lUPPER)
V OUT
+
---. /'.
VIN
'
+
01. 02 = 1N914 Vcef '-V I Vref
LOWER- UPPER
Fig. 16-7
Circuit Notes
This circuit gives an output (which in this biased. Otherwise the output is negative, Dl
case is OV) when an input voltage lies in be- reverse biased and hence Vout is OV. Similarly,
tween two specified voltages. When it is out- when Vin is more negative than Vref (lower),
side this window, the output is positive. The the output of IC2 is positive; D2 is forward
two op amps are used as voltage comparators. biased and this Vout is positive. Otherwise
When Vin is more positive than Vref (upper) Vout is OV. When Vin lies within the window
the output of !Cl is positive and Dl is forward set by the reference voltages, Vout is OV.
WINDOW COMPARATOR DRIVING HIGH/LOW LAMPS
TRUTH TABLE
YtN High Low

< 1/4 v+ Off On
2k
114 v+ to 3/4 v+ Off Off
> 314 v+ On Off
10
"
Fig. 16·8
152
COMPARATOR WITH TIME OUT
9 Vee 5;0 v - 14 v
Comparator
Input
4 8
2
1
-r-Cl
2.0 I'F
~-
6 MC1422 Rl 27
V ref·)~-o--1 +
L--,----------~ 3
,~~ 270 k >R2
5 ,,.. CAl
1N4001 Output
Vr-ef - -----------"'"\
Compar-ator Input---- .---_:~=====:...
Fig. 16-9
Comparator Outpu-t · 0
u
Circuit Notes
The MC1422 is used as a comparator with input (Pin 5). The frequency of the pulses for
the capability of a timing output pulse when the the values of R2 and Cl as shown is approxi-
inverting input (Pin 6) is "' the noninverting mately 2.0 Hz, and the pulse width 0.3 ms.
NONINVERTING COMPARATOR WITH HYSTERESIS

+Vee
AREF-
VAEF
10 k
10 k
-=-
"' L r"-,>---+-<> Vo
"'
~
v,N
10 k
Fig. 16-10
R3
1M
A2"" A1//AREF
IC = LM358
Amount of Hysteresis VM
153
. -----------
INVERTING COMPARATOR WITH HYSTERESIS
+Vee
A3
10 k
1':--.'-, 10 k
FIREF Vo
+Vee
VAEF
bf A2
1M
10 k
"'
VREF"" Vee R1
RFIEF -t-R1
R3"" Rl// RfleFII Rl
R1//RREF
Fig. 16-11 VH • =-:'7+.:'-'"'-'"':::-:::
Rt//AREF + R2
(Vom•x -Vominl
WINDOW COMPARATOR
Vee
vo I
13--
!lV 3 k
5 4
Adjust
7
Comp
2
j__ "in
vo
-13
"c Adjust
v,
Op Amp 2 "in
IC = MC3405
Fig. 16-12
154
MICROPOWER DOUBLE-ENDED LIMIT DETECTOR
V+ = 10 V
V+ = 10 V
A1
1MU
A2
1 MO
v,. CD4011
A3
1 MO
R4
1 Mn V~"' =''LOW" WHEN:
VI11G.I> > VIN > VLOw
f? 0 = 290 !J.W DIRECT CMOS OUTPUT
V- = -10V
Eig. 16-13
Circuit Notes
The detector uses three sections of an Ll44 and a DC4011 type CMOS NAND gate
to make a very low power voltage monitor. If the input voltage, VIN,js above VHIGH or
below Vww, the output will be a logical high. if (and only it) the input is between the limits
will the output be low. The 1 megohm resistors Rl, R2, R3, and R4translate the bipolar
±lOV swing of the op amps to a 0 to lOV swing acceptable to the ground-referenced
CMOS logic.
OPPOSITE POLARITY INPUT VOLTAGE COMPARATOR
1o01< n
&.1k n
1001< n
Fig. 16-14
155
LIMIT COMPARATOR DOUBLE-ENDED LIMIT COMPARATOR
RsET
.,
IOMn
LED 1 Mn v•·tov
"'
!Mn
"'
1 Mn
••
1 Mn
VouT • "LOW'' WHEN:

VHIGH > VtN > VLQW
DIRECT CMOS OUTPUT
Fig. 16-15 Fig. 16-17
COMPARATOR CLOCK CIRCUIT LIMIT COMPARATOR
•5 v
v+ (12Yoc>
16 k!!
,j
56kn
Vour
I
390 pF
Fig. 16-16 Fig. 16-18
156
~RECISION, DUAL HIGH IMPEDANCE COMPARATOR
LIMIT, GO/NO GO TESTER
1•16V V• 32V +I&.OV
r
, IL 75mA
LAMP
Qt)TPUT
WIRED-OR OUTPUT IS LOW:

WHEN ElTHEA LIMIT IS EX-
CEEDED.
OUTPUT IS HIGH WHEN IN- -
PUT IS WITHIN LIMITS. IC .. HA-2620
Harris Semiconductor
Analog Data Book- 1984
-lSV
Fig. 16-19 Fig. 16-21
COMPARATOR WITH HYSTERESIS COMPARATOR

., +15V
HYSTIEPUESIS
v••
Vo
Vo
Voc
L_Ef- '
'
Vn,.(LI : VtH(H)
Cl>---+-o vou T
+---H
IN916
'--14-_,
4 7KD
12KD
.,.,
R1 VIII!F
VREFERENCE -15V
YtNiLI"' R 1-+ R (VoL- YAt:F)+ VAEF IN916 270Q
2
"INjHf * RT'+'if2 (VoH- VREF) + VIIIEF

H =A1"+ii2 (VQH -VoL)
Fig. 16-20 Fig. 16-22
Circuit Notes
An operational amplifier is used as a com-
parator which is capable of driving approxi-
mately 10 logic gates.
157
17
Converters
The sources of the following circuits are contained in the ~Sources section beginning on page 730. The
Picoampere-to-Frequency Converter Polarity Converter

BCD-to-Analog Converter Voltage-to-Current Converter
Resistance-to-Voltage Converter Wideband, High-Crest Factor, RMS-to-Dc
Low Cost, JLP Interfaced, Temperature- Converter
to-Digital Converter Light Intensity-to-Frequency Converter
~Hi-Lo Resistance-to-Voltage Converter Ohmsoto-Volts Converter
Current-to-Voltage Converter Temperature-to-Frequency Converter
Calculator-to-Stopwatch Converter Multiplexed BCD-to-Parallei BCD Con-
~Power Voltage-to-Current Converter verter
High Impedance Precision Rectifier for Past Logaritlunic Converter
Ac/Dc Converter Sine Wave-to-Square Wave Converter
Wide Range Current-to-Frequency Converter Self Oscillating Flyback Converter
Ac-to-De Converter TTL-to-MOS Logic Converter
Current-to'Voltage Converter with 1% Ac- Picoampere-to-Voltage Converter with
curacy Gain
158
PICOAMPERE· TO-FREQUENCY CONVERTERS
1... ,... t5V
'ji"' At
,.
1.1111:
GAIN, ~• .. ~" ' "'

ADJUST - "':" '
IN PUT 2k/ 6.11k 1:1% 2 ~
z ERD
••••
JUST ~.7 LM331
:r~lllpf lour
3 IDIIdb:
FUll-
,.,....! 7 SCALE
,. "" " .J. l(;l
OUTPUT
*
C.7k
r -=1-'- - - - - ---,
CURRUIT
.;,b.
ATTEN"UATOA '-:}
I
" ,.
,,. "' ,.. I
I Q2 V•-1ZOmV
I
,,.. Ql
,.A,.
LM334
yo
I R I
*-
I
I v- ,.
,. ,,."' I ,_,,
"'
I l -tlivl
-- - - - - - - -
1011
'i'l
I I
v OFFSEI!.
t5V
AD.IUST
IN
••• "' "' ,.
"'
-
FULL· ±1%
SCALE
1011:1/2W
1-'--.
- QS
I r.!: ~ ~ .~- ...,
':!I
I
0 ~
~
,....,
01, 02, 05- 2N3808, 2N,f,250 or a6mllar

00. Qot - MEMM1, M108, or stmlla:". See text
-SV Keep 01, Q2 and LM334 -at the Hme temperatur.
Fig. 17-l
159
BCD-TO-ANALOG CONVERTER
POSITIVE
+lO v--. SUPPLY
~ ~ BZV831 ov
10K : ·~~ 6
/7, ll OUTP
UT
'0' 16 3y 741
1.1K
15
'1'
t.4K
'2' 8
I
3 '3' 9
1.9K
2.3K
6
'4' 13
BCD INPUT 74141 3.3K
7 14
'5'
5K
4 '6' 11
S.SK
'7' tO
16.5K
1
'8'
50K
2
'9'
Fig. 17-2
Circuit Notes
This circuit will convert four-bit BCD into corresponding voltage at the output. Accuracy
a variable voltage from 0-9 V in 1 V steps. The of the circuit depends on the tolerance of the
SN74141 is a Nixie driver, and has ten open- resistors and the accuracy ofthe reference vol-
collector outputs. These are used to ground a tage. However, presets can be used in the di-
·selected point in the divider chain determined viderchain, with correct calibration. The 741 is
·by the BCD code at the input, and so produce a used as a buffer.
160
RESISTANCE-TO-VOLTAGE CONVERTER
VREF +12V
Rsn
[RANGE RESISTOR!
' _____!!_'-...,! """
A '>-''-,.....1-0TOVtNIL0111)
1/l L,.... I~ 12.001'1 v SCALE)
12 =c~~~~~
AllStK-~
2
V ~=~E AA~~=.:~SISTOR
2 Kn a.t92·Kn
20 Kn 8U2Kn
200 K~! 830 KO
2Mn B.51Mn Fig. 17-3
- -20Mil 113MO
,,
X (UNKNOWN) 51Kll +12 v
- 14
RSET
3 Mil
t/JLI.&4 :~~
~;'>,0;;;-- 10
.....-0VAEf
TOVREFINPUT
(L01111
_ Rt4
STK!l -12V
'----+
-~
-Circuit Notes
Circuit will measure accurately to 20M when associated with a buffer amplifier(Al)
~having a low input bias current (11N) < 30 nA). The circuit uses two ofthe three amplifiers
contained in the Siliconix Ll44 micropower triple op amp.
LOW -COST, pl' INTERFACED,

TEMPERATURE-TO-DIGITAL CONVERTER
Vee
IS Vocl
Fig. 17-4
A.'O
sv 0 c
...
'"f:-
TAMIN
ADJ -
- ~
VtNI I V R f f l l i - - -.... ~TAMA)(
'"
161
HI-LO RESISTANCE-TO-VOLTAGE CONVERTER
IM!l TO
r--£>-~----~--,---------~~----~~----------------~~~~T
*
J
ltaot
VIN • lwtt · Ax
,,
I"HI' OH~~~ • log!!. ii;,-;;g,
RANGE ,,
""" &UECTOA VtN • 0.1 Volt·~
TO DVM
GAIN
SWITCH
~-c~+---------------~._--.0~~~~
"1" WHEN "1" WHEN
Fig. 17-5 2.000V 200.0mV
CURRENT-TO-VOLTAGE CONVERTER
+uv
.,
., ., TO VIN ILD1111
Circuit Notes
''IN
INI14 IN814
•• 1200 mV RANGE)
Converter features eight decades of cur-
rent range. The circuit is intended to be used
., c,.tI'F
with the 200.0 mV range of a DVM.
...
CURRENT
RANGE
., .,
-12\1
., ••
,,..
200nA sooKn
sod"!
SOOKU
50K!l
0
"""
2DOpA
..n
..n
5KU
0
"
0
0
2mA sodl 0 5.0 K to.o-n
20mA soldl 0 S.OK 1.o n
200mA 50KU 0 S.OK ,n Fig. 17-6
2A so ~en 0 S.OK .o1n
162
CALCULATOR-TO-STOPWAT~H CONVERTER
.-------~-----c~~----~0
+Ve EXISTING SIJPPL V
470k
"' ••• Fig. 17-7
I
- 22n 10n -
-Ve EXISTING SUPPL V
Circuit Notes
This circuit can be ~fitted to any calculator existing calculator battery via the push-on
with an automatic constant to enable it to be push-off switch and the existing calculator on-
used as a stop-watch. The 555 timer is set to off switch.
run at a suitable frequency and connected to the
POWER VOLTAGE-TO-CURRENT CONVERTER
.,
Circuit Notes
••
5U,2W
Low cost converter is capable of supplying
'·' I'~'
constant ac currents up to 1 A over variable
Joads.
..
,, ,,
-Rt sAt
••
11l
LOAD
R3 • R4•Rs
Fig. 17-8
163
HIGH IMPEDANCE PRECISION RECTIFIER FOR AC/DC CONVERTER
+12V
T300
0.0025J.J.F ~-
o----11-+-.+(=
I
AC INPUT I
0 to 200 mV (RMS) I
L.::-_. 470Kn
1N914
' .. 1DKn 1DK n 100Kn

1Mn
-12V
200Kn --a
510n
+
••• DC OUT
200Kn-
40Hz to 15KHz
Fig. 17-9
WIDE-RANGE CURRENT-TO-FREQUENCY CONVERTER

CURRENT
OFFSET
ADJUST v+
IM
v+ v-
"
GAIN
ADJUST
.,
&.an ±t%
tOOk r---'-'---,
FREQUENCY
"' ~....;;...-<~~~0u:=~T
FUll-SCALE
'"
2Da 11-A
-
FULL·
SCALE
v•
01
03
1N41302
v- Fig. 17-10
01, 02:: 1N457, 1N484, or similar IOW·Ieakage planar diode
164
AC-TO-DC CONVERTER
., ••
* ADJUST
-12V
'"
ZERO
24K
••
24 K 1% GAIN ADJUST
., ••
••
24 K 1% ••
12 K 1%
...
UK
3.9K
""
c, ., o,
. ""
c,
17°2 2K
..;f-1N914
a,
JN164 ..
•'"'
24 K 1% 1N914
'"'
o-2-l~ B <!2
~f~ ~~ A1 2
2~ Al 11 TOVIN
Fig. 17-11
.,
1/3 L 144 1/3 L144 ILD111)
" ,.!! • ,/
~V"
1
ACIN
1.SK
V" RsET
3""
...... I
6
Vt-1-12\1 V2-12V
T12V
.,.
Circuit Notes
This circuit includes a PMOS enhancement-mode FET input buffer amplifier,
coupled to a classical absolute value circuit which essentially eliminates the effect of the
forward voltage drop across diodes Dl and D2.
CURRENT-TO-VOLTAGE CONVERTER WITH 1% Accuracy

100pF IPOLVSTYFIENEI
1MEG Ol'!o
META~FILM
•
Fig. 17-12
101<1!
r? ?-: _0
t1 r~ -15V +HiV
IC "" NE/SE55/-1
(Sensitivity: 1 Volt per Mlcroamp)
Circuit Notes
A filter removes the de component of the rectified ac, which is then scaled to RMS.
The output is linear from 40 Hz to 10 kHz or higher.
165
POLARITY CONVERTER
+10V
15K VoN
SK
INV
I
CA
SK ~ N.l.
•• .....
IN916
.,,
·~·;.·
SK 201Jf
~:
II
VREF co ,......,
" -sv
..
__.1• Rr •• 20mA
Fig. 17-13
~: cr CL+
IN9-1~ so~<~
osc. CL-
~ ~ !,
SH.DN. COMP.
GNO
GNO GNO
'Circuit Notes
The capacitor-diode output circuit is used output transistors are current limited, no addi-
here as a polarity converter to generate a - 5 tional protection is necessary. Also, the lack of
volt supply from + 15 volts. This circuit is use- an inductor allows the circuit to be stabilized
fuLfor an output current of up to 20 rnA with no with only the output capacitor.
additional boost transistors required. Since the
VOLTAGE-TO-CURRENT CONVERTER
()
~~
-~ """
I= VIN
R
Circuit Notes
The current out is loUT=v,N/R. For nega-
tive currents, a PNP can be used and, for better
accuracy,-a Darlington pair can be substituted
for the transistor. With careful design, this cir-
• cuit can be used to control currents of many
'>
•
R amps. Unity gain compensation is necessary .
-=~
Fig. 17-14
166
WIDEBAND, HIGH-CREST FACTOR, RMS-TO-DC CONVERTER
... ...
MATCHED TO O.G2St.
_,
1\1 R. . f'S
j1fYI'IAIIo
x,
-··
..., ••
"""'"._..
... •p
.. ,. OUT"-'T
OTO"'V
'•
....
-v,l--..---.:..\-----o+15V
l!IIO
... "''
CALIIAATK>N I'ROCEDURIE:
WIT~'MODE'SWI-TCH IN 'RMS +DC' POSIT~N • .,L v-AN INf'UT OF +1.00YDC. ADJUST
ZERO UNTIL OUTPUT READS lAME AIINI'UT. CHECK FOR INilUTSOF !-lOY; OUTPUT
SHOULD IE WITHIN tO.Gn IIMVI.
-ACCURACY II MAINTAINED FROM totfr to 101:1cHa, AND IS TYPICALLY HIGH BY
Oft AT 1M!ob: FOR YIN • CV AMI (SINE, SOUAAE OR TRIANGULAR WAVE I.
HliOVIDEO THAT THE PEAK lfWUT IS NOT EXCEEDED, CREST -FACTOFIS UP TO AT
UAST TEN HAVE NO APHIECIAILE EFFECT ON ACCURACY.
IM"UT IMP'EDANCE IS ABOUT 10k0; FOR HIGH 110M0) IWI!:OANCI!, REMOVE MODE
MITCH AND INI'UT COUPt.ING COMPONENTS.
-FOR GUARANTEED-8f'ECIFICATIONS THE AD631A AND ADUltS OFFERED
AI A SINGLE PACKAGE AMS-TO.OC CONVERTER. Fig. 17-15
LIGHT INTENSITY-TO-FREQUENCY CONVERTER

+IV TO +UiV
....
, I
.. ,
................... LM331
l.llk-Rt
Fig. 17-16
LIGHT ......
•••ur
•L14F-1, L14G-1.or L14H·1, photo transistor (Gen•r.l e-.ectric Co.) or simil•r
167
OHMS-TO-VOLTS CONVERTER
...
.
,,
-... '"
'"
Your .. ,y
.. FULL SCALE
-=-
.. -UV
...
Fig. 17-17
'"'
.. '---i--o-1sv
"
1V
Vo"' x Ax
RLADDER
Where A LADDER is the resistance lNII& 1.35k

from switch S1 pole to pin 7 of the _LF353.
-ISV
TEMPERATURE-TO-FREQUENCY CONVERTER
•• +·UV TO t2DV
I
D.1 ,.A/ k 1
"'
)
L! four a T£MP
V• '·'•' : F ---2.
l-Mlll
Ul~t1%Rt IDHrfK
--!. !-
LMI34/
~
LM334
1n t '" • : FD.OI11F
,,
v-
U211
1% ). ~ .
-- Fig. 17-18
168
MULTIPLEXED BCD-TO-PARALLEL BCD CONVERTER
MUL TIPl£XED BCD INI'UT PARALLEL 9CD OUTPUT
1/G 7411
,,
}"""
ltll$0)
Circuit Notes
Converter consists of four quad bistable
latches activated in the proper sequence by the
digit strobe output of the LDllO. The com-
plemented outputs (Q) of the quad latch set
reflects the state of the bit outputs when the
digit strobe goes high. It will maintain this
state when the digit strobe goes low.
1/G 1411
1167404
1--11-"-"--o:::: ) """
H~"'---OBIT 2
ILSDI
,I
h----oarn
<..:::-=::-::.J7n5 QUAD LATCH
Fig. 17-19
FAST LOGARITHMIC CONVERTER
' "]" [ ,, ]
VouTio 11 • -
L R
-lnVo - -
q VAuA 1
-logV 1 - '
R 1 1H
-A2- 1571. A,= 1~. O.J%"C llor temperature compensation'
Dynamic range 100,A s ), s lmA 15 decades, IVo ~ IV/decadesl

Trans1ent response. 3~tS lor .l.. ~decades
Cl_ C2, R2. R3_ added dynamoc compensation
Vos adjust the LF356 to mlntmlle quoescent error
Ar Tel LabS IYP"' 081 + 0 3%1"C
'"
·Fig. 17-20
169
SINE WAVE-TO-SQUARE TTL-TO-MOS LOGIC CONVERTER
WAVE CONVERTER
• svoc
r 1.4Vocl
-12Voc
Fig. 17-21
-
Fig. 17-23
Circuit Notes
The sine input is ac coupled by capacitor
C; Rl and R2 bias the input midway between V,
and V,, the input threshold voltages, to provide
a square wave at the output.
SELF OSCILLATING PICOAMPERE-TO-VOLTAGE

FLYBACK CONVERTER
., .,
CONVERTER WITH GAIN
+7T0+18V
.,
j~
1N414fl 1.5K u
10'
15 K !!
r.,,. )o--+-VN.J101l::;:S
-=-
t-I<J--..--.-o -5 V OUTPUT
_i.1N4148.110~<F
'":" -=- -=-

SV
.,
Eo - -lmV/pA x 11 + '!J I
Fig. 17-22 Fig. 17-24

Circuit Notes
A low-power converter suitable for de-
riving a higher voltage from a main systemxail
in an on-board application. With the trans-
former shown, the operating frequency is 250
·kHz. Zl serves as a dissipative voltage reg-
ulator for the output and also clips the drain
voltage to a level below the rated VMOS
breakdown voltage.
170
18
Crossover Networks
~Active
Crossover Network Third Order Butterworth Crossover
Asymmetrical Third Order Butterworth Network
Active Crossover Network
171
ACTIVE CROSSOVER NETWORK
_C/2 0.008211 "'

c c c
3pF
0.015JJ 0.015.u 0.015t-~
R2 R4
8.06k 9.53k
150
100k
- - -
-P.in
6
c,
2 R-" 20k
R R R
fc = 500Hz
1Ok 10k 10k
I
GAIN ~ OdBV •ol
C2 C4 6
T0.082" 0.068"
...J....
- - -
o~~~ffil~~~~
-5
-10
! -15
.
~ -20
-25
-30
-'35
-40
10 100 lk .
, 100~
FREQUENCY (Hz)
Fig. 18-l
172
ASYMMETRICAL THIRD ORDER
BUTTERWORTH ACTIVE CROSSOVER NETWORK
"
'"'
""
~ -20
lOOk
J
_,.
.,.
•~o•
•••
127k
• MISMATCH BETWEEN R& AND Rg CORRECTS
FOR GAIN ERROR ()f HIGH PASS DUE TO
CAPACITOR TOlERANCES
'"
Fig. 18-2
THIRD ORDER BUTTERWORTH CROSSOVER NETWORK
.,
''"
eoH • -Sl
e1N Sl+2s2+2S+1
IQH = I
lin 2nC~Rzfl4R7
0 • 0.107. Av • -1 Fig. 18-3

,,
R '" R
C Uii3
z:httaR
rr A 9.4074
2 • hiQHC
IOL •
_,
"'
s3+Zs2+2S+I
c - 2.101t R4-~
'"
fol " I
·-hfQLR hiQHC hii~Czi:4C7
c, • ...!!!!!... R7 • ...!:!.!!!.._ n • 0.111. Aw • -1

' 2wfQLR hfQHC
173
19
Crystal Oscillators
figure number contained in the bux of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
High Frequency Crystal Oscillator Pierce Harmonic Oscillator

Overtone Crystal Oscillator Colpitts Harmonic Oscillator
Overtone Crystal Oscillator International Crystal OF-1 LO Oscillator
TTL Oscillator for 1 MHz-10 MHz Butler Emitter Follower Oscillator
Crystal Checker Colpitts Harmonic Oscillator
96 MHz Crystal Oscillator Butler Emitter Follower Oscillator
Simple TTL Crystal Oscillator Butler Common Base Oscillator
Crystal Oscillator Pierce Harmonic Oscillator
Overtone Crystal Oscillator Tube Type Crystal Oscillator
Schmitt Trigger Crystal Oscillator Precision Clock Generator
50 MHz-150 MHz Overtone Oscillator Miller Oscillator
Fifth Overtone Oscillator Butler Emitter Follower Oscillator
Crystal Controlled Butler Oscillator Colpitts Oscillator
Overtone Oscillator with Crystal Switching Crystal-Controlled Oscillator
Crystal Oscillator Pierce Oscillator
Crystal Oscillator/Doubler Butler Aperiodic Oscillator
Low Frequency Crystal Oscillator ·Parallel-mode Aperiodic Crystal Oscillator
Crystal Oscillator International Crystal OF-1 HI Oscillator
100 kHz Crystal Calibrator Standard Crystal Oscillator for 1 MHz
Third Overtone Crystal Oscillator TTL-Compatible Crystal Oscillator
Crystal Checker Crystal Controlled Sine Wave Oscillator
CMOS Crystal Oscillator Crystal Oscillator
Temperature-Compensated rrystal Oscil- Stable Low Frequency Crystal Oscillator
lator JFET Pierce Crystal Oscillator
Crystal Controlled Transistor CMOS Oscillator
Oscillator Pierce Harmonic Oscillator
174
HIGH FREQUENCY CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR
100 MHz
'I'
1111
Rp
II
1/4
MC1010y~ 114 ~
MC10101
7-36 pF ~ ( Rp
I . 15 ~tH Rp ../
Rp
1/4
t
MC1662
.001 ~tF Rp
Rp
A 1/4
MC10101 - - <
~1/4
C1662 B
1/4
200 MHZ
..... MC1662 ---< E c
Rp 1/4
~
MC1662 1/4
0
MC10101
Rp
Rp
Rp typicol 510 n to Vee or 50 n to -2.0 Vdc ..
Fig. 19-l
Circuit Notes
One section of the MC10101 is connected frequency doubler consists of two MC10101
as a 100 MHz crystal oscillator with the crystal gates as phase shifters and two MC1662 NOR
in series with the feedback loop. The LC tank gates. For a 50% duty cycie at the output, the
circuit tunes the 100 MHz harmonic of the delay to the true and complement 100 MHz
crystal and may be used to calibrate the circuit signals should be 90°. This may be built pre~
to the exact frequency. A second section of the cisely with 2.5 ns delay lines for the 200 MHz
MC10101 buffers the crystal oscillator and output or approximated by the two MC10101
gives complementary 100 MHz signals. The .gates 11s shown.
175
OVERTONE CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR
FREQUENCY RANGE:
9-35pF
c, :ZO MH1 ~o 100 MH:, D•1nndent on
.-----~0~----~----. Crvn•i Frequency •nd T•nk 'luning
10
'
c,
4
•
9-315 Vaa '• • -1.3 Volt Supply Obt•ln•d by
pF Rp 0"• of th• Following M•thod•·
Rp
(A) lm•rn•l Vas Supply
f6l G•te va 8 Supply

f2
)o--+-ov 89
"0.33 J.<H for !S0-100 MHz

1.0 J.!H for 20-50 MHz
Ap "'510 !1 to Vee or 50 n to VTT
r····· "' Rp
Fig. 19-2
Circuit Notes
This circuit employs an adjustable reso- tank circuit frequency at or near the desired
nant tank circuit which insures operation at the frequency. The tank circuit exhibits a low im-
desired crystal overtone. Cl and L1 form the pedance shunt to off-frequency oscillations and
resonant tank circuit, which with the values a high impedance to the desired frequency, I
specified as a resonant frequency adjustable allowing feedback from the output. Operation
from approximately 50 MHz to 100 MHz. Over- in this manner .guarantees that the oscillator
tone operation is accomplished by adjusting the will always start at the correct overtone.
176
C3
10pF
L1
-~OUTPUT
01
C1 t----11--o + 12VDC
5pF
C4
d;'
.01
ILF
R1
120 !1
Fig. 19-3
Circuit Notes
The crystal element in this circuit is con- at the frequency of operation. The tap on induc-
nected directly between the base and ground. tor Ll is used to match the impedance of the
Capacitor Cl is used to improve the feedback collector of the transistor. In most cases, the
due to the internal capacitances of the trans is- optimum placement of this tap is approximately
tor. This capacitor should be mounted as close one-third from the cold end of the coil. The
as possible to the case of the transistor. The LC placement of this tap is a trade-off between
tank circuit in the collector of the transistor is stability and maximum power output. The out-
tuned to the overtone frequency of the crystal. put signal is taken from a link coupling coil, L2,
The emitter resistor capacitor must have a and operates by transformer action.
c-apacitive reactance of approximately 90 ohms
177
CRYSTAL CHECKER
PUSH BUTTON ..L
•BC107'89
39k 2N3653:4·
2N5770
2N706, etc.
"'!""
I 3-9V
I BATTERY
-L-
OA91
fN34
T
0.0047p F
Fig.19-4
Circuit Notes
Use this circuit for checking fundamental oscillates, Q2 conducts and the LED lights. A3
HF crystals on a 'Go-No-Go' basis. An untuned or 6V, 40mAbulb could be substituted for the
Colpitts oscillator drives a voltage multiplier LED.
rectifier and a current amplifier. If the crystal
TTL OSCILLATOR FOR 1 MHz-10 MHz
0.1
Y1
IH 45
OUTPUT
2.2k NOTES:
1. C2 = 1/f x 10-•, (f IS IN HZ)
PREVENTS SPURIOUS FREQUENCY
2. ICs ARE 7400/7404
Fig. 19-5
178
96 MHz CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR
+6to +9VREG
l1, 4 mm tormer, F29 slug (Neosid AZ assembly)

30 turns .4-mm enamel w1re
l.2.L3 7300 CAN TWO 72211 FORM€ AS F29 SLUGS
(Neos1d double assembly) 12 tums 63 mm enamel
w1re
Fig. 19-6
Circuit Notes
By using a crystal between 27.5 and 33 MHz, the 3rd harmonic will deliver between
82.5 and 99 MHz.
SIMPLE TTL CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR
R2 R4
560R 1k8
2 RJ 3 4
OU UT
220R
~--------~lr-----------~
·cRYSTAL
ho suit)
Fig. 19-7
Circuit Notes
This simple and cheap crystal oscillator their linear regions by Rl to R4, and the crystul
comprises one third of a 7404, four resistors provides the feedback. Oscillation can only
and a crystal. The inverters are biased into occur at the crystals fundamental frequency.
179
CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR
J901t Ll
16-
29~H
b'o
100
OJ
fJ/10
0 2700
s Fig. 19-8
2•• RFCI •
2.5mH OUTPUT
J90
9 VOLTS
Circuit Notes
Stable VXO using 6- or8-MHz crystals uses a capacitor and an inductor to achieve
frequency pulling on either side of series resonance.
Fig. 19-9
Circuit- Notes
This design is for high reliability over a wide temperature range using fifth and
seventh overtone crystals. The inductor in parallel with the crystal causes antiresonance
of crystal Co to minimize loading. This technique is commonly used with overtone
crystals.
180
SCHMITT TRIGGER CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR
SCHMITT TRIGGER OSCILLATOR UP TO 10 MHZ
2 k 2 k
7414
Y1
0.1
n I TI_ n
l5k lC2 1.5 k
LOUTPUT
NOTE C2 = 1!1 x 10 4 tf IS IN HZ)· PREVENTS SPURIOUS FREQUENCY
Fig. 19-10
Circuit Notes
A Schmitt trigger provides good squaring of the output, sometimes eliminating the
need for an extra output stage.
50 MHz-150 MHz OVERTONE OSCILLATOR
,--~>-----..------.----------o +5 TO 12 Vdc
C2
Xc = 100
.01 4.7 k
2N918
Fig. 19-11
l01 4.7k
330
~----~--------_. __________________________--oOVOLTS
NOTES
1. Y1 IS AT CUT OVERTONE CRYSTAL.
2 TUNE l1 AND C2 TO OPERATING FREQUENCY
3. L2 AND SHUNT CAPACITANCE, CO. OF CRYSTAL (APPROXIMATELY 6pF)
SHOULD RESONATE TO OSCILLATOR OUTPUT FREQUENCY (L2 = .5 ~H AT 90
MHZ). THIS IS NECESSARY TO TUNE OUT EFFECT OF CO.
4 C3 IS VARIED TO MATCH OUTPUT.
181
FIFTH-OVERTONE OSCILLATOR
57.6 MHZ
r--__.~=;~--j f------<> OUTPUT
22
36
L1
180
10k
l
AFC2
2200
4.7 ;tH
+12Vo---...1
Fig.19-12
Circuit Notes
This circuit isolates the crystal from the de base supply with an rf choke for better
starting characteristics.
CRYSTAL CONTROLLED BUTLER OSCILLATOR
+12 VOLT
;;;'' L
560
f---.<>
10k 10 OUTPUT
2k
11--1--___.
1M 1.3 k
2_4 k
Fig. 19-13
Circuit Notes
A typical Butler oscillator (20-100 MHz) uses an FET in the second stage; the
circuit is not reliable with two bipolars. Sometimes two FETs are used. Frequency is
determined by LC values.
162
OVERTONE OSCILLA'fOR WITH CRYSTAL SWITCHING
,,
L1 ~ 1~1URNS
NO :>_40NJt'6 Circuit Notes
PHENOLIC FORM
3t8' LG
The large inductive phase shift of L1 is
TAP 1 - 2 TURNS
FROM LOW END compensated for by Cl. Overtone crystals have
TAP 2- 4 TURNS
FROM LOW END very narrow bandwidth; therefore, the trimmer
C1 4 40
TAP 2
has a smaller effect than for fundamental-mode
operation.
CRYSTAL
SWITCH
Fig. 19-14
CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR
r---~--------~~
100
1k
Circuit Notes
7--45
The crystal is in a feedback circuit from
15 k +12 Vdc
collector to base. A trimmer capacitor in series
shifts the point on the reactance curve where
.01
the crystal operates, thus providing a fre-
8200 .01 680 quency trim. The capacitor has a negative reac-
tance so the crystal is shifted to operate in the
positive reactance r~gion.
2-20 MHZ
Fig. 19-15
183
CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR/DOUBLER
+12 Vo---:-;::-:1, L,---o----.---J f-::o
L2 15 TURNS 1o AFOUT
0.4 mm (NO. 26) 36 MHZ
2N918
C1 17- 24
C325-45
FUNDAMENTAL-18 MHZ Fig. 19-16
AUDIO
220
43
C2
MV2104
Circuit Notes
The crystal operates into a complex load at series resonance. Ll, Cl, and C2
balance the crystal at zero reactance. Capacitor Cl fine-tunes the center frequency. Tank
circuit L2, C3 doubles the output frequency the circuit operates as an-FM oscillator-
doubler.
LOW-FREQUENCY CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR
E:rcl'pt 11 /lid/NIH, dec/liM/
NhiH Of CI,NCIUIIC:I IN /11 mlc:IO•
11,.111 M'J; oi!Nn ,,. In plcol•"
an (!C'FJ; '"'''-""" ,,. In Qllms.
- • 1,000 /II .. 1,000.0110
.---..------..----'v..";.....____,.,,voc
., 2.5 mH ltF£.
..... I 455-tHz
e"'''' 100
Circuit Notes
lf---+----r--'lf----o ""''"'
This crystal-oscillator circuit uses a 455-kHz
""" crystal.
""
....
lFig. 19-17
'Do IIDI flo,~ll 1111/rfet
184
CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR
9.V.
+
5.6k
33k
VR1
Fig. 19-18
Circuit Notes
This circuit provides reliable oscillation and an outpuLclose to one volt peak-to-
peak. Power consumption is around l rnA from a nine volt supply.
100kHz CRYSTAL CALIBRATOR
(-) 9·12 (+)

J,•voc"
Circuit Notes
~~K
This circuit is often used by amateur radio
operations, shortwave listeners, and other
operators of shortwave receivers to calibrate
the dial pointer. The oscillator operates at a
_fundamental frequency of 100 kHz, and the
harmonics are used to locate points on the
shortwave dial, provided that the output of the
calibrator is coupled to the antenna circuit of
75 pF
_the receiver. The crystal shunts the feedback
voltage divider, and is in series with a variable
capacitor (C3) that is used to set the actual
operating frequency of the calibrator.
Fig. 19-19
185
THIRD-OVERTONE CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR
...
'" '"
...u .. 14SOO
Fig. 19-20
Circuit Notes
This circuit uses a 74500 Schottky TTL gate; no inductors are required.
CRYSTAL CHECKER
+12v;
2.5mH
Crysul
3.3Kn
.001111
Circuit Notes
470Kn LED ::
This circuit is a simple Pierce oscillator
with an LED go/no go display. Checker works
8 best with crystals having fundamental frequen-
cies in the seven to eight megahertz range.
120Kfl
1N4148
Fig. 19-21
186
CMOS CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR
:0--o OUTPUT
At
22MO
R2
Yt 22KO
~____,oil---+
I
C2
Ct 40pF
22pF (max)
Fig. 19-22
Circuit Notes
This circuit has· a frequency range of 0.5 MHz to 2.0 MHz. Frequency can be
adjusted to a precise value with trimmer capacitor C2. The second NOR gate serves as an
output buffer.
TEMPERATURE-COMPENSATED CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR
r---~~----~-----~------~------o+5V DC
!05 33K
470
...-----~OUTPUT
IOK
Parts for a 5
CRYSTAL MHz AT-cut crystal
C = 3-8 pF NPO
.----~~~~r--~--H (fine-frequency trimmer)
C2=4-24 pF NSOO (temperature
470pF SM compensatin-g)
Cl C2 C3 C3=8'48 pF N1500 (temperature
compensating)
IOK 680 C4=120 pF silver mica
C4
L---_.--~~----~------~----~----._--~GNO
Fig.l9-23
Circuit Notes
Two different negative-coefficient capacitors are blended to produce the desired
change in capacitance to counteract or compensate for the decrease in frequency of the
"'normal" AT .cut characteristics.
187
CRYSTAL-CONTROLLED, TRANSISTOR OSCILLATOR
R2 33K
C3 L1
100
pF Fig. 19-24
R1
Y1C 10K C2
rl
1 470
R3 ~0.01_
100
R4
+
9 TO 12V
PIERCE HARMONIC OSCILLATOR (20 MHz)
••• ...
~ ,,.L,
t:E •
c ~ o.3v,.
O.IYpp '(NHN
..L
hr----::.r.,vr---f---{ • MTM3180 Buller
,. 3tK
"·
2p~: TL____~_I_ pF -4141
IN
D,- D2
_....._~---1
.1
Fig. 19-25
Circuit Notes
This circuit has excellent short term frequency stability because the external load
tied across the crystal is mostly capacitive rather than resistive, giving the crystal a high
in-circuit Q.
188
COLPITTS HARMONIC OSCILLATOR (100 MHz)
+SV +SV
390
1.2VDC
+SV
IN4148
100
L, t---o~E,=
3.2J.<h 06.V pp
Buffer
Fig. 19-26
Circuit Notes
LlCl .are selected to lJe resonant at a of Cl/C2, but practical harmonic circuits seem
frequency below the desired crystal harmonic to work best when Cl is approximately 1-3
but above the crystal's next lower odd har- times the value ofC2. Diodes Dl-D3 provide a
monic. C2 should have a value of 30-70 pF, simple regulated bias supply.The resistance of
independent of the oscillation frequency. Rl should be .as high as possible, as it affects
There is no requirement for any specific ratio the crystal's in-circuit Q.
INTERNATIONAL CRYSTAL OF-l LO OSCILLATOR
+ 12 v
100
?;01
47 k
t---lf---o OUTPUT
001
C3 30
-pFI C1
C2 680
FREQ.
2-15 MHz
4-22 MHz
C1 C2
470 pF 470 pF
220 pF 220_ pF
Fig. l9-27
Circuit Notes I
International Crystal OF-1 LO oscillator circuit for fundamental-mode crystals.
189
BUTLER EMITTER FOLLOWER OSCILLATOR (100 MHz)
05
+ 5V IN5711
06
+5V
1K R1 1K
+5V
01
C1 XTAL
IN 02 8.15 pF 100 MHZ (5H) -1.9 Vdc
4148
03
.1
D
R, = 40 z, 100
C2 = 25
04 100 E, = 0.6Vpp
33 pF
Buffer
Fig. 19-28
Circuit Notes
This circuit has good performance without amplifier has a gain of only one with built'in
any parasitics because emitter follower negative feedback to stabilize its gain.
COLPITTS HARMONIC OSCILLATOR (BASIC CIRCUIT)
Circuit Notes
This circuit operates 30-200 ppm above
C2 series resonance. Physically simple, but
analytically complex. It is inexpensive with fair
0XTAL frequency stability.
"' Fig. 19-29
190
BUTLER EMITTER FOLLOWER OSCILLATOR (BASIC CIRCUIT)
+V
+V
L1
C1
Circuit Notes
=2C1 This circuit operates at or near series
XTAL resonance. It is a good circuit design with no
parasitics. It is easy to tune with good fre-
0
..._--1 l--4~-._... quency stability.
c.
Fig. 19-30
BUTLER COMMON BASE OSCILLATOR (BASIC CIRCUIT)

+V
+V
=3C1
C1 Circuit Notes
This circuit operates at or near series
resonance. It has fair to poor circuit design with
parasitics, touch to tune, and fair frequency
stability.
c.
Fig. 19-31
191
PIERCE HARMONIC OSCILLATOR (BASIC CIRCUIT)
+V
+V
XTAL
.----;0 t---......----f Circuit Notes
This circuit operates 10-40 ppm above
series resonance, It is a good circuit design
with good to very good frequency stability.
C2
c~
Fig. 19-32
TUBE-TYPE CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR
R.F.C. 100
t::1 XTAL pF Circuit Notes
The pilot lamp limits current to prevent
60mA. damage to the crystal.
PILOT 10.000
LAMP 0
.002
-B +B
Fig. 19-33
192
PRECISION CLOCK GENERATOR
V+ output 1
r-------------------ioscour ~------------< 10MHZ
F=-10MHZ
+---il '011 t---~----iosc IN

ICM7209 output 2
~--------_..;.- 125 MHZ
-;1"-' 6-36pF 20pF. ---r-- V-
(DISABLE
j_
--
Fig. 19-34
Circuit Notes
The CMOS IC directly drives 5 TTL loads from either of 2 buffered outputs. The
device operates to 10 MHz and is bipolar, MOS, and CMOS compatible.
MILLER OSCILLATOR (CRYSTAL CONTROLLED)

H {+)
~:- -01 JJ.F
l1
100 ~H
*
..J::
-~1J.(f
C:3 0
Circuit Notes
The drain ofthe JFET Miller oscillator is
A
<---.,.--_3;"-' 390 pF
OUTPUT tuned to the resonant frequency of the crystal
by an LC tank circuit.
r----r--""~>(:~~Fi02 ~
"'
10Mfi
i6o,Io
""' "' "'r .o2""F
2.21<: ·!c-""
Fig. 19-35
I
193
BUTLER EMITTER FOLLOWER OSCILLATOR (20 MHz)
+5V
IN5711
1K R1 1K
+5V
8
C1 82 pF
IN 4148
01 - 04 1 .1
C3 15;40 pf R, ~
t---~
14
+
Vdc
E
1.9
-'\/'VV-1
100
C2 470 pF ·68 E, ~ 0.6

Vpp
Buffer
Fig. 19-36
COLPITTS OSCILLATOR
(+) (-)
12 ?
vorf77
Rf C5
220K O. 1 Circuit Notes
,----_____::v.~-4-----"l" ~
This circuit will operate with
fundamental-mode crystals in the range of 1
01 MHz to 20 MHz. Feedback is controlled by
C2
2N2222 capacitor voltage divider C2/C3. The rf voltage
82pF across the emitter resistor provides the basic
feedback signal.
+-----+---if--<>
f~ ~F OUTPUT
Fig. 19-37
194
CRYSTAL-CONTROLLED OSCILLATOR
CRYSTAL
3.00 MHZ
.---If----
G3
01. G2, G3 = 5400/7400 l C1 47
OUTPUTo--~
Fig. 19-38
Circuit Notes
This circuit oscillates without the crystaL With the crystal in the circuit, the
frequency will be that of the crystaL The circuit has good starting characteristics even
with the poorest crystals.
PIERCE OSCILLATOR
R1 R2 R4
680 i.5K 1SOK
n
_J_ C2
10pF 122 C4
pF
01.02 2N2362 OR EOUIV.

Fig. 19-39
Circuit Notes
The oscillator transistor is Ql, and the crystal is placed between the collector and
base. Feedback is improved by the use of the collector-emitter capacitor C2. Transistor
Q2 is used as an output buffer.
195
BUTLER APERIODIC OSCILLATOR
''LV'!',,,
rh_~6
0 I ,,f
"'
"'
OUTPUT
'"f
3 CIK
01 02 1N914 Fig. 19-40
Circuit-Notes
This circuit works well in the range of 50 transistor that provides moderate gain (in the
kHz to 500 kHz. Slight component modifica- 60 to 150 range) at the frequency of operation
tions are needed for higher frequency opera- and a gain-bandwidth product of at least 100
tion. For operation over 3000 kHz, select a MHz.
PARALLEL-MODE APERIODIC CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR
Rl
IMn
R3
IK "'
OOt1-1F
+--r--?~TPUT
,r"
R2
lOOK
L--__,Ot-------'
VI
Fig. 19-41
Circuit Notes
The crystal is placed between the collec- range of operation for this circuit is 500kHz to
tor of the output stage and the base of the input 10 MHz. Extend the range downward (100
stage. The frequency of oscillation can be set to kHz) by increasing the value of Cl to 75 pF and
a precise value with trimmer capacitor Cl. The increasing the value of C2 to 22pF.
196
INTERNATIONAL CRYSTAL OF-I HI OSCILLATOR
/ZVo---~------~--------------,
100
.001
t----1E-----o OUTPUT
C/
Z.Zii FREQ. Cl cz
cz .,o 18-ZS MH1
28 -60 MHz
220 pF
100 pF
47pF
18 pF
Fig. I9-42
Circuit Notes
International Crystal OF-1 HI oscillator circuit for third-overtone crystals. The
circuit does not require inductors.
TTL-COMPATIBLE
STANDARD CRYSTAL CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR
OSCILLATOR FOR I MHz
-3 VOLT
470 22 k 470 lOOKHz

6.8 k - TO
50MHz
50 CRYSTAL
Cl
HEP1 l6BpF
12k
t---701 Rl
20 TO
J'o lOOK
Fig. I9-44
30 pF PARALLEL RESONANCE
Circuit Notes
Adjust RI for about 2 volts at the output of
the first gate. Adjust Cl for best output.
Fig. 19-43
197
CRYSTAL CONTROLLED STABLE LOW
SINE WAVE OSCILLATOR FREQUENCY CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR
+21V
11k
12V ,.
0.1 "'F
~ 560
>!--+-'I,M.....-o Vo '"
27 pF
'"
T Fig. 19-47
Circuit Notes
V 0 =500mVp~p L----101---......1
1=9.1 MHz This Colpitts-crystal oscillator is ideal for
9:1 MHz
TH0<2.5% (FUNDAMENT All low frequency crystal oscillator circuits. Ex-
cellent stability is~ assured because the 2N3823
Fig. 19-45 JFET circuit loading does not vary with tem-
perature.
CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR JFET PIERCECRYSTAL OSCILLATOR

v•
••v
R2 R4 RFC
100 k 2k
.---HOH. ~''1"_'_.t--o ourrur

C2
10pF CRYSTAL__c::]
II R2
100 k C< 10M
2N5415 (PSI)
--0.1iiF
Fig. 19-48
CircUit Notes
The JFETPierce crystal oscillator allows
a wide frequency range of crystals to be used
without circuit modification. Since the JFET
Fig. 19-46 gate does not load the crystal, good Q is main-
tained, thus insuring good frequency stahility.
198
CMOS OSCILLATOR-I MHz-4 MHz
Yl
r---------------~~lrl~ NOTES:
Rl I. IJI.ctfiC'5M
~2. SeLECT liZ
AND CZ TO
PREVENT SI'VIt·
-IOUS FREQUEN-
RZ CIES
l. IC1 ARE 14CO<f
OR EOUiliAt.ENT
Fig. 19-49
-;t; cz OUTPUT
PIERCE HARMONIC OSCILLATOR (100 MHz)

+5V
+5V
Buller
c,
33·43
pF IN
4148 .1
(2)
Fig. 19-50
Circuit Notes
The output resistance of the transistor's lag of 130-150°. The transistor inverts the sig-
collector, together with the effective value of nal, providing a total of 360° of phase shift
C1, provides an RC phase lag of 30-50°. The around the loop. Inductor L1 is selected to
crystal normally oscillates slightly above resonate with C1 at a frequency between the
series resonance, where it is both resistive and crystal's desired harmonic and its next lower
inductive. Above series resonance, the crys- odd harmonic. Inductor L1 offsets part of the
tal's internal impedance (resistive and indue- negative reactance of C1 at the oscillation fre-
tive) together with C2 provides an RLC phase quency.
199
20
Current Measuring Circuits
Ammeter Nanoampere Sensing Circuit with 100
Pico Ammeter Megohm Input Impedance
Nano Ammeter Current Monitor
200
AMMETER
"'
3.J2k
ll.n
33.2k
"
"' 1
,.
3.32k
"
LM315
1.2V
"'
'""
'"
·f14
IM
RS
IG
. ,.
..." SC~H
'"" . o''
'"
•• ...
6.65k
,. f\\11
2.1k
t 1 x scale calibrate "

"
IN45J "'
1N457
IDDi<A
* 3x scale calibrate "'
i includes reversing swUctl
Fig. 20-1
Circuit Notes
Current meter ranges from 100 pA to 3 rnA full scale. Voltage across input is 100 J.L V
at lower ranges rising to 3 mV at 3 mA. The buffers on the op amp are to remove
ambiguity with high-current overload. The output can also drive a DVM or a DPM.
201
PICO AMMETER
+15 v
A"' 10•2n
6 OUTPUT
V0 :;: liN X 10 1 ~(1 Fig. 20-2

= -1 VOLT/pA
I
I
Circuit Notes
A very sensitive pica ammeter (-1 V/pA) final output voltage after a step function of input
employs the amplifier in the inverting or cur- current has been applied. The internal diodes
rent summing mode. Care must be taken to CR1 and CR2 together with external resistor
eliminate stray currents from flowing into the R1 to protect the input stage of the amplifier
current summingmode. It takes approximately from voltage transients.
5 for the circuit to stabilize to within 1% ofits
NANO AMMETER
Resistance Values for
-.-'•
•UV
DC Nano-and Micro Ammeter
1- FUll SCALE Rtlnl Rf(nl
1MI14 100 nA 1.5M 1.5M
-sao nA 300k 300k
1"A 300k 0
SOk 0
i
s"A
'· 10~A
SO"A
30k
Bk
0
0
100~-tA 3k 0 i
•uvea--l., The complete meter amplifier is a differen-
tial current-to-voltage converter with input pro-
II~UV
tection, zeroing and full scale adjust provisions,
r-:i
":' 12..:.. UY
and input resistor balancing for minimum offset
voltage.
-1.5Vo---J
Fig. 20-3
202
NANOAMPERE SENSING CIRCUIT
WITH 100 MEGOHM INPUT IMPEDANCE
- .
•
R2 R3
r
28
IK 100
MEG
150
.01~1
390K
/.-I
150
VOLTS
Rl
25K
IN3604
6 ,1-t--\h"t-' --
(]___ 2N494C 2N491 SCR
~t--='=~---+--_____JI (C9F, CI2F,
TC2
j .01
27 =i= .05
ORX40F)
-~-~-~-~~-~--~--+---~
NANOAMPERE SENSING CIRCUIT WITH
100 MEGOHM INPUT IMPEDANCE
Fig. 20-4
Circuit Notes
The circuit maybe used as a sensitive firing level. When the 2N494C fires, both
current detector or as a voltage detector having capacitors, Cl and C2, are discharged through
high input impedance. Rl is set so that the the 27 ohm resistor, which generates a positive
voltage at point (A) is V2 to '% volts below the pulse with sufficient amplitude to trigger a con-
level that fires the 2N494C. A small input cur- trolled rectifier (SCR), or other pulse sensitive
rent (lin) of only 40 nanoamperes will charge circuitry.
C2 and raise the voltage at the emitter to the
CURRENT MONITOR
POSITIVE
VOlTAGE
.
"''
1%
"'
"'"
+------1+
'--~' LM301A
•
Circuit Notes
Rl senses currentflow of a power supply.
The JFET is used as a buffer because lo = Is;
_, therefore the output monitor voltage accu-
1 PN36841PS21
rately reflects the power supply current flow.
MONtTOi'l
OUTPUT Q--
§V/A 0
Rl RJ
VQUT" -f\2-- ll
..
Rl
;,.
" Fig. 20-5
203
21
Current Sources and Sinks

Current source Precision 1 JJ-A to 1 rnA Current Sources

Precision Current Source Precision Current Sink
204
CURRENT SOURCE
ON/Off
REVERSE
ERRO.RJ
Rl
Jlllo
llTTERY
N
OK
f--
BATTERY
TUT
'l
_J """'
11 "'":"'
IV I
(>UV!_I_
"
9.lk
~"
·~
"
""
"'
"
ZNUSO
"
..
,""
' ..
-
J.Sk
*calibrate range
Fig. 21-1 " 0 lUnA tselect lor lceos: 100 pA
Circuit Notes
This precision current source has 10 p.A to 10 rnA ranges with output compliance of
30V to - 5 V. Output current is fully adjustable on each range with a calibrated, ten-tum
potentiometer. Error light indicates saturation.
PRECISION CURRENT SOURCE
Rl
Circuit Notes
The 2N5457 and PN2222 bipolar serve as
voltage isolation devices between the output
and the current sensing resistor, Rl. The
LM101 provides a large amount of loop gain to
assure that the circuit acts as a current source.
30 ,, For small values of current (<1 rnA), the ~
PN2222 and 10K resistor may be eliminated
with the output appearing at the source of the
V1N v- 2N5457.
lo= R1 V1N~OV
Fig. 21-2
205
PRECISION 1 MA to 1 rnA CURRENT SOURCES
lMJB5-Z.5
C1
150 11F
-30V
*loUT"' 2.5V
R2
Fig. 21-3
PRECISION CURRENT SINK
.-----<I,_Ov' __ ,.
Circuit Notes
The 2N5457 JFET and PN2222 bipolar
..__ _---1 "'"''""' have inherently high output impedance. Using
Rl as a current sensing resistor to provide
30 pf
feedback to the LMlOl op amp provides a large
amount of loop gain for negative feedback to
enhance the true current sink nature of this
v,N "' circuit. For small current values, the 10 K re-
1o~R1 sistor and PN2222 may be eliminated if the
-=- source of the JFET is connected to Rl.
v 1N>OV
Fig. 21-4
206
22
De/De and
De/Ae Converters
The sources of the following circuits are contained inothe Sources section beginning on page 730. The
De-to-DelAc Inverter Current Source

De-to-De SMPS Using NE5561 Variable 18 Regulated De-to-De Converter
V to 30 V Out at 0.2 A 400 V, 60 W Push-Pull De/De Converter
Mini Power Inverter as High Voltage, Low De/De· Regulating Converter
Flyback Converter
207
DC-TO-DC/AC INVERTER
-12V
RJ
220ll OJ
2N3055 T1
OlD FILAMENT
TRANSFORMER
240V ac
!ORIGINAL
PRIMARY)
TO
RECTIFIER
12.6V CT
!ORIGINAL
SECONDARY)
+12V 04
~
2N3055
Fig. 22-l
Circuit Notes
This inverter uses no special components lower the frequency if any trouble is experi-
such as the torodial transformer used in many enced. However, rectifier.filtering capacitors
inverters. Cost is kept iow with the use of required are considerably smaller at the higher
cheap, readily available components. Essen- -operating frequency. The two 2N3055 transis-
tially, it is a power amplifier driven by an asta- tor should be mounted on an adequately sized
ble multivibrator. The frequency is around heatsink. The transformer should be rated ac-
1200Hz which most 50/60 Hz·power transfor- cording to the amount of output power required
mers handle well without too much loss. In- allowing for conversion efficiency of approxi-
creasing the value of capacitors Cl and C2 will mately 60%.
208
DC-TO-DC SMPS USING NE5561 VARIABLE 18 V to 30 V OUT AT 0.2 A
C2
471'F
50Y
.:~
INPUT
+15Y C1 ~
0.47,~~F~ L1 D1
2813 364
FI!AAOXCUBE
BYW2t
OUTPUT
.I I ... '""
"' -- . C... .,.,....L.ca F
R2,
POTTIIO\'
-
Vz 2 ,... 02
' TIP30A
i~ ~
"' r'o•
TONE...
PIN 3
•• ..... IU407
r
I
1----,
...
....
TO R2(C)
.
1270"
' N..... • 1200
I--
•• zw•• ••
''"
0.20
"HIGH CUAREN T
COMMON
"' I • '4o- ~ ""'

5
I 2N"" C51s the tim log
capacitor (0. 03,~tF lor 22 kHt)
I -..tC1 .:;- I
I TJ,IIF 8.2K I ., L1 is Ferrox cube 2613-
____ , J~'•'
TANT. - Cl 3C8 with 14 tums of J18 enameled
f~·'
111<
I I T... """'' wire (0.14 mH)
SLOW IT:ART ..
AND .DUTY-CYCLE LIMIT ":' I
Otmax =f R10+R11
R11
(Vz)+VeE
I
Fig. 22-2
MINI POWER INVERTER AS HIGH VOLTAGE, LOW CURRENT SOURCE

r - - - - - . . , . . - - - - - - - - - - - - 0 + 5 + 16 VOlTS
1k0
"'
8
7
3 100ft
C
555
"'
"' 0/P
"' Fig. 22-3
"'
""'
,... C3
10u - 1Dn
L-----~-4-----4------0GND
Circuit Notes
The circuit is capable of providing power high, current flows through the limiting resis·
Tor portable Geiger counters, dosimeter char- tor, the primary coil to charge C3. When the
gers, high resistance meters, etc. The 555 output is low, the current is reversed. With a
timer IC is used in its multivibrator mode, the suitable choice of frequency and C3, a good
frequency adjusted to optimize the transformer symmetric output is sustained.
characteristics. When the output of the IC is
209
REGULATED DC-TO-DC CONVERTER
+5V
16 Rser
"'
300Kn 100Kn R4
lOOKn
c, 10:< n
470pFI 13 Fig. 22-4
"2
300K n -"3
- 560Kn -12V4HmA
Circuit Notes
Low power de to de converter obtained by achieved by zener diode D2. Maximum current
adding a flyback circuit to a square wave oscil- available~before the converter drops out of reg-
lator. Operating frequency is 20 kHz to ulation is 5.5 rnA.
minimize the ~size of Ll and C2. Regulation is
~400 V, 60 W PUSH-PULL DC/DC CONVERTER
~·
Fig. 22-5
'·
101lU
NOTES
UNLESS OTHEAWIS£ NOTED,
ALL PIESISTOAS 5%, v. w
ALL CA~ACITOR VALUES IN MICAOFAFIADS, 25V
O, I Qa: VNUGA ON HUT SINK
O, l 02: 1NUM
D3: 3.3V, 3W ZENER
T1: PRI: 12T, CT, NO 18 AWQ
SEC: 275T, NO 2• AWQ
CORE: lND GEN 1231·1
Circuit Notes
The TL494 switching regulator governs the operating frequency and regulates
output voltage. Switching frequency approximately 100 kHz for the values shown.
Output regulation is typically 1.25% from no-load to full 60 W.
210
DCIDC REGULATING CONVERTER
+28'1
. ." .-
"'
,; .. ·-
'M'
"
"' Fig. 22-6
Circuit Notes
Push-pull outputs are used in this quency by 2 as it switches the PWM signal from
transformer-coupled de-de regulating conver- one output to the other. Current limiting is
ter. Note that the oscillator must be set at done here in the primary so that the pulse width
twice the desired output frequency as the will be reduced should transformer saturation
SG1524's internal flip-flop divides the fre- occur.
FLYBACK CONVERTER
IN916
..._, +18V
+SV ~ ro
1:
00
~1II
+ ~ SOT > ;;;; so,.F
~·51( 5I( 300 1M
100 ' ~ 5I( VM . 20T _-::!:-
-
SK
INV
N.l.
'--" YREF
c.
••
ca -
o.'ii=- SOT
L4
,:.;: .
'
_s01iF
-18Y
2K
•r ••
_.)
........
~: cr CL+ -
osc.
Sh.Dn. COMP.
c,- - .... IN9U5
620
.... 510
CORE: FROM CURVE
2213P·A180- 287
~·
GNO
=F·
Too~, :/ 2N2222 1!1
GROUND
Fig. 22-7
Circuit Notes
A low-current flyback converter is used providing the reference. Current limiting in a
here to generate ±15 volts at 20 rnA from a +5 flyback converter is difficult and is ac-
volt regulated line. The reference generator in complished here by sensing current in the
the SG1524 is unused with the input voltage primary line and resetting a soft-start circuit.
211
23
Decoders
Tone Alert Decoder 10.8 MHz FSK Decoder

Tone Decoder with Relay Output 24% Bandwidth Tone Decoder
SCA Decoder Dual-Tone Decoder
212
TONE-ALERT DECODER
.,
210
.
"T'Il"
J09M +12 voc
-
-Llo...........o
1111010 70 SPEAKER
AUDIO FROM RIS
m''
"'
"'
'"...'"'P
"RI
"" J
..
-Schematic diagram of the tone-alert decoder, designed for
the call-up of amateur radio volunteers during emergencies.
Fig. 23-1
Circuit Notes
PLL (Ul) is set with R2 to desired tone Ql to allow audio to speaker) when proper
fre(juency. LED lights to indicate lock-up of frequency/duration signal is received. To reset
PLL. Reduce signal level (Rl) and readjust R2 latch, a positive voltage must be applied briefly
to assure lock-up. Delay is selected from to the R input of U4.
counter U3 output. Circuits latches (turns on
TONE DECODER WITH RELAY OUTPUT
,. ,.
213
SCA (BACKGROUND MUSIC) DECODER
~ 12V
,..----r------r----.,..-1--r----r-<>
t•24V
lOk l.Bk =.Ole .047 =r ma
4.7k NE565
4
r-~~4.7~k-t3~9~----~]~5:J
4.7k 4.7k
+.001
Fig. 23-3
Circuit Notes
Aresistive voltage divider is used toes- kHz with a 5000 ohm potentiometer; only ap-
tablish a bias voltage for the input (pins 2 and proximate tuning is required, since the loop
3). The demodulated (multiplex) FM signal is will seek the signal. The demodulated output
fed to the input through a two-stage high-pass (pin 7) passes through a three-stage low-pass
filter, both to effect capacitive coupling and to filter to provide de-emphasis and attenuate the
attenuate the strong signal of the regular chan- high-frequency noise which often accompanies
nel. A total signal amplitude, between 80 mV SCA transmission. The demodulated output
and 300m V, is required at the input. Its source signal is in !herder of 50m Vand the frequency
should have an impedance of less than 10,000 response extends to 7 kHz.
ohms. The Phase Locked Loop is tuned to 67
10.8 MHz FSK DECODER
~.cc,_ ,--l,
::~, o---1 ~ 0
~·~·.·
214
24% BANDWIDTH TONE DECODER
•V
1 3 617 •r--
• 5 2 1
INPUT ..SIGNAL
I>UIOmVrlllfl
.1
o--lt-
Fig. 23-5
.,
_, .., •Hf--1-.......J
2 1
DUAL-TONE DECODER
•V
...
rlJ •..,' 1·1--
.1 I
.........J J- ••
,
~1 .,. .,._
.v 1/<t--
Cz c,
Fig. 23-6
---2J·. •"'' 1·t-.. . .

•.1
!1
l.
' """'"'" ,": ·J
'.,.
1 . ........,. and capacttor-YIItun choeen for dwired trequenciel lnd blnchriefth.
2. It C4 it mHt l1rge 10 u to del8y turn-on of the top 587, decoding ot .-quentlll fh f:ll
tonel .. poulble.
215
24
Delays
Long Time Delay Long Delay Timer Using PUT

Time Delay Generator Ultra-Precise Long Time Delay Relay
Door Chimes Delay Long Duration Time Delay
Time Delay-Generator Simple Time Delay Using Two SCRs
216
LONG TIME DELAY
LONG Tl~£ COuNTER
{HOURS, DAYS, WUKS, ETC_]
"
I
15KI
"• I I I I I I I I I "
..I I
t--• • " 4
3 10 11 ll
" >---<> "
15Mill
"• :~{JOMIN,) ""
112- !l5fi NIU81 9 - - - ( ) I I HOUR)
_, 112- S56 9~u
'
"'"'f[: 2
---e
_____..., 1
~ 12 H<lURS)
INPUT FROM
N8281 C{lUtHER
'
I +. -r· '-----;''-------'
<> :(4 HOURSI
CLOCK lO NEXT N~281
OOUNT£R FOR LONGER TIMES
o-i
m"
OUTPUTPUlSEWIOTH
1" I
I
•
T~11RC
' n
+
T-OTAL PERIOD • .II!IJ{RA • 211 8 1 C
!EXAMPLE VALUES SET fOR APPRO X. 15 MIN.\
Fig. 24-1
Circuit Notes
In the 556 timer, the timing is a function of connected in tandem with a "Divide-by"' net-
the charging rate of the external capacitor. For work in between the first iimer section oper-
long time delays, expensive capacitors with ates in an oscillatory mode with a period of
extremely low leakage are required. The prac- 1/fo. This signal is then applied to a "Divide-
ticality of the components involved limits the by-N" network to give an output with the
timebetween pulses to something in the periodofN/fo. Thiscanthenbeusedtotrigger
neighborhood of 10 minutes. To achieve longer the second half of the 556. The total time delay
time periods, both halves of a dual timer may be is now a function of N and fa.
TIME DELAY GENERATOR
vee vee
T
--·- ' "ON''Ioll~to*::t
.. n H
·;l~ r
......
·'lil•fiCin~
v,.. .. 3__hL_
O---, I o II
__ ' ____ ;_·

.
"~!_:
r
.... .
~ .L.-
'
--·-
L---------<.._•.V11t
,g
,'
Fig. 24-2
217
DOOR CHIMES DELAY
01
R1 4.7k
BELL PUSH
.-.. R3470
-.-:sv Fig. 24-3
..L.
+
R2720
+
Circuit Notes
With values shown,~ this simple circuit will button is released. Making Rl larger will in-
permit one operation every 10 seconds or so. crease the delay.
Capacitor Cl charges through Rl when the
TIME DELAY GENERATOR
,,
SikH
IOM1l
,.
\1+ ----------,-.----
!Okn .. I
.,
,, ,.
1
"' Slk!l
,,
" _, __ IIIII!!
IOMU
.=r
."
I
.,
• •
INPUT GATING SIGNAl. ":'"
"'" L
J 0.001-"F
~
51kU
Fig. 24-4
218
LONG DELAY TIMER USING PUT
START
+28V ~o-~~---------.----,
IOM 15K IOOOM
IM
02
IM 2N6027
200
Ql
~ 30~
2N6027 100 PULSE
IN4443 OUTPUT
Fig. 24-5
Circuit Notes
The PUT is used as both a timing element and sampling oscillator. A low leakage
film capacitor is required for C2 due to the low current supplied to it.
ULTRA-PRECISE LONG TIME DELAY RELAY
!560 OHMS
,--~--~--.,----,---- ......:;:;v:;=~ +28-v
R2 1!50
150 OHMS
OHMS GE AI4A
OUTPUT
02 GE
C3 2N.2646
.OOipf
Ql GE SCRI
2N494C GE CI22F, CI!5F
OR GE CIIF
C4
.0!5)Jf
Fig. 24-6
Circuit Notes
Predictable time delays from as low as 0.3 leakage paper or mylar capacitor is used and
-milliseconds to over 3 minutes are obtainable the peak point current of the timing UJT (Ql) is
without resorting to a large value electrolytic- effectively reduced, so that a large value emit-
type timing capacitor. Instead, a stable low ter resistor (Rl) may be substituted.
219
LONG DURATION TIME DELAY
+ 25 v
~
l %10Mrl
R3
22 krl
R4
lkrl
l
RJ
l k
--
I~B
~ 2N4853
Fig. 24-7
~ Q3
R2
lk
27>1
SIMPLE TIME DELAY
~~
RELAY~
COlL ~
)
2~ lN41 ..
7
4 8
3 1
555
Fig. 24-8
6 •I--
2 1
r···
c 4.7K
I ~.~ - '-
220
25
Detectors
Air-Motion Detector Half-Wave Rectifier

Product Detector Tone Detector
Low Voltage Detector FM Tuner with a Single-Tuned Detector
Positive Peak Detector Coil
Negative Peak Detector Missing Pulse Detector
Precision Peak Voltage Detector With High Speed Peak Detector
Along Memory Time Detector for Magnetic Transducer
Edge Detector Double-Ended Limit Detector
Ultra-Low Drift Peak Detector FM Demodulator at 5 V
Pulse Width Discriminator FM Demodulator at 12 V
True RMS Detector Precision Full-Wave Rectifier
Fast Half Wave Rectifier Negative Peak Detector
Telemetry Demodulator Level Detector with·Hysteresis
Full-Wave Rectifier and Averaging Filter Window Detector
Double-Ended Limit Detector Air Flow Detector
Positive Peak Detector
221
AIR-MOTION DETECTOR
5 12 Vdc
Voo R2 100 K
c\;22 R1 1 K
2~.
1
IC1 OUTPUT
A3 3
1 MEG LM324
......-(,
TAl "-'
1"""
273-060
__l -'- - L
As•
LOAD LED1
SCA1
A4 330 n A4-330 n
FROM DETECTOR o---'VVY----' FROM 01 TIP29
DETECTOR
*220 U FOR
5 VOLTS
560 n FOR 12 VOLTS
Fig. 25-l
Circuit Notes
Sensing circuit detects either steady or cuitcan be made sensitive enough to detect the
fluctuating air flows. The heart of the circuit is wave of a hand or the sensitivity can be set so
a Radio Shack piezo buzzer (PIN 273-060) and low that blowing on the element hard will pro-
an LM324 quad op amp. (Red wire from the duce no output. Resistor R2 is used to adjust
piezo element connects to capacitor C1, and the level of the output voltage at pin 1. The
the black wire to ground.) When a current of air detector circuit can be used in various control
hits the piezo element, a small signal is gener- applications. For example, an SCR can be used
ated and is fed through C1 and R1 to the in- to control 117-volt AC loads as shown in A.
verting input (pin 2) of one section of the Also, an NPN transistor, such as a TIP29, can
LM324. That causes the output (pin 1) to go be used to control loads as shown in B.
high. Resistor R3 adjusts sensitivity. The cir-
222
PRODUCT DETECTOR
vee
820 Uk 4 +12Vdc
, J:_o.1 "F
1k ~ I lOU
~
- 2 3
3k 3k
-= 0.1 "F
• 51
~
>--
7 6'"'
CARRIE R
INPUT 1/ '"'8
MC1S96G U.OOST
300 mVI rms)
:~ 1 MC 1496G "F AF
1.0 "F OUTPUT
0. i~F
SSB INP UT 4 9 1k
J
t-:eRL"lOk
1k
1k
:::: 0 1
I-
-
pF
~=-
-
10 s
10 k
t::·±;
-- - -
005 "F
Fig. 25-2
.Circuit Notes
The MC1596/MC1496 makes an excel- increased or decreased to adjust circuit g8in,
lent SSB product detector. This product detec- sensitivity, and dynamic range. This circuit
tor has a sensitivity of 3.0 microvolts and a may also be used as an AM detector by intro-
dynamic range of 90 dB when operating at an ducing carrier signal at the carrier input and an
intermediate frequency of9 MHz. The detector AM signal at the SSB input. The carrier signal
is broadband for the entire high frequency may be derived from the intermediate fre-
range. For operation at very low .intermediate quency signal or generated locally. The carrier
frequencies down to 50 kHz the 0.1 1-<-F signal may be introduced with or without mod-
capacitors on pins 7 and 8 should be increased ulation, provided its level is sufficiently high to
to 1.0 1-<-F. Also, the output filter at pin 9 can be saturate the upper quad differential amplifier. If
tailored to a specific intermediate frequency the carrier signal is modulated, a 300m V (rms)
and audio amplifier input impedance. The emit- input level is recommended.
ter resistance between pins 2 and 3 may be
223
LOW VOLTAGE DETECTOR
B1~4~------;-----------,
R2 470 fl
+J
APPLIED
01
2N2646
VOLTAGE B1
D1
5V
Fig. 25·3
Circuit Notes
The values of R1, R2, and D1 are selected vices powered by the battery. If voltage drops
for the voltage applied. Using a 12-volt battery, below the trip voltage selected with the R1
R1 = 10 K, R2 = 5.6 K and Dl is a 5-volt zener setting, the speaker beeps a warning. The fre-
diode, or a stringofforward-biased silicon quency of the beeps is determined by the
rectifiers equaling about 5 volts. Transistor Q1 amount of undervoltage. If other voltages are
is a general-purpose UJT (Unijunction Transis- being monitored, select Rl so that it draws
tor), and Q2 is any small-signal or switching only 1 rnA or 2 rnA. Zener diode Dl is about
NPN transistor. When detector is connected one-half of the desired trip voltage, and R2 is
across the battery terminals, it draws little selected to bias it about 1 rnA.
current and does not interfere with other de-
224
POSITIVE PEAK DETECTOR
DEi'
,,
,,
v,N
J ,,
RESET
VOLTAGE
"'
Fig. 25-4
NEGATIVE PEAK DETECTOR
RESET
VOLTAGE
Fig. 25-5
225
PRECISION PEAK VOLTAGE DETECTOR WITH ALONG MEMORY TIME
V _IN_JVV'___.---f:;,._+ CA3140
0 01 V OUT
10k
MAXV IN± 2.5V[/
A 10M
10k +
~C1"
01 =-1N914 +--
117
Fig. 25-6
Circuit Notes
The circuit has negative feedback only for becomes reverse biased, the voltage on the
positive signals. ·The inverting input can only capacitor remains, being slowly discharged by
get some feedback when diode Dl is forward the op amp input bias current of 10 pica amps.
biased and only occurs when the input is posi- Thus the discharge of the capacitor is domin-
tive. With a positive input signal, the output of antly controlled by the resistor R, giving a time
the op amp rises until the inverting input signal constant of 10 seconds. Thus, the circuit de-
reaches the same potential. ln so doing, the tects the most positive peak voltage and re-
capacitor C is also charged to this potential. members it.
When the input goes negative, the diode Dl
EDGE DETECTOR
~
Circuit Notes
®--t © This circuit provides a short negative-
going output pulse for ·every positive-going
:::J
= edge at the input. The input waveform is
coupled to the input by capacitor C; the pulse
®
voo
@ v,
I I
I • length depends, as before, on R and C. If a
negative going edge detector is required, the
circuit in B ·should be used.
~ k
I
v, I
vss- _j
Voo-
@
Vss
I
I
I
I ~~~ voo
I I
•
1/4 C040938
Fig. 25-7 ]n
226
ULTRA-LOW DRIFT PEAK DETECTOR
...
>~.:'+-o Vour
.-
-'=
••RECOVERY TIME
ADJUST
• By adding 01 and Rf,V01 • 0 during hold mode. Lukage of
02 provided by feedback path through Rf,
• L•ka;e of circuit is Ia plut 181kagt of Cj,.
• -o3 clamps Vour A1 to V1N- Vo3 to imprOIIIIPIIId and to
limit the rever• bku of 02.
• Maximum -input frequency should be .C:< 1/2wf:ttCD2· where
Co2 is the thunt capat:it.nca of 02.
*Low lalutge capecitor
Fig. 25-8
PULSE WIDTH DISCRIMINATOR
c
7.0Y
1[
-- 0.2 y
v~ 30 pF v~
2
Vour Pulse-Appears
Whenever T > -R- C V2

3
VOUl
v,
10
•
R R 5
Y2 ;> 0
y, ..-' 0
y, .,. v- y, v- .,.
Fig. 25-9
227
TRUE RMS DETECTOR
"'
'*
lMll~
"'
"
'"~UT
"
•••
..."' M
·~ ." -LIV
" "
•••
I
NOH 1· All O,EUTIONAl .WPllfiERS A~E llll11l
NOTE J: AlL RUISTDn ARE 1% UNLE!/I!l OT~U'IIIIS£ IIP'ECifiEO
NOT! 3 All IIIODES AilE Ultll.
NOTE 4- SUI'I'LY VOLTAGE >l!V.
Fig. 25-10
Circuit Notes
The circuit will provide a de output equal The lower frequency is limited by the size of
to the nns value of the input. Accuracy is typi- the filter capacitor. Since the input is de
cally 2% for a 20 VPP input signal from 50 Hz to coupled, it can provide the true nns equivalent
100kHz, although it's usable to about 500kHz. of a de and ac signal.
FAST HALF-WAVE RECTIFIER
C2 3pF Circuit Notes

E. OUT
Precision half wave rectifier using an op·
erational amplifier will have a rectification ac-
D1 curacy of 1% from de to 100 kHz.
1N914
D2
1N914
Fig. 25-11
228
TELEMETRY DEMODULATOR
+12Vdc:
R2 -R3
15K 82K
C2
220 pF
AUDIO >''~----1
INPUT
1
(.:> 200 mV)
"'08K
+12VIX 12K
Rl2
20K
RS Fig. 25-12
""
2<lK
OFFSET
INTEGRATOR
NULL.
-12Vdc
R9 .)
101<
R8
6
IOK
OIJTPUT
Circuit Notes
The circuit recovers an FM audio signal that variesJrom less than 1kHz to about 10
kHz.
FULL-WAVE RECTIFIER AND AVERAGING FILTER
4.7 pF
,--------------'~f~~:~------------~_j·~p%~·~~·~··~·~~DC CAL OUTPUT
AC
INPUT
-'-iHif'-'-+---'V'oA--.----"fv
20 k
.....- - - , 4.7pF
10 k
4.7 pF t% 1%
02
FD 6668 •
6.1 k
10 k
Fig. 25-13
229
DOUBLE-ENDED LIMIT DETECTOR
Rsn
.,
10m!!
Circuit Notes
Detector uses three sections of an Ll44
and a CMOS NAND gate to make a very low
1Mll
.,
1M!!
v+ ~ 1ov
power voltage monitor. The 1 MO resistors
R1, R2, R3, and R4 translate the bipolar ±10 V
swing of the op amps to a 0 to 10 V swing
.,
1M!l
acceptable to the ground-referenced CMOS
logic. The total power dissipation is 290 ,.,.w
•• while in limit and 330 !LW while out of limit.
'""
VouT ~'-LOW" WHEN·
v-- -tov
VHIGH -> VIN > VLOW
Po= 2901iW Dl!tECTCMOSOUTPUT Fig. 25 .. 14
HALF-WAVE RECTIFIER
10K fOK
Fig. 25-15
6.1K
-
All resistor values are in ohms.
Circuit -Notes
This circuit provides for accurate half impedance differs "for the two input polarities
wave rectification of the incoming signal. For and buffering may be needed. The output must
positive signals, the gain is 0; for negative slew through two diode drops when the input
signals, the gain is -1. By reversing both di- polarity reverses. The NE5535 device will
odes, the polarity can be inverted. This circuit work up to 10kHz with less ttan 5% distortion.
provides an accurate output, but the output
230
TONE DETECTOR
C4 .05 p.F R, lOOK

r
R8 3001<
I
+f5V II
"'
·~·J~r·
If ?'"
C3
"'
""
.05 pF
•)
R•
~~
v~,
v.
R71601< ~ H
"
I
?
f\; 10K
- R9 30K
~
v
f~n
j_
- --
-15\'
_L
lv I
""
'""
~-
·~1-
...,,
"'
Fig. 25-16
Circuit Notes
The detector circuit is made up a two- R9 and CA. This filtering action in combination
amplifier multiple feedback bandpass filter with the trigger level of 5 V for the Schmitt
Jollowed by an ac-to-de detector section and a device insures that at least 55 cycles of 500Hz
Schmitt Trigger. The bandpass filter (with a Q input must be present before the output will
of greater than 100) passes only 500Hz inputs react to a tone input.
whch are in turn rectified by Dl and filtered by
FM TUNER WITH A SINGLE-TUNED DETECTOR COIL

V • 12V
NOTES
All raeittort va11.141t are typical end in ohmt. I
1. Waller 4SN3FIC or eqlll'lllltnl
.Ol"F* *.OS,..F 2 .. Murata SFG 10.7mA or aquivlltnl
3. Rs wlll affect etabilily dapar~dino on eirc11il lar01.1t.
To lncreaea etabillty Rs it decraa ..d. Rtn~ ol Rs
Ia 330 to 50!1, R 1 + Rs s 3300
"- L lunaa with lOOp¥ (C) at 10.7MHz
Oo unloaded a 75 (G.I. EX27825 or equivalent)
Performance dale at f 0 • 118MHz, 'MOO • <WOHz, dawi·

- ation •
±7AkHz.
-3dB liMiting aanailivily 211-V (antanne la.,.r)
2QdB quieting tantillvity lpV (tlllennt l""el)
30dB quieting "ntltlvily 1.6,11V (entenne l""el)
Fig. 25-17
231
MISSING PULSE DETECTOR
+Vee (5to-15V)
IN~2V~
- - r- r- lr -
'•
I J
I
' ' , OUTPUT VOLTAGE 5V/CM
OUTf'UT '
!
I
NE/SE 555 ~,_
:;(
5
k /
' ' v v v v ./ ./ v / v
I
.J...
.., CAPACITOR VOLT AGE 5V/CM
I"'' = INPUT
r
~
RA = 1-Kn,C: .091JF
Fig. 25-18
-circuit Notes
The timing cycle is continuously reset by should be set to be slightly longer than the
the input pulse train. A change in frequency, or normal time between pulses. The graph shows
a missing pulse, allows completion of the tim- the actual waveforms seen in this mode of op-
ing cycle which causes a change in the output eration.
level. For this application, the time delay
HIGH SPEED PEAK DETECTOR

+15V
,.
~~~ ,.
~~ +lSV
L ~~~·
~
1Ne1 ..
1-J_
i'.J ~
2'N4381 1NI14 .,
"'
~ .. ~"
- h ·t'"+ 0 1k 0.001pf
POL YSTYREN~
,J
!i ADLH0033G
d"'"""
21e~ ~T
~~~f
OUTPUT
Fig. 25-19
I
-15V
0.1"f...
·y:, ,.1z~
2f'U3t1
h-+
14 -15V
SAMPLE!
DH0034 ~
L•' J )-[:>- i!- "'
HOCD
~+15V
RESET
L"" J
"'~ f.:
>-{) ' ,.;:., '"""' ~
+ ~" -15V
232
DETECTOR FOR FM DEMODULATOR AT 5 V
MAGNETIC TRANSDUCER
LOCK RANGE ADJUSTMENT
+5 v o.o1.,F
~
FM ll!lPUT 0.471lf
4.5kn ----, 2k!1

_,--~~-4~0UTPUT
I TO TTL
I
1 k!1 I
.....J
,.
FREQUENCY SET CAl"
MAGNETIC
TRANSDUCER
"
Fig. 25-20 Fig. 25-22
DOUBLE-ENDED LIMIT DETECTOR FM DEMODULATOR AT 12 V
V+
Rsn
UPPER LIMIT
15Mn
1 11 LQCI( RANGE •DJUSTMENT
0 01iJF
~ LOOPfllTEII
r-- - ANAlOG "OUT

1kHz
FIIIEOUE ... CY SET CAP

For V = ±5 V ••
LOWER LIMIT
• 60 ,uW
"'
V-
Fig. 25-21 Fig. 25-23
233
PRECISION FULL WAVE RECTIFIER
10K
...,
o-~~--~'ov·~---;~>-4-~~D:+-:~
10K
Fig. 25-24
10K
Circuit Notes
The circuit provides accurate full wave negative voltage. Reversal of all diode
rectification. The output impedance is low for polarities will reverse the polarity of the out·
both input polarities, and the errors are small at put. Since the outputs of the amplifiers must
all signal levels. Note that the output will not slew through two diode drops when the input
sink heavy current, exc-ept a small amount polarity changes, 741 type devices give 5%
through the 10 K resistors. Therefore, the load distortion at about 300 Hz.
applied should be referenced to ground or a
NEGATIVE PEAK DETECTOR
~15 v
R2
1 M "'-
3 -
J -~ ~ '1
7
RJ
10 k 2 +
110 ~6+-0UTPUT Fig. 25-25
111 >.:4.--">,fl/'yo.:(,;,
2 +~
4t-__.
-15 v
'Solid tantalum
234
LEVEL DETECTOR WITH AIR FLOW DETECTOR
HYSTERESIS (POSITIVE FEEDBACK)
.---.-"'
1.2k 18k
"'
V• OUTPUT HIGH
WtTH AIR FlOW
A1 R2
>'---<>--.a OUTPUT
INPUT o--..:..'I'YL--_2j
HYSTERESIS WIDTH ·.- 4V. R1 ~\2 V- ":"'

TRIPPOI~~~t-...!,i("LM335
ADJUST
*self heating is used to detect air flow
Fig. 25-26 Fig. 25-28
WINDOW DETECTOR POSITIVE PEAK DETECTOR
500
+15 y
1 M
-15 V-4>---'
• Solid tantalum
Vour ~ 5V for VL T < VtN < Vur

Vour ~ 0 for VtN < VL Tor VtN > Vur
Fig. 25-27 Fig. 25-29
235
26
Digital-to-Analog Converters
figure numbeLcontained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
14-Bit Binary D/ A Converter (Unipolar) Converter (Offset Binary Goding)

10-Bit D/A Converter 8-Bit D/ A Converter
Fast Voltage Output D/A Converter ±10 V Full-Scale Bipolar DAC
Resistor Terminated DAC (0 to -5 V Output) Precision 12-Bit D/A Converter
Three-Digit BCD D/A Converter 8-Bit D/ A with Output Current-to-Voltage
8-Bit D/A Converter Conversion
High-Speed 8-Bit D/A Converter 16-Bit Binary DAC
10-Bit, 4 Quadrant Multiplexing D/ A ±10 V Full-Scale Unipolar DAC
High-Speed Voltage OutputDAC
236
14-BIT BINARY D/A CONVERTER (UNIPOLAR)
V•
21< n
• • • • • • • • • • • • •
1 ,. ,. ,. ,. ,.
!·" ' ' • • '
"
" " "
'"
"
'"
"
'"
"
'"
'
'"
'
" '"
• •
"
'
'"
b[ft ,.
DG51B
, • "OO
~k
ll ~HI ! 1~ 11 • " 11 11 11 I 1 !1 !1 11 !1 11 "
I 1
.
I J I ' ,. I I I I I i I I I I
•
II
.
£' . .,
·~ r-
," .,
"
i. ~ i. ~
" " ~j'

•r>
"'
• ;\
."
~ i. ~
.," .." .."

' .. '
"
.,"
I
';\ i.;\ i.
" .,"
..... i
I
...'
- v
"TYPICALL '( 25K fl
VM
~·· ·~ " 81JilAIIY INPUT Ftgur• 7

-Btll
'"
NOTE:
A.Op-Amp characteristics effect 0/A accuracy and settling time. The following Op-Amps, listed in order of increasing speed, are
suggested:
1. LM101A 2. LF156A 3. LM118
Unipolar Binary Operation

DIGITAL INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT
1 1 1 I 1 1 I I ~vREF (1 -r14l
''' '''
I000000000COOI -VREF 11/2 + r 1"1
I 0000000000000 -VREF/2
0 1 1 1 I 1 1 I 1 1 1 I 1 1 -VAEF (1/2-T14l
0000000000-0001 -VREF rr14l
00000000000000 0
Fig. 26-l I
237
10 BIT D/A CONVERTER
" " ' " " " " " "

v•
l
(~
Vo£ F
2K " '" ~··
I
'" '" "
f'" '" '" '" '"
.,. .,
" " • ~lli
2
"
00&18
23
" ' ' 7
,.
~ 1 J 1~I 1 ~ 1~ 1~ 1~i 1~ , ~ 1 J
I
~~ ·~
I
~
1
J. ~
i
~ :1.
I
J. ~
I
·~ ~
!
~~
I
~ :1.
I
~~ ~~
I
, 22
.
~
} vou T
. .. •
-V
I";"
.,
-IMUI
.." .,
17
.. . .
11
BINARY IM'UT
14
.," . " .." .,

ILSB)
"TYPICALLY 25K ll
""TEMPERATURE COMPENSATI ON
FOR CHANGE IN ROSion)
WITH TtMI'EAATURE
TY"CALFEEOTHROUGHE~ROR
OF 10mVHFOR)'4'1EF'"10VH.
Unipolar_Binary Operation f•1D0kltl AND R •21!1KO
1 1 1 1 1 1 1, 1 1 -VREF (1 -:r101
100000000"1 -VREFl1/2+ r1Dj
1000000000 -VREF/ 2
0 1 1 1 ,_, 1 1 1 1 -VREF 1112- T'"l
0000000001 -VAEF (2-10)
0000000000 0
NOTE:
Op--Amp characteristics effect D/A accuracy and settling time. The following Op-Amps, listed in order of increasing speed, are
suggested:
1, LM101A 2. LF166A 3. -LM118
Fig. 26-2
FAST VOLTAGE OUTPUT D/A CONVERTER

BIT 1
0-10V
Fig. 26-3
!CL·SO,F
TYPICAL SETTLING I
TIME"' .8~$EC
l
238
RESISTOR TERMINATED DAC (0 TO -5 V OUTPUT)
+5V TO n MSB LSB
+1~"--- ~.'V ~ 8~ BJ 86 86 8~ 86 ~ ~ 860 861 862
It 2 [24 !2J lzz lzt )20 j,g Ita ]11 hs hs It• ]13
11
""
"
Skfl:
o--'- vo•
r- 6 +lOY REF S
zokn 1REF 'o •
DAC-12
RH-01
"1
TO "
~ ~ tOkn
GAIN .<b ~ 7
I' ADJ.
3
tokn
7
•GROUNDING -PIN 9 AND UNGROUNOING PIN 12

WILUJIVE COM~LEMENTARY LOGIC.
Fig. 26-4
THREE-DIGIT BCD D/A CONVERTER

UNIT'S DIGIT TEN'S DIGIT HUNDRED'S OIQIT
~~ ~
I
-1REF2 ,,"'
" VCL
,
.t~i .01"F " 1
';1~" ~"~
"
+1SV
-REF-
02C
•
RREF
-
1
t 361( 14
'
12 11 1 .•
)
7
•'
-tSV
~----------------------+--·--~·~~-~~_,
\.
'" 13"
+15V
t---+
"'
r
"' "
.OAC-20£
1,------+-------"l' V'J•
J
'-r;- VCL I'
"' '--r~.,--,1~::-110-r::-,-T.-,J '-~~
~,..__ 1I .1,,\7
';
r1- . II - TRIMI'OT~1C.2:
BOURNSMFTMOOEL 712tiC·279.B03
¢
~ l'"'F PACKAGE: 14PIN DUAL IN·l~NE
~ f RESISTORSIN MFT NETWORK
-16V +16V \J -15V
Fig. 26-5
239
8-BIT D/A CONVERTER
r+SV
l.7kl\. :;,a 01fr
5•1 G6n.
v Zero
's,rJ-, 1Lf.-
8112- 2
B•t1- J
131---Bit i..
12t----- BitS
'~ 1;,~
r-
' 11 r-- Bit6 r' ZNi.2t..P
,__!_ -
6
An.:~ log
Ovtput
5 10r-Bit7 6-Sk fO.
7
6
7
9~Bit8
sf-- N.C.
\OOpV
'.,. R 1 ,.,
: ZN 1.26
/
" 1\.F".S.R.
16,
ov
J, ..::ljiJ sao 0
Tig. 26-6
HIGH-SPEED 8-BIT D/A CONVERTER

'FS •s set to 51.000 mA witi'I-R1
_so.o n
'=' Tr-ansmission Lir'!e
Vout-"' 1.25 V FS Settling Time,

o-..---+.....,2 Typically 10 ns
-:;-
o-..-=-+-•
5 4
o----+-• • 0.1
3
+ 15 v
Bradley
Type AT
I"F • 7 2
( 12.5 to -40.0 V mul
Cermet Tr-impot
or Equ<valent
o-...--::-o--+-1 7 MC1.t04U10
10 Volt Reference
o--.--.,:-:--+--1 8 MSB • R2 and R3 are

<50 ppm/°C.
240
10:BIT, 4 QUADRANT MULTIPLEXING
D/A CONVERTER (OFFSET BINARY CODING)
• • • • • •
'" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" '" 2'!1 2R tOMn
Bipolar (Offset- Binary)* Operation
1 I I 1 1-1 1 1 I I -VREF 0 - 2-91
I 00000000 I -VAEF j2"Y)
10-00000000 0
01 1 1 1 1 I I I I VREF (r91 Fig. 26-8
0000000001 VREF 11-2-)
000-0000000 VREF
NOTE: 1 LSB"' 2· 9 VAEF
•CompJ•m~~ntint a 1 IMSBl willgtn 2'1 compt•m.•n coding.
8-BIT D/A CONVERTER

-.~
.•~.------ OIGITALINPUTS------.~.~.0>
Fig. 26-9
" 15k 2k
241
±10 V FULL-SCALE BIPOLAR DAC
A. CONNECTION
,,
,
lOOkfl
GAIN
I ADJ.
Y 2oon
BIPOLAR
OFFSET
-16V
C. TRANSFER CURVE
+1DV
B. ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE t T
1.
2.
SET ALL BITS TO "0"' STATE
ADJUST R2 UNTIL OUTPUT IS -10V
ANALOG
M
, .·r·
R1 ESTABLISHES
3.
4.
BIT 1 to "1" STATE
ADJUST R1 UNTIL OUTPUT=O.OOV T
I
ALL BITS. 0
-J12 ESTABLISHES
THIS OFFSET ·OV
-DIGITAL
INPUT
Fig. 26-10 1 ·10V
PRECISION 12-BIT D/A CONVERTER

·16\1 +6/+16V
11-----------.
+15V
• +lOV OUTPUT
AD584 VooT
• A0562
COMMON l.OM
, -15V
UNIPOLAR
I A -ISV OFFSET ADJ
~,__ - --- - -- -- -- ------- - - -----

100.!!, 1ST
~-- _,'
A : ANALOG GROUND
BIPOLAR OFFSET AOJ.
Fig. 26-11
242
8-BIT DiA WITH OUTPUT CURRENT-TO-VOLTAGE CONVERSION
Vee
13
MSB 14 R14
A1 f-'-:.0--~w~r-----...---~• Vref
A2 15 ~-----' V ref .. 2.0 Vdc
A3 f-:.0--~1/VIr----, A 14 : A 15 ::!!" 1 .0 Hl
A4 R15 Ao- s.o K!l
MC1508L-8
A5
A6
A7
AS
~s•
6 Fig. 26-12
16 3
LF156
[ ~.~.~.~.~.~.£.~]
2 4 8 16 32 64 128 256
I'
Adjust Vref· R14 or Ro so that Vo w1th aU digital inputs at high
level is equal to 9.961 volts.
v
0
2V
~-(Skl
1k
[ 1 1 -+-•-•-•-•
1
2
1 1 -1• __
4
1 • __
8
1
16 32 64 128 256
I
- 10 v [2551
256 = 9.961 v
16-BIT BINARY DAC
AD6f6A
J0 IOV SI'II.N
llff IN
OUTPUT
O<O •IOV
1152>-V lSBI
Fig. 26-13
Vee t5V
1NPUf81TS1-12
""'"
DAC ·~·
louT"
l~u •COOE
243
±10 V FULL-SCALE UNIPOLAR DAC
A. CONNECTIONS
"
!ik!l
'o
20kn
,, CURRENT
SWITCHES
lOOk!/: (1/l SHOWN)
GAIN
ADJ.
""" OAC-12
4R
'" R '" R
'" '"
-15V
C. TRANSFER CURVE
+10V
l
T
ANALOG
B. ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE OUT •SV R1 ESTABLISHES
THIS SLOPE
1. ALL BITS TO "1" STATE ("0" STATE IF PINS
9 AND 12 INTERCHANGED)
2. ADJUST R1 UNTIL OUTPUT IS +9.9975
-----1"----l
--..
OIGITAL
4095 INPUT
X 10V ·SV
4096
Fig. 26-14 -10V
HIGH-SPEED VOLTAGE OUTPUT DAC
vour
vour Fig. 26-15
81 82 83 64 85 66 87 88
1/2 LSB SETTLING TIME

100nsec
SYSTEM WILL DRIVE CABLES OR TWISTED PAIRS.
244
27
Dip Meters
Dip Meter Using Dual-Gate IGFET (MOSFET) Basic Grid-Dip Meter

Varicap-Tuned FET DIP Meter with 1 kHz Dip Meter Using Germanium PNP
Modulator Bipolar Transistor with Separate Diode De-
Dip Meter Using N-Channel !GFET (MOS- tector
FET) and Separate Diode Detector Gate-Dip Meter Covers 1.8 - 150 MHz
Dip Meter Using Silicon Junction FET
245
DIP METER USING N-CHANNEL
IGFET (MOSFET) AND SEPARATE DIODE DETECTOR
PL.IJG-IN
COIL
•ooo SfNSITIIIITY
10---?)>----l)l--+---+--l f--r->"'-1r--')~
1000 Fig. 27-3
T1, IOQO
l..
l
), f~n,.IDI indiUI.cl', -~~
••luff or nj111C/1on~• eq Ill lllleoo-
/e••lh (,F;; otlll'* ,,. In p;eal#l,.
1111 /I!Fi; 111/llanCII . . . /ft oJNnL
• • 1,1100 1M • 1,DII!D,DOO
BASIC GRID-DIP METER

•• ,,.
"'l!IG•IN
COIL
Circuit Notes
This circuit uses a triode vacuum-tube
(9002 and 6C4 also commonly used).
o ,, 1
f-j,
Fig. 27-4
f•c-.1 •• '""'ur..r, dKI,..t
-.11ueo ol npoclloncl ,,. /n mrcro
f•••ll•l··'~
.,.,,,~
1 • 1,000
.....,.......... '" """'"
olho•• .,. "' ~Nco!••
M • 1,000,000
DIP METER USING GERMANIUM PNP

BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR WITH SEPARATE DIODE DETECTOR
Fig. 27-5
'(
1-
-=- ,,_, ..
h .......
_"""""_,_
........... ,..,...IH,_
,..... ,.,J __
......
.
,
.
,
~
~ -~~,~-"'"'_
1•1.- Mel,--
-...
247
GATE-DIP METER COVERS 1.8. 150 MHz
." I
j_+
-=-
rl
9V
uf-~>-------1---..J
Coil data.
frequency coil
range no. wire size winding length --diameter
(MHz) turns AWG (mml inches (mm) tap* inches (mm)
1.8. 3.8 82 26 enamel (0.4) 1 9!16 (40.0) 12 11/4 (32)
3.6. 7.3 29 26 enamel (0.4) 9/16 (1<1.5) 5 IV• (32)
7.3. 14.4 18 22 enamel (0.6) 3/4 (19.0) 3 1 (25)
14.4. 32 7 22 enamel (0.6) 1/2 (12.5) 2 1 (25)
29.64 Jlh 18 tinned ( 1.0) 3/4 (T9.0) 3/4 1 (25)
61 • 150 Hairptn of 1-6 no. AWG {1.3mm) wire, 5/8

inch (16mm) $pacing, 2 3/8 Inches (60mm) t
!518" U6101ml
-rong including coli-form pins. Tapped at 2
inches (5lmm; from ground end. I
*Turns from ground-end. 1 Inch (25mm) forms are Millen
45004 available from Burstein-Applebee \COIL FORM SAWED OFF
Fig. 27-6
DIP METER USING SILICON JUNCTION FET

MPF/02
•v
500t
Fig. 27-7
SENSITIVITY
1-mH
Exc•pr •• lndic:•tad, d•cim./

r•luas o/ ca,.cil•nc• •r• In micro·
l•rads (~F}; others ere in p/colar·
ads (pF}; ras/slancas era In obm-.
II • 1,000 M • l,OOO,OOO
248
28
Displays
LED Brightness Control Precision Frequency Counter (- 1 MHz

LED Bar/Dot Level Meter Maximum)
60 dB Dot Mode Display Exclamation Point Display
Bar Display with Alarm Flasher LED Bar Peak Program Meter Display
12-Hour Clock with Gas Discharge Displays for Audio
10 MHz Universal Counter
249
LED BRIGHTNESS CONTROL
AMBIENT
R, LIGHT
5{10 kl1
/:...----
CdS
15kn PHOTOCELL
NE/SE 555 1N914 01 15 kn
1
+
0.001JJF
TYPICAL LED DRIVE CIRCUITS

STROBE
DIGITAL
LED
SIGNALS
Fig. 28-1
Circuit Notes
The brightness of LED display is varied timing resistor to boost the timer's maximum
by using a photocell in place of one timing duty cycle. The result is a brighter display in
resistor in a 555 timer, and bypassing the other sunlight and a fainter one in the dark.
250
LED BAR/DOT LEVEL METER
GAIN 0DOT
CONTROL
1 TANT.
"
"
All LEOs nL 220R

Fig. 28-2
Circuit Notes
A simple level of power meter can be equipment with which the u11it is used. Because
arranged to give ~a bar or dot display for a hi-fi the unit draws~some 200 rnA, a power supply is
system. Use green LEDsforOto 7; yellow for8 advisable instead of running the unit from bat-
and red for 9 to indicate peak power. The gain teries.
control is provided to enable calibration on the
251
60 dB DOT MODE DISPLAY
.
,. ,.
_., m-31 ...
r -·
(IJVTOZQVI
_., _., _., _., _,. _,, _, _,. _, _, _,
-u
~·
-Ji
-·
uo~
10. I_;
r ~. '(
' F-
Ill l Ill
...
Ill
1Z~11
Ill Ill
'(
~ED
N0.1!
N
r '( Ill ~
' ~-
Ill Ill 1 r .."""
r
Ill
" " " " " " " " " " " " " " " "
LMJIIt LMll15
,- ,.
""' '"
'" MOoi ,- ,. ... "' '"
' '" • '"I!..-' '" '"' ""' '"
11;
'"• • •
MODE
L-.J' ~ -¥ ' -¥ ' -¥ I!,__' I'
"'.
- ".
~;:
.
," ..
,.,
"
3.141.
• Optional. Shunts 100~ auKiliary

eink current away. from L.EO-It11. .~
-rJ * ...
.'
••,ur
111VfUlL.SC ... LE)
Fig. 28-3
BAR DISPLAY WITH ALARM FLASHER

VLED 5V
tOO
~
. ,~
-
II/
F
II/ II/
~ ;..F -
-~
II/
F
'-
~
II/
-....F -F
-~
II/
;.. ~ '-F
17:1
~~
II/
,-
~
II/
.... ~~
II/ • Rt
1k
LE; LED
NO.I NO. 10
18 11 16 15 14 13 12 11 10
_o;t.
LMJ914
.... !"
v' "to SIG RHI REF OUT ·REF AOJ MODE
11 3
.J; p
-¥ 6 1 9
Full-scale causes the full bar display to ~ 1.2k

* 470
-...
flash. If the junction of Ri end C1 is
connected to a different LEO cathode,
the display will flash when that LED
lights, and at any higher input signal.
Fig. 28-4
252
12-HOUR CWCK WITH GAS DISCHARGE DISPLAYS
MPQ70ol2
'" .,----;
' , '
"
'" • 8
" !!!i 31012 "

,,
'"
~
'"
.,, I
6 112 -7
MP07042_1
2 fj 3 1
lnpUII
GM ~~1eOV
'"ll'"
~~
MC3<t9<1
v
~.
+180
Outputs v,.
r
06 Ot! P•030201
MKII021i0 11• MC16001

I ,ll,no- 8 8
r h
'" 3
' ' -~lon
..."'
AM/I"M I
I 380k
AM
.M !UJ:EH1 88
' 8 c < G
CD 60733 CM
Colon
A M
' M A D
A8COEF0
p- I
~:~·"
' . ~11 2.2 k Typ
''"'
100 k
MP07CM2
~C1•001 ~-· [,
'"
-~ J .... ~
~
.......
MP~~~2
•• c D G
390 k
~
"
G Outputs ' ' ~k
'' "' ~k
I
MC3481
o: ••
c'
•
. MC>403
'"
'"
" e .....,, ~
•• om
o,:~
From MK&02!i0
*
Qt
F•g. 28-5
...
PRECISION FREQUENCY COUNTER (-1 MHz MAXIMUM)
COMMOM-AioiOOl
I
LID DISPLAY
Fig. 28-6
253
EXCLAMATION POINT DISPLAY
Vuo
IV IV IV IV IV IV ~IV
IV IV IV
'" ~ ~ -" ~ ~ ~~ -" ~ ~ -" ~ ~ - f-

'"
L.....!!:.! "'
10.11
" " " " " " " " " ~
..
LM311C
... .....
~L-.1'
'¥
'" •• '"'
' -¥ • I!..._'"' ~
,.
MODE
Fig. 28-7
~ .. ,. '"
..;
IIG 1•
:::n. .. ~ Tou,,
.,..
"="
1 kHz pu t• r111 ~ 10% duty cycll "' ... LEOs hglu up 11 illuurt~td wi th the
upper 111 L.EO •nd•c•ung the .ctutl on put
- 110111 ge . The di IP y 1 p IM!'Irs to 1n crtlse
"
rtsolution tnd·provodtl 1n analog indica·
hon of overra11ge.
LED BAR PEAK PROGRAM METER DISPLAY FOR AUDIO
.-----o +V, REFERENCE

I
Circuit Notes
A bar column of LEDs is arranged so that
as the audio signal level increases, more LEDs
in the column light up. The LEDs are arranged
vertically in 6 dB steps. A fast response time
and a one second decay time give an accurate
response to transients and a low "flicker"
decay characteristic. On each of the op amps
inverting inputs is a dereference voltage,
which increases in 6 dB steps. All noninverting
inputs are tied together and connected to the
positive peak envelope of the audio signal.
Thus, as this envelope exceeds a particular
~
+V, PEAK ENVELOPE
voltage reference, the op amp output goes high
and the LED lights up. Also, all the LEDs
below this are illuminated.
All 741 ALL TIL209

LEOS
Fig. 28-8
254
10 MHz UNIVERSAL COUNTER
INPUT A
I
Lr.-~..~J ?~~
I
INPUT 8
I '
I
~ o,-~ '' ""
zs
IN914"S
' "'
FREQUENCY l De ~ ~ 1111111 OJ - 5 l4-
~..... ~ <>--j'i;']i===~=c=i1
' ""
INPUi
~~~~ f ~
0 2 1---
FAEOU~NCV
PER100
~ ~
- 6 2J
r-- O.P
TIME INTERVAL
UNIT COUNTER
RATIO
io_
;t-o
~-
~.ff-
~ "- ....__
o4 -
¥•.
7
8
I
ICM U
7Z188 ll
20
..____
r--
I
G
E
A
lOki!
r---~N'<------ -~03• ,,
0 ,,,, ..• ~~~0
'" I .
,, "' CYCLU_I
..•
0.01
-~
r---+------t'
OSC!llATOR FRED. - o
07
1
1--
-
lO
,,
''lr=r-·~t----------~==:1~~=~~-~---o
18
IG.O
+-,--+----<5
-::1
;:'" • ~·'I'"' ~C~"::::·~·!r-~~·j--......L--_g:~~~~L
lmrTI r f--
0---+--f--.. 13
8 14
l18
16
I
___lc
F
8 SEGMENT DRIVERS
r---~~--------~ '
Baa BETa a a 1~
L___._1'_'_ ____....l_'·-~1._'·__...1''_·_ l''_·_ _____.l_''·_ _"'__._::!~_;j
_____.l_'·_ _l._'·__... •• ~~~:\~
Fig. 28-9
Circuit Notes
This is a minimum component complete cycle, it may be necessary to use a 74121
Universal Counter. It can use input frequencies monostable multivibrator or similar circuit to
up to 10 MHz at INPUT A and 2 MHz at INPUT stretch the input pulse width to be able to
B. If the signal at INPUT A has a very low duty guarantee that it is at least 50 ns in duration.
255
29
Dividers
CMOS Programmable Divide-by-N Counter Free Output

Frequency Divider Chain Binary Divider Chain
Frequency Divider with Transient Decade Frequency Divider
256
CMOS PROGRAMMABLE DIVIDE-BY-N COUNTER
22k Circuit Notes

A single connection change permits divi-
+V INPlfT
sion by anyinteger between 2 and 10. The RCA
CD4017A Johnson decade counter is shown
connected as a divide by 7 counter. The resis-
tor is used to hold the reset line low. When the
appropriate number is reached, that output and
the reset line are driven high, resetting the
munter. To divide by other integers, pin 15
CD4017A should be connected to the desired output. For
example, pin 1 for a divide by 5, or pin Hor a
divide by 3. The output of the divider appears
on the 0 line.
Fig. 29-1
FREQUENCY DIVIDER CHAIN
+20V
680.n. IOOk.Jl IOOk.Jl IOOk.n.
2N2647
.OipF
ro.n. 10!\.
IO.!l.
4kHz 2kHz I kHz
8kHz OSCILLATOR
SUS-2N4989
Fig. 29-2
Circuit Notes
Sawtooth output from each stage is one half frequency of preceding stage.
257
FREQUENCY DIVIDER WITH TRANSIENT FREE OUTPUT
8kHz 4kHz 2kHz I kHz

OSCILLATOR
+ZOV
IZK • 680 ~ I lOOk: 50k 1001<. lOOk 50k
50k
~
~us ~s ~us
JZN2.647 I I I
;;;::: '!
.01
If 'u .~2{/-::::..
'~
~
'u
~
lOll.
4~
pF. /~·OI,uF
.047/r:
,uF
Fig. 29-3
If
lOA If
!~o
IOil. pF IO.n ~~0
pF
- ~
SUS-2N4989
Circuit Notes
Spikes in the center of a sawtooth wave are eliminated in this circuit by triggering at
gate.
BINARY DIVIDER CHAIN
,,
Cr 5.6k IOl< .0033
I'
-~~~-----------, -H·-
n
2.7k 2.7'k
''
sus's - 2N4987
Fig•. 29-4
Circuit Notes
This circuit uses fewer components than transistor flip flops. Output at "B" gives a
transient-free waveform.
258
DECADE FREQUENCY DIVIDER
OUTPUT (2.5KHz) OUTPUT

(250Hz)
Cl
2.5 KHz ____j_ ~ 10 FREQUENCY DIVIDER_j

rI..._osciLLAToR T 1
Fig. 29-5
Circuit Notes
In the next stage, the product of R2 and C2 should be 10 x that of the preceding stage
(±2%). R2 should be between 27K and 10 M.
C1 & C2-.0047 11-F (±1 %)

R1-100K (±1%)
R2-1M (±1%)
R3-R4-1K (may need to be adjusted for variation of Rss of U]T)
259
----------------------------
30
Drivers
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in tbe Sources section.
Driver Circuits High Speed Line Driver for Multiplexers

50 0 hrn Driver High Impedance Meter Driver
Line Driver CRT Deflection Yoke
High Speed Laser Diode Driver CRT Yoke Driver
Capacitive Load Driver Solenoid Driver
Relay Driver Coaxial Cable Driver
Relay Driver High Speed Shield/Line Driver
BIFET Cable Driver Relay Driver with Strobe
Direct De Drive Interface of a Triac
260
DRIVER CIRCUITS
-----,
INl "-...;_r-'-.,
I
'"<>-~i-,..-
I
1 I
I I
I I OUT
I
L . . - - -1~M~OI~7~1- --- __J
Relay Drive..
-----,
IN1-~o-~r""'l
I
IN2<>--0.....-' I
I
I Fig. 30·1
i I
I
L-- - ~r-4~D!;!M~1~ - - _J
Lamp Driver
r----- -----,
Jtr..n.. I I
I
I I
I I
I I
I
L . - - - ~M~90~!!!1~ - - _J
Spohr Driver
Circuit Notes
CMOS drivers for relays, lamps, speakers, etc., offers extremely low standby
power. At Vee = 15 V, power dissipation per package is typically 750 nW when the
outputs are not drawing current. Thus, the drivers can be sitting out on line (a telephone
line, for example) drawing essentially zero current until activated.
261
50 OHM DRIVER
....
Q2
Circuit Notes
To buffer a test generator to the outside
world requires an amplifier with sufficient
INPUT
bandwidth and power handling capability. The
,., circuit is a very simple unity gain buffer. It has a
,. fairly high input impedance, a 50 ohm output
••• DC impedance, a wide bandwidth, and high slew
OFFSET tJR
rate. The circuit is simply two pairs of emitter
followers. The base emitter voltages of Ql and
......
Q3
Q2 cancel out, and so ~do those of Q3 and Q4.
., -1SV
The preset is used to zero out any small de
offsets rlue to mismatching in the transistors.
Fig. 30-2
LINE DRIVER
VooCr---------.--~-----------------------------,
,---t--uvcc
II
·~V
150fi 150fi
TWISTED
PAIR LINE ,----t--i
112 HCC I HCF 40107 8 t-----'
Zo. 130
HCCIHCF 4069UB
65fi
OUTPUT
Vss ---••--;J.-.
1J
!WI SlED PAIR LINE : S METER
112HCCIHCF40107 B LENGTH OF 7/0.0076 WIRE TWISTED
AT 2 TURNS PER INCH.
DATA
INPUT
Fig. 30-3
262
HIGH-SPEED LASER DIODE DRIVER
+15V
I~
LASER OlOOF.
100pF RCA SG2002
Fig. 30-4
Circuit Notes
A faster driver can supply higher peak gate current to switch the VN64GA very
quickly. The circuit uses a VMOS totempole stage to drive the high power switch.
CAPACITIVE LOAD DRIVER
4.an Circuit Notes

The circuit employs a 100 ohm isolation
resistor which enables the amplifier to drive
11_ capacitive loads exceeding 500 pF; the resistor
.,
4.tlkn
OUTPUT
- u-INf'UT effectively isolates the high frequency feed-
Zltfilo bac:k from the load and stabilizes the circuit.
TYPICAL CAPACITANCE
LIMIT FQA YAFUOUS
""'" Low frequency feedback is returned to the
l"OA"O PIESISTOAS amplifier summing junction via the low pass
~ ~UPTO
2kS1 ~ 1500pi'
filter formed by the 100 ohm series resistor and
10kil -
201o.n -
IIOOpF
500pF
the load capacitance. CL.
Fig. 30•5
263
RELAY DRIVER BIFET CABLE DRIVER
SV 28V
CABLE
II
LOAD
CAPACITIIIE LOAO STABILITY 0' IUF43 MAlUS IT

30V AN IDI ... L INTERFACE BETWEEN IJIFET 01' A'\IPS
AND SHIElDED CABLES'
NOTE· TO MAINTAIN ACCURACY IN THE IUFFfA
AL ;. 1krl IS AECOMMENOEO.
Fig. 30·6 Fig. 30-8
RELAY DRIVER
0 HIGH SPEED LINE

Vcc•UV
• 0
DRIVER FOR MULTIPLEXERS
0
0
MUX
Vo<rr
MUX-08
~:'
J1..---4 .&"
PIIOTl1: STRAY CAPACITANCE AT MULT.,LIXIl'l OUTPIJT
NODE SHOULD BE MINIMIZED TO REDUCE
CHANNEL-TO.CHANNEL CROIITALk.
NOTE 2: A IUFFIII WHOlE SLEW RATE IS TOO SMALL WILL
INCREASE CHANNiiL·TO.CHANNEL CROSSTALK.
Fig. 30-7 Fig. 30-9
264
CRT YOKE DRIVER
HIGH IMPEDANCE METER DRIVER
I... PUT 2110 .,H COIL IL'
2.311
ROAIIP
10011
'COIL CURRENT IL-IIEIISUREOWITH
TEKTRONIX CURRENT PROBE MODEL PIIM2
Fig. 30-10 Fig. 30-12
I
·I
Circuit Notes
A 500 mV peak-to-peak triangular wave-
form about ground is input to the amplifier,
giving rise to a 100 rnA peak current to the
inductor.
CRT DEFLECTION YOKE DRIVER SOLENOID DRIVER
JDOO pf
''
OHlfCTION YOU
HAMMER
SOLENOID
22!l
t
CONTROL
INPUTS
,.
"
loh111
s -3397
Fig. 30-11 Fig. 30-13
265
RELAY DRIVER WITH STROBE
COAXIAL CABLE DRIVER

V++
r-
-
V•
-Al,lM
0.1.,F 100U 1W
+"" 2
INPUTS
INPUT
V-
SELECT C 1 FOR OPTIMUM

V- PULSE RESPONSE
• Abaorb• inductive kickback of relay
and protecta IC from severe voltage
tranaienta on V++ line.
Fig. 30-14
Fig. 30-16
HIGH SPEED SHIELD/LINE DRIVER

DIRECT DC DRIVE
V+ INTERFACE OF A TRIAC
OUTPUT
IUNTEAMtNATEO)
+svcr-.----------.
120fi
INPUT
6
5
1
1/2 HCCIHCF40107:8
'sscr------------------~--~,-_,~,~,,~-c"
V- Fig. 30-17
Fig. !10-15
266
31
Fiber Optic Circuits·

Fiber-Optics Half Duplex Information Link Fiber-Optic Link Repeater

Fiber-Optic Receiver, Very High Sensitiv- Fiber-Optic Receiver, High Sensitivity, 30
ity, Low Speed, 3 nW nW
Fiber-Optic Link Fiber-Optic Receiver, Low Sensitivity, 300 nW
267
FIBER•OPTICS HALF DUPLEX INFORMATION LINK
TRANSMIT SWITCH
+ 5V
GES53~ 27~
_ 220 ~F 2.4M
H11F1 - 'I 5V
1BK
J;V
I -- - 47 ::
"' 4.7K
D39C~
10 K 1K
47 K
\
' -' ' v v v ~ES5374
·6- :I- D38S~

v
TRANS MITIED ,. - - - 11
10"" V;n ~ 1000mvf -dc"H11F1
SIGNAL INPUT \. ____
I
1 ~F
5V """ 2~~~ >
1K ~ 5v ~ 22 0
1.2M
AGC TRANSMITTER
PORTION
·"=
+5 v
I
·= ~ --
-"-... H11F1
100
-......
4.7 K > 330 I
15 K \
'\
Qvox
4.7 K_y' GES \ CONTROL LOGIC
~ES5828
• • r-...,.ss2s I
I
2.2 K ? =r: sv
35 ~
'
''
>
''
--- --- --- -- "= -

' '
RECEIVE
SWITCH _ - - - - --- --- i+SV
,. """ 240 K
' AGC
>
' ~ ' I ------
>·.r
/ Ht1F1 ' 10K ~ 150~ == r:
unJ>
' ''
i --f:::--.-. 1M ' II - -- '
I
5V
--
H11F1
jA1 -._
1Y 12
d\ -
fl 1 Kv
;:voo 1~~~ ~10 K

~8L1
·330K sv RECEIVED
GFOE
v
1A1
20~~ Sl GNAL
~
EM IllER
DElE CTOR
36K
== F oo5 27K
> ~ 10 K 4 7K > >4.7
200 >'K
0 UTPUT
A1. A2 ~ CA3031
DZSOO
(2)
...
WITH SUPPLY BYPASS
AND STABILIZATION
e RECEIVER PORTION
CAPACITORS AS REQUIRED
Fig. 31-l
268
FIBER-OPTIC RECEIVER, VERY HIGH SENSITIVITY, LOW SPEED, 3nW
UQ
+----...,-...----t-------.---<> 'lcc=5V
r-------
1
. -----., '
~D.DI-,.F
h
I
I
I
I
'I
I
I
I
-
O.Dtl'f'
"" ,. ,...
1 Fig. 31-2
FIBER-OPTIC LINK
+15V
1.24k
1k
0.1,..F
VoUT
Fig. 31-3
0.1,.,.
+-! f-f-'1-- H5V
"="
-15¥ ""'
":" 'lrW
-15V
Circuit Notes
Fiber Optic applications require analog coupled and ranges from 0 to 5 V, modulating
drivers and receivers operating in the the LED current from 0 to 100 rnA. The re-
megahertz region. This complete analog ceiver circuit is configured as a transimpe-
transmission system is suitable for optical dance amplifier. The photodiode with 0.5 amp
communication applications up to 3.5 MHz. per watt responsivity generates a 50 mV signal
The transmitter LED is normally biased at 50 at the receiver output for 1 !L W of light input.
rnA operating current. The input is capacitively
269
FIBER-OPTIC LINK REPEATER
2.2t!
,----
~~------------------.---------~r-------~----------------~-----7+5
---,
I
~
LH0012
" I ~-
1
0.01~
......
50
1k
Fig. 31-4
FIBER-OPTIC RECEIVER, HIGH SENSITIVITY, 30nW

0.01J.tf
~+
-2.20
~
1 vee=•••
3.3,.F *0"'""
•
-
1 '4' 9
I
i'-... O.IH,F: : 1kQ I -: -. . 1kQ
.....
~
OPTICAL..,-
'"".!!!l"". ~ t>-
tOOkQ
1kQ
r-
·~""(8
300kQ
'r
-
~
OUT
+
1MQ 5
-
VREF _
1)
FOR1001
3
i -~ASE
Fig. 31-5 *
270
FffiER,OPTIC RECEIVER, LOW SENSITIVITY, 2 ~W
0.01 ,.F
~-~
2.211
~ vcc•+5V
.::.!= 0.01 ,.F
3.3,.F
1 .14\. g
T
•"
!'....
7
o.o1•F: ~ ~!~
~;~~·
-::....
~
1kll
•
]n-
-- DATA
OUT
~
--
OPTICiL'V' •
INPIJT'V' A
100 kll
+
1MII
VREF j
f
r
FOR1000
'3\ "'\
T -:t;:-
J;•se
Fig. 31-6
271
32
Field Strength Meters

figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources·section.
Low Cost Microwave Field Strength Meter Field Strength Meter -1.5 to 150 MHz
Sensitive Field-Strength Meter Simple .Field Strength Meter
Adjustable Sensitivity Field-Strength Untuned Field Strength Meter
Indicator Tuned Field Strength Meter
VOM Field Strength Meter
272
LOW COST MICROWAVE FIELD STRENGTH METER
IMU
-Range switch tOoKn Increasing

sensitivity
tOKn
+14V
tKn
1
I1', ... , ___ _

I
-,1 Crystal
I JLA 741C
I : detector
I 1 (IN238)
I ... - - - - -..J
1,../ ~o-!.
4
IOK.tl
Meter
+------J zero
-14V
Fig. 32-1
Circuit Notes
When operating, a waveguide directs calibrated readings, the meter is placed in a
energy onto a crystal detector. The diode known field or else compared to a calibrated
shown isfor X-band operation. The waveguide meter. To operate the meter, point it away
is a 1'0.1 inch piece of plastic tubing with the from the signal. Switch the meter to the de-
ends flared. The plastic is coated with an elec- sired range, and adjust the zero control for a 0
troless copper solution to provide a conducting reading. Then point the waveguide at the sig-
;;urface. The dimensions are not critical. For nal, and read field strength directly.
273
SENSITIVE FIELD-STRENGTH METER
Fig. 32-2
R Q
c
M sw
RFC
_L
- - B
Circuit Notes
Increased sensitivity gives field strength = =
1,000 pF, R 50 K pot, M 0- 1 rnA, D =
reading from low power transmitters. Operat- 1N34 or !N60 (Germanium), Q = NPN
ing range 3-30 MHz. To operate, adjust R for '13 (RCASK3020, 2N3904 or equivalent).
to Y, scale reading. RFC = 2.5 mH choke, C =
ADJUST ABLE•SENSITIVITY FIELD-STRENGTH INDICATOR
Antenn.t
LED
3K
4711
NPN Circuit Notes
1N34
8 The LED lights if the rf field is higher
than the pre-set field strength level. Diodes
1N34 should be germanium. Transistors (NPN) =
lOOK
.01 2N2222, 2N3393, 2N3904 or equivalent.
•
3K +4Y,-6v.
lllf
lOOK
L--<SENSITIVITV ADIUST
LINEAR TAPER
Fig. 32-3
274
FIELD STRENGTH METER - 1.5 to J!iO MHz
D
Fig. 32-4
M
C1 C2
Circuit Notes
The tuning range is determined by coil (L) est. Cl = 36 pF variable, C2 = .0047 disc, D =
dimensions and setting of Cl. Coils can be '1N60 (germanium) and M = 0-1 rnA meter.
plugged in for multirange use or soldered in For increased sensitivity, use 50 p.A meter.
place if only limited frequency range is oi inter-
SIMPLE FIELD STRENGTH METER
ANTENNA
10- 30 in.
Circuit Notes
The circuit is frequency selective. It has
been usedcfrom 2 meters through 160 meters.
The telescoping antenna may be adjusted to its
shortest length when working at 2 meters to
keep the needle on the scale. Meter should be a
100 microamp to a 500 microamp movement.
The diodes are germanium type, such as lN34,
etc. Silicon diodes will also work, but they are a
cbit less sensitive.
+
.Fig. 32-5
275
UNTUNED FIELD STRENGTH METER
ANT
I-------------------,
25 mi-l I Circuit Notes
I RFC I Sensitivity is controlled by Rl and sen-
I o~ 1 sitivity of Meter Ml.
I I
I I
L _________ ----j
Fig. 32-6
TUNED FJELD STRENGTH METER
ANT
Circuit Notes
Resonant combination of Ll and Cl are
selected to cover frequencies desired.
Fig. 32-7
VOM FIELD STRENGTH METER
SHORT
WHIP
4 - - -.....1---...---.. REO+
RFC TO
(OHMITE 2·50) 250pF
VOM
r4--------~---.BLACK-
Fig. 32-8
276
33
Filters
Five-Pole Active ·Filter Universal State Variable·Filter

Digitally Tuned Low Power Active Filter 500 Hz Sallen-Key Bandpass Filter
10 kHz Sallen-Key Low-Pass Filter Filter Networks
Fourth Order High-Pass Butterworth Filter Equal Component Sallen-Key Low-Pass Fil-
Tunable Notch Filter to Suppress Hum ter
Three Amplifier Notch Filter (or Elliptical Biquad Filter
Filter Building Block) Second Order State Variable Fitter (1 kHz,
Selectable Bandwidth Notch Filter Q = 10)
4.5 MHz Notch Filter Biquad Filter
High Q Notch Filter Tunable Active Filter
Rejection Filter Active RC Filter for Frequencies up to 150
Notch Filter Using the p,A 4136 as a Gyrator kHz
1 kHz Bandpass Active Filter Pole Active Low'Pass Filter (Butterworth
Bandpass Active Filter with 60 dB Gain Maximally Flat Response)
Multiple Feedback Bandpass Filter Speech Filter (300 Hz .3 kHz Bandpass)
Biquad RC Active Bandpass Filter 0.1 Hz to 10 Hz Bandpass Filter
400Hz Low-Pass Butterworth Active Filter High-Pass Active Filter
Variable Bandwidth Bandpass Active Filter Second Order High-Pass Active Filter
Low-Pass Filter High Pass Filter (High Frequency)
High Q Bandpass Filter 160 Hz Bandpass Filter
MFB Bandpass Filter for Multichannel Multiple Feedback Bandpass Filter (1.0
Tone Decoder kHz)
Sallen-Key Second Order Low-Pass Filter 20 kHz Bandpass Active Filter
Three Amplifier Active Filter Rumble Filter Using LM:l87
Bandpass State Variable Filter Scratch Filter Using LM287
277
FIVE-POLE ACTIVE FILTER
12 61~1!
lllloH
"' !Ole!!
!Okll
2.7~!1
INPUT
44lk!l
O.Ol~F
I
31.731<!! 101<1!
:Jil_tl<!l
I
4.42k!l
!Ok!l
"
I !Okll J.l611!l
~ !Ole!!
OUTPUT
The above realization of -a type 03 receive filter -is ac-

complished using eight OP.Q8's. As can be seen from the
response curve, the >30dB attenuation In the stop band re-
quirement has been met. In addition, the noise performance
of <OdBRn has been measured.-One of the-unique features
of the -op.QS is Its low supply current of 600pA maximum.
... !kHz
-53.1<1B
'-----------"-----------' IOkH•
lkHtl
IOOicHt
Thus the total supply drain for all eight op amps is only
4.8mA .
Fig. 33-1
278
DIGITALLY TUNED LOW POWER ACTIVE FILTER
lOOk!!
10.000pF
HI PASS 8ANOPASS
OUTPUT OUTPUT
LO PASS
OUTPUT
68k!!
•
Fig. 33-2
Circuit Notes
Constant gain, constant Q, variable frequency will be 235 Hz and 23.5 Hz for high and
quency filter which provides simultaneous low logic inputs respectively, Q = 100, and
low-pass, bandpass, and high-pass outputs. gain= 100.
With the component values shown, center fre-
1
£, = center frequency = -
21rRC
10kHz SALLEN-KEY WW-PASS FILTER
Fig. 33-3
279
~~------------------------
FOURTH ORDER HIGH-PASS BUTTERWORTH FILTER

AI
,...
20Dk
AI'
>-""'4-0vour
,...
Rl
Rl'
200l
• Corner frequency (fc) -= }-== 1

R1R2C2
:-::>r
2" 21f
• Passband gain (Hoi= (1 + R4/R3)(1 + R4'/R3'1

• First stage a = 1.31
• Second stage a = 0.541
• Circuit shown uses closest 5% tolerance resistor values for a filter with a corner frequency of 1 kHz
and a passband gain of 10
Fig. 33-4
TUNABLE NOTCH FILTER TO SUPPRESS HUM

820kfl
75kn
1 B8n
OUTPUT
(SIGNAL
Fig. 33-5
WITHOUT HUM}
INPUT
(SIGNAL
PLUS HUMI 2.2 kn
C = 0.047 /J.F ± 11)%
Circuit Notes
This narrow-stop-band filter can be tuned or other unwanted signals by atleast 30 dB.
by the pot to place the notch at any frequency Because the circuit uses wide-tolerance parts,
from 45 to 90Hz. It attenuates power-line hum it is inexpensive to build.
280
THREE-AMPLIFIER NOTCH FILTER
(OR ELLIPTIC FILTER BUILDING BLOCK)
....
..
••
Circuit Synthwil Equ8tlonl
0.159 0.159 x f 0
AxC"' - - ;Ao•OoxA;RIN'" .
fo C xf 2 notch • For nothing but • notch output: RtN • A, C' • C.
I1 >> fnotch .£
R
Ho(BRI If << fnotch " -RJN Ho(BRI
- c Fig. 33-6
SELECTABLE BANDWIDTH NOTCH FILTER

1011Hl
~
V; '"" -2 V; + l kV 0
R~ Fig. 33-7
k(V 0 f \
\
\
c:
~
\
\
\
P, Se- ~ )01c
~R
\
'--o
O.;;ko;;l
-7
k
-uNITY GAIN
AMPLIFIER
'f '
Circuit Notes
This notch filter, which operates at up to jected. RC components determine filter's
200kHz, uses a modified Wien bridge to select center frequency, Pl selects notch bandwidth.
bandwidth over which frequencies are re- Notch depth is fixed at about 60 dB.
281
4.5 MHz NOTCH FILTER
Fig. 33-8
Circuit Notes
Component value sensitivity is extremely amplifier is unity. To illustrate, the quality lac-
critical, as are temperature coefficients and tor Q is very high as amplifier gain approaches
matching ofthe components. Best performance 1 with all components matched (in fact,
is attained when perfectly matched campo- theoretically it approaches"') but decreases to
nents are used and when the gain of the about 12.5 with the amplifier gain at 0.98.
HIGH Q NOTCH FILTER
e e
••
10MEG
.,
II MEG ii
••• ..
~
-·· C3
"'
A3
!iMEG
I
0
:.
•
R1 • R2 • 2 Rl
C1 .. tz•~
I
filfiCf
"'
FREQUENCY IHzl
IK
cz
Cl
nt,F Z11 ,f ' Response of High and Low Q Notch Filter
Fig. 33-9
Circuit Notes
A shows a twin-T network connected to an depth nor the frequency of the notch change;
LM102 to form a high Q, 60Hz notch filter. The however, the Q is raised in proportion to the
junction of R3 and C3, which is normally con- amount of signal fed back to R3 and C3. B
nected to ground, is bootstrapped to the output shows the response of a normal twin-T and the
of the follower. Because the output of the fol- response with the follower added.
lower is a very low impedance, neither the
282
REJECTION FILTER
+5 TO >18V
6
Rl R2
-5 TO -18V
INPUT OUTPUT
C2
Fig. 33-10
Circuit Notes
This narrowband filter using the 741 oper- nents in accordance with the formula:
ational amplifier can provide up to 60 dB of 1
rejection. With resistors equal to 100 K and F = 21rRC
capacitors equal to 320 pF, the circuit will re- To obtain rejections better than 40 dB, resis-
ject 50 Hz. Frequencies within the range 1 Hz tors should be matched to 0.1% and capacitors
to 10kHz may be rejected by selecting compo- to 1%.
NOTCH FILTER USING THE ILA4136 AS A GYRATOR

R2
30 k
Notch Frequency aa a.Functlon of C1
•• •
INPUT >--4--oUTPUT
TRIM R, SUCH THAT

~
' .•
R1
-~--
R3
i
r---------~ R2 2R4
....
!
ri
~ '
•0
0.0001 0.001 0.01 0.1
•••
7.5 k
R4 -C2 e1 - CAPACITOR - l'f
R4 1 ••
Fig. 3.3-11
283
I kHz BANDPASS ACTIVE FILTER
V+ V+
390k 0.01 pf 120 k
390 k
39 k
620k 100 k 100 k
V+
Fig. 33-12
BANDPASS ACTIVE FILTER WLTH60 dB GAIN
Active Filter Frequency Reaponae
"' •• (•• oc)(' ~-c.)( . "'_, )

C4 R4
.. I
R3 As l:.l:,.toCJ
RS
I
I
I I~'" 2.~A.C.~
'
6 200 !!
~
0
"
.,
.. •• ~ D ,,.}JC;iC.
I
I
eour
II \
C2
I
I
" ''I DC GAIN T, 25'C
~
R3 R1 0
..
Av,OC
·•
1 •
!,
•• 1,. TO
I t,. 10 •
NORMALIZED FAEQUEHCY
Pin numbers are shown

for metal package only. Fig. 33-13
284
MULTIPLE FEEDBACK BANDPASS FILTER
A
10 = center frequecncy
A
BW = Bandwidth
R in kU
C in ~F
fo
a= -aw <to
a
C1•C2""3
+
,o,.F R1•R2•1}
-R3 = 2_ Use scaling factors in these expressions
VAEF
1 90 1
II source impedance is high or varies, filter may be preceded
with voltage follower buffer to stabilize filter parameters.
Design example:
given: 0 • 5, 10 •
1 kHz
Let R1 = A2 = IOkU
then R3 • 9(5)2 - 10
A3 = 215kU
5
C = 3 = 1.6 nF
Fig. 33-14
BIQUAD RC ACTIVE BANDPASS FILTER
'""'""
C1
330pf
"'
470k
Rl C2
lOOk 330 pF
Rl
1000
~-------1~------------t-JV~--ov•
10 •1 kHr
Q. 5G
Av'" 100 140 dll
"'
1D0k
1Mr Cl •
Fig. 33-15
285
400Hz LOW-PASS BUTTERWORTH ACTIVE FILTER
,. '
I 111200 20~
INPUT-<1--tr-''-=w;:._l_____~"--------~----..::.;;:v:.:.---.,.-'OUTPUT
620(}
0.33uF
0.33/lf
,.
"
~-r-- I
2
I ~ ~~, I
, ~1-'-'_.__~·/ - ,. ~1-"'_._.,...,"-1' V I
I ~~ ~~
I/JA4136 --- --+- +-.-.•-.-.,- --- -+----- --+- ~ -:-:F____ _j I
1.&2 k 1.62 k
I
-
13.2
" " 0.33pF
I Fig. 33-16
VARIABLE BANDWIDTH BANDPASS ACTIVE FILTER

27K
IN
27K
;: [:; 01
27K
,---1,
3
b6 OUTPUT
TOI
IOK
POT 33K
IOK TO 22K r.? J,
n? 68K
Fig. 33-17
Circuit Notes
This circuit has adjustable bandwidth with values for a center frequency of about 800
Hz. The lO.K pot adjusts bandwidth from approximately ±350Hz to ±140Hz at 3 dB
down points.
286
LOW-PASS FILTER
IN
01. 02. 03. 04-HEP R0050 C2-2.21'F

C1-100"F. sov elec1roly1ic R1-10k!l, 1/2W
Circuit Notes
This nonlinear, passive filter circuit re- unwanted ripple, provided the ripple level is
jects ripple (or unwanted butJairly steady fairly constant. The circuit has characteristics
voltage) without appreciably affecting the rise similar to two peak-detecting sample-and-hold
time of a.signal. The circuit works best when circuits in tandem with a voltage averager.
the signal level is considerably lower than the
HIGH Q BANDPASS FILTER
"
I 0.101/'f
"'
0.1!#
..." ~ ....
• Bv adding positive feedback (R21
a increases to 40
• fep"" 100 kHz
Vour • lo.Jil
VtN
"
""
•
•
Clean layout recommar.ded
Response to a 1 Vp-p tone burst:
300,us
-15\'
Fig. 33-19
287
MFB BANDPASS FILTER FOR MULTICHANNEL TONE DECODER
+12¥
f:;;;-:L +IV
0
4.7k0
.047j.i
c,
.047~J
-
•• r-.-1
Ia I
.....
., c, I
• ..7
--
....
ooo!l 47!1
-
•• 0
ca
500K
I·'• I
"='
'
t•
I
I
I
(H7Hz)
I
...L.
T.047JA. I
~.04711. I,
517
•
••ni 0 I'" I
I'
-=- I
I
[770HtJ
I
....
.041u. •-n
.04711.
I
I
Ia
I
I' •
38!1 0
- [ll:tHz]
.047.u •-n
Fig. 33-20
288
SALLEN-KEY SECOND ORDER LOW-PASS FILTER
c2
II NOTES:
1\
1. MakeR1=R2
~
IN
n.
R1
. R2
OUT 2. fc =
1
"± v
2 R1jfiC2
r-- 3. n·Yc: c,
Fig. 33-21
THREE AMPLIFIER ACTIVE FILTER
., ...
•• " """ "
..... ~ •20
f-++f-H~f-'-""'H+Htti HIGH-PASS
I
z
ZOKn
1
20Kn
••• Ll~ ~~=!:::t--i'"":!'~~::t-'~ ...

00 •
0
0
it""'". IIHf
''"'
20Kn r~~
:.42
lt:z-
'"~3>-~
1 LOW ~"'
~ .. / I J. i
*:~-IIV
•40
HIGH
,AIS "::"
.. .... ""
v+•+IIV •20
~
z 1-+-HcJ.I-Fftt-'\..>.,.t:-+HtlfH BAND-PASS
...
0
""" J, ..., •
0 1- h--.;.
,...
~20
Po•7.1111W
I I
":' 10 • IK Mz
·Ho•2t
a-<~
~•3H 0 -11o-Ho<<~
.,
"·
1ll:rC:r• 2•1 0
' ...
~40
i
• 11
•" '" 1-+-~'ffilt-\.-""'1-..<f---H++tfH LOW-PASS

0
c1 •C2 i'l,c,· :r.t H
1'11 •Ra•R 7 11 11 0
3
•
0 ~20
~40
i 1
IK IOK
"' FREQUENCY (Hzl
Bode plou af Active Filter Output
Fig. 33-22
Circuit Notes
The active filter is a state variable filter with bandpass, high-pass and low-pass
outputs. It is a classical analog computer method of implementing a filter using three
amplifiers and only two capacitors.
289
BANDPASS STATE VARIABLE FILTER
R2 10MU
"'
100kll
Fig. 33-23
f 0 =CENTER FREQUENCY= 1/2 rr Rc Oo. IS ADJUSTABlE BY VARYING R2

to, IS ADJUSTABLE BY VARYING R OR C
0 0 "QUALITY FACTOR= R2~~ 2
H 0 =GAIN AT RESONANCE= Rz/R1

R3 = R, "'1o'/f0
UNIVERSAL STATE VARIABLE FILTER
100k
,..
,.. 0.001 flf .0.001 uf
.
,
-15V
... ,... ...

,...
BANDPASS
10k OUTPiJT
HIGH PASS
OUTPUT
For circuit- shown:

f 0 = 3 kHz, fNQTCH = 9.5 kHz
0=3.4
Passband gain:
Highpass - 0.1
:Bandpass - 1
Lowpass- 1
Notch- 10
• foX a~ 200 kHz
• 1OV-peak sinusoidal output swing without slew limiting to 200 kHz
• See LM348 data sheet for design equations
Fig. 33-24
290
500Hz SALLEN-KEY BANDPASS FILTER
40
i II
I I !
.n '\
30
- I
0.02~,.
I. 20
/v
"'
'
if
... ,. 1
-o.m..F lk
I =
"c
10
/
~
'!:I
0 ¥.h I' VA ..... 11• 0 ill
I :
I
-10
I i i
I -20
I
'I' !
-30
. 250
tli
...
FREQUENCY (kHzl
"
l I
2.5k
~I
S.Ok
Fig. 33-25
FILTER NETWORKS
2•o
•• Z NETWORK
FILTER Vo !s! TRANSFER
TYPE Vt Is) FUNCTION
K· ' '
1.4 X 104
---
.'R/~J
~}
' ~ LOW PASS
L [;
v, v,
0 ...,.
' '
11---o HIGH PASS
1.4 X 104
---
R [,+:/RCJ
'
~I--<> ' ' BAND PASS .4X.~G
- - L - -s2 + AIL s + 1/LC
. J
-·
Vo (SJ
--
1.4 X 11)4 '
1.4X1~~ o2+1/LC J
~
V1 (sl " Z(s) + 2re BAND REJECT
--R-_l s2 + 1/I;,.C + s/RC
1.4 X 104
" Zlsl + 32 NOTE
In the n1tworks above. the A value used is
BASIC CONFIGURATION assumed to include 2r•• or approximately 320.
Fig. 33-26
2~1
EQUAL COMPONENT SALLEN-KEY LOW-PASS FILTER
12-a) H ,k
.,
,.
, .. ,_,
Q. 2.5
'I
"
0 K • 1.87
'
"'
~ Q . 0.71
•
'in 1.8k
"""' 11: _,.
-20
-30
.
--<0
-60 i I
,. .. 100
FREQUENCY (kHz)
Equal R, Equal ~c Sallen-Key Response

Fig. 33-27
BIQUADFILTER
,,
Circuit Notes
The biquad filter, while appearing very
~imilar to the state-variable filter, has a
'In Ag
bandwidth ~that is fixed ~regardless of center
frequency. This type of filter is useful in appli-
cations such as spectrum analyzers, which re-
quire a filter with a fixed bandwidth.
EACH AMPLIFIER~
1/4 OP-09E
Fig. 33-28
292
SECOND ORDER STATE VARIABLE FILTER (1kHz, Q = 10)
LO
PASS
L.--.,.11,/1/'---j----------4----c BANO PASS

r---- ---- -----l
I
I 49.9K I
I 49.9K I
I : NOTES: 1. MAKE R 1c 1 = RzCz
I 49.9K I 1
BAND I z.·fc = znR1C1
I
24.9K
REJECT
I
3 O='h(1+~)
I I
L -=-- - -(OPTIONAl)
I ____ - ____ _J:
Fig. 33-29
BIQUAD FILTER
'
•.., · 2 ..-Ac
" " •oo• Fl1 • QFI
A2•-
"'
To•
v,.t • i Vee
A3"TNfii12
Cl,. 10C
f 0 • 1 kHl
'"' o• 1C
Tap .. 1
TN • 1
c•
Notch Out~ut A • 110k0
C• 0.00~ _,.F
IH•1.6M0
WM•• Ta" • C.nt• Fr•Q,..ney G1lr. 1'12·t.eMn
v •••
T-N • Pulbend Noteh G1ln Al-• 1.8 MO
Fig. 33-30
293
TUNABLE ACTIVE FILTER
lOOk
tOOK LO-PASS
OUT
0 001
14 0_1 NOTCH
10
+ U4 r-oour
lOOk Fig. 33-31
11
-circuit Notes
The high-pass and low-pass outputs cov- output. The potentiometers must have a re-
I ering the range of 300Hz to 3000Hz have been

summed in the fourth op amp to provide a notch
verse log taper. Fixed-frequency active filter
center .frequency is 1 kHz, with a· Q of 50.
ACTIVE RC FILTER FOR FREQUENCIES UP TO 150kHz

,, '
'•
,, • c
' c
r •-------- 1
1
I ~11
I I '
I I,
I
I TAAIIO I
I I
L---------------~g--------------~
A= 10kO
Thi& frequency ~nge can be eJCtended to 200kHz ita feed forward capacitor is connected
betwftn pin ~ and B
Fig. 33-32
I Frequency 1
2;'Rc'
v. Supply voltage
Filter performance
• v
a aiTAz:25"C 40 to 55
a at T,., =..ao to +65"C 35 to 55
v, Input volt.ge mv
""'
..,.
v,
SIN
Output volt.ge
Di&tortlon at Vo "' 350mV
SIN ratio at Vo =400mV
""''
50
mv
~
••
lnputreei!ltor•
•NOTE
"' "' kO
Value otlnput ,..,lltor to Dt determined lor~ .._ 0.90 to 1.1.

v,
294
POLE ACTIVE LOW-PASS FILTER
(BUTTERWORTH MAXIMALLY FLAT RESPONSE)
RESPONSE OF 3-POLE ACTIVE
~ JOK BUTTERWORTH
MAXIMALLY FLAT FILTER
100pf
*
!OK
1
0 ~ lKH1
!OK 10k 0
t'-.
1'22 : :.056
±0032 m
~
-5 I
\..,...- 60118/DECADE
I -10
\
"Reference-EON Dec. 15, 1970
z
0
~
\
Simplify 3-Poie Active Filter Design •z -15
:::> \
A. Paul Brokow w
>- \
-·
>-
-20
-25 I\
,. \,.
100 300 10K
FREQUENCY - Hz
Fig. 33-33
SPEECH FILTER (300Hz .3 kHz BANDPA-SS)
" ,, '"
y'o\pF 'II
,, 2M
c,
"" 150pf
" ''" '"
,,.. '
>; ,_, "" ! '"~ -~ ~II
IIJNo-j
!
. . I x:v·
2
I .r~·
&IIOpF MOpf
i.\1 002 y, lMlU i OUT
.
lltM311
,,.. ,,,...
~
}-;t'I "'
47k
' .
A -1
*~l -~
!oiiOpfi
~ ~ -= ~ -=
'"'
•
_,.
••
•
~
-20
_,. TIIQ - 0.07%
~·· 1r::~~10 ,..

,. ... tim lOG
FREQlJENCYlHzl
Speech F-iltar-frequency Response

Fig. 33-34
295
0.1 Hz TO 10Hz BANDPASS FILTER
Fig. 33-35
HIGH-PASS FILTER
HIGH-PASS ACTIVE FILTER (HIGH FREQUENCY)
"
111111.
C1 C2
v,. o------11-;---11-----1~--l >---,---o vour
Cl" C1·
,, ,,
002~F OOI~f
IIIIPUT ~: 1-+-i 1---.-'IM...i-1

"
no~ "' 0 "- ( R1R~1C2) 1!.
IF Ct "C2 • C. THE~
"Vtl•"t<tl~~t!OOII>ul~fl U1t
"'""'''",.o~.,_n ..,..._,.,,
lar .. MI-IIOIII!olo~oty Q" (R17R2)"1
'•
'
"''" ,,' "
'' a
220 2.0SK "f.02K 0.71
Fig. 33-36 Fig. 33-38
SECOND ORDER 160Hz BANDPASS FILTER

HIGH-PASS ACTIVE FILTER tOOK lOOK
l OZ"f"
"
'"
.,,.,
•
tl 271(
R2 •o
"' 1 VALUESAREFORUIIIHECUTOPP.U$1 _. ~J>A 741
METALIZED ~t.YCAIIIIONATE CAPACITORS OP-AMP
POIII GOOD TEMI'ERATUR£ STABILITY.
Fig. 33-3 7 Fig. 33-39
296
RUMBLE FILTER USING LM387
MULTIPLE FEEDBACK
,,
BANDPASS FILTER (1.0 kHz) ~oou Az
'"
,, +15 v C1 C3
v,•o-iH'"'if-+-...--:f
II.Dt33 0.1013 >;---.._0 vour
OUTPUT
:1Dit :1o•
•tor 11.0 kHzli!qr AJ • 160 k

witiiQ•IO Rz•820 -15V I; • 50Hr
tndA!fol•t Rs·300k SLOPE ~ -1Zd8/0tTAYE
c. 0.01 jiF
Ao " -1
THO.;;: 0:1%
Fig. 33-40 Fig. 33-42
20kHz BANDPASS ACTIVE FILTER

SCRATCH FILTER USING LM387
,,
8 Opf ., ~ ,,
ZOOk
1'24V '"
,, " ,, ,,
v,. I
"
VtN~
...
"" 820pf
0.1
'" >;--<~vour
,"..
VQUT
•
,, ...
"'
. ,,
511'f! .l
SlOPE ~ -lUI/OCTAVE
-::- -::- -::-

-=- "':" ..... _,
A 0 • -1
10 • ZOkH1
Q • 10
THO- .. 0.1%
Fig. 33-41 Fig. 33-43
297
34
Flashers and Blinkers

Auto, Boat, or Barricade Flasher Low Voltage Flasher

Flip-Flop Flasher 1 A Lamp Flasher
Flashlight Finder Fast Blinker
Low Frequency Lamp Flasher/Relay Driver 3 V Flasher
Low Cost -Ring Counter Incandescent Bulb Flasher
Ring Counter for Incandescent Lamps Flasher for 4 Parallel LEDs
Dual LED CMOS Flasher LED Booster
Automatic Safety Flasher Safe, High Voltage Flasher
Neon Blinker Alternating Flasher
Transistorized Flasher Variable Flasher
Flasher/Light Control Emergency Lantern/Flasher
Neon Tube Flasher High Efficiency Parallel Circuit Flasher
De Flasher with Adjustable On and Off Time Minimum Power Flasher
298
AUTO, BOAT, ORBARRICADE FLASHER
+ 12V
GE
3.3K 220 R2 #1073
2.2K LAMP
100 100
fLF/25V fLF/25V
R3
250K •! l.•
Ql C2A C2B
SCR2
Cl
4 JLF/15V T
.1 Rl C3
SCRI
CIOSY CIOSY TYPE I
{ON HEATSINK)
.01 fLF IK
10
NOTE: ALL RESISTORS 1/2 WATT
Fig. 34-1
Circuit Notes
Because of its al:iility to withstand the heavy inrush currents, this incandescent lamp
flasher uses the Cl06 SCR. With the components shown, the flashrate is adjustable by
potentiometer R3 within the range of 36 flashes per minute to 160 flashes per minute.
FLIP-FLOP FLASHER
-VE
LAMP- LAMP +12V
12V6W A3 A4
12V6W LAMP LAMP
1k 1k 12V6W A1 -R2 12V 6W
1.5k
+
CENTRE
+
CONTACT
NEGAT1VE aarth .,,.;oo ~:004 01(?'2:,.

POSITIVE earth version 02 ~"";)e
' '
Fig. 34-2
Circuit Notes
The flashing action is provided by a simple astable multivibrator timed to give a

flashing rate of about 60 flashes for each lamp per minute. Circuit for positive earth
systems uses NPN transistors. The other uses PNP transistors.
299
FLASHLIGHT FINDER
200~ F
JV
o·~
0
"NGCONTACTf. LM3909
SHORT J.8 FOR
BULB ASSEMBLY SINGLE CELL LIGHTS
CONTACT STRIP Pto.SSES
!INSULATED! THROUGH
CASE_ BOTTOM
'---''
Note: LM3909, Capacitor, and LED are Installed in a White Trans-
lucent Cap on the Flashlight's Back End. Only One Contact Strip
On Addition to the Case Connection) is NHded for Flasher Power.
-Drawing Current -Through the Bulb Simplifies Wiring and "Causes
Nlfligible Loss Since Bulb Resistance Cold is Typically Lass than 2 U
TRANSLUCENT
0
~----------~~~~
1-----=lill[]=---.l-"1~z_
' '-. Fig. 34-3
Note: Winking LED Inside, Locates Light in Total DarkMA
LOW FREQUENCY LAMP FLASHER/RELAY DRIVER
,•.. •• ,..• lOY
...
,.
...
, .
,.. -··,... 1
1•---
,.. 1
f• - - - -
0.38 RC 1.4 RC
o) Split Supplies b) Single Supply
Fig. 34-4
Circuit Notes
This circuit is a low frequency warning device. The output of the oscillator is a
square wave that is used to drive lamps or small relays. The circuit alternately flashes
two incandescent lamps.
300
LOW COST RING COUNTER
r----------1-------1-------1----~+E
Fig. 34-5
2N3415
Circuit Notes
This ring counter makes an efficient, low cost circuit featuring automatic resetting
via the first stage 3N84. As many stages ~as desired may be cascaded.
RING COUNTER FOR INCANDESCENT LAMPS

r----,------------------------~-----------+7¥
3.3k
22k
2N5354
22k 22k ~390
330
IOk
"CLEAR
AND SET
SUS -2N4990 SUS-2N4986
Fig. 34-6
301
DUAL LED CMOS FLASHER
Circuit Notes
Inverters ICl-a and ICl-b form a multivi-
tO MEG
brator and ICl-c is a buffer. Inverter !Cl-d is
connected so that its output is opposite that of
ICl-c; when pin 6 is high, then pin 8 is low and
vice versa. Because pins 6 and 8 are constantly
changing state, first one LED and then the
411&9
OR other is on since they are connected in reverse.
74C04 The light seems to jump back and forth be-
tween the LED's. The 470-ohrn resistor limits
LED current. Depending upon the supply val- .
470n
tage used, the value of the resistor may have to
be changed to obtain maximum light output. To
change the switching rate, change the value of
Fig. 34-7 the capacitor.
AUTOMATIC SAFETY FLASHER
Cl
01 2N366 022N404
+
30mfd
COlLECTOR
OlLECTOR
BASE R2 BASE L1
470(1
PC 1
Fig. 34-8
R1~ 53K
L1 = No. 47 type 6.3-vott bulb

SW1 Bt
01 = 2N366
___/~tl+
02 = 2N464 m- 6.VOLTS
Circuit Notes
This flasher only comes on at night. It comes up. The photocell must be mounted on
furnishes a bright nighttime illumination, and top of the uriit in such a way as to detect the
shuts itself off automatically as soon as the sun greatest amount of available light.
302
NEON BLINKER
OJ
COLLECTOR
BASE
R1
21<
C1
EMITTER Fig. 34-9

10mfd
+II -
6VOLTS
R2330K
Circuit Notes
The universal output transformer and·the transistor form a low-frequency oscil-
lator. The rate of flashing ohhe neon bulb is determined by potentiometer Rl.
TRANSISTORIZED.FLASHER
01
2N2904
Circuit Notes
Ll This simple circuit will flash a 6 volt lamp
6V
2W at a rate determined by the size of capacitor Cl.
It is most economical on power as it only draws
R1 current when the lamp is on. When the lamp is
2.2k off, both transistors are biased off.
R3
100!!
02
2N1613
Fig. 34-10
303
FLASHER/LIGHT CONTROL
Parts List
Rl
~·
100 K
1.2 K C 1 - 2V-mfd, 6-uolt
electrolytic_ capacitor
Q2 11- 6-uolt, GE No. 1850
R2 GE-X9 lamp and socket
5.6 K •- 6V
Ql- GE-XB transistor
Q2- GE-X9 transistor
Rl- lOOK-ohm, 2-watt
potentiometer
R3 R2, R3- 5. 6K-ohm, 1/2-watt
5.6 K resistor
R4- 1.2K-ohm, 1/2-watt
~sistor
Battery - 6-uolt dry pack
Fig. 34-ll
Circuit Notes
The circuit is a two-stage, direct-coupled transistor amplifier connected as a
free-running multivibrator. Both the flash duration and flash interval can be changed by
turning the potentiometer, Rl.
NEON TUBE FLASHER
R2
10to lOll<.
!See telCt) 01 .__,;;.
IN4001
8'1'126
Fig. 34-12
.,
Rl
330il
+ Cl 03 ·G·'
2N2646
'""'
BC108
Circuit Notes
The voltage required to ignite the neon drives Q3 into saturation. The sharp rise in
tube is obtained by using an ordinary filament current through the 6.3 V winding of the trans-
transformer (240-6.3 V) in reverse. Battery former as Q3 goes into saturation induces a
drain is quite low, around 1 to 2 milliamps for a high voltage in the secondary winding causing
nine volt battery. The pulses from Q1, uni- the neon to flash. The diode Dl protects the
junction transistor, operated as a relaxation transistor from high voltage spikes .generated
oscillator and are applied to Q2 which in tum when switching currents in the-transformer.
304
DC FLASHER WITH ADJUSTABLE ON AND OFF TIME
"
r 50
" LOAD
€)
"J'' r----' '
15o~
"ofF" ~
s6K
R
i";'ON"
,.,
I ,.I
GE A14F
OT230F GE AI4F
I Fig. 34-13
6 TO
·~( ~
12V
*IO"F,151J
I
~~~;:
2N6027
"
,. 100
01 ~ D:"·~GE
Cl0602
" ?;' ~ ~:""'
GE
CI06Q2
" "
GE
" A14F
* NON POLARIZED
ALL RESISTORS - 1/2 WATT
FLASH RATE AND DWELL TIME ADJUSTED BY R1 AND R2
Circuit Notes
This circuit utilizes a power flip-flop and programmable unijunction (PUT) to obtain
adjustable on and off times.
LOW VOLTAGE FLASHER
r "Om~@
@3.2V
.I
6.8:< 2200 •• •• 47K
I '
cl * sc•l(
•. ~v sc•~G
DC CI06Q
R., 25~F
"'
CI3Y
D .,
Fig. 34-14
6~ »OK
1 IK IOO,..F
L.AMP OFF • .5- .6 SEC

LAMP ON ~ 100 mSEC
·-NON POLARIZED
Circuit Notes
Applying voltage to the circuit triggers positive potential of = 0.5 volt is once again
SCRl. With SCRl on, the voltage on the anode attained, will SCRl retriggeL The circuit could
of SCR2 rises until SCR2 triggers to commu- be used for higher voltage levels, but the peak
tate SCRl. The voltage on thegate of SCRl negative voltage on the gate orSCRl must be
will swing negative at this time, and only after a limited to less than 6 volts.
305
l A LAMP FLASHER 3 V FLASHER
··--.--------------------,
12V
~R4
10k
Rt 02
510k LMIIS
I
7 6 5
RZ
150k
RS
tOOk
LM3909 _1_
01 -=-Jv
2NZZ22
2
+ C1 111413
RJ tQ.,F BUtl
47k +
300~F
3V
- Note: Nominal Flash Rate:

1 Hz. Average loRAIN= 0.77 mA
Fig. 34-15 Fig. 34-17
FAST BLINKER INCANDESCENT BULB FLASHER
•6V
8 7 6
8 6 5
LM3909 I
...1!.. 1.5 v LM3909
3
.__.......J
4
2
=47
400,~.~F
JOOp.F
1K •
Note: Flash Rate: 1.5 Hz

Note: Nominal Flash Rate:
2.6 Hz. Average loRAIN= 1.2
Fig. 34-16 Fig. 34-18
306
FLASHER FOR 4 PARALLEL LEDs
~
39 SAFE, HIGH VOLTAGE FLASHER
"tO\ 'CI
39 43K
1W 10\
'" ?..,_
85-200 v
39
"10\
'CI
'CiiA\ 39
~ :!-1.5-V r- 8 ,, • r;-
'CI
200
8 17 Is LMJ909 ;F!~~F
'
LM3909
•
I'
. l' I' 4
L_j•
7VOLTLIM1T
I' I'
760
,,oo· ~F
JV *
Fig. 34-19 Fig. 3~21
Note: Nominal Flash Rate:

1.3 Hz. Average lORAIN"' 2 mA
LED BOOSTER ALTERNATING FLASHER
.0: ~if " ""-ta\

, '"·' l I
+10-15 300
8 17 6 5 VDC
'=
'Q ~ LM3909
510 6V
• _tL;;:.,"-
100 I
L
4.3K 'CI
I' 2
I' 4 • j7 I•
'
.
L1'- t-
- .;.,_sv
60 )Jf;; 400,.F
" ov
Note: High efficiency, 4 mA drain

2 ,
Note: Continuous Appearing- Light Obtained By
Supplying Short, High Current, Pulses (2 kHz)
to LEOs With Higher Than Battery Voltage
Available.
Fig. 34•20 Fig. 3~22
307
HIGH EFFICIENCY
PARALLEL CIRCUIT FLASHER
~/8-. "
\!Y
VARIABLE FLASHER ~tO:;\ 39
\!Y
~~
c~~ \!:9
"
I ~tO:;\ "
r
,--- 8
I'
~~v
5
'
'" I :j<'"?
I
LM3909
" E,::sK I II
3;- I
+
8 '
Is 5 '"
!'
350 1~f
r I' l' LM3909
" " ' .1' I' '

5000 ~F
Note: flash Rate: 0-20 H-z JV
I "'
Fig. 34-23
Note: Nominal- Flash Rate:
1.5 Hz. Average loRAIN= 1.5 mA I
I
Fig. 34-25
I
EMERGENCY LANTERN/FLASHER MINIMUM POWER FLASHER (1.5 V)
"
D 46\0>8~ ~~
.G
200p.F
PR13 HP 5082
~,v
'" 8 J, 6 Is
--~
r-8 I, . 6 5
::::::: 6V
LM3909
. ""~
LM3909
- ~15V
I' I, I'
t-KNSDUOl
~'
I' !' '
~
75 lOOp.F
FLASH Note: Nominal Flash Rate: 1.1 Hz. Average 'oRA~N

s 0.32 mA
Note: Nominal Flash Rate: 1.5 Hz
l Fig. 34-24 Fig. 34-26
308
35
Frequency Measuring Circuits
Inexpensive ~Frequency Counter/ Linear Frequency Meter

Tachometer Power-Line Frequency Meter
Audio Frequ~ncy Meter
309
INEXPENSIVE FREQUENCY COUNTER(f ACHOMETER
, _ _ _ _ _ __ j
!li..,PIT-O::DU>OU
..... -,~··
"""-L__jr------,_...r----
Fig. 35·1
Circuit Notes
This circuit uses the low power ICM7555 tivibrator. The system is calibrated by using a 5
(CMOS 555) to generate the gating, STORE M potentiometer for RA as a coarse control and
and RESET signals. To provide the gating sig- a 1 jk potentiometer for R. as a fine control.
nal, the timer is configured as an astable mul- CD40106B's are used as a monostable mul-
tivibrator and reset time delay.
LINEAR FREQUENCY METER (AUDIO SPECTRUM)
r
~·
·~
. I
....r-u-li"j .~·,-r I
IL ____
_. ..JI
Fig. 35-2
Circuit Notes
The 555 is used in a monostable multivibrator circuit that puts out a fixed timewidth
pulse, which is triggered by the unknown input frequency.
310
POWER-LINE FREQUENCY METER
lOOK 022f'F IN914
r-~2~W~--~---~\,i~--~--~·---.-------,
1 /1 ~
110 TO 240VAC -l-' IN3829A 5K
J
; IN914 ......( IOOmA
10 TO 100Hz ··~~- G 8V CAL
rw
Fig. 35-3 !
Circuit Notes
The meter will indicate the frequency rent is averaged by the diodes. The average
from a power generator. Incoming sine waves current is almost exactly proportional to the
are converted to square waves by the 100 K frequency~dcan be read directly on a lOOmA
resistor and the6.8 V zener. The square wave meter. To calibrate, hook the circuit up to a 60
is differentiated by the capacitor and the cur- Hz poweraline and adjust the 5 K pot to read 60
rnA.
AUDIO FREQUENCY MET£R

+9 to 12 Vdc
c1••
r-------~--------~--~~R~1~·~-~:ro;h
R2
1K
01
IN4148
- R3
1K -
-
AF ~ 6-;]
IC2 [a
R4
56K
R5
"'- 2001< 6
r.-J.r a.2 ,.FJ

2 IC1 '-..... 7 II 2
INPUT
::!:
~~
c~ 4 555 1 C4
560pF
-~
1
r.
Fig. 35-4
•R1:1 meg 100K 10K
RANGE: 50 500 5000
(Hz)
""
••c1: POLYSTYRENE OR SILVEA·MICA
Circuit Notes
The meter uses time averaging to produce a direct current that is proportional to the
frequency of the input signal.
311
36
Frequency Multipliers
~figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Broadband Frequency ~Doubler Low'Frequency Doubler

Frequency Doubler Oscillator with Double Frequency
!50 to 300 MHz Doubler Output
312
BROADBAND FREQUENCY DOUBLER
+12 V~c
"
" "
51 2(21 3131 .._ R,
7(1)
51
Jcl( ,~f--1
1(101
_LM1511B
8(1) A.,._-111112 "''
1
··-"'' 1Ul
4141 10114)
1(12) -Av._ giJI2wt
5(5)
"' '" 51
" Numbm on ''qnthnes 1how DIP
'" UK
Fig. 36-1
t -.,..
.,..
... ,..
Circuit Notes
This circuit will double low-level signals amplifier. Levels to 50 mV peak may be used
with low distortion. The value of C should be with some distortion of the output waveform. If
chosen for low reactance at the operating fre- a larger input signal is available, a resistive
quency. Signal level at the carrier input must divider may be used at the carrier input with
be less than 25 m V peak to maintain operation full signal applied to the signal input.
in the linear region of the switching differential
FREQUENCY DOUBLER
..
••
.
5.11<
CIIITPUT
Fig. 36-2 "' ...

L-----J===~=~~==~====~J -fr~uon<yflntt:
ln~ut - 50 kH! to-SO Ulr
Output - ID klb ID IGO kHl
313
150 TO 300 MHz DOUBLER
" " v•' '"Vdc

•8
l -= Y2
O.OOI"f.f:
.xo.OG1 "F'='
.:f18pF
'='
y3o.sa~H '" "
18 nH
'"
<'>'- •
,,., 300 MHt
OUTPUT
0.001 "f h • 1,1-Hlpf Ill. flO!!
1~0 MHI
INPUT '
MC1~!16G
MC1496G I :IE 1-lOpF
,--,! I-;<>
"" ... ...
~
... "" " '

- -.
6.8k L1 •1 TURN AWG
Fig. 36-3 ~
VEE _ NO 18WIRE,7132''10
BALANCE -8 Vdc-
LOW-FREQUENCY DOUBLER
'"
. ~r
''12 VOc
':::k l(l)"f
-~ 10V~c
,--
" .~'
" ,, ' '"'
" '
100"~
INPIJT -: I~ Vdc " I MCI09G
Mt1(96
OUTPUT
15mVI•O'I$I MAX 1 , IQO"f

15 Vdc
' '
•
'"' '"' ''" '" '
''"
~
Fig. 36-4 T T f
''l
68k
BALANC~
"'
-8 ll~c
OSCILLATOR WITH DOUBLE FREQUENCY OUTPUT

+
RL
517 II- .nrw ...

2
• I 3
I
~~
R1
10K
Fig. 36-5 c2 ~~c,
314
37
Frequency-to-
Voltage Converters
DC-10 kHz Frequency/Voltage Converter F /V Conversion, TTL Input

Frequency-to-Voltage Converter Frequency-to-Voltage Converterwith2-
Zener Regulated Frequency-to-Voltage Pole Butterworth Filter to Reduce Rip-
Converter ple
Simple Frequency-to-Voltage Converter Precision Frequency-to-Voltage Converter
315
DC-10 kHz FREQUENCY/VOLTAGE CONVERTER
----, I
I
I
I
I
-sv~~'+v~'~'~'--------------------------------------~ ~~P---'-''Tou~T~s~-,
I I
I
I 12 pF
I
I
I
CINT
I lOOOpF
•5V I
I
-<~~~~oo~·~~'tl0~,~·~··~'-----------------------1 +
1 'BIAS Vss I
2.2K
~------- , ---- 4 ---------------~
lOOK
"OPTIONAL IF BUFFER IS NEEDED
-5Vo-~~--------------------~--------" ~-""'
Fig. 37-l
Circuit Notes
The converter generates an output vol- through the feedback resistor generating vol-
tage which is linearly proportional to the input tage pulses at the output of the op amp.
frequency waveform. Each zero crossing at the Capacitor (CINT) across RmT averages these
comparator's input causes a precise amount of pulses into a de voltage which is linearly pro-
change to be dispensed into the op amp's sum- pottional ~to the input frequency.
ming junction. This charge in turn flows
316
FREQUENCY-TO-VOLTAGE CONVERTER
(DIGITAL FREQUENCY METER)
• 12 v •5 v GAIN AOJ(JST" +12V

~" ..
RANGE Cy
,, 2kHz .0821'1'
I K ZERO 20kHz .00821'1'
ADJUST
200kHz 820pF
2MHz 82pF
20MHz 8.2-pF
"C ... LIIRATE AT 1000 COUNTS
Fig. 37-2
Circuit Notes
This circuit converts frequency to voltage zeroing. The accuracy is 2% over a 5 decade·
by taking the average ~de value of the pulses range. The input signal to the comparator
I from the 74121 monostable~multivibrator. The

one shot is triggered by the positive-going ac
signal at the input of the 529 comparator, The
should be greater than 0.1 volt peak-to-peak,
and less than 12 volts peak-to-peak for proper
operation.
amplifier acts as a de filter, and also provides
ZENER REGULATED FREQUENCY-TO-VOLTAGE CONVERTER

Vee
Fig. 37-3
L---t+VouT
1110k
- -
317
SIMPLE FREQUENCY-TO-VOLTAGE FREQUENCY-TO-VOLTAGE
CONVERTER (10kHz FULL-SCALE, CONVERTER WITH 2-POLE
±0.006% NON-LINEARITY) BUTTERWORTH FILTER TO
REDUCE RIPPLE
·~ m
... T. ••
Ulttl""
' !..--: ,,
.fl ~ !O.Ol~F·
• LM3.11
Jour
,........! '
.-
vour
,,
,, r~- ~~ l~f IDDtu•
b- '·
~-~
L 0.707
fpot.e• - -
2wRC '
TRESPONSE '" 2wfPOLE
2.67
'
•use stable components. with low temperature coefficients. I.IISpFr IOOl':'
"
Fig. 37-4 Fig. 37-6
F/V CONVERSION, TTL INPUT PRECISION FREQUENCY-TO-VOLTAGE

CONVERTER (10kHz FULIJSCALE
WITH 2-POLE FILTER, ±0.01%
NON-LINEARITY MAXIMUM)
GAIN ADJUST
~~"~"
Hf}: J.j """' ••
HS:~~~
OJUSTl --- .. -t~-'='---'1
CI.Uhf
·1511
.........
•• ( ..
••
ADVFC32
." YGIIT • -liN • UIV • ii$ • IR 1t1l
U.UCl ~· • ~~,-:.:I
•Use stable components witll low temperature coefficients.
Fig. 37-5 Fig. 37-7
318
38
Fuzz Circuits
Fuzz Box 1 Fuzz Box 4

Fuzz Box 2 Fuzz Box 5
Fuzz Box 3 Guitar Fuzz
319
FUZZ BOX I
2k1
r----------.--------------------------.-~~----~•v
47k 10k ,.,.,.
4.7JJF lM 0.1pf lM 1M 4. F
OUTPUT
ANY SILICON
DIODES-CAN BE
USED
ie. 1N4148,-1N914
1
0.1~JF INTENSITY
L-------~~~-----------~~1M ___________________ _ J
Fig. 3B-l
~~r-----O INPUT
Circuit Notes
The input signal is amplified by the trans- capacitor. The 1 M pot adjusts the intensity of I
istors. The distorted output is then clipped by the fuzz from maximum to no fuzz (normal ..
the two diodes and the high frequency noise is playing).
filtered from the circuit via the 500 pF 1I
FUZZ BOX 2
r-: 81
~~~1-oc_,__ _ _ _ _,
R5 R7
8.1-1.5-V AA battery
C1, C3-0.l-uF, 50-VDC .capacitor
C2-4,7-uF, 10-VDC electrolytic
capacitor
Q1, Q2-pnp transistor-HEP,632
R4 C2 Cl ·R1, RB-22,000-ohm, \>-watt
•• >o.....,w.,..+--n•::.., resistor
·R2-18,000-ohm, !>-watt resistor
R3-l-megohm pot
R4-100,000-ohm, \>-watt resistor
R5, R7-10,000-ohm, \>-watt
•• resistor
Rl-50,000-ohm pot
51-Spst switch
Fig. 38-2
Circuit Notes
Potentiometer R3 sets the degree of fuzz, and R8 sets the output level. Since the
fuzz effect cannot be completely eliminated by R3, fuzz-free sound requires a bypass
switch from the input to output terminals.
320
FUZZ BOX 3
R3 390n
33k
A4 8.2k O.D15
02
BC108
100k
RV2 0/P
C2 250k
25 ~F
Fig. 38-3
Circuit Notes
Ql and Q2 form a voltage amplifier which Jeedback inserted into the circuit by C2, and
has sufficient gain to be overdriven by •~rela thus the amount of squaring of the signal. The
tively low input, such as an electric guitar. The purpose of R3 and R4 is to lower the output
result is that the output from Q2 is a Squared- voltage to a suitable level, which is then ad-
Off verson of the input, giving the required fuzz justed as required with the volume control
sound. RVl adjusts the amount of negative VR2.
FUZZ BOX4
..v
10k UN. - 22k

I
2201< _m
"'
-4.7.uf
,. fV
"'"'
,A
BC109,
INPUT
4.7pF '..::!:; ETC
4.7JJF
'"' "' '"' "f---o

Ul
"' " 100.uF

OUTPUT
Fig. 38-4 -
FUZ ... lOkfl LIN
.... 0/P~Ol.
50kf! LOG.
Circuit Notes
None of the components are particularly critical in value or quality, as distortion is
the sole object! The transistor could be BC107-8-9, 2N2926, etc.
321
FUZZ BOX 5
•9V
if•
I"' •• C3
"',.,.
58R
~~"
01
C1 2N2222-
...•• lEVEL
RV2
1"" ·,·
fUZZ
:y
1 .-,,.
:1 ' :sw1a
-
'
'''
.,
r \'11'. & IC 02
' .. l"'b " 'C 2N2222

~1~ ''
'' I
'' '' L-
~fss t ''
OUT PI JT
I'
TO
1NPUTl
OM' RV1 :,.. SK:!
:~
I
'" 1k
-
SK 1 FUZZ/.
''
'
'' '· ~~--,
I ~:01',.,
'
,..;.:_)
'I' 'I R3 I I
I
' ' '
' '
ov•
•SWITCHED O"''IJV SK1 COtHACTS~S£E TEXT)
Circuit Diagram
Fig. 38-5
Circuit Notes
Transistors Ql and Q2 amplify the in- present, and hence voltage gain. The output is,
coming signal, and the gain is such that the therefore, a squared version of the input signal.
input will overload when used with an electric The amount of squaring is varied by RVl.
guitar. RVl adjusts the amount of feedback
GUITAR FUZZ
2k2 2k2 +9V
OUTPUT
2M7
2
~o--~~~~--+--r--
o.1JJF
2k2
3 +
- 47k
I O.t.F 0
Fig. 38-6
Circuit Notes
The 741 has a maximum gain of 20,000, diodes clip the output to drop the level, also
but the circuit is so designed that the IC's gain lowered by the potential divider. This circuit
is 2, 700,000 which then distorts the output. also sustains the notes, due to clipping, giving a
This distortion gives the fuzz effect. The two totally new sound.
322
39
Games
figure number contained in the hox of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Ready, Set, Go! Heads or Tails

Electronic Dice Pot Shot
Game Roller or Chase Circuit Low Cost Heads or Tails
Toss-A-Coin Binary Box Who Is First
Electronic Coin Tosser Windicator
323
READY, SET, GO!
~
+oo----~~~-*--~------•~~~-----r--~f.K~~--~~1*"'~~~S~OO~K~-o+
.01
LEDl lOOK
lOOK
.01
JOK
-Spe.aker Fig. 39-1

10K
05
PLAY
~LR
06
PLAY
Circuit Notes
This game tests a player's reaction time. or her finger turns off the tone and lights the
It is activated by closing switch Sl, which associated LED indicator. A second
starts the tone generator and arms the circuit. touchplate, labeled CLR in the diagram, clears
The touchplate, labeled PLAY in the diagram, the circuit, ·extinguishing the LED, when its
consists of two metal strips about 1116th-inch gap is bridged by a fingertip.
apart. The first player to bridge the gap with his
324
ELECTRONIC DICE
..,,
p1n14
I•c2pin 14
+6V
I:
~
9
• 8 39.0R
I ,QitC1d
1
2
1C2 2.
3 11 390R
3 ) ICJ01\J v
~
9
1"' .~
10
8
•
gJ-ICJb 10
u
1,_,___.._._
12 ICJc
,.\.,13 .!20R
470R
1'!,-
~~ IC1c )!---
1 :)1C3d
4 J90R
1-- ~
"
~· ~l
"""'!
_e--
at
~
~3 •
:::3 ' .,:. ' ~
2 1
LEOT-7
.' :::~ ~
-~
~,
--: ~ ~~
•
It•' t '" Pin 7
t IC2
pin 7
ov
NOTE
LEDt-7 are TIL209 or equivOJient
ICT is7400
0 CD
IC2 ·,s 7493
IC3 it. 7402
000
01 !ill'fi-Purp.PNP lcmax > !!>OmA
P-B 1 is normally clOsed
CD 0
l:ED ARRANGEMENT
Fig. 39-2
Circuit Notes
Six LEDs are arranged to produce a dis- IC2 counts from zero and resets on seven.
playthesameasthedotsonadice. WhenPBiis When PBI is released, the display is enabled
depressed, the display is blanked and the os- and a decoding system (IC3) produces the cor-
cillator (!Cl a, b, c) clocks IC2 at about lMHz. rect output on the LEDs.
325
-------------------------------------
GAME ROLLER OR CHASE CIRCUIT

+5V +5V
+5V 24
LED 1 R3
4 +5V
3300
R1
4.7K
12 (1) 23 2 ft'
7 3
555 14
R2 9 (2) 22
TIMER/ 7493
10K ..;-2
6 PULSE
GEN &
+8
8 (4) 21
i
74154
1~C1 4-LINE
-=- .068 .,.. TO
- 11 (8) 20 16 -LINE
DECODER
2 3 10
17
Fig. 39-3
Circuit Notes
The 555 timer produces a rapid series of low sequentially and in step with the binary
pulses whenever switch S1 is open. These couot delivered by the 7493. When the switch
pulses are counted in groups of 16 and con- is closed, only one LED remains on. Only one
verted into binary form by the 7493 and applied current limiting resistor (R3) is used for all the
to the 74154 (a 1-of-16 decoder/demultiplexer) LED's since only one is on at any one time.
wired so that each of its 16 output lines goes
326
TOSS-A-COIN BINARY BOX
10K
T .001
MFD.
1N4148
O--'\,V\~-<11
+9V. +9V.~
TOUCHPOINTS
I'/ LOOK
-·woK
1N4148 - ' - .01 MFO.
1=
9'9V.
14 13 12 11 10 9 8
~:~I
1234567
p~~l
1234567
4081 QUAD AND + 4011 QUAD NAND -!--

Fig. 39-4
Circuit Notes
Circuit uses an astable multivibrator to that the flip-flop's state is changed once for
vary the heads-or-tails condition, and a flip-flop each full cycle the multivibrator goes through
to store the condition given by the multivi- to assure an absolutely even 50-50 chance of a
brator. Consequently, the circuit is wired so heads or tails loss.
327
ELECTRONIC COIN TOSSER
01-HEP A0052
C1-Q221-'F
C2........047 F
'I PB1 "
AI, R2. R3-1 50kfl, IV.'
A4-1 5MII. 1w
"'
150k!l
PB 1-Pushbut •on.
::r .I La!aye\le 34 Pil2047V
"'
I
01
R00 52 15M!!
j_ R2 Fig. 39-5
C1
'10.221-'F
150k!l "'
150k!l
I 1.'
1\ C2
0471-'F
LP1
ME-22
~
~ LP2
NE-2
i
Circuit Notes
The circuit shown simulates the flipping of a coin by merely pushing switch PBl.
HEADS OR TAILS
r - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 r - - - - - - - < : v00!3-t8vl
NOTE,
JC1 154077
P81 LED1,2 ARE ANY LEO
PUSH TO_
''"
"
" LED2
Fig. 39-6
"'
,, ' "
'"
L----JVV~----~--~-------oov
Circuit Notes
This ultra-simple heads or tails indicator will oscillate, i.e. toss the coin. The astable
uses a single 4077 and no capacitor. frequency is approximately 5-10 MHz. PBl is a
The circuit is normally in a latched bista- normally closed switch.
ble mode; when the switch is closed the circuit
328
POTSHOT
"
470R
AV1100k lin
"
INHIBIT voo " Fig. 39-7
NOTE ~--o IC2 PIN14
tCl IS 4022
IC<' 154011
LE01~8 ARE Ttl209
t,---o9V
P81 ~
C2 <=)_+ L-----------...J
2u2
,.
-RZ
Circuit Notes
This is a circuit for a game of the shooting display is blanked for a few seconds signifying a
gallery variety. IC2a and b form an astable hit. Otherwise, the LED which was lit remains
multivibrator clocking IC 1 which causes LEDs lit. When the push button is released, C2 dis-
1-8 to flash in turn LED 5 is the target LED and charges through "R2 taking 8 pin 13 low again
the object of the game is to depress PBljust as and the LEDs will start to flash again.
LED 5 comes on. If this is done, the whole
LOW COST "HEADS OR TAILS"
ICI- SN7400
22K 1800 1800
HEADS OR TAILS- 1 I Cia 2 .~F

IC lb
,
~··Hf':Lt Tll209
"
Fig. 39-8
·circuit Notes
51 must be a push-to-make, release-to-break, switch.
329
WHO IS FIRST
.---------
1
I 220K
115Vac~ etc.
0.47 p.F
Fig. 39-9
Circuit Notes
Here is a circuit for any question-and- on the parallel neons (the other contestants)
answer party game. The first button pushed below the ionization level: determining un-
ionizes the neon bulb dropping the de voltage equivocally the first person to press the button.
WINDICATOR
+&V
r-"8
: lk ; lk
~ .. ' lk
2 a,
5
a, 16
... ~
~eso
'/
>---08 3 a, "' 15 ·~
1--08 I a,
7475
.,tO
... '"""
"
'/ Fig. 39-10
p
~N/0 "' .,.• ... .'/'
...
~.;. ~
7 CLOCKS
~· nYJ
PUSH
n'7 BUTTONS : 1k
~ 1- - 7
l:( R y,... I •ro
RESET
PUSHBUTTON
Circuit Notes
Two TTL !Cs and a handful of other com- logic 0 at one of the Q outputs. lights the ap-
ponents are all that is needed for a circuinhat propriate LED and locks out other entries by
will indicate which of four buttons was pressed taking the clock input low.
first, as well as lock out all other entries. A
330
40
Gas/Vapor Detectors
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source.,ntry in the Sources section.
Gas and Smoke Detector Ionization Chamber Smoke Detector

Ionization Chamber Smoke Detector
331
GAS AND SMOKE DETECTOR
o--oi'l
1
o------...--- 1 .2 Voc
I
I 100 K
I
I
120Vcc I Fig. 40-1
I
I
16V
100~-'f
Circuit Notes
This cir~cuit can detect smoke and a tion occurs when the ~gas concentration in-
number of gases (CO, C02, methane, coal gas crease causes a decrease ofthe sensor element
and others) with a 10 ppm sensitivity. It uses a internal resistance. The switch in series with
heated surface semiconductor sensor. Detec- the SCR is used for resetting the alarm.
IONIZATION CHAMBER SMOKE DETECTOR

+12.1i v
LOW-BATTERY CIRCUIT
"" ,.
03
1N5853A
UM
8.2 v 5%
"" H2.5V
+12.5 v
',,
C2
i
H2.5V
Fig. 40-2
MC14572
""
" 0.1 ~F
C3
"'
""300 kM
"'
.220 k
"" H: DELTA 12 VDC
"""
270 k 16002933
0.11-'f
Circuit Notes
Battery-operated, ionization chamber MC14572 for two alarm oscillators (smoke and
smoke detector includes a circuit to generate a low battery). This circuit additionally uses five
unique alarm when the battery reaches the end discrete transistors as buffers and com-
of its useful life. The circuit uses the MCMOS parators.
332
IONIZATION CHAMBER SMOKE DETECTOR
LOW-BATTERY CIRCUIT
R11
680 k
R12
R17
470 k
01
C3
0.1
"F
09
l _1s
2N5087 +- C4
1.5 M 1N914
0.1
R19 C2 25 J,IF
"F
as 2.2 M
0.331Jf
MPSA70 R16 R18 R20
2N5088 R15 1M 470 k 6.8 M
R14 1.2 M
2.7 M
(
11<
.----~-f----1r--;----1>---.._-'IIV'Nv--,.------o +12.5 V
R4 R7
47k 100 k
IONIZATION 03
C6 DELTA 12 VDC
CHAMBER .~, ~ MPS8598
0.01 16002933
R3 "F
270 k RB
AS
01
MFE824
500 k
100 k '\
\ 04
THRESHOLD J MPSA14
2N5088 COUNTER
R1 I
~ 300 kM R2 /
270 k R6 R9
150 k 100 k
-
Fig. 40-3
Circuit Notes
Ifthe smoke alarm signal must be a continuous one rather than pulsating, then the
slightly less expensive, all discrete transistor version of the MC14572 may be used.
333
41
Indicators
Ten-Step Voltage-Level Indicator Five-Step Voltage-Level Indicator

Beat Frequency Indicator Visible Voltage Indicator
Three-Step 'Level Indicator Voltage Level Detector
Indicator and Alann Zero Center Indicator for FM Receivers
Visual Zero-Beat Indicator
334
TEN-STEP VOLTAGE-LEVEL INDICATOR
Vee V+
,,,,
(31
.~'
AN ALOG
NPUT TL490C 01 (81 R
02 (91 ,·_,.·
R1t
03 (101 ..: .-
~
04 (111 l!
05 (121
'h
.·~
7,
~
,,,,
(41 ANALOG 06 (141
R2
100 kn
INPUT
07 (151
'h
,:..·
'oF
(61
CASCADE
08 (161 ,:..·
09 (11 ,:,..·
....
010 (21
.,....~'
(131
!,.
Fig. 41-1
Circuit Notes
This ten-step adjustable analog level de- cators, pressure indicators, and temperature
.tector is capable 1>f sinking up to 40 milliam- indicators: They may also· be used with a set of
peres at each output. The voltage range at the active filters to provide a visual indication of
input pin should range from 0 to 2 volts. Cir- harmonic content of audio signals.
cuits of this type are useful as liquid-level indi-
335
BEAT FREQUENCY INDICATOR
+-sv
74193 74155
120n
-COUNTER DEC DOER
COUNT
"' '"
" " ~
"'
" ~
EXCLUSIVE· OR
COUNT
DOWN "' ~
GATES: 7486 CLE.4!1
'"
Fig. 41-2
Circuit Notes
This circuit uses LEDs to display the beat quency. When fl is greater than f2, a dot oflight
frequencyoftwo-tone oscillators. Only one rotales clockwise; when fl is less than f2, the
LED is on at a time, and the apparent rotation of dot rotates counterclockwise; and when fl
the dot is an exact indication of the best fre- equals f2, there is no rotation.
THREE-STEP LEVEL INDICATOR
Fig. 41-3
Circuit Notes
This circuit makes a very compact level current drain with all three LEDs on of 5 rnA.
indicator where a meter would be impractical The chain can be extended but current drain
or not justified due to cost. Resistor values will increases rapidly and the first LED carries all
depend on type of LED used. For MV50 LEDs the current drawn -from the supply.
the resistors are 2 K for steps of approx 2 V and
336
INDICATOR AND ALARM
y+ 3V
~ ~
M
,... -,~ ,~ ,... -... -... -r ,... -r
M M M M M
r
M
r
M
~
M M
120
-
~
- - ~
'" - '"
~ ~ ~ ~
"' ,___
LEO
110.1
LED
N0.10 '" ... 01 , , 01
...
" 11 11 15 14 13 12 11 10
2N290~
DOT-BAR*
LM3914 SWITCH
..,
2lk
v• •Lo
••• II
REf
OUT ""
AOJ MODE ;l:'
I'
~
3
-¥ ov!.:v -¥ 19
Circuit Notes
Full-Scale changes display from dot to bar.
"BRIGHTNESS" "
p *The input to the Dot-Bar Switch may
be taken from cathodes of other LEOs.
Display will-change to bar as-soon as
the LED so selected begins to light,
Fig. 41-4
FIVE-STEP VOLTAGE-LEVEL INDICATOR
•mA
+-- ·r
,,
ANALOG V•
INPUT Tl488C
t! ••
"'' "'
01
"' "'
'"
.. t R1 is chosen to-.urt-th.-1 th•Yo~.cn:~a R2it'-
th•n 8 vofb. Norm..ly it will be .-.-to 1 wolt.
.,,!!"
••
03
'"
••
"' "'
06
'" ••
OND
Fig. 41-5
Circuit Notes
This circuit provides a visual indication of 5 LEDs to indicate the level is 5 steps. The
the input analog voltage level. It has a high voltage at the analog input should be in the
input impedance at pin 8 and open-collector range of zero to approximately one volt and
outputs capable of sinking up to 40 milliam- should never exceed eight volts.
peres. It is suitable for driving a linear array of
337
VISIBLE VOLTAGE INDICATOR VOLTAGE LEVEL DETECTOR
•svoc
...
Fig. 41-6 100 .... Fig. 41-8
ZERO CENTER INDICATOR FOR FM RECEIVERS
I MEG
FROM DETECTOR ~----'10;;0:;:''--'>-----!'--..J

:>_.~·~~'-~,._
70
741
BIPOLAR -LEO
Fig. 41-7
·V
Circuit Notes
To adjust, tune in a station and adjust the rM pot for a null. Then ask the station to
modulate anMine adjust so modulation peaks don't light the LEDs. Stations are properly
tuned when neither LED is lit.
338
VISUAL ZERO-BEAT INDICATOR
Circuit Notes
50: l'!ll1 Light-emitting diodes connected with ~re-
(YzW)
I verse polarity provide a visual indication of
( ~~ ( ~'l
AUDIO IN zero-beat frequency. Each LED is on for only
(1 • 3 v pk·pk) half a cycle of the input. When the input ire-
quency is more than 1 kilohertz away from the
zero-beat frequency, both LEDs appear to be
on all the time. As the input frequency comes
LEOs: FAIRCHILD FLV-100 RED, within about 20 hertz of zero beat, the LEDs
OR MONSANTO MV-5094 RED/RED. will flicker until zero beat is reached. Both
OR MONSANTO MV-5491 RED/GREEN LEDs glow or flicker until zero beat is reached,
Fig. 41-9 when they go out.
339
42
Infrared Circuits
IR Type Data Link IR Transmitter

IR Remote Control Transmitter/Receiver Remote Loudspeaker Via IR Link
Compact IR Receiver Proximity Detector
340
IR TYPE DATA LINK
"
..."
lOADS
_j'
DRI\IIft
I~ _rlli~ll 1 ' y ""
':' I
~ r-
..r:; -:!:-~·
~"*I
~~
T3
:~r • 1'0(1~f
t '
T'' DIGITAl
' OUTPUTS
LM181l
I
~.
lfll- • • n •
' XTAL ' ,,• '
" "' v~~.~s MIX IN
"'
ICDttECTOR) "'
(EMITTER I "'
ICOlLECTQRI
LMI872
MIX OIIT IF IN
"'
If OUT
"' nNe
"' "' "'
IEMlTURI
" " " "

J- ___...,·~r-u-
" " "
r r
l.~l •
:~J
.... n
T T1 3
~
6
T" , "
lOOk Il ANALOG
llUTPUa
'="
'""
- '-"
TO.Ol - -"
T"
... 80TTOM VIEW
Rl --Load decoupUng
t Photodlod•, 01
R2 -Synctlmer;R2::: _ _ A20!:470k
0.7 C6 vactec VTS 5068 0.18
Vacte~:; VTS 6089 0.52
R3 - Preamp decoupUng UOT PIN 60 or 6 OP 0.20
R5 - PhotodiOOG-decoupllng UOT PIN 220 OP 2.0
Cl - Photodfode decoupUng Siemens BPY 12 0.20
C2 - VBIAS bypa.n * Toko Am(Hica, Inc
C3 - v+ bypass 5520 West Touhy Ave.
Skokie, IlL 60077
C4 - Load d&eoupllng
(312)677-3640 Tl~- 72-4372
CS -IF bypass; optional
C6 -"Synctlmer:C6= t'svNC,ce:s:o.s,.f
_p"N---.,..,..,."'
0.7 A2
D.81 ~~~
C7 - Preamp decoup!ing
C6 - AGC ---'o
T1 - 455 kHz preamp transformer
rf
Toko* 10 EZC type {fiMC-502182). Ou =110
Pm 1 -2, 82T; pin 2-3, 82T
Pin 1-3, HUT: pin 4-6, 30T
T2 - 455 kHl IF transformer
Toko* 10 EZC type {RMC-402503), Ou =110
Pin 1-2, 98T: pin 2-3, 66T
Pm 1-3, 164T; pln 4-6, 8T
T3 - 455 kHl input transformer
Toko* ·10 EZC type (RMC-202313), Ou: 110
Pin 1-2, 131T: pin 2-3, 33T
Pin 1-3. 164T; pin 4-6, ST Input Stage Where the Cese of 01 Js
01 - PN or PIN Silicon Photodiode Connected to the Anode Fig. 42-l
341
IR REMOTE CONTROL TRANSMITTER/RECEIVER
+9V ~16V +15V
7SPST
MOMENTARY
? lOOK 4.7K
150K .OJ ~F .0022 uF 10K
4 SEIMENS
BPH)4
nt-----'
IR PHOTO
DET.ECTORS
41RLEDS
-MONSANTO
MV5000SERIES
OR EQUIVALENT
Fig. 42-2
Circuit Notes
The circuit is designed to operate at 25 off. The receiver circuit consists of a three
kHz. The data stream turns the 2N4401 hard on stage amplifier with photo diodes arrayed ~for
or off depending upon the coded state. This in maximum coverage of the reception area. The
turn switches the series infrared LEDs on and range ofthis set-up~should be about 10 meters.
COMPACT IR RECEIVER
.~
- '" .. . .t =-
I
l~
~
l l
•
l1.4ol0
• '
( . .,. •
(
~~-.. '
=-· TTH
... '
:I "'
Fig. 42-3 ·~ -f6
342
Circuit Notes
This ~simple infra-red transmitter, where duces an amplified current pulse about 15J.Lsec
the PPM output from pin 2 of the SL490 is fed wide. This pulse is further amplified by TR2
to the base of the PNP trasmitter TRl, pro- and applied to the infra-red diodes Dl and D2.
REMOTE LOUDSPEAKER VIA IR LINK
+15
IR FILTER
~
PHOTO
-..... -..... DIODE Rsc
....... -..... +-....;5:.t
)_NP
1M
-15 Fig. 42-5
343
PROXIMITY DETECTOR
NOTE 01 IS PHOTODIODE
IC1 IS CA3240 02 IS 1N4148
Ql IS 2N3819 ZDl IS-2V7 400mW ZENER
02,4 ARE BC184L LED1 IS Jmm RED LED
OJ IS BD140 LED2 IS IS INFRA-RED LED
01 --t5 TO 35V
R3 RB
1R5 12k
OUTPUT
R7
Q3 lOOk
C2•-
100u + i s
C3 02 ZDl
4
10n ~
~
LEDZ Dl
02 A6 C5 R9
lMO 47n 3M3 PAl RIO
10k 470k
ov
•SEE TEXT
INFRA-REO TRANSMITTER PHOTODIODE AMPLIFIER COMPARATOR
Fig. 42-6
I
Circuit Notes
I This circuit provides a means of detecting ting a beam of modulated infra-red light from
the presence of anything by the reflection of the emitter diode LED2, and receiving reflec-
infra-red light and provides a direct digital out- tions from objects passing in front of the beam
put of object detection. By the use of modula- with a photodiode detector DL The circuit
tion and high power bursts of infra-red at a very consists of an infra-red transmitter, photodiode
low duty cyde, a detection range of over a foot amplifier, and a variable threshold comparator.
is achieved. Works on the principle oftransmit-
344
43
Instrumentation Amplifiers
Instrumentation Amplifier High Gain Differential Instrumentation

Triple Op-Amp Instrumentation Amplifier Amplifier
Differential Input Instrumentation Amplifier High Impedance Bridge Amplifier
with High CMRR InstrumentationAmplifier (Two 0 p Amp
Instrumentation Amplifier with High CMRR Design)
Level-Shifting Isolation Amplifier Instrumentation Amplifier
Variable Gain, Differential-lnputlnstru- Differential Input Instrumentation Amplifier
mentation Amplifier High Impedance Differential Amplifier
Instrumentation Amplifier High Speed Instrumentation Amplifier
Low Signal Level, High Impedance In- Very High Impedance Instrumentation
strumentation Amplifier Amplifier
Chopper Channel Amplifier Precision FET Input Instrumentation
Battery Powered Buffer Amplifier for Stan- Amplifier
dard Cell High Stability Thermocouple Amplifier
Bridge Transducer Amplifier High Stability Thermocouple Amplifier
Instrumentation Amplifier High Impedance, Low Drift Instrumentation
Isolation Amplifier for Medical Telemetrv Amplifier
345
INSTRUMENTATION AMPLIFIER
Fig. 43-1
r --------,
I I
I ~~--~
I
I
I
GAIN (1 • ':'1) I
Rz
4
__R )
\ R3
I I
L- ~o.,;:r.!.,?r::!!'.!L _j
Circuit Notes
Instrumentation amplifiers (differential The HA-4620/5604 is suited for tliis applica-
amplifiers) are specifically designed to extract tion. The optional circuitry makes use of the
and amplify small differential signals from fourth amplifier section as a shield driver which
much larger common mode voltages. To serve enhances the ac common mode rejection by
as building blocks in instrumentation nullifying the effects oLcapacitance-to-ground
amplifiers, op amps must have very low offset mismatch between input conductors.
voltage drift, high gain and wide bandwidth.
346
TRIPLE OP-AMP INSTRUMENTATION AMPLIFIER
•• A6
"'" 20kll
Fig. 43·2
"'"'"
VCS ~ 0.08mV
TCVOS • O.]j..Vf C
NOISE • 0.5JlVP·P R3
>--0---oOUTPUT
2kH
RIN •·100G!l
liN • l.OnA
l
., VQUT • VIN [.1 + ~) !!§
R3 1'14
9kl! RS GAIN ~ 100
GAIN LIN • ·0.002%
"'" SLEW RATE" 2.5VI!lsec
-PSRR • 112d8
IF~ • Ws
R7
THEN C'IIRR • 120d8
""" ADJUST R7 FOR MAXIMUM CMRR
DIFFERENTIAL INPUT INSTRUMENTATION

AMPLIFIER WITH HIGH COMMON MODE REJECTION
R2' R6t
10 k 100 k
0.1% 0.1%
R1
45 k
1%
R1 ~ R4
R3 R2' R5
10 k R6 ~ R7
INPUTS t ·MATCHING DETERMINES CMRR
1o/c
A ~R6(1 ~ 2 R1)
V R2 R3
R4
45 k
1%
R5'
+ 10 k
0.1%
R7t
100 k
0.1%
Fig. 43•3
347
WITH HIGH COMMON MODE REJECTION
R2
6 10 k!!
1
39 !!
R1 R6
47 k!! 100 k!!
s ro
I
INPUTS
>"--+--1>-- OUTPUT
R1
R6 = R4 for best CMRR
R3 270 !l R3 = R4
10 k!l
AI = R6 = 10 R3
I R4 R6
47 k!l RS Ga-in= R7
J 6
39 !!
10 k!!
R7
100 k!l
Fig. 43-4
LEVEL-SHIFTING ISOLATION AMPLIFIER
.
"
INPUT
Fig. 43-5
>-•-o OUTPUT
Circuit Notes
The 2N4341 JFET is used as a level shif- suited for this type of application because
ter between two op amps operated at different lo=Is.
power supply voltages. The JFET is ideally
348
VARIABLE GAIN,
DIFFERENTIAL-INPUT INSTRUMENTATION AMPLIFIER
RJ
Ill
-e.nr. "'
IlK
··'"
~-·'------~.-OUTPUT
...••• Fig. 43-6
TO
....
lM£G
R2
••• ..."'
1.1" I.I'K
'·'"
•GAtfl ADJUST
Av•11 .... RI
vee+
10 kn, 1Dkn
0.1% 0.1% Fig. 43-7
Vee+
;>----~~~-----.-.--ooUTPUT
100kn
Vee+
1Dkn
vcc-
10 kn
I
0.1% 0.1%
vee-
349
LOW SIGNAL LEVEL, HIGH
IMPEDANCE INSTRUMENTATION AMPLIFIER
"+"1.3V
lOOK 0 1M fi
HIGH IMPEDANCE BRIDGE

Fig. 43-8
+1.3V
-10V
100KU
1Mn
IMPEDANCE CONVERTER
CHOPPER CHANNEL AMPLIFIER
Fig. 43-9
350
BATTERY POWERED BUFFER AMPLIFIER FOR STANDARD CELL
r---~---.------~-------.----~--.-·
"'
+ STANDARD OUTPUT
CELL
"'
42.2k
I 11
I 9V
....L
"'
3.6k "'
2k
* cannot have gat-e protection diode; VrH>Vour

Fig. 43-10
Circuit Notes
This circuit has negligible loading and disconnects the cell for low supply voltage or
overload on output. The indicator diode extinguishes as disconnect circuitry is activated.
BRIDGE TRANSDUCER AMPLIFIER
+vs .
,. ,
"'
......
"NOTE
·Thermal compan1alion
transducer (non-active)
... ..
250kll ......
AF
T•onodu~:;~••..mp
..l VS
]~ •IH,.~ ~-~1•
-15 +15
*o~.l147f"1f"":l"-12f..lJ7((1f.l)fRJiiiF]
[ Fig. 43-11
.l = A JC = NE/SE5512
351
Rser
IBJAS"' -40 nA 750 Kn
113 + •• ••
-I L-144 -
., 75 Kn 75 Ku
VtN
., 75 Kn
1.5 Kn
-1/3
Vour
L144 +
•a __L
-75 Kn
D.Q· 1.6VP-P
I
•• "'
75 Kn 75 Kn (GNOor
I BIAS= -40 nA VosNUlLI
Po,.13S,w
Fig. 43-12
VQS(TYP) RTI ~ 0:45 mV
Circuit Notes
Three-amplifier circuit consumes only stage provides all of the gain while the second
135JA.W of power from a-±1.5 V power supply. stage is-used to provide common mode rejec-
With a gain of 101, the instrumentation tion and double-ended to single-ended conver-
amplifier is ideal in sensor interface and sion.
biomedical preamplifier applications. The first
ISOLATION AMPLIFIER FOR MEDICAL TELEMETRY
Fig. 43-H
352
HIGH GAIN DIFFERENTIAL INSTRUMENTATION AMPLIFIER
.. ..
"'
-.
"'
""•• ••
"'"~
.....
• "
t.IIF
...... ""
•• .
"" -... tt
*
current zero
voltage balance
* gain
t de CMRR
**acCMRR
Fig. 43-14
Circuit Notes
This circuit includes input guarding, cable bootstrapping, and bias current com pen·
sation. Differential bandwidth is reduced by C1 which also makes common-mode rejec-
tion less dependent on matching of input amplifiers.
HIGH IMPEDANCE BRIDGE AMPLIFIER '
10k 100 k
10 k
Vo=-10Vt
100 k
1
NUll
V££ ADJUST
Fig. 43-15
353
INSTRUMENTATION HIGH IMPEDANCE
AMPLIFIER (TWO OP AMP DESIGN) DIFFERENTIAL AMPLIFIER
"
..." VQUT
IF_!!!•~
OUTPUT
R1 R3
VQUT •IV2- Vll 11 • ~)

THEN Av • "
AJ
"·~ ~ •¥a ;Q.006%
Fig. 43-16 Fig. 43-19
INSTRUMENTATION AMPLIFIER HIGH SPEED

+ ,, ,,
lk~! 1Ole ~ l
100kn
"
1kO
1 kO
,, VQUT
100kn
'OOTE: ~ • ~ FOR 0000 COMMON MODE REJECTION.

FI4A IS ADJUSTED FOR BEST CMRFI.
Fig. 43-17 Fig. 43-20
DIFFERENTIAL INPUT VERY HIGH IMPEDANCI.

·INSTRUMENTATION AMPLIFIER INSTRUMENTATION AMPLIFIER
+
OUTPUT
OUTI'UT
(AU-RESISTORS Of SAME NU...SEFI StlOULOBE MATCHED •0.1%)

(BUFHR Al BOOSTS COMMON folOOE lto~ 8V DRIVIJIG CAI!ILE SHIELDS
AT COMMON MODE VOLT AGE AND NEUTFIAlll'INC CM CAPACITANCE!
Fig. 43-18 Fig. 43-21
354
PRECISION FET INPUT HIGH STABILITY
INSTRUMENTATION AMPLIFIER THERMOCOUPLE AMPLIFIER
$EN$ lNG JU~,'_'o_'_ _..,'y"-.---~·~",._-.--~·~',.__,

,, l!NE RESISTANCE
EQ • 200 IE2- Etl

2
Rl ll.lfUIENCE ,, Eos • vos R ;,R'
••n "'
DATA
GUARD
IIIOlES
"'-AND lie. AAE <I'll •1o.-J*C
"""
REFERENCE
JUNCTION
IU AND 1M AilE <1%. <toppmi"C
ICs are A0547L

AS, Ill, 117, AIAAE 4 YATCHED NETWORK,
•0.01%, •:Z,W..rC TRACKING TC. "
-15V
Fig. 43-22
Fig. 43-24
HIGH IMPEDANCE LOW DRIFT

+15Y
HIGH STABILITY • ••
THERMOCOUPLE AMPLIFIER
+1SV
"' " -t&V
SENSING
JVUCTtON
.,
., A
vou,
<o +tSV
REFERENCE
~
JUNCTION
"
"
Fig. 43-23
-uv
Vour = R3
-
R
rL'- "' + ]
R1
1 <lV, v- +2V s: V1111 Common-Modes V+
System Vas adjusted via A2 Vas adjust

Trim RJ.to boost up CMRR to 120dB.
Fig. 43-25
355
44
Light Activated Circuits
Pulse Generation by Interrupting a Light Adjustable Light Detection Switch

Beam Photocell Memory Switch for AC Power
Optical Communication System Control
Four Quadrant Photo-Conductive Detector Optical Transmitter
Amplifier Light Interruption Detector
Precision Photodiode Comparator Optical Receiver
Automatic Night Light Light Isolated Power Relay Circuit
Receiver for 50 kHz FM Optional Precision Photodiode Level Detector
Transmitter Light Beam Operated On-Off Relay
Photodiode Amplifier Logarithmic Light Sensor
Optical Schmitt Trigger FM (PRM) Optical Transmitter
Light Level Sensor
356
PULSE GENERATION BY INTERRUPTING A LIGHT BEAM
PRODUCT
(141 Rext = 15 k.n
L Vee
LIGHT
SOURCE
D Tll81 ,.....J!l A1 Rx/Cx
1111
.CR ~ Ch
SN74121 Cext = 0.01 JJF
(14) 141 A2 (10) II
ex
~
111 ""'..cr 121 151 • Q 161
1\
OUTPUT
w
>
z v 171 SN7414
8 GND
171
RL =-100 n
-..!.
Fig. 44-l
Circuit Notes
This circuit puts out a pulse when an ob- and a TTL-compatible low logic level at pin 5 of
ject on the conveyor belt blocks the light the monostable. When an object blocks the
source. The light source keeps the phototran- light, TIL81 turns off the Schmitt-trigger in-
sistor turned on. This produces a high-logic- verter to triggers the one shot.
level voltage at the Schmitt-trigger inverter
357
OPTICAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
.-----;--~+10v.
A
47K
2N2222
>------4f--+--H or similar
Audio
input
lK
LED "-'
lOK
10!1
(B!
lOOK 10K lOK
lK
~~~ROlli lOK
.,. Solar lK
- cell
~
Circuit Notes
The simple modulator stage will accom- below this point. The purpose of Rl is to limit
modate most common LEDs. By adjusting the the current through the LED to a safe level and
potentiometer, the bias of the transistor is the purpose of the 10 ohm resistor is to allow a
varied until the LED is at its half output point. portion of the modulating signal to be observed
Then, audio will cause it to vary above and on a scope.
Fig. 44-2
358
FOUR QUADRANT PHOTO-CONDUCTIVE DETECTOR AMPLIFIER
+10
!MEG !MEG
.....
.... .001~
1IIEO
.05'11.
X•AXIS
1K
-== 0~0
......
1 MEG ":' + DC
NIA.L
+10Y
NE5514
"'t !MEG 111EO
.....
....
1K C., Y.(XJT
.OS'llo ~
@ ,.
+
V·AXIS
J_
C>--'\N'v--0
+15 50K -15
v
1K
IQ(ACnvE) ; S~A - (-.-)

~(--~·+L)~~~(+~·~+L)__ I
(+.-)
Fig. 44-3 PHASING
Circuit Notes
Use this circuit to sense four quadrant motion of a light source. By proper summing
of the signals from the X andY axes, four quadrant output may be fed to an X-Y plotter,
oscilloscope, or computer for simulation. IC = NE/SE5514
I
359
PRECISION PHOTODIODE COMPARATOR
Vee+"' s v
3.9 kH
2N3708 Fig. 44-4
Circuit Notes
Rl sets the comparison leveL At comparison, the photodiode has less than 5 mV
across it, decreasingdark current by an order of magnitude. IC = LM 111/211/311.
AUTOMATIC NIGHT LIGHT
Lamp(40W Max)
lAmp
Fuse CI06B
Fig. 44-5
IN5059
Circuit Note"
During daylight hours, the L14B photo-Darlington OEDEC registered as 2N5777
through 2N5780) shunts all gate current to ground. At night, ~the Ll4B effectively
provides a high resistance, diverting the current into the gate of the C106B and turning
on the lamp.
360
RECEIVER FOR 50 kHz FM OPTICAL TRANSMITTER
,.. 100
4,7K ...,,, 0.47 i
T·""· 2N i
•--'"'-'-
L14GZ
4701(
22M lOOK
.,. 5999
I
...,,
-·
---'V-+
I
2N5998
4.7K
PHOTOOETECTOR AMPLIF"IEA DEMODULATOR
Fig. 44-6
Circuit Notes
This circuit consists of a Ll4G2 detector, two stages of gain, and a FM demodulator.
Better sensitivity can be obtained using more stages of stabilized gain with AGC.
PHOTODIODE AMPLIFIER
C1 •••
100 !I
10,000
R2" RS"
1;000 GAIN
1 Mll 1 kl!
100 1 RANGE
SELECT
R6"
R3" 10 k! l 10
INPUT
100 k!l
A7 CALJBRATE
200 ll
FPT 102 OR C·B \\. ' - - - OUTPUT TO
JUNCTION OF FPT 100
A8* R9* RECORDER
C2 9.1 kll 2 k!l
220 pF
R14*
C3 100 !I
100 pF
15V
1 R10
"':" 510 ll
DC GAINS = 10,000; 1,000; 100; AND 10
BANDWIDTH= DETERMINED BY VALUE OF C1
Fig. 44-7
361
OPTICAL SCHMITT TRIGGER
Vee 12V
10k
; I
~~
4 B I12V re lay
.~
2 555 3
~
TIMER
...... Fig. 44-8
~/:
,. -
-....;::.
.{ :
~
1
-- ORP T?.
Circuit Notes
This circuit shows a 555 with its trigger Circuit can be used in other applications where
and threshold inputs connected together used a high input impedance and low output imped-
to energize a relay when the light level on a ance -are required with the minimum compo-
photoconductive cell falls below a preset value. nent count.
ADJUSTABLE LIGHT DETECTION SWITCH
( ~A~/D ""'
S'/f/ICk
.z.1r~""" ~
S/Af/£AI()
Fig. 44-9
IU
IDDJ(
/ill
"'""
Circuit Notes
R2 sets the circuit's threshold. When the reference voltage atthe 741's noninverting
light intensity at PCI's surface is decreased, input is properly adjusted via R2, the com-
the resistance of PCl a cadmium-sulfide photo- parator will switch from low to high when PCl
resistor is increased. This decreases the vol- is darkened. This turns on Ql which, in tum,
tage at the inverting input ofthe 741. When the pulls in relay KL
362
PHOTOCELL MEMORY SWITCH FOR AC POWER CONTROL
!I
01
.. 5000
r···--u
: TOCCL£ :
' '
II Cl" .,
""""'
D2
~-~------~
' ~.
R2 56 0 Fig. 44-10
RJ
--- 211)0
DUPlEX CONVENIENCE
RECEPTACLE ON BACK
Rl 270 K OF CASE
I I
* lHESf PINS MAY BE CUPP£0 OFf,
If DESIREU.
Circuit -Notes
Provides remote control for ac-powered vate it a second time and power goes off and
devices by using the beam of a flashlight as a stays off. It consists of a combination of a high-
magic wand. The important aspect of this sensitivity photocell. a high-gain IC Schmitt
gadget is that it remembers. Activate it once to trigger, and an impulse-actuated latching relay.
apply power to a device and it stays on. Acti-
OPTICAL TRANSMITTER
5v
Circuit Notes
Driver circuit uses an MC74LS04 and one
discrete transistor. The circuit ~can drive the
DATA
LED (MFOEI200) at up to I Mbps data rate.
INI'tll
.....__
lED
-z......._
IN914
l-N914
Fig. 44-ll
3&3
LIGHT INTERRUPTION DETECTOR
IN5059
1ek n
I WATT
115V, 60Hz
Fig. 44-12
lOOk
n
Circuit Notes
Whenthe light incident on the LASCR is interrupted, the voltage at the anode to the
2N4990 unilateral switch goes positive on the next positive cycle of the power which in
tum triggers the switch and the C230 SCR when the switching voltage of the unilateral
switch is reached. This will cause the load to be energized for as long as light is not
incident on the LASCR.
OPTICAL RECEIVER
Circuit Notes
The MFODllOO PIN diode reqmres
shielding from emi.
2k
lk
Fig. 44-13
364
LIGHT ISOLATED SOLID STATE POWER RELAY CIRCUITS
NORMALLY CLOSED CONTACT

F;200V LOAD
ro lOA h----,
Fig. 44-14
Circuit Notes
Both circuits use the G.E. SC146B, 200 V, relays at other line voltages the asterisked (*)
10 A Triac as load current contacts. These components are scaled to supply identical cur-
triacs are triggered by normal SBS (2N4992) rent. Ratings must be changed as required.
trigger circuits, which are controlled by the Incandescent lamps may be used in place of the
photo-Darlington, acting through the DA806 light emitting diodes, if desired.
bridge as an ac photo switch. To operate the
PRECISION PHOTODIODE LEVEL DETECTOR
v8 + ~v
••
., ••n Circuit Notes
For Rl = 2.5 M, R2 = R3 = 5 M. The
output state changes at a photo diode current of
0.5 !LA.
7 TTL FAN..;OUT•!
••
Fig. 44-15
365
LIGHT BEAM OPERATED ON-OFF RELAY
---c-•roCONTROLLED
C - . CIRCUIT
NE 01
.,
PARTS LIST FOR
COMMERCIAL KILLER
01-400-PIV silicon rectifier
Kl-117 VAC latching relay
Rl R3
(Guardian IR-610L-A115 or
PCI
equiv.)
NE-NE-83 neon tamp
R2 PC1-Ciairex photo cell CLSOS for
high light level; CL704 or
CL705 photocell for tow light
117V-AC level
Rl-22,000-ohm, l,l-watt resistor
R2-1-megohm potentiometer
R3-100·ohm, l,l-watt resistor
Fig. 44-16 SCR1-HEP R1218, 200V, 4A,
silicon-controlled rectifier
Circuit Notes
When a beam of light strikes the photocell, tion even after coil current is removed. The
the voltage across neon lamp NE-1 rises first impulse opens Kl's contacts, the second
sharply. NE-1 turns on and fires the SCR. K1 is impulse closes them, etc.
~an impulse relay whose contacts stay in posi-
LOGARITHMIC LIGHT SENSOR
01
111451
1r
-r- R3tt
""
~- ~.
. ' ~·· ·~ AI -&
'·li - LM11~ I
I'
z
"".f'!' ..
I
•
~
I
ID.2~
1....
1.
k. ~ M3111 ........
._
.". -
: 1
.IGI~
..
.,
"'
..
Ret•
1.
1 IIIA~IouTSi•A
I M,.A:s;IDSSihA
t fCMiw ICIIi lriill
tW.IMttrtrilll
•c.,,.~ .,. WhiMI
366
FM (PRM) OPTICAL TRANSMITTER
Fig. 44-18
f '*(50- 2V 1N )KHz
LED 56
+-f'v-
+"\r-
·-
L---~L---_.--~ ____._____.___--o-25VOC
Circuit Notes
The basic circuit can be operated at 80 fects. Greater output can be obtained by using a
kHz and is limited by the PUT capacitor combi- larger capacitor, which also gives a lower
nation. 60kHz is the maximum modulation fre- operating frequency, or using a higher power
quency. The pulse repetition rate is a linear output IRED such as the F5Dl. Average power
function of VtN, the modulating voltage. Lenses consumption of the transmitter circuit is less
or reflectors minimizes stray light noise ef- than 3 watts.
LIGHT LEVEL SENSOR
Fig. 44-19
01 RJ*
Rt tOk
2110lo
11- provid11 hytUrnil
367
45
Light Controls
The sources of the following circuits are contained in the :iources section beginning on page 730. The
Light Dimmers 800 W Soft -Start Light Dimmer

Remote Control for Lamp or Appliance Low Loss Brightness Control
High Power Control for Sensitive Contacts Half-Wave Ac Phase-Controlled Circuit
Complementary Lighting Control Emergency Light
Floodlamp Power Control Neon Lamp Driver
Hysteresis-Free Phase Control Circuit Complementary Ac Power Switching
Low Cost Lamp Dimmer Battery Lantern Circuit
Zero Point Switch Shift Register
800 W Triac Light Dimmer Light Level Controller
Full-Wave SCR.Control 2.2 W Incandescent Lamp Driver
860 W Limited Range Low Cost Precision
Light Control
368
LIGHT DIMMERS
T28008
OR
T28000
03202U
9ZC!I-26235
(a) Single·time~constant light-dimmer circuit.
Parts List
120-Volt, 60-Hz Operation tiometer,
0.5 watt
0.25 megohm, Ce = 0.05 #F. 400 V
Lt ::::: 200 ttH
Ct, C2 -=
0.1 JLF, 200 V Rt = 4700 ohms, 0.5 watt
Lt
Rt
=
= 100 p.H 240-Vo!t, 50/60 Hz Opera.
tion
R2 ::::: light --control, poten-
tiometer, 0.25 megohm,
fu = 3300 ohms, 0.5
light control,
watt
paten- 1 watt
Ct = 0.1 11F. 400 V
T28008
Rl OR
T28000
120 V AC R2
OR
"" 240 VAC
so-Hz
s,
c, c3 o3zozu
=
LAMP 92CS-262H
{b) Double-time-constant light-dimmer circuit.
Parts List
120-VoZt, 60-Hz Operation tiometer, 0.1 megohm, C:1= 0.1 JJ.F, 100 V
Ct, C2 ::::: 0.1 JLF, 200 V
0.5 watt Lt = 100 JJ.H
Co = 0.1 #F, 100 V Rt :::: 7500 -ohms, 2 watts
Lt ::::: 100 ttH 240-Volt, 60-Hz Operation -R2 :::: light control, poten-
Rt
&
== 1000 ohms, 0.5 watt
light control, paten- = 0.1
tiometer, 0.2 megohm,
1 watt
Ct
c, = 0.05 p.F,~F.400400V V Ra :::: 7500 oluns, 2 watts
Fig. 45-1
Circuit-Notes
The two lamp·dimmer circuits differ in guished.) The additional capacitor C2 in (b)
that (a) employs a single·time·constant trigger reduces hysteresis by charging to a higher vol·
network and (b) uses a double·time·constant tage than capacitor C3. During gate triggering,
trigger circuit that reduces hysteresis effects C3 discharges to form the gate current pulse.
and thereby extends the effective range of the Capacitor C2, however, has a longer discharge
light·controlpotentiometer. (Hysteresisre· time constant and this capacitor restores some
fers to a difference in the control po· of the charge removed from C3 by the gate
tentiometer setting at which the lamp turns on current pulse.
and the setting at which the light is extin·
369
REMOTE CONTROL FOR LAMP OR APPLIANCE
LOAD RECEPTACLE "FILAMENT"

SOO~TS MAX /TRANSFORMER
120=j;~'~------fO~t~.~-----sd\~~JP------------~~~_r~~----------,
"3 AG"
FUSE 6 3'1/ Tl
10
. - - - - - - · - ' -" -,{11120V GE -XI2
TRIA;..- b.
l!~
Rl
SO OHMS
2WATTS
NOTE.
MOUNT GE- Xf2 ON A
.LOW VOLTAGE" 3"X 3''x ltt6" COPPER OR
''BELl' WIRE • \ ALUMINUM COOUNG FIN.
Sl) REMOTE
SWITCH
Fig. 45-2
Circuit Notes
The circuit uses the primary current cif a justed for the highest resistance that will not
small6.3 volt filament transformer to actuate a cause the:triac to trigger with Sl open. When
triac and energize the load. When switch Sl, in single-pole remote switch, Sl, closes, the sec-
the six-volt secondary, of the transformer is ondary of the transformer is shorted and a high
open, a small "magnetizing" current flows current flows through the 120-volt primary.
through the primary winding. This magnetizing This triggers the triac and energizes the load.
current may he large enough to trigger the When the triac conducts, current through the
triac. Therefore, a shunting resistor, Rl, is primary stops and thus prevents burning out
required to prevent such triggering. Rl, is ad- the transformer.
370
HIGH POWER CONTROL FORSENSITIVE CONTACTS
R1
0 3K
CS-1 28 VAC
SUPPLY
1--....-•-r-...J'f"' AD114
R2 RGK
1K 1K
R1
4.7K
CS-1
AD114 28 VAC
SUPPLY
ACTUATING
CONTACT
R1
28 V A-C
ACTUATING SUPPLY
CONTACT
Fig. 45-3
Circuit Notes
Two simple arrangementsfor resistive be made to latch by operating with de instead of
loads are shown in -A & B. The circuit in A will the indicated ac supply. In both of these cir-
provide load power when the actuating contact cuits, voltage across the sensitive contacts is
is closed, and no power when the contact is under 5 volts, and contact current is below 5
open. B provides the reverse of this action- rnA. For inductiveloads, Rlwould normally be
power being supplied to the load when the returned to the opposite side of the load as
contact is open with no load power when the shown in C.
contact is closed. If desired, both circuits can
371
COMPLEMENTARY LIGHTING CONTROL
TYPICAL 6·AMP
BRIDGE NOTE: C1 IS NON-POLARlZED
120 v
o,
60 Hz
o, o, L, L,
-150W 0.47 ,uF 150W
c, 200V
R, o,
47 k!2 1N4003
RG, 4.7 kil RoL 4.7 kn
VOLTS
ACROSS
L,
:buD [\ '' '' ''

• t
VOLTS vI .i
' .
f1. I
1
11 ( \
1
;~~Ns8~,V~LTAGE- -0 -- ----d ~
ACROSS : I
d (I • t
Fig~ 45-4
C-ircuit Notes
This lighting-control unit will fade out one diac. It controls the brightness of lamp L1 di-
lamp while simultaneously increasing the light rectly. Whenever SCRl is not on, a small cur-
output oi another. The two loads track each rent flows through L1, D1, and Rl, permitting
other accurately without adjustments. Theilate SCR2 to fire. When SCRl turns on, current
ofSCRl, a silicon-controlied rectifier, is driven flow ceases through Dl and Rl; the energy
from a standard phase-control circuit, based, stored in Cl produces a negative spike that
for example, on a unijunction transistor or a turns SCR2 off.
372
FLOODLAMP POWER CONTROL
rI LAMP
240V Fig. 45-5

A.C.
I Circuit
01
Notes
02
When setting up photographic floodlamps, lamps to operate on half cycle power when the
it is sometimes desirable to operate the lamps switch is open, and full power, when the switch
at lower power levels until actually ready to is closed. The diodes Dl and D2 should have a
take the photograph. The circuit allows the 400 volt PIV rating at 5 amps.
HYSTERESIS-FREE PHASE CONTROL CIRCUIT
L.OAD
i
115VAC
4.7k
01
4.7k 1\.
0-500K
100
.22JIFd SBS 02 .n.
SBS 2N4992
01,02-GE 6RS5GCIL.AJ I
-COMMON CATHODE Fig. 45-6
Circuit Notes
This circuit is intended for lamp dimming (or "snap-on") effect, the capacitor is reset to
and similar applications. It requires only one approximately 0 volts at the end of every posi-
RC phase lag network. To avoid the hysteresis tive half cycle using the gate lead.
373
LOW COST LAMP DIMMER
t2
"'
~ . 01
Fig. 45-7
40502
117VAC
Cl
PARTS LIST FOR LO-COST LAMP DIMMER

C1, C2-0.068-uF, 200-VDC 400watts
capacitor Q1-RCA 40502 Triac
11-NE-2 neon lamp Rl-50,000-ohm, pot.
12-External lamp not to exceed R2-15,000-ohm, ¥2-watt resistor
Circuit Notes
Without a heats ink, Triac Ql handles up to a 400-watt lamp. The neon lamp does not
trip the gate until it conducts so the lamp turns on a medium brilliance. The lamp can then
be backed off to a soft glow.
ZERO-POINT SWITCH
MDA 920-7
01·04
R1
3k Tubo (See Te)(t)
5W
A3 L1
10k~~-----+--~~--
01 1W
02 03
05 2N5569
MZ500-
03 23
04
105 tO 250 V A4
AC 25 k
Power 1W
Source
•
Sprague
Ll --150 Watt Projection Lamp With
11Z12
B.uilt-ln Reflector Mirror
Fig. 45-8
374
800 W TRIAC UGHT DIMMER
Load
6.8 k
2W
I ----,
I 0 I
Q2
I I
_J,
T1 2N6346
115 VAC I I 06
1N4748
Sprague
••
60 H~
I I 22 v
1 1Z12
~~-~.~ r____ 2N5568
I I
I o3 04 I
I __ _
L _j
I •
MDA-920A-4
Fig. 45-9
FULL-WAVE SCR CONTROL
Circuit Notes
This circuiLenables a single SCR to pro-
vide fullwave control of resistive loads. Resis-
tor R3 should be chosen so that when poten-
tiometer R2 is·at its minimum setting,.the cur-
rent in the load is at the requirea minimum
·level. Diodes should have same current and
voltage rating as the SCR.
toon. tiM
Fig. 45-10
375
860 WATT LIMITED-RANGE LOW COST PRECISION LIGHT CONTROL
Ll Rl ~-------------------.
Lz
.,
(240)
120Y
&OHz
430W
(860W)
o,
., z,
••
I
L - - - - - - - - - - - - ____ j
R1-6.8KO, 2W (I!SK, SWI o1-G£ CI22BICI2ZOI c,-. o3,.tcl ,25v Fig. 45 . . 11
R2 -470 Oz·-GE 2N2646 ~-OJ,..td,25V
"R -IKO.
3 0 1 - GE A<NB(A410) ~OTE' ALL -RESISTANCES
R4 -6100 Dz-GE AI4F l/2w,IO% UNLESS
R5 -tUi,II2W-POT z1-16V ZENER OTHERWISE NOTED.
P.C.• GE AM L 1,Lz-430W INCANDESCENT LAMP -~~~u::J~ PARANTHESES
Circuit Notes
The system is designed to regulate an 860 applied to an incandescent lamp results in 30%
watt lamp load from~half to full power. This is ofthe fuli light output. Consequently the circuit
achieved by the controlled-half-plus-fixed- is designed to control the light output of the
half-wave phase control method. Half power lamp from 30% to 100% of maximum.
800 W SOFT-START LIGHT DIMMER
r l
I I OJ 06
01 I I 1N4001
I
I Rl
I 5.1 k R5
R3
I
I
l15 VAC I 05
60Hz 1N4747
I 20 v
I
I
I R6
10
I !
02 I 1 o4
SPRAGUE T1
I I 1 1Z12
I
L J Fig. 45-12
376
WW LOSS BRIGHTNESS CONTROL
., ADJUST •• GE NO. 4541
"'" a, •• BRIGHTNESS 60 4~7Y .5A
•• i OI!TI 220
••
lOOK
o,
••
181<
470
ALL RES'IST_ORS 112W

.0047~F
Ci ••
391(
04005
Fig. 45-13
Circuit Notes
This circuit changes the average value of diode is used as the emitting device, the ir-
the de supply voltage because of the high radiance will be in phase with the applied cur-
switching frequency. The tungsten lamp will rent pulses and will decrease to zero when the
have an almost continuous adjustable light out- supply currenLis zero.
put between 0 and 100%. If a light emitting
HALF WAVE AC PHASE-CONTROLLED CIRCUIT
LOAD
3K
GE
C22B
Fig. 45-14
120VIAC
SWITCH
FOR FULL
POWER
Circuit Notes
The 5AH will trigger when the voltage across the two 0.1 !LF capacitors reaches the
breakdown voltage of the lamp. Control can be obtained full off to 95% of the half wave
RMS output voltage. Full power can be obtained with the addition of the switch across
the SCR.
377
EMERGENCY LIGHT
l
240/120 )'II Cl I
GE
CI06Y
SCR
l"i:\
GE
1073LAMP
c CR2-GE A40F
R2-CURRENT LIMITING
AS REQUIRED
VOLTS AC IOOMF*
IBV
R3
Rl IK ::=::: 12 VOLT BATTERY
100
CRI
GE A14F
0 I
AL.L. RESISTORS
240/120112.6 VOLT
1/2 WATT
TRANSFORMER
EXCEPT AS
Fig. 45-15
NOTED
Circuit Notes
This simple circuit provides battery oper- gate of the Cl06Y SCR. By this means, the SCR
ated emergency lighting instantaneously upon is prevented from being triggered, and the
failure of the regular ac service. When line emergency light stays off. At the same time,
power is restored, the emergency light turns the battery is kept fully charged by rectifier
off and the battery recharges automatically. CR2 and resistor R2. Should the ac power fail,
The circuit is ideal for use in elevator cars, Cl discharges and the SCR is triggered on by
corridors and similar places where loss of light battery power through resistor R3. The SCR
due to power failure would be undesirable. then energizes the emergency light. Reset is
Completely static in operation, the circuit re- automatic when ac is restored, because the
quires no maintenance. With ac power on, peak ac line voltage biases the SCRand turns it
capacitor Cl charges through rectifier CRl and off.
resistor Rl to develop a negative voltage at the
378
NEON LAMP DRIVER
95 TO 105V
DC FOR LATCHING
AC FOR NON-LATCHING
.-----r---o
43K 150K RESET METHODS
X
-IV 3 MA-FOR
(a.) 5 ~ S MAX LOAD
NE-81
!.
RESET
v
62K
+ 1V
0 ==OFF
=ON
INITIALLY 10K
___=¥v
v___ l1MA
(b.)
INPUT
y 2N2926 V
RESET
z
z
Fig. 45-16
COMPLEMENTARY AC POWER SWITCHING

r----------r-- ~lVac
#44
R2
3.3K Fig. 45-17
A3 1K
Circuit Notes
An input signal ofless than 1 rnA and 1 Vis will be triggered on at the beginning of each
required to switch on CSl. As long. as this input positive half-cycle, when CS1 anode voltage
.,;ignal is maintained, CS1 will conduct during reaches 2 to 3 volts. CS2 will conduct for nearly
each positive half cycle of anode voltage, the entire positive half-cycle energizing L2. It
thereby energizing load L1 with half-wave should be noted that the 6.3 volt lamps used
rectified de. L2 remains de-energized, since will operate at h the rated brilliance because of
the anode of CS1 will not go more positive than the controlled switch half-wave rectifying ac-
1.5 volts, and voltage divider R2 - R3 cannot tion.and will extend the operating lamp life by
provide enough voltage to trigger CS2. Upon several orders of magnitude. Should full bril-
removal of the input ;;ignal, CS1 will drop out. liance be desired, the anode supply voltage
L1 will be de-energized, except for a small level should be raised to 9 volts ac.
amount of ac current through R2 and R3. CS2
379
BATTERY LANTERN CIRCUIT
FLOUR£SCEIT LIGHT-LEVELCONTROLLER
I.AIIP
+
tzV
NA71U
HSV.,;
TOROID
TIIANSFOIIHI
""'
TAIAC
Fig. 45-18
SHIFT REGISTER
-----,r-----o+18V Fig. 45-20
IOK
~-~~~-----o~~~RRU~EDr---------------------1
#330 lAMP
80 MA• 14V_ lOOK
··-I
lOOK
FA~ .02
ohTONEXT
PREVious· I STAGE
~AGE
2
~-,~,K~+-~/ 2.2 WATT
INCANDESCENT LAMP DRIVER
IN 4009
voo=.t1v
SHIR
~'"
OR IN4154
PULSE ft - i L - - - - - - - - - - '
BASIC SHIFT REGISTER STAGE 112 HC C /HCF 40107 B '"
2.2 w 2,2W
Fig. 45-19 x
f= O.SHz
Circuit Notes l'-2 HCCIHCF
40107 8
The shift pulse amplitude is less than 15
volts. If a stage is off, the shift pulse will not be 10M it O.l.uF S-3387
coupled to the next stage. If it is on, the diode
will conduct and trigger the next stage. Just Fig. 45-21
prior to the shift pulse the anode supply is
interrupted to tum off all stages. The stored
capacitor charge determines which stages will
be triggered.
380
46
Light Measuring Circuits

The sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on~ page 730. The
Linear Light Meter ~Circuit Light Meter

Logarithmic Light-Meter Circuit Light Meter
Light Meter Precision Photodiode Comparator
381
LINEAR LIGHT-METER CIRCUIT
R typically t 0 M!l
Circuit Notes
Photodiode 1.000 pf
0501-0 This circuit uses a low-input-bias op amp
to give a steady de indication of light level. To
reduce circuit sensitivity to light, Rl can be
r·
reduced, but should not be less than 100 K. The
capacitor values in the circuit are chosen to
provide a time constant sufficient to filter
1,000
high-frequency light variations that might
pf R typically 10 MH
arise, for example, from fluorescent lights .
.__.,.____ ____,____,j
Fig. 46-1
LOGARITHMIC LIGHT-METER CIRCUIT
Photodiode
= Battery
0501-0
5.6K!l
Fig. 46-2
Circuit Notes
The meter reading isdirectly~roportiona! prevents output voltage from becoming nega-
to the logaritlun of the input lightpower. The tive (thereby pegging the meter), which may
logaritlunic circuit behavior arises from the happen at low lightlevels due to amplifier bias
nonlinear diode pnjunctioncurrent/voltage currents. Rl adjusts the meter full-scale de-
relationship. The diode in the amplifier output flection, enabling the meter to be calibrated.
382
LIGHT METER
~ f& ~ .~- ,111 f-111. ~f& ~ f& # .~: ~: ~- ~

/• lrf1 ~ ,pj, tr#
. ".{&.
"'
NO 1 _
..."' . .•
" " " " " " " " " " " " " " " "
,.
lMHl&
... '"... ,. .,.

lMlltli
'"' ...
""• ••• ...' '" . ..
L...J'
,-
-¥ ' ""• '"• . 1". .,
'"
""
'"' MQQ(
' '-¥ '

'"
I'
...
J:.N
:r··
... .
,
."'..
•
.=..111
rr: .•. """' . "'
1h: 1%;
., Retiator value selects exposure
~.. . 112 !/atop -reaoiiJtlor.

Ten !/stop range (1000:1)
.
-<.<_ __ UolJMIII I I
'..., ., .•..
Typical supply current Is 8 rnA.
'
i 46,3
Fg. .,
4 r'··F
.,
LIGHT METER
.-...- ...- - - . - - - + l.tv::;v·~zv
Fl!
'" ...
R3
Fig. 46-4
Dl
ZERO
..
-Z.M:
383
LIGHT METER
"
UIU,f
"'
•a
.."'
Fig. 46-5
111 tu.-
"' "'
..
,..." ·- ,-
··!
01"4..- ""
A
""'" t V1 •-0 0 IJN"' 100 nA
f V1•-0.24VOitN"'10pA
,,,..,_,_..,
... M1•001tNs10pA
•• M1zlaOIIN""1mA
Circuit Notes
This light meter has an eight-decade range. -Bias current compensation can give
input current resolution of better than ±2 pA over 15 °C to 55 °C.
PRECISION PHOTODIODE COMPARATOR

·IV
AI
J.lk
"
"'
Fig. 46-6
.,.
•RZ •tli tiM tO"'JI'ison lftolri.
"' At com~t~rison, the photodtoh
hn lftl tflen S mY ICfOH it,
dtmninglnkttn lly en order
of matflitude.
384
47
Liquid Level Detectors
The sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sour~es section he ginning on page 730. The
figure numher contained in the hox of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Level Sensor for Cryogenic Fluids Water Level Alarm

Fluid Level Controller Water-Level Sensing Control Circuit
High Level Warning Device Flood Alarm
Liquid Level Control Liquid Level Detector
Liquid Level Detector Latching Low'Level Warning with Audio Output
385
LEVEL SENSOR FOR CRYOGENIC FLUIDS
V j28Vdc)
2 ~s.1K 47
IN3016A-t,--+JJO
2N3406 '-'""a-c=uR""R"'E;:;N:;:T,.5- 1OK

~sET
1K
Fig. 47-1
GOLD-PLATED
PLATINUM WIRE
[0.4-MIL (0.01-mm)
DIAMETER]
I
I
40 I
I
II 3.9V 10M
I I
I ...
.__-_- - - _
I
_J NOTE: Resistor values are in ohms.
Circuit Notes
The sensor circuit is adaptable to different liquids and sensors. The constant-
current source drives current through the sensing probe and a fixed resistor. The
voltage-comparator circuits interpret the voltage drops to tell whether the probe is
immersed in liquid and whether there is current in the probe.
386
TLUID LEVEL CONTROLLER
ov
FLIP-FLOP
OUTPUT
SV
!~ o~''Y"·'+4~
::U~OD;D~UT~L~,;T:[i_~2:iJ{i~j
TRANSPARENT CONTAINER
10kO
FLUID
PUMP INLET
Fig. 47-2
Circuit Notes
This circuit can be used Jo maintain fluid between two levels. Variations on this
control circuit can be made to keep something that moves within certain boundary
conditions.
HIGH LEVEL WARNING DEVICE

'"
r:'~:::~~
,ROTECTION
IIUISTOII
411 lk
Fig. 47-3
The output Is suitable for driving 1 sump ptJmP

or oJH~ning 1 drein VIIVI, etc.
387
LIQUID LEVEL CONTROL
.,
I
1151/
60Hz
63K
100
Tl
101/
AC
Rl
IM
l ., Q3
"•
lOOK
a,
Cl03
Fig. 47-4
~--------------
..[_
"='
OR SC50
SCSI
.,
IK
.,
--HIGH LEVEL
--LOW LEVEL
Circuit Notes
Use this circuit to keep the fluid level of a metaL probes, one measuring the high level and
liquid between two fixed points. Two modes, the other the low leveL An inversion of the
for filling or emptying are possible by simple logic (keeping the container filled) can be ac-
reversing the contact connections of Kl. The complished by replacing the normally open
loads can be either electric motors or solenoid contact on the gate of Q3 with a normally closed
operated valves, operating from ac power. contact.
Liquid level detection is accomplished by two
LIQUID LEVEL DETECTOR (LATCHING)

+3 to-+24v. fdetermined by the
voltage the relay nrquins)
Circuit Notes
2N3906 1N4148
Alarm is actuated when liquid level is
above the probes and remains activated even if
• SCR the level drops below the probes. This latching
(the current rating action lets you know that the pre-set level has
if SCR must-be
'----;G;'CI/ greater than the been reached or exceedea sometime in the
c realy coil rating) past.
.----..J
Probes Fig. 47-5
388
WATER LEVEL ALARM
Rt tOOk
r-----~~~~----1------~
IC107
01
SPEAKER
15-IO<l
Fig. 47-6
C1
0.01
-Yo
Circuit Notes
The circuit draws so little current that the switch which applies current to the unijunction
shelf-line of the battery is the limiting factor. relaxation oscillator Q2. Alarm signal fre-
The only current drawn is the leakage of the quency is controlled by values and ratios of
transistor. The circuit is shown in the form of a Cl/R2. Pulses switch Q3 on and off, applying a
water level alarm but by using different forms signal to the speaker. Almost any NPN silicon
of pro he can act as a rain alarm or shorting transistor can be used for Ql and Q3 and almost
alarm; anything from zero to about 1 M bet- any unijunction for QZ.
ween the probes will trigger it. Ql acts as a
WATER-LEVEL SENSING CONTROL CIRCUIT
T1 "FILAMENT
TRANSFORMER•
120J.. 120 v
6QN
6.3V
TO
12.6V
II TRIAC
Fig. 47-7
100
10
Circuit Notes
The circuit applies power to the load until the water conducts through the probe, and
bypasses gate current from the low current SCR. This gives an isolated low voltage
probe to satisfy safety requirements.
389
FLOOD.ALARM
Rl
3.3M!l
Circuit Notes
The alarm is built around two audio oscil-
lators, each using two NAND gates. The detec-
tion oscillator is gated on by a pair of remote
+ probes. One of the probes is connected to the
battery supply, the other to the input of one of
the gates. When water flows between the
probes, the detection oscillator is gated on.
The alarm oscillator is gated on by the output of
the oetection oscillator. The values given pro-
duce an audio tone of about 3000Hz. The detec-
tion oscillator gates this audio tone at a rate of
about 3 Hz. The result is a unique pulsating
note. Use any 8 ohm speaker to sound the
alarm. The 2N3904 can be replaced by any
similar NPN transistor. The circuit will work
from any six to 12-volt supply.
+9v. To Pin 14-ol4011
rtJr---+1 ToPin7of4011 Fig. 47-8
LIQUID LEVEL DETECTOR
q +3 to +12v.
I (determined by the voltage the relay requir"l
3.3K!!
11114148
Circuit Notes
When liquid level reaches both probes,
B
2N2222 alarm is turned on. When water level recedes it
goes off.
B
2Nl222
J.JKS!
Probes
Fig. 47-9
390
LOW-LEVEL WARNING WITH AUDIO OUTPUT
Vee
t .._... lf:
""
0.001.iiF
...
14 1Z
TIMING Vee
osg~~PAU~OFI•r·.L..-CA_P_. ...&..,
Fig. 47-10
.
FILTER GROUND
"
391
48
Logic Circuits
Light Activated Logic Circuits OR Gate

Programmable Gate Large Fan-In AND Gate
Negative to Positive Supply Logic Level AND Gate
Shifter R-S Flip-Flop
OR Gate AND Gate
392
LIGHT ACTIVATED LOGIC CIRCUITS
SUPPLY
LI4H
OR
L 148
(a) AND Circuit (b) AND Circuit
SUPPLY SUPPLY
L14H Fig. 48-1

OR
L 148
(c) OR'Circult (d) OR Circuli
D.C. SUPPLY
LA-SCR( INPUT TO LASCR 1

TURNS ON LOAD 1
INPUT TO _LASCR'z
TURNS ON- LOAD 2
RESETS LASCR,-
MAKE R_LC2. IOO~s
(e) Flip-Flop
Circuit Notes
These circuits illustrate some of the common logic functions that can be im-
plemented.
393
PROGRAMMABLE GATE
•
•
F
Fig. 48-2
FUNCTION INPUTS
0 •0
OUTPUT
INPUT A
0
'-------------------- •------·- j ~==t:==i~~t~~l=~=~J:~~CTION
0 , 0
00 .
§~O~B.:a3~§30s ~~NCTIOH
Circuit Notes
1
This gate converts an AND gate or an OR gate by applying a logic '1' on the function
input. The logic design uses 8 two-input NAND gates. The number of gates may be
reduced by replacing the 5 NAND gates enclosed by the dotted line with a two-input
exclusive-OR, such as the TTL 7486.
NEGATIVE TO POSITIVE SUPPLY WGIC LEVEL SHIFTER
5V
BIPOLAR
Circuit Notes
" LO.GIC
HEME NT
This simple circuit provides for level
shifting from any logic function (such asMOS)
operating from minus to ground supply to any
logic level (such as TTL) operating from a plus
to ground supply. The 2N5639 provides a low
r"' <ON> and fast switching times.
v· Fig. 48-3
394
OR GATE AND GATE
v•
"" 1 • A e8 eC
Fig. 48-7
OR GATE R·S FLIP-FLOP

v+
vee vee
200 k 3.0k
1001 100 k
-100 k
c: _""",._.J
100k
IC = MC3301
~:r
RESET SET
"0'' "1"
Fig. 48-5 Fig. 48-8
LARGE FAN-IN AND GATE AND GATE

v• v•
.... 31.011:
39 k 3.0 k
"'
v::r
..... -,~
•
01
DZ
A
100k
100 k
• Your•A•••C•D
a
c "' c
100k
v;::r"0" "1"
"::"
AU DIODES 1Nt14
Fig. 48-6 Fig. 48-9
395
49
Measuring Circuits
FET Curve Tracer Sound Level Monitor

Digital Weight Scale Linear Variable Differential Transformer
Low Cost pH Meter (LVDT) Driver Demodulator
pH Probe Amplifier/Temperature Linear Variable Differential Transformer
Compensator (LVDT) Measuring Gauge
Capacitance Meter Vibration Meter
Zener Tester Sensitive RF Voltmeter
Transistor Sorter/Tester Minimum Component Tachometer
Go/No-Go Diode Tester Phase Meter
Diode Tester Precision Calibration Standard
Peak Level Indicator Zener Diode Checker
396
FET CURVE TRACER
"
1 mAIV
"'
5 mA/V
tok to
HORIZONTAl VERTICAl
0.5Vfmt
'" 0.1 ~F
A1-A4- LM324
01-02- 1N914
150k 02' 92PU01(P37)
03' - 92PU51(P77)
15V
...
'"
" 0.002 ~f
"
':"
'" "
D2
... ,.
...
'"
-ll·1w NPN.-PNP -15V Fig. 49-l
Circuit Notes
The circuit displays drain current versus gate voltage for both P and N-channel
JFETS at a constant dniin voltge.
397
DIGITAL WEIGHT SCALE
N$87881
' • ' l
,I ' - ctoao
IL, • r" " " "
LM)4Q
L/oL/o, .C/o
i 1~,,
~1. " ~·
RAD7
' BECKMAN
RESISTOR PACK
":'"IV 1993-RlK
T::
.,. ._
' ' l • 5 1\'h·
J L '"
DS8916
I; "
I
GNO
• l
5
' "
I
J.Sk
I
- ..+ h.l.o r;-
2SG pf:
r ~ ,---
' _]9111)
MMJ4COl
0.41
..•"illi ...
II 11 11182021
... "'1- .. ..,
nuL ul2eln
-- . 0
21
"
0 N
.::',.."'"'""
l' 1.!... • •' 5 llli.<F:
~ ·~~ <
~ ~
A0Dl101
~
""' "'
"'' ll~ll
>
• "•
0
~
II Dill
- ~
~
,~f:
""" -=-,
R1 - '-, F
: ~ :!:
> :> >
2 ~ 3• 0i:;0
.. o;; "
14JilJI2 11 jiB I
0
I I'
............
.rrl' ' '
>
z
•
0
0
>
'
IDDUl
"
'"" IJ<F:
",,,
.
IG"F
"'1'
:f: '"'
IOG~l:
-::" IC TURN
WEIGHT
SENSING
ElEMENT
Notes: I
1. R1. C1 defines POWER ON display blanking interval. R2. C2 defines display ON time.
2. All Vee connections-should use a single Vee point and all ground/analog ground connections should use a single
ground/analog ground--point.
3. Display seQUence-for Rev-A ckt implementation:
t=Osec power ON •
t=0-5sec •
display blanked
• system converging
conversion complete
t=S-10sec •
• display ENABLE
t?l10sec • display blanked
• wait for new POWER UP cycle
Fig. 49-2
Circuit Notes
This circuit employs a potentiometer as the weight sensing element. An object
placed upon the scale displaces the potentiometer wiper, an amount proportional to its
weight. Conversion of the wiper voltage to digital information is performed, decoded,
and interfaced to the numeric display.
398
LOW COST pH METER
-15V +15 v
30K 30K
STANDARDIZE
499 - 15V o---J\I'V\,---- + 15 V
10KTOTUAN
1K 300 20K
2K
ICL8007AC Fig. 49-3
100mV/pH
>--+-o
I .001pF
POL YSTYAENE
2K
1K
ADJUST POSN 3 FOR-~ 295.6mV

ADJUST POSN 4 FOR - 295.6mV
Circuit Notes
With guaranteed 1 pA input bias, the ICL 8007A is ideal as a pH meter or long term
sample and hold.
pH PROBE AMPLIFIER/TEMPERATURE COMPENSATOR

~OpF**
-- -3 470k 470k
pH4--~---~~~
PROBE.::-; - Al
INPUT ~ 1/4 LF444 2
A2
0.1 1/4 LF444
-15V
**Polystyrene L....------1
-• Film resistor type RNSOC .----------+----4~---...J
To calibrate. insert A3
1/4 LF444
probe in pH ::;: 7
solution Set "temp" dial B tOk*
to -solution temperature,
A4
then, set "calibrate" dial
1/4LF444
so output read 7V. pH OUT
2.67k* 46.4k* OV-1DV~
Typ~cal probe ::;;:
Ingold Electrodes 1k 1.5k ~ pH-10 pH
#465·35 TEMP CALIBRATE
(CALIBRATE 10k*
2.67k*
Fig. 49-4 0'C-100'CI
~15V
399
CAPACITANCE METER
15V
l.._..L_~
117vAcl
60Hz l Circuit Notes
Output voltage is proportional to the
I I capacitance connected to pin 2 of the charge
50K I, I
pump. The meter works over a range of 0.01 to
L-1---
O.l~tF withR. set at 111 K. Over this range of
capacitance, the output voltage varies from 1 to
__ j lOvolts with a 15 volt power supply. A constant
5K 2 3 4 frequency reference is taken from the 60-Hz
...---.....
- 'I .:~r .__V_o~
line .
..T
Fig. 49-5
- - - -
ZENER TESTER
+30V
NOTE'
IC1 IS 741
Rl
41i7
Fig. 49-6
9
i TEST
ZENER ~
LE01
•• ov
Cir.:uit Notes
This circuit provides a low cost and reli- directly from the setting of RVl. The supply
able method of testing zener diodes. RV1 can need only be as high a value as the zener itself.
be calibrated in volts, so that when LED 1 just For a more accurate measurement, a precision
lights, tbe voltage on pins 2 and 3 are nearly pot could be added and calibrated.
equal. Hence, the zener voltage can be read
400
TRANSISTOR SORTER/TESTER
E 8 c
?
"(}
R1 LS1
12K
C2
0.1 005
R2
11 MEG 400 n CT TO
OSC. AOJ 4-0R en
R3
Fig. 49-7
10K
GAIN TEST
S1 1
j
BT1
3- Vdc
-•, •1-'1+'-----'
Circuit Notes
This tester checks transistor for polarity (PNP-or NPN). An audible signal will give
an indication of gain. Tester can also be used as a GO/NO GO tester to match unmarked
devices.
GO/NO-GO DIODE TESTER
Lamp A 6.3 Vac

r--IIM-{)0·-, pilot lamps
~------~La~m~p~B~~ Fig. 49-8
diode under
test
Circuit Notes
If lamp A orB is illuminated, the diode is serviceable. If both Ught, the diode is short
circuited. If neither light, -tliode is an open circuit.
401
DIODE TESTER
LP1
01 GE48
,---,x1,_4r~+-~~1----
R00 52 DIODE ox
UNDER
TEST
120V
Fig. 49-9
Parts list
01, 02-HEP R0052
LP1, LP2--GE 48 lamp
X1-120V to 6.3V, transformer, Lafayette 33P80508
Circuit Notes
The circuit tests whether or not a diode is open, shorted, orfunctioning correctly. If
lamp A lights, the diode under test is functional. When lamp B is lit, the diode is good but
connected backwards. When both lamps are lit, the diode is shorted, and it is open if
neither lamp is lit.
PEAK LEVEL INDICATOR
r-----------~----- +9V
NOTE R12
01,02 are BC109C 51 0R
LED1 i~ TIL209 2k2
01 JS 1N914
16V
Fig. 49-10
ov ov
Circuit Notes
The LED is normally lit, but it will be briefly extinguished if the input exceeds a
preset (by RVl) level. A possible application is to monitor the output voltage across a
loudspeaker; the LED will flicker with large signals.
402
SOUND LEVEL MONITOR
5-10 Vdc
D1
IN914 41 8 RS - J'?
3900~
M1~
AUDIO ~R3U
6
3
D
LED
J= AMP
R2
80
~ ':' C1 -
5 J.<F-
15V
33 K 555
5
~-~ 10 K
>R4
Fig. 49-11
} 1
.~ .F
R1 ~
Circuit Notes
Loudness detector consists of a 555 IC wired as a Schmitt trigger. The output
changes state-from high to low-whenever the input crosses a certain voltage. That
threshold voltage is established by the setting of R4.
LINEAR VARIABLE DIFFFERENTIAL

TRANSFORMER (LVDT) DRIVER DEMODULATOR
•• ..v Vee
.-471'F
.. ~
"
~~ i5SC
er J,
0.033 "'
M
~
" SINI WAVI
CONVERTER f-- ~ + v •
ose
r-----,
V
10 1 LVDT
I liAS CKT
1
1 11
NO
VRI;j
TEl
t>l ••
1 KO
1.1 Kll
• -NE55li!O VAlli!
GNO •
I*._ -+
.J
' SYNCHfiONOUS
DEMODULATOR
e1 !:1p.FC2 !: 0.47"' '
'
.!:- 4.11r.fl
3
tOOK_/
R1
LOW PA$$
'" 1
' .471'11'
-vec
FILTER
"' "
OFFS£T
10K
+Vee OUTPUT
SIGNAL
I--OV
-Vee
I-* F1g. 49-12
NULL
403
LINEAR VARIABLE DIFFERENTIAL
TRANSFORMER(LVDT) MEASURING GAUGE
t 10V
N,
LVOT
10K!!
Fig. 49-13
1"4 M.F.
s'vNc
PHASE ADJ.
+ IOV
10KI!
1"4 M.F. 47KO
'
"NOTE:
THERMISTOR 24011 + 0.1%/"C L.-~"~'~'~----"-'iPLACEMENT
VIBRATION METER
LED TiltH hold

60 mv
'
2 80 mV
3 110 mV
•5 160m'l
220 mv Fig. 49-14
•
7
320 mV
440 mv
8 63Q mV
9 890mV
1.25-v
"
404
SENSITIVE RFVOLTMETER
(!PROBE
MPF102
lo.oo11J.F 2N3819
2N5459
DISC CERAMIC R1 10k OtN OFF
1M 100k SWI
4.7M ZERO- +
IN914
COAX L..__ .... 2k
1M
TRIM igv
--'--
'T'-
10k
Fig. 49-15
Circuit Notes
This circuit measures RF voltages beyond unit can be calibrated by connecting the input
200 MHz and up to about 5 V. The diode should to a known level of RF voltage, such as a cali·
be mounted in a remote probe, close to the brated signal generator, and setting the calib·
probe tip. Sensitivity is excellent and voltages rate control.
less than 1 V peak can be easily measured. The
MINIMUM COMPONENT TACHOMETER
Vee
VARIABLE
RELUCTANCE
MAGNETIC
PICK UP
·L--t +Vour
Fig. 49-16
405
PHASE METER
'
Your
10 !l
''7
Your
.......
</>..
Fig. 49-17
2r VAv_o
VouT. PEAK
VAvG~
.-·
PRECISION CALIBRATION STANDARD ZENER DIODE CHECKER
_,_lm
'
I,
}
-=-.ev
'" '• •
REF-111
.
+
1 ,.. • 111.000
22k
""
[ "0
r - RV 1 ZENER
100k_UNDER
TEST
Fig. 49-18
Circuit Notes
An external power supply that gives a vol-
tage higher than the highest expected rating of
the zener diodes to be tested is required.
Potentiometer RVl is adjusted until the meter
reading stabilizes. This reading is the zener
diode's breakdown voltage. Fig. 49-19
406
50
Metal Detectors
Micropower Metal Detector Lo-Parts Treasure Locator
407
MICROPOWER METAL DETECTOR
3-18 v
161 kHz
27 k.Q
36 pF so pf
tOmH
I i I
FREQUENCY
ADJUSTMENT
TO 161kHz
Fig. 50-1
I 100U1
3-18 v '--------1 f-
160 pF
36 pF 50 pF
SEARCH COIL
(AWG 18, 140 TURNS, -6-IN. DIAMETER!
Circuit Notes
This battery-powered metal detector uses four exclusive-OR gates contained in the
4030 CMOS integrated circuit. The gates are wired as a twin-oscillators and a search coil
serves as the inductance element in one ofthe oscillators. When the coil is brought near I
metal, the resultant change in its effective inductance changes the oscillator's frequency.
Gates A1 and A2 form the two oscillators which are tuned to 160 and ~161 kilohertz
respectively. The pulses produced by each oscillator are mixed in A3, its output contains I
sum and difference frequencies at 1 and 321 kHz. The 321 kHz signal is filtered out bythe
10 kHz low-pass filter at A4, leaving the 1 kHz signal to be amplified for the crystal
headset connected at the output. The device's sensitivity is sufficient to detect coin-
sized objects a foot away.
408
LO-PARTS TREASURE LOCATOR
,J L1 ~
~ SEARCH :: f: C1
~ COIL 01
'I GE-5
C2~ c ~b
I e,:Y
'----+ R2 > C3 ='=
>
R1
Fig. 50-2
PARTS LIST FOR
LO-P ARTS TREASURE LOCATOR
81 -9-Vdc transistor battery
C~ -365-pF trimmer or variable capacitor
C2-100-pF, 100-V silver mica capacitor
C3-0.05·J.'F, disc capacitor
C4-4.7- or 5-J.'F, 12'V electrolytic capacitor
L1-Search coil consisting of 18 turns of #22-enamel wire
scramble wound on 4-in. diameter form
Q1-RCASK3011 npn transistor orequiv.
R1-680-ohm, Y2-watt resistor
A2-1 0,000-<>hm, Y2-watt resistor
R3-47,000-ohm, ¥2-watt resistor
Circuit Notes
Locator uses a transistor radio as the de- The search coil consists of 18 turns of if22
tector. With the radio tuned to a weak station, enameled wire scramble wound on a 4-in.
adjust Cl so the locator oscillator beats against diameter form. After the coil is wound and
the received signal. When the search head pas- checked for proper operation, saturate the coil
ses over metal, the inductance of Ll changes with RTV adhesive for stable operation of the
thereby changing the locator oscillator's fre- locator.
quency and changing the beat tone in the radio.
409
51
Metronomes
The ~sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
Accentuated Beat Metronome Sight N' Sound Metronome

Micrometronome
410
ACCENTUATED BEAT METRONOME
AI 01
2k2 IN4004
"
'" An
RATE
"'
'--·•v
_ISI/2 BAT TEAV
?J.JJ~
I SPEAJ(ER
' 7
'
'" ..
"' l HS IC3 -RV2 h/';) e
K: r-' ~
555 15k 5~!:> 500A C
' L,
' a•
;~~! ' "
nn
' 1
1100
+ C3
"v l I 16V~
ov
BATTERY
I
",,.
r- '
_,
" " 16
"'
' . 7 10 1
'"
4017
' 6 9 11
2 "'
..lLj
I ~-
6
SWl 7
1/ 08
I OFF 9 Fig. 51-1
Circuit Notes
IC3 acts as an oscillator which operates if second output of!C2 is connectedto the control
the output of !Cl is high. With the values used input of JC3 and is used to change the fre-
the two frequencies produced are about800 Hz quency. Therefore the first tone will be high
and 2500 Hz. The output is buffered by Q1 frequency, the second low and the third to tenth
which drives the speaker. The first IC is used will be high again. This gives the 9-1 beat. If for
to generate the tone duration and the time example the 5th output is connected to the
interval between beats. The interval is adjust- reset, the first tone will be high, the second
able by RVl while the tone duration is set by low, and the third and fourth high, then when
Rl. The output of IC1 also clocks IC2, a decade the 5th output goes to a high it resets it back to
counter with 10 decoded outputs. Each of these the first which is a high tone. We then have 3
outputs go high in sequence on each clock. The high and one low tones or a 3-l.
411
SIGHT N' SOUND METRONOME
Rl 250K R3 510Q
BEATS Q2 Q3
PER 2N5306 2N2'126
MIN
]"
SOUND
SW2 ONLY
lO~F
I 1
Cit
Dl
C2 • 10 ~F
I SOUND & R5 220Q SWI
SIGHT D2
n 1ST -321
SIGHT ONLY WHT
BLK
Fig. 51-2
Circuit Notes
Precise, adjustable control of beats per energy stored in Cl into an 8 ohm speaker. To
minute from a largo of 18 to a frenzied, high produce a distinct "plop", brief pulses across
presto of 500. These beats are produced acous- T2 ,;econdary drive Q2 into conduction. The
tically through a speaker. A light flashes at the extra gain of Q3 and Q4 are sufficient to briefly
same rate. When SWl is dosed, Cl begins to switch L1 on, tben off, as the pulse wave pas-
charge through Rl and R2. Cl will eventually ses. Capacitor C2 "stretches" the pulse
reach a voltage at which the emitter of unijunc- slightly to overcome the thermal inertia-of the
tion transistor is switched on, "dumping" the lamp, so that a bright flash occurs.
412
MICRO METRONOME
10Mll
Eit
10Mll C TAB ON
CASE
Fig. 51-3
+9 V - - - - T O PIN 14 OF 4001
J,,----• TO PIN 7 OF 4001
Circuit Notes
This compact metronome will run for touch plates consist oftwo strips of metal about
years on a single nine-volt transistor battery. 1/16-inch apart mounted on, but insulated
.Has both tone and pulse rat-e controls, and uses from, the case. Bridging the gap closes the
touch plates to start.and stop, can be built in a switch.
case no larger than a pack of cigarettes. The
413
52
Miscellaneous Circuits
figure number contained inthe box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Intercom Positive-Edge Differentiator

Musical Organ Four Channel Data Acquisition System
Laser Diode Pulser Triac Trigger
Capacitance. Multiplier Precision Rectifiers
Simulated Inductor Voltage Control Resistor
Active Inductor Fast Inverter Circuit ·
Positive Input/Negative Output Charge Inverse Scaler
Pump 5.0 V Square Wave Calibrator
Shift Register Driver Low Drift Integrator and Low-Leakage
Tape Recorder Guarded Reset
Negative-Edge Differentiator Differentiator with High Common Mode
Stylus Organ Noise Rejection
Digital Transmission Isolator
414
INTERCOM
Fig. 52-1
t ,.~~
'
'''
I - :
.
'L--------------------------~ '
.. H ITAII~1n """
-~-ni.IIMI
Circuit Notes
The circuit provides a minimum compo- of 50 allows a maximum loop gain of 1250. R,
nent intercom. With switch Sl in the talk posi- provides a common mode volume control.
tion, the speaker of the master station acts as Switching Sl to the listen position reverses the
the microphone with the aid of step-up trans- role of the master and remote speakers.
former Tl. A turns ratio of 25 and a device gain
MUSICAL ORGAN
470\!
.------,~ "'"
1 k~,
SN7&477
1.5kl!
Fig. 52-2
"-----~~~-o~o..~,-.t~--
L___ !;!!!~~---l
415
LASER DIODE PULSER
08 ~:-NON INDUCTIVE
12W
REP RATE· 50 K.H1 lASER DIODE

PU:..SE WIDTH -20 n~ RCA SG2002 Fig. 52-3
1!\PUT JL-
Circuit Notes
This drive is capable of driving the laser diode with 10 ampere, 20 ns pulses. For a
0.1% duty cycle, the repetition rate will be 50 kHz. A complementary emitter-follower is
used as a driver. Switching speed is determined by the fr of the~ bipolar transistors used
and the impedance of the drive source.
CAPACITANCE MULTIPLIER
AJ
Cefl ""-A, · Cl
3
As= A3
Fig. 52-4
AJ
1M
All resistor values are m ohms
Circuit Notes
This circuit can be used to simulate large capacitances using small value compo-
nents. With the values shown and C = 10 !LF, an effective capacitance of 10,000 J.LF was
obtained. The Q available is limited by the effective series resistance. So Rl should be as
large as practical.
416
SIMULATED INDUCTOR
Circuit Notes
With a constant current excitation, the
voltage dropped across an inductance in-
creases with frequency. Thus, an active device
whose output increases with frequency can be
characterized as an inductance. The circuit
yields such a response with the effective induc-
tance being equal to: L = R1R2C. The Q ofthis
inductance depends upon Rl being equal to R2.
At the same time, however, the positive and
negative feedback paths of the amplifier are
equal leading to the distinct possibility of in-
stability at high frequencies. Rl should, there-
fore, always be slightly smaller than R2 to
Fig. 52-5 assure stable operation.
ACTIVE INDUCTOR
.,
ICI ., .P-UF01
100~.
,_
Q-------4----o1::~.,----t---------~~~F02
10M~: Fig. 52-6
l ~ R1R;lC • 100 HENRIES

Rs "' Rz • 100n
Rp ,.-R1 • 10MEGll
ASSUMING CSTRAY lACROSS ~ 1 1 OF 5 pF TH..E UPPER
FREQUENCY LIMIT IS APPROXIMATELY 7kHl
XL ,. 100(~ AT f • 0.159Hl
Circuit Notes
An active inductor is realized with an eight-lead IC, two carbon resistors, and a
small capacitor. A commercial inductor of 50 henries may occupy up to five cubic inches.
417
POSITIVE INPUT/NEGATIVE OUTPUT CHARGE PUMP
+3 T0-+15 V
02
111 "li ·o::

1N4148
Circuit Notes
A simple means of generating a low-power
voltage supply of O[lposite polarity from the
main supply. Self oscillating driver produces
:;::o' ,, pulses at a repetition frequency of 100 kHz.
When the VMOS device is off, capacitor C is
.....- charged to the positive supply. When the
VMOS transistor switches on, C delivers a
o,- r-
1N414B' ~
lOOn
negative voltage through the series diode to
1:.:: the output. The zener serves as a dissipative
regulator.
TRANSFORMER:
~NOlANA GENERAL CORE F626-12-02
26 TURNS NO. 28 WIRE TRIFILAR WOUND
Fig. 52-7
SHIFT REGISTER DRIVER

o-T-----,---------------------------~+1~V
IN1692
16V +------+------------r----,
~-
lK
lOK
fNPLIT
SHIFT
L__ __ , 100H INTERRUPTED
1--c=...,-,-;----<> + TO REGISTER
P.ULSE
1~ =F-2 I-Ll (1.0 AMP MAX.)
tv/ )
Jl..,_\1\'v---,-ft: ~ IN~~J9 r-"
nso ,, tN4154 -...:;
TO 2N2714 IK
500 .uS
.n.
SHtf-r~LINE TO REGISTER
Circuit Notes
A 16 V power supply can be synthesized as base drive. The negative pulse so generated on
shown using IN1692 rectifiers. A shift pulse the 15 V line is differentiated to produce a
input saturates the 2N2714 depriving the Dar- positive trigger pulse at its trailing edge.
lington combination (2N2714 and 2N2868) of
418
TAPE RECORDER
~h
,,.
"' ,. ... f~
... t·,. .,"
""') ~
"
tir...... " J U·r-
1
~ c• or.,F
" ....
..It'
0~ l~f •, . " '
.:1 "!"- ' ' •,"~'
-D~ . :1.,
'" r o- 1-
\ ..... ~ ,..
E+-o lllll..
.t +',, '
~
"' OMo'f
,.!
lf ""1, / "
;;:::r::.u..,F
,
.IX
O.ft . ,~F +
~
,. -..., '"
All-t<ho••~roce'llm"'o
Ito .. -I<'HIIIII< 21D OINIJIMI!!
uk• ~~-~M
••
Fig. 52-9
Circuit Notes
Complete record/playbackcassette tape machine amplifier. Two of the transistors
act as signal amplifiers, with the third used for automatic level control during the record
mode.
NEGATIVE-EDGE DIFFERENTIATOR
0.001 Ji.F
"
~Vin
'"" Fig. 52-10
h0.0021lF
! ~
...~•
,,
150k
lC = MC3301 VO(Ik)"' 7.0 Vdt
Output AU Tim~"' 0.22 ms
vee • +15 Vd; Input Ch111111 Timt Const1n1,. 1.0 m;
419
STYLUS ORGAN
RV1 NOTE: IC1 ,2 ARE 555 +9V

220k
VIBRATO
R4
'R1 18k 8
4 18k RV2
470k R3
IC2
IC1 DEPTH 1Bk 5
C1 .ov
RV4·1 1
47k Fig. 52-11
PRESETS
Circuit Notes
IC2 is an audio frequency oscillator. Its 3-10Hz). the frequency of which is variable by
frequency is primarily controlled by the resis- RVl. The output of this oscillator is connected
tance between pins 2 and 7. RV4-ll control the through depth control RV2 and limiting resis-
oscillator frequency and by touching a stylus tor R3 to the voltage control input of the audio
(connected via limiting resistor R5 to pin 2) to frequency oscillator. Thus a vibrato effect oc-
each preset, different notes can be played. !Cl curs.
is a low frequency oscillator (approximately
POSITIVE-EDGE DIFFERENTIA TOR

Output Rise Time =t O.:t2 ms
Input Change Time Constant"" 1.0 ms
100 k
Fig. 52-12
>--<>---• vo
420
FOUR CHANNEL DATA ACQUISITION SYSTEM
Fig. 52-13
fiiOTE
Hilo IIEiliSTOAS SHOULO BE M"'-TCHEO
TO 001~
1
TRIAC TRIGGER
iZ:
J., 75
COM
Fig. 52-14
"• " • 17 lo
',, 0.016~F 5
,. LM3000
PROVIDES 40mA: 10,..sPULSES AT ABOUT 8kHz.
TRIAC IJATE MAY-&E PULSE TRANSFORMER
(ISOLATED IF DESIRED!.
I'
I' I' •
-1.C V FROM BATTERY OR SOLAR CELL WITH
6-J,F BYPASS CAPACITOR. DRAIN NOMINALLY
5mA.
421
PRECISION RECTIFIERS FAST INVERTER CIRCUIT
(•) HALF WAVE
(b) "FULL WAVE Fig. 52-15

10K 1~
Rea., Rs+Rit~ RF
.... FOR Av
Rp- Rea
m -t Reo,. J.lkH
Fig. 52-17
VOLTAGE CONTROL RESISTOR INVERSE SCALER
~t~~ri Tut fuT\R

r>':,Q_ul A.NAl(l(,UE
~ OUTPUT
ZN42'j(
Fig. 52-18
• Circuit Notes
·~· "'
If a DAC is operated in the feedback loop
"" "" ' - - - - - - - - - ' of an operational amplifier, then the amplifier
gain is inversely proportional to the input digi-
tal number or code to the DAC. The version
giving scaling inversely proportional to posi-
Fig. 52·16 tive voltage is shown.
422
5.0 V SQUARE WAVE CALIBRATOR
10V
Zk
Fig. 52-19
-~.-----.><( CALIBRATE
LM136-5.0
LOW DRIFT INTEGRATOR AND LOW-LEAKAGE GUARDED RESET
Fig. 52-20
'----~-i-<> RESET
!NEGATIVE PULSE I
OUT
DIFFERENTIATOR WITH HIGH DIGITAL

TRANSMI~IONISOLATOR
..
COMMON MODE NOISE REJECTION
v~ =-- s -V
V• =SOV
···"T'
(: ;:'"'--::;1 ~~ liS
• k 1k
A6
'; '
FCOI20
• I
+.........
-R3 111 ~
3 ,:.;.:.-;
C1
R4
.. TT L
OUTPUT
R2 : F:o.••
"'
100 so k "F
a
FROM
T-TL
--
GATE Fig. 52C22
423
53
Mixers and Multiplexers
Differential Mux/Demux System Common-Source Mixer

Eight Channel Mux/Demux System 100 MHz Mixer
Doubly Balanced Mixer Multiplexer/Mixer
Wide Band Differential Multiplexer
424
--,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
",...
lol
Vl
>< >
" 0
Vl
~
• ~
;l
' i
"
lol
Q
~
~
~
•~
>
;l
"...<....,... l
z
~
lol
t:
....
Q
I' ~
>
i
~
~
'
I
I
I
I
~ I
I ....."'
'
• _j
I
I
lo:
..
~·
"-
0
425
-l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
!
~
~
I'
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
,, I
I
.-_ J
,f
s I
,f I
t: I
J
1 /;
II
0
,f
I
I
I
, I
~
I
I
fo I
•i
•i
~
~
'
I
I
I
• I
~~
v _j
426
DOUBLY BALANCED 100 MHz MIXER
MIXER (BROADBAND INPUTS,
9.0 MHz TUNEDOUTPUT)
Input !rom
local (bcill1101 !HO)pF
'"
•BVd< (70 MHJ) 100 !I-301JIF
IF Outp~l
(JUMHr)
Sigml lnp~t ~...,~:....,..._,,__.,.:..
(100 MHr)
QDOI ~F
Hf IIOPUT
-..~~~~OUTPUT
9.DMtb O.II0211F 1
~L" ~QII
... 90-480pF Ll ~ 5 Turnl, fl& AWG Win, 1/4"10,

5/11" La"9
L2 • 18 Tur11S,I20 AWG Wirt an 1 Toraiil
Con. (T4H Milira Metal D1 Eqwill)
L:""""""'-+... -~Esd,-=
Ll • U TUR~S AWG NO 28 UAMELEO WI~F. WOUND
ON MICROM£TALS TYP£ 44 6 TOROID C~R£
Fig. 53-3 Fig. 53-5
COMMON•SOURCE MIXER MULTIPLEXER/MIXER
>of
"
L 1 - 1.4"1on,;•22en...,..,oiOMew!Qdtol3
l t - l.&"lon1: •22..,....... <IOMcoupl.,! "> L3
L3 -1.75"1-;otl&~
Tt -Prim~. 13T; d2enomtl, cl-woundon 1/4"
form;, 1,.H
S.OOI!Ciary, 3T ;--<~22 '"'mel, ciON wound - prlmii'Y
C l• C z. C 3 , C 4 , - 0:8 IO 12pF; Jol>lnson ll'P'! 2950
Fig. 53-4 Fig. 53-6
427
WIDE BAND DIFFERENTIAL MULTIPLEXER
Olfff~£~;~~ o-"'11\.,fv-~-------,
PJII4Jg2 IP~ll
OIFFERE~J;~~ o-"",..___-l'-1>--------, '"

"'
"'
i~V
ADUITIO!<AL
C"A~~H~
Fig. 53-7
Circuit Notes
This design allows high frequency signal handling and~high toggle rates simultane-
ously. Toggle rates up~to 1 MHz and MHz signals are possible with this circuit.
428
54
Modulation Monitors
Modulation Monitor Visual Modulation Indicator

CB Modulation Monitor
429
MODULATION MONITOR
100Kll
1Kll VOLUME
D2 10Kll 10Kll
NOTE:
D1 AND 02: GERMANIUM
DIODES SUCH AS IN34.
Fig. 54-1
Circuit Notes
Broad-tuned receiver demodulates the RF signal picked up by a loosely couplea
wire placed near the transmitting antenna.
VISUAL MODULATION INDICATOR
TO
"TRANSCEIVER Cl Rl
TO 0!
ANTENNA
Fig. 54-2
Circuit Notes
Indicator lamp brightness varies in step R3 = 10 K pot, 11 = 6-8 V, 30-60 rnA incandes·
with modulated RF signal. Adjust R2 with cent bulb, Ql = 2N3393 (for increased sen-
transmitter on (modulated) until the lamp sitivity use 2N3392 or other high-gain transis-
flashes in step with modulation. Cl = 5 pf, C2 tor).
= 100 pF, Dl = 1N60 or 1N34 (Germanium),
430
[
CB MODULATION MONITOR
R3
r----"'VV\;r----.
R1 D1
.:.;.,
I
I
i C2
ii
NO ! . C : A \ _
N.C.,....~
':~
MOD.
I II ...
-
RF INPUT
R4 R2
C1==
> C3=;:: * D2 =~C4
... Fig. 54-3

PARTS LIST
·c1-500·pF, 100-Vdc capaci1or
C2-10·1'F, 10-Vdc electrolytic capacitor
C3-200·pF, 100-Vdc capacitor
C4-300-pF, 100-Vdc capacitor
p1, D2, D3-1N60
M1-0·1 mA DC high-speed meter
R1 , R4-1 000-ohm, 'h-watt resistor
R2-1000-ohm pot
R3-910-ohm, 'h·watt resistor, 5%
•
51-Spdt spring-return switch
Circuit Notes
Connect this circuit to a transceiver with a coaxial Tconnector in the transmission
line. Key the transmitter (unmodulated), set Sl·to CAL, and adjust R2 for a full scale
reading. Return Sl to MOD position. The meter will read % modulation with 10%
accuracy.
431
55
Modulators
The sources ofthe following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730.The
TV Modulator Video· Modulator

TV Modulator Modulator
Pulse-Position Modulator Pulse-Width Modulator
Pulse-Width Modulator AM Modulator
Pulse-Width Modulator TV Modulator Using a ·Motorola MC1374
RF Modulator Pulse-Width Modulator
Linear Pulse-Width Modulator Pulse-Width Modulator
Balanced Modulator VHF Modulator
•
432
TV MODULATOR
4 + vcc::::12V
+
+
R1
470
D1
C7
C1 MPN3401
7
0.001:r 0.22 ,u.H C15
-= L1
C2
56 6 L4 0.001
( 0 Output
5 +
~ R9
-:- 4 U1 560
+
+ MC1374
C14::::1:: 02 R11
0.01-=- 3 + 1N914
C4 C3 220
,.
R4
6.8 k
50 1201:
L2
0 2
R12
C1~
10~f 0 Video tn
C5 180 k
0.001 I 14 + Audio In
R8 R13 C6
R5
2.2 k 30 k 11'F
3.3 k
,. Ll ~ 4 Turns. 122. 114· Oia. -:-
L2 - 40 Turns, 136, 3/ 16" Oia.
Fig. 55-l
Circuit Notes
The FM oscillator/modulator is a sive external parts. It has a frequency range of
voltage-controlled oscillator, which exhibits a 1.4 to 14 MHz and can typically produce a ±25
nearly linear output frequency versus input kHz modulated 4.5 MHz signal with about 0.6%
voltage characteristic for a wide deviation. It total harmonic distortion.
provides a good FM source with a few inexpen-
433
TV MODULATOR
+5-12 R1
II DC &son
T C1
c·5 L1
4-23pF
GROUND ~.005
~
R2
8.2K
C2
10pF D1
VIDEO
DIODE
C4 R3
.005 4.7K
R7 MODULATED
330.11 RF OUTPUT
VIDEO INPUT D2 RB
VIDEO 75.11
<Z> DIODE
R5 R&
82!1 1K
FERRITE
BEAD
- ®F. BLECHMAN 1978
Fig. 55-2
Circuit Notes
The VHF frequ~ency is generated by a Rl filter out the radio frequencies generated in
tuned Hartley oscillator circuit. Resistors R2, the tank circuit to prevent radiation from the
R3, and R4 bias the transistor, with tapped power-supply lines. The video signal enters
inductor Ll and trimmer capacitor Cl forming the parallel combination of resistors R5 and R6;
the tank circuit. Adjusting Cl determines the this combination closely matches the 75 ohm
frequency. Capacitor C2 provides positive impedance of most video cables. Resistor R6 is
feedback from the tank circuit to the emitter at a small screwdriver-adjusted potentiometer
Ql. Capacitor C4 provides an RF ground for the that is used to control the video input level to
base of Ql. Bypass capacitor C5 and resistor mixer diodes Dl and D2.
434
PULSE-POSITION MODULATOR
.,
VcciSVtolSVJ
,.,~I ,., ••
RESET vee
OUTPUT 131
...ill TRIGGER
SE555/NE555
DISCHARGE
P-
MODULATION
INPUT;~ ~~NTROL
IS. Note-A I
OLTAGE THRESHOLD
,., •• Fig. 55-3
GND
l{1)
NOTE A: The rnoduleting 'lgnal may be.direct or capacj.

r
tively coupled to the control voltage terminal. For
direct coupling, the effects of modulation source
voltage and impedance on the bias cf the
SE655/NE555 should be consldued.
Circuit Notes
The threshold voltage, and thereby the time delay, of a free-running oscillator is
shown modulated with a triangular-wave modulation signal; however, any modulating
wave-shape could be used.
PULSE-WIDTH MODULATOR
+ V cc (5 to 15 Vl
4(10)
AL AA
Reset Vee 14
Output Discharge
i
Output 5t9) 1113)
1/2-MC3556 Threshold e Fig. 55-4
i/2-MC3456
2112)
Trigger control
Clock 6(8) 3(11) Modulatio n

Input Input
Gnd 7
-'-
Circuit Notes
~If the
timer is triggered with a continuous In this manner, the output ~Pulse width can be
~Pulse train in the monostable mode of opera- modulated by applying a modulating signal that
tion, the charge time of the capacitor can be controls the threshold voltage.
varied by changing the control voltage at pin 3.
435
c 150 I< ' ' ' I
1~1 P~l ..s

I-' Ou;put
i--'
13 QpAmp1
5.0 k At
L_------~------~
PuiMW•dll'l
Vnt • ~vsn + A2/R1l +vee
'\ITL • ~Vs(1- A2/A1) +VEE
Oll<:ollator f'requ•n-cy
t• 4R~~A2 D.C. •
~ •o-
V _ V"8
y
ttl.-- .T
11001
IC = MC3405
Fig. 55-5
RF MODULATOR
+9VOI..TS
C6 +0
~--r---~-~~H~~~~~A~NTENNA
Fig. 55-6
r GAIN
VIDEO
INPUT
ALL RESISTORS '•OR •,WATI
Circuit Notes
Capacitors C1, C3, C5, and C6 should be dipped mica. C4 and C7 are-compression or
piston trimmer types. R6 is PC-board mount trimpot. L1 is 6 turns of No. 14 enameled
wire, % inch J.D. by % inch long, tapped at 1 tum from top.
436
LINEAR PULSE-WIDTH-MODULATOR VIDEO MODULATOR
I - - - -r-------"""1-~------------..-'.:....-, •
'"
I
lllll 21U< ~"
~-,
I />t-~lo,
"~ , • •
•I---
,_ ./
I '
"-' - ~HOp~
K SIGNAl
,
'"N' , -·I---
r
• 27kn
-· I
1
UlATIOOI
-
L __ _
ll lOT 22 B & S ENAMELL.£0 COPPER WI~£

Jmm OIAMETEFI S££ TEXT
Fig. 55-7 Fig. 55-9
BALANCED MODULATOR MODULATOR

(+12 Vdc SINGLE SUPPLY)
&V FINE FIIEOUENCV

ADJUSTMENT
'"
•12Vd'
MODUlATING
INPUT
"0 I ~f GSB
IO.Hr
OUTPUT
CARAIER .~'~"'-!--'
'"' ~cJc-~::r<---" '"'
NUU lUI. '00
" " fi'IEQUEII!CY SET CAP
MODULAT60 OUTPUT
ITTl)
Fig. 55-8 Fig. 55-10
437
vee l5 v to 15 V)
,.,r-- ,., ,, ••
RESET vee
OUTPUT 131
~111111 1111111 1'1111111
CLOCK -'-?1 OUTPUT
TRIGGER
INPUT
SE555/NE555 Nllllll I IIIII I 1111111
DISCHARGE
"' I
MODULATION
INPUT ~
!See Note A)
CONTROL
VOLTAGE THRESHOLD
,.,
--J,,
GNO
NOTE A: The modulating signal may ba dl"rao::t or capaci-

r 11 In ntl fi/111/HIII/IIn U I A '' ,
tively coupled to the control voltage terminal. For
direct coupling, the effe<.:ts of modulation source I
voltage and impedance or. the biiS of the T
SE56&/.NE:5155 1ho~o~ld bil con•ldered.
Fig. 55-ll
Circuit Notes
The monostable circuit is triggered by a continuous input pulse train and the
threshold voltage is modulated by a control signal. The resultant effect is a modulation of
the output pulse width, as shown. A sine-wave modulation signal is illustrated, but any
wave-shape could be used.
AM MODULATOR
vee
u.
" ' •11
Vd<
II
±OI#F 2-9 Re 1k ? ,, ,l-
3
3.9 k J 9k
R
.,.!,. ':' }
-vcO.l,.F
8 6
eA RRIER...., I
MC1596G
NPUT MC 1496G Fig. 55-12
Vs 4 9
-Vo
MO OULATING
SIGN-Al
INPUT ISO ISO 5I II 10 ;
I
10 k I
·,· ':'
VEE
II 6.8 k
CARRIER ADJUST -8 Vdc -~
438
TV MODULATOR USING A MOTOROLA MC1374
MODULATED
OUTPOT -
;;J;, .001 u
'"
MC1374 T Fig. 55-13
"'
''"
"'
"'"
"...j------~--~·"'t-- " AUDIO IN
'----'
"' L1 4 I urns 122 ga enamel wire, 114" dia. close wound air core
''"
L2 43 tum& ~36 ~namel wire, 3116' doa. close wound. ler-
"le core
l3.L4 022 ul'l RF chokes
Circuit Notes
This one-chip modulator requires ~some outboard circuitry and a shielded box.
R1 R2
~:~~ --'~·~·~'~"-t--------_;'~ooN'~"-,
~15-Y -15 V
,----f-- Your
R3 1e• 2..-A2Ct
C1
0.47 "F
10 kll
1r.• 2rR1 C1
, Fig. 55-14
,
"'
100 k!l • -2w R2 C2
01 lc < In < funity gain

•• &.2 v
100 !!
02
1.2 v
439
Vcc5.0V-14V
A1table
4
f ·t ,,. • ewM
'" ' ' OutP
"'
f.,
1
MC1465
r---6---
[i_ MC1422
MPSA70
.l....J ~ c.,
MSS10 00
't 'i
a'
' '? . "'
1.5 k
' • I ~
•• '"
I
"' 0.002 c•
22 ~ ;;
C> il.Ol ioF
I C3J 001 IJ.F
!-
Note 1
=
MC1422 can boo "toll2ed u en astable If
Modulation
Input -
an •><tarnal 2/3 retlo r.slstlve divider All Rnistoro 1/4 Wen
Is \.lied 11 pin 5.
2. See waveform•
-PULSE WIDTH MODULATOR WAVEFORMS
Modulation Input 5 V/Div
Vc3 Ramp 5 V/Div
. . . . . . PWM Input 10 V/D•v
'
.. ··-----------····
-------------------- Hor. ~ O.!S m•/Div.
PWM O .. tput 10 V/Div.
Fig. rr5-15
VHF MODULATOR
•li.ZV
•
l "'
IO.ooF
t OZ
6
!:14
r----.~~~t--llr-1--t+-,--t-cl-1~~:::::~:
33COI' "" OUTPUT
II': 110011 Fig. 55-16

t--+L 'T'IOOpF
th 33pF
440
.56
Moisture and Rain Detectors

figure number contained in the box oi each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Rain Alarm Automatic Plant Waterer

Moisture Detector Rain Alann/Door Bell
441
RAIN ALARM
TO NOTE:
SENSOR IC1 IS 4011
TRACK 01 IS 8C108 ..v
Q21S BFY!il
T
=~TTERv-!
I
R2
.,.
R3 C1
'"
..,
R5
R1' '""' "'
820k 3001<
•SEE TEXT l3.5mml
Fig. 56-1
Circuit Notes
The circuit uses four NAND gates of a oscillator will be disabled until the control
4011 package. In each oscillator, while one gate input is taken high. Any moisture bridging the
is configured as a straightforward inverter, the sensor track will so enable the output which is a
other has one input that can act as a control square wave at about 10 Hz. This in tum will
input. Oscillator action is inhibited if this input gate on and off the 500 Hz oscillator formed by
is held low. The first oscillator (!Cla and !Clb) !Clc and !Cld. This latter oscillator drives the
has this input tied low via a high value resistor loudspeaker via R6, the Darlington pair formed
(Rl) that acts as a sensitivity control. Thus this .by Ql and Q2, and resistor R7.
MOISTURE DETECTOR
HORN
RADIO Circuit Notes
100KO B SHACK
273-049 The detector is made of fine wires spaced
about one or two inches apart. When the area
between a pair of wires becomes moistened,
MOISTURE SCR the hom will sound. To tum it off, de power
DETECTOR RADIO must be disconnected.
SHACK
276-1067
10KO 1KO
Fig. 56-2
442
AUTOMATIC PLANT WATERER
RV1
SOOk
.,100'
LIN
_.j MOISTURE
LEVEL
I
lOti
C2
100.
R3
fuldrcutt ........
•• !~02
••
~70R -
-l
I
"'
.,.
r-j_16V ~
1 6V
·~
T
4M7
••
47k
~ NOTE
IC1 is 4011
PUMP
MOTOR
01 is BC21o4
021S 80131 ~ .
RV2
lOOk
LIN
I
Fig. 56-3
Circuit Notes
The unit consists of a sensor, timer, and driver. When the resistance across the probe
electric water pump. The sensor is embedded increases beyond a set value (i.e., the soil
in the soil, and when dry, the electronics opec- dries), the Schmitt is triggered. C2 feeds a
ate the water pump for a preset time. The negative going pulse to the monostable when
circuit is composed of a level sensitive Schmitt the Schmitt triggers and R2 acts as feedback, to
trigger, variable time monostable, and output ensure a fast ·switching action.
RAIN ALARMJDOOR BELL
-
TO SENSOR
D1 BELL
1A
R1 Fig. 56-4
2k2
T
1
I
3V
SCRA
I
....L..
C1
SOV 1A BELL
10n
PUSH
NOTE
R3
01, 02 are 2N3706
1k 51 01 is 1N4001
Circuit Notes
With Sl open tbe circuit functions as a any damage to the thyristor from back EMF in
doorbell. With Sl closed, rain falling on the the bell coil. The sensor can be made from 3
sensor will tum on Ql, triggering Q2 and the square inches of copper clad board with a razor
thyristor and activating the bell, R4 provides cut down the center. Cl prevents any mains
the holding for the thyristor while Dl prevents pickup in the sensor leads.
443
57
Motor Controls
Motor Speed Control Motor Speed Control

Plug-In Speed Control for Tools or Model Train Speed Control
Appliances Induction Motor Control
Motor Speed Control with.Feedback DC Motor Speed Control
Direction and Speed Control for Series- ·Universal Motor Control with Built-In Self
Wound Motors Timer
High-Torque Motor Speed Control Speed Control for Model Trains or Cars
Motor Speed Control Direction and Speed Control for Shunt-
Constant Current Motor Drive Circuit Wound Motors
Ac Motor Power Brake Two-Phase Motor Drive
Universal-Motor Speed Control with De Servo Amplifier
Load-Dependent Feedback Universal Motor Speed Control
De Motor Speed/Direction Control Circuit Power Tool Torque Control
Servo Motor Amplifier Ac Servo Amplifier-Bridge Type
444
MOTOR SPEED CONTROL
'"
d··,·
!IV 0:1:
t LRfuo I I ,.
~
..,.,
lvREF
I
YIN cAl
"
,.
U SI'EED
ADJUST ,
'" "'"' 'l

··I--
.. "
...
LM2!MI7
0, oi,RI:f'
'" '•I I _J . . . YARIAIL£
-* (-)))
,. PICKU, I!-
' '~ I l"r ··I--
~
U1<f
LM:t524
COW
tf' t II-
H~ ,, cl+ I--
L(t·..,~--r---··-",
,.
NCo-+-IDSC ,,-1-- 75Dpf
CH~=I2 H-·'
"a-t+ · ·:· "'"J rI --, ..-
... ... "'
... ~· "
me 11 [ 'I
"'
1=f'' 1 1 1 r''''1 1 1 _J
Fig. 57-1
Circuit Notes
This circuit is a regulating series de motor speed control using the LM3524 for the
control and drive for the motor and the LM2907 as a speed sensor for the feedback
network.
£
PLUG-IN SPEED CONTROL FOR TOOLS OR APPLIANCES
Fl
Rl SCRI
2500
5W
R4 IK UNIVERSAL
CAl MOTOR
CR3
120 VAC GE -XI4 R2
GE-504A + - REDUCED FULL
500
Cl
I SPEED 2MFD
CONTROL) 50V
OUTP~T
R3 SOCKET
200 FOR MOTOR
(TRIMMER) PLUG
MOTOR NAMEPLATE RATING

COMPONENT~~L~IG~H~T.~D~U~T~Y~~~H~E~AV~I~ER~O~U~TY=-- Fig. 57-2
3 AMP MAX 5 AMP MAX
SCRI GE- XI GE-C30B
Fl 3 AMP 5AMP
Circuit Notes
Most standard household appliances and During the positive half cycle of the supply
portable hand tools can be adapted to variable- -voltage, the arm on potentiometer R2 taps off a
speed operation:byuse of this simple half-wave traction of the sine wave supply vllltage and
SCR phase control. It can be used as the speed compares it with the counter emf of the motor
control unit for the following typical loads pro- through the gate of-the SCR. When the pot
videe they use series universal (brush type) voltage rises above the armature voltage, cur-
motors. rent flows through CRl into the gate of the
Drills Fans SCR, triggering it, and thus applying the -re-
Sewing Machines Lathes mainder of that half cycle supply voltage to the
Saber saws Vibrators motor. The speed at which the motor operates
Portable band saws Movie projectors can be selected by R2. Stable operation is pos-
Food mixers Sanders sible over approximately a 3-to-1 speed range.
Food blenders
446
MOTOR SPEED CONTROL WITH FEEDBACK
A
R1
18 k
2W 06
1 N4001
R4
50 k JJon Q2 R6
2N6346 100 n
115 VAC 05 C2
60Hz 1N751A 10)J.F
5.1 v
C3
C1
AS
T1 See Table
SPRAGUE
11 Z12
8
Motor NbMINAL AS VALUE;$
Motor Rating RS
(Ampere$) OHMS Watts 2
AS=-
IM
2 1 5
IM =Max. Rated
3 0.67 10 Motor Current (RMS)
6.5 0.32 is
Fig. 57-3
t
.....
DIRECTION AND SPEED CONTROL FOR SERIES-WOUND MOTORS
(4)
MR504
or~MDA 3504
AC
LINE FIELD
Rl
20 k:>-o......,
5W Tl
R2, 4.7 k
•
+f]l
51J.F
sw
I
75 v
2N5062
Q5 05 1N5262 · ~ ARMATURE
(2)
SPRAGUE
R3 T2 11Z13
1 k ••
Fig. 57-4
Circuit Notes
The circuit shown here can be used to for conduction, or SCRs Ql and Q4 for conduc-
control tbe speed and direction of rotation of a tion. Since the armature current is always in
series-wound de motor. Silicon controlled the same direction, the field current reverses
rectifiers Ql-Q4, which are connected in a in relation to the armature current, thus re-
~ bridge arrangement, are triggered in diagonal versing the direction of rotation of the motor. A
pairs. Which pair is turned on is controlled by pulse circuit is used to drive the SCRs through
switch Sl since it connects either coupling either transformer Tl or T2. The pulse re-
transformer Tl or coupling transformer T2 to a quired to fire the SCR is obtained from the
pulsing circuit. The current in the field can be energy stored in capacitor Cl.
reversed by selecting either SCRs Q2 and Q3
448
HIGH-TORQUE MOTOR SPEED CONTROL
MR1032A
115 VAC o1
1N4003
D4 D
5
.--------i---'1N4001
R1 15K/2W
MZ500- 12
Ds
RF* = FEEDBACK RESISTOR

(SEE TEXT) Fig. 57-5
Circuit Notes
A bridge circuit consisting of two SCRs triggering the SCR that has a positive voltage
and two silicon rectifiers furnishes full-wave on its anode. When C2 discharges sufficiently,
power to the motor. Diodes, D3 and D5, supply the unijunction transistor drops out of eonduc-
de to the trigger circuit through dropping resis- tion. The value of RF is dependent upon the size
tors, Rl. Phase delay of SCR firing is obtained of the motor and on the amount of feedback
by charging C2 thruugh resistors R3 and R4 desired. A typical value for RF can he calculated
~.where
from the voltage level established by the zener
diode, DS. When C2 charges to the firing vol-
from: RF = S!M is the max rated load
tage of the unijunction transistor, the UJT fires, current (rms).
449
MOTOR SPEED CONTROL
IOOk.ll.
GE
C228
25kJ1
II&V IN50&9
60HZ "'
IN5059
SERIES WOUND
UNIVERSAL MOTOR
Fig. 57-6
Circuit Notes
Switching action of the 2N4990 allows smaller capacitors to be used while achieving
reliable thyristor triggering.
CONSTANT CURRENT MOTOR DRIVE CIRCUIT

2N30U
y+
••• "'
RSIAS
"' .001-"F o.•n

@SW
1115
• ••
I·-·
c,
ICLI063 01
7
..
.,
••
Fig. 57-7
Circuit Notes
This minimum.device circuit can be used to drive de motors where there is some
likelihood of stalling or lock up; if the motor locks, the current drive remains constant and
the system does not destroy itself.
450
AC MOTOR BRAKE
Circuit Notes
HEAT ON l> Sl (SPRING
SINK~ OFF••---co-,· RETURN) A shot of direct current will instantly stop
any ac power tool motor. Switch Sl is a
Po!;.'
I I
~'.)
. , oc y .1
TO POWER • center-off, one side spring return. With Sl on,
ac will be fed to the motor and tbe motor will
117 .... I TOOL MOTOR
run. To brake the motor, simply press Sl down
VAC and a quick shot of de will instantly stop it. The
PARTS LIST FOR switch returns to the center off position when
AC MOTOR POWER BRAKE released. This Power Brake can only be used
PI, 1-AC plug with ac motors; it will not brake universal
01-Silicon rectifier, 200 PIV, 20 A. (ac-dc) motors. A heat sink must be provided
S1-Spdt switch. Center off,one. for the diode.
side spring return
Misc.-Metal cabinet Fig. 57-8
UNIVERSAL-MOTOR SPEED CONTROL

WITH LOAD-DEPENDENT FEEDBACK (FOR MIXER, SEWING MACHINE, ETC.)
R!
47K
y~c~~~B
IW
R2 AI4B
20K(2W) I IK Sl
SPEED o----1
ADJUST , Cl I ·:.: FULL SPEED
~ POSN.
IOp.F 2p.F Fig. 57-9
IOV
MIXER, OR SIMILAR
UNIVERSAL MOTOR
Al48
NOTE: RESISTORS 1/2 WATT EXCEPT AS NOTED
Circuit Notes
Simple half-wave motor speed control is characteristics to the motor, even at low rota-
effective for use with small universal (ac/dc) tional speeds. Norrnal operation at maximum
motors. Maximum current capability 2.0 amps speed can be achieved by closing switch Sl,
RMS. Because speed-dependent feedback is thus bypassing the SCR.
provided, the control gives excellent torque
451
DC MOTOR SPEED/DIRECTION CONTROL CIRCUIT
S~/Oirection
t10 v Control
_j
... 3.3 k
50'
3.3 k 560
J.Q k "c " ~~;~
1N4001 1N4001
G:(;:
~k>(_ .
. 0>i '001 "F .... L~
1C
I
•
20 f<>
·~
H~;~4
•• or Equiv
390pF
• '
~ 390 pF; lo;

I'~
"
c
•I'
SRT60181 c
'
0
3.9 k c 1N4001 1N4001
• I'~ or Equiv or ECJUiv
TN914
-Or Equiv
•
Each amplifier symbol representl-1/4 MC7549l circuit (two ~ckagea totel).
Fig. 57-10
SERVO MOTOR AMPLIFIER
R2
v+ Circuit Notes
0.1"" v+
Motor driver amplifier will deliver the
1-:!-
Rsc
rated current into the motor. Care should be
taken to keep power dissipation within the
R1 2
YIN permitted level. This precision speed regula-
CASE
tion circuit employs rate feedback for constant
3 I
motor current at a given input voltage.
Skg
- v-
Rsc
0.1~
0.01"F
-
fv-
Fig. 57-ll
452
MOTOR SPEED CONTROL
p%.
Cl, C2-0.l-uF, 200-VDC capacitor
Ql-RCA 40431 Triac-Diac
Rt-100,000-ohm linear taper
potentiometer
R2-10,000-ohm, 1-watt resistor
Fig. 57-12
Cbcuit Notes
Universal motors and shaded-pole induc- limited to 6 amperes maximum. Triac Ql must
tion motors can be easily controlled with a be provided with a heat sink. With the compo-
full-wave Triac speed controller. Ql combines nent values shown, the Triac controls motor
both the triac and diac trigger diodes in the speed· from full off to full on.
same case. The motor used for the load must be
MODEL TRAIN SPEED CONTROL
•12 14Vdc
2N3055
12 volt
12 w.att
~
t---F:o-;0,-:;R::;,W"'AR~O REVERSE TO
SWITCH TRACKS
Fig. 57-13
Circuit Notes
Virtually any NPN small signal transistor by wiring a 12 volt 12 watt ·bulb in series with
may be used in place of the BC 108 shown. the output. This will glow in event of a short
Likewise any suitable NPN power transistor circuit and thus effectively current-limit the
can be used in place ofthe 2N3055. The output output, it also acts as a visual short-circuit
transistor must be mounted on a suitable heat- alarm.
sink. Short circuit protection may be provided
453
INDUCTION-MOTOR CONTROL
M ~----------...------, ~2CS-26324
120VAC, 60Hz 240VAC, 60Hz

120 II AC 75K C 0.2211F. 200V
2W 100 0.22J1F. 400V
OR 1/2 w Y T2100B T2700D
240 v AC D3202U
""\.., 60Hz
Fig. 57-14
Circuit Notes
This single time-constartt circuit can be The circuit is best suited to applications which
used as proportional speed control for induc- require speed control in the medium to full-
tion motors such as shaded pole or permanent power range.
split-capacitor motors when the load is fixed.
DC MOTOR SPEED CONTROL
2N:.~~
+
Motm
!4 13 !2 11 10 9 8
) "'t
h
40118
n Fig. 57-15
+
;:u rU ,E
t 2 3 4 5 6 7~
" $
.o1!~to 1N4148
.05 ~~ f- 1N4148 k-
rf1MO
Circuit Notes
The circuit uses a 4011 CMOS NAND voltage, however, is not changed. This pulse
gate, a pair of diodes and an NPN power tran- power is effective at very low speeds, con-
sister to provide a variable duty-cycle de stantly kicking the motor along. At higher
source. Adjusting the speed control varies the speeds, tbe motor behaves in a nearly normal
average voltage applied to the motor. The peak manner.
454
UNIVERSAL MOTORCONTROL WITH BUILT-IN SELF TIMER
--,
CR2
GE-504A R5
3.3K SCR 2
ON 2W GE·XI
Sl
--. OFF
j ~R3
150K R2
CR5 Y
GE·504A \7 ~
20V
60 ~z
CRI - TIME IK '
:~:NEON
GE-504A ADJUST SPEED
=u= Rl
ADJUST C3
~OD
~
+
R6
150 I
I
! LAMP
I (OPTIONAL)
SCR I ' I
G~~~04AGEM~~
3.3K L. .J
UNIVERSAL
w
I
D LO AD I
I
"4 I
I MEG I I
Cl C2 I
l
~+
IOOf.liFD
200V
01
MFD
50V
~4
GE-5MA
I
1
I
Fig. 57-16
__ j
Circuit Notes
When the time delay expires, SCRl con- pated, use the larger C30B SCR in place of the
ducts and removes the gate signal from SCR2, GE-Xl for SCR2. Also, the capacitance ofCl
which stopsthe motor. Both the time delay and can be increased to lengthen the tinie delay, if
motor speed are adjustable by potentiometers desired.
R2 and R3. If heavier motor loads are antici-
SPEED CONTROL FOR MODEL TRAINS OR CARS
FUSE 2A
Fig. 57-17
.,, •
3 AMP STUD ICA. 50V
_,
l"et.
·-~ -1'*'F
12V
.....
1NI14
•
Cireuit Notes
Low voltage speed control gives~very good starting torque and excellent speed
-regulation. A reversing switch may be incorporated in the leads to the motor.
455
DIRECTION AND SPEED CONTROL FOR SHUNT-WOUND MOT-ORS
01 (4)
AC 02 MP.504 or MDA3504
LtNE
03 01
R1
FIELD
•
+~
Fig. 57-18
C1
05 05
2N5062 1 N5262
\
R3 T1 T2
1-k
• ••
Tl and T2 are Sprague 11 Zf3
01 thru 04- 2N4172
~circuit Notes
This circuit operates like the one shown in the field current is unidirectionalimt armature
Fig. 57-4. The only differences are that the current is reversible; consequently the motor's
field is placed across the rectified supply and direction of rotation is reversible. Potentiome-
the armature is placed in the SC R bridge. Thus ter Rl controls the speed.
TWO-PHASE MOTOR DRIVE
.,
m
"
0.1~.<F
C4
Q
0
q j
I
C5
~
Fig. 57-19
.
2100
RJ
"' ., ••
lOOk
CJ
O.D4,uf* "'
- -:r "'
C7
456
DC SERVO AMPLIFIER
5 k 50 k
+15 v
r
10 "F
Fig. 57-20
SIZE 8 OR 9 12 Vdc
SERVOMOTOR
-15 v
UNIVERSAL MOTOR SPEED CONTROL
line
"' 01 SCR
Voltage 120V 240V
C!*+ ~...........,..-"4/ lOOK
R1 47K
••SPEED R3
R2 IOK 20K
ADJUST C2
AC
LINE Ra IK lK
VOLTAG£
C1 IJLF, 50V li'F, IOOV
02 ~J~1~G C2 O.li'F, 50V ti.IJLF, 50V
0 MACHINE,OR
SIMILAR D1 IN5059 IN5060
UNIVERSAL
MOTOR D2 IN5059 IN5060
~----+-----~
..-
(MAX. CURRENT
1.5 AMP.)
SCR C106BI C106Dl
Fig. 57-21
Circuit Notes
The resistor capacitor network Rl-R2-Cl SCR earlier in the ac cycle. More voltage is
provides a ramp-type reference voltage thereby applied to the motor causing it to pick
superimposed on top of a de voltage adjustable up speed again. Performance with the Cl06
with the speed-setting potentiometer R2. This SCR is particularly good because the low trig-
reference voltage appearing at the wiper of R2 ger current requirements of this device allow
is balanced against the residual counter emf of use of a flat top reference voltage, which pro-
the motor through the SCR gate. As the motor vides good feedback gain and close speed reg-
slows down due to heavy loading, its counter ulation.
emf falls, and the reference ramp triggers the
457
POWER TOOL TORQUE CONTROL
SCR-1
Fl
•
"' 02
TO DRILL
••
R2
01
PARTS LIST FOR

POWER TOOL TORQUE CONTROL
01, 02-lA, 400 PIV silicon R2-250-ohm, 4-watt potentiometer
rectifier (Calectro K4-557 or R3-33-ohm, lh-watt resistor
equiv.J SCR1-8-A, 400-PlV silicon
Fl-3-A ~slo:~-bto" fuse controlled rectifier (HEP Rl222) Fig. 57-22
Rl-2500-ohm, 5-watt resistor
Circuit Notes
As the speed of an electric drill is de- reduced. The extra gate voltage c~auses the
creased by loading, its torque also drops. A SCR to conduct over a larger angle and more
compensating speed control like this one puts current is driven intn the drill, even as speed
the oomph back into the motor. When the drill falls under load. The SCR should he mounted in
slows down, a back voltage developed across '4-in. thick block of aluminum or copper at least
the motnr-in series with the SCR cathode and l-in. square. If the circuit is used for extended
gate-decreases. The SCR gate voltage there- periods use a 2 inch square piece.
fore increases relatively as the back voltage is
AC SERVO AMPLIFIER-BRIDGE TYPE

5 k 50 k
YIN o---ilf---.,v..--...---.....'/'y-----
1.5 H
un
Fig. 57-23
"'
458
58
Multi vibrators
Monostable Circuit TTL· Monostable

Astable Multivibrator Monostable Circuit
Astable Oscillator One-Shot Multivibrator
Digitally Controlled Astable Multivibrator Monostable Multivibrator
Dual Astable Multivibrator Bistable Multivibrator
LUT Monostable 100kHz Free-Running Multivibrator
Monostable Multivibrator with Input
Lock-Out
459
MONOSTABLE CIRCUIT
~A' t.l kU
C • Q_Ol•F
Rl•Hi!
Soo~·-11
~=
Vcci5Vto15Vl
1 II II
1 u
1•1 I IIBI ~RL RA
J~TVOllAGE
RESET ~Vee
131
INPUT ,..J& TRIGGER OUTPUT OUTPUT t- t-- ~
SE555/NE555
171
r
DISCHARGE
OVT~UT VOLTAGE
(6) CONTROL
VOLT AGE THRESHOLD 181
11 J ~
0.01.,F
I
GNO
~~" r v 1/
CAPi!TOi VOL
"'
/I
~
I
:2 10-1
"
3
~
0.. 10-2
,
~
"-
0
"
I
}
10-3
10-4
10- 5 ~--~~--~L---~----~-----"
0~001 0.01 0.1 10 100
C-Capacitance-11-F
-·OUTPUT- PULSE WIDTH vs CAPACITANCE
Fig. 58-1
Circuit Notes
If the output is low, application of a threshold comparator will reset the flip-flop (Q
negative-going pulse to the trigger input sets goes high), drive the output low, and discharge
the flip-flop (Q goes low), drives the output C through Ql. Monostable operations is in·
high, and turns off l. Capacitor C is then itiated when the trigger input voltage falls
charged through R. until the voltage across the below the trigger threshold. Onee initiated, the
capacitor reaches the threshold voltage of the sequence will complete only if the trigger input
threshold input. If the trigger input has re- is high at the end of the timing interval.
turned to a high level, the output of the
460
ASTABLE MULTIVIBRATOR
~,.-~u•
AI•! Oil
Vee 16 v to 15 VI rAl•
•o I"'
''"' -·-
.,
!loo ........
(4Jl
RESET vee
(8)
••
OUTPUT 131
L.m TRIGGER OUTPUT
!
SE555/NE555
DtSCHARGE
lm
•• ~---
IS.. NOMA ;..ili VOlTAGE
Of'EN CONTROL
GNO
1111
THRESHOLD
II
r \
., 1--
/\
OtiTI'UT
/
.,
VOl UGl
/\
NOTE A: Oeeouptlr\9 the control voltea• Input \pin 5} to ~i'TOi VO~Trl
ground with •-e•p•cltor m•v Improve op•r•Uon,
This should 1M •v•lu•t•d for lndlvldu•leppllntlons.
g' 100~-_;~
·;;
,
0
a:
~
u.
.!.
0.1 L__ _L_ _L__---l>._ _j"-----.-:J

0.001 0.01 01 10 100
C~Capacitancf'--JJ.F
Fig. 58-2
Circuit Notes
The capacitor C will charge through RA and R., and then discharge through R. only.
The duty cycle may he controlled by the values of RA and R..
461
ASTABLE OSCILLATOR
v··w
®
1'"
1/4 C04095B
®
Circuit Notes
Before power is applied, the input and
output are at ground potential and capacitor C
is discharged. On power-on, the output goes
high (Voo) and C charges through R until V is
voo reached; the output then goes low (Vss). C is
® ~: now discharged through R until V, is reached.
The output then goes high and charges C to-
®~~~JiJii
wards V, through R. Thus input A alternately
swings between V, and V, as the output goes
high and low. This circuit is self-starting at
POWER .4ll'j I
ON "I '2 power-on.
Fig. 58-3
DIGITALLY CONTROLLED ASTABLE MULTIVIBRATOR
"
11tn
DICJITAL -vtS
111110 . . . . . . ., ••
I'"'"' llt:IIT Ycc
~---'j DIICitAAGf _ I OUT~

ssa ~L:ec
"•
t----'1 TIIIQCJ!II
CONTIICI.
r-··
FOR LINEAR MODE
FOR EXPANDED MODE
Fig. 58-4
462
DUALASTABLE MULTIVIBRATOR
·-+
+15 v
• 1
Thrnh-
ol~ r
14 •
10k 1N914 1N914 "
L_
10k
10~ ·-·
Thresh-
R2
5 t-- 9 old
Output Output 12
1/2 MC3556 1/2 MC3556
Oisch••G•
• 0.001 0.001
• 13
'
i io;··""'l
1 TriiJOer TrlgiiJ•r
C1
+ "'i' Co""o:
Voltage
'
3 7 G"d
( Output
6 11
'T'
I
Control
Voluge pc2
l :
0.91
"""
f • (R1+R 2 ) C for C1 • C2
Fig. 58-5
Circuit Notes
This dual astable multivibrator provides clock signals often required in digital systems.
versatility not available with single~ timer cir- It can also be inhibited by use of either reset
cuits. The duty cycle can be adjusted from 5% terminal.
to 95%. The two outputs provide two phase
UJT MONOSTABLE
Jl 270fl
+ 15V
22 kfl
Qj
2N4125
9.8 v
Fig. 58-6
2N4851
Q2
_JL
2N4123
Q3
463
MONOSTABLE MULTIVIBRATOR WITH INPUT LOCK-OUT
1.0M 10M
"" ~""
l•o~~~~
' ,, Fig. 58-7
240 k
62k ':"
TTL MONOSTABLE
l
'• I I
• •
•
'
... '11.,, Fig. 58-8
0: :::::1}~
4-7K
' ' *
_l [__J::.C
.!: r -
'
MONOSTABLE CIRCUIT
·-I l -
51150~ 1•2!5•1
I>UICH.OA(I(
•
----------------,
I
I
1- I
CO~TRC!L 5
VOL U.OE
'"
JL Fig. 58-9
lf.
, -i"•"
'"'""
________ j '
•
~T-t.tAC
464
ONE-SHOT MULTIVIBRATOR BISTABLE MULTIVIBRATOR
..l ..
o-
• lOOk
"'
A~15V
'
V+:::rL 100 k
0 ,_~.,..._-I
Fig. 58-10 Fig. 58-12
MONOSTABLE MULTIVIBRATOR 100kHz FREE-

RUNNING MULTIVIBRATOR
V•
Ill v• HV R:i
20h 1 Oh
1.0M
'" PW
RJ
lms-
=I"'E:
v•
0
""
t,
lo
v. SQUAIIE
>'++WAVE
0.001 F
.
OUTPUl"
1.0M 1N914
" '"
"'
•TTlm OTLI~nnut ol two
Fig. 58-11 Fig. 58.13
465
59
Noise Generators
The~ sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
Audio Noise Generator Noise Generator

Pink Noise Generator Wideband Noise Generator
Noise Generator Circuit
466
AUDIO NOISE GENERATOR
+15-30V
R2 R8
5k6 5k6
Rl -PINK
56k
r-~--t--~---+:+;-111
C3
25~f
-25V
R4
1M
,..
C7
N06E
Fig. 59-1
RJ
Q2 39k
+ Cl
03
25"F
25V
01 -03 ARE TYPE BC108
Circuit -Notes
This simple circuit generates both white Since such a filter attenuates the noise consid·
and pin noise. Transistor Ql is used as a zener erably an amplifier is used to restore the output
diode. The normal base-emitter junction level. Transistor Q3 is this amplifier and the
is reverse-biased and goes into zener break- pink noise filter is connected as a feedback
down at about 7 to 8 volts. The zener noise network. between collector and base in order
current from QU!ows into the base of Q2 such to obtain the required characteristic by con·
that an output of about 150 millivolts of white trolling the gain-versus-frequency of the
noise is available. To convert the white noise transistor. The output of transistor Q3 is thus
to pink, a filter is required which provides a 3 the pink noise required and is fed to the relev-
dB cut per octave as the frequency increases. ant output socket.
467
PINK NOISE GENERATOR
1001<
1M .1 ~F
r"""'W""-~'f-o
AUDIO OUTPUT
+
Fig. 59-2
1M
10011
Circuit Notes
A reverse-biased pn junction of a 2N2712 simulate pink noise ~more closely. The audio
transistor is used as a noise generator. The output may be connected to high-impedance
second 2N2712 is an audio amplifier. The 0.005 earphones or to a driver amplifier for speaker
i<F capacitor across the amplifier output re- listening.
moves some high-frequency components to
NOISE GENERATOR
+15V
VOUT
01
NPN
1M
~
RANDOM NOISE
10k
1OOk SET LEVEL

Fig. 59-3
Circuit Notes
The zener breakdown of a transistorjunc- amplifier, a low impedance, large signal noise
tion is usea as a noise generator. The break- source is obtained. The lOOK potentiometer is
down mechanism is random and this voltage used to set the noise level by varying the gain
has a high source impedance. By using the op from 40 to 20 dB.
amp as a high input impedance, high ac gain
468
WIDEBAND NOISE GENERATOR
OUTPUT
IOK
IN21
-- 9V son Fig. 59-4
Circuit Notes
This circuit will produce wide band ri noise. It uses a reverse-biased diode and has a
low-impedance output. Can be used to align receivers for optimum periormance.
NOISE GENERATOR CIRCUIT
+12 Vdc C5
A6 0.1 p.F
8.2K
R4 AS
~
A2 10K 330K
A1 6.8K
68K
OUTPUT
C1
R7
5600
1
3.3
p.F;;; m
Fig. 59-5
Circuit Notes
The zener diode is an avalanche rectifier in the reverse bias mode connected to-the
input circuit ofa wide band ri amplifier. The noise is amplified and applied to the cascade
wideband amplifier, transistors Q2 and Q3.
469
60
Oscilloscope Circuits
Oscilloscope Converter Provides Four- Drawing Circles on a Scope

Channel Displays Transmitter-Oscilloscope Coupler for CB
Add-On Triggered Sweep Signals
10.7 MHz Sweep Generator Oscilloscope Monitor
Beam Splitter for Oscilloscope
470
OSCILLOSCOPE CONVERTER PROVIDES FOUR-CHANNEL DISPLAYS
FROM OSCILLOSCOPE GATE OUT--4

O.OT~ I
13 12 11
~. 9
C1
A1 5k!l Alp Flop
1
4 5
A2 1 k!l
-t ~5vL
CHANNEL 16
J TEXAS
INSTAU·
:~~
....:.:::: MENTS
INPUTr
(4)
"l
-:'-::-1 f- 15
SN7473
1 •• 2 M!l
~
DECODE
(3)4 -l CONTROL
13t--1, v
(1)-c.t.j
1 ••
1 ••
-2Mfi
2M!!
~ OUTPUT
12~ 15 pF
I - +1r
11
I ["'~
~1-
(2) L::.-:] 2 Mn
I
73)----~
__!!: (2) v 10
9
T OSCOPE
INPUT
HA·2405
2 M!l
2 Mn
J v
2Mn
2 M!l
~.
SOOkfi~
I (1) ~ ~CENTERING
5ooknc_ ~~CONTROL
(3) ~--- I/
500 k!!(
(4) So/
Fig. 60-1 soo ul?
Circuit Notes
The monolithic quad operational amplifier nel selection signals. All channels have cen-
provides an inexpensive way to increase dis- teringcontrols for nulling offset voltage. A
play capability of a standard oscilloscope. Bi- negative-going scope gate signal selects the
nary inputs drive the IC op amp; a dual flip-flop next channel after each trace. The circuit oper-
divides the scope's gate output to obtain chan- ates out to 5 MHz.
471
ADD-ON TRIGGERED SWEEP
+Vee
FROM
VERTICAL
AMPLIFIER 1 M!1
100 kH SIGNETICS NE555

+Vee SENSITIVITY
ADJUST
mkn
J{lkn
Fig. 60-2 +Vee
Circuit Notes
The circuit's input op amp triggers the timer, setting its flip-flop and cutting off its
discharge transistor so that capacitor C can charge. When the capacitor voltage reaches
the timer's control voltage (0.33Vcc), the flip-flop resets and the transistor conducts,
discharging the capacitor.
10.7 MHz SWEEP GENERATOR
FROM CRO
.OR ANALYZER
IK
IOOpF
Ll
4.7K
BAI63
LI·20T 32SWG NEOSID FORMER F29 SLUG
Fig. 60·3
RFCI-40T 32SWG ON LARGE IK RESISTOR
rOI
Circuit Notes
This circuit is used to observe the r~esponse of an if amp or a filter. It can be used
with an oscilloscope or, for more dynamic range, with a spectrum analyzer.
472
DRAWING CIRCLES ON A SCOPE
5V1 ZENER
330k Fig. 60-4

>--1~-0 StNE
100k
SET AMPLITUDE
COSINE
f\1\;
270k
XY SCOPE
DISPLAY
0
Circuit Notes
The circuit is that of a quadrature sioe and cosine Dscillator. To generate circular
displays, connect the two outputs to the X and Y inputs.
TRANSMITTER-OSCILLOSCOPE COUPLER FOR CB SIGNALS
TO
L1
TRANSMITTER TO VERTICAL
OUTPUT PLATES OF
OSCILLOSCOPE
Fig. 60-5
Circuit Notes
To display an rf signal, connect Ll to the height on the CRT. L2 = 4 turns IH8 on %"
transmitter and points A and B to the vertical slug tuned rf coil form, Ll = 3 turns 1*22 adja-
plates of the oscilloscope. Adjust Ll for cent to grounded endofLl, Cl, and C2 = 5 pF,
minimum SWR and C3 for the desired trace C3 = 75 pF trimmer.
473
OSCILLOSCOPE MONITOR
·"'
To Robot~
OUtput " n .I
"""
Mooo•~"'
output '
I
""'~-----------0.'
Ono'mchCRT
4.7M
ICPI- Fig. 60-6
. G·· 1N4007 '""'
+350v.d.c
4.7M
COSSOR
&itillltube
l pin Loctol
wcket.
""'
:n
~ 40mF
.•.
~ """'
500v.
""'
1N4007
1N4007
120v.~.c.
"'" -1S0v.d.c
O.tmF . p.,_, tnnsfor""''· St.orn:or PC8<103,

70<1'111, 250-0-250 with filomtnt
6.lv., 21.
BEAM SPUTTER FOR OSCILLOSCOPE
.", rl +~Vm+l~V
Fl\llo
-~.::.-
.."
"
"' ·-~
I
'"
~
0
·-
AB l'l?
T"-~-'--+''
!Ok IOk
INPUT I t...-_ " : " "

'"
-tOn 10.
Fig. 60-7
"'~"' "i'
~H..-~--...-l-t---t---+--'
r- "'
IU
"'
8C417
... ,...
i.--.
c" _j
~--~~~
SkG
lot - 101< OUTPUT
IJ<II'Ul 2
..
00
"'
...
II \lib '"'
-5\lto-l~V
Circuit Notes
The basis ofthe beam~splitter is a 555 timer connected as an astable multivibrator.
~ I
Signals at the two inputs are alternately displayed on the oscilloscope with a clear
separation between them. The output is controlled by the tandem potentiometer RVla/b
which also varies the amplitude of the traces.
474
61
Phase Sequence
and Phase Shift Circuits
Phase Sequence Indicator Phase Shift Circuits

Single Transistor Phase Shifter Precision Phase Splitter
0° to 180° Phase Shifter 0 to 360° Phase Shifter
475
PHASE SEQUENCE INDICATOR
A
Circuit Notes
R1 Simple, portable phase-sequence indi-
PHASE ROTATION: ABC
L1. ON cator determines the proper phase rotation in
l2 ·OFF polyphase circuits. Major components are two
neon lamps, two resistors, and a capacitor. In
l2 PHASE ROTATION: BAC operation, the leg voltages are unbalanced, so
L1 ·OFF
l2 -ON that the lamp with the maximum voltage-or
proper phase sequence-lights. Table shows
B
typical component values for various circuit
frequencies.
Fig. 61-1
SINGLE TRANSISTOR PHASE SHIFTER
+10V
47k 2.2k
B 2.5k
22k 2.2k
Fig. 61-2
Circuit Notes
This circuit provides a simple means of phase. Adjusting Rl provides the sum of vari-
obtaining phase shifts between zero and 170°. ous proportions of these and hence a continu-
The transistor operates as·a phase splitter, the ously variable phase shift is provided. The cir·
output at point A being 180° out of phase with cuit operates well in the 600Hz to 4kHz range.
the input. Point B is in phase with the input
476
0° TO 180° PHASE SHIITER PRECISION PHASE SPLITTER
OUnouT
IINT0111t
OHM MIN.
U>ADI
.,
I'0"'-7.15mW
R2"' R1/S ~-~

Y-IN Rt
Adjuet Fh so that • = 90" with control midway
Fig. 61-3 Fig. 61-5
I
PHASE SHIIT CIRCUITS 0° TO 360° PHASE SHIITER
.---~-----~------.-0•12\1
I
2N4304 Of '" Ull
(a) 2N3123
Ull.
(b) -o ... ...

v"!~t--..J
D D
Fig. 61-6
Circuit Notes
(a) Phase advance circuit. Each stage provides ~0° to 180° phase
shift. By ganging the two stages, 0° to 360°
(b) Phase retard circuit. phase shift is achieved. The 2N3070 JFETs do
Fig. 61-4 not load the phase shift networks.
477
62
Photography
Related Circuits
Automatic Contrast Meter Flash Slave Driver

Darkroom Timer Remote Flash Trigger
Photo Stop Action Flash Exposure Meter
Sound Light-Flash Trigger Shutter Tester
Sound Activated Strobe Trip Photographic Timer
478
·----------------------·-
AUTOMATIC CONTRAST METER
NOTE:
IC1,4 ARE CA3140 I I I"'""I
·w
IC2 IS 1 L084
ICJ IS t0668
ICS IS !..M3914
.,.
"
01 IS AN'V PHOTOOIODE
• - 1 47k
D2-5ARE 1N4148
ZDl IS JV9 ZENER , j!
'.~"'
...
~
LEDl-10 ARE 3mrn REO LEOS
• ...
"
o•
~~
..
,"'
' - '" •
!! ~~tr·=
""
C3
,.....
MEASURE/RECORD
'"
•
11"' 9V
""' A
' '""'
; "''"'
'"' '",. J1
Ti'"" I l l I
"'" I I v I ~·~ ~~~
Fig. 62-1
Circuit Notes
The circuit arrangement consists of a voltage peaks in the followers also form part of
photo-amplifier which feeds a voltage derived sample and hold circuits which are then
from varying light levels in an enlarger to a pair switched to hold after the measurement. Their
of peak detectors. One follows the peak posi· outputs represent the maximum and ininiriunil
tive voltage and the other the peak negative values of light intensity. A differential amplifier
voltage. The capacitors used for storing the then computes the ratio ofthese values, and the
result is displayed on an LED bargraph meter.
~
«!
DARKROOM TIMER
,.
'" MOO TIMl
I
..••'' ..•'
,I ISEOI
"'"~
MEM NO I
'"' ~ sea •
f--'o 'Fi"fSET 11 I I I
4--G.JIN.
COMMON
~ lt__ '"f~
____.:=----d ''
CATHODE
,.,
"
TBASE •"
S£0 g 311 •'I I 1 II
• •
lED$
''
~'' '" ' "'
I SEC''
_ULN ~ '0 IS'' "'

""'
-{)o-t-----
'"
SET I
CLEAA '"
ANCE ...
I
~' I r-~"""
SAFE LICHT
~ ,j
I 'i= v ~ '"
4X4MATAI~
o;EY9QARQ
MOO"'"
I f f VAC
.,
Fig. 62-2
Circuit Notes
The darkroom timer/controller uses few ously move the decimal point. Timer/
external components: a display, a digit driver, controller has two switched ac outlets, one for
keyboard, and output switching devices. A the enlarger and one for the safe light. They are
4-digit common-cathode LED display is desir- the complements of each other in that the safe
able for dark room environments. The time light is on when the enlarger is not active and is
base is provided by shaping up the 50/60 Hz ac off when the enlarger is printing. The buzzer is
line. A DPDT switch (S1) is used to select a of the self-contained oscillator variety and op-
resolution of .1 or 1 seconds andJo simultane- erates with de drive.
480
PHOTO STOP ACTION
~~~ C1
.01
A1 1M
"0"
1000
"1 "1--vvv---'o/
4017
1M Additional SCR
firing circuits
Trigger
input
RESET
100K -L
+-----<1 C>---0 +S-15v.
Reset pushbutton
100K switch
Bulb firing system SCA

Fig. 62-3
Circuit Notes
This circuit gives multiple "stop-action" trigger pulse can be applied to the trigger input
photographic effects like showing a bouncing tenninal through a capacitor, or can operate the
ball in up to nine locations in a single photo- unit as a slave. "Light from a. camera-mounted
graph. The circuit will automatically fire the flash will activate the circuitthrough its built-in
bulbs sequentially with the time between each photocell pickup. The time period between
firing variable. The circuit is functionally com- each successive flash is determined by Cl and
plete except for the actual firing system. In Rl, which is variable. After firing the circuit, it
many cases, a simple SCR will work, as shown. must be reset by momentarily depressing the
The firing can be initiated in one of two ways. A reset button.
481
SOUND LIGHT-FLASH TRIGGER
0
SW1
~Vl
....-: 2M
~ LOR1
"'
3.31<.
"'10k
R4
....
C2 -A~Ok 3 ......._, C3 TO FLASH
0.0047 4,7"F RB GUN
INPUT ,F II
I iC1 1~~ 1k
•Q •01
t·&..+- " 2
LM30::---
/4
\.!) 2NJ':l05
~
~ .SCR1
RS R7 ~C10601
+ 13k
C1
"-"ltv'
4.7k 01
1~114
~·
C4
o.~F
- .. J
<
R1
3.3k
R3
J_3k
/, ~V2
SDk
R9
1Jk
R10
13k
ov
C10601
-c::J)-
1N914
Fig. 62-4
Circuit Notes
I Sound input to the microphone triggers time delay. This delay is adjustable-by vary-
I the IC monostable circuit which subsequently

triggers an SCR, and hence the flash, after a
ing the monostable on-time-from from 5 mil-
liseconds to 200 milliseconds.
482
SOUND ACTIVATED STROBE TRIP
•
SCRI
+ TO STROBE
MIC
MINI-AMP
MODULE
Rl
R2
• '
LIGHT
SYNC JACK
01
GND
-= D1-HEP·l54 silicon rectifier

Rl-5000-ohm potentiometer
R2-2700-ohm, ~-watt resistor
SCR1- silicon- controlled
Fig. 62-5 rectifier
MIC.-Ceramic microphone
Circuit Notes
Take strobe-flash pictures the instant a pedance, preferably 16 olnns. To test, darken
pin pricks a balloon, a hammer breaks a lamp room lights, open camera shutter, and break a
bulb or a bullet leaves a gun. Use a transistor lamp bulb with a hammer. The sound of the
amplifier of 1-watt rilting or less. (It must have hammer striking the lamp will trigger the flash,
an output transformer.) The amplifier is termi- and the picture will have been taken at that
nated with a resistor on its highest output im- instant.
FLASH SLAVE DRIVER
Circuit Notes
In photography, a separate flash, triggered
• LSV by the light of a master flash light, is often
Cl06 required to provide more light, fill-in shadows
etc. The sensitivity of this circuit depends on
R1
the proximity of the master flash and the value
22k
of R1. Increasing R1 gives increased sensitiv-
ity.
- flash lead
Fig. 62-6
483
REMOTE FLASH TRIGGER
Circuit Notes
Transistor Ql is a light-activated silicon-
Ql-300-V light-activated silicon-
controlled rectifier (LASCR) controlled rectifier (LASCR). The gate is trip-
Rl-47,000-ohm, 14-watt resistor ped by light entering a small iens built into the
top cap. To operate, provide a 6-in. length of
stiff wire for the anode and cathode connections
01 and terminate the wires in a polarized power
LASCR TO SYNC plug that matches the sync terminals on your
TERMINALS
"' electronic flashgun (strobelight). Make certain
the anode lead connects to the positive sync
terminal. When using the device, hend the con-
necting wires so the LASCR lens faces the
Fig. 62-7 main flash. This will fire the remote unit.
7LASH EXPOSURE METER
r-------~~--~~--------.+9
cos
f;EL.l
2N3055
3.3
K
22K IC = LM339
+ 6.8 j.{f
1sv '"
MEG
,.h.ANTALU
Fig. 62-8
1
Circuit Notes
Strobe light meter catches the peak of flash intensity and holds it long enough to
give a reading. The reset button must be pressea before each measurement.
484
SHUTTER TESTER
Fig. 62-9
..
...
I t---40
Circuit Notes
Shutter speed tester combines frequency counter, crystal oscillator, and photo-
transistor-operated gate generator. Oscillator pulses are counted as long as the shutter
is open. Reset is automatic at the instant the shutter opens.
PHOTOGRAPHIC TIMER
"
Fig. 62-10
485
63
Power Measuring Circuits
The sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on ~Page 730. The
Extended Range VU Meter (Dot Mode) ~AudioPower Meter

Audio Power Meter Power Meter (1 kW ¥ull Scale)
60 MHz Power Gain Test Circuit
486
=
~-
~.... =
':!& .....
~ ~ ~·p =
~ ~ r,
~· ~
~ ..... ~
.I
- p.
~ ...... I •1=----4---r ~
'
~
'.
......
w~
I =
'7 p • .tF'fl•
,, '~......
p. = >h
..... =
.
'
~ ~
'
~.
r •
. !.f'il•
~-~
-~
-~
oo
. ;;
.f
•• w
• ~
~
0~
a
;J=-it• -~
. ...
~
'
~
..-,
p.
= ';. "
~f'il•
Jf-il•
'7 ~....
_.,.-_, ~
487
AUDIO POWER METER
o.zw Ulll" ... uw ,.

,,
.. ,,. ... ... .... lZV TO ZOV
-:!::- F/~ ,11, r '1 if_'"

-r~ F' F'~~11
/,~ ~ ~11 lr,-;j 11
~ f- ' "'"' .f'.. c· ' f- ' f-y
" " " " " " " "
lMlt1S
,- ,. ... "" '"

'"'
' "" ' '"'
MODE
"''
L....J' -¥ I!_ !'
* '""
f--
Fig. 63-2
LOIIDBI'U.KEII " "

Vt
~ .,.
••"
I - , ...
•• "'"'
otmur
AMFUFIER
lm,.danc.
811 18k
16D 30k
See Appllcetlon Hints lor optional Peak or

Average Detector
AUDIO POWER METER
12V
I
5V
T 2.2k0
...
sen tNIIt4
Vee 1N914 Vee 02
?({)"
I .
lkfi ANALOG
INPUT
COMF CD"' I
LAMP TEST ., 2.2kll
Tlst1
j
,, tn .... [
OUT A ~
A '
ROM
A UDIO
STEM1
an
,,
;: ::::"' IN
"" B •ose •
•
INPU'i
.
•
"'''
"'·'f
TL502
~
<lND "x• r-- -: b
• 1-----.
.... ;:[ ""•f•

33k0
e, lALLI
RxtiCxt ~
eZ2 30.22 b • • • • I 01 02
GND
ex, " GND
SEGMENT
TIU07
I
~
Fig. 63•3
488
POWER METER (1 kW FULL SCALE)
111V
NEUTUL
R1
"'" :!:"
.i5~F 0.001 g
(COPPER)
}. ,,. . :...Cv
R3 " ".
J.
20112 ZERO
COMPlEX
LOAD
,__,
I
I I Fig. 63-4
";l ..L.
tV ......,, T
I
\_ ~LM394
...... .~
~-~
I
I
t-01
~ !l- 1N4U04
-'""
' • 1N4001
."'
111¥
HOT
Circuit Notes
The circuit is intended for 117 Vac ± 50 sensing voltage is only 10 mV, keeping load
Vac operation, but can be easily modified for voltage loss to 0.01 %. Rejection of reactive
higher or lower voltages. It measures true load currents is better than 100:1 for linear
(nonreactive) power being delivered to the loads. Nonlinearity is about 1% full scale when
load and requires no external power supply. using a 50 p.A meter movement.
Idling power drain is only 0.5 W. Load current
60 MHz POWER GAIN TEST CIRCUIT
,...,
,f.,o~•l
";;~
•' 4 ,' Shield ;:.. Output
', ~
I
C1 ~' f50nl
3 .
I
5
Input "~
l1
rr- ~C1590
,'~ 6
l1
Fig. 63·5
150nl ~
-;,; I
I 8
,~
5.6k
L +12 \ldc
0.001 Jtf
V1 IAGC)
L 1 "' J-Turns, 120 AWG Wir1, 5/16" Dia., C1,C2,C3 '"llJO) pf

5/8" long C4,. (1-10) pF
L2 • 6 Turns, #14 AWG Wir1, 9/16" Dia.,
3/4'" long
489
64
Power Supplies (Fixed)
The sources ofthe following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
Switching Regulator Operating at 200 kHz Negative Switching Regulator

5 V, 0.5 A Power Supply Positive Switching-Regulator
3 W Switching Regulator Application Circuit Positive Floating Regulator
Regulated Split Supplies from a Single Negative Floating Regulator
Supply Negative Voltage Regulator
Switching Step-Down Regulator -15 V Negative Regulator
Single-Ended Regulator Slow Turn-On 15 V Regulator
±50 V Push-Pull Switched Mode Converter High Stability 10 V Regulator
5 V/0.5 A Buck Converter 5 V/1 A Switching Regulator
±50 V Feed Forward Switch Mode 15 V/1 A Regulator with Remote Sense
Converter Low Ripple Power Supply
Traveller's Shaver Adapter 5.0 V/10 A Regulator
100 Vrms Voltage Regulator 5.0 V/3.0 A Regulator
Transistor Increases Zener Rating 100 V/10.25 A Switch Mode Converter
Dual Polarity Power Supply Voltage Regulator
5.0 V/6:0 A, 25 kHz Switching Regulator Low Voltage Regulators with Short Circuit
with Separate Ultra-Stable Reference Protection
Mobile Voltage Regulator High Stability 1 A Regulator
100 V/0,25 A Switch Mode Converter
490
SWITCHING REGULATOR OPERATING AT 200kHz
28V
'·
2_5 11H
FetroacuM 2:213P A 160-387 core
00 YN64GA -
" !·
i2!'Fl '·
680!1
IN914
D,·
c,
!!!
T
o,
1M5828 ·i~
R,
Bl kn
Mallory ~18V
o, c, ' R,
390
o,
THF"22F35 Q_l"F
1N!)2421l 1 "F >8V
6V
1NS2348 R,
R,
HlOOO ~,, Fig. 64-l
"
1.8kH
R, c, •' "·
1.1 k(l
R,
10kl1 lc,
lllli'F
5V
o,,J
""
>---
330 pF
0 c, R,.
"" o,~A
R, 0.005
1N914 -...... 1N5231 0.01
"
~..f J.
1N914 .,..
R.,
JOOHI:
/~ ~\ ~
"·
1.2 kH
I":'
~ I
0
6V 5V
' '
~Vknlcs-C,z
Vour
5Vat-10A
Mallory THF120F10
o, o, 6-120 11F capaLO!Of$
2'N4400 2N4400
on parallel
I
Circuit Notes
This circuit provides a regulated de with
less than 100 mV of ripple for microprocessor
oscillator nmning at 200 kHz) is fed through a
level-shifting circuit to the base of bipolar
I
applications. Necessary operating voltages are transistor Q2. This transistor is part of a
taken from the bleeder resistor network con- bootstrap circuit necessary to turn the power
nected across the nnregulated 28 V supply. The MOSFET full on in totem-pole MOSFET ar-
output of the LM710 comparator (actually an rays.
5 V, 0.5 A POWER SUPPLY
'"
~1100!-JF
Z$170, o,
C
* 3J_ lQV
Rz 620
1-&k.RJ
o,
ZN423
----.!!.~ "
ZNt..2'-IT
Fig. 64-2
-/1 :'!:
I ]II
'
fL.
2 75pf
ZTX101!
R4
JJO /?' 2 N 3055
~ fr 2
6 zs170.o 2
J·Jk
'•1 "'
2200))F~ 1
lOV
. c1 R1 "s .;wan oK5
Circuit Notes
The circuit is essentially a constant current circuit is achieved by Tr1 and R5. This
source modified by the feedback components ·simple circuit has the following performance
R2 and R3 to give a constant voltage output. characteristics: Output noise and ripple (full
The output of the ZN424E need only he·z.volts load) = 1 mV mrs. Load regulation (0 to 0.5 A)
above the negative rail, by placing the load in = 0.1 %. Temperature coefficient= ± 100
the collector of the output transistor Tr2. The ppm/°C. Current limit = 0.65 A.
491
3 W SWITCHING REGULATOR APPLICATION CIRCUIT
IN5897A
1 200 v
.
o.o2;::k Tt
····:11
"' ' " ~:.fIL"'.•IlL"_'-++~ '--'~-~. . . t_+·-ovo·2oovo15mA
Vee-=-
1 500 JI.F
__!______Y a
1
~2N4401
'
02
IN4937
2 3 •
~N6495
T t - FERAOXCUBE Pot Cor•

.f2213P-L00387 (6 mil ~p)
Np- 8 Turnt 11'22 AWG
Ng- SO Tur.,tl28 AWG
2.7 I(
Fig. 64-3
REGULATED SPLIT POWER SUPPLIES FROM A SINGLE SUPPLY
SENSE
""'
ICL7683
v.~
.J,: GND -VsET
Your
I '"
"':""IV
"' I
1 ' I
""~
c... '
.......! v•
. P~..,,T
CAP+
CAP-
==,,.,,, ,,
- ;\:; c'
Fig. 64-4
100pF
ICL7680
3
'
OND
. .I.
~ ==·,.,,,I
,----.!
,.,
v-
,..,,;
+,...,..
GND Vm
r- .,
; :;:c·
viN VouT
ICL7884
SENSE
""' sv 'Values depend on load
-characteristics
Circuit Notes
The oscillation frequency of the ICL 7660 is reduced by the external oscillator
capacitor, so that it inverts the battery voltage more efficientiy.
492
SWITCHING STEP-DOWN REGULATOR
1 - C L O C K - 1 - PW. MODULATOR--!
I ,, I ,,
"•
I 1-'
I ~-- AVEIIAG£11 --~
ISU!U liNEI
UNREGUlATED
OC INPUT ., SEINE 555 SEINE ~5
Nc, Fig. 64-5
·1-~ '
1-. +-
1-' •I- '"•
u
REGULATED
,, ,,
DC OUTPUT
I
i l I
SINGLE-ENDED REGULATOR
+ttV
• ~· '• ~-~ ·- "",.

Fig. 64-6
" -~- : ::hl .....

.1
·"
¥
"' .
YII(F C. -
H
·- Circuit Notes
In this conventional single-ended reg-
o--
".... "" ... ,..._ ulator circuit, the two outputs of the :SG 1524
o--
-l
lti.C* COIF.
.•.
-
are connected in parallel for effective 0-90%
duty-cycle modulation. The use of an output
-- 0.1!1
-
inductor requires an RC phase compensation
network for loop stability.
493
±50 V PUSH-PULL SWITCHED MODE CONVERTER
. ,:H'"
TO"""
-- 41K
-+15V -t 15V T tSOV
+ 2N3638
c, J ~
•SLOW STAAT CIRCUIT
BYW30·500
BYW30
COM
BYW30
BYW30·500
' - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - TO + SOV ~OUTPUT SENSE) Fig. 64-7
5 V/0.5 A BUCK CONVERTER
""
;-------,----~";,'W'-----,------1----o
1 V:f;~~ T18V
"'
0.0022j;:F
$%MYLAR
~,..-----ij 1---.----"
Hh
HH
,,., UT!'F
i a~"""
"'
0.47,F
1 CERAMIC
-='
p
CERAMIC
~--~--!-----, O.t"F
__I CERAMIC
2!1
+8.2V
""'
8.2K !-"'~":""'-'r-----(!i)o ~~~
e.&mH
AABOOS
o.oot,F
CERAMIC 470,.FI18V
'"
,.,
L1 29T i1'20 wire
Ferroxcube 2616 (3CB) core
Fig.64-8
494
±50 V FEED FORWARD SWITCH MODE CONVERTER
115V AC
sn.aoHz
+ 160\t RAB040 +160V
''"
.01~F
• CERAMIC
••
1'-FAFIADAY SHIELD
' .001~F
I
- 0.25fl : CEFIAMIC
'
'
-'
~
"
o.oo,.F
~
~CERAMIC
Fig. 64-9
TRAVELLER'S SHAVER ADAPTER
Circuit Notes
C1 1fi,IF
Many countries have 115 volts mains
350V.-wttg supplies. This can be a problem if your electric
11CM115V TO 240V
shaver is designed for 220/240 volts only. This
tciD HOI SHAVER simple rectifier voltage doubler enables motor
driven 240 volt shavers to be operated at full
speed from a 115 volt supply. As the output
D1 and D2 voltage is de, the circuit can only be used to
IV 127 or simillr
drive small ac/de motors. It cannot be used, for
example, to operate vibrator-type shavers; or
Fig. 64-10 radios unless the latter are ac/dc operated.
495
100 Vrms VOLTAGE REGULATOR
R3 C2
+
1.2 k 2 I'F
D1 7w· 200 v Q2 Fig. 64-ll
1N4003
R4 .2N6346
1so n. D3 D4
R1 1W 1N4003 1N4001
115 Vac 12 k
60Hz 2W D5
D2
R2 1N4003 1N4003
10 k
Q1 +
S1 MCR1906-4 C3 Load
C1 + D6 R5 1 I'F
10 I'F 1 k 200V
5V 1N4372
2W
TRANSISTOR INCREASES ZENER RATING
+~IN~IV~r-~----~·~o~U~T +IN~~~J\~t-----------~----~+~O~T
330!2
Fig. 64·12
Circuit Notes
The simple zener shunt in A may not Once the zener starts conducting, a bias vol-
handle sufficient current if the zener available tage develops across the resistor (330 0 ·to 1
is of low wattage. A power transistor will do K), turning on the transistor. The output vol-
most of the work for the zener as shown in B. tage is 0.7 V greater than the zener voltage.
496
DUAL POLARITY POWER SUPPLY
R1 R2
10n 112 watt 470.0 5 watt
+15
ZD1
Fig. 64-13
I 1000,F
ZD2
0
I ZD 1 and ZD 2 = 15V ZENER DIODES-BZX70 Cf5

-15
Circuit Notes
This simple circuit gives a positive and diodes in series provide the voltage division
negative supply from a single transformer and their centerpoint is grounded. (The filter
winding and one full-wave bridge. Two zener capacitor must not be grounded via its case).
5.0 V/6.0 A 25kHz SWITCHING REGULATOR WITH SEPARATE ULTRA-

STABLE REFERENCE
'<10~o+301n
1201-<H
2N5879
i
- +6.00ut
-~ l " ~ +l-.::r:
±
200 mA to 6.0 Am~u
>000 • ' 0 0'"' S0001.1F 0.01 ,..F

sov sov ~f IN3889 6.8 V Ceramic
-;- -;- Ceramoc
- (Low ESR)
,. "0
, ,
-· " Motorola
TL4~CN
6
/_:l- "
""-" !!.!.,
Pulse Wodth
h
f'"
~
~
Modulator
MC1404U5 f/
I f.. t-.
~
100 k
TRIM
(Opt)
Oo~olletor 1-<1 ,'
I
r I' I" ~~
'
T ~
0.0051-<Ff
~
6
IOi< ' " 0.001 1'-f
• 40 Tumo #16 W.re, Arnold-A-894075·2 Ferrite Core

,,
Fig. 64-14
497
MOBILE VOLTAGE REGULATOR
Circuit Notes
+UN!!£§ULA!ED This simple mobile voltage regulator cir-
cuit may save your two meter or CB trans-
ceiver if the voltage regulator fails. The
2N3055 should be heat sinked if current drawn
by the rig is in excess of 2 A on transmit. This
circuit will do little under normal operating
conditions. but could save expensive equip-
ment if the vehicle's electrical system loses
Fig. 64-l5 regulation.
NEGATIVE SWITCHING REGULATOR POSITIVE FWATINGREGULATOR

v,
v,
v• .....
V< f--f---'-1 "'
1N2071
~~CL_ "
I!!
,,
TYPICAl PERFORMANCE
A..,_ Output V<lltogoo +SOY
TYPICAL PERFORMANCE Lo,. 10-l.toon (.lVIN •ZOV) 16mV
1!-loled Oulput Voltaogt ·15\/ loMI R.... IJ~IOII U>IL •!50 mAl 20m\/
Lono Aogulltion (.lVtN• 20V) lmV
l<*IR"'Iulltionl.liL•lAI lmV
Fig. 64-16 Fig. 64-18
POSITIVE SWITCHING REGULATOR NEGATIVE FLOATING REGULATOR

v,.
v,
••
"
VfiEF
.,
TYPICAL PERFORMANCE
"""'"""' 0\lulut \loll... ·IOOV
linl A....lni.., (.l VtN • 20V) :JI) mV
TYPK;AL PERFORMANCE L.-1 ~IIOtion l-Ilt• IOO..,AJ 20mV
flltulll-.1 Output Volgg~ <'i~V
lino Roigu!Mion (.lVtN • 30V) 10 mV
Lo., R...,~•on (..\!t• 2A) 80mV
Fig. 64-17 Fig. 64-19
498
NEGATIVE VOLTAGE REGULATOR HIGH STABILITY 10 V REGULATOR
Lilli II
'" .
'" ,Vour
"••
VouT
'"
"
T'·'P'
... """
TYPICAl PERFORMANCE
R•ll"latMiOupul Voltago -l!)V
Lone ReguiMion 1-.1 VIN • 3VI 1 mV
Load RIIIUiotio" (.lit. • 100 mAl 2 mV
Fig. 64-20 Fig. 64-23
-15 V NEGATIVE REGULATOR 5 Vii A SWITCHING REGULATOR

61101 =lmH
IN4001
MC1123
2(41
(1218
,,
!MCI723C)
100pf
v;n,•-4-----+:::0-
+lOV (6) 4
MC1123
(MC1723C)
Vo•-ISV
2N30U
IIIEcilli'l
Vin•-20V
Fig. 64-21 Fig. 64-24
SLOW TURN-ON15 V REGULATOR 15 V/1 A REGULATOR

WITH REMOTE SENSE
0.33
'"
"' {~··~·~"~r,~-,.-
'~111 ~OUT
AIIJ
VoUT
lOV
tl "
1k
*O.I.f 5%
"••
lMU98 "
,,.
+15'1
"'
"'
" '"'
Fig. 64-22 Fig. 64-25
499
LOW RIPPLE POWER SUPPLY
Fig. 64-26
GND
Cir£uit Notes
This circuit may be used where a high be chosen thus: ZD1 = V,,-1.2. C2 can be
current is required with a iow ripple voltage chnsen for the degree of smoothness as its
(such as in a high powered class AB amplifier value is effectively multiplied by the combined
when high quality reproduction is necessary). gains of Ql/Q2, if 100 !LF is chosen for C2,
Q1, Q2, and R2 may be regarded as a power assuming minimum hfe for Ql and Q2, C = 100
darlington transistor. ZD1 and R1 provide a x 15(Ql) x 25(Q2) = 37,000 /LF.
reference voltage at the base of Ql. ZD1 should
5.0 V/10 A REGULATOR 5.0 V/3.0 A REGULATOR
MJ295S IJR EQUIV 1n

5.0 v 5 w MJE310 OR EQUIV
>OVe-.f""""'w.-,C"'),------.-~ '"
+ 0 3.!1 A
10
%W 20 ~1011F
LM109K •• LM109K
o.22,.FT
~ 3 CASE
3 CASE
Fig. 64·27 Tig. 64-28
500
100 V/0.25 A SWITCH MODE CONVERTER
11SV
A.C
Fig. 64-29
/1/V
ILooM MYLAR
I
-=- I
I
I
·······-- -····J
Tl, L1 Ferroxc:ube 2616 core (3C8)
01 "'2N3638
VOLTAGE REGULATOR
Vz IN3824
4.3 V or IK!uiv
vee
vo·vz•O.SVdc
NOTE 1 R is used to bi11tht zen11
NOTE 2 tf ttlr Z~nrr TC ispositillt,lnd ti!UIItn
magnitude to \he neptive TC of thr input
to the opemional amplili11 ("' 2 0 mV/OC).
tht Output illt<O-TC. A 7 O·Vult Zentr
10 ' wtll give approxomately zero- TC
IC = MC3401
Fig. 64-30
501
LOW VOLTAGE REGULATORS WITH SHORT CIRCUIT PROTECTION
01 01
~ --AD+tW ~ +VOUT AD162 -VOUT
R2
1~ao
Y2W
V IN 02 VIN 02
ZD1 ZD1
-13.5 v BC108 +13.5 v BC258
FUSE FUSE
500 mA 500 mA
ZD1
VOLTAGE 400mW R1
6V 6V2 6800
7.SV 7VS 3900 Fig. 64-31
9V 9V1 2200
Circuit Notes
These short -circuit protected regulators against overload or short-circuits. The current
give 6, 7.5, and 9 V from an automobile battery cannot exceed 330 rnA. Under normal operat-
supply of 13.5 V nominal; however, they will ing conditions the voltage across R2 does not
function just as well if connected to a smoothed rise above the 500 mV necessary to tum Q2 on
de output from a transformer/rectifier circuit. and the circuit behaves as if there was only Ql
Two types are shown for both positive and present. If excessive current is drawn, Q2
negative ground systems. The power transis- turns on and cuts off Ql, protecting the reg-
tors can be mounted on the heatsink without a ulating transistor. The table gives the values of
mica insulating spacer thus allowing for greater Rl for different zener voltages.
cooling efficiency. Both circuits are protected
HIGH STABILITY 1 A REGULATOR
Fig. 64-32
Load and line reguiat1on ·· 0 01% temperature stability:,: 0 2%
t Determine~ Zener cur rem
ttSolld tantall.ll"l
•Select res•stors to set output voltage 2 ppmi"C tracking suggested
502
100 V/0.25 A SWITCH MODE CONVERTER
116V
...
2.~1)
•W'
.,
I!IU407 "
O.KmH~
"~
"·
""
,,.
---
"
"'
2K!!
-:- M7~F
CERAMIC
·"'
"'" "
'"
/111/
%> ..
0.002,.f
JMYL.AFI '
"
"''
'"" "
U<O
..""
~
Fig. 64.33
~
503
65
Power Supplies (Variable)

Dual Output Bench Power Supply Precision High Voltage Regulator

Power Supply with Adjustable Current Remote Shutdown Regulator with Current
Limit and Output Voltage Limiting
Adjustable Output Regulator 0 to 22 V Regulator
10 rnA Negative-Voltage from a Positive 0 to 30 V Regulator
Source 10 A Regulator
Regulated Voltage Divider Adjustable Regulator 0-10 V at 3 A
Variable Zener Diode High Voltage Regulator
12 V To 9, 7.5 or6 V Converter Low Voltage Regulator
5 A Constant Voltage/Constant Current Simple Split Power Supply
Regulator Adjustable Output Regulator
Power Pack for -Battery-Powered Cal- Multiple Output Switching Regulator for
culators, Radios, or Cassette Players Use with MPUs
6.0 A Variable Output Switching Regulator
504
DUAL OUTPUT BENCH POWER SUPPLY
+-4r------4r----------4r----------,
II·UVat
~A\l~IN,UT
Fig. 65-1
,,.
POWER SUPPLY WITH ADJUSTABLE

CURRENT LIMIT AND OUTPUT VOLTAGE
o,
IN4002
Fig. 65-2
OUTPUT ~ANGE·
O<v 0 .,;;;25V
-10V a, OoiO 10 ..; 1.2A
2N5640
Oiod• D1 and D2 ano;l tran111t0r 02 are added to allow adjultmant
of"outout voltaga to 0 voiH.
06 prot..:: II bOth LM 11 1'1 during an input ohor! circuit.

-10 v
505
ADJUSTABLE OUTPUT REGULATOR
Input
I -I
- I
MC78M06C I
I
Output
Circuit Notes
The addition of an operational amplifier
0 1 allows adjustment to higher or intermediate
10'
"' values while retaining regulation characteris-
tics. The minimum voltage obtainable with this
arrangement is 2.0 volts greater than the reg-
ulator voltage.
v0 . 1 o v to 20 v
V1N Vo;;o20V
Fig. 65-3
RF PROBE FOR VTVM
Circuit Notes
This circuit combines a 555 timer with a
2N2222 transistor and an external potentiome-
ter. The pot adjusts the output voltage to the
desired value. To regulate the output voltage,
the 2N2222 varies the control voltage of the
555 IC, increasing or decreasing the pulse re-
petition rate. A 1.2 K resistor is used as a
collector load. The transistor base is driven
from the external pot. If the output voltage
becomes less negative, the control voltage
moves closer to ground, causing the repetition
rate of the 555 to increase, which, in tum,
causes the 3 1<F capacitor to charge~more fre-
quently. Output voltage for the circuit is 0 to 10
V, adjusted by the external pot. Output regula-
tion is less than five percent forO to l<imA and
Fig. 65-4 less than .05 percent for 0 to 0.2 rnA.
506
REGULATED VOLTAGE DIVIDER
Circuit Notes
!Cs requiring 3.6 or 6volts can be run from
a battery or fixed regulated supply of a higher
voltage by using the circuit shown. The transis-
OUTPUT
BATTERY tor should be mounted on a heatsink as consid-
OR R2
REGULATED 220!t
erable power will be dissipated by its collector.
INPUT 2W Additional filtering can be obtained by fitting a
RV1 >--t capacitor (Cl) as shown. The capacitance ~is
25ml
2W effectively multiplied by the gain of the transis-
tor. A ripple of 200 mV (peak to peak) at the
input can be reduced to 2 m V in this fashion.
Maximum output current depends on the sup-
ply rating and transistor type (with heatsink)
Fig. 65-5 used.
VARIABLE ZENER DIODE
Circuit Notes
The circuit behaves like a zener diode
R2 5k
BC107
over a large range of voltages. The current
passing through the voltage divider Rl-R2 is
substantially larger than the transistor base ~
I
current and is in the region of 8 rnA. The
stabilizing voltage is adjustable over the range
"'
680Sl 5-45 V by changing the value of R2. The total
current drawn by the circuit is variable over the
range 15 rnA to 50 rnA. This value is deter-
mined by the maximum dissipation of the zener
diode. In the case of a 250 mW device, this is of
Fig. 65-6 the order of 50 mA.
507
12 V TO 9, 7.5 or 6 V CONVERTER
2N30S5 Circuit Notes

+ This circuit enables transistorized items
R1 such as radio, cassettes, and other electrical
12V NOMINAL
devices to be operated from a car's electrical
V. OUT
FROM CAR BATTERY supply. The table gives values for resistors and
specified diode types for different voltage.
Should more than one voltage be required a
switching arrangement could be incorporated.
For high currents, the transistor should be
mounted on a heatsink.
Fig. 65-7
5 A CONSTANT VOLTAGE/CONSTANT CURRENT REGULATOR
.
•.."'
Fig. 65-8
D1 03
111451 LED*
CS
n,F
RS
llllll R7
""'
<M
-SVTO ISV
VOlT All£
AOJOSl'
"
tSolid tan-talum
*Lights io constant current mode
508
POWER PACK FOR BATTERY-POWERED
CALCULATORS, RADIOS, OR CASSETTE PLAYERS
~~~~~--------~~l~N
T1 112 01
IC1 OUT
FS1 +V
COM
C1 C2
Fig. 65-9
1000• 220n
02
0 ov
NOTES:
IC1 IS 7805
01,2 ARE 1N4001
Circuit Notes
This circuit gives a regulated output of voltage and although this IC (the 7805) is nor·
between 5 V and 15 Vdc, adjusted and set by a rnallyused ina fixed-voltage (5 Vdc) supply it is
preset resistor. Current output up to about 350 for a variable output voltage.
rnA. An integrated circuit regulates the output
PRECISION HIGH VOLTAGE REGULATOR
Fig. 65-10
lM317l
ADJ
R8
1.1
R6
lk. cz
Tl.Ouf
02
R4 LM3298
1N4001
100
01, 02: N$0134 or Similar

Cl, C2: 1 ~F. 200V mylar
Tl.O .C1
F
R7
ZOk
SW
VOlTAGE
AOJUST
*Heat sink -:1:-
509
REMOTE SHUTDOWN REGULATOR 0 TO 30 V REGULATOR
WITH CURRENT LIMITING
(V••, = 2 TO 7 V)
.~h u
LIIIIU
l"' -----~:;--~;J~~·~·~,~~----~
yllff Your REGULATED
OUTPUT
,, CL
cs~-----t
••"'
-TOll
IC = ,.,.A723
Fig. 65-11 Fig. 65-13
0 TO 22 V REGULATOR 10 A REGULATOR
lM331
-- ;::o.t.,f
'-<•
~{,
/ ..
~t-LMHl
J,.. 1.2\1
"
_,.,'" "Mirllmum load-H)() mA
.. R1 ...240n, R2 ~ Sk for LM138 •nd LM238
Fig. 65-12 Fig. 65-14
510
ADJUSTABLE REGULATOR 0-10 VAT 3 A
UV" ~IN ..._ 2tiV Q- ~t~C~M·~":...r'---r-~~~-lr1'""'

!..L
l Ill C!
!Gk -,-
••• _!:..._
12mA 'f"(-IIVrOzt\1)
NEED NOT I ( RUilltAT£0
A,- UIIOII•
C, - l"f OPTIONAl - IMI'IIOVU fii"U IIEJftl!OM, NOISl, AND TRANSIENT IIUPOII$1
HIGH VOLTAGE REGULATOR LOW VOLTAGE

(Voat = + 7 V TO 37 V) REGULATOR (V-• = 2 TO 7 V)
,, '""'h 1-.....--'1·~""--..-~~ REGULATED -r- YIIEF
. . 'r::r- ,
OC
OUTPUT
cs•l---_. ••
v- COMPinv
lc_-l~-' ,,
c,
IOGpf
R ~ R,___
3
':.f
A1 ~ ~2
lor m1nomum temper~lura ard1 vour=f"REF)(
l --~]
R1 + R2
A3 may be ehm,naled lor m•nomur'!' component counl
AJ"' R, R2 for minimum tempera1uredrill
A1 +A2
Fig. 65-16 Fig. 65-17
511
SIMPLE SPLIT POWER SUPPLY
+VIN
-2-
+VIN
+
15u :;;~
16V
R1
tM
>
<
~LM380
14
VOUT
Fig. 65-18
LIN > 8 ov
lC 15u :; ~
16V
+
-Ve
-VIN
2
Circuit Notes
This circuit utilizes the quasi- outputs will track accurately irrespective of
complementary output stage of the popular input regulation and unbalanced loads. The
LM380 audio power !C. The device is inter- free-air dissipation is a little over 1 watt, and so
nally biased so that with no input the output is extra cooling may be required. The device is
held midway between the supply rails. Rl, fully protected and will go into thermal shut-
which should be initially set to mid-travel, is down if its rated dissipation is exceeded. Cur-
used to nullify any inbalance in the output. rent limiting occurs if the output current ex-
Regulation of Vout depends upon the circuit ceeds 1.3 A. The input voltage should not ex-
feeding the LM380, but positive and negative ceed 20 V.
ADJUSTABLE OUTPUT REGULATOR
INPUT ...- -<>-1

.. lM109 1--<o--...- OUTPUT
2
A!
3 CASE ?L __ _ _, .
300
1%
Fig. 65-19
Az
r 1k
512
MULTIPLE OUTPUT SWITCHING REGULATOR FOR USE WITH MPUs
"
'" 1.0M
AI • MC1741CP1
Tl W1=30Tutnsoi#26AWO
W:Z • ~ Tu<no ot #20 AWC
' W:l ~ 3 Tu<no of 11'26 AWG

W4 • 12 Tu•no of 1'26 AWG
FEFlFIOXCUBE Pot Co•e#3019P-L00·3B7
1.0 k A<r C>•p • 0 010"
TYPICAL PERfORMANCE
~'out! • "- w.,,.
1v 0 z 5 v t 5'11.1
5 V Rippl• Component • 50 mV
A1 = MC3380P (120Hz•2D~Hz)
Pout2 • 600 mW
(V.o • 12 V! 10%)
Pou!J: 3 mW
1v 0 • -J v ± 'o"''
Fig. 65-20
6.0 A VARIABLE OUTPUT SWITCHING REGULATOR
Fig. 65-21
"'
umJ
'"
""fOU• O!VIr.!SI~ fARAHH

1 $11'-IDU~TAllllo'
513
66
Power Supply
Protection Circuits
Electronic Crowbar for Ac or De Lines Overvoltage Protection for Logic

Power Protection Circuit Fast Acting Power Supply Protection
Simple Crowbar 5 V Crowbar
Overvoltage Protection with Automatic
Reset
514
ELECTRONIC CROWBAR FOR AC OR DC LINES
R1
10 k
Pu•h To To"~
'--
6 l1
~
Supply Voltage
AC or DC /~
/~ To Electdcel 0•
Electronic Equipment
R 2 :;..,_s_e_t_P_o_in_t_A_d.:.j ·-.---+-{'*:
j' \f.----'
j'f'h..,'i--1 Triac
-1 k \ l'i...J)
M~1
R3 0.1 ~F;o~
1 k Fig. 66-1
Circuit Notes
For pe>sitive protection of electrical or changed to cover a different range of supply
electronic equipment, use this against exces- voltages. The voltage mting of the triac must
sive supply voltage. Due to improper switch- be greater than the highest operating point as
ing, wiring, short circuits, or failure of reg- set by R2. 11 is a low power incandescent lamp
ulators, an electronic crowbar circuit can with a voltage rating equal to the supply vol-
quickly place a short circuit across the power tage. It may be used to check the set point and
lines, thereby dropping the voltage across the operation of the unit by opening the test switch
protected device to near zero and blowing a and adjusting the input or set point to fire the
fuse. The triac and SBS are both bilateral de- SBS. An alarm unit such as the Mallory
vices, the circuit is equally useful on ac or de Sonalert may be connected across the fuse to
supply lines. With the values shown for Rl, R2, ·provide an audible indication of crowbar action.
and R3, the crowbar operating point can be (This circuit may not act on short, infrequent
adjusted over the range of 60 to 120 volts de or power line transients).
42 to 84 volts ac. The resistor values can be
POWER PROTECTION CIRCUIT
"
lOA 5A
+121/ -+-....
~12vl ..l_
IOOV FAST BLO
j--~-i:;:.~-----r---
';i ISV ~
REPEATER
CIRCUITRY
L.=:f], lA !160ll ..., ?~~tv
IOOOll L./
Fig. 66-2
Circuit Notes
To safeguard portable, emergency power tage that will reach the rest of the circuitry.
repeaters from reverse or excessive voltage, Use fast blowing fuse rated greater than the
Dl prevents incorrect polarity damage, and SCR current rating.
zener voltage determines the maximum vol-
515
SIMPLE CROWBAR
100R
2N3702
'
..
~ ;!1
4k7
SCR~
sov-
4V7 "
; 1k 400mW J ~
e
1
FUSE
REGUlATOR
CIRCIJIT
~
•
L
I )
: ·~
Fig. 66-3
~Circuit Notes
These circuits provide overvoltage pro- voltage +0.7 V, the transistor turns on and
tection in case of voltage regulator failure or fires the thyristor. This shorts out the supply,
application of an external voltage. Intended to and prevents the voltage rising any further. In
be used with a supply offering some form of the case of a supply with only fuse protection, it
~short circuit protection, either foldback, cur- is better to connect the thyristor the regulator
rent limiting, or a simple fuse. The most likely circuit when the crowbar operates. The thyris-
application is a 5 V logic supply, since TTL is tor should have a current rating about twice the
easily damaged by excess voltage. The values expected short circuit current and a maximum
chosen in A are for a 5 V supply, although any voltage greater than the supply voltage. The
supply up to about 25 V can be protected by circuit can be reset by either switching uff the
simply choosing the appropriate zener diode. supply, or by breaking the thyristor circuit with
When the supply voltage exceeds the zener a switch.
516
OVERVOLTAGE PROTECTION WITH AUTOMATIC RESET
VOLTAGE SENSING CIRCUIT I TRIGGER CIRCUIT I ZERO-POINT SWITCH
I I
: "' !I R7 ..d;. C3
I "' 2W I
1.2k
7W
T:2f.1F
200 V
I I
I 04
I I R8
I 150 2N6346
R1 I I
~~
1W
15k
I 06 I 010
2W ~t'1N4747
I I 1N4003
I 20V -:~CS AS R6 I 011
~ Ql
I r ~ 40 " ' 10 k I
I 25 v '" I
09
1N4003
1 N4001
115 VAC
•0 "'
lL 02 5k
06
1NS159
I
I
02
MPS6581
fv w
I
_
4
Q3
2N6239
A
012
1N4003
~o;;;c•
I 1 uF
MOA9;r
0 \:.YI R4
~.~ I 200 v
1N759
03 04
I 20 n I
12V
I R10 I R9
1k _..[:;:_ C2 1k Load
I 01 ·o.4f.1F I 2W
07;?
I
rC1
1N5314 O.Q1 " ' I
I
LJ 2N.5060
15V I
I
I I
I I
I
~Two Diodes In Parallel

Fig. 66-4
OVERVOLTAGE PROTECTION FOR LOGIC

FSI
(OPT!ONALJ
" "" -~ "03 "'

"' ."' '" 3701
FROI<o! PS.U
101 r lr. ,, O>
TO SUIT
(c.g.80t32)
LED I TO LOGIC CIACU!T
Fig. 66-5
k 01
ac 101" '
1NJ704
UNDER POVI!:R
330R " "'

220R
Circuit Notes
Zener diode ·zDl senses the supply, and the TTL chips. The rating of Q2 depends on the
should the supply rise above 6 V, Ql will turn source supply, and whether it will be required
on. In turn, Q2 conducts clamping the rail. Sub- to operate continuously in the event of failure.
sequent events depend on the source supply. It Its current rating has to be in excess of the
will either shut down, _go into current limit or source supply.
blow its supply fuse. None ofthese will damage
517
FAST ACTING POWER SUPPLY PROTECTION
+20 v +1ZV
REGULATOR
L ~ ZD1 13 v
SCR 1 10!l
BT108 OR ~---'\·"·rv'VV----1
SIMILAR -
+
1,F~!!! ~ 100!l
Fig. 66-6
Circuit Notes
When using a regulated power supply to with regulated output at 12 V. The zener diode
reduce a supply voltage, there is always the can be changed according to whatever voltage
danger that component failure in the power is to be the maximum. If the voltage at the
supply might lead to a severe overvoltage con- regulator output rises to 13 V or above, the
dition across the load. To cope with overvol- zener diode breaks down and triggers the
tage situations, the circuit is designed to pro- thyristor which shorts out the supply line and
tect the load underovervoltage conditions. blows the main fuse.
Component values given are for a 20 V supply
5 VCROWBAR
v•---------1~------~t---------
~ r LMll&-5.0
•
:: 100
SENSITIVE GAH
}~ SCR
r----+----'
....L
__ ,.... 0.01 ,F ~ 200
Fig. 66-7
518
67
Probes
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Snurces section.
Logic Probe Yields Three Discrete States Audible TTL Probe

Signal Injector/Tracer ·Logic Probe
Injector/Tracer Logic Test Probe with Memory
CMOS Logic Probe Logic Probe
RF Probe for VOM Simple Logic Probe
100 K Megohm DC Probe Audio-RF Signal Tracer Probe
TTL Logic Tester
519
LOGIC PROBE YIELDS THREE DISCRETE STATES
Rl
<1K
I/4W
,,0
R4
1/4/N
Rl
4 1K
i RC
I/4W f~) •
INPUT C>----"WV---f--1 0/
2N2222
\.~
MINICt..IPS
Fig. 67-1
Circuit Notes
The circuit uses a dual LED. When power Ql and Q2 to complement, and the red diode
is applied to the probe through the power leads, will be forward biased, yielding a red output
and the input is touched to a low level or from the LED. An alternating signal will cause
ground, Ql is cut off. This will cause Q2 to alternating conduction of the red and green
conduct since the base is positive with respect diodes and will yield an indication appro xi·
to the emitter. With Ql cut off and Q2 con- mately amber. In this manner, both static and
ducting, the green diode of the dual LED will be dynamic signals can be traced with the logic
forward biased, yielding a green output. ~probe.
Touching the probe tip to a high level will cause
520
SIGNAL INJECTOR/TRACER
SK1
PROBE OUT
A4
1k
lC 1 CD4001 AE
Injector circuit d1agram.
Fig. 67-2
R6
470k
AB
SK2 470k
8
r ~gu
IN
..,..:.~ j.......J\,/\/1/'.... A9 SK3
11 500R EAR
10ul15v
Tracer circuit diagram.

l
Circuit Notes
The injector is a CMOS oscillator with ground. It offers an advantage at the earphone
period approximately equal to L4 x Cl x R2 output because one side of the earphone must
seconds. The values are given for 1kHz opera- be connected to ground via the <:ase. Use of a
tion. Resistors R3 and R4 divide the output to 1 positive ground allows the phone to be driven
V. Whereas the oscillator employs the gates in by the two N-channel transistors inside the
their digital mode, the tracer used them in a CD4001 which are arranged in parallel and are
linear fashion by applying negative feedback thus able to handle more current for better
from output to input. They are used in much the volume.
same way as op amps. The circuit uses positive
521
INJECTOR/TRACER
RT
2k7
R2
150k
R3
150k
R4
2k7
--
PST
0
t
TO 'X'
+9V
0
01
BC108
R5
47k C3
220n
f--osKT
OUTPUT
R6,
CT C2 ~sks SK'
4n7 4n7
ov
INJECTOR Fig. 67-3
SK4
S-K3
~~
LTO'X'
ov
TRACER
The- circuit diagrams for both parts of the injector/ tracer. Note that SK4 is used to
apply power tc the amplifier section.
Circuit Notes
The unit has a separate amplifier and os- the output to a suitable level (=1 V), The tracer
cillator section allowing them to he used sepa- is a single-stage amplifier that drives the high
rately if need be. The injector is a multivibrator impedance earpiece. C4 decouples the input.
running at 1 kHz, with R5 and R6 dividing down
522
CMOS LOGIC PROBE
•Vo
! IC1 .. 4001
PIN 14 lS +V•
PIN 71:1' Ov'•
03
TIL209
~ •-:::.
'-'
'PULSING'
., ....
R2
R3
PROBE ......
2M2
3 5
.,..... ·~
"'
: =~~
4001 TOP VIEW
,L
I .J ' ~: ,.c._ ~I ~
3
01
TIL209 t1 'HIGH' ••
"'
'0" t l j'
r:; I
r. ••
'LOW'
7 •
TH.20SI "'
-Vo
Fig. 67-4
Circuit Notes
The logic probe can indicate four input ing input-D3 switched on, or pulsing in the
states, as follows: floating input-all LEDs off; case of a low ·frequency input signal (one or
logic 0 input-D2 switched on (D3 will briefly ·both of the other indicators will switch on,
flash on); logic 1 input-DLswitched on; puis- showing if one input state predominates).
RF PROBE FOR VOM
PARTS LIST FOR

RF PROBE FOR VOM
Cl Dl + .l:"~~OED CAlLE
--1
C1-500-pF, 400-VDC capacitor
C2-0.001-uf, disc capacitor
Rf
INPUT "' tC:--r-TOVOM
D1-1N4149 diode
R1-15,000-ohm, ~-watt resistor ~
Fig. 67-5
Circuit Notes
This probe makes possible relative measurements of rf voltages to 200 MHz on a
20,000 ohms-per-volt multimeter. Rf voltage must not exceed the breakdown rating of
the 1N4149-approximately 100 V.
523
100 K MEGOHM DC PROBE
.,-gv
,_...__--<:>+
6
__.__
I
TO MUl TIMETER 9V Fig. 67-6
I'
~ R1
~22M
Circuit Notes
A 741 op amp is used with 100% ac and de long since the output impedance of the circuit is
feedback to provide a typical input impedance a fraction of an ohm. With no input the output
of 1011 ohm and unity gain. To avoid hum and rf level is indeterminate. Including R1 in the cir-
pickup the input leads should be kept as short cuit through lowers the input impedance to 22
as possible and the circuit should be mounted in M.
a small grounded case. Output leads may be
AUDIBLE TTL PROBE

·o· OSCILLATOR
Fig. 67-7
47kfl
ALL GATES ARE 2 INPUT NANOS

0.22f1Fd TANTALUM I.E. 7400
+5 V TO PINS 14
OV TO PINS 7
Circuit Notes
When the probe is in contact with a TTL low (0) the probe emits a low note. With a
TTL high (1). a high note is emitted. Power is supplied by the circuit under test.
524
LOGIC PROBE
+5 v
'"'
"' 06
PROBE 2.7k
270U
1N914 '" T"JI/ GREEN

LED Fig. 67-8
+5Vk '"
v
f"""---- --1
'
l-------~
PROBE 't
CIRCUIT TO ADJUST
THRESHOLDS
ov
Circuit Notes
Transistors Ql and Q2 form a buffer, pro- tion but for the green (low) LED. Ql, Q4, Q5
viding the probe with a reasonable input impe- are all PNP general purpose silicon transistors
dance. Q3 and Q4 form a level detecting circuit. (BC178 etc). Q2, Q3, Q6 are all PNP general
As the voltage across the base-emitter junction purpose silicon transistors (BC 108 etc;) The
of the Q3 rises above 0.6 V the transistorturns threshold low is,; 0.8 V, and the threshold high
on thus turning on Q4 and lighting the red is "' 2.4 V.
(high) LED. Q5 and Q6 perform the same func-
LOGIC TEST PROBE WITH MEMORY
Circuit Notes
' : ::1 There are two switches: a memory disable

switch and a pulse polarity switch. Memory
disable is a push-button that resets the memory
II/LED
to the low state when depressed. Pulse polarity
~-----~,.__ is a toggle switch that selects whether the
probe responds to a high-level or pulse (+5 V)
or a low-level or pulse (ground). (Use IC logic
of the same type as is being tested).
Fig. 67-9
525
LOGIC PROBE
..
•o•
'"
"
1%
""~'
'
!Jo.. .1. '"
d
~
"
'"
•
WJ,
""L'~'
L ·1J Fig. 67-10
r
IIIIPUT
~' d 6 22K
"" ~
mil MPSAI~
""
j -·
Circuit Notes
The probe indicates a high or low at 70% CMOS oneshot (MC14538) triggered on the
and 30% of V+ (5 to 12 V). One section of the rising edge of the LM393 outputs through
voltage comparator (LM393) senses V in over 1N4148 diodes. With the RC values shown, it
70% of supply and the second section senses V triggered reliably at greater than 30 kHz on
in under 30%. These two sections direct-drive both sine and square waves.
the appropriate LEDs. The pulse detector is a
SIMPLE LOGIC PROBE
-z' LE02
..;::
,
~E01
CLIP TO
IC 5V
"~ 270R Fig. 67-11
~·
_G "'E''"
,.,
~
'"" CLIP TO
IC OV
..ooo
'"
Circuit Notes
If the probe is connected to logic 0, Q1 will be turned on lighting Dl. Atlogic 1, Q2
will be turned on lighting D2. For Ql and Q2 any NPN or PNP transistors will do.
Similarly, D1 and D2 can be any LEDs.
526
AUDIO-RF SIGNAL TRACER PROBE
+ +6V
4.7k,
·.~
......
_ '25•F
...
Circuit Notes
2N3819 .:L____j!---.fTO AUDIO

This economical signal tracer is useful for
o.~~F
2N545it.......-... r--:1~
f.._ J--l O.OtliF
AMP '- servicing and alignment work in receivers and
s;;;;t--t . ':"
low power transmitters. When switched to RF,
PROBE " ct-. the modulation on any signal is detected by the
A~OA91
2.2fo'l diode and amplified by the FET. A twin-core
AUDIO RF 1k .shielded lead can be used to connect the probe
SLIDE
SWITCH to an amplifier and to feed 6 volts to it.
Fig. 67-12
TTL LOGIC TESTER
MONSANTO MAN lOA"

A----,
"' ,.:..
R1
1-SOH l~
3kn
,.....,_ RJ r ...! g ~ - Fig. 67-13
INPUT 'Gf'- 'G2' v san
(PROBE)
.,7"-~
R4
200 n COMMON IV
Gl, G2. G3 = SN7400 ANODE +
RS 100 n
Circuit Notes
Gates Gl and G2 together with resistors and current-limiting resistors. It indicates
Rl and R2 form a simple voltage monitor that whether the input voltage is above or below 1.4
has a trip point of 1.4 volts. Gate G3 is simply V, and displays a H or a L (for high or low
1 an inverter. The display section of the tester logic-level) respectively.
consists of a common anode alphanumeric LED
527
68
Pulse Generators
Pulse Generator Pulse Generator

Single Op Amp Oscillator Free-Running Oscillator
Programmable Pulse Generator Pulse Generator with 25% Duty Cycle
Unijunction Transistor Pulse Generators Pulse Generator
Pulse Generator 555 Timer Oscillator
Versatile Two-Phase Pulse Generator
528
PULSE GENERATOR
+10 v
Circuit Notes
,, ~,, The duty cycle of the output pulse is equal
IN914.,: f" IN914 to R4/(R4 + R5) x 100%. For duty cycles of
, '• ,, 16~
' 561( <! 5601( !'
less than 50%, D1 can be eliminated and R2
*
-lDDII:"
,, ' ~ "
1/4 L161
raised according to the following formula:
·~
O.DDl
R5 x R4(ef0
' R4(actual) =
,, R5- R4(ef0
~
1001( ~·
R4(ef0 is the effective value of R4 in the circuit

Fig- 68-1
and R4(actual) is the actual value used; R4(ac-
tual) will always be larger than R4(ef0.
SINGLE OP AMP OSCILLATOR

Circuit Notes
This circuit has a Schmitt trigger and in-
tegrator built around one op amp. Timing is
controlled by the RC network. Voltage at the
inverting input follows the RC charging expo-
nential within the upper and lower hysteresis
R
tOOk levels. By closing the switch SW1, the dis-
c charge time of the capacitor becomes ten times
tOOoT
SWI
as fast as the rise time. Thus a square wave
l7fT7 10k 1N914
with an 10:1 mark space ratio is generated.
'--VIIv--*--'
Fig- 68-2
PROGRAMMABLE PULSE GENERATOR
Circuit Notes
Fast rise and fall times require the use of
high speed switching transistors for the diffe-
rential pair, Q4 and Q5. Linear ramps and sine
waves may be generated by the appropriate
reference input.
t-----<i'"_n__
"" "" "'. 10oo!Vol1
,.,s .. v llt011
Fig- 68-3
529
UNIJUNCTION TRANSISTOR PULSE GENERATORS
+
., ,,
+
.,
+
'•
••
Fig. 68-4
., T ., ,, '•
IREO
0
,,, ,,,
'"
(a) PUtser With Unljunctlon (._) Putser Wltfl Complementary (c) Pulstr Wltll Prqrammable
Tntnslstor Unljunctlon Transistor Uni)Unction Transistor
PULSE GENERATOR
"
"'
Output is TTL compatible
Duty cycle _is adjusted by Rt
Frequency is adjusted by C
Fig. 68-5
,,'·"JLJL·
"
I= 1 MHz
Duty cycle= 20%
PULSE GENERATOR
••
01
R1 1NI14 11k
1.0M
100."' Fig. 68-6

.... D2
1Nt14
~
1.0M
••
1.0 M
"fOR LAROE RATIOI OF R11R2,
D1 CAN IE OMITTID
530
FREE-RUNNING OSCILLATOR PULSE GENERATOR
•15 v
1 kll
20 kll
·15 v
• 5
1
,...----•~..!.ft~
OUTPUT
I >-OUTPUT
~
,!2-1.~
1Kn(MINI
' c
1' +
.n
-HiV
2 k!l" 181!.!! 88kO

30 k!t
•15V
JU1 1f1f
DUTY
n._n_c:_ CYLCE
ADJUST
I ,, I ,, I
c~ao.to-6t
F<djusts T1
r,
Fig. 68-7 Fig. 68-9
PULSE GENERATOR
WITH 25% DUTY CYCLE 555 TIMER OSCILLATOR
I ''"
[,+ •
'•
~.+~
'
1.. '•
Llo!S55
•
I u-, '
. •oo-- l
' 'h
l 1 oo1"FT
~
'• 1.44 duty = Ro
"='"=' f =
(A.-.+ 2 Aa) C cycle RA + 2 Re
a. f"" 120kHz, C = 1200 pF, RA = Ra = 10 k 0

Fig. 68-8 Fig. 68-10
531
VERSATILE TWO-PHASE PULSE GENERATOR
REFERENCE
I PIN 1 IC2
.... REFERENCE
PIN 6IC2
ClOCK
1-
,,
f----"nl-rl-
CLOCK
t•O l50.S€C
Typic;lll Waveforms of the Two Phase
Pulse Generator
'"
ISUPPL V • l5C .,,o,
lisen
250K' 10M<!
"
Fig. 68-11
Circuit Notes
Two,phase clock generator uses two Ll6ls to generate pulses of adjustable widths
andphase relationships. Ramp generator feeds two variable window comparators formed
by IC2A-IC,s and JC,c-IC2o respectively.
532
69
Radiation Detectors
~The sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
Dosage~Rate Meter Sensitive Geiger Counter

Wideband Radiation Monitor Geiger Counter
Gamma Ray Pulse Integrator Nuclear Particle Detector
533
DOSAGE-RATE METER
200 k!l
100 k!l
+15 v
GAIN
ADJUST
~ Fig. 69-1
10
....-'iii
0 6
2:.
"
0
4
~
2
0 200 400 600 BOO 1000

DOSE RATE (RADS/MIN)
Circuit Notes
A commercial diode is the detector in this that the output voltage is 1% of incident radia-
highly accurate radiation monitor. The lowdrift tion intensity in rads per minute; therefore
FET -input op amp amplifies detector current voltage can be displayed on 3¥.. digit DVM for
to a usable level, and the chopper-stabilized direct reading of dosage rate. Output voltage
amplifier then provides additional gain while from the monitor is linearly proportional to
minimizing any error caused by ambient- radiation intensity at the diode.
temperature fluctuations. Gain is adjusted so
534
WIDEBAND RADIATION MONITOR
~------------------,----------,
lil~F -, I
,--+-1 I
-:?- 4.3 v 200 n 2N22l",-.;-l- - - - - - ,
I
4.3 v I
2-Mn
sso 2 Mn
k!l
611 nF
v,
IM!l
100 pf sso kn
r 51 kn
I 47 kn
1
I
PHOTOOtOOE
BPDP-30,
~~-~·~t:'i~~--- _':'~': ),_ L---

/.
I
I
10m
f ~'-- _J
I
33nfor1~F
(SEE TEXT)
$1
~-l. ~
Fig. 69-2
Circuit Notes
A sensitive radiation monitor may be sim- ~integrates the output of A3 in order to drive a
ply constructed with a large-area photodiode microammeter. A 1 microfarad capacitor is
and a quad operational amplifier. Replacing the used in the integrating network. A lower value,
glass window of the diode with Mylar foil will say, 33 nanofarads, will make it possible to
shield it from light and infrared energy, enabl- drive a small loudspeaker (50-bertz output sig-
ing it to respond to such nuclear radiation as nal) or light-emitting diode.
alpha and beta particles and gamma rays. A4
535
GAMMA RAY PULSE INTEGR.<\TOR
Fig. 69-3
SENSITIVE GEIGER COUNTER
02 2N4&4
COLLECTOR LLECTOA
EARPHONE
r
Ct
BASE
022
VI EMITIER
"' ''" "' 2.2meg
Fig. 69-4
• 300
., .
"2J-.vou•
;=r-.1.5VOLTS
.~~ '$.~.
536
GEIGER COUNTER
RV1
1k
SW1
SPST ••v
T1
240V-9-0-9 v) '"'"+
lin
::.,..., NOTE:
011S2N2926
C4 01&2 ARE BV100
1 ~~
SOOn
•oov
: ~~
c~ ~ ,.....:!" ••ooe
+
~~~
~ .,,.. =~~.
12V
. ...
' '"a,
1
:;p;:
C5
SOOn
GEIGER TUBE
CV2249
- c:lHODE
a 01
600V
ci:... CRYSTAL
EAAPIEC E
\!! RZ I
~
I l
1M
-IV
Fig. 69-5
Circuit Notes
The Geiger tube needs a high voltage sup· Dl, D2, C4, and C5 comprise a voltage doubler.
ply which consists of Ql and its associated RVl should be set so that each click heard is
components. The transformer is connected in nice and clean because over a certain voltage
reverse; the secondary is connected as a range all that will be heard is a continuous buzz.
Hartley oscillator, and Rl provides base bias.
NUCLEAR PARTICLE DETECTOR

H~ 4 t150V
rARTIClE '\..,.
-......
Fig. 69-6
L-+--D-15V
537
70
Ramp Generators
Staircase Generator Precision Ramp Generator

Linear Voltage Ramp Generator Ramp Generator with Variable Reset Level
538
STAIRCASE GENERATOR
. -,..,
IIUET
ov--' L..
"
4.1t
CLOCK
~~m
uv
- -:'
:::n.n_ o-----1"'"""+.,....":!!....... .
m
"
u• Fig. 70-l
"
'""
Q.DipFT
Fll __
4.7k .. ...'11\,.........0 ' "
"
INII14 "
*JUDpf "::"'
*Select for st11p height

50k....,., 1VStep
LINEAR VOLTAGE RAMP GENERATOR

Vee
9 VC<C
2N4403 "'
Fig. 70-2
Circuit Notes
In the monostable mode, the resistor can be replaced by a constant current source to
provide a linear ramp voltage. The capacitor still charges from 0 to 2/3 Vee. The linear
ramp time is given by the following equation:
Vee- Vs- VBE 2 Vee
I = ---,RE,.--- .t=---
3 I
If Vs is much larger than VsE, then t can be made independent of Vee.
539
PRECISION RAMP GENERATOR
"'
022pFt~ A2 ~~
1
2
16
,s II •u 1M
I
JlflJL-+-1----1•
CLOC. INM
lk - L 3
l :1
'':f-----''f-·~
"
J
3 ::::.---..----.-- lM
~=~Ft
5
lk RAMP OUT
Fig. 70-3
I
'""''
,ov
I 0'
I ~.k F~~
5061
.,.h. •_SV
RAMP GENERATOR WITH VARIABLE RESET LEVEL
_,., '"
"
'~ ~~113
y..:
A2*
I r I.ZV
~:~~; o-1 LFlt8
5
)o'---+-4-o()OIHPUT
RESH INPUT I Fig. 70-4
:~:rL --~eft*
RAMP T
t.V 1.2V
•select for ramp rate - "' - - -
A;::_ 10k l!.T m2)(Ch)
540
71
Receivers
Clock Radio FM Radio

AM/FM Clock Radio Simple LF Converter
AM Radio CMOS Line Receiver
FM Stereo Demodulation ~ystem Squelch Circuit for AM or FM
Analog Receiver VLF Converter
541
CLOCKRADfO
ICM7223VF
TYPICAL AUTO CLOCk/RADIO
r
APPLICATION
'"
"'""
SUPPLY
I
""' ZENER £t. 15V
t--------"~--4.,r,oo;;-;-
..- !RADIO
,..,....----·" 0
··~ ! !''""" ~
1 A~,~:~:~;c·J::t~=tA="+'="=;::::=t---10~
r-----+----~:~~~~~·~·_L!-+--trJOL20pF
ON
0
RADIO 1
T OFF
I TRANSOIJCER
.~l
RADIO
.,•., 'rl'r r-;::=::=l

SNOOn
"'" r-lll I I I I
"" .. l" " " "
,.
""
INDIC.
(, I{;M7223 VF
" "
-
I
*
:!~ ~~~~t~~ENT
j
I
*
'----
-
'- -
"'
I I I I r-rov•
,...,
0151'-
• •' '' A
•• A
• •
' '' ' ' '' ' '' •' ' •' • • '
0
A A G
'
•' •' ' 0
N
' D
I NEC L0811W V.F. DISPLAY

G G
'' '' ' ' ' • ' ' ' • ' • ' '' ''
D G G
I ' • 'I 'I ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' • • • • •I '
I
I
I '--------+--___j l
BRIGHT!
OISI'lAY BRIGHTNESS
n
20kfl
•••
542
AM/FM CLOCK RADIO
Nlh31E5 NR~61£F NA461ES NR461ES
.. ~hr=t=;!';
- ~u.,H i qH ;·~-M·::. ,
j .. . '.:. Jt~ . . ;:[·,:~
n~ .;.~..,
"I -·...,.
~, ·~
~ :¥·!'"
Ll SWGI22,N~&.-n.Dilo• .......
1.2 SWGI22,frt•4T,O,.._
L3 SWGI22,Iri•·U,O.••lmm
L4
L5
l1
MG#ai,N•2llT,D••lmm L•O.ls.u+
MT:I'(,L•~.Cl$1•:100
N • 1.6T, PHtt,.ll'$ fUt:l----liMOI
~r ................ ··'
I' .I ·JP
~::G
L6 T1-T3
~.o;___::,
" . ·:,r-::<> ...~::~
.•
T4
::,r-::<>
T5
EE
.,.__,:: . "
ffi:~
T6
"" ::,r-:" .~::E

.,. 17
·: ~
~.:G:
'" .,
TS
~ :;.._7:: ..
"'
tO•o. , , _ , , . .
'"'""' ...~--- >lli<O••·tc-•"lOW< TCI<OoVHC-\-·
FM F*lor"*- (88-108 MHd AM pertortnlilnc. (52&-1160 kHz) AUDIO part.....-
• 30dB quieting ~ensitivity; S#V • maximum sensitivity: 10DpY/M e gain &t 1 KHz: :zOO
•
•
limitingwntitivity:
AM rejection: .....
20#V e
e
20dB quieting sansh.l'lrit\r.
selec:tivity ± 10KHZ:
:IBOjiV/M
.....
-28dB
•• 10" THO output power.
frequency response:
!IOOoi.w
70Hz -12KHz
e
•
AFC holdirlg range:
Bandwidth:
800KHil'
180KHz
e
•
AGC figure of merit:
OV.rlc»d distortion: ... • typ~l svst8m din:
• •rm tone frequency:
0.8'0
""""'
Fig. 71-2
*
AM RADIO
TUNING CAPACITOR TOKO 2A-20HOZ

FfRRIH HEAD PHiliPS 1809-34401 13 TURNS THROUGH BEAll)
TOKO RHC-1A5006DX
l 650,.H 0" 250
Fig. 71-3
FM STEREO DEMODULATION SYSTEM

v• ·nv
~~~~~~....--,.---------------------+-------,
':"CIIMPDSITE,.__r; •
INPUT...,.,_.
AI C6
.HK l,f
,...
lllllmA
STEREO ""
"'
ADJUST
TOP VIEW
Fig. 71-4
544
ANALOG RECEIVER (LOW TEMPERATURE DRIFf)
~~~~~---------------r----------------·~··~·----------------1••
v~ r--- -~
:·- 0.01,#
h
,.
1M 1....
Fig. 71-5
... ....
... ""
FM RADIO
0~20.10.1MHl
"t•l.5-3.0~<H
""5POLE FllT5R,
TRW 125579 OR EDUIV
IO.l"f
""
0.1 JJF TO.OII'F
0.1 ,.F
Fig. 71-6
545
SIMPLE LF CONVERTER
" f---8
i:OFIT PIECE ~F
COAX TO RECEIVER
TERMINALS
'" Fig. 71-7

'" 50 0K
8c LOOPSTICK
L-:--..--:-::---@
;}J
TO OUTSIDE
WIRE ANTENNA
Circuit Notes
This converter allows covera~e from 25 quency to 3.6 MHz and you're tuning the 100
kHz up to 500 kHz. Use short coax from the kHz range. 3. 7 MHz puts you at 200kHz, 3.8
converter to receiver antenna input. Tune the MHz equals 300kHz, 3.9MHz yields 500kHz,
receiveno 3.5 MHz, peak for loudest crystal and 4.0 MHz gives you 500 kHz.
calibrator and tune your receiver higher in fre-
CMOS LINE RECEIVER
Circuit Notes
The trip point is set half way between the
supplies by Rl and R2; R3 provides over 200
mV of hysteresis to increase noise immunity.
Maximum frequency of operation is ~about 300
kHz. If response to TTL levels is desired,
change R2 to 39 K. The trip point is now cen-
tered at 1.4 V.
,, "'
1 ME011
lOOK!!
Fig. 71-8
546
SQUELCH CIRCUIT FOR AM OR FM
High Pass Filter
High Pan Filter

Given: A 0 , Q w0 =-27rf
0
Squelch "•
..,
ChOOse: C --Cl = C2,-A Convenient Value ThFeehold Adj
A3C4 > 5 T;n
Calculate: Wher.,: Tin 15 the period of v; 0
0 =Quality Factor
A 0 =High Frequency Gain Gain of Audio Stage
Fig. 71-9
W 0 =Break Frequency
Acl"'- R; "•
VLF CONVERTER
.--H---_., TO RECEIVER ANT- INPUT

.... .003 >:TAL fSEE TEXT)
I
Fig. 71-10
"""'
"'" OFC
IMH
j o_r··
30l
+tV -
•••
Circuit Notes
This converter uses a low-pass filter in- kHz crystal, 3500 kHz on the receiver dial
stead of the usual tuned circuit so the only corresponds to zero kHz; 3600 to 100 kHz;
tuning required is with the receiver. The dual- 3700 to 200 kHz, etc. (At 3500 khz on the
gate MOSFET and FET used in the mixer and receiver all one can hear is the converter os-
oscillator aren't critical. Any crystal having a cillator, and VLF signals start to come in about
frequency compatible with the receiver tuning 20 kHz higher.)
range may be used. For example, with a 3500
547
72
Resistance and
Continuity Measuring Circuits
Linear Scale Ohmmeter Audio Continuity Tester

Ohmmeter Low Resistance Continuity Tester
Low Parts Count Ratiometric Resistance "Buzz Box" Continuity and Coil Checker
Measurement Linear Scale 0 hmmeter
Bridge Circuit
548
LINEAR SCALE OHMMETER
'"
ON-OFF
Circuit Notes
This circuit is designed to provide accu-
rate measurement and a linear resistance .scale
at the high end. The circuit has four ranges.
Another meter with a current range of 10 p.A to
10 rnA and sensitivity of 10,000 ohms per volt
is needed for setting up.
""'
"111£55
TO IIIUO "
~901<
52 RANGES.
VR6
d" .
3\1-=.
...
I O•IK
2 0-IOK SET 2ERO 470D.
LINEAR
3 O·IOOK
'--------'-----"'
a•
4 O·IIIIEG
0 b-e e
IC 107
LEAD-OUTS
8C214L
LEAD-OUTS Fig. 72-1
OHMMETER
2.7K 9~
IK
(standard resistor,
see text) Rx
Unknown
• Fig. 72-2
1N54
HEP R134
3v. 2.7K
HEP Z0206
Zener
0-1mA
Circuit Notes
This circuit has a linear reading scale, requires no calibration, and requires no zero
adjustment. It may be made multirange by switching in different standard resistors.
549
LOW PARTS COUNT RATIOMETRIC RESISTANCE MEASUREMENT
Circuit-Notes
The unknown resistance is put in series
with a known standard and a current passed
through the pair. The voltage developed across
,,,.NDA<D r ~ COD """A'
the unknown is applied to the input and the
voltage across the known resistor applied to
Rut.JKNOWN~·6.---,--j~,~,"~~A -----;1- I 9 B31 the reference input. If the unknown equals the
standard, the display will read 1000. The dis-
played reading can be determined from the
L ANALOG
COMMON following expression:
Displayed Reading = ~., x 1000

""""'""
The display will overrange for Rw;.,..,, ;;. 2 x
R,..,...
Fig. 72-3
AUDIO CONTINUITY TESTER
+9~c
22 kfi > I
~R1
. V2W
7
8
~ R,
-~~2
NE555
TIMER
6 Fig. 72-4
' 10kn 2
I
Y2W
500:8 n
LED'"
,::::
DIAL LIGHT ·~
521-9200
Circuit Notes
This low-current audio continuity tester indicates the unknown resistance value by
the frequency of audio tone. A high tone indicates a low resistance, and a tone oi a few
pulses per second indicates a resistance as high as 30 megohms.
550
LOW RESISTANCE CONTINUITY TESTER
4.7K
+11.2 v
a1
'~"~'
VISUAL
INDICATOR
(LED)
{ 430
a
1K
E sy
UNIJUNCTION
TRANSISTOR
2N491B
81
100K 2 7
5.1 v
6 2.2K
PROBES 741 sa
3 0.5WATI
t 5 ZENER Fig. 72-5
SPEAKER
100K 1 4 DIODE
11>1751
4.7K
1OK POTENTIOMETER
(FOR SETIJNG THRESHOLD)
NOTE: ALL RESISTANCES ARE IN OHMS

UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
Circuit Notes
This tester can be used to check IC diode in series with the operational amplifier
printed circuit boards. Two 4. 7 K resistors and output prevents audio oscillator operation until
the transistors connected to them prevent cur- the positive output of the operational amplifier
rentflow through the operational amplifier has sufficient amplitude.
until the probe circuit is completed. The zener
"BUZZ BOX" CONTINUITY AND COIL CHECKER
~12·16~~
D SPEAKER
I
I
Fig. 72-6
Ia I' I' s TEST PROBES
LM3909
~~'"'
+
"
• Circuit Notes
I' 1' I'
'v Differences between sborts, coils, and a
::f: 0.1 f
few ohms of resitance can be heard.
551
LINEAR SCALE OHMMETER
0 I
•9V
'" '" •x
I '"
31i3 RV7
rvi"'
lOOk
~·r-tv "'
'" 7M
Fig. 72-7
~ZD1
~ ~5V6
\...."
NOTE
10M
IC1 IS 741
01 IS 2N3704
r;
"'
LL v "'+
." rr
07,
r
'" -01 is 1N34A
'"
02,
ov
< '"
< 02 IS 1N914
MliS 1m,._
~ r
Circuit Notes
One preset resistor is used for all the sembled, .a 10 K precision resistor is placed in
ranges, simplifying the setting up. Diode the test position, R,; the meteris set to the lOK
clamping is included to prevent damage to the range and RVl is adjusted for full scale deflec-
meter if the unknown resistor is higher than the tion.
range selected. When the meter has been as-
BRIDGE CIRCUIT
4.7 or sn 1.5v.
• ........
'~'R2 Rl
!OK
l Rx
Fig. 72-8
0-100/JA Unknown
!OK
?
Circuit Notes
For measurement of resistances from about 5 ohms down to about 1/10 ohm.
552
73
RF Amplifiers
100 W PEP 420-450 MHz Push-Pull Linear 28 V Wideband Amplifier

Amplifier 200 MHz Cascode Amplifier
140 W (PEP) Amateur Radio Linear 135-175 MHz Amplifier
Amplifier (230 MHz) 200 MHz Cascode Amplifier
160 W (PEP) Broadband Linear Amplifier 100 MHz and 400 MHz Neutralized Com-
80 W (PEP) Broadband/Linear Amplifier mon Source Amplifier
Single-Device, 80 W, 50 Ohm VHF Ultra High Frequency Amplifier
Amplifier UHF Amplifier Inverting Gain of 2 with
600 W RF Power Amplifier Lag-Lead Compensation
Wideband UHF Amplifier with High- Transistorized Q- Multi pi ie do rUse with
Performance FETs !Fs in the 1400kHz Range
10 MHz .Coaxial Line Driver 60 MHz Amplifier
VHF Preamplifier 30 MHz Amplfier
Shortwave FET Booster Two Meter Amplifier, 5 W Output
Low-Noise 30 MHz Preamplifier 80 MHz Cascode Amplifier
Low-Noise Broadband Amplifier 200 MHz Neutralized Common Source
Two-Meter 10 Watt Power Amplifier Amplifier
Two-Stage 60 MHz IF Amplifier 450 MHz Common-Source Amplifier
553
100 W PEP 420-450 MHz PUSH-PULL LINEAR AMPUFIER
+28 v
C9 :J;:
RFC1
AFC2 RFCS
"'
RFC4 C21J u
Filtar
C22I
"
Tl & T2 - B:oh•n. I,Jnbalanc&d 10 Balan~ad RG 58, 1 ~ 2.s·· C>9 ~
+ 28 v
C23l C3
R1-1~,112W
-R2- ton. 112 w
RJ- 10 fl. 112 W
R4- s.s n. 1 w
AS- s.IS n, 1 w
"' C24I RF O"t
R6- 2.7 U, 114 W C21, 24- Underwood 10 pF
C2.6 - A reo 403
Zl & Z3 Micronr~p- W ~ 200 mils, I~ 1.8"
Cl 7; 19 - Underwood J 102. 1000 pF Feed Thru
Z2 & 24- Mocrostrlp - W = ZOO milo, I ; 300 mils
C25, 26-0.1 !>F. Eri" As<:! Cap
ZS 8r Z6- Mlc~ostrip - W = 150 mils, t ~ 300 mils
L1 -24 nH, #14Wirs,l: 12"
Z6 & 28- Microstrip- W • 150 mils, I- 1.4"
L2- 12 nH, 1114 W<re, I~ 0.6"
RFCl, 4- Ferroxeuba B"ad 56-590-65-38
L3 - 24 nH, .,-14 Wire, I - 1.2"
RFC2,3- 0.15 IJH Cambion Moldlld Coil
Board- G10, cA ""5. 1 ~ 0.062 ·, 1 ~ 8.0", W- 4.0'"
RFCS, 6 - 1 Turn #20 Enameled Wire Wound on 5/16" Bolt
RFC7, 8 - VK200 20/48 01 2NSI92
C1,3,4,5, 7,8, 11,15- Underwood 40 pF
02- 2N5194
C12;16- Underwood 25 pF 03- MAF309
C13, 14, 22, 23- Wnd.,rwood 16 pF 04- MAF309
C9, 10,18,20- 1 i'F Tantalum D l - 1N4001
Fig. 73-1
Circuit Notes
This 100 watt linear amplifier may be con- featuring: maximum input SWR of 2:1, har-
structed using two MRF309 transistors in monic suppression more than-63 dB below
push-pul!, requiring only 16 watts drive from 100 watts output, efficiency greater than 40%,
420 to 450 MHz. Operating from a 28 volt circuit stability with a 3:1 collector mismatch at
supply, eight dB of power gain is achieved all phase angles.
along with excellent practical performance
554
140 W (PEP) AMATEUR RADIO LINEAR AMPLIFIER (2-30 MHz)
AFoutrPr-<7
RFC1
13.6 Vdc
--
l R4
C4
C22
~C2 C10
Cl
Rl
R2 R3 C3
R7
Kl Dl
f'-f--....--o + 13.6 Vdc
C1 33 pF Dipped Mica R7 100 n 1/4 W Resistor

C2 18 pF Dipped Mica RFC1 9 Ferroxcube Beads on #18 AWG Wire
C3 10 pF 35 Vdc for AM operation, D1 1N4001
100 pF 35 Vdc for SSB operation. D2 1N4997
C4 .lJJFErie 01,02 2N4401
C5 = 10 pF 35 Vdc. Electrolytic 03,4 MRF4S4
C6 11JF Tantalum T1, T2 16: 1 Transformers
C7 .001 JJ.F Erie Disc C20 910 pf Dipped Mica
C8,9 330 pF Dipped Mica C21 1100 pF Dipped Mica
R1 100 k!l 1/4 W Resistor C10 24 pF-Dipped Mica
R2, 3 = tOkn 1/4W Resistor C22 500 J..IF 3 Vdc Electrolytic
R4 = 33 f2 5 W Wire Wound Resister K1 Potter- & Brumfield
R5,6 "'ton 1/2W-Resistor KT11A 12 Vdc Relay or Equivalent
Fig. 73-2
Circuit Notes
This inexpensive, easy to construct amplifier uses two MRF454 devices. Specified
at 80 W power output with 5 W of input drive, 30 MHz, and 12.5 Vdc.
555
160 W (PEP) BROADBAND LINEAR AMPLIFIER
L9
R6
C2
L1 At
• 8
C19
*
R12
C23
~C22
rlf---'>-------1
01 C5 C6 C7 cs
R11
Cl · 0.033 i-<F mylar

C2, C3- 0.01 J.J.F mylar
C4 - 620 pF dipped mica Tl - 4: 1 Transformsr, 6 turns, 2 tw"•sted pairs of #26- AWG
CS. C7, C16- 0.1 j..<F ceramic enameled wire (8 twists per inch)
C6- 100 J.I.F/15 V elecuolyt;c T2 - 1:1 Balun, 6 turns, 2 twisted pairs of #24 AWG
CB 500 J.J.F/6 V electrolytic .enameled wira (6 twists per inch)
C9, C10, C15, C22 1000 pF feed through T3- Collector choke, 4 turns, 2 twisted pairs of #22 AWG
C11, C12- 0.01 !-!F enameled wore (6 twistS par inch)
C13, C14 - 0.015 ).IF myl~r
T4- 1:4 Transformer Balun, A&B- 5 turns, 2 twisted pa•rs
Cl7- lO).IF/35 V nlectrolytic
of #24, C- 8 turns, 1 tWisted pair of #24 AWG enameled
C18. C19, C21 Two O.OS8 J.-<F my Iars in parallel
wire (All windings 6 twists per inch). (T4- Indiana
C20- 0.1 ).IF disc car~m1c General F624-1901,- All others are Indiana Gener11l
C23 0.1 ).IF disc cetamic
F 627 -SO 1 ferrite toro ods or E!q uivalent .)
Rl --220 U. 1/4 W catbon
R2- 47 n, 1/2 W carbon
PARTS LIST
R3 -820 H, 1 WwireW
R4- 35 n, 5 WwireW L1 - .33 ).IH. molded choke 01 -- 2N6370
AS, R6- Two 150 n, 1/2 W c~rbon in patalle! L2. L6, L7- 10).1H. molded choke 02, 03- 2N594-2
"A7, R8- 10 .n, 1/2-W carbon L3- l.811H (Ohmite 2 144) 04- 2N5190
R9, R11 -1 k,1/2Wcarbon L4. L5- 3 ferrite beads e~ch
01 - 1 N4001
R10- 1 k, 112 W potentiometer t.8, L9- .22/lH. molded choke
02 1N4997
R 12 - 0.85 !1 (6 5.1 H or 4 3,3 .1! 1/4 W resistors in par~llel,
divided equally between both emitter leads) J1. J2- BNC connectors
Fig. 73-3
556
80 W (PEP) BROADBAND/LINEAR AMPLIFIER
RB
L5
c" T4
•
A C5
c"
•
C22
02 C20
C13
~12.5V
C14 ....._C15 AlO
~
C19
C1, Cl-4, eta - O; 1 llF- ceramic. L 1-- 0.22 IJ.h molded choke
C2, C7, C13, C20- 0.001 IJ.F feed through. L2, L7, LB- 10 ,uh molded choke
C-3 -100,.,.F/3V. L5, L6- 0.15 iJ.h
C4, C6 - 0.033 JlF mylar L3 - 25 t, -#26 wire, wound on a 1 DO n. 2 W resistor. ( 1.0 llh)
C5 - 0.0047 IJ,F mylar. L4, L9 - 3 ferrite b.eads each.
CB, C9- 0.015 and 0.033 IJ.F my tars in parallel.
C10- 470 pF mica. T1 - 2 twisted p.air~of #26 wire, 8 twists per inch. A == 4 turns,
C11, C12 -560 pF mica. B ~ 8 turns. Core- -Stackpole 57-9322-11, Indiana General
.C15 -1000~J.F/3 V F627-8Q1 or equivalent
C16, C17- 0.015 j.I.F mylar
T2 - 2 twi5ted pain of #24 wire, 8 twists per inch, 6 turns.
C19 -lOpF 15 V
(Core as abOvtl.)
C21, C22 -two 0.065 JAF my Iars in parallel.
T3 - 2 twisted pairs of #20 wire, 6 twists par inch, 4 turns.
C23 - 330 pF mica
(Core as above.)
C24- 39 pF mica
C25 - 680 pF mica T-4- A and B = 2 twisted pairs of #24 wire, 8 twists per inch.
C26- .01 IJ.F ceramic 5 turns each. -c = 1 twisted pair-of H24 wire, B turns.
Core . -Stackpole 57 -9074-·11, Indiana General F624-19Q 1
R1, R6, R7- 10 H, 1/2W carbon. or equivalent.
R2- 51 n. 1/2 W carbon
A3- 240 n, 1 wire W 01 - 2N6367
A4, R5 - 18 n, 1 W carbon
02, 03 --2N6368
RS, R9 - 27 n, 2· W carbon
R10- 3·3 n, 6WwireW D1-1N4001
J1, J2 - BNC -connectors
D2- 1 N4997
Fig. 73-4
557
SINGLE-DEVICE, 80 W, 50 Ohm VHF AMPLIFIER
13.5 Vdc
B
....c-"'3'--~0 _
.___]C.._c'_,_JS
Ll L2 L3 L4 C11
AF In
Cl
MRF245
C2 C4 C5 C6 C7 CS C9 C10
Cl, 11 - 500 pF Dipped mica L1 - 1.2 X 0.3 em Airl ne Inductor

_C2, 9- 10 pF UNELCO L2 - 3.5 X 0.3 em Airl ne Inductor
C3 - 60 pF UNELCO L3 4.0 X 0.3 em Airl ne Inductor
C4, 5-250 pF UNELCO L4, L5 - 0.3 X 0.3 em Aid ne Inductor
C6, 7- 250 pF UNELCO L6 - 2.7 X 0.3 em A-irl ne Inductor
C8- 80 pF UNELCO L7 - 0.8 X 0.3 em Airl ne Inductor
C10- 40 pF UNELCO LS - 3.0 X 0.3 em Airl ne Inductor
C12- 0.1 p.F Erie Redcap
·soard: G10, Er""" 5, t ~ 0.16 em, 57 gm,-Copper-Ciad
C13- 1 p.F Tantalum
connectors = BNC
C14- 680 pF Allen Bradley Feed-Thru
AFC 1 -0.15p.H Molded choke

AFC 2- 10 T NO. 18 AWG Enameled Wire, 1/4" J.D.
B - Ferroxcube Bead 56-590-65, 3-Beads
Fig. 73-5
Circuit Notes
The amplifier uses a single MRF245 and provides 80 W with 9.4 dB gain across the
143 to 156 MHz band.
558
600 W RF POWER AMPLIFIER
All R15
Bias
n- Cl8
R7
R4
R6 R18
3 Ra
12 4
IC1
11 5 R9
05 ctsJ+----ov"
At-As-to kn trimpot C12-not used

REi-1.0 k0/1.0W C15- tO tJ-F, 100 v electrolytic
R7-to n C16-10QO_pF ceramic
RS-2.0 kO C17,Ct8-two 0.1 tJ-f. tOO V ceramic each,
R9,R21-R24-10 kO. {ATC 200/823 or equivalent)
Rto-a.2.kn 01-04-IN4148
R11-R14-100 fl 05-28 V zener. IN5362 or equivalent
R15-R18-1.0 0 L1,L2- Two Fair-Rile 2673021801 ferrite beads
A19-R20-10 11/2.0 W Carbon each or equivalent 4.0 tJ-H
R25-tl\ermistor, 10 kO (25"C). 2.5 kfl (75"C) T1-T3-see te~t
Ct-not used 01-04-MRFtSO
C2-820 pF ceramic chip IC1-MC1723CP
C3-C6, C13,Ct4-0.1 ~F ceramic All resistors are O.SW carbon or metal film
C7-C10-0.1 f'F ceramic chip unless otherw'1se designated.
Ct 1-1200 pF each. 680 pF miCa In parallel with
an Arco 469 variable or three or more smaller value
mica capacitors in parallel
Fig. 73-6
Circuit Notes
A unique push-pull parallel circuit. It uses linearity requirements. The bias for each de-
four MRF150 RF power FETs paralleled at vice is independently adjustable; therefore, no
relatively high power levels. Supply voltages matching is required for the gate threshold
of 4:0 to 50 Vdc can be used, depending on voltages.
559
WIDEBAND UHF AMPLIFIER WITH HIGH-PERFORMANCE FETs
Circuit Notes
The amplifier circuit is designed for 225
MHz center frequency, l dB bandwidth of 50
MHz, low input VSWR in a 75-ohm system, and
24 dB gain. Three stages of U310 FETs are
used in a straight forward design.
RFC, AFC,
v"- +2011
c,c,_c,.c.. •sapF ~,; l 1 V, 120nHy
c,,c, =500pF L1.l,.L 0, =l22~Hv
c,.c,.. c~ ~ lOOOpF AFC 1,AFC, ~2.2nHy
Fig. 73-7
Oo, Oo 0, • Solooonox U310 R,, 'I) ~ ~~~!
10 MHz COAXIAL LINE DRIVER
Circuit Notes
•••
r.~
B.W • 10MHz
Vo • :!:2V
The circuit will find excellent usage in
t 0 • ±40mA high frequency line driving systems that re-
3< quire wide-power bandwidths at high output
rc;_2_:v " 1000
COAXIAL
~
current levels. (!C=HA2530) The bandwidth of
,,,;::!:: ~
r
the circuit is limited only by the single pole
""1 =~
. ..~ '--<
=
""
response of the feedback components; namely
f(-3 dB)= v, 71' RICt. As such, the response is
flat with no peaking and yields minimum distor-
tion.
Fig. 73-8
VHF PREAMPLIFIER
,--,--,--v'"':vv-:6;;v _ ~v
,., Circuit·Notes
~~: ~~·i':ilf-""'....__-\-(v-(.v 1-)-+-l:n~output This simple circuit gives 15 dB gain and
-\" " """' can be mounted on Lin 'PCB. Coil data is given
""";":.~!i;"-1
:
,;w '" for 85 to 95 MHz. For other frequencies modify
coil as required.
........... 3'11 turns
"'22 s.w.g.
To coaJCial outer (if use-d) v. In fanner
iron core
Fig. 73-9
560
SHORTWAVE FET BOOSTER
r--------1~----~----0+
ANT 9VOC
R2
c
R3
TO RECEIVER
3L-_.•__.___• Rl
PARTS LIST FOR Miller C-5495A, 12-36 MHz use

SWi!S FET BOOSTER Miller D-5495-A
Cl-365-pF tuning capacitor Q1-RCA 40468 FET transistor (Do
C2, C3-0.05-uF, 25-VDC capacitor not substitute)
C4-470-pF, 25-VDC capacitor Q2-2N3394 npn transistor
D1-1N914 diode Rl-470-ohm, ¥2-watt resistor
L 1-Antenna coil: 1.7-5.5 KHz use R2-2400-ohm, 'h-watt resistor Fig. 73-10
Miller 8-5495A, 5.5-15 MHz use R3-4700-ohm, ¥2-watt resistor
Circuit Notes
This two transistor preselector provides up to 40 dB gain from 3.5 to 30 MHz. Ql
(MOSFET) is sensitive to static charges and must be handled with care.
LOW-NOISE 30 MHz PREAMPLIFIER

r---14-----<> +10 llf}C
... """
22
,. RFC2
/OJJH
" £
Q 'AS£
. """
--7
o~J;' '"'" ""
04
''"""'
"'" roJ-F
Fig. 73-11
Circuit Notes
Low-noise preamplifier has a noise figure of1.1 dB at 30 MHz and 3 dB bandwidth of
10 MHz. Gain is 19 dB. Total current drain with a+ 10 volt supply is 13 mA..All resistors
are V• watt carbon; bypass capacitors are 50-volt ceramics.
561
LOW-NOISE BROADBAND AMPLIFIER
Circuit Notes
The amplifier provides 10 dB of gain from
10-600 MHz and has ~a 1.5-to-1 match at 50
ohms. The BFR91 has a 1.5 dB noise figures at
500 MHz. The circuit requires 13.5 Vdc at
about 13 rnA. Keep the leads on the 150 pF
emitter bypass capacitor as short as possible.
The 16 nH coil is 2.5 turns of #26 enamel wire
on the shank of a #40 drill. The 93 nH inductor
Fig. 73-12 is 10 turns of the same material.
TWO-METER 10 WATT POWER AMPLIFIER
,. l ".""
F!
04./TPVT
Fig. 73-13
Circuit Notes
This 10-watt, 144-MHz power amplifier a 4:1 transmission-line transformer made from
uses a TRW PT5757 transistor. Ll is 4 turns of a 3" length of twisted pair of no. 20 enameled
no. 20 enameled, 3/32" ID; L2 is 10 turns of wire.
no. 20 enameled, 3/32" !D. Transformer T1 is
562
TWO-STAGE 60 MHz IF AMPLIFIER
(POWER GAIN = 80 dB, BW = 1.5 MHz)
Vt (AGCJ
'"
.....
1500) 24 pF
S.H
(1·10~ pf
~
U·lO)pF
200pH
0.002 pF ·t;:..:.:.J:+·__J· Fr r-·>

Tl' Pl'irn.ry Windilll M 15 Turl'll, 122 AWG Wif1, 1/4' 10 A.r Core T2: Primii'V Willd1111 ~ 10 Tum&, 122 AWG Wn, lf4" 10 Aif Core
S.C:onchiry Wllldint • 4 Turn'- 122 AWG Wir~. S.tond.ry Wil!di111 • 2 TurN, 122 AWG Wir.,
Cafilicitnt at Couplllll .. l.IJ COiflitilnt ol Cou~Jiint "" 1.0
Fig. 73-14
28 V WIDEBAND AMPLIFIER (3 to 100 MHz)
Vos Vos
Vos•28V
t 00 ·1.25A
1001"fll
···$ft··oD 0.530"~
~ ...... ~:.:. =I IOKn

II
FERROXCUBE
V K200/09/3B
BALUN CORE om.,F

Fig. 73-15
=
I
40 x s1 n
I~··
oan
r·~NC~P
1/2 W RESISTORS
12.5 fl: TOTAL)
.. ,,I .,
., ., ., .,
Parts List
T f, 20 turns 30 n, #30 bifilar on micrometals T -50-6 Toroid
T2, t turn of 2-50 Slcoax cables in parallel through 2 balun
cores stack pole #57-9130 PD = 125
563
200 MHz CASCODE AMPLIFIER
Circuit Notes
This 200 MHz JFET cascode circuit fea-
tures low cross-modulation, large signal hand-
ling ability, no neutralization, and AGC con-
trolled by biasing the upper cascade JFET. The
only special requirement of this circuit is that
lnss of the upper unit must be greater than that
tNrUT r
-..:-.. 'i';;,
-1"l AGC range 59 dB
power gain 17 dB
of the lower unit.
L 1 = 0.07 _uHy center t.p

L2 = 0.07 ~H\' tap 1/4 up from ground Fig. 73-16
135-175 MHz AMPLIFIER
'•
" '
; '•
vos•
~ ' t2.5V
t00 -a.sA
'' .,.
Pouret75MH•
,, • INPUT IH LOSS
.,,
J<IB.135MI1<
a TVI'IOIS o20 AWG
ON t"·- OIA
'' 20 d~ " 115 ..,H<
'•
J TUIINS •Zit AWG IOOil!' C6
'" "' '"
wi ~~1
~tr•··otA ."111</DIV
c, BUSW!ME fAEOUEI'IICY IMI1<1
Parts List
C1. C2 ARCO *462, 2 to 80 pf, trimmer capacitors
L1, 3 turns b\.155 wire *20 AWG on 1/4" diameter
~ -=- ~
L2. 8 turns *20 AWG on 1/4" diameter
T1. 1 turn of 25 n coax on 2 balun cores.
Stackpole *57-0973 p.o =35.
Fig. 73-17
564
200 MHz CASCO DE AMPLIFIER
£ircuit Notes
+-.,H"'-(O)ouT,UI This 200 MHz JFET cascode circuit fea-
4GC ~AIIGt U II
'OiftA GAIN fiji
tures low cross-modulation, large signal hand-
ling ability, no neutralization, JUld AGC con-
trolled by biasing the uppercascodeJFET. The
only special requirement of this circuit is that
!loF
loss of the upper unit must be greater than that
l1• 01-HvCEIITERTAP
of the lower unit.
":' u~ OJ""ylAP't."'FROMGROU-0
Fig. 73-18
100 MHz AND 400 MHz NEUTRALIZED COMMON SOURCE AMPLIFIER
Fig. 73-19
ULTRA HIGH FREQUENCY AMPLIFIER
()f'l'IQN,U
OI'FSH
''"
., c--..y.----o -· '"
"
"
"
1$\1
Fig, 73-20
"'
-·
111 : 751/ 5 ... CANON R5"' 2011. TIMFOT (CE-T) M'C 3T • Zfl .UIIIWIIII: ON
R2 "' 75!/ s... CAMOit R,"' 1.511 121. . OAIN) -n:....oxcUif n zoo ot.'38 COllE
IIJ = 75\/ 5 ... CA. .ON Re " •10!1 5,. CAII8C* IYI'AII CN'ACITOIIS
A••3M5 .. CAI'I80ft TIII'CE!lAAIIC
I. .PCO 0111 IOUIV.I
565
UHF AMPLIFIER WITH INVERTING GAIN OF 2 AND LAG-LEAD COM-
PENSATION (GAIN BANDWIDTH PRODUCT 350 MHz)
....
••
1k!!
•
"'
NOTE
··•
RFC·3T ft26 tlus wirt on Ftrro~<:ube VK200 08138
wldttltnd thrttde<l cort
Fig. 73-21
TRANSISTORIZED Q·MULTIPLIER
FOR USE WITH IFS IN THE 1400kHz RANGE
,....
RFC IZCH:SO
••
f~ ...
Fig. 73-22
566
60 MHz AMPLIFIER
I
I
n I
I
Ll 1To•o~ • 2)AW6W~t
on$/lr· P•• Form.
S/I"Lon1
Tl Clo•WooiHIO .. r 11•" Fo""
Pr......,.Wind"'t • 16 T•'"' • 26.lWG.ton!orToppH
SocofHioryWto~<"' • 2 Turno • HAWG
Fig. 73-23
30 MHz AMPLIFIER (POWER GAIN = 50 dB, BW = 1.0 MHz)
11-JOipF
::u~, --tlf-.........-11-0-
•••
+lZVIII:
Ll•l2liii',.IUAWGWW.••T•Iio!CO...
IT3Hi MiiH .._. ar Ell!"iol
n: '""*'·nr-noAwawn ... r... c-. Fig. 73-24
IT44-611ict11MMII ot E....!
s.can..ry • zr-na Aw&.,.
TWO METER AMPLIFIER, 5 W OUTPUT
'"
,.~, ~~~·~n~ .
I'IFC -: -:;- -::-
Parts List
L1, 60nHy4T1122.AWGclosewound0.125.1.D.
L2. 54 nHy 3112T *22 AWG close wound0.125•-to.
C1, C2, C3, ARCO *<162 5-80 pf
Fig. 73-25
80 MHz CASCODE AMPLIFIER

J JOpF
_J
3-JOpF
c o.~M
O.l ... H
Fig. 73·26
567
200 MHz NEUTRALIZED COMMON SOURCE AMPLIFIER
As•50u •. 7pF
7; 1-!0pF
,,
NF T~ l.&dl
L1 1-1/2 turn1, •20 un.-1 wi,., 11• 10, Lenrt~ • J/8" G" Typ lldl
L2 3·112wrno. •18 tinnH wi<e, 3/8'' 10. L"""" • 112" \los· u&v
Tol!l*lotl· 1/4 turn• from droon Vos•O
Fig. 73-27
450 MHz COMMON-SOURCE AMPLIFIER
«i-
T-
c.
J
IN520(~
[Cf ~ ,, ••
,,
··~l
"- 2N53117
,,
,, ~ ~'· ~'·
'•
1_ '·~
t,, ~-
AFC 1 II!FC~
v., v, v,
c,...., -C.8- 12pF Jollomon type29&0 NF Typ 2.8cl8
Cs- 40pf OMS.,,_ mu:o G.., Typ 18<11
c 1 _f- IOOOpF AII..,.Srodloy type FA5C IIOG• +IOV
L 1- l.l''long; •22 -mtt •1*'8d 0.1" loom L1 lo• IOmA
L,- l.l''long; •15 solid COlli*
L 3 - I 3''1ong; •Ill solid COppt<
L4 --1.4"1-; :22 ~namlltp-cl O.l"lrom L,
RFC 1 2 - O.IS,.H O.llo'tln type 1537-00
L,.- :IT, •22 _..,.,; 0 25" doom . ..,.,.,.., form;
tlum.num tlug, ,_,.,..
Fig. 73-28
568
74
RF Oscillators
500 MHz Oscillator 1.0 MHz Oscillator

Low Distortion Oscillator Hartley Oscillator
400 MHz Oscillator Colpitts Oscillator
2 MHz Oscillator RF Oscillator
569
500 MHz OSCILLATOR
__,.,. ,. .~.--,'--~r~
F
---t--;
.
I
.
I.~
dlL -•~tOiln
liOOM~OUTI'UT
Not•t: 2 turns No. 16 AWG wire, 3/Binch 00, 1114 inch long.
RFC IHOTE 1)
Not. 2: 9 turns No. 22 AWG wire, 3/16 Inch 00, 1/2 Inch long.
-v••
~l
'" Fig. 74-1
LOW DISTORTION OSCILLATOR
20 MHz oscllletor <~1iue1
,. C1 a 700pf
C2=75pf
L1 .. 1.3J.!H
L2- 10T 3/8" di• 3/4" long
v 0 o"' 1sv lo •1 mA
+-..,';;'t..'....,., ..
20 MHZ oscillator perform1nc1
Low distortion 20 MHz osc

2nd h1rmonic - 60 dB
3rd harmonic> -70 dB
Fig. 74-2
Circuit Notes
The 2N5485 JFET is capable of oscillating in a circuit where harmonic distortion is
very low. The JFET local oscillator is excellent when a low harmonic content is required
for a good mixer circuit.
570
400 MHzOSCILLATOR
•12.5V 1.0 MHz OSCILLATOR
]::-,-------------,
Parts List
L1-8 turns 6 22 closewound on 1/4" diameter
L2-112 inch "'16 wire
LJ-11nch"16wire Fig. 74-5
Fig. 74-3
2 MHz OSCILLATOR HARTLEY OSCILLATOR
+6.2V +V__gc
#
C1
10k 60·1201'H 2N2222 c
c!OUTPUT
R ~
Fig. 74-4
Fig. 74-6
Circuit Notes Circuit Notes
Miller 9055 miniature slugtuned coil; all Resonant frequency is \12 7T vLlCl.
resistors l/4W 5%; all caps min. 25 V ceramic.
571
COLPITTS OSCILLATOR
+Vee Circuit Notes

1
When calculating its resonant frequency,
use C1C2/Cl +C2 for the total capacitance of
R the L-C circuit.
l ~ II
11
0UTPUT
R 1
II II
Fig. 74-7
L
RF OSCILLATOR
• Circuit Notes
This rf oscillator is useful up to 30 MHz.
II SK3007 An SK 3007 PNP transistor is recommended.
__.----(TYPICAL)
/ PNP TRANSISTOR
(\_ ./)11---__.__---.
470-1000.11 'Y l
1o-12K lol ::;~ Fig. 74-8
;;;f'I'F UP TO
30MHz
L..........,.L_,-C CIRCUIT
I
+
3V
r
572
75
Remote Control Circuits
,
Radio Control Receiver/Decoder Tone-Actuated Relay

Carrier Operated Relay Radio Control Motor Speed Controller
Remote Control Servo System Remote On-Off Switch
Automatic Turn Off for TV Set
573
RADIO CONTROL RECEIVER/DECODER
R1
20
TOMOTORSo-~~vv-~------t-----------------~----------~--------~
AND LOADS
2 ;1 T C5
100 ,.F
+ c1 r.:-.0:::1:+----,--.... ~
6V: T D1 C10
(DIGITAL OUTPUTS)
0.01 ~
1
~
5~
.d
LO MIX IN V+ CHA 1CHB
(COLLECTOR) (COLLECTOR)
LM1872 CHA
(EMITIER) CH 8
AGC IF OUT GND SYNC CH 2 CH 1 (EMITIER)
17 16 15 14 13
T J1.. J1..
T1 3 f: R2 (ANALOG OUTPUTS)
~ 100k
C7 R3
Fig. 75·1 0.01-:f" 200
Rl -Motor decoupling L1 could be made a fixed coil, if desired.

~-~Y~ C,
6 ~
R2 - Sync timer; R2 = R2 470k T1 - 455 kHz mixer transformer
Toko' 10 EZC typa (RMC-502182), Qu = 110
R3 - Mixer decoupling Pin 1-2, 82T; pin 2-3; 82T
C1 - LO bypass: optional Pin 1-3, 164T; pin 4-6, 30T
C2 - LO tank; C2 = 22 pF® 72 MHz T2 - 455 kHz IF transformer
C3 - Ant. input tank; C3 = 24 pF@ 72 MHz Toko' 10 EZC typa (RMC-502503), Qu = 110
C4 - V81 As bypass Pin 1-2, 82T; pin 2-3, BT
CS - Motor decoupling T3 - Ant. input transformer
C6 - Sync timer; C6 = 'SYNC
O. R , C6 + 0.5 J.LF
7 2
Toko 10k typa (KENC), 4T sec. & 2T pri. of 0.2 I'H®
72 MHz
C7 - Mixer decouple; 0.01 JLF ,;; C7 '=6 1 JLF X1 - 5th overtone crystal, parallel-mode, 72 MHz
CS-AGC D1 - Electrostatic discharge (ESD) protection
C9 - IF bypass; optional • Toko America, Inc.
C10- V+ byp"ass; 0.01 J.Lf ,;;:.; C10 ~ 0.1 ,uF 5520 West Touhy Ave.
C12- Ant. input tank; C12 = 160 pF® 72 MHz Skokie, Ill. 60077
L1 - LO coil (312)677-3640 Tlx: 72-4372
Toko' I Ok typa (KENC) 4T; 0.2 I'H @ 72 MHz
574
CARRIER OPERATED RELAY
• 8
To Output of Board
'"
I
5
To Input of Board
C1 R2
; C1 -3.0 pF Olp Mica
I C2 - 0.001 ~F Disc
_L A1 -1.0kll
r--.0'
•lr
v K1
R2- 470 kn
01-1N4001
Q1 - 2N4401
"'
C2
F 01
vD K l - NF2-12 V (Arrow-M)
or Equivalent
2 '---
= L - - - - - - - - - - - - - ( ) 1 3 . 6 Vdc
Fig. 75-2
REMOTE CONTROL SERVO SYSTEM
'"
~N4S1 '"
SERVO MOTOR
"'
Fig. 75-3
575
TONE-ACTUATED RELAY
100mv
(volts RMS)
Circuit Notes
The circuit is built around the LM567 tone
decoder IC that requires about 100 millivolts at
0
its operating frequency. The frequency is set
LM567 , l-'o"-u':,...-'..,"v'.,..'-1 by a 10 K variable resistor and can be between
700 and 1500 Hz. When a tone at the set fre·
' ' 4.1K.U quency is present, the 567's output goes low to
10K!.l p energize a relay through a 2N3906 PNP trans-

istor.
~
4.7KH
?.N3906
Fig. 75-4
Relay up to 1N4001 +5 to +9v.
50ma.
RADIO CONTROL MOTOR SPEED CONTROLLER

PULSl
~Ul
-;,• > ~~
i ~g.,,
<C
~>_:.-'\/VI/'--JV•L.Jy..__,.·_._____.__..,,
\ 17
t--'~"f"'..,__/_.=·~_,.:,_]~_·--~M--·:_•..,JI EXPANDlO
PULS( OUT
Fig. 75-5
ov
""
576
REMOTE ON-OFF SWITCH
Circuit Notes
LOAD RECEPTACLE
500WATTS MAX This~circuit provides power control with-
"' out running line-voltage switch leads. The
primary of a 6-volt filament transformer is con-
nected between the gate and one of the main
terminals of a triac. The secondary is con-
nected to the remote switch through ordinary
low-voltage line. With switch open, trans-
former blocks gate current, prevents the triac
from firing and applying power to the equip-
ment. Closing the switch short-circuits the
LOW-VOLTAGE NBELL" WIRE
secondary, causing the transformer to saturate
and trigger the triac.
Fig. 75-6
AUTOMATIC TURN OFF FOR TV SET
~N/OFF
1 Mn
PUSH
BUTTON
a •
AGC
VOLTAGE
REFERENCE
VOLTAGE
1K
-::-
•
2
...
-::-
3
l POWER TO
TV SET
SET TURNS OFF SHORTLY AFTER TV

STATION STOPS BROADCASTING
Fig. 75-7
577
76
Safety and Security Circuits
Tarry Light Power Failure Alarm

Ground Tester Ac Hot Wire Probe
Ground-Fault Interrupter Power Failure Detector
Single Source Emergency Lighting System Power-Failure Alarm
Electronic Combination Lock
578
TARRY LIGHT
AC LOAD
RECEPTACLE 0 ,---- ---
BUILT-IN
-- i NEON LAMP
666 ~ r o1 '' AND RESISTOR
Dl
y
I
111l v '
SW}I'
'T'i''i'
~'
AC '' '
Jl 04 OJ '' '
' ___
._ '
0
?S
NC R1 06
SW1/,
yNo
110 K
RJ 1100 Q
Rl
4700 Q
IVD
Cl~ ~so "f
R4 Fig. 76-l
lmeq
Circuit Notes
The push button and potentiometer the capacitor to discharge. A steering diode,
initiate a time delay that turns a light on then D6, connected to the junction of R2 and R3, and
automatically turns it off again after a pre- potentiometer R4 whose setting determines
determined time. The potentiometer can be set The total resistance and thereby sets the time it
~for a delay of a few seconds to just under three takes for the capacitor to discharge. Diode, D6
minutes. When the push-button switch SW2 is picks off a portion of this decaying de voltage
pressed, capacitor Cl gets charged through D5 and applies it to the gates terminal of Ql, the
to the full de voltage developed by the diode SCR, triggering it into a conductive state. This
bridge. When the button is released, the SCR will remain on as long as there is sufficient
charged capacitor is connected across the voltage on its gate. As soon as this voltage
series combination of R2, R3, and potentiome- decays below the minimum holding voltage of
ter R4 whose setting determines the totaLre- the SCR, it will tum off on the next line alterna-
sistance and thereby sets the time it takes for tion.
579
GROUND TESTER
CB1
r£-f~~
R1 Parts list
47kll
~~-_j--~~G~0R~·N~':,~-1~t-----~S~0~1~--
B2-DPDT Swifch
-
BRASS
u+
CB1-10A fuse or circuit breaker
117V 801-Radio Shack 61-2760, 3 terminal socket
60Hz _1 I - NE1 R1, R2, A3-47kn,- V2W
R2 SILVER NE 1, NE2, NE3-GE NE-2
h'VV__. S1-SPDT, Lafayette 34P0238V
NE 2 47kll
WHT o---------------._----~ Fig. 76-2
Circuit Notes
This rircuit checks the reliability of plugged into circuit outlet SOl. neon lamps
appliances so that the equipment may be used NEl and NEZ will light if the appliance is safe.
safely. The test circuit must be plugged into a If neon NEZ is lit the appliance is dangerous,
properly wired three terminal wall outlet. because the neutral lead is llO Vac above
When a two-lead or three-lead appliance is ground.
GROUND-FAULT INTERRUPTER
(120Hz NEUTRAL TRANSFORMER APPROACH)
G~D/NEUTRAl SENSE
COIL COil
r----. .---
$ ; I
LD.. D{ KDT
o--~~---i-----<>.-;,i""b-----1
ZIMI.I 1-.. 1 }""
--
IIEUTAAL
M'1 M'1
ttiGII~
COlt
CIRCUIT
BRfAI(EFI
'-"'"' : = : ;:~~~;
A.---:-:____.
V
~ ,. .
...,. ____! TIMING
- CAf
I!___
-1ft ,----- - : : L.!IIIJl
r~+---1--t---'l' ICA +IN J "'T"

TIIUIGER
_! Of.WP
LMII&I
e ..L,
- OUTI'UT llsn - j !H 'F
==~~Hi1 4
Vee GNO -
: ~U\/41110V ::;::0.81
:.;:. ~.OyF
lTANT
• Adjust RsET tor (!HI,..;! sensitivity
Fig. 76-3
580
SINGLE SOURCE EMERGENCY LIGHTING SYSTEM
c•, r SELECT TO GIVE DESIRED CHARGE
AI4F R 1 /l RATE (VALUE AND WATTAGE)
SGR1
CR2 CIQ6Yl
AI4F
IM~oUT 6.3\1
••,.
S0-60 CR3
HERTZ 6.3\1 +
I '---+-i>f----l
r,
AI4F
••
150
~
-=-
6VOLT
BATTERY
Fig. 76-4
Circuit Notes
This emergency lighting system maintains a 6 volt battery at full charge and
switches automatically from the ac supply to the battery.
POWER FAILURE ALARM

Circuit Notes
•5oon
RESET II RELAY If the power fails, the radio alarm goes on.
BUTTON SIGMA
SILICON
BfUDGE
.£1 TYPE IIF No loud siren, bell, or whistle. Even if the
>OV
PRV
power is restored, the alarm stays on until
RESET button is pushed.
tt:E
115\IAC
112A
COMMON GROUND
OF RADIO ONLY Fig. 76-5
AC HOT WIRE PROBE
24n Circuit Notes

Insert the probe tip into either terminal of
+ an ac outlet and hold the probe body against
.:_ 3V anything that the circuit ground is connected
2.4M 2.4M
PROBE
to. The LED will glow when the hot terminal
TIP 1M
is touched. Two 2.4 M resistors are used in the
probe tip for safety (redundancy) reasons.
METAL
PROBE
BOOY Fig. 76-6
581
POWER FAILURE DETECTOR
2Mn
R'
470KO 5 1MO
4
4011
6
2Mn
100K
+9v.~
n
A
i Rese1 ~
l
10KH ..........
R1
33KO 100KH
Fig. 76-7
Circuit Notes
This circuit indicates that a power outage occured for 1, 10, 100, and 500 seconds
with the values given for R* and c•. After a power failure, the circuit can be reset by
pushing the Reset button.
POWER FAILURE ALARM

~QOmA 10.ooon BUZ ZE: R
.200PIV l/2 W OR
SONAL ERT
l
I ~""'" Fig. 76-8
117V
..=.. tr.S REOUIIUO
30oo-~ooon ev BuZZER
I RELAY
Circuit Notes
While the power is on, the relay is held
open, but when the power fails the buzzer-
circuit contacts close.
582
ELECTRONIC COMBINATION LOCK
100K
Disable switches
1K
~
52 S3
5K 01 5K 02 5K 03 5K 04
08
~
~ ~ 07 ~
06
All diodes = 1N4148
05
100K 100K 100K
010 55
10K
Fig. 76-9
Circuit Notes
Switches Sl through S5 must be operated in rapid sequence to operate the lock.
They can be any numbers on a 10-button switch pad. If an incorrect button is pushed,
alarm sounds and the circuit is disabled for two minutes.
583
77
Sample and Hold Circuits

Peak Detect and Hold Sample and Hold with Offset Adjustment
Low Drift Sample and Hold Differential Hold
JFET Sample and Hold x 1000 Sample and Hold
High Speed Sample and Hold Amplifier Sample and Hold
High Speed Sample and Hold High Accuracy Sample and Hold
High Speed Sample and Hold High Speed Sample and Hold
584
PEAK DETECT AND HOLD
RESET
PEAK DETECT HIGH IMPEDANCE
AND HOLD BUFFER
INPUT TO NEXT STA.GE

Q1
RESET
OUTPUT VOLTAGE !NEGLECTING

/ DC SHIFT INTRODUCED BY 01 AND IC21
~~
INPUT VOLTAGE
Fig. 77.1
Circuit Notes
If the voltage at the input exceeds the and the diode cuts off. To prevent the capacitor
voltage on the capacitor, then the output of the from discharging through the input resistance
741 goes positive, the diode conducts, and the ofthe next stage, a high input impedance buffer
capacitor is charged up to the input voltage- stage (IC2) is used. The circuit can be reset by
forward voltage drop of diode. When the means of a FET or similar high impedance
voltage at the input is less than that on the device connected across the capacitor.
capacitor, the output ofthe 741 goes negative,
585
LOW DRIFT SAMPLE AND HOLD
Circuit Notes
The JFETs, Ql and Q2, provide complete
buffering to Cl, the sample and hold capacitor.
During sample, Ql is turned on and provides a
INPUT
path, fd''""'• for charging Cl. During hold, Ql is
turned off, thus leaving Qllv<ofO (< 100 pA) and
Q2 !Gss ( < 100 pA) as the only discharge paths.
Q2 serves a buffering function so feedback to
the LM101 and output current are supplied
1""""'1 r-15V (SAMPlE! ~from its source.
....J LJ 15V (HOlD)
*Potycarbonate dielectric capacitor Fig. 77-2
JFET SAMPLE AND HOLD
Fig. 77-3
Circuit Notes
The logic voltage is applied simultane-
>-...<> OUTPUT
ously to the sample and hold JFETs. By
matching input impedance and feedback resis-
tance and capacitance, errors due tor'''""' ofthe
JFETs are minimized.
586
HIGH SPEED SAMPLE AND HOLD AMPLIFIER
~ANAlOG
, ..
1
CH v OUTPUT
0 - - - - - , - - - - - - -,_--;------, ~..
1
T;::,,
J
+15V
I SAMPLE +1SV
~
LOGIC
ON
"' ~'·
'
L
":' GFIOUND
HOLD -7V
.... .,,
1N914
-15V 0-------+-----------__j
Fig. 77-4
HIGH SPEED SAMPLE AND HOLD

,.,, v•
"n )1:.:.1 ~t--o OUTPUT
...
""
!'"''' y-
LOGIC
COtmiOL
Fig. 77-5
587
1k
1k
Fig. 77-6
-15 ":"'
-15
Circuit Notes
This circuit exhibits a 10 V acquisition By decreasing the value from 1000 pF to 220
time of 900 ns to 0.1% accuracy and a droop pF, the acquisition time improves to 500 ns for
rate of only 1001.1. V/ms at 25° C ambient condi- a 10 V step. However, the droop rate increases
tion. An even faster acquisition time can be to 500 ~.tV/ms.
obtained using a smaller value hold-capacitor.
SAMPLE AND HOLD WITH OFFSET ADJUSTMENT
Fig. 77-7
OUTPUT
Circuit Notes
The 2N4393 JFET was selected because
ofits low loss ( < 100 pA), very low ln<ofil (< 100
l.t~F·
,. pA) and low pinchoff voltage. Leakages of this
I'=' *Polycarbonate dielectric

level put the burden of circuit performance on
clean, solder-resin free, low leakage circuit
layout.
588
DIFFERENTIAL HOLD
OUTPUT
~ Vs WHEN IN
HOLO MODE
- (Vs • VcM)
I WHEN IN
Vs-=-
T
I
....L. ..n.. SAMPLE MODE
I
r
I
I
I NC
_..J.,
I VcM l
',./ I
-'- Fig. 77-8
x 1000 SAMPLE AND HOLD
1N457
~3
1M
1%
15 v
R2
2M 2
"'f
100 k
OFFSET
ADJUST R4
-15 v 1k
1%
3
-
YtN
Notes
For lower gains, the !J.A 108 must be frequency compensated
100
Use :::>:: A pF from comp 2 to ground
v
Fig. 77-9
589
SAMPLE AND HOLD
coG•' '"
m>-------+
0----1--v
'"
Fig. 77-10
" "
HIGH ACCURACY SAMPLE AND HOLD
·~·
6y closong the loop through A2 the Your accuracy wtll be determoned untquely by
A1 No Vos adtust requort!d tor A2
T A can be estomated by same consoderattons as prevoously b\.11. t>ecau~~e of the
lddell on propagatoon delay tn the leedbac~ loop IA2t the overshoot 15 not
neglogoble
Overall system slower than fast samp"' and hold.
~1. Cc: addotional compensation
Use LF356 for
.J. FilS! Hltlmg tome
J. Low vos Fig. 77-11
VQUT
ICHARQE Of BUF·03 IS tiOwoA. THEREFORE THE SLEW

IIATE INTO A atiOIIF HOLD C.VACITOR WILL IE 120VMlEC
THUS THE SLEW IIATE OF THE &AM~LE AND HOLD
CIIICUIT IS LIMITED IV THE CAPACITOR CHARGING TIME Fig. 77-12
590
78
Schmitt Triggers
Schmitt Trigger Without Hysteresis Schmitt Trigger (Zero Crossing Detector with
Schmitt Trigger with Programmable Hysteresis)
Hysteresis Schmitt Trigger
591
SCHMITT TRIGGER WITHOUT HYSTERESIS
+15V
3.3k Circuit Notes

3.3k
By replacing the common-emitter resistor

2N3643 2.4k in a conventional Schmitt by a zener diode, the
hyoteresis normally associated with these cir-
INPUT cuits is eliminated.
1Bk
IN747
Fig. 78-1
SCHMITT TRIGGER WITH PROGRAMMABLE HYSTERESIS
'(V-)- (V+)MUST
Z OUT= 4k7
NOT-BE GREATER +5V
THAN ±SV ± HYSTERESIS LEVELS
VlN =4K7 X lA
6
R1 VOUT
100k
R3
33k
R2
4k7 -15V lA Fig. 78-2
-15V
Circuit Notes
CA 3088 is used as a versatile Schmitt trigger. The size of the hysteresis levels is
determined by lA that flows out of the amplifier's output and through R2. Increasing lA
increases hysteresis and vice versa. The positive and negative hysteresis levels are
symmetrical about 0 V.
592
SCHMITT TRIGGER (ZERO CROSSING DETECTOR WITH HYSTERESIS)
"·--~
>-----<1--<1 VQH1t14.2V
""'
'""""' '"" Input to Output Waveform

Showing Hysteresis Trip Points
-15V
Fig. 78-3
Circuit Notes
This circuit has a 100 mV hysteresis teresis loop also reduces false triggering due to
which can be used in applications where very noise on the input. The waveforms show the
fast transition times are required at the output trip points developed by the hysteresis loop.
even though the signal is very slow. The hys-
SCHMITT TRIGGER
3 ""L.r
Outpu~
Input
Upper TrltiKJer
Point Contr¢1
!Input A•nee 1/3 Vee to Vee!
Note: Lower Trigger Point Is
fixed 11 113 Vee·
Fig. 78-4
Circuit Notes
Tbe lower trigger point is fixed at% Vee, but the upper trigger point is adjustable by
means of Pin 5 from \-3 Vee to slightly less than Vee. The Schmitt trigger will operate with
input frequencies up to 50 kHz.
593
79
Smoke and Flame Detectors
Photoelectric Smoke Detector (Non- Line-Operated Photo-Electric Smoke

Latching) Alarm Using Light Sensitive Resistor
1.9 V Battery Operated Ionization Type (Includes Detection of Open-Circuited
Smoke Detector LED)
594
PHOTOELECTRIC SMOKE DETECTOR (NON-LATCHING)
SMOKE CHAMBER
r-1 NOTEl
I 1 I
100,..F =r ,K 1 IR , 9V
.___~IL=E~O~I~----------t-----+--1
I It-:J..
:NOT~
T
I -
2
I I
,...---.
r-_.____1f--1 2
15~~---r-~2~N3~7~04:...
0.05uF
••l-- son -4:-
LOW ./_ ~ 3
BATTER¥
DISABLE -----0" r-:1 4
13r
SD2 Fig. 79-1
-
ALARI\o1 OPTIONAL
- 2Mn
5 12
" ~
LED
INDICATOR
- 6 11
,.- 7 10-
22Mn r~-·---..J 9
30K
~~
PIEZOELECTRIC HORN
CATT -101FB
Notes: -1. IR Diode RCA Type SG 1010A or Spectronics Type SE 5455-4

Clairex Type CLE0·1
2. IR Photo detectors Vactec VTS4085
Circuit Notes
The LED predriver output pulses an ex- LED pulse width. The light sensing element is
temal transistor which in tum. switches on the a silicon photovoltaic cell which is held at near
infrared light emitting diode at a very low duty zero bias to minimize leakage currents. The
cycle. The desired IR LED pulse period is circuit can detect signals as low as 1 mV and
determined by the value of the external timing generate an alarm. The IR LED pulse repeti-
resistor. The Smoke Sensitivity is adjustable tion rate increases when smoke is detected.
through a trimmer resistor which varies the IR
595
1.9 V BATTERY OP~RATED
...." IONIZATION TYPE SMOKE
DETECTOR
"
Fig. 79-2
- BIASAIIIO
AEBIILATOII
•
A •
• '-
~~~~ '
.." ' I'
..."
• '
~!%..
£~..,;;;- "
AMIEII 4.7M
w
COMMON LINE-OPERA TED PHOTO ELECTRIC
ALARMS
SMOKE ALARM USING LIGHT SENSI-
AS ," .
o•
.r- 120V.u;;
TIVE RESISTOR (INCLUDES DETEC-
TION OF OPEN-CIRCUITED LED)
'"
t c•
:::f:-10;<1
AlO 100
2M
c2=!'
F11r
1'- -
14 13 12 111 10
I
BIAS AND
REGULATOR
fi· s
~·
' 2 I' ' 'AS
"' "' "" ~
510k
'" r-- ''" '"
AS
r--
A,.~
10M t ,CD ,",;. CD:"·
B..._
CLAIAEX
CL-7905 .,..
~
l
A3
-
8.2 .,..
CLAIREX
CL-7905
Fig. 79-3
596
TDCD-011
ALAIIMI - .~::*
tsuPPL y
...." ...."
l "'"
1.9 V BATTERY OPERATED
IONIZATION TYPE SMOKE
DETECTOR
lidly'\
IIOIIN
'!~
lllpF_;; ::: j ~~
In
\..._
-
I I
" 13
" 11
-
-
"='
LDWIATTiiiY
OlTECTOII
'"
LMIIOI
AND DICILLATOII
ItA$ AND
flUULATDII
"*'
~H
- pq ·'
-
-
I~~:-
MALLDIIY MNII04 ..:..
PANAIDNIC . ., ..=.,
Oil EQUIVALENT -
Fig. 79-2
',Ill
~ • ~
~ ::-"
;;; "411~f
' '
." 3
J' ' I
'
~.iet """
!£~"~ MIEII "

UM
w
COMMON LINE-OPERATED PHOTO ELECTRIC
ALARMS
LED 1 SMOKE ALARM USING LIGHT SENSI-
N~O
y, "
01
r ~~OV,r;
TIVE RESISTOR (INCLUDES DETEC-
TION OF OPEN-CIRCUITED LED)
"'" " cz;¥
6.6k
~ Cl
" =:'.101'1 ~;J 100 I'F-:-
14 13
~7
LOWBATIERY
DETECTOR
AND OSCILLA
12
LM1601
]n
--rh
10
D<J
p:'" 9 ' ,(
\c
HORN
TOR REF
I
BIAS AND
REGULATOR
-
2 I'
A 5 I
' ~· ' R5
AI
All ~
S10k "'
IM '" "''"
f-- ~
"·~t
10M_
CLAi~x
R
JD 3.9M
1:-:-::-
R2
BS
CD; R,
CLAIREX
CL-7905
Fig. 79-3
CL-7905
" T
596
80
Sound Effect Circuits

Voltage-Controlled Amplifier or Tremolo Circuit Tone Burst Generator

Music Synthesizer Musical Chime Generator
Preprogrammed Single-Chip Microcontrollerior Sound Effect Generator
Musical Organ Programmable Bird Sounds
Musical Envelope Generator and Modulator Stereo Reverb Enhancement System
Stereo Reverb System Siren/Space War/Phasor Gun
Four Channel Synthesizer
597
VOLTAGE-CONTROLLED AMPLIFIER OR TREMOLO CIRCUIT
~12V
+lOV 1k
"" '"''Lf '" 5.6k
11
Fig. 80-1
b
"OPTIONAL
TREMOLO
INPUT
1
-~ -
'"
SIGNAL
2.1k "TREMOlOFREQ. .;
h!R + 10k)-c
•1601-llASSHOWN
Circuit Notes
The transistors form a differential pair the emitter current bias. Tremolo (amplitude
with an active current-source tail. This config- modulation of an audio frequency by a sub-
uration, known technically as a variable- audio oscillator-normally 5-15 Hz) applica-
transconductancemultiplier, has an output tions require feeding the low frequency oscil-
proportional to the product of the two input lator signal into the optional input shown. The
signals. Multiplication occurs due to the de- gain control pot maybe set for optimum depth.
pendence of the transistor transconductance on
598
MUSIC SYNTHESIZER
- T.' 1,
RESET 28
,,....!!. G2 Do
UPPER!
27
o,
-
-1I~
26
03 02
LOWER
:t 25
- D3
19
c
>'
•• >'%
>'• y
444l·EYAL INO ,. •
>' >'• >'
F
IN, • )'
D ,. y•• 'h
)' )' >'
OSCILLAT ;--1- CKI IN2
10
20
,. • •
)' >' >' >'
1
Fig. 80-2
_.1 CKO IN3
u
L7 GO --SI
16
)'
L
)' ""'>' PLAY
>'
21 ~
CKI CKO
-4:-' -4:-' SKIFT
~c~ SPEAKER
1M CKBCKO
,.•'FI 200pFI
2MH •
6-31pF D --m~~c
PIEZO·CERAMIC
SUGGESTED OSCILLATOR CIRCUITS TRANSDUCER
CRYSTAL NETWORK RECOMMENDED FOR
ACCURACY AND STABILITY
Circuit Notes
Three modes of operation are available in the music synthesizer mode: play a note,
play one of four stored tunes, or record a tune for subsequent replay.
599
PREPROGRAMMED SINGLE-CHIP
MICROCONTROLLER FOR MUSICAL ORGAN
"'" "'
-5 LJ
•"
..
., " "'1:~
:~ }
" .."
"" "n llt$.4141 UM ••
r:.Nl 1~ -:::>
""
..
. SIC 11
" COP421-HGZ
"
."'
"'
-
,,
"
"'
...
"
I,." ... ...
F)
'=" ":"
LOO ...
Fig. 80-3
Circuit Notes
Twenty-five musical keys and 25 LEDs tune can be recalled by depressing the Tune
are provided to denote F to F" with half notes in Button followed by the corresponding Sharp
between. Memory can store a played tune. Key. In learn mode, the player can learn the ten
There are ten pre programmed tunes (each has preprogrammed tunes.
an average of 55 notes) masked in the chip. Any
600
MUSICAL ENVELOPE GENERATOR AND MODULATOR
47k
+10V
o;;l-LillL]""
ON . r Ut
;F
L..fGArE
-t- Fig. 80-4
GATE
47k
03
NPN TONE
47k 10k INPUT
1k
nJL
±10V
~
OUTPUT ENVELOPE
Circuit Notes
When a gate voltage is applied, Ql is chopper. A musical tone in the form of a
turned on and capacitor C is charged via the squarewave is connected to the base of Q3.
attackpot in series with the 1-K resistor vary- This turns the transistor on or off and thus the
ing this pot, attact time constant_ A fast attack envelope is chopped up at regular intervals, the
gives a percussive sound, a slow attack the intervals being determined by the pitch of the
affect of "backward"' sounds. When the gate squarewave. The resultant waveform has the
voltage returns to its off state, Q2 is turned on amplitude of the envelope and the harmonic
and capacitor is discharged via decay pot to structure of the squarewave. IC2 buffers the
ground. The envelope is buffered by !Cl and signal and Dl ensures that the envelope dies
applied to Q3, which is used as a transistor away at the end of a note.
601
~ STEREO REVERB SYSTEM
"'
lc.,
T'U1
,"'.. ,,"
~L
••
no•
,, ""
I&I,F IOpf
'"'
,.,... ,,
,."' ••
2.2M ..
t~r:~.. :·~+j~ r~ ,.~,+lf
~
lEfT
'
0
-!-
____fo•
~ lM378 ~·~·'T,·f'o----t-------t----i--,
'tID, 1l,1l tM387 3 -
-= '"" I .
Rlh I
I
,, • >.--c>-.--l
0.12
ID.,
Ci
='
REVERB
ACCUTRO!IICS
I L ____ _J
,,
,...
4&B2CIA
., ....., ..
""' ,, l.........,.w---if----
••
"' '"' "" '"'
""
""'
"'
I-= UIS" R3
1111
C2
llll~f J3..~ At
2211<
"
C7
IOpF
~
li,...C1J
ra.o1
DRIVER AMPLIFIER RECOVERY AMPlifiER MutiNG AMPLIFIER
Fig. 80-5
Circuit Notes
The LM378 dual power amplifier is used as the spring driver. The recovery
amplifier is a low noise dual preamplifier. Mixing of the delayed signal with the original is
done with another LM387 used in an inverting summing configuration.
FOUR CHANNEL SYNTHESIZER
LEFT
IN
NOTE
IC1,2 OUAD OP-AMP
IC3 DUAL OP-A.MP
All re:!>IStOr:!> 100k
RIGHT
IN
Fig. 80-6
Circuit Notes
This circuit will synthesize two rear chan- 180 out of phase, added to a proportion of the
nels for quadraphonic sound when fed with a right hand channel (also out of phase). The right
stereo signal. The rear output for the left chan- hand rear output is obtained in a similar way.
nel, is a combination of the left channel input
603
TONE BURST GENERATOR
+15 v
~Vee
Reset
AT 4 14 14 Vee AA
13 Ois<:l'lerge
Trigg•r 5 Output
Tri11er
1
6
1/2 MC3556
Reset 10
1/2 MC3556
12 Thr"hold "•
Olscherge 8 Trigger
Thr...-
2 ~
trol
3
r:+
Out- ~Control
0.01 ~F;;;
P"' ; C2
e1-; ~hold 7 Ond F 7 Gnd 0.01 l<lF;
Gnd
f - 1.44
t•1.1ATC1 (RA + 2A 8 )--C
Fig. 80-7
Circuit Notes
The first timer is used as a monostable and enabled by the high output of the monostable. It
determines the tone duration when triggered is connected as an astable and determines the
by a positive pulse at pin 6. The second timer is frequency of the tone.
MUSICAL CHIME GENERATOR
II
c"
.1' ,c,
~ ,~
..
~
VIN
••• II - VOUT~
__ft_ ;/' Jss X 1000X c

Fig. 80-8
~ 100k
for
"'
PULSE FROM A <
RHVTH~ GENERATOR
>
220R
SET
0 ~
nln
Circuit Notes
The circuit is that of a multiple feedback stant. Highfrequencyresonance s resemble
bandpass filter. A short click (pulse), makes it chimes, lower frequencies sound like claves or
ring with a frequency which is its natural reso- bongos. Several circuits, all with different
nance frequency. Oscillations die away expo- tuning, driven by pulses from a rhythm
nentially and closely resemble many naturally generator can produce an interesting pattern of
occuring percussive or plucked sounds. The sounds.
higher the Q the longer the decay time con-
604
SOUND EFFECT GENERATOR
• 9v
4.., ,
•9V
10k
1/P 10M
1K 1K
1K
-+- 2 Signal
1k "'
Diodes ov
•
1M ATTACK .._
0
DfcAY
n '•'
2M
20k
OUTPUT O
ov
e
r>DDC>
AFTER MODULATION
Fig. 80-9
Circuit Notes
This waveshape generator is basically a shows an add-on circuit which should be used if
slow running oscillator with variable attack and a low impedance output is required. Some of
decay. A variable amplitude (high impedance) the output waveforms that can be produced are
output is available via the 2M potentiometer. B shown in C.
PROGRAMMABLE BIRD SOUNDS
390kU 330kl!
180kU
471<.11
't
I 1 I I a u a a ~ n n 21 ~ 11 11 11 11 1~ 14 13 12 11 10 8 I
SN74UH
I J l 4 1:23411 71t1011121314 1214517
Fig. 80-10
605
STEREO REVERB ENHANCEMENT SYSTEM
LEFT IW
'" ""
...
,. ,,,
·~
OUT•
m ILEFT D£L~VJ
R!CDVfRY IMV!RTER
•14V
,.,
.
•I•V
,
••
,.
.:;n~·~.s
1111X!RS
"'Hr-Y!,!Y,--+
" 1ft lillpF
1061*-=-
,. "" 1
11D•
11Dk
l.fl MOt '"'

·t;o
OUT '
-lfti~HT • DUAY)
Fig. 80-11
Circuit Notes
The system can he used to synthesize a stereo effect from a monaural source such as
AM radio or FM-mono broadcast, or it can he added to an existing stereo (or quad)
system where it produces an exciting "opening up" special effect that is truly impressive.
SIREN/SPACE WARJPHASOR GUN
Fig, 80-12
Circuit Notes
The one shot and decay functions could he added to make an ideal phasor gun sound.
606
81
Sound (Audio)
Operated Circuits
Voice Activated Switch and Amplifier Audio-Controlled Lamp

Audio Operated Relay Sound Activated Relay
Sound-Modulated Light Source Sound Operated Two-Way Switch
607
VOICE ACTIVATED SWITCH AND AMPLIFIER
v•
D. I llf
.... •• ,..
v•
MIC IN~ f-t---'i Rsn

UM
1N914
lOOk
Rsn
1.3M
10
~:...--o AUDIO OUT '·"'
Fig. 81-1
AUDIO OPERATED RELAY
NE 555
Fig. 81-2
,,,
AUDIO
INPUT
:or
)---l
Circuit Notes
Q 1 and Q2 are general purpose· transis- timing values from .05 to slightly over 5 sec-
tors. The 10 K input pot is adjusted to a point onds can be achieved. B shows the addition of a
just short of where Q1 turns on as indicated by 22 K series resistor to the 10 K input pot if a 12
K pulling in. K is any 5 V reed relay. With the V supply is used. A suitable _12 V reed relay
values shown for R (100 K) and C (47 p.F), must be used at K.
608
SOUND-MODULATED LIGHT SOURCE
1N4001 5-12Vac Circuit Notes

This circuit modulates a light beam with
voice or music from the output of ao amplifier.
If the 10 K pot is adjusted to slightly less thao
the y,., of the transistor, the circuit forms a
peak detector. This drives the gate of the SCR,
6-12V
AMP BULB lighting the bulb whose brightness will vary as
OUT
PUT the sound level varies. C2 may he removed for
a faster response.
Fig. 81-3
AUDIO-CONTROLLED LAMP
LAMP
120 V AC
SCR 120V
1K GE C6U
AUDIOo---vvv--'~ C106Y
INPUT
1V o-------~~------~ TRIAC Fig. 81-4
R1
100
NOTE: T1 IS A 6.3V, 1A. "FILAMENT"TRANSFORMER. ADJUST

R1 FOR MAXIMUM RESISTANCE THAT WILL NOT TURN
ON LAMP WITH ZERO INPUT. -
Circuit Notes
This is an on-off control with isolated, low produced with audio input is similar to a pro-
voltage input. Since the switching action is portional control circuit. If the input signal to
very rapid, compared with the response time of the SCR consists of phase-controlled pulses,
the lamp and the response of the eye, the effect full wave control of the lamp load is obtained.
609
SOUND ACTIVATED RELAY
A1 R2'
1K 1001<
v.
C3 01 D3
1~ 1N914 1N4007 Fig. 81-5
R3
01
220
K
RS 2N2222
25K
'SEE TEXT
Circuit Notes
The device remains dormat (in an off con- crease gain raise the value of R2. The amplified
dition) until some sound causes it to tum on. signal is rectified and filtered to a de level by
The input stage is a 741 operational amplifier R4. Then R5 is set to the audio level desired to
connected as a noninverting follower audio activate the relay.
amplifier. Gain is approximately 100. To in-
SOUND OPERATED TWO-WAY SWITCH
4.7k
'" Vee PIN 14
--,
.
47k
I
SENSITIVITY 02
, QPIN8
CrTROL BC108 I_
a
...,.,_.
CLOCK PIN&
PIN 12
"' BFYSI
L---~----~----~L-----~------._------------~--------------4---o~
Fig. 81-6
Circuit Notes
This circuit operates a relay each time a ger. The JK flip-flop isl!sed as a bistable whose
sound of sufficient intensity is made, thus one output changes state every time a pulse is
clap of the hands will switch it one way, a applied to the clock input (pin 12). Q4 allows
second clap will revert the circuit to the origi- the output to drive a relay.
nal condition. Q2 and Q3 form a Schmitt trig-
610
82
Square Wave Oscillators

RIC Oscillator CMOS Oscillator

1 kHz Square Wave Oscillator Free-Running Square-Wave Oscillator
TTL Oscillator Precision Squares
Square Wave Oscillator Square Wave Oscillator
Adjustable TTL Clock 0.5 Hz Square-Wave Oscillator
Square Wave Oscillator Simple Triangle/Square Wave Oscillator
Oscillator/Clock Generator Squarewave Oscillator
611
R/C OSCILLATOR
fa -
1 ,Rp~~
2 C[0.41 RP + O.?OR1] R1 + R2
,, ,,
a. If R1 ~ R2 ~ R1, f = 0.55/RC
·~ ~ +c ~ ., b. If R2 >> R1. f " 0.45/R, C
L_~ c. If R2 « R1. f" 0.72/R1C
~ L1 a. f ~ 120 kHz, C ~ 420 pF

R1 ~ R2 ~ 10.9 k ll
Gates are 74C04
b. f ~ 120kHz, C ~ 420 pF, R2 ~50 k ll
R, ~ 8.93 k n
c. f ~ 120 kHz, C ~ 220 pF. R2 ~ 5 k ll
R1 ~ 27.3 k ll
Fig. 82-l
l kHz SQUARE WAVE OSCILLATOR
L2
1.0
0.8
II• ]7 Is ro-
SYMMETRY 0.6 f-..
~ LM3909
0.0
i
0.2 "F:
+= •-
Y' I' 2K
I' ~l.SV
0.2
OUT -.;,. 0 1m• 2m•
Note: Output Voltage Through a 10K Load to Ground
Fig. 82-2
612
TTL OSCILLATOR
" I I
l ""' ,,"
"'"' "''"
"''
c'
-~ 0001 "'"
"
I ~
[;>-
/ /
Fig. 82-3
Circuit Notes
TTL inverter stages, Ul and U2, are cross-connected with a crystal Yl. A resistor
in each stage biases the normally digital gates into a region where they operate as
amplifiers. Inverter stage U3 is used as a buffer.
SQUARE WAVE OSCILLATOR
Oaclllator Frequency for Various Capacitor Values
"' '
10'
........
I' ......... .... I
~
•
10'
I ,_, , I I.
I
I
w
tJ
z
104 1 k!!
"c N --MEASURED
'
c CALCULATED~ ~
I
ruJ '
~
~ 10' .._r--.. f--T--1 f •

~
~ "A73~
u
w
620 0
~ii/
I ~ 1/T I
I
i
I '...........
~
1
I'"'
2(R1 * R2)CLn[AY ....!!!.!!__-1]
10 I II R1 + R2
I i
1 i i1 I "' 3.4 1 10JC
i
100 1.0 k 10 k 100 k 1M 10M
FREQUENCY - Hz
Fig. 82-4
613
ADJUSTABLE TTL CLOCK (MAINTAINS 50% DUTY CYCLE)
ALL INVERTERS: c, +5V

tis 7405 10~F
+
R1 1 kH
OUTPUT Fig. 82-5

-4-20Hz
C2 R2 R3
so 11 F 2.5kn 2.2kn
Circuit Notes
Symmetry of the square-wave output is quency limit is set by capacitor C2. With the
maintained by connecting the right side of R2 components shown, the frequency of oscilla-
through resistor R3 to the output of the third lion can be varied by R2 from about 4 to 20
amplifier stage. This changes the charging cur- hertz. Other frequency ranges can be obtained
rent to the capacitors in proportion to the set- by changing the values of Cl and R3, which
ling of frequency-adjusting potentiometer R2. control the upper limit of oscillation, or C2,
Thus, a duty cycle of 50% is constant over the which limits the low-frequency end.
entire range of oscillation. The lower fre-
SQUARE WAVE OSCILLATOR

+10 II 0.1 ~F
••
100Kn
0.01 ~F
"'
300Ku i"
~ 0.001 ~F
~
u
'
u
100 pf
.,
300Kn
,1 f - FFIEOUENCY (Hz) "'"

Fig. 82-6 Frequency vs the Value of c1
for the Squarewave Oscillator
Circuit Notes
This generator is operable to over 100kHz. The low frequency limit is determined
by Cl. Frequency is constant for supply voltages down to +5 V.
614
OSCILLATOR/CLOCK GENERATOR
,.
Circuit Notes
!~91• ~
~'· .,
UOK This self-starting fixed frequency ascii-
1501(
.-~;A;.;.
f.'r
lloHA ..t
ILJ'
lator circuit gives excellent frequency stabil-
ity. Rl and Cl comprise the frequency deter-
mining network while R2 provides there-
.. -
UOil
'
f~Dll'jr,
generative feedback. Diode Dl enhances the
... stability by compensating for the difference
··t '" between VoH and Vs..,.,,.Jn applications where a
precision clock generator up to 100 kHz is
required, such as in automatic test equipment,
Fig. 82-7 Cl may be replaced by a crystal.
CMOS OSCILLATOR
Circuit Notes
~ ~CO<O"
B Varying the 100 K pot changes the dis-
"" fU"L charge rate of Cr and hence the· frequency. A

square wave output is generated. The
"'" h
FREQUENCY
POT
maximum frequencyusing CMOS is limited to
220p,c,. 2 MHz.
220k
Fig. 82-8
FREE-RUNNING PRECISION SQUARER

SQUARE-WAVE OSCILLATOR
..•"' V'·UII
I MI!
'" .••
,, Rl!
m
"'
'" r- ••
f 0.001 jJf
'" ,, ]f::'.. • "
rq~
MC3302
'" = .
COMPTA
lUll'
...
Nlll
l,.J11 ' OUTPUT
'•/ ' "

1N91'
" m
~"
1~1122
;
.....
I~PUT
... IS..F'
=
"'
"'leu=_
"
"
1111m
-.,
... ....
'Solodllnltllml.
"
VII
=
lNlllr ..."' "'
'"
'
--·- ,
Fig. 82-9 Fig. 82-10
615
SQUARE WAVE OSCILLATOR 0.5 Hz SQUARE-WAVE OSCILLATOR
+vee ;;. • v
100 k '"' +15 v
t
c
Cf, 3.3pF
330 k 330 k
A• 330 k
,, ___
T1 • T2• 0.69 RC
3.3 kfl:
1 .. ..!..:.!._ 1
C!~FI 9.1 kfl:
2.,.. RF CF
R2•R3•R•
Fig. 82-11 R 1 ., R2//A3//A4 Fig. 82-12
SIMPLE TRIANGLE/SQUARE WAVE OSCILLATOR
741s POWERED FROM

±12V
100n 47k
Fig. 82-13
15k
IV\
15k Rr
Circuit Notes
By making Rr variable it is possible to alter the operating frequency over a 100 to 1
range. Versatile triangle/square-wave oscillator has a possible frequency range of0.1 Hz
to 100kHz.
SQUAREWAVE OSCILLATOR
r'·
1001<!!
t '""
~·f-··_._'-1
~--
!•186!cH•
1001<!!
Fig. 82-14
616
83
Stereo Balance Circuits

The sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section heginning on page 730. The
figure numher contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Stereo Balance Meter Stereo Balancer

Stereo Balance Meter
617
STEREO BALANCE METER
r----------r----,---r---------------r--~r----o·~
11V
. ,
...
.,. ... lr. .GREEN LED1
- +ocz~
•• f-~
...
1C1
+ ('
7
"I
,.
I ~CJ..-->--L-~>--4
... .... :, .
.,,
---
-GfiiEENLED3
i.ED1 UOa' UD:II
"'~
Dllf'LAY
!c::J c::J c::J!
LifT
..
DOIIItMANT
""".
IIIGMT
DOIIItMANT NOTE:
IC1,2.3ARE741
ALL LEDS ARE 0.2'' Ofll SQUARE
Fig. 83-1
Circuit Notes
Outputs from each channel are fed to the would happen if the right channel were
two inputs of !Cl connected as a differential dominating. If the left channel was dominant,
amplifier. IC2 and 3 are driven by the output of the outputs of !Cs 2 and 3 would be low, il-
!Cl. Output of !Cl is connected to the nonin- luminating LEDl. If the two channels are equal
verting inputs of IC2 and 3. If the output of !Cl in amplitude, the outputs of !Cs 2 and 3 would
approaches the supply rail, the outputs of !Cs 2 be high and low respectively, lighting up
and 3 will also go high, illuminating LED3. This LED2.
618
STEREO BALANCER
R2' R2'
~
vvv 'V
LEFT
R1
>
>
RIGHT
R1 , CHANNEL
CHANNEL D2 ..
D1_ ·f-
LED LED
Fig. 83·2
• r•R3
10000
BALANCE 'VALUE DEPENDS
rt7 ON THE POWER LEVEL
Circuit Notes
This circuit will allow you to set the gain until both LEDs glow at the same brightness
of two stereo channels to the same level. The level. The balancer is ready for use. Connect
signal across the two channel-load resistors is the inputs of the stereo balancer across the
sampled by resistors R2. (Values of these re- output of the power amplifier, and then turn up
sistors will depend upon the power level.) For either the independent volume controls, or the
most 20 milliampere LED, use approximately balance control until both LEDs glow at the
2.5 K per watt. (For a 10-watt system use a same level. To use this circuit in-line with
25,000 ohm resistor.) To set up, short the two loudspeakers, disconnect hath Rls, and use the
inputs and connect them to one channel of a speakers as the load.
power amplifier. Apply a signal and adjust R3

Ht-FI AMPLIFIER
LEFT RIGHT
+ - +
liS> IS> I
PARTS LIST FOR
Rl R2
01, 02-Silicon rectifier rated 100
-
IK 1K
PIV at any low current ...,
M 1-Zero-center DC mA meter (see ~
text) 01 02
Fig. 83-3
R1, R2-1000-ohm, ¥.!-watt resistor,
5% or 1% ~-0-lmAMl
Circuit Notes
Play any stereo disc or tape and then set the amplifier to mono. Adjust left and right
channel balance until meter Ml indicates zero; then the left and right output level are
identical.
619
84
Switches
DTL-TTL Controlled Buffered Analog Differential Analog Switch

Switch High Frequency Switch
High Toggle Rate High Frequency Analog Two-Channel Switch
Switch 10 A, 25 VDC Solid State Relays
620
DTL-TTL CONTROLLED BUFFERED ANALOG SWITCH
A~ALOG
lrfPUT
'
r---------,
'
on
'
IAJ¥Al06 Fig. 84-1
m
: ,
I INPUT
IIIP\H
CONTROL
'
I
'
11191( ,. I
L.---------...l
0$7808
' I
VOLTAGE
I
ADDITIONAL STA6ES
TRANSLATOR IF REQUIRED
Circuit Notes
This analog switch uses the 2N4860JFET The DS7800 monolithic IC provides adequate
for its 25 ohm r"" and low leakage. The LM102 switch drive controlled by DTLITTL logic
serves as a voltage buffer. This circuit can be levels.
adapted Jo a dual trace oscilloscope chopper.
HIGH TOGGLE RATE HIGH FREQUENCY ANALOG SWITCH
Fig. 84-2
Circuit Notes
Commutator circuit provides low impe- for high frequency signal handling by providing
dance gate drive to the PN4091 analog switch a low ac impedance for off drive and high ac
for both on and off drive conditions. This circuit impedance for on drive to the PN4091
also approaches the ideal gate drive conditions
621
DIFFERENTIAL ANALOG SWITCH
TOGGlt Fig. 84-3

Dlllvt - - - TO .IIOOITIOIAL
---IIIIIILTirltiSTAGU
Rs - scaling re5istors
Circuit Notes
The NPD5566 monolithic dual is used in a this makes it an unusual but ideal choice for an
differential multiplex application where R,,<oN> accurate multiplexer. This close tracking
should be closely matched. Since R,,,oN> for the greatly reduces errors due to common-mode
monolithic dual tracks at better than ± 1% over signals.
wide temperature ranges (-25° C to+ 125°C),
HIGH FREQUENCY SWITCH
Fig. 84-4
·IIV
Circuit Notes
The 2N4391 provides a low ON resistance of 30 ohm and a high OFF impedance ( <
0.2 pF) when off. With proper layout and an ideal switch, the performance stated above
can be readily achieved.
622
TRIAC ZERO VOLTAGE SWITCHING
Circuit Notes
I.ZK The triac will be gated on at the start of the
<OW
'•' positive half cycle by current flow through the 3
AI4B TRIAC !LF capacitor as long as the Cl03 SCR is off.
The load voltage then charges up the 1 !LF
,.
'"'" Al48 Al48 capacitor so that the triac will again be ener-
1!!5\1
!50/&0HI
gized during the subsequent negative half cycle
CI03B
'•' of line voltage. A selected gate triac is required
I TRIGGER "'"
,. because of the III+ triggering mode.
" "
Fig. 84-5
TWO-CHANNEL SWITCH
"' A B
Gain 1 ~0.02% 1 t0.2%

z,N 1010n 47 kn
"A" INPUT
BW o.1 MHz "'400 kHz
Crosstalk -90dB -90d8
"A"'SELEI:T
.,_....,
,_. L..
@1kHz
Offset o:;:6mV :s: 75 mv
"I" SELECT
Fig. 84-6
10 A, 25 Vdc SOLID STATE RELAYS
0.05
330 CONTACTS
044
H2
Normally Closed
Normally Open
Fig. 84-7
623
85
Telephone Related Circuits

Portable Tone Generator Tone Dial Decoder

Telephone Status Monitor Using an Op- Telephone Relay
toisolator Telephone-Controlled Tape Starter (TCTS)
Telephone Tone Ringer Telephone Line Powered Repertory Dialer
F.C.C. Approved Telephone Tone Ringer Telephone Off-Hook Indicator
Telephone or Extension Tone Ringer Telephone Handset Tone Dial Encoder
Telephone Line Monitor Low Line Loading Ring Detector
Tone Dial Generator Phone Auto Answer and Ring Indicator
Tone Dial Encoder Autopatch Telephone Phone Line Interface
Tone Dial Sequence Decoder Telephone Ringer Uses Piezoelectric De-
Remote Ring Extender Switch vice
Electronic Phone Bell
624
PORTABLE TONE GENERATOR
lo.l D1
I. 0.0022;. F ~:02
II
, , 0.02"" F
,..~:D3
Lc ~ :=:; 1 16
r-2
L 15
h v
,..,.
i-'
COM '---
0)®
0 ®
0
® .-.
r-3
'--
ICM
7206A
14
13
--,
i-'
h
h
.:! ~D5 IO:l ---
I
19 v
I
0 ® ® r-5 12 i-' y' --;:-
"
~
0 ® 0 r. ,b 2.2Kn
; ~5o,F
h -v
[ 7
]~
r·
4 X 3 KEYBOARD 10f-' 4.7K!l (470~l FOR
2 CONTACTS
PER KEY •P-ill :.;; ~D4
6 VOLT SUPPLY)
1- STANDARD TELEPHONE
KEYBOARD
-1
COL1 COL2 COLJ COL4
ROW1 D 8 [] D
ROW2 D [] G c:J
ROW3 D c:J c:J G
ROW4 D c:J D G
I - - - - - F U L L KEYBOARD•-----
Fig. 85-1
625
TELEPHONE STATUS MONITOR USING AN OPTOISOLATOR
+----......----------C:=::l
PHONELliNFEt--------------------------------------------t_T_E-LE~P=H~O--N_Ej
SET
+6 v
+6 v 470 n
MCT-2 LED .,.
33 kfl TIL209
1N4154 2N3390
RINGING
+6 v
1N4154 10kfl
DIFFERENTIATOR
100 kfl 1N4154

1/4CD401 1
0.47 1-'rONE-SHOT
1 M!!
0.47 1-<F
L__---111-------'
Fig. 85-2
Circuit Notes
The LED indicates the status of a remote oscillator operates continuously but can drive
telephone. The light is off if the phone is hung the LED only when a ringing signal discharges
up. It shines steadily if the phone is off hook, the one shot capacitor to enable NAND gate
and it flashes on and off while phone rings and G3. Thus, one oscillator handles several phone
for 5 seconds after ringing stops. The flashing lines.
626
TELEPHONE TONE RINGER
180 k j"C
1f:\J 8
RC
Tip 4.7 k ·1.0 ~F

2 7 ,!,
" Ac 1 RF
"
QRing
3
AC2 RS 6
'~ 1 0 ~F
+ lOV
1.8k
w
Piezo Sound
RO AI 5
Element
MC34012·1: C = lOOOpF
MC34012·2: C = 500 pF
MC34012-3: C = 2000 pF
Fig. 85·3
Circuit Notes
This is a complete telephone bell replacement circuit with minimum external
components with on-chip diode bridge and transient protection and direct drive for
piewelectric transducers.
F.C.C. APPROVED TELEPHONE TONE RINGER
V1250 VRMS
,, ,,
"v
5.1 47!1 l.OpF
,, Fig. 85-4
,----'!' ML8205 R3 10 k!!
,,
5 3!HJ k!' "
0.0027pF
,,
'" "
220!!
13 k!! 160 k!!
,,
0.22 ~f 1300!!
ll[}nJ
I!!SPEAKEII
627
TELEPHONE OR EXTENSION TONE RINGER
To-1
"
H!'
cs
r¢
0.22Jif
8
',," • ,,
r- ----- ----~
' 7
,, L 10 k!!
VOL
R
I
I 3
Ml8204
6
191 k ll:t1% ,,
: ' ~c,
0068 ~f
"'
•5%
,,
,, .
4 5
I
~ T ,, "
510'!
165kll±1%
Rsl
(Ml8205) 15pF
35V
0.47 JJF±5% 11
I
,, ~
~~~~
I
I 15 k<O'
I
I 8!•
1300''
l
Fig. 85-5
Circuit Notes
This circuit uses ML8204/ML8205 devices. With the components shown, the
output frequency chops between 512 Hz (nu) and 640 Hz (flu) at a 10 Hz (a) rate.
TELEPHONE LINE MONITOR
"'•'
------i-l"'"
'' - . .,____
" S.IV
"
'17Q_..F
2:50V r--,
...
TELCO: ZEN[ II 1200.0.
114W
'
......-'c' '" " "22f'F
"••• Fig. 85-6
'"
• IOOV I/2W '"
Zl2~~ "'"
SPOT 250V
IOO"F
"'
'"
•
1/"1'1
• /" .:
7
100
114W
.." ~
IN4148
"
IO..,F
02
IN41.8 '" _O~F
Circuit Notes
Using rectified audio as a power supply, this monitor will send the telephone line
audio into an 8 ohm speaker.
628
TONE DIAL GENERATOR
...-------- --- ...
.-----t• '
"
"
' 10.. Ji iii1UTM45
"!!!!!!!' MHI
!~'~·:~
L ___r~ M!C~~O~E J
r-----------~
:
:~ ..~
.: ~-::~-:e~~ ~11
.-----!•
,----,!• :
I 2 '
r----.
. i Fig. 85-7
6 F ll 1 TO OliVE SPt:AK€1'1 I
4 ' · - - - - - - - - - · · - - ___________ J
7 8 9 I II!
~•!Ho~i!•!HP3---I"
• "
L ...
Circuit Notes
The circuit requires a minimwn of parts and uses a low cost standard 3.579545-MHz
television color-burst crystal. The speaker can be eliminated and the output fed directly
into the microphone input of a transmitter.
TONE DIAL ENCODER

+t2V
+12\1
.
.,.
"
"
3.3- "'" L.-
' .h • ...
,___, • • "'
"'"
- ., ,-' "'
'"
""' ·- ..."""' '
,.(..._
ll
I
T r '" ~
..., "~
'" "' """'
' ' ':-J
' • •
I ..
4.3- lOD47
:;
•
;!,' l"''' ' m'
' • ' ._____
-
;!,
"''"
•
•
0 •
' ~'r
""'
..'" .. ~-·-
+12V
.~" I
+12V
.
.2.2.
c= - ' .h..."' •
-
112 0.05
.. ~---1t------oTliiO-l'OM:OUTPUT
'"l~= ' HIGH

"""' .....,,
""'
"
2.4. 10H£S
•
m'
' Fig. 85-8
Circuit Notes
Tone dial encoder with automatic PTT control uses the 555 timers.
629
TONE DIAL SEQUENCE DECODER
+5Vdc
8-16V 7805
27
At 51k
470k
U3A
4 2 7432
15
2 3 2 5
TT 1 CK D Q
8 U2A 14
U1
7474 6 +
CK Q
l
10 p.F
FOR OUTPUT ··Hr DIAL "123"

FOR OUTPUT "LO" DIAL ··t24"
ON POWER UP OUTPUT Q IS
LOW U38
5 7432
TT2)-----------------_J
7
TT3)------------------------------'
Except as indicated. decimal
TT 4 )-------------------------------' values of capacitance are in micro-
farads (p.F): others are m picofar-
ads (pF): res1stances are in ohms
Fig. 85-9 k = 1.000 M = 1.000.000
Circuit Notes
The circuit takes active low inputs from a Touch Tone decoder and reacts to a
proper sequence of digits. The proper sequence is determined by which Touch Tone
digits the user connects to the sequence decoder inputs TTl, TT2, TT3, and TT4.
REMOTE RING EXTENDER SWITCH
m,.~'~-~-,
u'J~, ,ro
Circuit Notes
The circuit can operate lamps and buzzers
from the 120 V, 60 Hz power line while main·
taining positive isolation between the tele-
3.6K IOM
phone line and the power line. Use of the iso-
lated tab triac simplifies heat sinking by re·
',, moving the constraint of isolating the triac heat
"" sink from the chassis.
Fig. 85-10
630
TONE DIAL DECODER TELEPHONE RELAY
.
•• Pin 7 470 Kl!
1N4001
1"1 Connect across
+ phone line
R1
2M!l
~--4-1-N~4·0-01_-J-1~
1 "'
NOTE
+6v. or +12v. to Pin 14 of
4011 return to Pin 7 of
4011
L-....-J
7402
o•
7421
Circuit Notes
Connected across the bell circuit of phone,
~;~~~~==]--;c,:m:ponent values ITypic:al!

R1 8.9 to 151( ohm
this circuit closes a relay when the phone is
~ringing. Use the delay contacts to actuate any
bell, siren, buzzer or lamp.
Ra 4.71< ohm
R3 201( ohm
c. O.tOmld
c, 1 .Omld ~v
c, 2.2mld 6V
Co 250 "F 6V
Fig. 85-11 Fig. 85-12
631
TELEPHONE-CONTROLLED TAPE STARTER (TCTS)
R3
33 K
D1
.-----t--loll--'----o +
1N645 TO TAPE RECORDER
R1 REMOTE CONTROL
2N4954
JACK
270K (2)
TO
TELEPHONE R2
LINE R4
+ o-'f"E-...JIN\,-~
1.5 K
C1
L - - - - - - - - 1 · - - - - - - - - - - - TO TAPE RECORDER
.22 ,.F MICROPHONE
L-------------------+INPUTJACK
Fig. 85-13
Circuit Notes
This circuit converts a tape recorder into a receiver is on the hook, there is typically about
completely automatic telephone conversation 50 volts de across the phone divided across Rl,
recording instrument that needs no external R2, and R4 in such a way that the base of Ql is
power source. Voltage at the switch terminals sufficiently negative to keep the tape recorder
of tape recoraer applied to a pair of off. When the phone's receiver is picked up, the
Darlington-connected transistors, Ql and Q2, voltage on the telephone line drops to about 5
will turn on and start the tape recorder. To tum volts, which leaves insufficient negative vol-
the transistors off, and thereby stop the tage on the base of Ql to keep it cut off, so the
machine, apply a negative voltage to the base of tape recorder starts and begins to record.
Ql from the phone line. When the telephone
632
TELEPHONE-LINE POWERED REPERTORY DIALER
...... OFF-HOOK P'llwt:K
...-
f-
f--- OOTI'UTDR
IH~LPIILH
Sl'~AE
LCD OISfUl
r
-
'itC wt: CEl ST

., MO
l
110 G1 Gz 83 vee .....I ...I
DirA_____
f.
...,.
M
u
""
"
ss~-
" ;....__
ftEIET
~
a
cK _____ ~
flfiTtCill
., ••f-- " ••
..."' """ "'~~ f-- USC MMS4S2 DSt 11115452 Fig. 85-14
•" "
CKI~~
• m D! 01 COPI!OC
f- f-
G~D l ... "
... "
r"""
oa a, a: 113
Jl
-~ *
'"'
IN!
IN3
lEYIIIUD
•
a;o
vja
..
AU3R!R1
= MM531lD
IOI'TIONALI
,!,I MUTE TO~£

I
'"'
Circuit Notes
Repertory dialer phone has a library of phone numbers to be keyed in and dialed out
fifteen frequently used numbers, (plus the last directly or a telephone number to be stored in
number dialed) stored in a standard CMOS the RAM and dialed automatically.
RAM. A pushbutton keyboard enables tele-
TELEPHONE OFF-HOOK INDICATOR
"""
.,, Fig. 85-15

INf>UT FROM
PHONE LINES """ IN914 I <I)
!BATTERY
MAY BE
5-15VOLTSI
Circuit Notes
The LED flickers when the phone is ringing or being dialed. It glows steadily when
the phone is off the hook.
633
TELEPHONE HANDSET TONE DIAL ENCODER
.02Z,F
G)® @
® ® ®
® ® ®
~ @ 0
4 X 3 MATRIX
KEYBOARD
(ONE CONTACT
PER KEYI
"'
Z.7K
AJ
"'
,,
2.2K
I Fig. 85-16
Circuit Notes
This encoder uses a single contact per key than 1 volt negative with respect to the nega-
keyboard and provides all other switching fuoc- tive supply V-. The circuit operates over the
tion electronically. The diode between termi- supply voltage range from 3.5 volts to 15 volts.
nals 8 and 15 prevents the output going more
LOW LINE LOADING RING DETECTOR
HIIBX522
TELEPHONE ------ ./-'......---<> +-1 mA
LINE
40VRMS Fig. 85-17
20Hz
75K
22M
Circuit Notes
Low line current loading is provided by the H11BX522 photo darlington op-
tocoupler, which provides a 1 rnA output from a 0.5 ·rnA input.
634
PHONE AUTO ANSWER AND RING INDICATOR
,------< ?~ ~~::~EANO
+SVdc DISCONNECT LINE
Circuit Notes
Ring detect circuit for automatic
phone answering or tone generation
Jt CLOCK COUNTER TO
AUTOMATICALLY for reverse autopatch use.
ANSWER PHONE
J2 WILL WARBLE OSCILLATOR TO
4.n INDICATE PHONE IS RINGING
(FOR REVERSE PATCH USE)
Except as indicated, dectmal

values ot capactlance are 1n m>ero·
tarads (~>F): others are 111 p>eofar-
ads (pF): resostances are in ohms
k = 1,000 M = 1.000.000
RING 0 47
AUDIO
OUT
------It-~~ R2 T
LEVE'rh10k,};
0 05
Fig. 85-18
AUTOPATCH TELEPHONE LINE INTERFACE
600 OHM TO 600 OHM

CENTER TAPPED
TRANSFORMER
10 J.<F
rll-''-r-~..,..~
Circuit Notes
:t--"'V\~TO TOUCH-\, This circuit provides for the
TONE
DECODER
'•
'
receiver-to-phoneline and phone
line-to-transmitter link, with
+ 12 Vdc ~-,r-, both using an op amp for gain.
"'"
WILL MUTE PHONE;:-TO
TRANSMITTER AUDIO
LINE
SEIZE
GROUND FOR
WHEN PATCH IS OFF PHONE LINE
CONNECT
RECEIVER CRt tOOl\
SQUELCH
Except as indicated. Oecomat

values of capacotance are on mo;ro·
~ farads (,.F): others are 1n pooofar·

ads (pF): resistances are on onms
PROVIDES AUDIO
DIRECTION -SWITCHING
kootOOO Moot.OOOOOO Fig. 85-19
635
TELEPHONE RINGER USES PIEZOELECTRIC DEVICE
Fig. 85-20
'
C2 1.5V
..."
z.z ... F
16-35V
VOLTAGES
_,.
' "w TYPICAL
Circait Notes
The electronic bell needs no power sup- to store. !fit has two leads, connect the red lead
ply. Most of the resistors are not critical, al- to the collector and the black lead to the emit-
though C2, R2, and R3 work best at the values ter of Ql. If a third (blue) lead is present,
given. Leaving out Rl will make the unit ring connect it to the base of Ql.
louder. The piezo buzzer may vary from store
ELECTRONIC PHONE BELL
+~·15V
'"
.
"'
500K
.
"'"
"' l
" oo,.f
r·o,.f
Fig. 85-21
Circuit Notes
The speaker emits a distinctive warble control the tone's duty cycle and frequency.
tone when ring pulses are applied to the phone The transistor is a general-purpose NPN
line. Use this circuit as a remote bell or discon- photodevice. The neon bulb and transistor are
nect the phone's ringer for direct use. Rl ad- coupled with the heat-shrink tubing to form an
justs the duration of the output; R2 and R3 optoisolator.
636
86
Temperature Controls
Boiler Control Temperature Controller

Heater Control Single-Setpoint Temperature Controller
Two-Wire Remote AC Electronic Temperature Controller
Thermostat Temperature Control
Three-Wire Electronic Thermostat Temperature Controller
Temperature-Sensitive Heater Control Temperature Controller
Portable Calibrator
637
BOILER CONTROL
TO BOILER
+V
THI
+V
+V
RY1
R3
Fig. 86-1
R1
Circuit Notes
The purpose of this circuit is to control the and thermistor THl make up a voltage divider
water temperature in a hot-water heating sys· that supplies a voltage to the op amp's nonin-
tern. What it does is to lower the boiler tem- verting input. Thermistor THl is placed inside
perature as the outside air temperature in- the boiler and the values ofTHl and Rl should
creases. The op amp is used as a comparator. be chosen so that when the boiler's tempera-
Thermistor TH2 and R2 form a voltage divider ture is 160 °f, their resistances are equal. The
that supplies a reference voltage to the op- output of the op amp controls Ql, which is
amp's inverting input. Thermistor TH2 is configured as a transistor switch. When the
placed outdoors, and the values of TH2 and R2 logic output of the op amp is high, Ql is turned
should be chosen so that when the outside on, energizing relay RYL The relay's contacts
temperature is 25 °f, the resistance of the should be wired so that the boiler's heat supply
thermistor and resistor are equal. Resistor Rl is turned off (relay energized).
638
HEATER CONTROL
v' "
, ~F
"
4.1k
"
1m
" •
Circuit Notes
This proportional control crystal oven
"'
UIJJSZ heater uses lead/lag compensation for fast set-
ting. The time constant is changed with R4 and
compensating resistor RS. If Q2 is inside the
"
lJDk oven, a regulated supply is recommended for
"' " 0.1 °C. control.
'""'
uv
TEM,SH
"'"'
IIS"tl
• solid tantalum
I myla<
~ close thermal coupling between ser~sor and oven shell os recommended Fig. 86-2
TWO-WIRE REMOTE AC ELECTRONIC

THERMOSTAT (GAS OR OIL FURNACE CONTROL)
LOAD•
~ 11l40DZ
f--
~, .. ~
~ 1N4i7
NSL~Q ~ ~ •. Uk
,.
..;
k2N290S , 1N4S1
••
.
~·;
S.t.R.I.
~II
26VAt
,,.~
COUAOL
zuo II
"~ Fig. 86-3
liiANSf!liiMEII
J-4:'"
tRIIUl
BDH1
sn'
TEMP
"
m LIIIJIIlt 2111nM
~-~ lS2ll
" UM
...
Ok
IN4SII
Xl.li ,. ~
" ~
REMOTE
f'""' '"
•Suio<>u<dur6-15Whutwo
""' wtll pn••H ato•l 1 U f to SO F IOlbn! ,.,.._Tho trom '"'''"' l!IHllo) ••solt<10d to broov JlrF ""'!lit mi. . . ol tloo '"'
639
THREE-WIRE ELECTRONIC THERMOSTAT
"'
••
IU~
"' '""
Fig. 86-4
TD110~Ac ZN5llll4
'O,.rdrt ~ 111 for 1 nomrnol D [ - 125 C ''"'"

Woro w<>und """'"" wrll p<<IVrdo "''"mum
tompiii1UIIItobrht'1
' 'Alman an~ TRI.IIC <ttod 1 10 35 lfnpt<n
•1tbl1 ,.;,h o~proptii!O lood
TEMPERATURE-SENSITIVE HEATER CONTROL
r---t-----------------~-----,
I
I
"'
12 k
... r:'t
I I
1W 'LTJ'
I
I
t----,
02 I 1
1115 VAC
60Hz
2N6346 @ l
04 , __j I ~
~· I I
t I !
'-----r .. L
I ,T . .
I I
I l
I
. __ _ _ _ _ _. __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ . . _ - _ _ _ _. __ _j
I
Fig. 86-5
640
TEMPERATURE CONTROLLER
CONTROL CIRCUIT ZERO·POINT SWITCH
01
1N4003
R1
•• ••
1.2 k
• C3
2•F
5W
7W
200 v
R2
470
R4"
20 k
••
3k
••
1
04
150 2N63415
1W
115 \lAC 04 05
60Hz 1N4003 1N4001
• C1 R3
330 k
AS"
82 k
40 JlF
50 v
Q2 08
01 2N3906 03 1N4003
2N4870 1N4003
+ C4
03 1 •F
2N6239 200 v
R10 Heater
1k Load
2W
• Low Temp_ Coefficient

• • Fanweu-OR51J1 100 k Thermistor Fig. 86-6
SINGLE-SETPOINT TEMPERATRE CONTROLLER
-,
...., I
I i~~~:T
I
.J
Fig. 86-7
,,
,,
"
0.1%
'""",,
1.23V
Circuit Notes
The AD590 produces a temperature-dependent voltage across R (C is for filtering
noise). Setting R2 produces a scale-zero voltage. For the Celsius scale, make R = 1 K
and Vrero = 0.273 volts. For Fahrenheit, R = 1.8 K and Vrero = 0.460 volts.
641
~OUTPUT
l"
"']I 01
C1
25JJF
IN4001 "
+ D3
1N4001
R6
12k 24 v0 c
50 111A
RELAY
R4 02
lOOk 1N457 Fig. 86-8
,..
R1
20"C "0.11'f 10M

"' + l
.
2
R2 Z lX5&00/ 1
LX5700 •
SET
60"C - 4
TEMP
+
Rl
'"
*For low co5t applications, an
LM3911 can be used
Circuit Notes
The sensor is a standard T0-5 or T0-46 the shield connected to pin 4. The controller
package. For surface or air temperature sens- can be used for baths, ovens, oven-temperature
ing. Small clip-on heat sinks can be used. A protection, or even home thermostats. Long-
simple probe can be made using heat-shrink term stability and repeatability is better than
tubing and RTV silicon rubber. Three-leads- 0.5 °C.
plus-shield cable is a good choice for wire with
TEMPERATURE CONTROL
LM33S
5V~O\I
Fig. 86-9
"
...
642
TEMPEATURE CONTROLLER
V•I12YTOl2VI
------,
M
~ "'21KU
r ~ ~ ------ ---, r-.Jo...I'.A--- -~~~~~~
I I
~
...' ., • I
'
'
"'
l.:ll.fl 1.,
·~·..
I
I
~ H£AT!NG
I '
c--o2 v-
~ EUMENT
R~0-02
I "
UK!l
' :,~·
f' ' ' I Fig. 86-10
L :
~ ~ ~~~ ~ ~~~,~
ISHMlHll
'": •
I ~ ~~
I
~" l.ftll:!)
'
'~1 "'
2.211.!1
('
f"
~TU
RfiHI2 SHOULD BE THEI'IMALLY
2 7Kl' ' OONftEC:HD TO SU ISTANCE BEFOIH
8EIIf0 HEATED
'
I I ' NUMBERS IN P""REN THfS[$ARE
,OR A SfTI'OINT TE MPERATURf
OF80"C
Circuit Notes
Temperature control is achieved using the perature drops below a setpoint temperature
REF-02 +5 V Reference/Thermometer and a determined by the ratio of Rl to R2. The circuit
CMP-02 Precision Low Input Current Com- also provides adjustable hysteresis and single
parator. The CMP-02 turns on a heating ele- supply operation.
ment driver (Ql) whenever the present tern-
Fig. 86-11
643
PORTABLE CALIBRATOR
~
l.lk
1%
- ~ ~1
21111k
12V TO
1IY-
:.=- LM112
I 0UTPUT
I DV
;r
+
l
v--· .. Fig. 86-12
] TEMPERATURE
Ilk
1%
STABILIZER ...":
~
u&v~
~
~ LM1H TRIM"' E+-
-w.n'll·•• tinM11 MeiMIIs, i"lermitttnt OPftllien don not llepatl~ IO"'ttiWI niiMiity. .i
644
87
Temperature Sensors
The sources of the following circuits~ are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
Linear Temperature-to-Frequency Optical Pyrometer

Transconducer Remote Temperature Sensing
Temperature Meter Simple Differential Temperature Sensor
Four-Channel Temperature Sensor Differential Temperature Sensor
Temperature Sensor Centigrade Thermometer
Integrated Circuit Temperature Sensor Meter Thermometer with Trinrmed Output
PrecisionTemperatureTransducer with Kelvin Thermometer with Ground Referred
Remote Sensor Output
Centigrade Calibrated Thermocouple Lower Power Thermometer
Thermometer 0 °F-50 °F Thermometer
!LP Controlled Digital Thermometer Temperature-to-Frequency Converter
Isolated Temperature Sensor 0 °C-100 °C Thermometer
Digital Thermometer Ground Referred Fahrenheit Thermometer
Variable Offset Thermometer Ground Referred Centigrade Thermometer
Differential Thermometer Ground Referred Centigrade Thermometer
Basic Digital Thermometer, Kelvin Scale Temperature Sensor
Basic Digital Thermometer, Kelvin Scale Positive Temperature Coefficient Resistor
with Zero Adjust Temperature Sensor
Thermocouple Amplifier Basic Digital Thermometer
Fahrenheit Thermometer
645
LINEAR TEMPERATURE-TO-FREQUENCY TRANSCONDUCER
I +18-36V
R7
>
11<0
NOTE:
IC11S LM331
~.
IC21S 741
ICZ
.....
_,> R3
•
••
• 70R nJ,'
....
PR1 >_ G
~
}Q'2N3906
Fig. 87-1
....
R1
~ .
..._101
,.. ...
•• >
~ ~01
·:?-- 5V<I
I • F
OUT
R2
1... ••
"4k7
:
~1 ••
1...
""'
nfn
Circuit Notes
This circuit provides a linear increase of via the temperature stable reference voltage
frequency of 10 Hz/°C over 0-100 °C and can supplied by the 741. Comparator IC1 is used as
thus be used with logic systems, including mi- a Schmitt trigger whose output is used to dis-
croprocessors. Temperature probes Q1 y,, charge C1 via Dl. To calibrate the circuit Q1 is
changes 2.2 mV/°C. This transistor is incorpo- immersed in boiling distilled water and PR1
rated in a constant current source circuit. Thus, adjusted to give 1 kHz output. The prototype
a current proportional to temperature will be was found to be accurate to within 0.2 °C.
available to charge C1. The circuit is powered
646
TEMPERATURE METER
SW1
:a--
~C1 <:»</OFF
J:10u
11
r----.--..-----l10
R2"> .~
< < >100k 14 ~~ HOT
-
~TH1 <Rv1
':>0!;.,:.--'1'--~ 8
4WRv
~E;: "T"
< < 10k
,!.,. I 9V
LIN 13
AR~ WARM I Fig. 87-2
~7bRv
L E~
1 ___j__
·~
2 :~ &
....... COLD
~:a:
.?'RV2 IC1
< R1 <;. 10k NOTE
<47k LIN
j> IC1 ~ TCA965
LED1-3 are TIL209
Circuit Notes
TCA965 window discriminator IC ~allows RVl will set the point which corresponds to the
the potentiometers RVl and RV2 to set up a center voltage of a window the width of which
window height and window width respectively. is set by RV2. The switching points of the lC
Rl and thermistor THl for a potential divider feature a Schmitt characteristic with low hys-
connected across the supply lines. Rl is chosen teresis. The outputs of !Cl indicate whether
such that at ambient temperature the voltage at the input voltage is within the window or out-
the junction of these two components will be side by virtue of being either too high or too
approximately half supply. As the temperature low. The outputs of !Cl drive the LEDs via a
of the sensor changes, the voltage will change. current limiting resistor.
647
FOUR-CHANNEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR (0-50 °C)
-
+16\1
"'
'"
Fig. 87-3
·~
" "··~
-1511
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
r------------.------------------.------------------------.---------o+&VO~TS
""
>--'----~Ot,jTPUT
DESIGN EQUATIONS
~VaE·~ LN (~)
'~"
~·85.8LN (~) I~VI'KI
IIOUT • 1011~\/BEI
IF ~• 3.2 THE 'I TCVOUT • 10..11/ C
•111 AND 112lt!OULO liE SELECTED TO KEEP lc1 AND IC2

~ GNO
lESS TliAN :ZO,.A
Fig. 87-4
648
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
9V
Fig. 87-5
PRECISION TEMPERATURE TRANSDUCER WITH REMOTE SENSOR
.,., RESISTOR VALUES

TCVour SLOPE {S) 10m\f/'C 100mVI'C 10mV/'F
TEMPERATURE -5!5'Cto -55'C to -67'F to
RANGE +125'C +125"C +~7'C
r----+---1-~~~~ OUTPUT VOLTAGE

RANGE
-0.55V to
+1.25V
-5.5V to
+12.5V
-0.87V to
+2.57V
ZERO SCALE OV@O'C OV@O'C OV@O'F
R8 ( :t 1% resistor) 9.09k0 15kO 7.5k0
Rb 1 ( ~ o/o resistor) 1.5k0 1.82k{} 1.21k(l
Rbp (Potentiometer) 200n soon 200n

'UP TO 10 FEET OF SHIELDED
._CONDUCTOR CAlli -16V Rc ( :t 1% resistor) 5.11k0 S4.5kn 8.25kO
FOR TH~OI'IY Of OPERATION AND CALIBRATION ~ROCEOURE CONSULT • For 125'C operation, the op amp output must be able to swing to + 12.5V,
""PliCATION NOTE lt. "THERMOMETER APl'LICATIONS OF THE AEF-02".
lrwrease V 1111 to +18V from + 15V if this is a problem.
Fig. 87-6
649
CENTIGRADE CALIBRATED THERMOCOUPLE THERMOMETER
11121: ZM~
-11iV
-
.---..-4~.;"iil.--.-~.;."iil.----.--.p-"'"·";..... "'
.__..Y"iil.---~::. ....
, Terminate thermocouple refell!nce junction in close proximity
to LM335.
Adjustments:
1. Apply signal in place of thermocouple and adil.lst R3 for a
gain of 245.7.
2. Short non-inverting input of LM308A and output of
LM329B to ground.
3. Adjust Rl so that VouT- 2.982V@ 25°C.
4. Remove short across LM329B and adjust A2 so that VouT ~
246 mV@ 25°C.
5. Remove short across thermocouple.
Fig. 87-7
ILP CONTROLLED DIGITAL THERMOMETER
SENSOR
SAMPLE
AND HOLD
MULTIPLEXOR
DIGITAL READOUT
BIAS CIRCUIT
[> AID
I I
SD
5002
___r-""1_
IC = NE/SE5514 SAMPlE
CKT CKT 1 HOLD
2 CKT 4
3
Fig. 87-8
650
ISOLATED TEMPERATURE SENSOR
LMns
L=~~:J.,,..
"'
-ffi'i"\.._4151--IIIIIJ
l.f •
510 111114 ...
Fig. 87-9
DIGITAL THERMOMETER
+~V
560 n 1
41 Is Fig. 87-10
7
Circuit Notes
6
555 ~
OUTPUT
The sensor consists of two series-
conoected 1N914s, part of the circuit of a 555
multivibrator. Wired as shown, the output
'~ r IN914
(2) 2 pulse rate is proportional to the temperature of
SENSOR the diodes. This output is fed to a simple
frequency-counting circuit.
651
VARIABLE OFFSET THERMOMETER
'"
. ...
t~OSii~
FOR
l'lfC
- ":'
,.
••
·~ . ,...vre
·~
-15: ~
IMtf r--
v.•.
... ' zuo':
U13ltl
'-------''<~ ~ "~.-+--.....,~t-,_,
Fig. 87-11
V
ll'--::-:,..~··
liTURIIS
T IIIDtf / :.'Hill..
r Adjust forzero with sensor at OQC and 10T set at o•c p:t ••
*Adjust for 1ero output with lOT pot set at 100°C and sensor
at 100•c
:j:Ouwut reads dofference between temperature and dial setting
of lOT pot
DIFFERENTIAL THERMOMETER
ourPur-----"""1r----~w....
"
liD.
-------+
.. "
"
lr.l1t11 0.001
Fig. 87-12
'---·1:-·__ r- ~f~ ""...J'
"'
'" "'
"'
~ou••DOI (,,. '•) ..

--R-,-- lf,-1 11
....f. .
L__.~ ZERO
-
----.-;j TRill!
100•
Ou10UI '"'''""! l~o; !D.~

'"''"'"""''""''moodon<O -I!V
• • rno D 01 '" ·~• ..,,,. ...,.,,."'" '"'n ol v• w•• VI c_ 10d •, •nul1 ol Ill• bo~c a 01 v K '""'''"'"• ol ••• '''""'""'
652
BASIC DIGITAL THERMOMETER, KELVIN SCALE
,.
,,...
l ....,
''" ~
2.2811!!
REFlO Circuit Notes
........ ICL71oe
The Kelvin scale version reads from 0 to
1999 °K theoretically, and from 223 °K to 473
- COM
IN HI
~ 307 °K actually. The 2.26 K resistor brings the
input within the ICL7106 VcM range: two
general-purpose silicon diodes or an LED may
'·"""' be subsitu ted.
INLO
·~
_(
~·-
·- Fig. 87-13
BASIC DIGITAL THERMOMETER, KELVIN SCALE WITH ZERO ADJUST
Fig. 87-14
ICL~.o;t-'
1.235V jl
121110 ,.... I
""" r:,:<:.,,J--,
ZERO !-OJ HI
- SkO ~ REF LO
... 7 '·"" ,.
ADJ
1kii,0.1%
+--------jiNLO
' - - - l i N HI
____,
~ ...._307
Circuit Notes
This circuit allows zero adjustment as
well as slope adjustment. The ICL8069 brings
the input within the common-mode range,
while the 5 K pots trim any offset at 218 °K
(-55 °C), and set scale factor.
653
THERMOCOUPLE AMPLIFIER REMOTE TEMPERATURE SENSING
C>
""',,
v'
"'"
511 kil
IS Voc:l
SENSOR
5.1k 4.3k 10k
c'
100pF
.....
;=~forbesiCMA
'\
R3"
"' '"'" I loti
511 kO 510 0 Rt = R4
R2 = R5 I
DC GAINS 1000 =
GP,=~+(2~1)
....- /
BANDWIDTH .,. DC TO 540 Hz
EQUIVALENT INPLIT NOISE = 0.24 ~tVrms 1M
..,.,
"lll(llcates ± 1'1> matallilm resistors recommended for
temperature stability.
Pin numbers are shown lor metal package on~
Fig. 87-15 Fig. 87-17
OPTICAL PYROMETER SIMPLE DIFFERENTIAL

TEMPERATURE SENSOR
SOURCE
lll'llSS
01
*
~ ~ !UTOf
'
02
.-----15V
.,tt 1!k 1!k
"""
..,. ::~('"'
a
rt·.._...- _
...........
-
,".
tc.....•--
ho4Sioo,nSS . .
ILI1S~st•
Fig. 87-16 Fig. 87-18
654
DIFFERENTIAL KELVIN THERMOMETER WITH
TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND REFERRED OUTPUT
'" ,."'
12~ Ilk
'·
J.Ok
'"
OUTPUT
IOOmvrc Fig. 87~19
Fig. 87-22
lflllli
CENTIGRADE THERMOMETER LOWER POWER THERMOMETER
. '"
"' ...
. 1.JTO
uv>
8k HI
mt
LMU!:]i;....-+~'"'
100 pf
I • fo~
,..
Adjo" 73V "oo<po< of LM308
* 2N3638 or 2N2907 select tor inverse HfE"'-5
I Select lor operation at 1.3V
Fig. 87-20
f IQ ;;o 600 J<A to 900 I' A Fig. 87-23
METER THERMOMETER 0 °F-50 °F THERMOMETER

WITH TRIMMED OUTPUT
Fig. 87-24
,. '"
+
,,.
OUTPUT
LMJ911
~
M•
~
""
""
*Stlto:lotl H lot moh!r rhormon~t~or .. ctpl T0 should
bo s· K mort Tho~ dn,,.d ond 10 • lOCI~A
L.
lfiPUT
fCohlnolu T0
""
"" ""'
4
~··
Calibration
1 Short LM385-1.2, ad)USI RJ lor loUT= lemp at 1 8 !'AioK
Fig. 87-21
2. Remo~e short, adJust R2 tor correct read1ng m "F
655
TEMPERATURE-TO-FREQUENCY CONVERTER
+9V
.~"
NOTE
01 is 1N914 ~R3
~ 10\c
01 IS ZTX300
,- 8 14
0215 ZTXSOO
ICliS 4007
) R4
~ 02
r----s > 10k

f- ,
'-- 10 IC1 ' <
R2
4k7
Fig. 87-25
390-5
f> 1 A A A-
2M2
6 12 Fo,.t
~ l' A-
4 ; ; ,"o"o, ~ ','O,v
L~
: ;: 2o5 01
,r
-Fo1
ov
Circuit Notes
The circuit exploits the fact that when fed tending to turn Ql off. The output voltage from
from a constant current source, the forward Ql will thus rise, and this is used as the control
voltage of a silicon diode varies with tempera- voltage for the CMOS VCO. With the values
ture in a reasonably linear way. Diode Dl and shown, the device gave an increase of just
resistor R2 form a potential divider fed from under 3 Hz/°C (between 0 °C and 60 °C) giving
the constant current source. As the tempera- a frequency of 470 Hz at 0 °C.
ture rises, the forward voltage of Dl falls
0 OC-100 °C THERMOMETER GROUND REFERRED

FAHRENHEIT THERMOMETER
'"
.....-
0-1001JA M
.." ...
' "'l ~' -: :- :i 5
..
r:J~
:-1.6VIt
" ~M385-1.2
,-
~
~J "
... ...••
-
m
·~·
LMlH--:
...... OI.IWUT
~
'" 1 .vr'
" " •• "

"' ~ .
*Adjust R2 for 2.554V across LM336. "
Cllibration
Adjust R-1 for correct output.
1 Sholl LM385-1 2. adJust R3 lor lour: temp at 1 "AI"K
2 Remove short. adJuSt A2 lor correct readmg 1n centrgrade
1Jaa113V;;;50Q~A
IQal 16V;;;2.4 mA
Fig. 87-26 Fig. 87-27
656
GROUND REFERRED TEMPERATURE SENSOR
CENTIGRADE THERMOMETER
1•1
•'
160kH JOOk!! JOOkH
.,. v.
'""
T+ ... ., "IN
..,...
* u !.~
INPUT " ~
7' 1N4141 Mlkl! v;N TSC7106A
lMJ911
OUTPUT .... :···"' '-SENSOR
.,
VFs•20V
J~
50kn vREF
I OUT'"!
,.. I 100h
.
-15V
•so1 "'"
'J;- L
11fiEF
COMMON
Fig. 87.28 Fig. 87-30
GROUND REFERRED POSITIVE TEMPERATURE

CENTIGRADE THERMOMETER SENSOR COEFFICIENT
,. RESISTOR
I ~~MJJ5 Ilk
"~ 2
wl
I
G.k
SCAU
FACTOR
0- OUTPUT
"' tomvrc
56 k!' 160 k!!
v' v
-15Y ~ 3
IOikr-o: F .,
~~
" 15V
T':"'
1N914
20 k~!
VIN
.,~
vtN TSC7106A
,.,,~
~ ~ ZERO
b,07%/
.,
"'
c .,
vRu
' 20 k!!
.,. JUt
VfiEF
~
,. L COMMON
-lSV
Fig. 87-29 Fig. 87-31
657
BASIC DIGITAL THERMOMETER (CELSIUS AND FAHRENHEIT
SCALES)
..
, lr-'"'"'--1
/'-:::t'B
::J . '-
,,
-COMMON
IIHO
Fig. 87-32
Circuit Notes
Maximum reading on the Celsius range is 199.9 °C, limited by the (short-term)
maximum allowable sensor temperature. Maximum reading on the Fahrenheit range is
199.9 °F (93.3 °C), limited by the number of display digits. VREF for both scales is 500
mV.
FAHRENHEIT THERMOMETER
"'
•• ...
Fig. 87-33
*To cal,brete adjust R2 for 2.554V across LMJ36.

Adjust R1 for correct output
658
88
Timers
figure numhe;contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Thumbwheel Programmable Interval Timer Precision Solid State Time Delay Circuit
Sequential Timer Electronic Egg Timer
Sequential Timer On/Off Controller
Sequential UJT Timer Circuit Timing Circuit
Time-Delayed Relay Simple Timer
0.1 to 90 Second Timer Long Interval RC Timer
Sequential Timing Timer
Solid-State Timerfor Industrial Applica· 741 Timer
tions Washer Timer
Simple Time Delay
659
THUMBWHEEL PROGRAMMABLE INTERVAL TIMER
BCD THUMBWHHL
m• TCHES
,., 1
00
- ' •
'
'"~ "' Vs~
' SEG •
~
I
I
:• :•
._ -·
OJONCH
LEOS
f-'-- li'F :::t:

'--
____1!
'' 50160 Hz TBASE
TIME 1 01
-o '
''
I
I
I
START
_,.----"
1
TRIG
0'
WDSS
~' "''
-0""
I
"":r
I
I
'
I
"n '"' "' r---
tJ
02 J]
I v r-----
I
I "' ~0'
" OVTPUT 1
-"
ULN200;?
I " '" 00
"
I
" ' ('1

I tS oNO ~tMt
" _, .,
{]
I
~
TIME 2 05
I ToM1 ,--
I
~r- -~-<>.
25
I ALARM
L~UIPUT1
'" ,
I
' "'"
I
I
I
I
'oo
J-'"
lkJ- -
.,
Fig. 88-l
Circuit Notes
Switch programmable on/off or interval this data as NNN seconds. NNN seconds,
timer, has three relay-switched outputs. Out- NNN minutes, or NNN hours. The LED display
put one is active for the duration of time I, will show the time remaining and the
output two is active for the duration of time 2, countdown when operating. Since the data is
and output three is active for the duration of input through switches, the display may be
both one and two. Timing data is input through deleted. Also, since the timing information is
6 BCD-encoded thumbwheel switches. Three read from switches, the data is nonvolatile and
SPST switches inform the WD-55 to interpret no battery backup is required.
660
SEQUENTIAL TIMER
vee
1
'"
RESET vee
Ill
•• 33kn
141
RESET Vee
Ill
131
•• 33 kn
!4)j
RESET vee
j!8)
131
•c
!31 II
121
TRIGGER
SE555/NE555
OUTPUT
w.
•.,,~. ~
ll 121
TAIGGEA
SE555/NE555
OUTPUT
w.
_1\ ~
,,
0.001
TRIGGER
SE555/NE555
OUTPUT
DISCHARGE DISCHARGE DISCHARGE ~

,I!L CONTROL ...!!!. VOLTAGE
CONTROL
VOLTAGE THRES.
HOlD ~ ,[CONTROl
VOLTAGE THAES. ~
HOLD
THAfS-
HOLD f!!!.
,, ::; GND
::;c. [:;co ··•:;
,, ::;
GND
[:;cc
I ···~; ]111
; O.O
";T
GND
1(1)
:;::
!UJ ;
CA•10,.F
AA•tOOkn
.,!. Cc • 14.7 ~tf
Rc • 100 kn
OUTPUT A OUTPUT 8 OUTPUT C
S clo ... momentarily at t- 0.
See F_i~ure 24
OUTPUT A •lwA• lwA = 1.1 RACA
>
~
>
OUTPUT B
- I
lwB!"""~
I
twa= 1.1 RaCe

Fig. 88-2
'?
!
0
-
>
OUTPUTC lwC = 1.1 RcCc
~•we-
,...._t=O
I
t- T1me-1 s/d1v
Circuit Notes
Many applications, such as computers, re- nected to provide such sequential control. The
quire signals for initializing conditions during timers may be used in various combinations of
start-up. Other applications such as test astable ormonostable circuit connections, with
equipment require activation of test signals in or without modulation, for extremely flexible
sequence. SE555/NE555 circuits may be con- waveform control.
661
SEQUENTIAL TIMER
Circuit Notes
101(
.,
,.,..
.,
,,.,... -101(
By utilizing both halves of a dual timer it is
10 -14
possible to obtain sequential timing. By con-
necting the output of the first half to the input of
the second half via a .001 JLF coupling capacitor
... sequential timing may be obtained. Delay l1 is
determined by the first half and b by the second
IIIII'UT ·"''
o--ft--'----1 1------<>ouwur2 half delay. The first half of the timer is started
by momentarily connecting pin 6 to ground.
When it is turned out (determined by
l.lRlCl), the second half begins. Its duration
ALL AUISTO~ VALUU ARE IN OHIIlS
is determined by 1.1R2C2.
Fig. 88-3
SEQUENTIAL UJT TIMER
1.0 ~F
C1 1+24 v
1 kO 1k0 10k
10 k
100
27
STAGE 1 STAGE 2 STAGE 3
UJT = 2N4853 TURN OFF

SCR = 2N5061 CIRCUIT
TRANSISTORS= 2N4125
Fig. 88-4
662
TIME-DELAYED RELAY (FOR PATIO-LIGHT, GARAGE LIGHT, EN-
LARGER PHOTOTIMER, ETC.)
3.3K I2Wl
IK
Rl
12!50K
< (TIME ADJUST)
RELAY
"COIL
I GE
Al48 1
0
"RESET'
(-r---·
- 120VRMS
SO CPS
Fig. 88-5
'---' OPOT
Al48
f.~CI068
1 \Jf') SCR
100 ,.,.F IM AI 4 U
• Cl
NOTE: ALL RESISTORS 112 WATT
Circuit Notes
This simple timing circuit can delay an output switching function from .01 seconds
to about 1 minute. The SCR is triggered by only a few microamps from the timing
network R1-C1 to energize the output relay.
0.1 TO 90 SECOND TIMER SEQUENTIAL TIMING
START OUTPUTS '"' ...

VC(.
'"
'•
•
!""
..
..,
'" '"
130K-
'"'
'"
[
':."1>~1---<,t-4-71!-+---<~>~ll-..,<~ ll ".. :F~50-!
>--
I"F · ' -
~
,.-,::oBI
>330 :; '"' LL: ...
'~' ~c,
•
•
...
OUTPUT 1
..=..tzv c . . r JA D!:iK B2··®- • •

'l:: 82 2N2646 ' " ' OVIPUT 2
f--*f-<(..-'B'2-IJ'"'" GE BlACK HAWK

7!iF3R5A224
1 t"' t"' Fig. 88-7
Circuit Notes
C•GE BLUE JAY AAI8Ai05C Fig. 88-6 By utilizing both halves ofthe dual timerit
is possible to obtain sequential timing. By con-
necting the output of the first half to the input of
Circuit Notes the second half via a .001 ~-tF coupling
The timer interval starts when power is capacitor, sequential timing may be obtained.
applied to circuit and terminates when voltage Delay b is determined by the first half and 12 by
is applied to load. 2N2646 is used in oscillator the second half delay. The first half of the timer
which pulses base 2 of D5K. This reduces the is started by momentarily connecting pin 6 to
effective 1 of D5K and allows a much larger grouod. When it is timed out (determined by
timing resistor and smaller timing capacitor to 1.1R1Cl) the second half begins. Its time dura-
be used than would otherwise be possible. tion is determined by 1.1R2C2.
663
SOLID-STATE TIMER FOR INDUSTRIAL APPLICATIONS
~~~r--r~-------r~--------------~--,
! ,.
120VACt
6
y·,~m6
I IO<>,.f
50V~C
•.• . ..
"'
, ,,
"'
., ..
"
lo't,
Fig. 88-8
" Coonoii-Duboli•rEioclrMi<o-TyP!I MMW or oqufVolont TIMING CIRCUIT CHARACTERISTICS 02· v 011 M • eov
• R control• duroMn ollim&delov- At A • 60 Mfl up 10
S·m1nuto dolov IlAC'"''"'· TyptCGH oroquo1111lontl T A • -:M°C to +eo"C or· :zoo,.,..
1
t nio ci.eioit can oloo bo u - ol oupply ""''"~~"'"1240 V AC Acwrocv· :tHI"- lo-llrnpouot ... ol •r • o.SA
ond 24V AC 160Hol by ctuonging tho ,..lun of AI ond 03 Rtputobihty; ~ lot 25°CI
11-Tlrno' L. . tl,.n lf>Om> VR • 60V
PRECISION SOLID STATE TIME DELAY CIRCUIT
+28'1
Rl
., 390K 2W
IK
2.211: TO "0 "])01
IOOMEG
2N491
Fig. 88-9
C9F,C12F
Cl OR C40F
.I TO z,..t .05
"
Circuit Notes
Time delays from 0.3 milliseconds to over about one volt across the load. Load currents
three minutes are possible with this circuit are limited only by the rating of the controlled
without using a tantalum or electrolytic rectifier which is from 1 ampere up to 25 am-
capacitor. The timing interval is initiated by peres for the types specified in the circuit. A
applying power to the circuit. At the end of the calibrated potentiometer could be used in place
timing interval, which is determined by the of Rl to permit setting a predetermined time
value of RlCl, the 2N494Cfires the controlled delay after one initial calibration.
rectifier. This places the supply voltage minus
664
ELECTRONIC EGG TIMER
'"
,a:A,e
"
'" "
•oo ",0, "' Circut Notes
'"" "' 04
"" The IC functions as an af multivibrator which
"' • '" "•oo IOOpF
is controlled by the external transistor. SlA/B is
"' ' ' "
IQVW
' ' "" the on-off toggle switch.

",,,IOVW ".ot_..F
0
• 76~
cD ~ 555[T0P)
Fig. 88-10
'
TIL209 BCI07 12S4
ON/OFF CONTROLLER
IN4004
,, '"
'•
'" TBASE RESET
IN4004
" "
I"'
HOURS
" O>
CONTINOUS 0"
WD-~~ ON•B HRS
OPERATION OH
1--1
OFF•:!O HRS
TIM I
" '" ~
" '"'
" "' '"
IS INO TIM2- NC
T1~008 HAS
L__ _,,_, 00
1"'4148 T2•020 HRS
Fig. 88-11
Circuit Notes
The ac line-operated on/off controller is a fered by a transistor to supply gate current to a
simple, reliable solid-state alternative to a mo- triac which switches the output load. When
tive driven cam switch. Time 1 and time 2 are power is applied to the circuit, the output load
programmed by diodes to be 8 hours and 20 is switched on for 8 hours then off for 20 hours
hours respectively. The T!Ml output is buf- repeatedly.
665
TIMING CIRCUIT
RESET
.--~-----i'----r--o + 100V
TIME de
1K
100K
+c
~~
R~
Circuit Notes
10K
2W
TO 10MEG ~"' Load current starts approximately 0.5 RC
soon ·~
after the switch is thrown.
IN4148 '- TO 50'/; l\
3N85 \i ':;)
100K ~
> 100K
Fig. 88-12
SIMPLE TIMER
Fig. 88-13
Circuit Notes
Press Sl. The 100 !LF electrolytic will cease, and the relay will drop out. The
capacitorrapidly charges up at about 0. 7 V. The capacitor will continue to discharge via the 47
transistor will be forward biased, and collector K resistor. With the values shown, the relay
current will flow operating the relay. Release will remain operated for about eight seconds.
Sl. The capacitor will begin to discharge via Long times are possible with lower values of
the 33 K resistor at the base ofthe transistor. capacitance by substituting a Darlington pair
When the voltage across the capacitor gets for the 2N2926. In this case, increase the two
down to half a volt or so, the transistor base will resitor values into the megohm range.
no longer be forward biased, collector current
666
LONG INTERVAL RC TIMER
. .._71 +15 v
v"o--.--",~"..,'~-l_~~'-"-,._",..'_:_
r'-:rlf::<.~" -<>_j
Cleer c•: _15 V "'
""" Fig. 88-14
R~ •Polycerbonet• or
Polystyrene CepiJCitor
If I'll • fl2: t • 0.693 R4C
Design E~emple: 100 Second T•mer

Vf1•1QV C•H•F A3•R4•144M
Fl.6•20k R5•2k R1•R2-1k
741 TIMER
+6-35V
'> '>
>
> R1
4k&
>
>
R3
t---+---+2-1~ 7
6 Fig. 88-15
IC1 0/P
3
R4
';> R2
'>
>4k7 ~
ov
Circuit Notes
Rl and R2 hold the inverting input at half tive line potential. If reverse polarity operation
supply voltage. R4 applies feedback to increase is required, simply transpose R3 and C. R3 and
the input impedance at pin 3. Pin 3, the nonin- C can be any values. Time delays from a frac-
verting input, is connected to the junction of R3 tion of a second to several hours can be ob-
and C. After the switch is opened, C charges via tained by judicious selection. The time
R3. When the capacitor has charged sufficiently delay-independent of supply voltage-is
for the potential at pin 3 to exceed that at pin 2 0. 7CR seconds where C is in farads.
the output abruptly changes from 0 V to posi-
667
TIMER
Circuit Notes
;;-----.. The timer can be used wherever time
T "" + periods of up to seven minutes duration are
~
"
220,., "
':'.._
needed. To tum on just touch the tum-on plate,
• "..J
@)I.".,.,, I '"
'
R2 • and after the selected time has elapsed, an
alarm will sound for a short period, then au-
tomatically tum off. The tum-on touch plate,
,j. labeled TP in the diagram, is made up of two
>OK Fig. 88-16 metal strips about 1/16-inch apart. Bridging
the gap with your finger activates the timer.
.J " ""''
[E)" For more time range, increase R1 and/or Cl.
' _!:F}- R2 and C2 determine the period of time that the
. ~ alarm will sound. Increasing eitber will extend
the time. The tone of the alarm is determined
''"''" ~ NPN (»- by R3 and C3. Increasing eitber lowers the
. tone, decreasing them raises tbe tone .
WASHER TIMER
LENGTH Of CYCL£ IS 5WtTC1i PROGRAMMABLE
WITI1 THIS SOLID STATE CONFIGUIIATION
DELICATE HEAVILY
fABRICS SOILED
Fig. 88-17
" "' r
••
'
,_ 3 -oZOMOTOR
" CIRCUITRY
• 2
' '
~L EVH
TOWATER
SWITCH
~
SIMPLE TIME DELAY
'"
.. _L'~
~
'
• •
'
-
Fig. 88-18
'" RElAY
-~
•
' '
·r-- '" COIL ~
~
I
I
I
r ~~
4.7K
-- T
I
..!..
I
I
'= ~ ~
*
668
89
Tone Controls
The sources of the following circuits are contained in1he Sources section beginning on page 730. The
Stereo Phonograph Amplifier with Bass Passive Bass and Treble Tone Control
Tone Control Baxendall Tone-Control Circuit
Equalizer High Quality Tone Control
Three-Channe!Tone Control Microphone Preamplifier with Tone
IC Preamplifier with Tone Control Control
Amplifier with Bass Boost Hi-Fi Tone Control Circuit
Active Bass and Treble Tone Control with Three-Band Active Tone Control
Buffer Tone Control Circuit
669
STEREO PHONOGRAPH AMPLIFIER WITH BASS TONE CONTROL
+
IOD~fr
-o.n,F "
""
510~
""
v,
... 50D,f
STEREO
CERAMIC
CARTRIDGE
fp}r ,.
-::- I
I
I
I
.,.
'"
'1
2.7~!
TO.l/.JF ':'
...
I
I
'''"'
ft
"
...
-- -
~-
~
51Dk
,..
CUT
I T''"'
lOOk ":"
.I
)
2.7!!
':'
I!!
-
Fig. 89-1
BOOST
"" D.lhF
"
riOO,F
+
•
"
65
p..t- MAXIMUM
~ BOOST
~ ~ ESPONSE
" 1 --~
•~ . ~ TONE_f'.
CONTROL FLAT
~
---i-Y•
" l.l fA 1--..l-----_--.L
•
~
~ 25
' MAKIMUM
CUT
'+'--t-+
::: ~ -+-' -+-RESPONS:
··t "-"t··-...+-~
- '
•> "
20 ~0 100 200 SOD n lk 51t IOk 20•
FREQUENCY IH•)
670
EQUALIZER
""
......."' ·-.... -·--·

" .....
COMPONENT VALUE TABLES COIIIPONI!NT V.UUU
~ ~
R8•25k Rl•50k Rl•100k
·-
~
R7•10k Rl•1meg
...... ·-
R7•2.4k Rl•240k A7•5.1k Al•l10k 1.1t ~
..
IDTQI.I
to C5 co to co co to co co ~ I!I!.TAILI! """ ......
HI!TAILI!
"" ·-
23Hz , . t~F 25Hz .47~F .047p.F 12Hz .47p.F .047~
(poi)HITAI~I
ll!fTAIILI.
50Hz .47p.F .047p.F 36Hz .33,.,.F .033,uF 18Hz .33,uF .033#' lllll<{tiT ... GUI
72 Hot .33~otF .033~o~F 54 Hz .22p.F .022p.F 27Hz .22~o~F .02211F ""
108Hz .22p.F .022p.F 79Hz .15/lF .016,uF 39Hz .15p.F .016JLF
158Hz 15,uF .015p.F 119Hz .tp.F .01p.F 59 Hz .tjtF .Otp.F
238Hz .tp.F .Otp.F 145Hz .082p.F .0082p.F 12Hz .082/lF .0082p.F
290Hz .082p.F .00821LF 175Hz .OBB.uF .0068p.F 87Hz .068~JF .0088p.F
350Hz .068~o~F .006a,.F 212Hz .05B~o~F .0056p.F 106Hz .056p.F .0056p.F
425Hz .056p.F .0056p.F 253Hz .047,uF .0047p.F 126Hz .047p.F .0047.uF
.047p.F .0047/JF 380Hz .033p.F .0033/lF 180Hz .033p.F .0033,11F
508 "'
721Hz .033p.F .0033p.F 541Hz -D22p.F .0022p.F 210Hz .022/lF .0022p.F
1082Hz .022p.F .0022p.F 794Hz .Ot5.uF .0015.uF 397Hz .015.uF .0015_uF
1588Hz .015~F .0015~F 1191Hz .01-JLF .001~F 595Hz .01~F .001#
2382Hz .Ot_uF .001_uF 1452Hz .0082_uF 820pF 726Hz .0082.uF 820pF
2904Hz .0082/.IF 820pF 1751Hz .00681-1F 680pF 675Hz .00681-1F BaOpF
3502Hz .0068/.IF 680pF 2126Hz .0066_uF 580pF 1063Hz .0056/.IF 6aOpF
4253Hz .0058/.IF 580pF 2534Hz .0047~F 470pF 1267Hz .00-47/.IF 470pF
5068Hz .0047/.IF 470pF 3609Hz .0033/.IF 330pF 180.4 Hz .0033_uF 330pF
7216Hz 0033/.IF 330pF 5413Hz .0022_uF 220pF 2706Hz .0022~F 220pF
10827 Hz .0022/.IF 220pF 7940Hz .0016_uF 160pF 3970Hz .0016/.IF 160pF
15880 Hz
23820 Hz
.0015~o~F 150pF
.OOt~o~F 100pF
11910 Hz
14524 Hz
17514 Hz
21267Hz
.001~o~F
820pF
880pF
560pF
....
100pF
82pF
56pF
5965Hz
7262Hz
8757Hz
10633 Hz
12670 Hz
.0011-1F 100pF
820pF
880pF
560pF
470pF
82pF
88pf
56pF
.47pF
18045 Hz 330pF 33pF
Fig. 89-2
671
"'"" THREE-CHANNEL TONE CONTROL
"'
r -----------------~--------·------------------r---~ 0~
SW1a +9V
C347n
R410k
•
.-rv~~~~V\/V~~rv~~~
RS 10k
BASS
R7 10k
C4 4n7
R63k9 R9 3k9
R3 lOOk MID
RV2 lOOk lin+ c C5 22n

SKl
I[+ R1100k ~I ') '
! Cl 4u7
ov
R61k8
•
RV3 500k lin
R11 270A
..
c
b
C64n7
HIGH
6
~~lSK2
ovnD'"
CS 4u7
ov
IC1,2"'741
SW1b
Fig. 89-3 -9V
o----0
Circuit Notes
The input signal is fed via SKl to the first shaping networks to IC2. The three networks
active stage built around !Cl. Configured as a built around RVl, RV2, and RV3 are also in-
noninverting amplifier whose gain is set by the eluded in the feedback path of IC2, another
ratio of R3 and Rl. In this case, the gain is set at inverting op amp stage. The components as-
unity. This initial stage is required to isolate sociated with the three variable resistors are
the following stage from any loading effects. chosen to give the required frequency control.
The output from !Cl is fed via three frequency
IC PREAMPLIFIER WITH TONE CONTROL
IC PREAMPLIFIER RESPONSE CHARACTERISTICS
25
11..:.:~1
20
MAX BASS
II IIIII --
vee±= ±15 v TREBL..:::
15 TA = 25°C
"I
~
0 10
See Fi ure 30
0
-~
5 ' Fig. 89-4
~ I,;
0. /
0
E I ' I
<(
!1, -5 '
I
>
"0 -10 /
'
-15
:MIN_-
-20
-25
MIN BASS
i~r,w
20 40 100 200400 1k 2k 4k 10k 20k
f-Frequency-Hz
220kll
0.00376t~F
10kll 0.003$lf
O.OliJF
27 kil
MIN MON
0.01$lf vee+
100kll
TREBLE
3.3 Hl
"on ,,, MAX MAX OUTPUT
O.OliJF
INPUT
O.OOJ~o~F
Vee-
BALANCE
ooon 47krl
47 jlf '""
75j~F 50,,
AMPLIFIER WITH BASS BOOST
'• ...
" r-~~--r<-r~-r•
"
"
"
F+T...
" Fig. 89-5
""'' "
"
'":1.
..1 "
"
"
~0 lOCI 20G SDG 1~ llo ~· IGk 20k
fAEOUENtV Ui>l
':"' ':'
673
ACTIVE BASS & TREBLE TONE CONTROL WITH BUFFER
BASS
100~
"" 0.05" 0.06

"" +16\!
""
OUPtiCATE fOR RIGHT CHANNEL
T o.oos ,, LEFT
DOT
l.6k soo• 3.6k
'"
TREBLE -=-
'"
'"
.,.
., -15'J
t'
~
-·
_,.
_,.
_,.
•oo 1Dk lOOk

Fig. 89-6
" "
fREQUENCY IH<l
PASSIVE BASS & TREBLE TONE CONTROL

··o-1,,'·
;
'
"' 0.033 ,..
O.D15
.. _,.
"..
_,.
,, ~
"'" ,.. •oo•

(lOGl
-30 r-f'+Jlf-Ht',,IHUT
II I I
"' " FI~~L CUr
"
L
-oni ~
0 ~LW_LLW_LLW~UL
IDHI lO(IIb lkH1 10UII IGDkH1
Fig. 89-7
BAXENDALL TONE-CONTROL CIRCUIT
"~ ... ·~
'"'
"
50" II
t lho. '"'
FEEDBP.CK
,.,
"
~·'
T Fig. 89-8
674
HIGH QUALITY TONE CONTROL
.-----""T---,r---..,--..,--~ ••N
Ub1
(IRUH
~our-uT
Fig. 89-9
•• l
Circuit Notes
The circuit is based on an inverting op amp stage can be switched in or out. The design is
using discrete transistors to overcome poor suitable for inputs between lOOmV and 1 V and
slew rate, fairly high distortion, and high noise provides a good overload margin at low distor-
problems. The output stage is driven by a con- tion for the accurate reproduction of transients.
stant current source, biased by a green LED to The usual screening precautions against hum
provide temperature compensation. With the should be carried out.
controls flat, the unit provides unity gain so the
MICROPHONE PREAMPLIFIER WITH TONE CONTROL

10kn 100kn 1""
0.06p.F
0.1 ~F
~•n
1,F
10kn Fig. 89-10

100kn 50kn
2.7 kn 0.002ji.F
100 0.003 j.l~ 0.001 ,..F

210n 100kn 10kn
kn
-=
+
20p.F so•n
0.02~F OJ,
675
HI-FI TONE CONTROL CIRCUIT (HIGH Z INPUT)
Fig. 89-11
>-<1-<lOUTPUT
Circuit Notes
The 2N5458 JFET provides the function of a high input impedance and low noise
characteristics to buffer an op amp feedback tone control circuit.
THREE-BAND ACTIVE TONE CONTROL
10k
•9V
100k
1000oF
10uF
O.Q1 ~F
+
100k
t-----+-"'0"'"!!!:',11-+--
+
, I Fig. 89-12
1000 oF
2.2 M EXIST,_G ~
VOL~~
I
I
BC109
I
INPUT I
I
676
TONE CONTROL CIRCUIT
BOOST .. CUT
lASS
IN O-r
~ISV m MID·RANGE
'" Uk J.lk
1.8k 1.1k
TREBLE
.,.
...... >.!•-oaur
." ••
z
_,
"
~
-10
-15
_,.
" ... . IOk lOOk

FREQUENCY (HJI
•Non1: Allcontrolsflat.
Note 2: Baa and treble boost. mid flat.
Note 3: Bass and trebl11 cut, mid flat.
·Note 4: Mid boost, bass ;md treble flat.
N01e 6: Mid cut, bass ami treble flat.
• All potentiometers are linear taper

• Use the LF347 Quad fOf 1tereo applications
Fig. 89-13
Circuit Notes
A simple single-transistor circuit will give directly into any existing amplifier volume con·
approximately 15 dB boost or cut at 100Hz and trol to which tbe tone control is to be fitted.
15 kHz respectively. A low noise audio type The gain of the circuit is near unity when con·
transistor is used, and the output can be fed trois are set in the flat position.
677
90
Transmitters
Wireless AM Microphone 1-2 MHz Broadcaster Transmitter

27 MHz and 49 MHz RF Oscillator/ One Tube, 10 Watt C.W. Transmitter
Transmitter Simple FM Transmitter
678
WIRELESS AM MICROPHONE
Transistor Ql and its associated components comprise a tuneable rf oscillator. The

rf signal is fed to transistor Q2, the modulator. Operational amplifier !Cl increases the
audio signal and applies it through resistor R4 to the base of Q2. Tune an AM radio to an
unused frequency between 800 to 1600 kHz. Tune L1 for a change in tbe audio level
coming from the radio. Peak tbe output by adjusting L2. If Ll is disturbed, it may be
necessary to readjust L2 for peak performance. Depending on the impedance of the
microphone audio sensitivity can be increased by decreasing the value of RIO and vice
versa.
679
27 MHz AND 49 MHz RF OSCILLATOR/TilANSMITTER
Component 27MHz 48MHz Uae TOKO form lfi1.01l6-02 and 130 wir
Tp 2 Turns 6 Turns or ~1.0178 and 132 wire
Ts 3 Turns 1 Turn
,,
L1 TOKO KXN K4636 BJF
MILL.EA 14611
TOKO KEN K4635 BJE
MILLER lf9338.10
c, 5.4 pF 6.2 pF
'" "•
C1
1.15tl
1000 pF
3.78ll
220 pF
C2 660pF 47 pF
20 ,, 33 pF
_,.
C3
_, J\
.
R10 24k 47k
., ;--31
/
I'/ ~
~f
y··i·~.,-....----,
ZJ MHr 011 41 Mill ,, 1..
L1
/
/
'·t~
, :'•1
lRO 0\IEIITON£ 1£11\ES fe
MDOE CRYSTAL
c::::::l" " 11 -1GkHr
Envelope of Transmitted
I WillE '' Spectrum for Circuit
TWO FOOT 8.W DIAMETER
IOUIV.t.LEIIIT CIRCUIT
Fig. 90-2
Circuit Notes
The modulator and oscillator consist of two NPN transistors. The base of the
modulator transistor is driven by a bidirectional current source with the voltage range for
tbe high condition limited by a saturating PNP collector to the pin 4 VREG voltage and low
condition limited by a saturating NPN collector in series with a diode to ground. The
crystal oscillator/transmitter transistor is configured to oscillate in a class C mode.
Because third overtone crystals are used for 27 MHz or 49 MHz applications a tuned
collector load must be used to guarantee operation at the correct frequency.
1-2 MHz BROADCAST TRANSMITTER
I """ ANTENNA
Circuit Notes
Tl is a low impedance output transformer
" '"
5000-8 ohms.
TAPPED
LOOP$TIClC
tiROAOCAST
llANO TYPE)
'"
Fig. 90-3
680
ONE TUBE, 10 WATT C.W. TRANSMITTER
·1J
Plug in ooils ~ 1%" dia.
Crystal~ ¥..6BM~~ 7 160- L1 82T #20e.
" 1rd-Y.6BM8
K
2kV L2 • 30T #28e.
50pF
3 --- 365pF L 80- L1 = 40T #20e.
"' F
"" ~~ 1mH
RFC
22K
':::~ .01 10K
1w.
2.5mH
RFC -
L2=15T
40- L1 • 15T
#20e .
#20e.
fl
.00> L2 L2'" lOT #25e .
~
003
r-- 365pF
L2 wind on bottom of
L1 in the $lime dire<:tiOI'I
.01
1mH -
22K RFC -
Transformer 1w. 1K ..._KEY
300-0-:xJQa.c. 1N4007 (2)
~·
1000 PIV
1mF
I j l
~ 350
- 1N4007 180K
.,!.-
l lOw.
.r:--arotef1na
To receiver
1K ~-
-l/
r
~~,, <OmF 40mF 1w onput
""
filament
~
"""' """'· TIIA ..Sr
-----.o Antenna
I Switch
120v.a.c.
Fig. 90-4
SIMPLE FM TRANSMITTER
'\17
19 '"--....
"
15oF "
'" ''" ~
330!(
,_, 2N7~
r-----
Fig. 90-5
~" ll F
'•'. 2N::? \t::
r-
5of
"
\t:: 4700
"'
"
"
Circuit Notes
This transmitter can be tuned to the FM broadcast band, 2 meters,-<Jr other VHF
bands by changing C5 and Ll. The values given for C5 and Ll will place the frequency
somewhere in the FM broadcast band. Ll is 4 turns of lf20 enameled wire airwound, v,
inch in diameter, 5mm long and center-tapped. The microphone is an electret type and
the antenna is 18 inches of any type of wire. Keep all leads as short as possible to
minimize stray capacitance. The range of the transmitter is several hundred yards.
681
91
Ultrasonics
Ultrasonic Switch Ultrasonic Pest Repeller

Ultrasonic Bug-Chaser Mosquito-Repelling Circuit
40 kHz Ultrasonic Transmitter
682
ULTRASONIC SWITCH
NOTES:
VOLTAGES MEASUREOWITH NO INPUT
SIGNAL USING A VOL TMETEA WITH
10 MEG OHM I_"'~UT II
01-03 ARE 2N3904
~ .......
,.........
116\f
.. O"""'_r -·
}~~~7
"~
.. ...
".• •
01 IS 1rr.l914 • 95~
~--
02.03 ARE 1N400t
C4 IS USI:O INSTEAD R91f A ""'
~ - ..-J:v.._,
MONOSTABLE ACTIOI
Circuit diagram of
;REQUIRED.
receiver.
"'·~
~0--
.•"
"' " "'·~
""
1--- --+·-
"''O:r-- , '"
.• "" "
CG!v--.._ _.r. • ~ ..'j>~ •. ·.lllf
.: :
~•
\.!: • '-'!"~ -,;...... ~·· r-
£)Tff . " ~ ,r-~ "'
-
·~ 1 "' •• ~~:
"'
••
.,
"' -
"
01\f_.)
""
"
..0 <O> '''~"".
"" .
w •oN
:.; ~113
1001< -- - $':~
NOTE: "N ~~~)._
VOLTAGES MEASURED USING
A VOLTMETER WITH 10 MEG
OHM INPUT IMPEDANCE.
01-2 ARE 2N3904

,_..,..,
111..L..co .. .•
" ~
••
~_)
" .,"'
M
Fig. 91-1 Circuit diagram of the transmitter.
'"' w
"'"
Circuit Notes
Receiver. Output from the transducer is converse occurs if pin 2 is at a higher voltage
amplified by Ql and Q2, ahd rectified by Dl. than pine 3.
Voltage on pin 2 of!Cl will go more negative as Transmitter. The oscillator frequency is
tbe input sigoal increases. !Cl is used as a determined by tbe transducer characteristics
comparator and checks the voltage on pin 2 [(minimum (series resonance) at 39.8 kHz fol-
(i.e., the sound level), to that on pin 3 which is lowed by a maximum (parallel resonance) at
the reference level. If pin 2 is at a lower voltage 41.5 kHz.)) Two transistors from a noninvert-
than pin 3 (i.e., a sigoal is present), the output ing amplifier and positive feedback is supplied
of !Cl will be high (about 10.5 volts) and this via the transducer, R6 and C3. At tbe series
will turn on Q3 which will close the relay. The resonant frequehcy, this feedback is strong
gJ enough to cause oscillation.
"'
ULTRASONIC BUG-CHASER
I ~~""
"'
' "' 12:.5V
300m A
""J
~liOHz
11s •213-lln
FUSE
·'
3.!1" PIEZO
Fig. 91-2
SUPEI't MOAN
IIS.<I0-1311
Circuit Notes
Low-intensity ultrasonic sound waves in driving a piezoelectric speaker ofthe hi-fi
the 30-45kHz frequency band repel insects and super-tweeter type. The output of the oscil-
small rodents. The unit is designed to generate lator is swept by a 60-Hz sigoal from the ac
a swept square wave from 30 to 45 kHz. The input of the bridge rectifier. The LED acts as a
LM555 IC is wired as an ultrasonic oscillator pilot.
MOSQUITO-REPELUNG CIRCUIT
+3 TO 9V
A1
220 H
SK
555 + VOLUME
3 Fig. 91-3
100 JJ.F
10 v
Circuit Notes
In the 555 oscillator circuit, adjusting R2 ture speaker so that it will produce frequencies
will provide output frequencies from below 200 on the order of 20 kHz.
Hz to above 62kHz. Use a good quality minia-
684
ULTRASONIC PEST REPELLER
z. PIEZO-
ELECTRIC
+V SPEAKER
R1 R2 R3 ~
1.8K 15K 22 n
,kc3 C4
r: T·o'
+V TOOl
,,fw 9
~
J'
4 13 12
IC1
556
8
I"' ~
1 2 6-f
31.' 15
+V
+V n R6
+V
R4 R5
W)~' Fig. 91-4
·:r· I~g~
100K 1K
~ 2N2907
;:K .Q1
16V . Q~: LED
'-- ~
~
D1 IN4001 '
J_
.,-{ l JO
+V (9-12 Vdc)
o +V
D3
IN4001 81 T : C5
~ "470/
C5
D4 9·12V~
:.J... 16V
I f\N4001 16 v
D2
IN4001
~ ~
.b
'
Circuit Notes
The device emits ultrasonic sound waves 45,000 Hz. The 25-65 kHz sweep is ac-
that sweep between 65,000 and 25,000 hertz. complished by coupling the voltage across C2
Designed around a 556 dual timer, one half (the timing capacitor for the first half of the
operated as an astable multivibrator with an 556) via Ql to the control voltage terminal (pin
adjustable frequency of 1 to 3 Hz. The second 11) of the second half of the 556. The device
half is also operated as an astable multivibrator that radiates the ultrasonic sound is a piew
but with a fixed free running frequency around tweeter.
40kHz ULTRASONIC TRANSMITTER

'TOII.O HAN .IJI(IIt
1MII-VEZ TRANSOUtER
'""' =~ ~
... ~
"::~!lOT
,.t.~ ~~
SW11tG
"f:·
~: UT I
Fig. 91-5
'" OJ~ ""), 01
vee, nv
.4 ~1001tF
11
=::HIII1
"'
685
92
Video Amplifiers
The sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section~beginning on page 730. The
Video IF Amplifier and Low-Level Video TV Sound IF or FM IF Amplifier with Quad-

Detector Circuit rature Detector
Television IF Amplifier and Detector Using IF Amplifier
an MC1330 and an MC1352 FET Cascode Video Amplifier
Two-Stage Wideband Amplifier High Impedance Low Capacitance Amplifier
Video IF Amplifier and Low-Level Video JFET Bipolar Cascode Video Amplifier
Detector Circuit Video Amplifier
Video Amplifier
686
VIDEO IF AMPLIFIER AND LOW-LEVEL VIDEO DETECTOR CIRCUIT
CJ RJ R4 +18Vdc
""'
.J, c5± ±C7
R5 Auo<iliary Vide
Output
C1
~;
4 J 2 91 R5 "7\> 6 5
·r- ~ Primary Video
And Sound Output
45M
lnp
--"'
"'
R1 MC1350 ,:;-;~ ' '•L2
1-
MC1330 R7
-- 5 6 7
• OfC5
' CB • 3 2 1
r-
C2 C4 '---
~~ AFTIOutput
~
'f 'f RB
R2
-:: AGC
~·J
g ffi-f3:-l p 11
Turns:?-Ll L2 Turns -4
All winding11 #30 AWG tinned nylon L3 w-ound with 11'26 AWG tinned nylon
acetate" wire tuned with high perml- acetate wire tuned by distorting winding
ablllty slugs. Coil Craft #4786
differential transformer.
C1 -0.001 JJF C6 ,. See Table Al,. son R6=3.3kS1 • ••fC omponent VI'""
T bl
C2 =- 0.002 JJF C7"' 0.1 f.lF R2 = 5 k R7=3.9kS1 Compontnt 36MHz -46 MHz 58MHz
C3 = 0.002 /-IF CS- See Table R3=470S1 R8•3.9kH CB 24pF 15 pF 10pF
C4- 0.002 JJF C9=68pF R4=220.11 All Resistors CB 18 pF 12 pF 10 pF
C5"' 0.002 JJF C10 "'See Table R5 ~ 22 n 1/4-W ±.10% C10 33 pF 33pF 18 p~
All Caps Marked IJF Ceramic HiK LJ 12 Turns 10 Turn• 10"Turnl
All Caps Marked pF Sliver Mica 5%
Fig. 92-1
Circuit Notes
The circuit has a typical voltage gain of 84 uses a single tuned circuit (L3 and ClO). Cou-
dB and a typical AGC range of 80 dB. It gives piing between the two integrated circuits is
very small changes in bandpass shape, usually achieved by a double tuned transformer (Ll and
less than 1 dB tilt for 60 dB compression. L2).
There are no shielded sections. The detector
687
TELEVISION IF AMPLIFIER
AND DETECTOR USING AN MC1330 AND AN MC1352
v'
12 Vdc
RF AGC "••
-
To Tuner
v'
l~J
18 Vdc 18V
R2 AF AGC i}c5
~ r- ~;':' R6
;-----10V
n-:- _,
2
R3
AGC Input tc6 tea RS "'0 A uJCHiary
5o Video
o Tob'o' = ~ Output
6 '0 4
" " 7
" R7
~
6 5 4
-;; AoO
ary Video
,,~l'~
Soun d Output
MC1352
I'<
c'o MC1330
--
D 7.7
v
-'J' C2
,.
·.~ C3
2 3
·t I 'fC9
• 3
~~
2
'
0
Af<
0 utput
-f"'
C' F R4 FC4
~
RS R9
Flyback Winding -8.0 V Pulse
,.. -3"" C10" 62 pF

C11• (SHTable Ill
~ ~·16 _i
Dl~;v:;ID
r,.1..1 All Aellltors 1 /4-WIItt ±.5%
All windings #30 AWG tinned nylon IIC811118 wire v ·

tun111d with high permiablllty slug1. Coil Craft
#4786 differential transformer,
L1
= '"
L~
4
<'YVV'
I_It~
I ,. Wound with 126 AWG tinned nylo;~n
acetate wire tuned by distorting
winding.
5 6 SH Table II
Tuml Turns
TABLE I TABLE II
,--;-c----
V1deo Pin 6 Pin 10 Component 36MHz 45 MHz 58MH:~:
Polarity Voltage Voltage R4 C7 24 pF 15 pF 10pF
C9 18 pf 12 pf tOpF
::Y
33 , ,
Negativ.,. AdJ. 1.0-4.0 Vdc c"
C3
33 pf
12 Turns 10 Turn•
18 pF
10 Turns
Going
Sync 0
Nom 2.0 V
Rpb (Sn TeMt) A10"' 3.9 kO
0 Rt .. 5o n R11•4.7kU
R2~3.9kfl Cl • 0.001 ~iF
·:Jl
R3 • (Se~ Text) C2•0.1 ,.,_F
Posotive· Adj. ~ .0-8.0 Vdo:- R4 • {See Table I) C3"' 0.251'f·
Going
R5 .. 220 k.ll C5•0.1,uF
Sync. R6,.220!l C6"' 0.1 ~o~F
Nom 4.5 v 3.9 I<
~--- - R7"' 22 n C7"' ISH T111ble II)
R8 ~ 3.3 kfl C8•0.1~o~F
R9 • 3.9 krl C9 • (See T•ble II)
Fig. 92-2
688
TWO-STAGE WIDEBAND AMPLIFIER
.. ., Circuit Notes
A wide band high gain configuration using
two SL550s connected in series. The first
stage is connected in conunon emitter config-
uration, the second stage is a common base
circuit. Stable gains of up to 65 dB can be
achieved by the proper choice of Rl and R2.
The bandwidth is 5 to 130 MHz, with a noise
figure only marginally greater than the 2.0 dB
specified for a single stage circuit.
Fig 92-3
VIDEO IF AMPLIFIER AND LOW-LEVEL VIDEO DETECTOR CIRCUIT
•20Voc
1-:::,.j~f--4 AfT OUTPUT

39.
"'
5.11.
,,
L( ... undwol~ 26 AWG MniO nfiQn

Kfll.ll*"'tOnodbfdlOIO<tlog•"nd""J
•s..Jiolt I IINit Jl,and Cl, Pom lo• (pqolllat ,~,...,..,(,.oti.., an'~' MCI:U!tP Dolo &.nl
Fig. 92-4 ""Sn lniJ<II O.. rlood Sec:uan altho 01S11Jn Choraolonlll" Pogo 3. ond Gonorol lnlarmo"an. P"'l" 5 ~"'" 6
689
TV SOUND IF OR FM IF AMPLIFIER WITH QUADRATURE DET~CTOR
_,,
l1 ""
I " 12 ylU "d MCU16
N~UT ~~~~
T"-ir-0........:"---"-.1..--'-'-•"-.:...'
ll.l~f 13 2 , .... '"' 2
_:_ MC1357 ~ 'zM +---!-'__,R.,.2~-t..··_Jt!S tJ 6 1
ro '--:o--.--,..,----.-.Jr- 100 k ,
.__ aA s ~o_,~.,F =4--: ;:I~ 01 $1F
..
;;r0111F O.l"F;;:f'
1 14
,~·~,'
r-1- 5k
VOLUME
Rl
""""''I I
!Optoonal) ~ _
Typit~lPerformance: Cl • 120 pf
2 WamOutput L1 • 14 11H
2% OoJtortion A1•20Hl
250 11V S.nsiti~ity 13 rt8 Lim.) Q~ 30
Fig. 92-5
IF AMPLIFIER
-TYPICAL APPLICATION OF MC1341P VIDEO IF AMPLIFIER

1nd MC1330 LOW·LI!VIL VID!O DI!TE:CTOR CIRCUIT
+18 Vdc
r---j-.... AfT OUTPUT

3.9 k
'"
,,
,..
'"
~J r;gl_1
~,--- -,Et . .
All wondongs 122 AWG rinntd nylon
ocetate w"etuned woth Coolcreh 161
r:IL+s·
TUAtiS
LJ wound With =26 AWG wmed •"'iOn
•tPiille wire tuned by dostonmg Wollding
~ugs, loU 10-32, Of tQUI~IItnt
"S" ~<~ott IIPIOJt 3J. and C4. Ports Loll (pf!ll 4) ollhilopocili«.tion
Fig. 92-6
690
FET CASCO DE VIDEO AMPLIFIER
SHUNT,,
P~GCOit
'"o-r .
Circuit Notes
The FET cascode video amplifier features
very low input loading and reduction of feed-
back to almost zero. The 2N5485 is used be-
cause of its low capacitance and high Yt..
Bandwidth of this amplifier is limited by RL and
load capacitance.
o--_,_---th
J 2NS41S IP51J)
I m
'"
·~ Fig. 92-7
HIGH IMPEDANCE LOW CAPACITANCE AMPLIFIER
" "'
K '"""""
J
0-.--+1-,''5&1 R2
2Ni485 L-.,
r---Vour Fig. 92-8
VIN
...
"" "" "
Circuit Notes
This compound series-feedback circuit provides high input impedance and stable,
wide-band gain for general purpose video amplifier applications.
691
JFET BIPOLAR CASCO DE VIDEO AMPLIFIER
Circuit Notes
The JFET -bipolar cascade circuit will
provide full video output for the CRT cathode
,. drive. Gain is about 90. The cascade configura-
tion eliminates Miller capacitance problems
with the 2N4091 JFET, thus allowing direct
drive from the video detector. An m-derived
filter using stray capacitance and a variable
inductor prevents 4.5 MHz sound frequency
from being amplified by the video amplifier.
Fig. 92-9
VIDEO AMPLIFIER VIDEO AMPLIFIER
1.0 .uF
,,
0.001
. ~-..--·,
,,,
2.2KH
IC = HA2620
5.6 k
VI (AGC) o-~w~-o--!
' ;;>-±:=--:--< Your
1.0 .uf T50pF*
~
BW"' tMHz
l.O,uF GAIN= 40dB
0.001 .uF
*A smlll lo.ad npKitlnet<-uf 1t lnst
30pf (includin& strty ctpt~;:itlntfl) is
recummtndtd to prevent possible high
O.OOl,uF +12Vdc frequency oscillttions.
Fig. 92-10 Fig. 92-11
692
-93
Voltage and
Current Sources and References
Bilateral Current Source Inverting Bipolar Current Source

0 V to 20 V Power Reference Precision Reference Micropower 10 V
Programmable Voltage Source Reference
Bilateral Current Source Precision Reference Low Noise Buffered
Noninverting Bipolar Current Source Reference
Voltage Reference Constant Current Source
Low Voltage Adjustable Reference Supply Precision Dual Tracking Voltage Referen-
Voltage Reference ces
Low Power Regulator Reference Precision Reference Bipolar Output Refer-
High Stability Voltage Reference ence
± 3 V Reference Precision Reference 0 V to 20 V Power
± 5 V Reference Reference
Zenerless Precision Millivolt Source Precision Reference Standard Cell Re-
± 10 V Reference placement
Precision Reference Square Wave Voltage
Reference
693
BILATERAL CURRENT SOURCE
Circuit Notes
"" 2Ml!
The circuit will produce the current re-
+15V lationship to within 2% using 1% values for R1
through R5. This includes variations in RL from
100 ohm to 2000 ohm. The use of large resis-
-15V AS
tors for R1 through R4 minimizes the error due
lk!'
'------;-------~---1 '!\
to RL variations. The large resistors are possi-
~~ R. ble because of the excellent input bias current
" performance of the OP-08.
IF Rl•R3 AND R2•R••R~ THEN
IL IS INDEI'ENOENT OF VARIATIONS
IN Rl
Fig. 93-1
0 V TO 20 V POWER REFERENCE
25VT040 v
..
,....! ':'--.,
. • ......
.• , lM108A ~ l M11S
......
, 120 " " ' ~-('' '"' Fig. 93-2
.IV A~ "' ,,J_
MYLAR-- '" OV TO 20V
lA
'" =f'"'' 1k
-4:-
-SV
PROGRAMMABLE VOLTAGE SOURCE
r
Fig. 93-3
tASE
.f'""'l 0_ I ~ F
VH 1Cho~~c~·~~"' V£E
II 'o-' I Q '"'<looOm. I 201+1
694
BILATERAL CURRENT SOURCE LOW VOLTAGE
ADJUSTABLE REFERENCE SUPPLY
Rl v•-s.ov ~
Uk !iiD
INPUT
"
""" "
0.1"
"'"
0.1%
.9.51<!1
.,,
"
0.1%
o.t%
V'
AlVIN
•our" RTRS-
"
1001<!)
0.1%
Al•R••RS
Rl • A2
Fig. 93-4
"Sohd IOnlolum
Fig. 93-7
NONINVERTING VOLTAGE REFERENCE

BIPOLAR CURRENT SOURCE
,, ,, "'
!Ok~! • 101<•!"
vee
E(o2VI IOI<H"
V 0 "' 2.5 V(l + :;)
"MATCHED SO THAT~:~ Fig. 93-8

IL- ~5 -~
COMPLIANCE OF ABOVE CIRCUIT L>VL)IS ·8V WHEN
E • ·2V AND AL ~ 1.6k!L NOTE THAT VQ IS •lOV
Fig. 93-5 UNDER THESE CONDITIONS.
VOLTAGE REFERENCE LOW POWER REGULATOR REFERENCE

+ SU,LY
"
"'
Fig. 93-6 Fig. 93-9
"
"'
1
Yo=fi1~ R2
Vo•~Ycc Circuit Notes
This simple reference circuit provides a
stable voltage reference almost totally free of
supply voltage hash. Typical power supply re-
jection exceeds 100 dB.
695
HIGH STABILITY ZENERLESS PRECISION
VOLTAGE REFERENCE MILLIVOLT SOURCE
" +l!IV
~ 2mA ~lfN
. ' •
·~
"
::; ~ !~t57~
Sppml C
r~·: "
"
Rt·T;~
R ~
2
10 -Vz
1 , to-3
R3 • .......:fl.._
1 • to--J
AVCl • 1.11
.tlv ..
'
. '.
·~
.} "'="
Fig. 93-10 1
-
-·~
Fig. 93-13
± 3 V REFERENCE ± 10 V REFERENCE
+7.6V 1•10%1 +7.15V
2
~ •t5V
'
"'vour •
JIU.QZHJ
...
"
vor•l • +l.OV
'" • +111V
r- "'
13.3k{l ~J
RH-01
!-'---<>
"""
IIM<!l
t ·.. '"•
1/2 Ol'.oii:IC
K:.15V(!IOII.l
L-
~ -IOV
~
'- '"'
11a 01'-ux~e·· AZ / Vol-1 • -a.ov
.. rv "'
2.1111n l.llkn
.} -15V
¢ -UV 1•1011ol
Fig. 93-ll Fig. 93-14
± 5 V REFERENCE PRECISION REFERENCE SQUARE

l:"v WAVE VOLTAGE REFERENCE
v,. +!IV
v, • "" ,_. -
••
•
+'f r Olll'UT
,.
~,...~,
FIH-02
101<!!
•
o-->
'"•
TRIM
f'--<> 101.!! .........
~,STAIIUlUI
...v' ~
~ 11417
'-----
K: -OV
-I
LMI.
. .,
~v *
~"
ITO-ltv
IGU.-IIEWA'tl
~
Fig. 93-12 Fig. 93-15
696
INVERTING BIPOLAR PRECISION REFERENCE
CURRENT SOURCE (HIGH SPEED) MICROPOWER 10 V REFERENCE
••
- - " f ' - - V I N ~ ISV
0
'"
•MATCHED SO THAT~~ :~
COMPLIANCE Of AB0\1[ CIRCUIT I.JVLI 15 SV

WHEN E 2\1 AND ~l 16k·, NOH THAT
\IQ" 10V UNDER THESE CONDITIONS
Fig. 93-16 •to:!20 I'A star1dby current Fig. 93-17
PRECISION REFERENCE LOW NOISE BUFFERED REFERENCE
+9V-30V
R1 LOAD
1k2
Fig. 93-18
02
2NJOSS
L---~---------------t
Z01
5V6 2 r,
R2
5k6
~3 ~R4
56R SR6
'"" lW 10W OV
Circuit Notes
The circuit will provide 3 preset currents Q2s emitter at the same potential as the nonin-
which will remain constant despite variations verting input. The current flowing into the load
of ambient temperature or line voltage. ZDl therefore is defined solely by the resistor
produces" temperature stable reference vol- selected by Sl. With the values employed here,
tage which is applied to the noninverting input a preset current of 10 rnA, 100 rnA or 1 A can be
of ICI. 100% feedback is applied from the out- selected. Q2 should be mounted on a suitable
put to the inverting input holding the voltage at heats ink.
697
CONSTANT CURRENT SOURCE
2.1\1
...
'"
Fig. 93-19
PRECISION DUAL TRACKING VOLTAGE REFERENCES
V• •• ., •• .,
.,
••
R6==::~;
V2
Fig. 93-20
PRECISION REFERENCE BIPOLAR OUTPUT REFERENCE
•l~v--.,...---,
...
. •15V
TEIIIPlRATUflt
STAIIliZER
... ~--'!
1aTUI'Itol
U5V
OUTPUT
ADJUST
-11iV
Fig. 93..21
698
PRECISION REFERENCE 0 V TO 20 V POWER REFERENCE
15'1 TO 4d
'
.
..2. r_:.....,
. • ,. r;;
LMUJU.
' M19SK
... • ~
TEM~EAo\TURE
" )~.("I
~
STAIIliUA'''';
6tsV
llllll'lll
.I
.. . l.
Mn.1i.-- •• OV TO MIV
llA TO lA
-
'"' =r···· "
* Fig. 93-22
PRECISION REFERENCE STANDARD CELL REPLACEMENT
15VTOlDV--..----..-------------,
1%R£GULATED
..•
TEMniiATUAE
...'"
STABiliZ£R
6.!15V
,.
"
G. I%
Fig. 93-23
699
94
Voltage-
Controlled Oscillators
Linear Voltage Controlled Oscillator Simple Voltage Controlled Oscillator

10 Hz to 10kHz Voltage Controlled Oscil- Three Decades VCO
lator Two-Decade High-Frequency VCO
Precision Voltage Controlled Oscillator Voltage Controlled Oscillator
Voltage Controlled Oscillator Voltage Controlled Oscillator
700
LINEAR VOLTAGE CONTROLLED OSCILLATOR
HIGH
FREQUENcY ---:; ~~
~
['~.N753A
SYMMETRY
~(1.2V) Uk!l"'" Ukn "'" "''"
"" 1MU
"''"
nn '------
LOW
L-~1
1,000p,
• • • • c-..:..-
,I'll!QUINCY
SYMMETRY
L~
-I
...
·~""'
1kfl ICL8031 SINE-W
OUTPUT
• Fig. 94-1
-~ 1"\..,
,UNCTION GENERATOR
741
+
_c
·VtN ~ ' I;Y
~
10 11
" '"'
15V
~
··-
10kn
OFFSET 10011:1\
w·~INE-WAVE
DISTORTION
15V
Circuit Notes
The linearity of input sweep voltage versus output frequency is significantly
improved by using an op amp.
10Hz TO 10kHz VOLTAGE CONTROLLED OSCILLATOR
."•
u .. v---11'1 -"2
u ... ~":~: ---<~>----+--...:,;"~'~--.--'!
•
'" ..."' .....
"
.
Fig. 94-2
,.,,
•Ad;..!for""'"'_l,..rt
."'•
.."" ..""
_,.,,-v..,•i.lmV
'•"'"'"'" ..PK'"'"""2e,F.
liloormu10 f..,.uncy Y kM•
701
PRECISION VOLTAGE CONTROLLED OSCILLATOR
100k
o-JII'vv
VoN ,__..-;~•15V
-;.,...... ,AA
+15V
•V ,..:
100k ~ ~ -15V
> OFFSET ADJUST Fig. 94-3
5k1 .2 8 1 rTfn ,_ 10k
15-vJVvVVv~)~--_j~~~~~7_____________J
3
.~o
o4 RC4151 r
OUTPUT liNEARITY 0.05%
1n r 5 &......_____ RESPONSE TIME 10~sec
U U ~ FREQUENCY 0-+ 10kH;r
5k1 ~ ~ 10k
>
'" *
nfn
v;,;
+15V ~.
mn
Circuit Notes
RC 4151 precision voltage-to-frequency converter generates a pulse train output
linearly proportional to the input voltage.
VOLTAGE CONTROLLED OSCILLATOR
Vee s.o v- 14 v
. ' 10'
"'
Circuit Notes
The VCO circuit, which has a nonlinear
5 3
transfer characteristic, will operate satisfac-
VCO Input >--<>---1 MC1422
Output
torily up to 200 kHz. The VCO input range is
Vee
--;
,. ' "'
(Input Rantc~ 1/3
to Vccl L_,----,---,-.J effective from \Ia Vee to Vee - 2 V, with the
highest control voltage producing the lowest
2
' output frequency.
Fig. 94-4
702
SIMPLE VOLTAGE CONTROLLED OSCILLATOR
WAVEFORM AT
EMITTER OF 02
R4 1/1/1
Json VVI
OUTPUT Fig. 94-5
WAVEFORM AT
BASE 2 OF 02
r-r-1
Circuit Notes
With the component values shown, the oscillator has a frequency of 8kHz. When an
input signal is applied to the base of Ql the current flowing through Ql is varied, thus
varying the time required to charge Cl. Due to the phase inversion in Ql the direction of
output frequency change is 180 degrees out of phase with the input signal. The output
may be used to trigger a bistable flip-flop.
THREE DECADES VCO
'
Ut~F
+IIY
,."'
Fig. 94-6
."• ':'
..
,. -"
Vc (R8+R71
f• ,O::;_Vc:5:30V,10H:r~f:5:10kHz
[8VpuRBR1]C
R1, R4 matched. Linearity 0.1% over 2 decades.
703
TWO-DECADE HIGH-FREQUENCY VCO
,. ,.
'"
FIIEQU(~Y
COioiTRO~
VOL TAG~
INPUT
Fig. 94-7
+250mVoc :s Vc :s +SOVoc
100Hz :S 10 :S 1001cHz
'""'
Fig. 94-8
c •
28pf
VIN-t
,,.---
4C6V R1
wha ...: A2.,2A1

+.amplifier Input voltage .. o.ev Fig. 94-9
411 =DM7414 hyatereal~~o, typ IV
• :S MHz operation
• T2L ouput
704
95
Voltage-to-Frequency
Converters
10 Hz to 10 kHz Voltage/Frequency Con- Voltage-to-Frequency Converter

verter V/F Conversion, Positive Input Voltage
Voltage-to-Frequency Converter Ultraprecision V/F Converter
V/F Conversion, Negative Input Voltage
705
10Hz TO 10kHz VOLTAGEIFREQUENCY CONVERTER
•W
~-------- ----v~'--- - - - - - - - - - , ,,
6 GND I
- 10 IB '"
3"' DELAY
lcOMP
11 IN
'I
-2.SV
I
I AMP I
-SV 0-l==~~~j''~ou~,~==~::~~~~~~~
7 VREF
CtNT
800pf CREF I 12pF
!INPUT I ~:: 200pf I
v,. _ _...,Vv_.__..__~,f"''",.--._~-
O-U>V . . :r:+--'l',..",..'~r-'-2~0~F~F~SE~'----
I-SV L_____ 1BIAS _ _ _
v~----------J
101( 1
Rat AS
•
1001(
J;>s TVP
AMF
0"
1. To adjun fmin• set VtN- 10mV and 11djust tt'le SDK offset for 10Hz out.
2. To adjust fmax• sat VtN lOV and adjust AtN or VREF for 10KHz out.
3. To increase fouTMAX to 100KHz etlen;t~ CA-eF to 15pF and CtNT to 75pF
4. For high performance epplications use high stabilitY components for RtN• CAEF• VAEF (metal
film retiators and glass fllm capacitors). Also separate the output ground (Pin 91 from the inPut ground (Pin 6).
Output Waveforms
Fig. 95-1
706
VOLTAGE-TO-FREQUENCY CONVERTER
Circuit Notes
The Dl69 serves as a level detector and
provides complementary outputs. The op amp
is used to integrate the input signal VIN with a
.. time constant of RlCl. The input (must be
'•
negative) causes a positive ramp at the output
of the integrator which is summed with a nega-
tive zener voltage. When the ramp is positive
enough Dl69 outputs change state and OUT 2
flips from negative to positive. The output
pulse repetition rate J;., is directly proportioned
to the negative input voltage VIN.
Fig. 95-2
VOLTAGE-TO-FREQUENCY CONVERTER
, .. '"
FD333 FREQUENCY
00>
50 kHz MAX
'------<oo %&0-1C
"
10 k 10 k
..
Fig. 95-3 r·
"}---------, V/F CONVERSION,
POSITIVE INPUT VOLTAGE
Fig. 95-4
. ~
AOVFC32
. ~
707
ULTRAPRECISION V/F CONVERTER
,,
3.
,,
,..
..
,
• "•
tz.n•
., ~
·~ -l,h
o.oe~
.. ,'='
m
' lMlJIA
3
OUTPUT
~
4lllltNOM
"' ITJIIMI
'
m
,,
"' ~
"3 ~
u.n•
...
" T
•• ·~ u~
.,."'" hl ,.. ....

stALE ;._~ ~~ Fig. 95-5
·~ FACTOR
" ,·~
.... J
',~
'"
0V TO -IOV 4.7nf ?
"
101k" ' '
OffS~~o' 3~~
~.~·-'-
±.-'_,, four· Full-scale output 10kHz
''""'t_.. "" '"''t

2. 09V Rt R-fCT
*Stable co mponents with lOW tempco: see tell!
Cy is Tefl on or Polystyrene
All diode s 1N457, 1N484, or F0333 (low-j,eskage silicon)
Circuit Notes
The circuit is capable of better thao 0.02% error and 0.003% nonlinearity for a
±20°C range about room temperature.
V/F CONVERSION, NEGATIVE INPUT VOLTAGE
.-------1 "
''
.:·r".. :
OFFSET
A.OJUST
_J
Fig. 95-6
-t&V
'·'"'
708
96
Voltmeters
figure number contained in the box of eaeh circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
3-% Digit DVM, Four Decade, ±0.4 V, ±4 Extended Range VU Meter (Bar Mode)
V, ±40 V, and ±400 V Full Scale High Input Impedance Millivoltmeter
Automatic Nulling DVM Wide Band AC Voltmeter
3-~ Digit True RMS AC Voltmeter Suppressed Zero Meter
3-~ Digit DVM Common Anode Display Ac Millivoltmeter
DVM Auto-Calibrate Circuit 4~ Digit LCD-DVM
FET Voltmeter Sensitive Low Cost VTVM
709
~cc - ~c
Auto~ ~ccf'-"++tt-f1~~
~4--t---'
~· ! Vflf.
710
AUTOMATIC NULUNG DVM
~ "" I "''
+' I. ,•'
• '·
m " "".
1'-
rr---"':.,...:·_~
["
C_fkn
'""'0 .,
!Ole[!
C11200p' MICA
C312Cijl'
C41-.F
ALL RESISTOIII tR, 0.12& WATT
lftT.\l FILM UNLIIS NOTED
··~--------------------------------~~~~~====:j==~------------1-----~==~-,
~1 . z lllliF{U
Fig. 96-2
711
3-\lz DIGIT TRUE RMS AC VOLTMETER
IN4148
200 mV
v,N
9 M:~
2V ..,~TSC7106A
900 k~: " VfiEF
90 ~~~: " VREF
J2 ANALOO
200 v
COMMON
10 k'!
0.01 " vjN
"' 30
v,N
hJ~r~~~~1:E~E
""
COM 26
v
Fig. 96-3
3¥. DIGIT DVM (±200.0 mV) COMMON ANODE DISPLAY
,,
' " "
1r'"
"'"
+I
-I.
MAN""
'
'
-,, I=
l-1 I= Cl 11:'~-- l-1 R•
I= 7.
MANq10
~
,'I
1-+.1
H·
H&,
MAN4610
~
-,,
MAN4810
1--¥:
~g
c
~·
., ~
Az~
...,~
"'
. .,
4.3Ku L
r
'"
""
MPSA13
~' 'I r<ao r<. ''I

r<MP~lJ
'I
,--
~
'•
'""
,, I '*'· ,,
.f(t.022~F
'"
'' .." f-- 10K ll
"'
........
MPS..t.13 "I--
•', H "I-
.... " r--- L' "",. 1- '•
• "
LDIIO
' 115DK!l
.,
- ,,
r·' "
• r-:' B ::r- D<"
d "" p-;::
... ~ •''
' OH
••' '• ~ 7
t LDUIA U
10f--
,,
-12~ r -~1 7~1 0
12K ll o.~!F: 0.00112 ~F
I
'•
O.OOH"F "
0.01 "F
IOKu
a, I~
...._... +
~
"
folATIOI>IAL
+12\1
Fig. 96-4
712
DVM AUTO-CALIBRATE CIRCUIT
+15V
' '
REF OlEJ
~ 101<!)
-15V
'~"
" Fig. 96-5
O~C·20
'
'' ''
PUSI-1 TO
CAliBRATE
FET VOLTMETER
,. . ..
,. ..,~
"'
.. "' ••
.
,.
'"
•••
.. "
.•
'"'
•••
...
~·
...
. .. ...
'" Fig. 96-6
Circuit Notes
This FETVM replaces the function of the cuits allowing a 0.5 volt full scale range which
VTVM while at the same time ridding the in- is impractical with most vacuum tubes. The
strument of the usual line cord. In addition, low-leakage, low-noise 2N4340 is an ideal de-
drift rates are far superior to vacuum tube cir- vice for this application.
713
EXTENDED RANGE VU METER (BAR MODE)
IIMDDI
Tl: U VAC C~IITUI UPPED

•
-x2.Z
..
... -
~"
~· ~"
_,. ~"
_, ~"
~
_, _,.
~· ~· '
_, .. •HI
'" 1 '
\f lEO
ItO It
Lllllll! LMlll&
.. ..."' 111111111 .~
'" "'
'"' •• MOOE
' ' '

." .."'
V' (12V TIIJt\11
"'"
T~oo o~piK:oloon ahowo thai I"" LEO lupj>11
·~u""" m!nomol loh•lng
-6ft Af>jlloc.olo"" Honta tor 0111lono1 P!"'"
"'"""'-O.t..:lat
1 •~lull 113 too 3 dl dotftlronce !>111-n
LED 111 on<ILEO 112
"
113 ,R~ ,OI!ollo ~~~8
Fig. 96-7
HIGH INPUT IMPEDANCE MILLIVOLTMETER
.-----_,.....".___ ,.
.." T.,
II "
11M WcDFF
·~~.,0 ~~
fVOK l_ o-;t
Tu
I "
..L
•'" X4LE
• o"
"• ••" "' ,.

'" ,.,.,
·-· ·-· ., ....
" " '"
" • ..~
" H
•• !.~ ...
• 1x tcate calibrate
..
RAI&E
t 3x lute caHbrata
t lncludas rewwelng ••Itch ' !hoY IGQooV Fig. 96-8
"
714
WIDE BAND AC VOLTMETER
..•
Circuit Notes
" This voltmeter is capable of measuring ac
'"
signals as low as 15mVat frequencies from 100
Hz to 500 kHz. Full scale sensitivity may be
changed by altering the values R1 through R6
(R=VIN/100 p.A).
..
..........
\10 Ill - ""'
Fig. 96-9
SUPPRESSED ZERO METER
Circuit Notes
A zener diode placed in series with a
voltmeter will prevent the meter from reading
until the applied voltage exceeds the zener
voltage. Thus, a 10 volt zener in series with a
5-volt meter will allow the condition of a 12 V
car battery to be monitored with much greater
sensitivity than would be possible with a meter
reading 0-15 volts.
Fig. 96-10
AC MILLIVOLTMETER
Fig. 96-11
715
BAC.PlAN{
~c.'"'' '<39~
.
SfGMHHS
J:•m I
4030 fOR POS
SIGN
I
I C1 C/CI C/
0 I
I.Ll.l:::t.l 1./:::t
. SEGMHITS
F0ROIGIT5
' ~= ~' ~: ~:
l:401ll
·= ::':'£ .. .. .. ..
:':S
o,
:':§ ~§
~)i' £~ 8~ ~?
"• "·
7 7
., ., .,
" " " " '
·s~o--- "oo g "'t-
OF412
r- "" ..
D 4 D3 t> 2 D 1 ho6 1 8 2 AJ '"11f 0001-F
Fig. 96-12
L
BollSBI
S\GNIOR.'LPR
'' .
g
••
r4013J
0
"' I I '
SIOIU
•• H
t>4t>3o 2 o 1 6aS1S18J
Vss
--o·>"
"' "' l0111A GNO
•I ~1 il
"oo
*---<> "" dl v
. g .. .. ·~ ::~: CRllG
INPLJT
V0lTA<iE
"'" lt>l2tl VRH
. • l'
H!QGNO~
'' ~ ;' ' ~v

~~
~
~
"• "' "'

-tr J-1:'cs;1. ~
SENSITIVE LOW COST "VTVM"

.. •\IV
•
1'1 . . . .v
Fig. 96-13
.• ...
716
97
Waveform and
Function Generators
Low Cost Adjustable Function Generator Gated Oscillator

DAC Controlled Function Generator Exponential Digitally-Controlled Oscillator
Programmed Function Generator Function Generator
100-kHz Quadrature Oscillator Clock Source
Strobe-Tone Burst Generator Precision Oscillator with 20 ns Switching
Low Cost High Frequency Generator Oscillator with Quadrature Output
Tone-Burst Oscillator and Decoder Wide Range Variable Oscillator
Triangle and Square Waveform Generator Frequency Divider and -staircase Generator
10 kHz Oscillator Precision Oscillator to Switch 100 rnA
50 kHz Oscillator Loads
Variable Audio Oscillator, 20Hz to 20kHz
717
LOW COST ADJUSTABLE FUNCTION GENERATOR
v" V2 1N5236V
R
....
i,
R
A v,
s, o,
~
.,.
B R/100 1N4148 R
(A)
v, (V) lv, v, I
v,
v,r 1
I
I
Vzll I
-v,W I -,
(B) (C)
Fig. 97-1
Circuit Notes
This low -cost operational-amplifier cir- in position A, Vl is a triangular waveform,
cuit (A) generates four different functions with while V2 is a square wave (B). With the switch
adjustable periods. For the components shown in position B, a sawtooth waveform is gener-
here, the period of the output waveforms is ated at Vl and a pulse at V2(C).
given by T =4RC and T =2RC. With switch Sl
718
DAC CONTROLLED FUNCTION GENERATOR
+15¥
AMPliTUDE
+15¥
'"
"' >-+-<>'V
SIN£ WAVE
SYMMEtRY/
TRIM
-15V
f "
OUTI'UT
WAVESKAI'E/
TRIM
..
+1$¥
"
DAC0130
.... A o louu
ONDGND
.., ,.... +15
u -15
SQUAll£ WAVE
'"'""
OAC controls the freQuency of sine. square. and triangle

outputs.
0
I= 256( 20k)C for VoMAX .. vOMIN of SQuare wave output
and R1 "'JR2
255 to 1 lin•ar freQuency range; oscillator stops with 0:: 0
Trim symmetry and wave·shape lor mlntmum stne wave
distortion.
Fig. 97-2
719
PROGRAMMED FUNCTION GENERATOR
,.'
"ou•
AEF-02
•
-
"'
""
"~
,.
:;;'
" ~"'
SVMMfHIY
'"
'"
'""" "''
~
VAOJ ~
" " " '"
'"•
fULL
SCAlE
2.5K
" '""
'"
1000 pF
'"
•oo
"
SYMM£TRY
AEFI•I
Trr -J;'"
~rt ' . " •
• •
~·
• •
'
'
.
~ "'" H·
"
. 'j
AHI I
DA.C 20
' '"
"'1
n
'" " " '
;;td
..·q
''"
LF CAL
-
CUT ./.
"'~
•oo•
"'
~
•oo
'
~Nf
DISTORTION
'"
'"
SWITC><
""
><~~
6CO SWITCH
V· •-15V
Fig. 97-3
100-kHz QUADRATURE OSCILLATOR
6sin wt 18 kn !See Note Al

1N4148
.--+41---..-~w.~--o -15 v
18 pF
18 pf
""
88.4 kn
L--~~---~~~----Q+15V
1N4148 18 kn (See Note A)
=
88.4 kn
Note A: Thua rasiuor valulls may be adjusted for a symmetrical output.
Fig. 97-4
720
STROBE-TONE BURST GENERATOR
t15V
•• •• "'
Circuit Notes
7 • • •
[• ICL8038
With a dual supply voltage, the external
capacitor on pin 10 can be shorted to ground to
!l1Nt14 halt the 8038 oscillation. The circuit uses a
11 10. 2 f- FET switch and diode ANDed with an input
IN114 strobe signal to allow the output to always start
~~ 2N4382
STROBE
on the same slope.
'""
I I c
-111V
[_ OFF
V"ON
5V(+10V)
-1 5V(-10V}
Fig. 97-5
LOW COST HIGH FREQUENCY GENERATOR
r-----~R2Y-----------------------------Eo,~
AMPLITUDE ADJUST
I~ 4R;C3t::)
2
(Eo)pp ~ 2V~~)
~Vz
IC =HA2650/26555
Fig. 97-6
721
TONE-BURST OSCILLATOR AND DECODER
TRAt.ISIIIIT
~VOLTS"-")
Decoder and logic. Tone-burst oscillator.
Fig. 97-7
Circuit Notes
A tone burst sent at the beginning of each transmission is decoded (at receiver) by a
PLL causing output from pin 3 of logic gate to turn on carrier-operated switch (COS).
TRIANGLE AND SQUARE WAVEFORM GENERATOR
'
2lillpf
Fig. 97-8
v2UVJL.f
"
h:: 1 MHz
•••"
"Ooo-"'Yo4--"""'"'__.,. V2 output is TTL compatible
A2 edjusts lor symmetry of tile triangle waveform
Frequency is adiusted with A5 and C
722
10kHz OSCILLATOR
+1!5V
o.ekn
Circuit Notes
~.OipF
The capacitor charges until switching vol-
tage is reached. When SUS switches on, the
inductor causes current to ring. When the cur-
IOO..uH
rent thru SUS drops below the holding current,
OUTPUT the device turns off and the cycle repeats.
47fl
Fig. 97-9
50 kHz OSCILLATOR VARIABLE AUDIO

OSCILLATOR, 20Hz TO 20kHz
+10V
1
+V 'IOVOLTS """
[~~~LE
t .1,., .... ,.
Uk
~
"'
a-
CUJT
Bl ' • ••
G-E
./1 B2
D5K
FREQUENCY'" • ICL8038
R
100
Kn 12 2--
" 11
... 15M.-: ;- : .00·47~F

~DISTORTION
?. 10011
""'
tOY
Fig. 97-ll
To obtain a 1000:1 Sweep Range, the vol-
tage across external resistors RA and RB must
decrease to nearly zero. This requires that the
highest voltage on control pin 8 exceed the
Circuit Notes voltage at the top of RA and R. by a few hundred
A 50 kHz circuit is possible because of the millivolts. The circuit achieves this by using a
more nearly ideal characteristics of the D5K. diode to lower the effective supply voltage on
the 8038. The large resistor on pin 5 helps
reduce duty cycle variations with sweep.
723
GATED OSCILLATOR
GATE OSCILLATOR FREQUENCY

vee _._RCTIMI CONSTANT
l ,--;:., - ________ ,:' MC751401'1
tw·'¥
I ' Vcc•SV
:v
s +lSGC
v,. OUTPUT
''
~
_____ ,:
''
, .. i
~
~
I I
~--Ot--- " STRO~~

-·
~. STROBE
r ~
~ ~
''
•• o.o 0.2 o.• 2.0
RC TIME CONSTANT !l<il" 0.0
"
Fig. 97-12
EXPONENTIAL DIGITALLY-CONTROLLED OSCILLATOR
I'"
'""
''" '""
<1%
2N3906 '-w.,j ...... 2N3908 CURRENT MIRROR
"r:J
IReF" ~
+!iV IV+!
I"'"' IQI-)t
'
___s-u
. " DIQITAL INPUTS
' ~
----~
"'
~n
•~n
CHORD
"'"
tot+l•loH
"' ~MP.(I;I j" 1
. :.:.n m. f.f,f.f.Y,
SELECT S~LECT
I t '"A"' 10 U
"'
. "·~ '-"
'
+C1CICII1111&MI/D. 14
-1004+ 11
IQ(+)
-
>---'-1~(1'. ":' -15V L oJ~ J 000
VREr DAC-711CX AI l~
........ ~· ·~ .l
" . 12 - V-
6" 6.
V+ Vt.C
~·
lfJc~l+ 17
CMP-02
~~~
I ·a··
' ' !' OUT
.. j ~ '"
·~
LL 4
UPPER LIMIT ., 0V
LOWER LIMIT"" ~V
-~~ ~.01"~ •-'-"''"
LIL
•~n
"ALL !OleO RESISTOI\S ARE PI\RT OF
BOURNS #411'1HIQ1-103S
1~-PIN DIP NETWOR~
I :
f-.- T ---!
ov
-6V
T =
lA I"
1
j~j ~ 2Je~
WHERE
f---- T ----1
NORMALIZED DIGITAL INPUT
Fig. 97-13
Circuit Notes
The microprocessor-controlled oscillator capacitor between precisely-controlled upper
has a 8159 to 1 frequency range covering 2.5 Hz and lower limits. The circuit features instan-
to 20 kHz. An exponential, current output IC taneous frequency change, operates with +5
DAC functioning as a programmable current ± 1 V and -15 V ±3 V supplies, and has the
source alternately charges and discharges a dynamic range of a 13-bit DAC.
724
FUNCTION GENERATOR
Fig. 97-14
'\.- OUTPUT
OUTPUT
IC = HA-2620
CLOCK SOURCE
+SY
16kll 1kll
S&kll Circuit Notes
A clock source using LM311 voltage com-
parator in positive feedback mode to minimize
clock frequency shift problem.
Fig. 97-15
PRECISION OSCILLATOR OSCILLATOR WITH

WITH 20 NS SWITCHING QUADRATURE OUTPUT
.,
+
2 • •
3 ,.,
•
":" 2 I •
CONNECT I'IN 3
TO 2.1VTO
f- INVERT OUnliT
c,t l"' * Fig. 97-16 Fig. 97-17
725
WIDE RANGE FREQUENCY DIVIDER
VARIABLE OSCILLATOR AND STAIRCASE GENERATOR
I ' C2
"" I.~ J STAIRCASE

OUTPUT
I (' r
.,
~"1914
1N914 '"
'
~ ~
''"
,.. FJT1100
'" '"'
v-
~Nnn
·~
.,[o- ' ·~
.1' "? '" '" QUARE WAVE OUTPUT
v-
1 1N914 '" 10 ...... ,
...... ~~---
' RoANGl E WAVf OUTPUT
~ lfl.[o YJN
·~
VReF- - -
\r\r'···
, , --0.2 V
.. _J,I.- .J •• I-
T. 1N914
FREOUf:N CY AOJUST
MUST IE IUFFf:RED
FOIIIIL lOll
J
-l- ~
ivReFi• 2Vo + N [3.5T + 2Vo- Coc:IN
T in Seconds
v 0 lor FJT 1000 ~ 0.31 V
Fig. 97-18
Fig. 97-19
• PRECISION OSCILLATOR
TO SWITCH 100 rnA LOADS
., Fig. 97-20
726
9-8
Zero Crossing Detectors

Zero Crossing Switch Zero Crossing Detector with Temperature

Zero Crossing Detector Sensor
Zero Crossing Detector Zero Crossing Detector
Zero Crossing Detector
727
ZERO CROSSING SWITCH
TRIGGER----, Circuit Notes

When switching loads with the aid of a
thyristor, a large amount of RFI can be gener-
~~.' Dl
ated unless some form of zero crossing switch
?
R1
LOAD I is used. The circuit shows a simple single
transistor zero crossing switch. Rl and R2 act
100k
02~ r ,~ as a potential divider. The potential at their

- ~
' AC
junction is about 10% of the ac voltage. This
voltage level is fed, via R3, to the transistor's
;3,~k
Q base. If the voltage at this point is above 0.2,
'--?, SCR1
the transistor will conduct, shunting any thyris-
'
'
. ,
) R2
~ ..
,.. 01
tor gate current to ground. When the line po-
tential is less than about 2 V, it is possible to
trigger the thyristor. The diode Dl is to re-
move any negative potential that might cause
Q1=GENERAL PURPOSE GERMANIUM
D1.2•GENERAL PURPOSE SILICON
reverse breakdown.
SCR1aTO SUIT APPLICATION Fig. 98-1
ZERO CROSSING DETECTOR
SkU
'l'o..' 'hl' '':',"' 'l'o..'

IN.uT --r-=-j ......_::::-..._,---11'D'Ml--j"f-<r--t='l '"'.:>....::---- OUTPUT
__.!_ _.. ..., _ / tr\.J 100pP "A~

r- OUTPUT
v• .~ •v• ,I Fig. 98-2
5011 5011
1 kH
1
kl!
10
kll
~ ul.
C=r
... ""'
0.1 " '
-~-,} *.,.
Total Delay = 30 ns
Input frequency =
300 Hz to 3 MHz
Minjmum input voltage • 20 mVpk-pk
728
ZERO CROSSING DETECTOR
Circuit Notes
This detector is useful in sme wave
ZERO DETECT INPUT squaring circuits and AID converters. The
positive input may either be grounded or con-
OUTPUT
nected to a nulling voltage which cancels input
offsets and enables accuracy to within micro-
volts of ground. The CMOS output will switch
to within a few millivolts of either rail for an
input voltage change of less than 200 p. V.
Fig. 98-3
ZERO CROSSING DETECTOR WITH TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Zero Crossing Detector
1'1:1 and R2 ~ontrol the switching voltage

of thlll z111ro crossln!J detector
Vee
"'
"'
IC = MC3405 "' T111mpc1rature S1msor
Fig. 98-4
ZERO-CROSSING DETECTOR ZERO CROSSING DETECTOR

Vee+
V•
----,
r--
.,.
20kH
_,.-+1-4.,_- OUTPUT
I
I VouT Fig. 98-6
_ _ _ _JI
vee- Fig. 98-5 V-
729
Sources
Chapter 1 Fig. 2-2: Electronics Today Interna- of National Semiconductor Corp. Hy-
Fig. 1-1: The Build-11 Book Of Elec- tional, 10/78, p., 30. brid Products Databook, 1982, p. 7-7.
tronics Projects, TAB Book No. 1498, Fig. 2-3: CQ, 5177, p. 50. Fig. 3-9_· Electronics Today Interna-
p. 73. Fig. 2-4: Ham Radio, 10/78, p . .14. tional, 2/82, p. 58.
Fig. 1-2: QST. 7/81, p. 28. Fig. 2-5: Ham Radio, 10/78, p. 89. Fig. 3-10. SigneticsAnalogDataMan-
Fig. 1-3: Radio Electronics, 10/78, p. Fig. 2-6:--7.1 Magazine, 7/78, p. 62. ual, 1983, p. 10-100.
41. Fig. 2-7:101 EkctronicProjects, 1975, Fig. 3-11: Precision Monolithics Incor-
Fig. 14: "73 Magazine, 10/77, p. 122. p. 22. porated 1981 Full Line Catalog, p.
Fig. 1-5: Modern Electronics, 2/78, p. Fig. 2-8: 73 Magazine, 7/82, p. 46. 12-50.
50. Fig. 2-9: 73 Magazine, 7/83, p. 103. Fig. 3-12: Courtesy of Fairchild Cam-
Fig. 1~6: Electronics Today lnterna- Fig. 2-10: 101 Electronic Projects, era & Instrument Corporation. Linear
lional, 3/82, p. 69. 1975, p. 13. Databook, 1982, p. 9-17.
Fig. 1-7: Modern Electronics, 7/78, p. Fig. 2-11: Ham Radio, 5/78, p. 87. Fig. 3-13: Signetics AnaWg Data Man-
51. Fig. 2-12: 73 Magazine, p. 164. ual, 1977, p. 35.
Fig. 1-8: Electronics Today Interna- Fig. 2-13: Modern Electronics, 2/78, p. Fig. 3-14: Courtesy of Fairchild Cam-
tional, 4/83, p. 72. 16. era & Instrument.Corporation. Linear
Fig. 1-9: 101 Electronic Pmjects, Fig. 2-14: 73 Magazine, 10/77, p. 52. Databook, 1982, p. 5-39.
Fig. 2-15: 73 Magazine, 7/77, p. 34. Fig. 3-15: Precision Monolithics Incor-
1977, #64.
Fig. 1-10: Electronics Todav lntl!Yna- Fig. 2-16: 104 Weekend Electronics porated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p.
lional, 10/78, p. 94. - Projects, TAB BookNo.1436,p.120. 6-10.
Fig. 1-11: Modern Electronics, 2/78, p. Fig. 2-17: Ham Radio, 10/70, p. 76. Fig. 3-16: Courtesy of Motorola Inc.
55. Fig. 2-18: Electronics Today Interna- Motorola Semiconductor Library, Vol-
Fig. 1-12: Modern Electronics, 2/78, p. lional, 7/77, p. 72. ume 6, Series B, p. 8-21.
48. Fi"g. 3-17: Signetics Analog Data Man-
Chapter 3 ual, 1983, p. 17-17.
Fig. 1-13: Signetics 555 Timers, 1973,
p. 26. Fig. .1-1: Courtesy of Fairchild Camera Fig. 3-18: Intersil Data Book, 5/83, p.
Fig. 1-14: Electronics Today Interna- & Instrument Corporation. Linear 5-36.
tional, 3/83, p. 23. Databook, 1982, p. 4-119. Fig. 3"19: Courtesy of Motorola Inc.
Fig. 1-15: Electronics Today Interna- Fig. 3-2: Signetics Analog Data Man- Linear Integrated Circuits, 1979, p.
tional, 3/83, p. 23. ual, 1982, p. 3-83. 3-17.
Fig. 1-16: National Semiconductor, Fig. .1-.1: Teledyne Semiconductor, Fig. 3-20: Reprinted with the pennis-
Linear Databook, 1982, p. 3-288. Data & Design Manual, 1981, p. 11- sion of National Semiconductor Corp.
Fig. 1-17: Electronics Today1nterna- 207. Hybrid Products Databook, 1982, p.
tional, 3/83, p. 23. Fig. 3-4. Signetics Analog Data Man- 1-83.
Fig. 1-18: Signetics 555 Timers, 1973, ual, 1983, p. 10-99. Fig. 3-21: Precision Monolithics Incor-
p. 22. Fig. 3-5: Reprinted with the permission porated, 1981 Full Line CataWg, p.
Fig. 1-19: 101 Electronic Projects, of National Semiconductor Corp. Data 16-160.
1977, #65. Conversion/Acqui$ition Databook, Fig. 3-22: Signetics Analog Data Man-
Fig. 1-20: Modern Electronics, 6/78,p. 1980,p. 3-107. ual, 1982, p. 3-103.
58. Fig. 3-6: Reprinted with the permission Fig. 3-23: Precision Monolithics Incor-
Fig. 1-21. Modern Electronics, 6/78, p. of National Semiconductor Corp. porated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p.
Tran$istor Databook, 1982, p. 11-29. 6-127.
55.
Fig. 3-7: Reprinted with the permission Fig. 3-24: Courtesy of Motorola Inc.,
Chapter 2 of National Semiconductor Corp. Linear Integrated Circuits, 1979, p.
Fig. 2-1: Modern Electronics, 3/78, p. Audio/Radio Handbook, 1980, p. 2-67. 3-83.
69. Fig. 3-8: Reprinted with the permission Fig. 3-25: Courtesy of Motorola Inc.
730
Linear Integrated Circuits, 1979, p. Fig. 4-2: Intersil Data Book, 5/83, p. Fig. 6-7: Electronics Today Interna-
3-1.11. 4-83. tional, 3/75, p. 66.
·Fig. 3-26: Harris Semiconductor, Fig. 4-3: Ferranti, Technical Hand- Fig. 6-8: Electronics Today Interna-
Analog Data Book 1984. book Vol. 10, Data Converters, 1983, p. tional, 3/78, p. 52.
Fig. 3-27: Intersil Data Book, 5/83, p. 7-10. Fig. 6-9: Electronics Today Interna-
-S-36. Fig. 4-4: Precision Monulithics Irn:or- tional, 5!78, p. 85.
Fig. 3-28: Precision Monolithics Incor- porated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p. Fig. 6-10: Modern Electronics, 7178, p.
porated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p. 16-12. 58.
16,17. Fig. 4-5: Reprinted wilh permission of Chapter 7
Fig. 3-29: Courtesy of Motorola Inc. Analog Devices, Inc. Data Acquisition
Linear Integrated Circuits, 1979, p. Databook, 1982, p. 10-241. Fig. 7-1: Courtesy of Fairchild Camera
3-31. Fig. 4-6: Precision Monolithics Incor- & Instrument Corporation. Fairchild
Fig. 3-30: Siliconi.x Analog Switch & fxJrated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p. Semiconductor Application Note 300.
IC Product Data Bonk, 1182, p. 6-21. 8-13. Fig. 7-2: Ham Radio, 1/78, p. 78.
Fig. 3-31: Siliconix Analng Switch & Fig. 4-7: Reprinted with the permission Fig. 7-3: Courtesy of Mot(Jro/a Inc.
IC Product Data Book, 1/82, p. 6-15. of National Semiconductor Corp. Na- Linear Integrated Circuits, 1979, p.
Fig. 3-32: Precision M onolithics Incor- tional Semiconductor CMOS Data~ 6-23.
fxJrated, 1.981 Full Line Catalog, p. book. 1981. p. 3-63. Fig. 7-4: 73·Magazine, 12/76, p. 97.
16-37. Fig. 4-8: Reprinted with permission of Fig. 7-5: 7.1 Magazine, 7177, p. 34.
Fig. 3-33: Siliconix Analog Switch & Analog Devices, Iru·. Data Acquisition Fig. 7-6: Reprinted with the permission
IC Product Data Book, 1182, p. 7-56. Databook, 1982, p. 10-240. of National Semiconductor Corp.
Fig. 3-34: Reprinted with permisst"on of Fig. 4~9: Teledyne Semiconductor, Linear Applications Handbook, 1982,
Analog Devices, Inc. Data Acquisition Data&DesignManual, 1981,p. 7-39. p. AN29-9.
Databook, 1982, p. 4-119. Fig. 4-10: Reprinted with permission of Fig. 7-7: Reprinted with the permission
Fig. 3-35: Courtesy of Fairchild Cam- Analog Devices, Inc. Data Acquisition of National Semiconductor Corp.
era & Instrument Corporation. Linear Databook, 1982, p. 10-50. Linear Applications Handbook, 1982,
Databook, 1982, p. 4-42. Fig. 4-11: Courtesy of Fairchild Cam- P. LB16-l.
Fig. 3-36: Courtesy of Motorola Inc., ·era & Instrument Corporation. Linear Fig. 7-8: Reprinted with the permission
Linear Integrated Circuits, p. 3-17. Databook, 1982, p. 5-32. of National Semiconductor Corp.
Fig. 3-37: Courtesy of Motorola Inc. Fig. 4-12: Precision Monolithics Incor- Transistor Databook, 1982, p. 11-.'11.
Linear Integrated Circuits, 1979, p. porated 1981 Full Lim Catalog, p. Fig. 7-9: Reprinted with the permission
6-23. 8-13. of National Semiconductor Corp.
Fig. 3-38: Courtesy of Texas Instru- Linear Databook, 1-982, p. 10-25.
ments Incorporated. Linear Control Chapter 5
Fig. -7-10: How to Design/Build Re-
Circuits Data Book, Second Edition, p. Fig. 5-1: Reprinted with the permission mote Control Devices TAB Book No.
145. of National Semico-nductor Corp. Data 1277, p. 230.
Fig. 3-39: Courtesy of Motorola Inc. Conversion/Acquisition Databook, Fig. 7-11: Radio Electronics, 7/83, p.
Linear Integrated Circuits, 197.9, p. 1980, p. 3-22. 7.
3-83. Fig.- 5-2: Reprinted with the permission Fig. 7-12: Electronics Today Interna-
Fig. 3-40: Courtesy of Fairchild Cam- of National Semiconductor Corp. tional, Summer 1982, p. 45.
era & Instrument Corporation. Linear Tr-ansistor Databook, 1982, p. 11-29. Fig. 7-13: 73 Magazine, p. 31.
Databook, 1982, p. 4-41. Fig, 5-3: Reprinted with the permissUm Fig. 7-14: Reprinted/rom Electronics,
Fig. 3-41: Canadian Projects Number of National Semiconductor Corp. Data 11/8.1. Copyright 1983, McGraw Hill
1, Spring/78, p. 29. Conversion/Acquisition Databook, Inc. All rights reserved.
Fig. 3-42: Reprinted with the permis- 1980, p. 8-64. Fig. 7-15: Electronics Today Interna-
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. Fig. S-4: Precision Monolithics Incor- tional, 7/72, p. 84.
Application Note AN125, p. 2. porated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p. Fig. 7-16: Courtesy of Motorola Inc.
Fig. 3-43: Harris Semiconductor, 12-39. Linear Integrated Circuits, 1979, p.
Linear & Data Acqui..!iition Products, p. 3-42.
2-58. Chapter 6 Fig. 7-17: Reprinted with the permis-
Fig. 3-44: Reprinted with permission of sion of Natiunal Semiconductor Corp.
Anabw Devices, Inc. Data Acquisition Fig. 6-1: Electronics Today Interna- Linear Databook, I 982, p. 3-171.
Databook 1982, p. 4-98. tional, 3/82, p. 66.
Fig. 3-45: Reprinted with the permis- Fig. 6-2:101 Electronic Projects, 1977, Chapter 8
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. !C 23.
Application Note AN1:t5, p. 3. Fig. 6-3: Reprinted with the permission Fig.·8-l: CourtesyofFairchil-dCamera
of National Semiconductor Corp. & Instrument-Corporation, Fairchild
Audio/Radio Handbook, 1980, p. 2-66. Progress, 11-12/76, p. 26.
Chapter 4 Fig. 8-2: Courtesy ofFairchild Camera
Fig. 6-4: Electronics Today Interna-
Fig. 4-i: Courtesy ofFairchild Camera tional, 10/79, p. 93. & Instrument Corporation. Fairchild
& Instrument Corporation. Linear Fig. 6-5: No reference. Progress, 5-6177, p. 22.
Databook, 1982, p. 7-8. Fig. 6-6: No reference. Fig. 8-3: Reprinted with the permission
731
of National Semiconductor Corp. era & Instrument Corporation. Linear Fig. 9-22: Signetics Analog Data Man-
Audio/Radio Handbook, 1980,p. 4-44. Databook, 1982, p. 4--89. ual, 1982, p. 15-6.
Fig. 8-4: Reprinted with the permission Fig. 8-24: Reprinted with permission of Chapter 10
of National Semiconductor Corp. National Semiconductor Corp. Linear Fig. 10-1: Reprinted with the permis-
Audio/Radio Handbook, 1980,p. 4-14. Databook, 1982, p. 10-203. sion of National Semiconductor Corp.
Fig. "8-5: Reprinted with the permisSion Chapter 9 Linear Applications Handbook, 1982,
of National Semiconductor Corp. p. AN162-10.
Audio/Radio Handbook, 1980, p. 4-14. Fig. .9-1: Canadian Projects Number 1,
Spring/78, p. 27.
Fig. 8-6: Reprinted with the permission tional, 6/79, p. 75.
of National Semiconductor Corp. Fig. 9·2: No reference. Fig. 10--3: Signetics 555 Timers, 1973,
Transistor Databook, 1982, p. 7-23. Fig. 9--3: Electronics Today Interna- p. 24.
Fig. 8-7: Reprinted with the permission tional, 4/79, p. 18. Fig. 10-4: Electronics Today Interna-
of National Semiconductor Corp. Fig. 9-4: Reprinted with permission of tional, 12/75, p. 72.
Audio/Radio Handbook, 1980, p. 4-51. National Semiconductor Corp. Linear Fig. 10-5: Electronics Today Interna-
Application Note AN125, p. 7. Databook, 1982, p. 3-389. tional, 2/75, p. 51.
Fig. 8-8: Reprinted with the permission Fig. 9-5: Reprinted with the permission Fig. 10-6: Ele.ctronics Today Interna-
of National Semiconductor Corp. ofNational SemU:onductor Corp. Tran- tional, 7181, p. 22.
Audio/Radio Handbook, 1980, p. 4-51. sistor Databook, 1982. p. 11-29. Fig. 10-7: Electronics Today Interna-
Application Note AN/25, p. 6. Fig. 9-6: Reprinted with permission of tional, 7!77, p. 32.
Fig. 8-9: Reprinted with the permission National Semiconductor Corp. Data Fig. 10-8: Reprinted with the permis-
of National Semiconductor Corp. Conversion/Acquisition Databook, sion of National SemU:onductor Corp.
Linear Databook, 1982, p. 10-171. 1980, p. 3-91. Linear Applications Handbook, 1982,
Fig. 8-10: Reprinted with the permis- Fig. 9-7: Reprinted with permision of p. LB33-1.
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. National Semiconductor Corp. Au- Fig. 10-9: Reprinted with the permis-
Linear Databook, 1982, p. 10-63. dio/Radio Handbook, 1980, p. 2-45. sion of National Semiconductor Corp.
Fig. 8-11: No reference. Fig. 9--8: Reprinted with permission of Linear Databook, 1982, p. 9-141.
Fig. 8-12: Electronics Today Interna- National Semiconductor Corp. Au- Fig. 10-10: Courtesy of Motorola Inc.
tional, 3/78, p. 81. dio/Radio Handbook, 1980, p. 2-43. Linear Integrated Circuits, 1979, p.
Fig. 8-13: Courtesy of Motorola Inc. Fig. 9-9: Reprinted with permission of 3-138.
Motorola Semiconductor Library, Vol- National Semiconductor Corp. Trans- Fig. 10-11: Reprinted with the permis-
ume 6, Series B, p. 8-21. istor Databook, 1982, p. 11-28. sion of National Semiconductor Corp.
Fig. 8-14: Courtesy of Motorola Inc. Fig. 9-10: Signetics Analog Data Man- Transistor Databook, 1982, p. 7-31.
Motorola Semiconductor Library, Vol- ual, 1982, p. 4-8. Fig. 10-12: 73 Magazine, 7/77, p. 34.
ume 6, Series B, p. 8-21. Fig. 9-11: Signetics Analog Data Man- Fig. 10-13: Modern Electronics, 2178,
Fig. 8-15: Courtesy of Motorola Inc. ual, 1982, p. 15-6. p. 56.
Motorola Semiconductor Library, Vol- Fig. 9-12: SigneticsAnalog Data Man- Fig. 10-14: Reprinted with the permis-
ume 6, Series B, p. 8-21. ual, 1977, p. 466. sion of National Semiconductor Corp.
Fig. 8-16: Reprinted with the permis- Fig. 9-13: Reprinted with permission of Linear Databook, 1982, p. 9-140.
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. National Semiconductor Corp. Au- Fig. 10-15: The Build-it Book Of
N ationalSemiconduc tor Application dio/Radio Handbook, 1980, p. 2-27. Electronic Projects, TAB Book No.
Note AN125, p. 7. Fig. 9-14: Reprinted with permission of 1498, p. 80.
Fig. 8-17: Reprinted with the permis- National Semiconductor Corp. Fig. 10-16: 73 Magazine, 1/82, p. 41.
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. Audio/Radio Handbook, 1980,p. 2-32. Fig. 10-17: Electronics Today Interna-
Application Note AN69, p. 4. Fig. 9-15: Signetics Analog Data Man- tional, 10/77, p. 47.
Fig. 8-18: Reprinted with the permis- ual, 1982, p. 15-6. Fig. 10-18: Modern Electronics, 9/78,
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. Fig. 9-16: SigneticsAnalogData Man- p. 37.
Linear Databook, 1982, p. 10-25. ual, 1977, p. 466. Fig. 10-19: Electronics Today Interna-
Fig. 8-19: Courtesy of Motorola Inc. Fig. 9-17: Reprinted with permission of tional, 10/77, p. 38.
Linear Integrated Circuits, 1979, p. National Semiconductor Corp. Data Fig. 10-20: The Build-It Book Of
5-17. Conversion/Acquisition Databook, Electronic Projects, TAB ..Book No.
Fig. 8-20: Reprinted with the permis- 1980, p. 3-88. 1498, p. 111.
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. Fig. 9-18: Reprinted with permission of Fig. 10-21: Modern Electronics, 5/78,
Linear Databook, 1982, p. 10-170. National Semiconductor Corp. Au- p. 7.
Fig. 8-21: Reprinted with the permis- dio/Radio Handbook, 1980, p. 2-20. Fig. 10-22: Reprinted with the permi..'i-
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. Fig. 9-19: Reprinted with permission of sUm of National Semiconductor Corp.
Hybrid Products Databook, 1982, p. National Semiconductor Corp. Au- Linear Databook, 1982, p. 9-143.
17-170. dio/Radio Handbook, 1980. p. 2-21. Fig. 10·23: Reprinted with the permis-
Fig. 8-22: Reprinted with permission of Fig. 9-20: Signetics Analog Data Man- sion from General Electric Semicon-
National Semiconductor, Corp. Appli- ual, 1977, p. 466. ductor Department. General Electric
cation Note AN69, P- 4. Fig. 9-21: Signetics Analog Data Man- SCR Manual, Sixth Edition, 1979, p.
Fig. 8-23: Courtesy of Fairchild Cam- ual, 1983, p. 10-92. 207.
732
Fig. 10-24: No reference. Fig. 13-2: Reprinted with the permis- Fig. 14-15: Reprinted with permission
Chapter 11 sion of National Semiconductor Corp. from General Electric Semiconductor
Hybrid Products Databook, 1982, p. Department. General Electric, 2/68.
Fig. 11-1: Reprinted with the permis- 17-131. Chapter 15
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. Fig. 13-3;· Precision Monolithics Incor-
Voltage Regulator Handbook, p. 7-32. porated, 1981 Full Line -catalog, p. Fig. 15-1. Reprinted with the permis-
Fig. 11-2: 101 Electronics Projects, 16-160. sion of National Semiconductor Corp.
1977, p. 97. Fig. 1.1-4: Precision Monolithics Im·or- Linear Applications Handbook, 1982,
Fig. 11-3: Courtesy of M-otorola Inc. porated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p. p. AN146-1.
Application Note AN-294, p. 6. 7-17. Fig. 15-2: Reprinted with the pennis-
Fig. 11-4: 73 Magazine, 2/79, p. 156. Fig. 13-5: Reprinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Fig. 11-5:73 Magazine, 7/77. sion of National Semiconductor Corp. Linear Databook, 1982, p. 9-112.
Fig. 11-6: Ham Radio, 12/79, p. 67. Transistor Databook, 1982, p. 11-31. Fig. 15-3: Supertex-Data Book, 1983,
'Fig. 11-7: 73 Magazine, 2/83, p. 99. Fig. 13-6: Precision Monolithics Incor- p. 5-23.
Fig. 11-8: 44 Electronics Projects For porated, 1981 Full Line Catalog. p. Fig. 15-4: Supertex Data Book, 1983,
SWLS, CBers & Radio Experimenters, 16-159. p. 5-22.
TAB Book No. 1258, p. 153. Fig. 13-7: Reprinted with the-permis- Fig. 15-5: How To Design/Build Re-
Fig. 11-9: Yuasa Battery (America) sion of National-Semiconductor Corp. mote Control Devices, TAB Book No.
Inc. Application Manual for NP type Linear Databook, 1982, p. 3-324. 1277, p. 287.
battery. Fig. 13-8: Reprinted with the permis- Fig. 15-6: How To Design/Build Re·
Fig.ll-10: Electronics Today Interna- sion of National Semiconductor Corp. mote Control Devices, TAB Book No.
tional, 11/EfO. Linear Databook, 1982, p. 3-324. 1277, p. 289.
Fig. 11-11: 73 Magazine, 7177. Fig. 13-9: Precision Monolithics Incor- Fig. 15-7: How Tv Design/Build Re·
Fig. 11-12: Reprinted with permission porated, 1981 Full Line Cataloff, p. mote Control Devices, TAB Book No.
from General Electric Semiconductor 6-35. 1277, p. 290.
Department. General Electric SCR Fiff. 13-10: Precision MonolithU:s In- Fig. 15-8: How To Design/Build Re-
Manual, Sixth Edition, 1979, p. 203. corporated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p. mote Control Devices, TAB Book No.
Fig. 11-14: Reprinted with the permis- 7-11. 1277, p. 2.91.
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. Fig. 15-9: Signetics Analog Data Man·
Linear Databook, 1982, p. 9-31. Chapter 14 ual, 1982, p. 16-28.
Fig. 11-15: Reprinted with the permis- Chapter 16
...sion of National Semiconductor Corp. Fig. 14-1: Radio. Electronics, 1/67.
Voltage Regulator Handbook, p. 10- Fig. 14-2: Modern Electronics, 2/78, p. Fig. 16-1: Reprinted from Electronics,
141. 17. 6/78, p. 150. Copyright 1978, McGraw
Chapter 12 Fig. 14-3: Electronics Today Interna- Hill Inc. All rights reserved.
Fig. 12-1: NASA Tech Brief, B73- tional, 5/75, p. 68. Fig. 16-2: Reprinted/rom Electronics,
I0~49.
Fig. 14-4: Electronics Today Interna- 5/73, p. 96. Copyright 1973, McGraw
Fig. 12-2:Electronics Today Interna- tional, 4/78, p. 81. Hill Inc. All rights reserved.
tional, 1/75, p. 66. Fig. 14-5: ModernElectrontcs, 6178, p. Fig. 16-3: 303 Dynamic E kctrnnic Cir-
Fig. 12-3: Electronics Australia, 2/76, 14. cuits, TAB Book No. 1060, p. 290.
p. 91. Fig. 14-6: Reprinted with permission Fig. 16-4: 73 Magazine, 2/79, p. 79.
Fig. 12-4: 73 Magazine, 2/79, p. 78. from General Electric Semiconductor Fig. 16-5: Wireless World, 12/74, p.
Fig. 12-5: Electronics Today Interna- Department. General Electric, 2/68. 504.
tional, 6/79, p. 103. Fig. 14-7: Electronics Today Interna- Fig. 16-6: Courtesy of Motorola Inc.
Fig. 12~6: Ham Radio, 9/82, p. 78. tional, 6/74, p. 67. Linear Integrated Circuits, 1979, p.
Fig. 12-7: Courtesy of Texas Instru- Fig.14-8: Modern Electronics, 2/78, p. 6-123.
ments Incorporated. Optoelectronics 16. Fig. 16-7: Electronics Today Interna·
Databook, 1983-84, p. 15,5. Fig. 14·9:©Siliconix incorporated. tiona/, 3!78, p. 51.
Fig. 12-8: 73 Magazine, 2/79, p. 78. TI OO/T300 Applications. Fig. 16-8: Reprinted with the permis-
Fig. 14-10: Reprinted with_permission sion of National Semiconductor Corp.
Fig. 12-9: ©Siliconix incorporated.
from General Electric Semiconductor Linear Databook, 1982, p. 10-215.
Siliconix Analog Switch & IC Product
Department. General Electric SCR Fig. 16-9: Courtesy of Motorola Inc.
Data Book, 1182, p. 6-19.
Manual, Sixth Edition, 1979, p. 224. Linear Integrated Circuits, 1979, p.
Fig. 12-10: Reprinted with the permis-
Fig. 14-11: Reprinted with thR permis- 6-17.
st'on of National Semiconductor Corp. Fig. 16-10: Courtesy of Motorola Inc.
sion of National Semiconductor Corp.
Linear Databook, 1982, p. 3-109. Linear Interface Integrated Circuits,
Linear Databook, 1982, p. 9-143.
Fig. 12-11: Reprinted with the permis- 1979, p. 7-8.
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. FiK. 16-11: Courtesy of Motorola Inc
tional, 6/82, p. 69.
Linear Databook, 1982, p. 3-109. Linear Interface Circuits, 1979, p. 7-8.
Chapter 13 Siliconix Application Note AN154. Fig. 16-12: Courtesy of Motorola Inc.
Fig. 13-1: Intersil Data Book, 5/8..1, p. Fig. 14-14: Wireless World, 5/78, p. Linear Integrated Circuits, 1979, p.
5-238. 69. 6-123.
733
Fig. 16-13: Siliconix Application Note Fig. 17-13: Signetics Analog Data Fig. 19-8: Ham Radio, 2/79, p. 40.
AN73-6, p. 5. Manual, 1982, p. 6-20. Fig. 19-9: Ham Radw, 2/79, p. 42.
Fig. 16-14: Precision Monolithics In- Ft'g. 17-14: Signetics Analog Data Fig. 19-10: Ham Radw, 2/79, p. 41.
corporated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p. Manual, 1983, p. 10-99. Fig. 19-11: Ham Radw, 2179, p. 43.
8-31. Fig. 17-15: Reprinted with permission Fig. 19-12: Ham Radw, 2/79, p. 43.
Fig. 16-15: Precision Monolithics In- of Analog Devices, Inc. Data Acquisi- Fig. 19-13: Ham Radw, 2/79, p. 43.
corporated 1981 Fall Line Catalog, p. tion Databook, 1982, p. 6-27. Fig. 19-14: Ham Radio, 2179, p. 43.
8-31. Fif.[. 17-16: Reprinted with the permis- Fig. 19-15: Ham Radw, 2/79, p. 38.
Fig. 16-16: Teledyne Semiconductor, sio-n of National Semiconductor Corp. Fig. 19-16: Ham Radio, 2/79, p. 39.
-Databook, p. 9. Linear Databook, 1982, p. 8-258. Fig. 19-17: Ham Radio, 3/82, p. 66.
Fig. 16-17: ©._')iliconix incorporated. Fig. 17-17: Reprinted with the permi._~ Fig. 19-18: Electronics Today Interna-
Siliconix Analvg Switch & IC Product sion of National Semiconductor Corp. tional, 8/7.1, p. 82.
Data Book, 1182, p. 6-4. Linear Databook, 1982, p. 3-50. Fig. 19-19: The Complete Handbook of
Fig. 16-18: Signetics Analog Data Fig. 17-18: Reprinted with the permis- Amplifiers, Oscillators & Multivi-
Manual, 1982, p. 8-14. sion of National Semiconductor Corp. brators, TAB Book No. 1230, p. 322.
Fig. 16-19: Precision Monolithics In- Linear Databook, 1982, p. 8-258. Fig. 19-20: Ham Radio, 4/78, p. 51.
corporated 1981 Full Line Catalog, P- Fig. 17-19: ©Siliconix incorporated. Fig. 19-21: Modern Electronics, 6/78,
8-12. Siliconix Analog Switch & IC Product p. 57.
Fig. 16-20: Signetics Analog Data Data Book, 1/82, p. 7-..11. Fig. 19-22: The Complete Handbook of
Manual, 1982, P- 3-38. Fig. 17-20: Signetics Analog Data Amplifiers, Oscillators & Multivibra-
Fig. 16-21: Harris Semiconductor, Manual, 1982, p. 3-15. tors, TAB Book No, 1230, p. 336.
Linear & Data Acquisition Products, p. Fig. -17-21: RCA Corporation, Solid Fig. 19-23: 73 Magazine, 8/78, p. 80.
2-46. Stat€ Division, Digital Integrated Cir- Fig. 19-24: Third Book Of Electronic
Fig. 16-22: Harris Semicondudor Ap- cuits Application Note ICAN-6346, p. Projects, TAB Book No. 1446, p. 22,
Plication Note 509. 4. Fig. 19-25: CHRYSTAL OSCIL-
Chapter-17 Fig. 17-22: ©Siliconix incorporated.
LATOR CIRCUITS, Robert]. Mat·
Fi/?. 17-1: Reprinted with the permis- MOSPOWER Design Catalog, 1/83, thys, Copyright © 1983, john Wiley &
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. p. 6-42. Sons, Inc. Reprinted by permission of
Linear Applications Handbook, 1982, Fig. 17-23: Signetics Analog Data
John Wiley & Sons, Inc. r.f. Design,
p. AN240-5. Manual, 1982, p. 8-14. 5-6183, p. 69.
Fig. 17-2: Electronics Today Interna- Fig. 17-24: Reprinted with permission
Fig. 19-26: CHRYSTAL OSCIL-
tional, L0/77, p. 45. of Analog Devices, Inc. Data Acquisi-
LATOR CIRCUITS, Robert]. Mat-
Fig. 17-3: ©Siliconix incorporated. tion Databouk, 1982, /J. 4-56.
thys, Copyright © 1983, john Wiley &
Siliconix Analog Switch & IC Product Chapter 18 Sons, Inc. Reprinted by permission of
Data Book, 1/82, p. 7-29. fohn Wiley & Sons, Inc. r.f Design,
Fig. 17-4: Reprinted with the permis- Fig. 18-1: Reprinted with the permis- 5-6183, p. 64.
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. sion of National Semiconductor Corp.
Fig. 19-27: Ham Radw, 4178, p. 50.
National Semiconductor CMOS Audio/Radio Handbook, 1980, p. 5-4.
Fig. 19-2& CHRYSTAL OSCIL-
Databook, 1981, p. 3-61. Fig. 18-2: Reprinted with the pemlis-
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. LATOR CIRCUITS, Robert]. Mat-
Fig. 17-5: Precision Monolithics Incor- thys, Copyright © 1983, john Wiley &
porated 1981 Full Line Catalog, p. 16- Audio/Radio Handbook, 1980, p. 5-5.
Sons, Inc. Reprinted by permissUm uf
142. Fig. 18-3: Reprinted with the permis-
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. Fig. 19-29: CHRYSTAL OSCIL-
Fig. 17-6: ™Siliconix incorporated.
Audio/Radio Handbook, 1980, p. 5-4. LATOR CIRCUITS, Robert]. Mat-
Siliconix Analvg Switch & I C. Product
Data Book, 1/82, p. 7-29. thys, Copyright © 1983, john Wiley &
Fig. 17-7: Electronics Today Interna- Chapter 19 Sons, Inc. Reprinted by permission of
twnal, 10/77, .p. 39 john Wiley & Sons, Inc. r.f Design,
Fig. 19-1: Caurtesy of Motorola Inc. 5-6/83, p. 63.
Fig. 17-8: ~?.eprinted with the permis- Application Note AN-417B, p. 5. Fig. 19-30, CHRYSTAL OSCIL-
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. Fig. 19-2: Courtesy of Motorola Inc. LATOR CIRCUITS, Robert]. Mat-
Audio/Radio Handbook, 1980, p. 4-28. Application Note AN417B, p. 3.
Fig. 17-9: ©Siliconix Incorporated. thys, Copyright © 198.1, fohn Wiley &
Fig. 19-3: The Complete Handbook of Sons, Inc. Reprinted by pennission of
TIOO/T3(}() Applications. Amplifiers, Oscillators & Multivi-
Fig. 17-10: Reprinted with the permis- john Wiley & Sons, Inc. r.f Design,
brators, TAB Book No. 1230, p. 326. 5-6/83, p, 63,
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. Fig. 19-4: Electronics Today Inl€rna-
Linear Applications Handbook, 1982, Fig. 19-.11: CHRYSTAL OSCIL-
tional, 1/76, p. 46. LATOR CIRCUITS, Robert]. Mat-
p. AN240-2. Fig. -19-5: Ham Radio, 2/79, p. 40.
Fig. 17-11: © Siliconix incorporal€d. thys, Copyright © 1983, john Wiley &
Siliconix Analog Switch & IC Product Fig. 19-6. Electronics Today Interna- Sons, Inc. Reprinted by permission of
Data Book, 1/82, p. 7-30. tional, 8/83, p. 57. john Wiley & Sons, Inc. r.f Design,
Fig. 17-12: Signetics Analog Data Fig. 19-7: Ekctronics Today Interna- 6-6/83, p. 63.
Manual, 1982, p. 3-71. tional, 11176, p. 44. Fig. 19-32: CHRYSTAL OSCIL-
734
LATOR CIRCUITS, Robert j, Mat- Fig. 204: Reprinted with permission Fig. 24-3: Electronics Today Interna-
thys, Copyright © 1983, john Wiley & from General Electric Semiconductor tianal, 1/76, p. 45.
Sons, Inc. Reprinted by-permission of Department. GE Semiconductor Data Fig. 244: Precision Monolithics Incor-
fohn Wiley & Sons, Inc. r.f Design, Handbook, Third Edition, p. 305. porated 1981 Full Line Catalog, p.,
5-6/83, p. 63. Fig. 20-5: Reprinted with the permis- 8-33.
Fig. 19.J3: Third Book Of Electronic sion of National SemU:onductor Corp. Fig. 24-5: Reprinted with permission
Projects, TAB Book No. 1446, p. 21. Transistor Databook, 1982, p. 11-35. from General Electric Semiconductor
Fig. 19-34: lntersil. Department. General Electric SCR
Chapter 21 Manual, Sixth Edition, 1979, p. 219.
Fig. 19-35: The Complete Handbook Of
Fig. 21-1: Reprinted with the permis- Fig. 24-6: Reprinted with permission
Amplifiers, Oscillators & Multivi-
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. from General Electric Semiconductor
brators, Tab Book No. n30, p. 324.
Linear Databook, 1982, p. 3-123. Department. General Electric SCR
Fig. 19-36: CHRYSTAL OSCIL- Fig. 21-2: Reprinted with the permis- Manual, Sixth Edition, 1979, p. 218.
LATOR CiRCUITS, Robert j, Mat- sion of National Semiconductor Corp. Fig. 24-7: Courtesy of Motorola Inc.
thys, Copyright © 1983, john Wiley & Transistor Datalmvk, 1982, p. 11-30. Application Note AN294.
Sons, Inc. Reprinted by permission of Fig. 21-3: Reprinted with the permis- Fig. 24-8: Signetics 555 Timers, 1973,
john Wiley & Sons, Inc. r.f Design, sion of National Semiconductor Corp. p. 20.
5-6/83, p. 64. Voltage Regulator Handbook, p. 10-
Fig. 19-37: The Complete Handbook Of 112. Chaptei" 25
Amplifiers, Oscillators & Multivi- Fig. 214: Reprinted with the permis- Fig. 25-1: Radio-Electronics, 2/83, p.
brators, TAB Book No. 1230, p. 325. sion of National Semiconductor Corp. 76.
-Fig. 19-38: Ham Radio, 2/79, p. 41. Transistor Databook, 1982, p. 11-30. Fig. 25-2: Courtesy of Motorola Inc.
Fig. 19-40. The Complete Handbook Of Linear Integrated Circuits, 1979, p.
Chapter 22 6-98.
Amplifiers, Oscillators & Multivi-
Fig. 22-1: Electronics Today Interna- Fig. 25-3: Radio-Electronics, 12/78, p.
brators, TAB Book No. 1230, p. 330.
tional, 9/75, p. 65. 77.
Fig.19-41: TheComp/eteHandbookOf
Fig. 22-2: Signetics Analog Data Man- Fig. 254: Precision Monolithics Incor-
Amplifiers, Oscillators & Multivi- ual, 1982, p. 6-13. porated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p.
brators, TAB Book No. 1230, p. 331. Fig. 22-3: Electronic Today Interna- 14-17.
Fig. 19-42: Ham Radio, 4/78, p. 50. tional, 8/79, p. 99. Fig. 2.5-5: Precision Monolithics Incor-
Fig. 19-43: Ham Radio, 2/79, p. 40. Fig. 224: © Siliconix incorporated. porated, 1981 Full Line CataWg, p.
Fig. 19-44: 73 Magazine. Siliconix Analog Switch & IC Product 14-17.
.Fig. 1945: Reprinted with the permis- Data Book, 1/82, p. 6-15. Fig. 25-6:-Electronics Today Interna-
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. Fig. 22-5: © Siliconix incorporated. tional, 3/78. p. 50.
Linear Databook, 1982, p. 3-241. MOSPOWER Design Catalog, 1/83, Fig. 25-7: RCA Corp., Solid State Di-
p. 6-41. vision, Digital Integrated Circuits Ap-
Fig.19-46: TeledyneSemiconductor
Fig. 22-6: SignetU:s AnaWg Data Man- plication Note JCAN-6346, p. 5.
Databook, p. 9.
ual, 1982, p. 6-21. Fig. 25-8: Reprinted with the permis-
Fig. 1947: Reprinted with the permis- Fig. 22-7: Signetics Analog Data Man- sUm of National Semiconductor Corp.
sion-of National Semiconductor Corp. ual, 1982, p. 6-21. Linear Databook, 1982, p. 3-97.
Application Note 32, p. 8. Fig. 25-9: Courtesy of Fairchild Cam-
era & Instrument Corporation. Linear
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. Fig. 23-1: Ham Radio 11/78, p. 64. Databook, 1982, p. 5-25.
Transistor Databook, 1982, p. 7-26. Fig. 23-2: Reprinted with the permis- Fig. 25-10: Reprinted with the permis-
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. sUm of NatUmal Semiconductor Corp.
Fig. 19-49: Ham Radio, 2/79, p. 40.
Data Conversion/Acquisition Data- National Semiconductor, Application
Fig. 19-50: CHRYSTAL OSCIL- book, 1980, p. 2,5. Note LB-25.
LATOR CIRCUITS, Robert j. Mat- Fig. 23-3: Sigmtics Analog Data Man- Fig. 25-11: Electronics Today Interna-
thys, Copyright © 1983, john Wiley & ual, 1983, p. 11-15. tional, 9/72, p. 86.
Sons, Inc. Reprinted by permission of
Fig. 23-4: Signetics Analog Data Man- Fig. 25-12: 104 Weekend Electronics
john Wiley & Sons, Inc. r.f. Design, ual, 1983, p. 11-10. Projects, TAB Book No. 1436, p. 56.
5-6/83, P. 66. Fig. 23-5: SigneticsAnalogData Man- Fig. 25-13: CourtesyofFairchildCam-
ual, 1982, p. 16-28. era & Instrument Corporation. Linear
Chapter 20 Fig. 23-6: Signetics Analog Manual, Databook, 1982, p. 4-180.
Fig. 20-1: Reprinted with the permis- 1982, p. 16-"8. Fig. 25-14:© Siliconix incorporated.
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. Siliconix Analog SWitch & JC Product
Chapter 24
Linear Databook, 1982, p. 3-123. Data Book, 1/82, p. 6-9.
Fig. 20-2: Intersil Data Book, 5/83, p. Fig. 24-1 :Signetics 555 Timers, 1973, Fig. 25-15: Signetics Analog Data
5-289. p. 19. Manual, 1983, p. 10-100.
Fig. 20-3: Reprinted with the permis- Fig. 24-2: Courtesy of Motorola Inc: Fig. 25-16: © Siliconix incorporated.
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. Linear Inteiface Integrated Circuits, Siliconix Application Note AN73-6, p.
Application Note AN-71, p. 5. 1979, p. 7-30. 4.
735
Fig. 25-17: Signetics Analog Data Databook, 1.982, p. 7-7. Department GE Semiconductor Data
Manual, 1983, p. 13-6. Fig. 26-10. Precision Monolithics In- Handbook, Third Edition, p, 577.
Fig. 25-18: Signetics 555 Timers, corporated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p. Fig. 29-4: Reprinted with permission
1973, p. 17. 11-55. from General Electric Semiconductor
Fig. 25-19: Reprinted with permission Fig. 26-11: Reprinted with permission Department GE Semiconductor Data
of Analog Devices, Inc. Data Acquisi- of Analog Devices, Inc. Data Acquisi- Handbook, Third Edition, p. 573.
tion Databook, 1982, p. 4-123. tion Databook, 1982, p. 8-20. Fig. 29-5: Reprinted with permission
Fig. 25-20: Courtesy of Texas Instru- Fig. 26-12:Courtesy of Motorola Inc. from General Electric Semiconductor
ments Incorporated. Linear Control Linear Integrated CircuiJs, 1979, p. Department GE Semiconductor Data
Circuits Data Book, Second Edition, p, 3-17. Handbook, Third Edition, p. 1&1.
205. Fig. 26-13: Reprinted with permission
Fig. 25-21: Siliconix incorporated. of Analvg_Devices, Inc. Data Acquisi- Chapter 30
Siliconix AnaloK Switch & IC Product tion Databook, 1982, p. 10-50.
Data Book, 1/82, p, 6-14, Fig. 26-14: Precision Monolithics In- Fig. 30-1: Reprinted with the permis-
Fig. 25-22: Signetics Analog Data corporated, 1.981 Full Line Catalog, p, sion of National Semiconductor Corp.
Manual, 1983, p. 11-9. 11-54. National Semiconductor CMOS
Fig. 25-23: Signetics Analog Data Fig. 26-1.5: Precision Monolithics In- Databook, 1981, p. 8-44.
Manual, 1983, p. 11-9, corporated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p. Fig. 30-2: Electronics Today Interna-
Fig. 25-24:Signetics Analog Data 16-159. tional, 4/79, p. 22.
Manual, 1983, p. 10-100. Fig. 30-3: SGS-ATES Databook
FiK. 25-2.5: Courtesy ofFairchildCam- Chapter 27 COS/MOS B-Series, 2/82, p. 548.
era & Instrument Corporation. Linear Fig. 27-I:Ham Radio, 8/81, p. 27. Fig. 30-4: ©Siliconix incorporated.
Databook, 1982, p. 5-38. Fig. 27-2: Ham Radio, 8/81, p. 28. MOSPOWER Design Catalog, 1/83,
Fig. 25-26: Precision Monolithics In- Fig. 27-3: Ham Radw, 8/81, p. 27. p. 6-60.
corporated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p. Fig. 274: Ham Radio, 8/81, p. 26. Fig. 30-5: Reprinted with permission of
8-12. Fig. 27-5: Ham Radio, 8/81, p, 26. Analog Devices, Inc. Data Acquisition
Fig. 25-27: Signetics Analog Data Fig. 27-6: Ham Radio, 6/77, P. 42. Databook, 1982, p. 4-81.
Manual, 1977, p. 264. Fig. 27-7: Ham Radio, 8/81, p, 27. Fig. 30-6: Signetics Analog Data Man-
Fig. 25-28: Reprinted with the permis- ual, 1982, p. 8-10.
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. Chapter 28 Fig. 30-7. Reprinted with the permis-
Linear Databook, 1982, p, 9-31. Fig. 28-1: Reprinted from Electronics, sion of National Semiconductor Corp.
Fig. 25-29: Courtesy ofFairchild Cam- 12/74. p. 105. Copyright 1974, Mc- Transistor Databook, 1982, p. 7-19.
era & Instrument Corporation. Linear Graw Hill Inc. All ril{hts reserved. Fig. 30-B.Precision Monolithics Incor-
Databook, 1982, p. 5-38. Fig. 28-2: Electronics Today Inkrna- porated, 1981 Full Line Catalvg, p.
tional, 10/82, p. 80. 16-i59.
Chapter 26 Fig. 28-3: Reprinted with the permis- Fig. 30-9. Precision Monolithics Incor-
Fig. 26-1: © Siliconix incorporated. sion of National Semiconductor Corp. porated, 1981 Full Line CataLJg, p.
Siliconix Analog Switch & IC Product Linear Databook, 1982, p. 9-188. 16-159.
Data Book, 1/82, p. 8-5. Fig. 28-4: Reprinted with the permis- Fig. 30-10: Precision Monolithics In-
Fig, 26-2: © Siliconix incorporated. sion of National Semiconductor Corp. corporated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p,
Siliconix Analog Switch & IC Product Linear Databook, 1982, p. 9-172. 7-11.
Data Book, 1/82, p. 84. Fig. 28-5: Courtesy of Motorola Inc. Fig. 30-11: Reprinted with the permis-
Fig. 26-3: Precision Monolithicsincor- Linear Interface Integrated Circuits, sion of National Semiconductor Corp.
porated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p. 1979, p. 5-102. Hybrid Products Databook, 1982, p.
6-10. Fig. 28-6: Intersil Data Book, 5!83, p. 1-21.
Fig. 26-4. Precision Monolithics Incor- 6-52. Fig. 30-12: Reprinted with the permis-
porated, 1981 Full Line Catalvg, p. Fig. 28-7: Reprinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
11-55. sion of National Semiconductor Corp., Hybrid Products Databook, 1982, p.
Fig. 26-5: Precision Monolithics Incor- Linear Databook, 1982, p. 9-171. 17-167.
porated, 1981 Fuil Line Catalog, p. Fig. 28-8: Electronics Today Interna- Fig. 30-13: SGS-ATES Databook
16-TO. tional. 3/78, p. SO. COS!MOS B-Series, 2/82, p. 548.
Fig. 26-6: Ferranti, Technical Hand- Ft"'g. 28-.9: Intersil Data Book, 5!83, p. Fig. 30-14: Reprinted with permission
book Vol. 10, Data Converters, 1983, p. 6-34. of AnaLJg Devices, Inc. Data Acquisi-
1-25. tion Databook, 1982, p. 4-123.
Fig. 26-7: Courtesy of Motorola Inc. Chapter 29 Fig. 30-15: Reprinted with permission
Linear Integrated Circuits, 1979, p, Fig. 29-1: Ham Radio, 1/78, p. 94 of Analog DevU:es, Inc. Data Acquisi-
4-50. Fig, 29-2: Reprinted with permission tion Databook, 1982, p. 4-123.
Fig. 26-8: ©Siliconix incorporated. from General Electric Semiconductor Fig. 30-16: CourtesyofFairchildCam-
Siliconix Analog Switch & JC Product Department GE Semiconductor Data era & Instrument Corporation. Linear
Data Book, 1/82, p. 8-5. Handbook, Third Edition, p. 577. Databook, 1982, p. 5-39.
Fig. 26-9. Courtesy of Fairchild Cam- Fig 2.9-3: Reprinted with permission Fig. 30-17: S_GS-ATES Databnnk
era & Instrument Corporation. Linear from General Electric Semiconductor COS/MOS B-Series, 2/82, p. 548.
736
Chapter 31 Craw Hill Inc. All rights reserved. Fig. 33-29: Harris Semiconductor,
Fig. 31-1: Reprinted with permission Fig. 33-8: Reprinted with the permis- Linear& Data Acquisition Product~. p.
from General Electric Semiconductor sion of National Semiconductor Corp. 2-84.
Department. Optoelectronics, Second Hybrid Products Databook, 1982. 17- Fig. .13-30: Courtesy of Motorola Inc.
EditUm, p. 113. 132. Motorola Semiconductor Library Vol. 6,
Fig. 31-2: Reprinted with the permis- Fif(. 33-9: Reprinted with the permis- Series B, p. 3-126.
sUm of National Semiconductor Corp. sion of Nah'onal Semiconductor Corp. Fig. 33-31: Ham Radio, 2178, p. 72.
Hybrid Products Databook, 1982, p. Application N ole LB -5, p. 1. Fig. .1.1-32: Signetics Analog Data
13-11. Fig. 33-10. Ekctronics Today Interna- Manual, p, 401.
Fig. 31-3: RePrinted with the permis- tional, 11174, p. 67. Fig. 33-.13: Signetics Analog Data
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. Fig. 33-11. Courtesy ofFairchildCam- Manual, p. 75.
Hybrid Products Databook, 1982, p. era & Instrument Corporation. Linear Fig. 33-34: Reprinted with the permis-
17-153. Databook, 1.982, p, 4-180. sion of National Semiconductor Corp.
Fig. 31-4: Reprinted with the permis- Fig. 33-12. Courtesy ofFairchildCam- Audio/Radio Handbook, 1980, p. 2-58.
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. era & Instrument Corporation. Linear Fig. 33-35: Reprinted with permission
Hybrid Products Databook, 1982, p. Databook, 1982, p. 4-179. of Analog Devices, Inc. Data Acquisi-
13-14. Fig. 33-13. CourtesyofFairchildCam- tion Databoak, 1982, p. 4-97.
Fig. 31-5: Reprinted with the permis- era & Instrument Corporation. Linear Fig. 33-36: Reprinted with the permis-
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. Databook, 1982, p. 4-41. sion of National Semiconductor Corp.
Hybrid Products Databoak. 1982, p. F:'g. 33-14. Courtesy ofFairchild Cam- Linear Databook, 1982, p. 3-157.
13-20. era & Instrument Corporation. Linear Fig. .13-37: Precision Monolithics In-
Fig 31-6: Reprinted with the permis- Databook, 1982, p. 4-119. corporated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p.
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. 7-11.
Hybrid Products Databook, 1982, p. Fig. 33-38: Precision Monoiithics In-
sUm of National Semiconductor Corp.
13-20. corporated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p.
16-158.
Chapter 32 Fig. 33-16: Courtesy ofFairchild Cam- Fig. 33-39: 73 Magazine, 1/79, p. 127.
Fig. 32-1: No reference. era & Instrument Corporation. Linear Fig. 33-40: Courtesy of Motorola Inc.
Fig. 32-2: No reference. Databook, 1982, p. 4-178. Linear Integrated Circuits, 1979, p.
Fig. 32-3: Modern Electronics, 2/78, p. Fig. 33-17: 7.1 Magazine, 4/79, p. 42. 3-131.
47. Fig. 33-18: 303 Dynamic Ekctronic Fig. 33-41: Reprinted with the permis-
Fig. 32-4: No reference. Circuits, TAB Book No. 1060, p. 289. sion of National Semiconductor Corp.
Fig. 32-5: The Giant Book Of Elec- Fig. 33-19: Reprinted with the permis- Audio/Radio Handbook, 1980, p..'!-59.
tronics Projects, TAB Book No. 1367, sion of National Semiconductor Corp. Fig. 33-42: Reprinted with the permis-
p. 480. Data Conversion/Acquisition Data- sion of National Semiconductor Corp.
Fig. 32-6c The Giant Book Of Elec- book, 1980, p. 3-15. Audio/RadioHandbook, 1980, p. 2-56.
tronics Projects, TAB Book No. 1367, Fig. 33-20:Signetics Analog Data Fig. 33-43:Reprinted with the permis-
p, 114. Manual, 1982, p. 3-77. sion of National Semiconductor Corp.
Fig. 32-7c The Giant Book Of Elec- Fig. 33-21: Harris Semiconductor, Audio!Radt'oHandbook, 1980, p. 2-58.
tronics Projects, TAB Book No. 1367, Linear & Data Acquisition Products, p.
2-85. Chapter 34
p. 114
Fig. 32-8: 73 Magazine. Fig. 33-22: © Siliconix incotporate.d. Fig. 34-1: Reprinted with permission
Siliconix Analog Switch & IC Product from General Electric Semiconductor
Chapter 33 Data Book, 1/8'2, p. 6-9. Department. GE APPlication Note
Fig. 33-1: Precision Monolithics Incor- Fig. 33-23: Reprinted with permission 201.10.
porated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p. of Analog Devices, Inc. Data Acquisi- Fig. 34-2: Electronics Today Interna-
6-58. tion Databook, 1982, p. 4-104. tional. 4/75, p. 42.
Fig. 33-2: lntersil Data Book, 5/83, p. Fig. 33-24: Reprinted with the permis- Fig. 34-3: ©Siliconix intorjJorated,
3-135. sion of National Semiconductor Corp. Application Note AN154.
F-ig. 33-3: Precision MonolithU·s Incor- Data Conversion/Acquisition Data- Fig. 34-4: Reprinted wt'th the permis-
porated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p. book, 1o80, p. 3-23. sion of National Semiconductor Corp.
16-114. Fig. 33-25: Precision Monolithics In- Linear Databook, 1982, p. 3-289.
Fig. 33-4: Reprinted with the permis- corporated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p. Fig. 34-5: Reprinted with permission
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. 16-116. from General Electric Semiconductor
Linear Databook, 1982, p. 3-50. Fig. 33-26; Signetics Analog Data Department. GE Semiconductor Data
Fig. 33-5: Electronics, 9176, p. 100. Manual, 1982, p. 4-8. Handbook, Second Edition, p. 905.
Fi'g. 33-6: Reprinted with the permis- Fig. 33-27: Precision Monolithics In- Fig. 34-6: Reprinted with permission
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. corporated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p. from General Electric Semiconductor
Data Conversion!Acquision Data- 16-115. Department. GE Semiconductor Data
book, 1980, p. 3-117, Fig. 33-28: Precision Monolithics In- Handbook, Third Edition, p. 573.
Fig. 33-7: Reprinted/rom Electronics, corporated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p. Fig. 34-7: Radio-Electronics, 5/79, p.
12/78, p. 124. Copyright 1978, Me- 16-116. 84.
737
Fig. 34-8:49 Easy To Build Electronic Linear Integrated Circuits, 1979, p. Chapter 40
Projects, TAB Book No. 1337, p. 22. 6-99. Fig. 40-1: Reprinted with permission of
Fig. 34-9:49 Easy To Build Electronic Fig. 36-4: Courtesy of Motorola Inc. Control Engineering, 1301 S. Grove
Projects, TAB Bonk No. 1337, p. 98. Linear Integrated Circuits, p. 6-99. Ave. Barrington, 11linois 12/73, p. 43.
Fig. 34=10: Electronics Today Interna- Fig. 36-5: Signetics Analog Data Man- Fig. 40-2: Courtesy of Motorola Inc.
tional, 12/74, p. 66. ual, 1982, p. 16-29. Communications Engineering Bulletin
Fig. 34-11: No reference. Chapter 37 EB-33.
Fig. 34-12: Ekctronics Today Interna- Fig. 40-3: Courtesy of Motorola Inc.
tional, 5-75, p. 67. Fig. 37-1: Teledyne Semiconductor Communications Engineering Bulletin
Fig. 34-13: Reprinted with permission Publication DG-114-87, p. 7. EB-33.
Fig. 37-2: ©Siliconix incorporated, Chapter 41
from General Electric Semiconductor
Analog Switch & IC Product Data
Department. General Electric SCR Fig. 41-1: Courtesy of Texas Instru-
Book, 1/82, p. 7-30.
Manual, Sixth Edition, 1979, p. 205. ments Incorporated. Optoelectronics
Fig. 34-14: Reprinted with permission Fig. 37-3: Reprinted with the permis-
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. Databook, 1983-84, p. 15-12.
from General Electric Semiconductor Fig. 41-2: 73 Magazine, 7/77, p. 35.
Department. General Electric SCR Linear Databook, 1982, p. 9-140.
Fig. .17-4: Reprinted with the permis- Fig. 41-..1: Electronics Today Interna-
Manual, Sixth Edition, 1979, p. 207.
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. twnal, 6176, p. 40.
Fig. 34-15: Reprinteci vith the permis- Fig. 41-4: Repn"nted with the permis-
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. Linear Databook, 1982, p. 8-257.
Fig. 37-5: Reprinted with permission of sion of National Semiconductor Corp.
Linear Databook, 1982, p. 12-14. Linear Databook, 1982, p. 9-172.
Fig. 34-16: © Siliconix incorporated, Analog Devices, Inc. Data Acquisition
Databook, 1982, p. 12-20. Fig. 41-5: Courtesy -of Texas Instru-
Application Note AN154.
Fig. 37-6: Reprinted with the pennis· ments Incorporated. Optoelectronics
Fig. 34-17: it Siliconix incorporated, Databook, 1983-84, p. 15-11.
Application Note AN154. sion of National Semiconductor Corp.
Linear Databook, 1982, p. 9-143. Fig. 41-6: Signetics Analog Data Man-
Fig. 34-18: ©Siliconix incorporated, ual, 1982, p. 8-14.
Application Note AN154. Fig. 37-7: Reprinted with the permis-
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. Fig. 41-7: ©Siliconix incorporated,
Pig. 34-19: OSiliconix incorporated, Linear Databook, 1982,_p. 8-257. Analog Switch & IC Product Data
Application Note AN154. Book, 1182, p. 6-14.
Fig. 34-20: it Siliconix incorporated, Chapter 38 Fig. 41-8: 73 Magazine.
Application Note AN154. Fig. 38-1: Electronics Today Interna- Fig. 41-9: Reprinted from E4ectronics,
Fig. 34-21: © Siliconi:c incorporated, tional, 1/77, p. 83. 3/7.1, p. 119. Copyright 1973, McGraw
Application Note AN154. Fig. 38-2: 101 Electronic Projects, Hill Inc. All rights reserved.
Fig. 34-22: © Siliconix im:orporated, 1975, 1132.
Application Note AN154. Chapter 42
Fig. 38-3: Electronics Today Interna·
Fig. 34-23: © Siliconix incorporated, tiona!, 10/76, p. 66. Fig. 42-1: Reprinted with the Pirmis·
Application Note AN154. Fig. 38-4: Electronics Today Interna- sion of National Semicondw.:tor Corp.
Fig. 34-24: © Siliconix incorporated, tional, 4/75, p. 67. Linear Databook, 1982, p. 9-127.
Application Note AN154. Fig. 38-5: Canadian Project Number Fig. 42-2: SuPirtex Data Book, 1983,
Fig. 34-25: © Siliconix incorporated, 1, Spring 78, p. 55. p. 5-20.
Application Note AN154. Fig. 38-6: Electronics Today Interna- Fig. 42-3: Plessey Semiconductors,
Fig. 34-26: © Siliconix incorporated, tional, 11/76, p. 44. Linear IC Handbook, 5/82, p. 86.
Application Note AN154. Fig. 42-4: Plessey Semiconductors,
Chapter 39 Linear JC Handbook, 5/82, p. 91.
Chapter 35 Fig. 39-1: Modern Electronics, 2178, p. Fig. 42-5: Reprinted with the Pirmis-
Fig. 35-1: Intersil Data Book, 5/83, p. 49. sion of National Semiconductor Corp.
649. Fig. 39-2: Electronics Today Interna- Hybrid Products Databook, 1982, p.
Fig. 35-2: The Giant Book Of Elec- lwnal, 10/78, p. 103. 1-74.
tronic Projects, TAB Book No. 1367, p. Fig. 39-3: Radio-Electronics, 3/78, p. Fig. 42-6: Electronics Today Interna-
109. 76. tional, 6/82, p. 70.
Fig. 35-3: 73 Magazine, 6/83, p. 106. Fig. 39-4: Popular Mechanics, S/78, p. Chapter 43
Fig. 35-4: 104 Weekend Electronic 45.
Projects, TAB Book No. 1436, p. 166. Fig. 39-5:303DynamicElectronic Cir- Fig. 43-1: Harris Semiconductor,
Chapter 36 cuits, TAB Book No. 1060, p. 36. Linear & Data Acquisition Products,
Fig. 39-6: Electronics Today Interna- 1977, p. 2-85.
Fig. 36-1 :Reprinted with the permission tional, 9/82, p. 70. Fig. 4.1-2: Precision Monolithics Incor-
of National Semiconductor Corp. Fig. 39-7: Electronics Today InUrna- porated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p.
Linear Databook, 1982, p. 10-110. tional, 4/78, p. 77. 6-77.
Fig..16-2: Reprinted with the permis- Fig. 39-8: 73 Magazine. Fig. 43-3: Courtesy of Fairchild Cam-
sUm of National Semiconductor Corp. Fig. 39-9: No reference era & Instrument Corporation. Linear
Linear Databook, 1982, p. 5-9. Fig. 39-10: Electronics Today Interna- Databook, 1982, p. 4-178.
Fig. 36-3: Courtesy of Motorola Inc. twnal, 2/77, p. 73. Fig. 434: Courtesy of Fairchild Cam-
738
era & Instrument Corporation. Linear Fig. 43-24: Precision Monolithics In- Fig. 44-19: Reprinted with the permis-
Databook, 1982, p. 4-43. corporated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p, sion of National Semiconductor Corp.
Fig. 43-5: Reprinted with the permis- 16·37. Data Conversion/Acquisition Data-
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. Fig. 43-25: Signetics Analog Data book, 1980, p. 3./38.
Application Note 32, p. 5. Manual, I982, p. 3-15.
Chapter 45
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. Fig. 45-1: RCA Corporation, RCA
Appliwtion Note LBl, p. 2. Fig. 44-1: Courtesy of Texas Instru- Solid-State Devices Manual, 1975, p.
Fig. 43-7: Courtesy of Texas Instrn- ments Incorporated. Optoelectronics 734.
ments Incorporated. Linear Control TJatabook, 1983, p. 15-13. Fig. 45-2: Reprinted with permission
Cin-uits Data Book, Second Edition, p. Fig. 44·2: CO, 3/78, p. 72. from General Electric Semiconductor
120. Fig. 44-3: Signetics Analog Data Man- Department. GE Project H5, p. 157.
Fig, 43-8: ©Siliconix incorporated. ual, 1982, p. 3·76. Fig. 4.5-3: Solid State Products, New
T100/T300 Applications. Fig. 444: Courtesy of Texa..'> Instru- Design Idea, No. 5.
Fig, 43-9: Reprinted with the permis- ments Incorporated. Linear Control Fig. 454: Reprinted/rom Electronics,
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. Circuits Data Book, Second Edition, p. 12/74, p. 111. Copyright 1974,
Data Conversion/Acquisition Data- 207. McGraw Hill Inc. All rights reserved.
book, 1980, p. 4·27. Fig. 44-5: Reprinted with permission Fig. 45-5: Electronics Today Interna-
Fig. 43-10: Reprinted with the permis- from General Electric Semiconductor tional, 12172, p. 86.
sion of NatUmal Semiconductor Corp. Department. General Electric Newskt- Fig. 45-6: Reprinted with permission
Linear Applications Handbook, 1982, ter, Vol. 11. No. 1, p. 5. from General Electric Semicondudor
p. AN242·15. Fig. 44-6: Reprinted with permission Department. GE Semiconductor Data
Fig. 43-11: Signetics Analog Data from G~neral Electric Semiconductor Handbook. Second Edition, p. 585.
Manual, 1982, p. 3·71. Department. Optoelectronics, Second Fig. 45-7: 101 Electronic Projects,
Fig. 4.1-12: ©Siliconix incorporated. Edition, p. 112, 1975.
Application Note, AN73-6, p, 3. Fig. 44-7: Courtesy of Fairchild Cam- Fig. 45-8: Courtesy of -Motorola Inc.
Fig. 43-13: Reprinted with the permis- era & Instrument Corporation. Linear Motorola ·Semiconductor Products.
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. Databook, 1982, p. 4-42. Circuit Applications for the Triac (AN-
Hybrid Products Databook, 1982, p. Fig. 44-8: Electronics Today Interna- 466), p. 12.
3·7, tional, 5177, p. 77. Fig, 45-9: Courtesy of Motorola Inc.
Fig. 43-14: Reprinted with the permis- Fig 44-9: Reprinted/rom Computers & Motoria Semiconductor Products Cir-
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. Electronics, Copyright Ziff-Davis Pub- cuit Applications for the Triac (AN-
Data Conversion/Acquisition Data- lishing Company. 4/83, p. 109. 466), p. 5.
book, 1980, p. 3.102. Fig. 44-10: The Build-It Book Of Fig. 45-10: Electronics Today Interna-
Fig. 43-15: Courtesy of Motorola Inc. Electronic Projects, TAB Book No. tional, 7!75, p. 41.
Linear Integrated Circuits, 1979, p. 1498, p. 42. Fig. 45-11: Reprinted with permission
3-82. Fig. 44-11: Copyright by Computer De- from General Electric Semiconductor
Fig. 43-16: Precision Monolithics In- sign. All rights reserved. Reprinted by Department. General Electric SCR
corporated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p, permission. 1/83, p. 77. Manual Sixth Edition, 1979, p. 264.
6·171. Fig. 44-12: Reprinted with permission Fig. 45-12: Courtesy of Motorola Inc.
Fig. 43-17,' Courtesy of Texas Instru- from General E kctric Semiconductor Motorola Semicondudor Products Cir-
ments Incorporated. Linear Control Department. General Electric SCR cuit Applications for the Triac (AN-
Circuits Data Book, Second Edition, p. Manual, Sixth Edition, 1979, p. 440. 466), p. 6.
122. Fig. 44-13: Copyright by Computer De- Fig. 45-13: Reprinted with permission
Fig, 43-18: Precision Monolithics In- sign. All rights reserved. Reprinted by from General Electric Semiconductor
corporated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p. permission. 1/83, p. 77. Department. General Electric SCR
7-11. Fig. 44-14: Reprinted with permission Manual, Sixth Edition, 1979, p, 443.
Fig. 43-19: Precision Monolithics In- from General Electric Semiconductor Fig. 45-14: Reprinted with permission
corporated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p. Department. GE Semiconductor Data from General Electric Semiconductor
7·6. Handbook, Third Edition, p. 13714. Department. General Electric SCR
Fig. 43-20: Precision Monolithics In- Fig. 44-15: Precision Monolithics In- Manual Sixth Edition, 1979, p. 114.
corporated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p. corporated, Linear & Conversion IC Fig. 45-15: Reprinted with permission
16·159. Products, 7/78, p. 7-12. from General Electric Semt'conductor
Fig. 43-21: Reprinted with permission Fig. 44-16: Electronic Projects, 1977, Department. GE Semiconductor Data
of Analog Devices, Inc. Data Acquisi- p. 82. Handbook, Third Edition. p. 64.
tion Databook, .1982, p. 4-56. Fig, 44-17: Reprinted with the permis- Fig. 45-16: Reprinted with permission
Fig. 43-22: Reprinted with permission sion of National Semicvnductor Corp. from General E Jectric Semiconductor
of Analog Devices, Inc. Data Acquisi- Linear Datab(}(lk, 1982, p. 3-109. Department. GE SemU:onductor Data
tion Databook, 1982, p, 4-92. Fig. 44-18: Reprinted with permission Handbook, Second Edition, p, 727.
Fig. 43-23: Precision Monolithics In- from General Electric Semiconductor Fig, 45-17: Solid State Products, New
corporated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p. Department. Optoelectronics, Second Design Idea, No. 9.
6-50. Edition, p. 111 Fig. 45-18,· Reprinted with the permis-
739
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. Chapter 48 Linear Databook, 1982, p. 9-187.
Transistor Databook, 1982, p. 7-35. Fig. 48-1: Reprinted with permission Fig. 49-15: Electronics Today Interna-
Fig 45-19: Reprinted with permission from General Electric Semiconductor tional, 1/76, p. 47.
from General Electric Semiconductor Department. General Electric SCR Fig. 49-16: Reprinted with the permis-
Departnumt. GE Semiconductor Data Manual, St'xth Edition, 1979, p. 438. sion of National Semiconductor Corp.
Handbook, Second Edition, p. 727. Fig. 48-2: Electronics Today Interna- Linear Databook, 1982, p. 9-140.
Fig. 45-20: Reprinted with the permis- tional, 1/78, p. 83. Fig. 49-17: Courtesy of Fairchild Cam-
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. Fig. 48-3: Reprinted with the permis- era & Instrument Corporation. Linear
Linear Databook, 1982, p. 3-111. sion of National Semiconductor Corp. Databook, 1982, p. 5-25.
Fig. 45-21: SGS-ATES Databook Transistor Databook, 1982, p. 11-29. Fig. 49-18: Precision Monolithics In-
COS/MOS B-S"i", 2/82, p. 548. Fig. 48-4: Courtesy of Motorola Inc. corporated, 1981 Full Line Catalng, p.
Unear Integrated Cin:uits, 1979, p. 10-8.
Chapter 46
3-1.18. Fig. 49-19: Electronics Today Interna-
Fig. 46-l: Machine Design, 9/80, p. Fig. 48~5: Courtesy of Fairchild Cam- tional, 7/75, p. 40.
126. era & Instrument Corporation. Linear Chapter 50
Fig. 46-2: Machine Design, 9/80, p. Databook, 1982, p. 5-46. Fig. 50-1: Reprinted from Electronics,
127. Fig. 48-6: Courtesy of Fairchild Cam- 12/77, p. 78. Copyright 1978, McGraw
Fig. 46-3: Reprinted with the permis- era & Instrument Corporation. Linear Hill Inc. All rights reserved.
sion of Nah'onal Semiconductor Corp. Databook, 1982, p. 5-48. Fig. 50-2: 101 Electronic Projects,
linear Databook, 1982, p. 9-191. Fig. 48-7: Precision Monolithics Incor- 1977, p. 48.
Fig. 46-4: Reprinted with the permis- porated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p.
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. 8-32. Chapter 51
Data Conversion/Acquisition Data- Fig. 48-8: Courtesy of Motorola Inc. Fig. 51-1: ETI Canada,?/78, p, 46.
book, 1980, p. 3-.91. Linear Integrated Circuits, 1979, p. Fig. 51-2: The Build-It Book Of Elec-
Fig. 46-5: Reprinted with the permis- 3-139. tronic Projects, TABBookNo.1498,p.
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. Fig. 48-9: Courtesy of Fairchild Cam- /31.
Hybrid Products Databook, 1982, p. era & Instrument Corporation. Linear Fig. 51-3; Modern Electronics, 3/78, p.
1-89. Databook, 1982, p. 5-46. 7.
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. Chapter 49 Chapter 52
Data Conversion/Acquisition Data- Fig. 52-1: Reprinted with the Permis·
Fig. 49-1: Reprinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
book, 1980, p. 13-50.
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. Application NotR AN69, p. 6.
Chapter 47 Transistor Databook, 1982, p. 11-49. Fig. 52-2: Courtesy of Texas Instru-
Fig. 49-2: Reprinted with the permis- ments Incorporated. Complex Sound
Fig. 47-1: NASA T.ch Bri<fs, Spring sion of National Semiconductor Corp. Generator,.Bulletin No. DL-S 12612,
1983, p. 249. National Semiconductor CMOS p. 13.
Fig. 47-2: Courtesy of Texas Instru- Databook, 1981, p. 8-124. Fig. 52-3: ©Siliconix incorporated.
ments Incorporated. Optoelectronics Fig. 49-3: Intersil Data Book, 1978. MOSPOWER Design Catalog, 1/83,
Databook, 1983-84, p. 15-9. F£g. 49-4: Reprinted w#h the permis- p. 6-60.
Fig. 47-3: Reprinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp. Fig. 52-4: SigJwb"cs Analog Data Man-
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. Linear Databook, 1982, p. 3-86. ual, 1983, p. T0-99.
Linear Databook, 1982, p. 9-93. Fig. 49-5: Radio-Electronics, 10/77, p. Fig. 52-S:SigneticsAnalogDataMan-
Fig. 47-4: Reprinted with permission 72. ual, 1983, p. 10-99.
from General Electric Semiconductor Fig. 49-6: Electronics Today Interna- Fig. 52-6: Precision Monolithics Incor-
Department. General Electric SCR tional, 8178, p. 91. porated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p.
Manual, Sixth Edition, 1979, p. 226. F£g. 49-7: Third Book Of Electronic 16-157.
Fig. 47-5:-ModernElectronics, 7/78, p. Projects, TAB Book No. 1446, p. 40. Fig. 52-7: ©Siliconix incorporated.
55. Fig. 49-8: Electronics Today Interna- MOSPOWER Design Catalog, 1/83,
Fig. 47-8: Electronics Today Interna- tional, 8/73, p. 82. p, 6-42.
tional, 8/74, p. 66. Fig. 49-9:303 Dynamic Electronic Cir- Fig. 52-8: Reprinted with permission
Fig. 47-7: Reprinted with permission cuits, TAB Book No. 1060, p. 153. from General Electric Semiconductor
from General Electric Semiconductor Fig. 49-10: Electronics Today Interna- Department. GE SemU:onductor Data
Department. GE Semiconductor Appli- tional, 10/78, p. 97. Handbook. Second Edt'b'on, p. 727.-
cation Note, 200.35, p. 14. Fig. 49-11: Radio-Electronics, 1/80, p. Fig. 52-9: Reprinted with the permis·
Fig. 47-8: MotkrnElectronics, 3/78, p. 68. sion--of National Semiconductor Corp.
68. Fig. 49-12: Signetics Analog Data Audio/Radio Handbook, 1980,p. 4-37.
Fig. 47-9: Modern Electronics, 7/78, p. Manual, 1983, p. 9-40. Fig. 52-10: Courtesy of Motorola Inc.
55. Fig. 49-13: Signetics Analog Data Linear Integrated Circuits, 1979, p.
Fig. 47-10: Reprinted with the permis- Manual, 1983, _p, 9-38. 3-139.
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. Fig. 49-14: Reprinted with the permis- Fig. 52-11: Electronics Today Interna-
Linear Databook, 1982, p. 9-93. sUm of National Semiconductor Corp. tional, 6/82, p. 64.
740
Fig. 52-12: Courtesy of Motorola Inc. Chapter 55 Fig. 57-2: Reprinted with permission
Linear Integrated Circuits, 1979, p. Fig. 55-1: Courtesy of MotonJla Inc. from General Electric Semiconductor
3-139. Department. Project H13, p. 191.
Application Note AN-829.
Fig. 52-13: Precision Monolithics In- Fig. 57-3. Courtesy of Motorola Inc.
Fig. 55-2: Radio-Electronics, 8/78. p.
corporated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p. Circuit APPlications for the Triac, AN-
41.
/6-163. Fig. 55-3: Courtesy of Texas Instru- 466, p. 7.
Fig. 52-14: ©Siliconix incorporated. ments Incorporated. Linear Control Fig. 57-4: Courtesy of Motorola Inc.
Application Note AN154. Circuits Data Book, Second Edition, p. AN-443.
Fig. 52-15: Signetics Analog Data 288. Fig. 57-5: Courtesy of Motorola Inc.
Manual, 1982, p. 3-50. Fig. 55-4: Courtesy of Motorola Inc. AN-198.
Fig. 52-16: Signetics Analog Data Linear Integrated Circuits, 1979, p. Fig. 57-6: Reprinted with permission
Manual, 1983, p. 10-20. 6-137. from General Electric Semiconductor
Fig. 52-17: Precision Monolithics In- Fig. 55-5: Courtesy of Motorola Inc. Department. GE Semiconductor Data
corporated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p. Linear Integrated Circuits, 1979, p. Handbook, Third Edition, p. 573.
6-10. Fig. 57-7: Intersil Data Book, 5/83, p.
6-122.
Fig. 52-18: FERRANTI, Technical Fig. 55-6: 44 Electronics Projects for 5-261.
Handbook, Vol. 10, Data Converters, Hams, SWLs, CBers, & Radio Ex- Fig. 57-8: 101 Electronic Projects,
1983, p. 7-26. perimenters, TAB Book No. 1258, p. /977,p.98.
Fig.--52-19: Reprinted with the permis- 133. Fig. 57-9: Reprinted with permission
sion of NatWnal Semiconductor Corp. Fig..'55-7: Signetics 555 Timers, 1973, from General Electric Semiconductor
Voltage Regulator Handbook, p. 10-60. p. 23. Department, GE Application Note
Fig. 52-20: Reprinted with permission Fig. 55-8: Courtesy of Motorola Inc. 201.7.
of Analog Devices, Inc. Data Acquisi- Linear Integrated Circuits, 1979, p. Fig. 57-10: Courtesy of Motorola Inc.
tion Databook, 1982, p. 4-56. 3-17. Linear Interface Integrated Circuits, p.
Fig. 52-21: Signetics Analog Data Fig. 55-9: ElectronU:s Australia, 4178, 5-145.
Manual, 1982, p. 4-8. p. 51. Fig. 57-11: Reprinted with the permis-
Fig. 52-22: CourtesyofFairchildCam- Fig. 55-10: Signetics Analog Data sion of National Semiconductor Corp.
era & Instrument Corporation. Linear Manual, 198..1, p. 11-9. Hybrid Products Databook, 1982, p.
Databook, 1982, p. 5-38. Fig. 55-11; Courtesy of Texas Instru- 17-167.
ments Incorpor.ated. Linear Control Fig. 57-12: 101 Electronic Projects,
Chapter 53
Circuits Data Book, Second Edition, p. 1975, p. 55.
Fig. 53-1: -©Siliconix incorporated. 288. Fig. 57-13: Electronics Today Interna-
Siliconix Analog Switch & IC Product Fig. 55-12: Courtesy of Motorola Inc. tional. 6!75.
Data Book, 1/82, p. 4-24. Linear Integrated Circuits, 1979, p. Fig. 57-14: RCA Solid State Devices
Fig. 53-2: ©Siliconix incorporated. 6-98. Manual, 1975, p. 501.
Siliconix Analog Switch & IC Product Fig. 55-13: Electronics Today Interna- Fig. 57-15: Modern Electronics, 6178,
Data Book, 1/82, p. 4-23. tional, 8/83, p. 57. p. 56.
Fig. 53-3: Courtesy of Motorola Inc. Fig. 55-14: CourtesyofFairchildCam- Fig. 57-16: Reprinted with permission
Linear Integrated Circuits, I979, p. era & Instrument Corporation. Linear from General Electric Semiconductor
6-99. Databook, 1982, -p. 4-81. Department. GE Project H16, p. 203.
Fig. 53-4: Teledyne Semiconductor, Fig. 55-15: Courtesy of Motorola Inc. Fig. 57-17: Electronics Today Interna-
Data & Design Manual, 1981, p. II- Linear Integrated Circuits, 1979, p. tional, 4/75, p. 65.
178. 6-16. Fig. 57-18: Courtesy of Motorola Inc.
-Fig. 53-5: Courtesy of Motorola Inc. Fig. 55-16: The Giant Bonk Of Elec- AN-443.
Motorola Semiconductor Library, Vol. Fig. 57-19: Reprinted with the permis-
tronics Projects, TAB Book No. 1367.
6, Series B, P- 8-58. sion ofNational Semiconductor Corp.
Fig. 53-6: Reprinted with the permis- Chapter 56 Application Note AN125, p. 9.
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. Fig. 56-1: Electronics Today Interna- Fig. 57-20: Courtesy ofFairchild Cam-
Data Conversion/Acquisition Data- tional, 4/78, p. 63. era & Instrument Corporation. Linear
book, 1980, p. 4-26. Fig. 56-2: Modern Electronics, 5/78, p. Databook, 1982, p. 4-114.
-Fig. 53-7: Reprinted with the permis- 6. Fig. 57-21: Reprinted with permissWn
sifm of National Semiconductor Corp. Fig. 56-3: Electronics Today Interna- from General Electric Semiconductor
Transistor Databonk, 1982, p. 11-34. tional, 8/78, p. 61.
Department. GE Semiconductor Data
Handbook, Third Edition, p. 964.
Chapter 54 Fig. 56-4: Electronics Today Interna- Fig. 57-22: 101 Electronic Projects,
tional, 12/78, p. 93. 1977, p. 93.
Fig. 54-1: ModernElectronU:s, 3/78, p. Fig. 57-23: Courtesy ofFairchild Cam-
6. Chapter 57
era & Instrument Corporation. Linear
Fig. 54-2: 101 Electronic Projects, Fig. 57-1: Reprinted with the permis- Databank, 1982, p. 4-114.
1977, p. 25. sion of National Semiconductor Corp.
-Fig. 54-3: 101 Electronic Projects, Voltage Regulator Handbook, p. 10- Chapter 58
1975, P- 53. 201. -Fig. 58-1: Courtesy of Texas 1nstru-
741
ments Incorporated. Linear Contr-ol Chapter 61 Technical Handbook, Volume 10,
Circuits Data Book, Second Edition, p. Fig. 61-1: Machine Design, 7175, p. Data Converters, 1983. p. 3-12.
285. 39. Fig. 64-3: Courtesy of Motorola Inc.
Fig. 58-2: Courtesy of Texas Instru- Fig. 61-2: Electronics Today Interna- Linear Inte.grated Circuits, 1979, p.
ments I-ncorporated. Linear Control tional, 4173, p. 89. 5-144.
Circuits Data Book, Second Edition, p. Fig. 61-3: Signetics Analog-Data Man- Fig. 64-4: Intersil Data Book, 5/83, p.
286. ual, 1982, p. 16-28. 5-201.
Fig. 58-3: RCA Corporation, Solid Fiff. 61-4: Teledyne Semiconductor Fig. 64-5: Sil(netics 555 Timers, 1973,
State Division, Digital Integrated Cir- Data & Design Manual, 1981, p. 11- p. 27.
cuits Application Note, ICAN-6346, p. 207. Fig. 64-6: Signetics Analog Data Man-
5. ual, 1982, p. 6-21.
Fig. 61-5: ©Siliconix incorporated,
Fig. 58-4: Precision Monolithicslncor- Fig. 64-7: Signetics Analog Data Man-
Analog Switch & IC Product Data
porated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p. ual, 1983, p. 12-36.
Book, 1/82, p. 6-4.
16-154. Fig. 64-8: Signetics Analog Data Man-
Fig. 58-5: Courtesy of Motorola Inc. ual, 1983, p. 12-26.
Linear Integrated Circuits, p. 6-136. Fig. 64-9: Signetics Analog Data Man-
Application Note 32, p. 8.
Fig. 58-6: Courtesy of Motorola Inc. ual, 1983, p. 12-22.
Application Note, AN294. Chapter 62 Fig. 64-10: Electronics Today Interna-
Fig. 58-7: Courtesy of Fairchild Cam- tional, 7/75, p. 39.
era & Instrument Corporation. Linear Fig. 64-11: Courtesy of Motorola Inc.
tional, 4/82, p, 39.
Databook, 1982, p. 5-47. Circuit Applications for the Triac, AN-
Fig. 62-2: Western Digital, Compo- 466, p. 12.
Fig. 58-8: Signetics 555 Timers, 1973,
nents Handbook, 1983, p. 577.
p. 22. Fig. 62-3: Modern Electronics, 2/78, p.
Fig. 58-9: Signetics Analog Data Man- tional, 3/75, p. 67.
72.
ual, 1983, p. 15-6. Fig. 64-14: Courtesy of Motnrola Inc.
Fig. 62-4: Canadian Projects Number
Fig. 58-10: Precision Monolithics In- Linear Integrated Circuits, 1979, p.
1, SJ>rinf< 1978, p. 78. 4-50.
corporated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p.
Fig. 62-5: 101 Electronic Projects, Fig. 64~15: 73 Magazine, 3/77,p.152.
8-32.
1977, p. 49.
Fig. 58-11: Courtesy of Fairchild Cam- Fig. 64-16:IntersilDataBook, 5/83,p.
era & Instrument Corporation. Linear 5-77.
tional, 10/74, p. 67.
Databook, 1982, p. 5-46. Fig. 64-17: IntersilData Book, 5/83, p.
Fig. 62-8: 44 Electronics Projects For
Fig. 58-12: Courtesy ofFairchild Cam- 5-77.
The Darkroom, TAB Book No. 1248,
era & Instrument Corporation. Linear Fig. 64-18:lntersil Data Book, 5/83, p.
p. 282.
Databook, 1982. p, 5-46. 5-77.
Fig. 62-9: 44 Electronics Projects For
Fig. 58-13: RePrinted with the permis- Fig. 64-19:lntersilDataBook, 5/BJ,p.
The Darkroom, TAB Book No. 1248,
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. 5-77.
p. 284.
Linear Databook, 1982, p. 5-7. Fig. 62-10: Signetics 555 Timers, Fig. 64-20: IntersilDataBook, 5/83,p.
Chapter 59 1973,_p. 23. 5-76.
Fig. 64-21: Courtesy of Motorola Inc.
Fig. 59-1: Electronics Today Interna- Chapter63 Linear Integrated Circuits, 1979, p.
tional, 4/76, p. 23. 4-105.
Fig. 59-2: Popular Electronics, 4/75, Fig. 63-1: Reprinted with the permis-
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. Fig. 64-22: Reprinted with the permis-
p. 87. sion of National Semiconductor Corp.
Fig. 59-..1: Electronics Today Interna- Linear Databook, 1982, p. 9-205.
Fig. 63-2: Reprinted with the permis- Voltage Regulator Handbook, p. 10-15.
#onal, 4/78, p. 30.
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. Fig. 64-23: RePrinted with the permis-
Fig. 59-4: Popular Electronics, 12/76,
Linear Databook, 1982, p. 9-191. sion of National Semiconductor Corp.
p. 28. Voltage Regulator Handbook, p. 10-77.
Fig. .59-5: The Radio Hobbyist's Hand- Fig. 63-3: Courtesy of Texas lnstru·
book, TAB Book No. 1346, p. 256. ments Incorporated. Linear Control Fig. 64-24: Courtesy of Motorola Inc.
Circuits Data Book, Second Edition, p. Linear Integrated Circuits, 1979, p.
Chapter 60 4-105.
374.
Fig. 60-1: Reprinted from Electronb, Fig. 63-4: Repn'nted with the permis- Fig. 64-25: Courtesy of Motorola Inc.
7172, p. 77. Copyright 19i.J, McGraw sion of National Semiconductor Corp. Linear Integrated Circuits, 1979, p,
Hill Inc. All rights reserved. Application Note 222. 4-105.
Fig. 60-2: Reprinted from Electronics, Fig. 63-5: Courtesy of Motorola Inc. Fig 64-26: Electronics Today Interna-
10/73, p. 125. Copyright 1973, Motorola Semiconductor Library, Vol. tional, 6/77, p. 77.
McGraw Hill Inc. All rights reserved. 6, Series B, p. 8-58.
Fig. 60-3: 73 Magazine, 12/76, p.170. Fig. 64-27: Courtesy of Motorola Inc.
Chapter 64 Linear Integrated Circuits, 1979, p.
Fig. 64-1: ©Siliconix incorporated,
4-15.
tional, 1978.
Fig. 60-6: Cl.i, 11/83, p, 72. MOSPOWER Design Catalog, 1/83, Fig. 64-28: Courtesy of Motorola Inc.
Fig. 60-7: Electronics Today Interna- p. 6-71. Linear Integrated Circuits, 1979, p.
tional, 7177, p. 77. Fig. 64-2: Ferranti Semiconductors, 4-15,
742
Fig. 64-29: Signetics Analog Data Fig. 65-19: Courtesy of Motorola Inc. Department. General Electric SCR
Manual, 1982, p. 6-14. Linear Integrated Circuits, 1979, p. Manual, Sixth Edition, 1979, p. 445.
4-15. Fig. 68-5: Reprinted with the permis-
Fig. 64-.10: Courtesy of Motorola Inc.
Fig. 65-20: Courtesy of Motorola Inc. sion of National Semiconductor Corp.
Linear Integrated Circuits, 1979, p. Linear Integrated Circuits, 1W9, p. Linear Databook, 1982, p. 3-241.
3-147. Fig. 68-6: Courtesy of Fairchild Cam-
5-147.
Fig. 64-31: Electronics Today Interna- Fig. 6.S-21: Reprinted with the permis- era & Instrument Corporation. Linear
tional, 3/75, p. 67. sion of National Semiconductor Corp. Databook, 1982, p. 548.
Fig. 64-32: Reprinted with the permis- CMOS Databook, 1981, p. 6-38. Fig. 68-7: Courtesy of Fairchild Cam-
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. era & Instroment CotjJoration. Linear
Chapter 66 Databook, 198~. p. 5-24.
-Voltage Regulator Handbook, p. 10-
179.
Fig. 66-1: No reference. Fig. 68../3: Signetics Analog Data Man-
Fig. 64-33: Signetics Analog Data Fig. 66-2: 73 Magazitw. ual, 1982, p. 16-29.
Fig. 66-3: Ekctronics Today Interna- Fig. 68-9: Signetics AnaWg Data Man-
Manual, 1983, p. 12-28.
Hanal, 3/77, p. 71. ual, 1982, p. 16-29.
Chapter 65 Fig. 66-4: Courtesy of Motorola Inc. Fig. 68-10: TeledymSemiconductor,
Circuit Applications for the Triac, AN-
Fig. 65-1: Reprinted with the permis- Databoak, p. 8.
466, p. 14.
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. Fig. 66-5: Electronics Today Interna- Fig. 68-11: © Siliconix incorporated.
Linear Databook, 1982, p. 2../3. Anaiog Switch & IC Product Data
Honal, 1/79, p. .9.5.
Fig. 65-2: Courtesy of Motorola Inc. Fig. 66-6: Electronics Today Interna- Book, 1/82, p. 6-20.
Linear Integrated Circuits, 1979, p. tional, 8/76, p. 66. Chapter 69
4-23. Fig. 66-7: Reprinted with the permis- Fig. 69-1: Reprinted from Ekctronics,
Fig. 65-3: Courtesy of Motorola Inc. sion of National Semiconductor Corp. 3/75, p. 117. Copyright 197.5, McGraw
Linear Integrated --Circuits, 1979, p. Linear Databook, 1982, p. 2-39. Hill Inc. All rights reserved.
4-152. Fig. 69-2: Reprinted/rom Ekctronics.
Fig. 65-4: 101 .Electronic Projects, Chapter 67
8/78, p. 106. Copyright 1978, McGraw
1975, p. 49. Fig. 67-1: Ham Radio, 8/80, p. 18. Hill Inc. All rights reserved.
Fig. 65-5: Electronics Today Interna- Fig. 67-2: Canadian Projects Number Fig. 69-3: Reprinted with the permis-
tional, 9/75, p. 64. J.p. 86. sion of National Semiconductor Corp.
Fig. 65-6: Electronics Today Interna- Fig. 67-3: Electronics Today Interna- Hybrid Products Databook, 1982, p.
tional, 3!75, p. 68. Honal. 5177, p. 37. 2-15.
Fig. 65-7: Electronics Today Interna- Fig. 67-4: Ekctronics Today Interna- Fig. 69-4: 49 Easy To Build Projects.
Honal, 1/75, p. 67. tional, 3/81, p.19. TAB Book No. 1337, p. 77.
Fig. 65-8: Reprinted with the permis- Fig. 67-5: 101 Electronic Projects, Fig. 69-5: Electronics Today InWrna-
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. 1975, p. 47. Honal, 1/79, p. 97.
Voltge Regulator Handbook, p. 10-15. Fig. 67-6: Electronics Today Interna- Fig. 69-6: Reprinted with the permis-
Fig. 65-9: Electronics Today Interna- tional, 1/76, p. 52. sion of National Semiconductor Corp.
Hanal, 4/82, p. 29. Fig. 67-7: Ekctronics Today Interna- Hybrid Products Databook, 1982, p.
Fig. 65-10: Reprinted with the permis- Honal, 1176, p. 51. 2-16.
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. Fig. 67-8: Ekctronics Today Interna- Chapter 70
Vottaie Regulator Handbook, p. 10- tional, 11/75, p. 74. Fig. 70-1: Reprinted with the permis-
142. Fig. 67-9: Ham Radio, 2173, p. 56. sion of National Semiconductor Corp.
Fig. 65-11: Signetics Analog Data Fig. 67-10: 73 Magazine, 10/83, p. 66. Linear Databook, 1982, p. 7-12.
Manual, 1982, p. 6-25. Fig. 67-11: Ekctronics Today Interna- Fig. 70-2: Courtesy of Motorola Inc.
Fig. 65-12: Reprinted with the permis- Honal, 6/79, p. 103. Linear Integrated Circuits, p. 6-49.
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. Fig. 67-12: Electronics Today Interna- Fig. 70-3: Ferranti. Technical Hand-
Voltage Regulator Handbook, p. 10-77. tional, 1/76, p. 44. book Vol. 10, Data Converters, 1983, p.
Fig. 65~13: Reprinted with the permis- Fig. 67-13: Reprinted/rom Ekctronics, 7-13.
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. 7/76, p. 121. Copyright 1976, McGraw Fig. 70--4: Reprinted with the permis-
Voltage Regulator Handbook, p. 10-15. Hill Inc. All rights reserved. sion of National Semiconductor Corp.
Fig. 65-14: Reprinted with the permis- Chapter 68 Hybrid Products Databook, 1982, p.
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. Fig. 68-1: ©Siliconix incorporated, 4-23.
Linear Databook, 1982, p. 1-68. Analog Switch & JC Product Data Chapter 71
Ft'g. 65-15: Reprinted with the--permis- Book, 1/82, p. 6-20. Fig. 71-1: Intersil Data Book, 5/83, p.
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. Fig. 68-2: Electronics Today Interna- 7-83.
Fig. 65-16: Signetics Analog Data Hanal, 6/79, p. 17. Fig. 71-2: Reprinted with the permis-
Manual, 1982, p. 6-25. Fig. 68-3: Courtesy of Motorola Inc. sion of National Semiconductor Corp.
Fig. 65-17: Signetics Analog Data Motorola Semiconductor Library, --Vol- Transistor Databook, 1982, p. 7-67.
Manual, 1982, p. 6-25. ume 6, Series B, p. -s-52. Fig. 71-.1: Reprinted with the permis-
Fig. 65-18: Electronics Today Interna- Fig. 68-4: Reprinted with permission sion of National Semicondudor Corp.
tional, 8/78, p. 91. from General Electric Semiconductor Audio/Radio Handbook, 1980, p. 4-37.
743
Fig. 714: Reprinted with the permis- Fig 73-10: 101 Electronic Projects, Linear Databook, 1982:, p. 12-14.
sion of Natio-nal Semiconductor Corp. 1975. p. 3. Fig. 74-6: Radio-Electronics, 7/8.1, p.
Audio/Radio Handbook, 1980, p. 3-16. Fig 73-11: Ham Radio, 10/78, p. 38. 7.
Fig. 71-5: Reprinted with the permis- -Fig. 73-12: 73 Mqgazine, 4/83, p.106. Fig. 74~7: Radio-Electronics, 7/83, p.
si<m of National Semiconductor Corp. Fig. 73-13: Ham Radio, 1/74, p. 67. 7.
Hybrid Products Databook, 1982, p. Fig. 73-14: Courtesy of Motorola Inc. Fig. 74-8: 73 Magazine, 7/77, p. 35.
13~17. Motorola Semiconductor Library, Vol.
Fig. 71-6: Courtesy of Motorola Inc. 6, Series B, p. 8-59. Chapter 75
Linear Integrated Circuits, 1979, p. Fig. -73-15: © Silit:onix incorporated. Fig. 75-1: Reprt'nted with the permis-
5~77. MOSPOWER Design Catalog, 1/83, sion of National Semiconductor Corp.
FiK. 71-7: 73 Maf(azine. p. 5-36. Linear Databook, 1982, p. 9-126.
Fig. 71-8: ©Siliconix incorporated, FiK. 7.1-16: Reprinted with the permis- Fig. 75-2: Courtesy of Matorola Inc.
Analog Switch & IC Product Data sion of National Semiconductor Corp. Communications Engineen'ng Bulle-
Book. 1/82, p. 6~18. Transistor Databook, 1982, p. 11-.13. tin, EB46.
Fig. 71-9: Courtesy of Motorola Inc. Fig. 73-17: © Siliconix incorporated. Fig. 75-3: Signetics Analog Data Man-
Linear Integrated Circuits, 1979, p. MOSPOWER Design Catalog, 1/83, ual, p. 556.
6~123. p. 5~10. Fig. 75-4: Modern Electronics, 7/78, p.
Fig. 71-10: Ham Radio, 7/76, p. 69. Fig. 73-18: Reprinted with the permis- 55.
Chapter 72 sion of National Semiconductor Corp. Fig. 75--5: Electronics Today Interna-
Application Note 32, p. 9. tional, 6/79, p. 43.
Fig. 72-1: 73 Magazine.
Fig, 73-19: Teledyne Semiconductor, Fig. 75-6:-Radio-Electronics, 8/69, p.
Fig. 72~2: CO, 6178, p. 32.
Fig. 72-3: Teledyne Semicondudor, Data & Design Manual, 1981, p. 11- 74.
Databook, p. 11. 178. Fig. 75-7: Signetics 555 Timers, 1973,
Fig. 724: Reprinted-from Electronics Fig. 73-20: Signetics Analog Data p. 25.
4176, p. 104. Copyright , McGraw Manual, 1983, p. 17-13. Chapter 76
Hill Inc. All rights reserved. Fig. 73-21: Signetics Analog Data
Fig. 76-1: The Build-It Book Of Elec-
Fig. 72-5: Reprinted by permission from Manual, 1983, p. 17-15.
tronicProjects, TABBookNo.1498,p.
the Aug. 1981 issue --of Insulation/ Fig. 73-22: 73 Magazine.
20.
Circuits magazine. Copyright 1981, Fig. 73-23: Courtesy of Motorola Inc Fig. 76-2:30.1 Dynamic Electronic Cir-
Lake Publishing Corporation, Liber- Motorola Semiconductor Library, Vol. cuits, TAB Book No. 1060, p. 153.
tyville, Illinois, 60048-9989, USA. 6, Series B, p. 8~58. Fig. 76-3: Reprinted with the permis-
Fig. 72-6: ©Siliconix incorporated, Fig. 73-24: Courtesy of Motorola Inc. sion of National Semiconductor Corp.
Application Note AN154. Motorola Semiconductor Library, Vol. Linear Databook, 1982, p. 9-100.
Fig. 72-7: Electronics Today Interna- 6, Series B, p. 8-58. Fig. 76-4: Reprinted with permission
tional, 11/78, p. 68. Fig. 73-25: © Siliconix incorporated. from General Electric Semicondudor
Fig. 72-8: CO. 6/78, p.33. MOSPOWER Design Catakig, 1/83, Department. General Electric SCR
p. 5-10. Manual, Sixth Edition, 1979, p. 225.
Cbapter·73 Fig. 76-5: '73 Magazine, 9175, p. 105.
Fig. 73-26: Teledyne Semiconductor,
Fig. 73-1: Courtesy of Motorola Inc. Data & Design Manual, 1981, p. -11- Fig. 76-6: HowardS. Leopold.
Communications Engineering Bulletin 178. Fig. 76-7: Modern Electronics, 3/78, p.
EB~67. 50.
Fig. 73-27: Teledyne Semiconductor,
Fig. 73-2:-Courtesy of Motorola Inc. Data & Design Manual, 1981, p. 11- Fig. 76-8: 73 Magazine, 6/83, p. 106.
Communications Engineering Bulletin 178. Fig. 76-.9: Modern£ lectronics, 2/78, p.
EB~63.
Fig. 73-28: Teledyne Semiconductor, 50.
Fig. 73-3: Courtesy of Motorola Inc. Data & Design Manual, 1981, p. 11-
Application Note AN593, p. 3. Chapter 77
178.
Fig. 734: Courtesy of Motorola Inc. Fig. 77-1: Electronics Today Interna-
Applimtion Note AN-593, p. 6. Chapter 74
tional.
Fig. 73-5: Courtesy of Motorola Inc. Fig. 74-1: Reprinted with the permis- Fig. 77-2: Reprinted with the permis-
Communications Engineering Bulletin sion of National Semiconductor Corp. sion of National Semiconductor Corp.
EB-46. Transistor Databook, 1982, p. 8-63. Transistor_Databook, 1982, p. 11--30.
Fig. 73-6: Microwaves & RF, 1/83, p. Fig. 74-2: Reprinted with the permis- Fig. 77-3: Reprinted with the permis-
89. sion of National Semiconductor Corp. sion of National SemicondUctor Corp.
Fig, 73-7: ©Siliconixincorporated, Transistor Databook, 1982, p. 11---32. Transistor Databook, 1982, p. 11--31.
Small Signal FET Design Catalog, Fig. 74---3: © Siliconix incorporated. Fig. 77--4: P-recision Monolithics bu:or-
7/83, p. 5-52. MOSPOWER Design Catakig, 1/83, porated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p.
Fig. 73-8: Harris Semiconductor, p. 5~6. 7~18.
Linear & Data Acquisition Products, Fig. 744: Tlw Giant Book Of Elec- Fig. 77-5: Reprinted with /he permis-
1977, p. 7~54. tronics Projects, TAB Book No. 1367. sion of National Semiconductor Corp.
Fig. 73-9: Wireless World, 11/79, p. Fig. 74-5: Reprinted with the permis- Linear Databook, 1982, p. 3--325.
76. sion of National Semiconductor Corp. Fig. 77-6: Reprinted with the permis-
744
sion of National Semicondw.:tor Corp. sian of lv'ational Semiconductor Curp. Fig. 8:!-W: Reprinted with the permis-
Hybrid Products Databook, 1982, p. Audio/R(J{lio Handbook, 1980, p. S-8. sion of National Semicondudor Corp.
17-162. Fig. 80-6: Electronics Today Interna- Data Conversion/Acquisition Data-
Fig. 77-7: Reprinted with the permis- tional, 1179, p. 68. hook, 1980, p. 13-50.
sion ofNational Semicondw:tor Corp. Fig 80-7: Courlesy of MDtorola Tnc. Fig. 82-11: Courtesy of !v!otorola Inc.
Transistor Databook, 1982, p. 11-25. Linear Integruted Circuits, 1979, p. Linear Interface Integrated Circuits,
Fig. 77-8: Courtesy of Fairchild Cam- 6-136. 1.97.9, p. 7-Y.
era & Instrument Corporatirm. !.inear Fi}?. 80-8: Electronics Today Interna- Fig. 82-12: Courtesy of Texas Inslru-
Databook, 1982, p. 7-2S. tional, 4/78, p ..:!9. mrnts Tncorporated. Linear Control
Fig. 77-9: Courtesy of Fain:hild Cam- Fig. 80-.9: Eln:tronirs Today Interna- Circuits Data Book, Second Edition, p.
era & Instrument Corporation. Linear tional, I/76, p. 4Y. 145.
fJatabook, 1982, p. 7-25. Fig. 80-10: Courtesy of Texas Instru- Fig. 8-~-l::J: Electronics Today Interna-
Fig. 77-10: Sif{netics Analof{ Data ments Incorporated. Bulletin No. DL-S tional, 7/78, p. 16.
Manual, 1982, p. 3-50. 12612, p. 14. Fig 82-14: Precision Monolithics In-
Fig. 77-11: Signelics Analrw fJata Fig. 80-11: Reprinted with the permis- corporated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p.
Manual, 198::!, p. 3-15. sion of National Semiconductor Corp. 8-.JL
Fig 77-12: Precision Monolithics In- Audio/Radio Hand/wok, 1980, p. 5-.9. Chapter 83
corporated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p. Fig 80-12: Courlesy of Texas ·rnstru-
16-159. ments Incorporated. Bulletin No. DL-S Fig 83-1: Electmnics Today Intenw-
1::!612, p. 12. tiona.l, 7181, p. 72.
Chapter 78 Fig. 83-2: 104 Weekend Elel"fronirs
Fig. 78-1: Electronics Today interna- Chapter Rl Projects, TAR Rook l-,'o. 14.'16, p. :!.'1:1.
tional. 9/72, p_ 86. Fig 81-1: Reprinted with the pennis- Fig. 83-3: 101 Electronic Projects,
FiJ,?. 78-2: Electronics Today interna- sion of National Semicondw·tor Corp. 1977, p. 40.
tional, 1978. Linear Databook, 1982. p. 3-204. Chapter 84
Fig 78-3: Reprinted with the permis- Fig. 81-.::!: 73 Magazine, 10177, p. 115.
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. Fig 84-1: Reprinted with the pennis-
Fig. 81-3: Electronics Today Interna- sion of l\'ational Semiconductor Corp.
Linear Applications Handbook, 1982, tional, 7!81, p. 75.
p. 9-76. Transistor Datahook, l98i-!. p. 11-3:!.
Fig. -81-4: Reprinted with permissirm Fig. 84-2: Reprinted with the permis-
Fig. 78-3: Harris Semiconductor, from General £ lectn"c Semicondw:tor
Linear & Data Acquisition Products. sion of National Semimnductor Corp.
Department. GE Application .Vote Tmnsistor Databook, 1982, p. 11-..13.
1977, p. 2-96. 200.35, 3/66, p. 14.
Fig. 78-4: Courtesy of Motorola Inc. Fif!. 84-3: Repn·nted with· the permis-
FiJ,?. 81-5: 104 Weekend £/ectronics sion of National Semiconductor Corp.
Linear Integrated Circuits, 1979, p. PrOjats, TAB Book No. 1436, p. 64.
6-17. Transistor Databook, 1982. p. Il-28.
Fig 81-6: Electronics Today Tnterna- Fig. 84-4: Reprinted with the permis
Chapter 79 tional, 1975, p. 72. sion of National Semiconrludor Corp.
Fig 79-1: Superlex Data Rook, 1983, Transistor TJatabook, 198?, p. 11-29.
p. 5"26. Chapter 82
Fig. 84-5: Reprinted with permission
Fig. 79-2: Reprinted with the pemlis- Fig. 82-1: Teledyne Semiconductor, from General Electric Semiconductor
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. Datahook, p. 8. Department. r;eneral Electric SCR
Linear Applications Handbook, 1982, Fig 82-2: ©Siliconixincorporated. Ap- Manual, Sixth Edition, 1979, p. 313.
p. 9-75. plication Note AN154. Fig. 84-6: Reprinted with the pemliS-
Fig. 79-::J: Reprinted with the permis- Fig 82-..1: The Complete Handbook of sion of National Semiconductor Corp.
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. Amplifiers, Oscillators & Multivib- Data Conversion/Acquisition Data-
Linear !Jpplications Handbook, 1982, rators, TAB Book No. 1230, p. 335. book, 1980, p. 11-10.
p, 9-76. Fig. 82-4: Courtesy of Fairchild Cam- Fig. 84-7: Reprinted with permission
era & Instrument Corporation. Liflear from General Electric Semiconductor
Chapter 80 Databook. 1!182, p ..9-28. Department. Optoelectronics, Second
Fig. 80-1: Reprinted with the permis- Fig. 82-5: Reprinted from Electronics, Edition, p. 141.
sion of National Semicunduttor Corp. '!J77, p. 107. Copyright 19 , McGraw
Audio/Radio Handbook, 1980, p. 4-40. Hill inc. All rights reserved. Chapter 85
Fig. 80-2: Reprinted with the pennis- Fig. 82-6: © Siliconix incorporated. Fig. 85-1: IntersillJata Book, 5183, p.
sion of National Semicondw:tor Corp. Analog Switch & IC Product Data 7-48.
COPS Microcontrollers Datahook, Book, 1/82, p. 6'-19. Fig. 85-2: Reprinted from Hlectronics,
1982, p. 9-123. Fig. 82-7: Harris Semironductor, 1 1!75, p. 120. Copyrif{ht 1975,
Fig 80-..1: Reprinted with the permis- Linear & Data Acquisition Products, McGraw Hill Inc. All rights reserved.
sion of Natirmal Semiconductor Corp. 1.977, p. 2-96'. Fig. 85-3: Courtesy of Motorola inc.
COPS Microcontrollers Databook, Fig. 82-8: Electronics Today Interna- Fig. 85-4: Mite! fJatahook, p. 2-17.
1982, p. 10-3. tional, 7/78, p. 16. Fig 86-6: Mite! Databook, p. 2-13.
Fig. 80-4: Hlectronics Today Interna- Fig. 82-9: Courtesy of Motorola Inc. Fig. 85-6: 73 Magazine. 12/83, p. 115.
tional, 4/78, p. 31. Linear interface Integrated Circuits, p. Fig 85-7: Ham Radio, . !/77, p. 70.
Fig. 80-5: Reprinted with the permis- 7-30. Fig. 85-8: Ham Radio, 8177, p. 41.
745
sian of National Semicondw.:tor Corp. sion of National Semicondudor Corp. Fig.82-l0: Reprinted with the permis-
Hybrid Products Databook, 1982, p. Audio/Radio Handbook, 1980, p. 5--8. sion of .Vational Semiconductor Corp.
17-152. Fig. 80-6: lilcctronics Today interna- Data Conversion/Acquisition nata-
Fig. 77-7: Reprinted with the permis- tional, 1179, p. 68. book, 1980, p. 1.1-SO.
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. Fig 80-7: Courtesy of Motorola lnr:. Fig. 82-]1: Courtesy of Motorola in(.
Transistor Databook, 1982, p. n -25. Linear Integrated Circuits, 1979, p. Linear lnteifare lntegrated Cirr:uits.
Fig. 77-8: Courtesy of Fairchild Cam- 6-136. 197.9, p. 7-Y.
era & Instrument Corporation. Unear FiJ:. 80-8: Rlectronics Today Interna- Fig. 82-12: Courtesy of Texas Instru-
Databook, 1982., p. 7-25. tional, 4/78, p..:!9. ments incorporated. l.inear Control
Fig. 77-9: Courtesy of Fairchild Cam- Fig _80-9: Electronics Today Interna- Circuits Data Book, Second Edition, p.
era & Instrument Corporation. Linear tional, I /76, p. 4Y. 145.
Databook, 1982, p. 7-25. Fig. 80-10: Courtesy vf Texas instru- Fig. 8:!-13: Electronics Today interna-
Fig. 77-10: Si;;netics Analog Data ments lncorporated. Rulletin No. fJL-S tional, 7!78, p. 16.
Manual, 1982, p. 3-50. 1261;!, p. 14. Fig. 82-14: Precision lv!onolithirs In-
Fig. 77-11: Signetics Analo;; Data Fig. 80-11: Reprinted with the permis- corporated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p.
Manual, 198,':!, p. 3-15. sion of National Semiconductor Corp, 8-31.
Fig. 77-12: Precision Monolithics In- Audio/Radio Handbook, 1980, P- S-9. Chapter 83
corporated, 1981 Full l-ine Catalog, p. Fig 80"12: Courtesy of Texas Instru-
16-15.9. ments Incorporated. Bulletin No. DL-S Fig. 83-i: E ledmnics Today Interna-
1261:!, p. 12. tional, 7!81, p. 72.
Chapter 78 Fig. 83-2: 104 Weekend Electronic~
Fig. 78-J: Electronics Today interna- Chapter Rl Projects, TAR Rook l\fo. 74,'-16, p. ::!:-1:1.
tional, 9/72, p. 86. Fig. 83-3: 101 l:ilectronic Projects,
Fig 81-1: Repn'nted with the pennis-
Fig. 78-2: Electronics Today Interna- 1977, p. 40.
sion ofNational Sem.imndudor Corp.
tional, 1978. Linear Databook, 1982, P- .1-:::!04. Chapter 84
.Fig. 78-3: Repn'nted with the permis- Fig. 81-.::!: 73 Magazine, 10/77, p. 115.
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. Fig. 84-1: Reprinted lJ.Jith the permi.~
Fig. 81-3: Electronics Today Intenlfl- sion of National Semiwnductor Corp.
Linear Applications Handbook, 1982, tional, 7/81, p. 75.
p. .9-76. Transistor Datahook, 1982, p. 11-32.
Fig. 81-4: Reprinted with permission FiR. 84-/!: Reprinted with thr permis-
Fig. 78-3: Harris Semiconductor, from General R lectn"c Semiconductor
Linear & Data Acquisition Products, sion of National Semiconductor Corp.
TJepartment. GE Application .Vote Transistor Databook, 1982, p. 11-33.
1977, p. 2-96. 200.35, 3/66, p. 14.
Fig. 78-4: Courtesy of Motorola inc. Fig 84-3: Reprinted with thr! permis-
FiJ:. 81-5: 104 Weekend Jilectronics sion of National Semiconductor Corp.
Linear Integrated Circuits, 1979, p. PrOjeds, TAB Book No. 1436, p. 64.
6-17. Transistor Databook, 1982, P- 11-28.
Fig 81-6: E ledronics Toda-y I nterna- Fig. 84-4: Reprinted with the permis-
Chapter 79 tional, 1975, p. 72. sion of National Semiconductor Corp.
Fig. 79-1: Supertex Data Book, 1983, Transistor fJatabook, 1982, p. 11-:!9.
p. 5-26. Chapter 82
Fig. 84-5: Reprinted with permission
Fig. 7.9-2: Reprinted with the permis- Fig. 82-1: Teledyne Semiconductor, from General Electric Semiconductor
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. -Databook, p. 8. Department. General Electric SC R
Linear Applicatinns Handbook, 1982, Fig 82-2: ©..Siliconix incorporated. Ap- Manual, Sixth Edition, 1979, p_ 313.
p. 9-75. plication Note A1'v'154. Fig. 84-6: Reprinted with the pennis-
Fig. 79-3: Reprinted with the permis- Fig 82-3: The Complete Handbook of sion of Natt"onal Semiconductor Corp.
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. Amplifiers, Oscillators & Multivib- Data Conversion/,tcquisition nata-
Linear Applications Handbook, 1982, rators. TAB Book lVo. 1230, p..135. book, 1980, p. 11-10.
p, 9-76. Fig. 82-4: Courtesy of Fairchild Cant- Fig. 84-7: Reprinted with permission
era & Instrument Corporation. Linear from lreneml Rlectric Semiconductor
Chapter 80 Databook, 1982, p..9--28. Department. Optoelectronics, Semnd
Fig. 80-1: Reprinted with the pennis- Fig. 82-5: Repn'ntedfrom Electronics, Rdition, _p. 141.
siun uf National SemU:ondudor Corp. 2177, p. 107. Copyright 19 , McGraw
Audio/Radio Handbook, 1980, P- 4-40. Hill I-m:. All n"ghts reserved. Chapter 85
Fig. 80-2: Reprinted with the permis- Fig. 82-6: © Siliconix inwrporated. Fig. 85-1: Intersil Data Hook, 5183, p.
sion of National Semiamdw:tor Corp. Analog Switch & IC Product Data 7-48.
COPS Micrncontrollers Databook, Book, 1/82, p. 6-19. Fig. 85-:!: Reprinted from l!."lectronics,
1982, p. 9-123. Fig. 82-7: Harris Semiumductor, 11175, p. 120. Copyright 1975,
Fig. 80--3: Reprinted with the permis- Linear & Data Acquisition Products, McGraw Ililllnr. All rights reserved.
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. 1.977, p. 2-96. Fig. 85-3: Courtesy of Motorola Inc.
COPS Microcontrollers Databook, Fig. 82-8: Electronics Today lnterna- Fig. 85-4: Mite! Databook, p. 2-17.
1.982, p. 10-3. tUmal, 7/78, p. 16. Fig 85-5: Mite! Databook, p. 2-13.
Fig. 80-4: Electronics Today inter-na- Fig. 82-9: Courtesy of Motorola lm:. Fig. 85-6:73 Magazine, 12/83, P- 115.
tional, 4/78, p. 31. Linear Inteiface Integrated Circuits, p. Fig. 85-7: Ham Radio, .':!/77, p. 70.
Fig. 80-5: Repn'nted with the pennis- 7-30. Fig. 85-8: Ham Radio, 8177, p. 41.
745
Fig. 85-9: Ham Radio, 1/84, p. 94. Linear Databook, 1982, p. 9-29. Fig. 87-21: Reprinted with the permis-
Fig. 85-10: Reprinted with permission Fig. 86-12: Reprinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
from General Electric Semiconductor sion of National Semiconductor Corp. Linear Databook, 1982, p. 9-160.
Department. Optoelectronics, Second Hybrid Products Databook, 1982, p. Fig. 87-22: Reprinted with the permis-
Edition, p. 119. 7-33. sion of National Semiconductor Corp.
Fig. 85-11: Signetics Analog Data Linear Databook, 1982, p. 9-162.
Chapter 87
Manual, 1982, p. 16-27. Fig. 87-23: Reprinted with-the permis-
Fig. 85-12: Modern Electronics, 7178, Fig. 87-1: Electronics Today Interna- sUm of National Semiconductor Corp.
p. 56. tional, 4/81, p. 86. Voltage Regulator Handbook, p. 10-
Fig. 85-13: The Build-It Book Of Fig. 87-2: Electronics Today Interna- 107.
Electronic Projects, TAB Book No. tional, 12/78, p. 32. Fig. 87-24: Reprinted with the permis-
1498, p. 3. Fig. 87-3: SigneticsAnalogData Man- sion of National Semiconductor Corp.
Fig. 85-14: Reprinted with the permis· ual, 1.983, p. 10-65. Linear Databonk, 1982, p. 2-46.
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. Fig. 87-4: Precision Monolithicsincor- Fig. 87-25: Electronics Todayinterna-
COPS Microcontrollers Databook, j>orated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p. twnal, 10/78, p. 101.
1982, p, 9-118. 6-147. Fig. 87-26: Reprinted with the permis-
Fig. 85-15: 73 Magazine, 1/84, p. 115. Fig. 87-.5: Teledyne Semiconductor, sion of National Semiconductor Corp.
Fig. 85-16: IntersilDataBonk, 5/83, p. Databook, p. 12. Linear Databook, 1982, p. 2-46.
7-47, Fig. 87-6: Precision Monolithics Incor- Fig. 87-27: Reprinted with the permis-
Fig. 85-17: Reprinted with permission porated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p. sion of National Semiconductor Corp.
from GeneratE lectricSemiconductor /0-16, Linear Databook, 1982, p. 9-29.
DepartmentOptoelectronics, Second Fig. 87-7: Reprinted with the permis- Fig. 87-28: Reprinted with the permis-
Edition, p. 119. sion of National Semiconductor Corp. sUm of National Semicondudor Corp.
Fig. 85-18: Ham Radio, I/84, p. 93. Data Conversion/Acquisition Data- Linear Databook, 1982, p. 9-160.
Fig. 85-19: Ham Radw, 1/84, p. 91. book, 1980, p. 12-9. Fig. 87-29: Reprinted with the permis-
Fig. 85-:20: 73 Magazine, 4/83. Fig. 87-8: Signetics Analog Data Man- sion of National Semiconductor Corp.
Fig. 85-2L 73 Magazine, 9/82, p. 92. ual, 1982, p. 3-78. Linear Databook, 1982, p. 9-31.
Fig. 87-9: Reprinted with the permis- Fig. 87-30: Teledyne Semiconductor,
Chapter 86
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. Databook, p, 11.
Fig. 86-1: Radio-Electronics, 7/81, p. Data Conversion/Acquisition Data- Fig. 87-31: Teledyne Semiconductor,
73. book, 1980, p. 12-7. Databook, p. 11.
Fig. 86-2: Reprinted with the permis- Fig. 87-10: Radio-Electronics, 3/80, p. Fig. 87-32:IntersilDataBook, 5/83,p.
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. 60. 5-70,
Hybrid Products Databook, 1982, p. Fig. 87-I I: Reprinted with the permi.<;- Fig. 87-33: Reprinted with the permis-
1-87. sion of National Semiconductor Corp. sion of National Semiconductor Corp.
Fig. 86-3: Reprinted with the permis- Data C onversionlAcquisition Data- Linear Databook, 1982, p. 9-29.
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. book, /980, p, 12-10.
Data Conversion/Acquisition Data- Chapter 88
book, 1980, p. 12-17. sion of National Semiconductor Corp. Fig. 88-1: Western Digital, Compo-
Fig. 86-4: Reprinted with the permis- Linear Databook, ·1982, p. 9-162. nents Handbook, 1983, p. 579.
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. Fig.-87-13: IntersilDataBook, 5/83, p. Fig. 88-2: Courtesy of Texas Instru-
Linear Databook, 1982, p. 9-162. 5-71. ments Incorporated. Linear Control
Fig. 86-5: Courtesy of Motorola Inc. Fig. 87-14: IntersilData Book, 5/83, p. Circuits Data Book, Second Edition, p.
Circuit Applications for the Triac (AN- 5-71. 289.
466), p. 9. Fig. 87-15: CourtesyofFairchildCam- Fig. 88.-3: Signetics Analog Data Man-
Fig. 86-6: Courtesy of Motorola Inc. era & Instrument Corporation. Linear ual, /983, p, 15-11,
Circuit Applications for the Triac, AN- Databook, 1982, p. 4-42. Fig. 88-4: Courtesy of Motorola Inc.
466, p. 13. Fig. 87-16: Reprinted with the permis- Application Note AN-294, p. 6.
Fig. 86-7: Intersil Data Book, 5/83, p. sion of National Semiconductor Corp. Fig. 88-5: Reprinted with permission
5-68. Linear Databook, 1982, p. 3-108. from General Electric Semiconductor
Fig. 86--8: Reprinted with the permis- Fig. 87-17: Reprinted with the permis- Department. APPlication Note 201.11.
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. sion of National Semiconductor Corp. Fig. 88-6: Reprinted with permission
Linear Applications Handbook, 1982, CMOS Databook, 1981, p. 6-7. from General Electric Semiconductor
p. LB36-2, Fig. 87-18: Reprinted with the permis- Department. GE Semiconductor Data
Fig. 86-9: Reprinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp. Handbook, Third Edition, p. 1183.
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. Linear Databook, 1982, p. 9-31. Fig. 88-7: Signetics 555 Timers, 1973,
Linear Databook, 1982, p. 9-29. Fig. 87-19: Reprinted with the permis- p. 19.
Fig. 86-10: Precision Monolithics In- sion of National Semiconductor Corp. Fig. 88-8: RCA Corporation, Linear
corporated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p. Linear Databonk, 1982, p. 9-31. Integrated Circuits And MOS!FETS,
16-6, Fig. 87-20: Repn'nted with the permi.<;- p. 437.
Fig. 86-11: Reprinted with the permis- sUm of National Semiconductor Corp. _Fig. 88-9: Reprinted with permission
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. Linear Databook, 1982, p. 9-29. from General Electric Semiconductor
746
Department. GE Semiconductor Data 52. purated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p.
Handbook, Second Edition, p, 412. Fig. 90-2: Reprinted with the permis- 7-11.
Fig. 88-10:73 Magazine. 8/75, p.l40. sion of National Semicondudor Corp. Fig. 93-5: Precision Monolithics Incor-
Fig. 88-11: Western Digital, Compo- Linear Databnok, 1982, p. 9-108. porated, 1981 Full Line CataWg, p.
nents Handbook, 1983, p. 581. Fig. 90-3: 73 Magazine, 6/77, p. 49. 16-158.
Fif(. 88-12: Reprinted with permission Fig. 90-4: Ci,J, 6/83, p. 46. Fig. 93-6: Signetics Analog Data Man-
ft·om General Electric Semiconductor Fig. 90-5: 73 Magazine, 8/83, p. 100. ual, 1.982, p. 3-38.
Department. GE Semiconductor Data Chapter 91 Fig. 93-7: Reprinted with the permis-
Handbook, Second Edition, p. 727. sion of National Semiconductor Corp.
Fig. 88-13: Electronics Today Interna- Fig. .91-1: Electronics Today Interna- Data Conversion/Acquisition Data-
tional, 3/82, p. 67. tional, 6/78, p. 29. book, 1980, p. 13-50.
Fig. 88-14: Courtesy of Motorola Inc. Fig. 91-2: 73 Magazine, 2/83, p. 90. Fig. 93-8: Courtesy of Motorola Inc.,
Linear Integrated Circuits, 1979, p, Fig 91-3: Radio-Electronics, 3/80, p, Linear Integrated Circuit.<;, 1979, p.
3-17. 60. 3-42.
Fig. 88-15: Electronics Today Interna- Fig. 91-4: Radio-Electronil:s, 8/83, p. Fig. 93-9: Reprinted with the permis-
tional, 1/76, p. 52. 96. sion of National SemU:onductor Corp.
Fig. 88-16: Modern Electronics, 2/78, Fig. 91-5: __Reprinted with the permis- Transistor Databook, 1982, p. 11-25.
p. 49. sion of National Semiconductor Corp. Fig 93-10: Precision Monolithics In-
Fig. 88-17: Signetics 555 Timers, Transistor Databook, 1.982, p. 7-11. corporated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p.
1973. p. 26. Chapter 92 6-142.
Fig. 88-18: Signetics 555 Timers, Fig. 92-1: Courtesy of Motorola Inc. Fig. 93-11: Precision Monolithics In-
1973, p. 20. Application Note AN-545A, p. 7. corporated, 1981 Full Line Catalog,p.
Fig. 92-2: Courtesy of Motorola Inc. 10-18.
Chapter 89 Fig. 93-12: Precision Monolithics In-
Application Note A.N-545A, p. 12.
FiK. 89-1: Reprinted with the permis- corporated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p.
Fig. 92-3: Plessey Semiconductors,
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. llJ-15.
Linear IC Handbook, 5/82, p. 129.
Linear Databook, 1982, p. 10-170. Fij;:. 93-13: Precision Monolithics In-
Fig. 92-4: Courtesy of Motorola Inc.
Fig. 89-2: Signetics Analog Data Man- corporated, 1981 Full Line CataW!f, p.
Linear Integrated Circuits, 1979, p.
ual, 1982, p. 3-89. 16-16.
5-50.
Fig. 89-3: Electronics Today Interna- Fig. 93-14: Precision Monolithics In-
Fig. 92-5: Courtesy of Motorola Irn:.
tional, 10/77, p. 34. corporated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p.
Fig. 89-4: Courtesy of Texas Instru- 5-73.
10-8.
ments Incorporated. Linear Control F£g. 92-6: Courtesy of Motorola 1nc. Fig. 93-15: Reprinted with the permi..<;-
Circuits Data Book, Second Edition, p. siorl of National Semiconductor Corp.
130. 5-51. Data Conversion/Acquisition Data-
Fig 89-5: Reprinted with the permis- Fig. 92-7: Reprinted with the permis- book, 1980, p. 14-52.
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. sion of National Semiconductor Corp. Fig. 93-16: Precision Monolithics In-
Linear Databook, 1982, p. 10-63. Transistor Databook, 1982, p. 7-26. corporated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p.
Fig. 89-6: Reprinted with the permis- Fig. 92-8: Reprinted with the permis- 16-158.
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. sion of National Semiconductor Corp. Fig. 93-17: Reprinted with the permis-
Audio/Radio Handbook, 1980,p. 2-53. Transistor Databook, 1982, p. 11-31. sion of National Semiconductor Corp.
Fig. 89-7: Reprinted with the permis- Fig. 92-9: Reprinted with the permi..<;- Data Conversion/Acquisition Data-
silm of National Semiconductor Corp. sion of National Semiconductor Corp. book, 1980, p. 14-44.
Audio!RadioHandbook,1980, p. 2-49. Transistor Databook, 1982, p. 11-30. Fig. 93-18: Electronics Today Interna-
Fig. 89-8: Electronics Today Interna- Fig. 92-10: Courtesy of Motorola Inc. tional, 8!78, P- 91.
#onal, 6/79, p. 105. Fig. 93-19: Reprinted with the permis-
Motorola Semicondudor Library, Vol-
Fig. 89-9: Electronics Today Interna- ume 6, Series B. sion of National Semiconductor Corp.
tional, 6/82, p. 66. Data Conversion/Acquisition Data-
Fig. 92-11: Harris Semiconductor,
Fig. 89-10: Courtesy of Texas Instru- book, 1980, p. 14-41.
Linear & Data Acquisition Products,
ments Incorporated. Linear Control 1977, p. 2-46. Fig. 93-20: Precision Monolithics In-
Circuits Data Book, Second Edition, p. corporated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p.
130. Chapter 93 6-78.
Fig. 89-11: Reprinted with the permis- Fig. 93-21: Reprinted with the permis-
sitm of National Semiconductor Corp. Fig. 93-1: Precision Monolithics Incor- sifm of National Semiconducior Corp.
Transistor Databook, 1982, p, 7-27. porated, 1981 Full Line CataWg, p. Data Conversion/Acquisition Data-
Fig. 89-12: Reprinted with the permis- 6-59. book, 1980, p. 14-53.
sion of National SemU:ondw:tor Corp. Fig. 93-2: Reprinted with the permis- Fig. 93-22: Reprinted with the permis-
Linear Databook, 1982, p. 3-48. sion of National Semiconductor Corp. sion of National Semiconductor Corp.
Fig. 89-13: Electronics Today Interna- Voltage Regulator Handbook, p. 10-47. Data Conversion/Acquisition Data-
tional. Fi'g. 93-3: Courtesy of Motorola Inc. book, 1980, p. 14-53.
Linear Integrated Circuits, 1979, p. Fig. 93-23: Reprinted with the permis-
Chapter 90 6-23. sion of National Semiconductor Corp.
Fig. 90-1. Radio-Electronics, 12/81, p. Fig. 93-4: Precision Monolithics /ncor- Data Conversion/Acquisition Data-
747
book, 1980, p. 14-51. Fig. 96-3: Teledyne Semiconductor, Fig. 97-7: 73 Magazine, 8/78, p.132.
Dalabook, p. 11. Fig. 97-8: Reprinted with the permis·
Chapter 94 Fig. 96-4: ©Siliconix incorporated, sUm of National Semiconductor Corp.
Fig. 94-1: IntersilData Book, 5/83, p. Analog Switch & IC Product Data Linear Databook, 1982, p. 3-241.
5-238. Book, 1/82, p. 7-21. Fig. 97-9: Reprinted with permission
Fig. 94-2: Reprinted with the permis- Fig. 96-5: Precision Monolithics Incor- from General Electric Semiconductor
sUm of National Semiconductor Corp. Department. GE Semiconductor Data
porated, 1981 Full Line CataloK, p.
Data Databook, 1982, p. '5-9. Handbook, Third Edition, p. 577.
16-/4/.
Fig. 94-3: Electronics Today Interna- Fig. 97-10: Reprinted with permission
tional, 12/78, p. 20. Fig. 96-6: Reprinted with the_permis-
from General Electric Semiconductor
Fig. 94-4: Courtesy of Motorola Inc. sion of National Semiconductor Corp.
Application Note 32, p. 2. Department. GE Semiconductor Data
Linear Integrated Circuits, 1979, p. Handbook, Third Edition, p. 1183.
6-17. Fig. 96-7: Reprinted with the permis-
Fig. 97-11: IntersilDataBook, .5/83,p.
Fig. 94-5: Electronics Today Interna- sion of National Semiconductor Corp. 5-238.
tional, 7/72, p. 84. Linear Databook, 1982, p. 9-204. Fig. 97-12: Courtesy of Motorola Inc.
Fig. 94-6: Reprinted with the permis- Fig. 96-8: Reprinted with the permis- Linear Interface integrated Circuits,
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. sion of National Semiconductor Corp. 1979, p, 5·/19.
Data Conversion!Acquisition Data- Data Conversion!Acquisition Data- Fig. 97-13: Precision Monolithics In-
book, /980, p. 3-13. book, 1980, p. 3-103. corporated, 1981 Full I:>ine Catalog, p.
Fig. 94-7: Signetics Analog Data Man- Fig. 96-9: Reprinted with the permis- 16-81.
ual, 1982, p. 8-14. Fig. 97-14: Harris Semiconductor
Fig. 94-8: Reprinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
HybridProducts Databook, 1982, p. Linear - Data Acquisition Products, p.
J7,54. 2-46.
Fig. 96-10: Electronics Today Interna- Fig. 97-15: Intersil Data Book 5/83, p.
Fig. 94-9: Reprinted with the ..permis-
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. tional, 7/72, p. 83. 4-93.
Linear Databook, 1982, p. 3-238. Fig. 96-11: Signetics Analog Data Fig. 97-16: Signetics Analog Data
Manual, 1982, p. 3-50. Manual, 1982, p. 16-29.
Chapter 95 Fig. 96-12: Siliconix Analog Switch & Fig. 97-17: Signetics A..nalog Data
Fig. 95-1: Teledyne Semiconductor, IC Product Data Book, 1/82, p. 1-7. Manual, /982, p. /6·29.
Publication DG-114-87, p. 3. Fig. 96-13: Reprinted with the permis- Fig. 9 7-18: SigneticsAnalog Data Man-
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. ual, 1977, p. 264.
Analog Switch & IC Product Data Hybrid Products Databook, 1982, p. Fig. 97-19: Courtesy ofFairchild Cam-
Book, 1/82, p. 1-25. /-27. era & Instrument Corporation. Linear
Fig. 95-3: Courtesy of Fairchild Cam- Databook, 1982, p. 5-25.
era & Instrument Ctrporation. Linear Chapter 97 Fig. 97-20: Signetics Analog Data
Databook, 1982, p. 7-7.
Fig. 97-1: Reprinted from Electronics, Manual, 1982, p. 16-29.
sion of Analog Devices, Inc. Data Ac- 7/83, p. 135. Copyright 1983, McGraw Chapter 98
quisition Databook, 1982, p. 12-19. Hill Inc. All rights reserved.
Fig. 98-1:-Electronics Today Interna-
Fig. 95-5: Reprinted with the permis- Fig. 97-2: Reprinted with the permis- tional, 8/78, p. 69.
sion of National Semiconductor Corp. sion of National Semiconductor Corp. Fig. 98-2: Courtesy of Fairchild Cam-
Linear Applications Handbook, 1982, Data Conversi~n!Acquisition Data· era & Instrument Corporation. Linear
p. D-7. book, 1980, p. 8.:33. Databook, 1982, p. 5-32.
Fig. 95-6: Reprinted withpermissWn of Fig. 97-3: Precision Monolithics Incor· Fig. 98-3: ©Siliconix incorporated.
Analog Devices, Inc. Data Acquisition porated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p. Analog Switch & IC Product Data
Databook, 1982, p. 12-20. /6-/73. Book, 1/82, p. 6-18.
Fig. 97-4: Courtesy of Texas Instru- Fig. 984: Courtesy of Motorola Inc.
Chapter 96 ments Incorporated. Linear Control Linear Integrated Circuits, 1979, p.
Fig. 96-1: Reprinted with the permis- Circuits Data Book, Second1i'dition, p. 6-123.
145. Fig. 98-5: Courtesy of Texas Instru-
Fig. 97-5: Intersil Data Book, 5/83, p. ments Incorporated. Linear Control
National Semiconductor CMOS
Circuis Data Book, Second Edition, p.
Databook, 1981, p. 3-50. 5-238. 205.
Fig. 96-2: Precision Monolithics Incor- Fig. 97-6: Harris Semiconductor, Fig. 98-6: ©Siliconix incorporated.
porated, 1981, Full Line Catalog, p. Linear & Data Acquisition Products, p. Analog Switch & IC Product Data
16-138. 2-58. Book, 1/82, p. 6-14.
748
Index
Numbers preceded by an "I-," "II," and "Ill" are from Encyclopedia of Electronic Circuits
Vol. 1., Vol. II, and Vol. Ill respectively.
0/01 percent analog multiplier, 11-392 5 MHz phase-encoded data read circuitry, 7400 siren, Il-575
Il-365
1 MHz FET crystal oscillator, 11-144 5 MHz VFO, 11·551 8-amp regulated power supply, mobile
1 kHz oscillator, 11-427 5 v powered linearized platinum RTD equipment, 11-461
1 watt/2.3 GHz amplifier, 11-54-0 signal conditioner, IJ-650 800 W light dimmer, 11-309
10 amp regulator, current and thennal 5 watt ri power amplifier, 11-542 8048/IM80C48 microprocessor 8-char/16-
protection with, II-474 50-ohm transmission line driver, 11-192 seg ASCII triplex LCD, 11-116
10 MHz crystal oscillator, 11-141 500 kHz switching inverter for 12V
10 MHz fiber optic receiver, II-205 systems, 11-474
90-watt power amplifier with safe area
10 watt/225-400 MHz rf amplifier, 11-548 550 Hx notch fiJter, 11-399
protection, 11-459
100 MHz converter, 11-130 555 timer
12 to 14 V regulated 3 amp power supply,
Il-480
astable, low duty cycle, 11-267
beep transformer, III-566 A
12-bit D/A, variable step size in, 11-181 integrator to multiply, 11-669 absolute value amplifier, 1-31
12ns circuit breaker, 11-97 RC audio oscillator from, 11-567 absolute value circuit, precision, 1-37
125 Watt 150 MHz amplifier, 11-544 square wave generator using, 11-595 absolute value full wave rectifier, 11-528
14-volt, 4-amp battery charger/power 565 SCA demodulator, III-150 absolute value Norton amplifier, III-11
supply, 11-73 ac bridge circuit, 11-81
1800Hz notch filter, 11-398 ac flasher, 111-196
6-meter kilowatt rf amplifier, 11-545 ac -linear coupler, analog, 11-412
6-meter preamp with 20 dB gain and low ac motor
2 MHz-square wave generator TTL NF, 11-543 control for, 11-375
gates in, 11-598 60Hz clock pulse generator, 11-102 three-phase driver for, II-383
2 to 6 Watt audio amplifier with preamp, 600-ohm balanced driver for line signals, two-phase driver for, II-382
II-451 Il-192 ac sequential flasher, 11-238
20kHz ring counter, 11-135 600-ohm high output line driver, U-193 ac switcher, high-voltage optically coupled,
25 watt amplifier, 11-452 650 MHz amplifying prescaler probe, 11- Ill-408
502 ac-coupled amplifiers, dynamic, III-17
400Hz servo amplifier, 11-386 650 )(microprocessors, interface to, III-98 ac-line operated unijunction metronome,
400V/60W push-pull power supply, 11-473 680 x microprocessors, interface to, 111-98 Il-355
749
accurate null/variable gain circuit, Ill-69 doorbell, rain, 1-443 AM microphone, wireless, 1-679
acid rain monitor, 11-245, III-361 door open, 11-284 AM radio, 1-544
active antennas, III-1-2 fail-safe, semiconductor, III-6 power amplifier for, 1-77
active clamp-limiting amplifiers, III-15 field disturbance, 11-507 receivers, 111-529
active crossover networks, 1-172-173 flood, III-206, 1-390 receivers, carrier-current, III-81
active filter freezer meltdown, 1-13 AM!FM
band reject, II-401 headlights-on, III-52 clock radio, 11-543, Ill-1
bandpass, Ill-190, 11-221, II-223 high/low limit, 1-151 squelch circuit for, 11-547, III-1
digitaDy tuned low power, II-218 ice formation, ll-58 amateur radio
low pass, digitally selected break latching bwglar,l-8, 1-12 linear amp, 2-30 MHz 140-W, III-260
frequency, 11-216 line-operated photoelectric smoke, 1- receiver for, Ill-534
low-power, digitally selectable center 596 transmitter, 80-M, III-675
frequency, III-186 low-battery disconnect and, III-65 ambient light ignoring optical sensor, III-
programmable, 111-185 low-battery warning, III-59 413
state-variable, 111-189 low volts, 11-493 anuneter, 1-201
ten-band graphic equalizer using, 11-684 motion-actuated car, 1-9 nano, 1-202
universaJ, 11-214 motion-actuated motorcycle, 1-9 pico, 11-154, 1-202
active integrator, inverting buffer, 11-299 multiple circuit for, 11-2 pico, circuit for, 11-157
adapter photoelectric, 11-319 pico, guarded input circuit, 11-156
de transceiver and, hand-held, III-461 photoelectric system for, 11-4 six decade range, 11-153, 11-156
program, second-audio, III-142 piezoelectric, I -12 amplifier, 11-5-22, III-10-21
traveller's shaver, l-495 power failure, III-511, 1-581, I-582 1 watt/2.3 GHz, 11-540
adder, !Il-327 proximity, 11-506, III-517 2-30 MHz, 140W amateur radio linear,
adjustable ac timer, .2 to 10 seconds, 11- pulsed-tone, 1-11 1-555
681 purse-snatcher, capacitance operated, I- 2 to 6 W, with preamp, 11-451
adjustable audible continuity tester, II-536 134 4W bridge, 1-79
adjustable delay circuit, III-148 rain, 1-442, 1-443 5W output, two-meter, 1-567
adjustable oscillator, over 10:1 range, II- road ice, 11-57 6W 8-ohm ouput-transformerless, 1-75
423 security, 1-4 10 dB-gain, III-543
adjustable Q notch fiJter, 11-398 self-anning, 1-2 !OW power, 1-76
adjustable sine wave audio oscillator, Il- shutoff, automatic, 1-4 10 x buffer, 1-128
568 signal-reception, receivers, 111-270 12 W low-distortion power, 1-76
adjustable threshold temperature alarm, smoke, SCR, III-251 16 W bridge, 1-82
Il-644 solar powered, 1-13 2-5-watt, 11-452
AGC amplifiers speed, 1-95 30 MHz, l-567
rf, wideband adjustable, III-545 Star Trek red alert, 11-577 60 MHz, 1-567
squelch control, III-33 tamperproof burglar, I -8 80 MHz cascade, 1-567
wide-band, III-15 temperature, II-643 BOW PEP broadband/linear, 1-557
air conditioner, auto, smart clutch for, III- temperature, light, radiation sensitive, 100 MHz/400MHz neutralized common
46 11-4 source, 1-565
air flow detector, 1-235, 11-242 timer, 11-674 IOOW PEP 420-450 MHz push-pull, 1-
air flow meter (see anemometer) trouble tone alert, Il-3 554
air-motion detector, III-364 varying-frequency warning, 11-579 100 x bUffer, 1-128
airplane propeller sound effect, 11-592 wailing, 11-572 135-175 MHz, 1-564
a1a...TillS (see also detectors; indicators; warbling, 11-573 160W PEP broadband, 1-556
sensors), III-3-9 water level, 1-389 200 MHz neutralized common source,
auto burglar, 11-2, 1-3, III-4, 1-7,1-10 alarm flasher, bar display with, 1-252 1-568
auto, single-IC, III-7 alarm shutoff, automatic, 1-4 450 MHz common-source, 1-568
blown fuse, 1-10 allophone generator, III-733 600 W rf power, 1-559
boat, 1-9 alternating flasher, IT-227 absolute value, I -31
bwglar, Ill-8, III-9 alternators ac servo, bridge type, III-387
burglar, one-chip, 111-5 battery-a1temator monitor, automotive, AGC, 11-17
camera triggered, III-444 Ill-63 AGC, squelch control, III-33
capacitive sensor, III-515 ambience amplifier, rear speaker, 11-458 AGC, wide-band, III-15
current monitor and, III-338 ambient light effects, cancellization circuit adjustable gain noninverting, I-91
differential voltage or current, 11-3 for, 11-328 ambience, rear speaker, 11-458
digital clock circuit with, III-84 AM demodulator, 11-160 AM radio power, 1-77
door-ajar, Hall-effect circuit, III-256 AM integrated receiver, III-535 attenuator and, digitally controlled, 1-53
750
audio, III-32-39 high-frequency, III-259-265 op amp clamping for, 11-22
audio, booster, 20 dB, III-35 high gain differential instrumentation, 1- op amp, intrinsically safe protected, III·
audio, circuit bridge load drive, III-35 353 12
audio, distribution, 1-39, 11-39 high gain inverting ac, 1-92 oscilloscope sensitivity, III-436
audio, low power, ll-454 high impedance bridge, 1-353 output, four-channel D/A, III-165
audio, Q-multiplier, 11-20 high impedance differential, 1-27, 1-354 phone, 1-81
audio, signal, IT-41-47 high impedance/high gain/high fre- phono, 1-80
audio, tone control, II-686 quency, 1-41 photodiode, 11-324, 1-361, III-672
auto fade circuit for, IT-42 high impedance/low capacitance, 1-691 photodiode, low~noise, III-19
automatic level control for, 11-20 high impedance/low drift, instrumenta- playback, tape, III-672
Av/200, stereo, 1-77 tion, 1-355 pola__rity-reversing low-power, III-16
b.Iance, 11-46 high-input-high impedance 20 dB power (see also power amps), 11-46, ll-
balance, loudness control, II-47, Il-395 micropower, 11-44 451' lll-450-456
balancing circuit, inverting, I-33 high-input-impedance differential, II-19 power, 90-W, safe area protection, 11-
basic transistor, 1-85 high-performance FET, wideband UHF, 459
bass tone control, stereo phonograph, 1- 1-560 power GaAsFET with single supply, 11-
670 high speed current to voltage, 1-35 10
bridge, 1-74 high speed instrumentation, 1-354- pre-amp, NAB tape playback, profes-
bridge, ac servo, 1-458 high speed sample and hold, 1-587 sional, III-38
bridge, audio. power, 1-81 high stability thermocouple, 1-355 pre-amp, phono,magnetic, III-37
bridge transducer, III-71, 11-84, 1-351 IF, 1-690 pre-amp, read-head, automotive cir-
capactive load, isolation, l-34 infinite sample and hold, 11-558 cuits, 111-44
cascaded, III-13 input/output buffer for analog multiplex- pre-amp, RIAA, 111-38
chopper, +I- ISV., 111-12 ers, III-11 precision, I -40
chopper channel, 1-350 instrumentation, III-278-284, 1-346, 1- precision FET input instrumentation, I-
chopper stabilized. 11-7 348, 1-349, 1-352, 1-354 355
clamp-limiting, active, III-15 ffiverting, Ill-14, 11-41, 1-42 precision summing, 1-36
color video, 1-34, III-724 inverting gain of 2, lag-lead compensa- precision weighted resistor -programma-
common source low power, 11.-.84 tion, UHF, 1-566 ble gain, II~9
complementary-symmetry audio, 1-78 inverting power, 1-79 programmable, II-334, III-504--508
composite, 11-8, Ili-13 inverting unity gain, 1-80 pulse-width proportional controller
constant-bandwidth, III-21 isolation rf, 11-54-7 circuit for, 11-21
current-shunt, III-21 JFET bipolar cascade video, 1-692 PWM servo, III-379
current collector head, 11-11, 11-295 level-shifting isolation, 1-348 reference voltage, 1-36
de servo, 1-457 linear, CMOS inverter in, Il-11 remote, 1-91
de to video log, 1-38 line-operated, III~37 rf (see rf amplifier), Il-537
detector and, MC1330/MC1352 used line-type, duplex, telephone, III-616 selectable input, programmable gain, 1-
in, television IF, 1-688 load line protected, 75W audio, 1-73 32
differential, III-14, 1-38 logarithmic, II-8 servo, 400Hz, 11-386
differential, input instrumentation, 1-347 logic (see logic amplifier) servo motor, I 452
differential, two op amp bridge type, 11- log ratio, 1-42 servo motor drive, 11-384
83 loudness control. 11-46 signal distribution, 1-39
dynamic, ac..coupled, III-17 low-distortion audio limiter, 11-15 sinewave output buffer, 1-126
electrometer, overload protected, ll-155 low-level video detector circuit and, 1- single-device, SOW/50-ohm, VHF, 1-558
electronic balanced input microphone, I- 687 single supply, ac buffer, 1-126
86 low-noise broadband, 1-562 single supply, noninverting, 1-75
fast, de-stabilized, III-18 low-power conunon source, 11-84 sound mixer and, 11-37
fast, summing, 1-36 low-signallevellhigh impedance instru- speaker, hand-held transceivers, III-39
FET cascade video, 1-691 mentation, I-350 speaker, overload protector for, 11-16
FET input, ll-7 magnetic pickup hone, 1-89 speech compressor, ll-15
flat response, 1-92, III-673 medical telemetry, isolation, 1-352 split supply, noninverting, I-75
forward-current booster, III-17 meter-driver, rf, 1-MHz, 111-54-5 stable unity gain buffer, 11-6
four quadrant photo-conductive detec- micro-sized, III-36 standard cell, battery powered buffer, 1-
tor, 1-359 microphone, III-34, 1~87 351
gain-controlled, III-34 monostable usillg, 11-268 standard cell, saturated, ll-296
gate, 1-36 noninverting, III-14, 1-32, 1-33, 1-41 stereo, gain control, II-9
hi-fi compander as, 11-12 noninverting ac power, 1-79 summing, Ill-16, 1-37
hi-fi expandor, 11-13 Norton, absolute value, III- 11 switching power, I-33
751
amplifier (con't.) 8-bit, I-44-, 1-46 AGC, squelch control, lli-33
tape pi"Yback, 1-92 8-bit successive approximation, 1-47 audio booster, 20 dB, lli-35
tape recording, 1-90 !O-bit, U-28 audio circuit bridge load drive, 111-35
telephone, lli-621 10-bit serial output, 11-27 complementary..gymmetry, 1-78
thermocouple, lli-14, 1-654 16-bit, 11-26 high slew rate power op amp, I-82
thermocouple, cold junction compensa- capacitance meter, 31/2 digit, III-76 gain-controlled, stereo, III-34
tion in, 11-649 cyclic, 11-30 line-operated, III-37
transducer, 1-86, III-669-673 differential input system for, 11-31 load line protection, 75W, 1-73
transistor headphone, II-43 fast precision, 1-49 low power, II-454
tremolo circuit or, voltage-controlled, 1- four-digit (10,000 count), 11-25 micro-sized, III-36
598 half-flash, 111-26 microphone, IU-34
triple ep amp instrumentation, 1-347 high speed 3-bit, 1-50 mini-stereo, III-38
TV audio, 111-39 high speed 12-bit, 11-29 pre-amp, NAB tape playback, profes-
two-meter lOW power, 1-562 IC, low cost, 1-50 sional, III-38
two-stage 60MHz IF, 1-563 LCD display, 3 1/2 digit, 1-49 pre-amp, phono, magnetic, 111-37
two-stage wideband, 1-689 successive approximation, 11-24, Il-30, pre-amp, RIAA, lli-38
two-wire to four-wire audio converter, 1-45 speaker, hand-held transceivers, III-39
11-14 switched-capacitor, Ill-23 television type, III-39
ultra high frequency, 1-565 three-decade logarithmic, 1-48 tone control, 11-686
ultra high gain audio, 1-87 tracking, Ill-24 ultra-high gam, 1-87
ultra high Z ac unity gain, 11-7 analyzer, gas, 11-281 audio automatic gain control, 11-17
ultra low leakage preamp, Il-7 AND gate, 1-395 audio booster, 111-35, 11-455
unity gam, 1-27 large fan-in, 1-395 audio circuits
variable gain, differential input instru- anemometer biquad filter, IU-185
mentation, l-349 hot-wire, III-342 bridge-load drive, Ill-35
very high impedance instrumentation, 1- thermally based, 11-241 carrier-current transmitter, III-79
354 angle of rotation detector, 11-283 audio clipper, precise, 11-394
video, 1-692, III-708-712 announcer, ac line-voltage, III-730 audio compressor, 11-4-4
voice activated switch, 1-608 annunciators, III-27-28, 11-32-34 audio continuity tester, 1-550
voltage, differential-to-single-ended, III- electronic bell, 11-33 audio converter, two-wire to four-wire, 11-
670 large fan-in, 1-395 14
voltage-follower, signal-supply operation low-cost chime circuit, 11-33 audio distribution amplifier, II-39, I-39
III-20 sliding tone doorbell, 11-34 audio frequency meter, 1-311
voltage controlled, 1-31, 1-598 antennas, active, III-1-2 audio generator, lli-559
voltage controlled, attenuator for, 11-18 antitheft device, I- 7 one-IC, TI-569
voltage controlled, variable gain, 1-28-29 arc lamp, 25W, power supply for, 11-476 two-tone, 11-570
volume, 11-46 arc welding inverter, ultrasonic, 20 KHz, audio LED bar peak program meter
walkman, 11-456 III-700 display, 1-254
wideband unity gain inverting, 1-35 arc-jet power supply, starting circuit, m- audio limiter, low distortion, 11-15
wide bandwidth, low noise/low drift, 1- 479 audio millivoltmeter, III-767, III-769
38 astable flip flop with starter, -TI-239 audio mixer, I-23, IT-35
wide frequency range, III-262 astable multivibrator, III-196, ffi-233, lli- audio mixer, one transistor, 1-59
write, lli-18 238, 11-269, U-510 audio notch filter, II-400
)I( 10 operational, 1-37 op amp, lll-224 audio operated circuits (see sound oper-
)I( tOO-operational, 1-37 programmable-frequency, lli-237 ated circuits)
amplitude modulator, low distortion low square wave generation with, II-597 audio operated relay, I-608
level, 11-370 attendance counter, 11-138 audio oscillator, 11-24, l-64, III-427
analog counter circuit, 11-137 attenuator, III-29-31 20Hz to 20kHz, variable, 1-727
analog multiplexer, analog signals, microprocessor- light-sensitive, 111-315
buffered input/output, III-396 controlled, 111-101 sine wave, 11-562
sfugle-trace to four-trace scope con- digitally programmab~, lli-30 audio-controlled lamp, 1-609
verter, H-431 digitally selectable precison, 1-52 audio power amplifier, ll-451, III-454
analog multiplier, II-392 programmable, III-30 20-W, III-456
0/01 percent, 11-392 programmable (1 to 0.00001), 1-53 50-W, III-451
analog-to-digital buffer, high speed 6-bit, variable, 1-52 6-W, with preamp, III-454
1-127 voltage-controlled, 11-18, Ill-31 bridge, 1-81
analog-to-digital converter, 11-23-31, III- -auchble slow logic pulses, II-34-5 audio power meter, 1-4-"88
22-26 audio amplifier, III-32-39 audio-powered noise clipper, Il-396
752
audio Q multiplier, 11-20 courtesy light delay switch, III-42 bar-code scanner, III-363
audio-rf signal trncer probe, 1-527 courtesy light extender, III-50 bar expanded scale meter, 11-186
audio signal amplifiers, II -41-4 7 delayed-action windshield wiper control, bar graph
audio compressor, 11-44 11-55 ac signal indicator, II-187
auto fade, 11-42 digi-tach, 11-61 voltmeter, 11-54
balance, 11-46 directional signals monitor, III-48 basic single-supply voltage regulator, 11-471
balance and loudness amplifier, 11-4 7 door ajar monitor, III-46 bass tuner,II-362
loudness, TI-46 electric vehicles, battery saver, III-67 12 v, 1-111
microphone preamp, 11-45 garage stop light, II-53 200 rnA-hour, 12V Ni-Cad, 1-114
micropower high-input-impedance 20-dB glow plug driver, 11-52 automatic shutoff for, 1-113
amplifier, n-44 headlight alarm, III-52 batteries
power, II-46 headlight delay circuit, III-49, 11-59 fixed power 'upply, 12-VDC/120-VAC,
stereo preamplifier, Il-43, Il-45 headlight dimmer, II-57 III464
transistor headphone amplifier, 11-43 ice formation alann, 11-58 high~voltage generator, III-482
volume, 11-46 ignition substitute, III-41 battery charger, III-53-59, TI-64, 11-69, 1-
audio sine-wave generator, 11-564- ignition timing light, 11-60 113
audio squelch, 11-394 immobilizer, 11-50 constant voltage, current limited, 1-115
audio switching/mixing, silent, 1-59 intermittent windshield wiper with control for 12V, 1-112
audio waveform generators, precision, 111- dynamic braking, 11-49 current limited 6V, I-118
230 lights-on warning, III-42, ll-55 gel cell, IT-66
auto-advance projector, 11-444 PTC thermistor automotive tempera- lead/acid, III-55
auto battery charger, Ni-Cad, 1-115 ture indicator, II-56 lithium, 11-67
auto battery current analyzer, 1-104 read-head pre-amplifier, III-44 low-battery detector, lead-acid, III-56
auto btrrg]ar alarm, 11-2, 1-3, III4, III-7, road ice alarm, 11-57 low-battery warning, III-59
1-7, 1-10 Slow-sweep wiper control, TI-55 low-cost trickle for 12V storage, 1-117
autodrum sound effect, 11-591 tachometer, set point, 111-47 Ni-Cad, 1-118
auto fade circuit, 11-42 tachometer/dwell meter, 111-45 ni-cad zapper, II-66
auto :flasher, 1-299 voltage regulator, Ill-48 portable, ni-cad, III-57
auto high speed warning device, 1-101 automotive exhaust emissions analyzer, II- power supply and, 14V, III-4A, 11-73
auto lights-on reminder, I -109 51 PUT, III-54
auto-zeroing scale bridge circuits, III-69 auto tum signals, sequential flasher for, regulator for, 1-117
automatic gain control, audio, 11-17 11-109, III-1 simpli-Cad, I-112
automatic headlight dimmer, 11-63 solar cell, 11-71
automatic keyer, 11-15 B thennally controlled ni-cad, II-68
automatic level control, 11-20 back-biased GaA.s LED light sensor, II- U]T,III-56
automatic mooring light, 11-323 321 universal, III-56, III-58
automatic power down protection cin:uit, back EMF PM motor speed control, II· versatile design, 11-72
TI-98 379 voltage detector relay for, TI-76
automatic shutoff battery charger, ll-113 balanced input microphone amplifier, wind powered, II-70
automatic tape recording, ll-21 electronic, 1-86 battery condition checker, 1-108
automatic telephone recording device, 11- balanced microphone preamp, low noise battery condition indicator, 1-121
622 transformerless, 1-88 battery indicator, low, 1-124
automatic TTL morse code keyer, 11-25 balanced modulator, III-376 battery instruments, bipolar power supply
automatic turn off for TV, ll-577 balancer, stereo, 1-619 for, Il-475
automobile locator, III-43 bargraph car voltmeter, 1-99 battery lantern circuit, I-380
automotive circuits, III-40-52, 11-48-63 barricade flasher, 1-299 battery level indicator, II-124
air conditioner smart clutch, III-46 battery charge/discharge indicator, 1-122 battery monitor, III-60-67, IJ-74-79, 1-106
automatic headlight dimmer, ll-63 balance amplifier, IIJ-46 analyzer, ni-cad batteries, III-64
automobile locator, III-43 loudness control in, 11-395 automatic shutoff, battery-powered
automotive exhaust emissions analyzer, balance and loudness amplifier, ll-47 projects, III-61
11-51 balance indicator, bridge circuit, II-82 battery saver, electric vehicles, ill-67
back-up beeper, Ill-49 band reject filter, active, 11-401 battery status indicator, 11-77
bar-graph voltmeter, 11-54 bandpass filter, 11-222 battery-life extender, 9 V, III-62
battery-alternator monitor, III-63 -active, III-190, 11-221, II-223 capacity tester, 111-66
brake light, delayed extra,.III-44 Chebyshev fowth-order, III-191 dynamic, constant current load fuel cell/
brake lights, fia,lllng thin!, III-51 multiple feedback, 11-224 battery tester, 11-75
car horn, electronic, 111-50 notch and, 11-223 lithium battery, state of charge indicator,
car wiper control, ll-62 second-order biquad, III-188 11-78
753
battery monitor (con't.) blinking phone light monitor, 11-624 buffer
low-battery detector, III-63 blown-fuse alarm, 1-10 capacitance, low-input, III-498
low-battery indicator, ll-77 boiler control, 1-638 capacitance, stabilized low-input, III-502
low-battery protector, JII-65 bongos, electronic, 11-587 high impedance low capacitance wide-
low-battery warning/disconnect, Ill-65 booster band, l-127
protection circuit, ni-cad batteries, III- audio, III-35, TI-455 high resolution ADC input, 1-127
62 forward-current, 111-17 high speed 6-bit A/D, l-127
sensor, quick-deactivating, III-61 LED, 1-307 high speed single supply ac, 1-127, 1-128
splitter, III-66 shortwave FET, 1-561 input/output, for analog multiplexers, III-11
step-up switching regulator for 6V, 11-78 12ns, 11-97 stable, high impedance, I -128
voltage, 11-79 high speed electronic, 11-96 unity gain, stable, good speed and high
voltage detector relay in, 11-76 bootstrapping, cable, 1-34 input impedance, ll·6
battery-life extender, 9 V, III-62 brake light, video, low-distortion, III-712
battery-operated equipment, extra, delayed, III-44 buffer amplifier
automatic shutoff, 111-61 flashing, extra, III-51 100x, 1-128
undervoltage indicator for, I-123 brake, PWM speed controVenergy recov- 10x,l-128
battery-operated fiasher, high powered, 11- ering, III-380 sinewave output, 1-126
229 breaker single supply ac, 1-126
battery-powered buffer amplifier for 12ns, 11-97 standard cell battery powered, 11-351
standard cell, 1-351 high speed electronic, ll-96 buffered breakout box, 11-120
battery-powered calculators/radios/ breaker power dwell meter, 1-102 bug detector, III-365
cassette players, power pack, 1-509 breakout box, buffer, 11-120 bug tracer, III-358
battery-powered fence charger, II-202 breath alert alcohol tester, III-359 bull hom, 11-453
battery-powered light, capacitance oper- breath monitor, III-350 bu<glar alann
ated, l-131 bridge balance indicator, 11-82 auto, ll-2
battery-powered warning light, II-320 bridge circuit, III-68-71, 11-80-85, 1-552 one-chip, III-5
battery status indicator, 11-77 ac, 11-81 burst generator, III-72-74, 11·86-90
battery threshold indicator, 1-124 ac servo amplifier with, III-387 multi·, square waveform, II-88
battery voltage indicator, solid state, I-120 accurate null/variable gain circuit, III-69 ri, portable, III-73
battery voltage monitor, 11-79 auto-zeroing scale, III-69 single timer IC square wave, 11·89
HTS, precision, 1-122 balance indicator, II-82 single tone, 11-87
battery zapper, simple Ni-Cad, 1-116 bridge transducer amplifier, III-71 strobe tone, II-90
beacon transmitter, III-683 low power common source amplifier, 11- tone, 11-90
beep transformer,- III-555, III-566 84 tone burst, European repeaters, III-74
beeper QRP SWR, III-336 burst power control, III-362
back-up, automotive circuits, III-49 remote sensor loop transmitter, III-70 bus interface, eight bit uP, 11-114
repeater, I -19 strain gauge signal conditioner, IIT-71, buzzer
bell, electronic, 11-33 II-85 continuous tone 2kHZ, 1-11
bell, electronic phone, 1-636 transducer, amplifier for, II-84 gated 2kHz, 1-12
bench top power supply, 11-472 two op amp differential amplifier using,
bidirectional intercom-system, III-290 II-83
bidirectional proportional motor control,
Il-374
bilateral current source, III-469
Wien bridge, variable oscillator, III-424
Wien-bridge filter, III-659
Wien-bridge oscillator, 111-429
c
cable bootstrapping, 1-34
binary counter, 11-135 Wien-bridge oscillator, low-distortion, cable tester, 111-539
biomedical instrumentation differential thermally stable, III-557 cahbrated circuit, DVM auto, I-714
amplifier, III-282 Wien-bridge oscillator, low-voltage, III- cahbrated tachometer, III-598
bipolar de-de converter with no inductor, 432 calibration standard,_ precision, 1-406
!I-132 Wien-bridge oscillator, single-supply, III- calibrator
bipolar power supply, 11-475 558 100kHz crystal, I-185
bipolar voltage reference source, III-774 bridge load driver, .audio circuit, III-35 5.0V square wave, 1-423
biquad audio filter, III-185 brightness control. III-308 oscilloscope, Il-433, III-436
second-order bandpass, III-188 LED, l-250 portable, 1-644
bird chirp sound effect, III-577, 11-588 low loss, I-377 camera alarm trigger, III-444
blinker (see also flashers), III-193, II-225 broadcast band rf amplifier, III-264, 11-546 camera link, video, wireless, III-718
fast, 1-306 buck converter, 5V/0.5A, 1-494 canceller, central image, III-358
neon, 1-303 buck/boost converter, III-113 capacitance buffer
telephone ,II -629 bucking regulator, high-voltages, III-481 low-input, III-498
754
stabilized low-input, III-502 fifth order multiple feedback low pass, CMOS circuits
capacitance meter, 111-75-77, 11-91-94, 1- 11-219 555 astable true rail to rail square wave
400 high-pass, fourth-order, III-191 generator, 11-596
AID, three-and-a-half digit, III-76 chime circuit, low-cost, 11-33 9-bit, Ill-167
capacitance to voltage, 11-92 chopper amplifier, 11-7, III-12, 1-350 coupler, optical, III-414
digital, ll-94 checker crystaJ oscillator, III-134
capacitance multiplier, II-200, l-416 -buzz box continuity and coil,l-551 data acquisition system, 11-117
capacitance operated battery powered car battery condition, 1-108 flasher, III-199
light, 1-131 crystal, 1-178, 1-186 inverter, linear amplifier from, 11-11
capacitance relay, 1-130 zener diode, 1-406 mixer, 1-57
capacitance switched light, 1-132 chroma demodulator with RGB matrix, optical coupler, III-414
capacitance to pulse width converter, TI- Ill-716 oscillator, III-429, lll-430
126 chug-chug soWld generator, III-576 progranunable precision timer, III-652
capacitance to voltage meter, 11-92 circuit breaker short-pulse generator, m-523
capacitor discharge, 12ns, Il-97 touch switch, 1-137
high-voltage generator, III-485 ac, III-512 universal logic probe, 111-499
ignition system, 11-103 high speed electronic, 11-96 coaxial cable, five transistor pulse booster
capacity tester, battery, 111-66 circuit protection circuit, 11-95-99 for, 11-191
car alann, motion actuated, 1-9 12ns circuit breaker, 11-97 code-practice oscillator, 1-15, 1-20, 1-22,
car battery condition checker, 1-108 automatic power down, 11-98 11-428 431
car battery monitor, I -106 electronic crowbar, 11-99 coil drivers, current-limiting, III-173
car horn, III-50 high speed electronic circuit breaker, Il- coin flipper circuit, III-244
car port, automatic light controller for, 11- 96 cold junction compensation, thennocouple
308 line dropout detector, 11-98 amplifier with, ll-649
car radio, receiver for, 11-525 low voltage power discoiUlector, 11-97 color amplifier, video, III-724
car voltmeter, bargraph, l-99 overvoltage, 11-96 color organ, 11-583, 11-584
car wiper control, 11-62 clamp-on-current probe compensator, 11- color video amplifier, 1-34
carrier-current, III-78-82 501 Colpitts crystal oscillator, 11-147
AM receiver, Ill-81 clamp-limiting amplifiers, active, III-15 common-gate amplifiers, rf, 450-MHz, III-
audio transmitter, III-79 clamping circuit 544
FM receiver, III-SO video signal, III-726 communication system, optical, I-358, II-
intercom, 1-146 video summing amplifier and, III-710 416
power-line modem, III-82 class-D power amplifier, III-453 combination lock
receiver, I -143 clipper, II-394 electronic, 11-196
receiver, single transistor, 1-145 audio-powered noise, 11-396 electronic, three-dial, 11-195
reciever, IC, 1-146 clock circuits, III-83-85,11-1Q0-102 commutator, four-channel, 11-364
remote control, 1-146 60Hz clock pulse generator, 11-102 compander, hi-fi., 11-12
transmitter, 1-144 adjustable TTL, 1-614 clock circuit, I-156
transmitter, integrated circuit, 1-145 comparator, I-156 comparator, III-86-90, 11-103-112, I-I57
carrier operated relay, 1-575 digital, with alarm, III-84 demonstration circuit, 11-109
carrier system receiver, 1-141 gas discharge displays, III-12-hour, 1- -diode feedback, 1-150
carrier transmitter with on/off 200kHz 253 display and, ll-105
line, 1-142 oscillator/clock generator, 111-85 double-ended limit, 11-105, 1-156
cascaded amplifier, III-13 phase lock, 20-Mhz to Nubus, III-105 dual limit, 1-151
cassette bias oscillator, 11-426 single op amp, III-85 four-channel, III-90
cassette interface, telephone, III-618 three phase from reference, 11-101 frequency, 11-109
centigrade thennometer, 11-648, 1-655, II- TTL, wide-frequency, III-85 frequency-detecting, III-88
662 Z80 computer, 11-121 high impedance, 1-157
central image canceller, III-358 clock generator high input impedance window compara-
charge compensated sample and hold, 11- oscillator, I-615 tor, 11-108
559 precision, I-193 high-low level comparator with one op
charge pool power supply, III-469 clock pulse generator, 60Hz, ll-102 amp, 11-108
charge pump, positive input/negative clock radio, 1-542 latch and, III-88
output, III-360, 1-418 AM/FM, 1-543 LED frequency, 11-110
chargers (see battery charger) clock source, I-729 limit, 11-104, 1-156
chase circuit, III-197, 1-326 closed loop tachometer feedback control, low power, Jess than 10uV hysteresis,
Chebyshev filter 11-390 ll-104
bandpass, fowth-order, III-191 closed-loop tracer, III-356 microvolt, dual limit, III-89
755
comparator (con 't .) system, III-100 high quality tone, 1-67:5
microvolt, with hysteresis, IJI-88 RGB blue box, III-99 high torque motor speed, 1-449
monostable using, Il-268 RS-232 dataselector, automatic, III-97 IC preamplifier with tone, 1-673
opposite polarity input voltage, I-155 RS-232-to-CMOS line receiver, Ill-102 induction motor, 1-454
oscillator, tunable signal, 1-69 RS-232C LED circuit, III-103 LED brightness, 1-250
power supply overvoltage, glitches signal attenuator,--analog, light-level, 1-380
detection with, Il-107 microprocessor-controlled, III-101 liquid level, 1-388
precision, balanced input/variable offset, socket debugger, coprocessor, 111-104 load-dependent, universal motor, I-451
lll-89 speech synthesizer for, III-732 low loss brightness, 1-377
precision, photodiode, 1-360, 1-384- Vpp generator for EPROMs, 11-114 model train or car, l-455
time out, I-153 XOR gate up/down counter, III-105 model train speed, 1-453
TTL-compatible Schmitt trigger, Il-111 ZSO clock, 11-121 motor speed, IT-455, 1-450, 1-453
variable hysteresis, 1-149 computers motor-speed, closed-loop, III-385
voltage monitor and, 11-104- memory saving power supply for, 11-486 motor-speed, high-efficiency, III-390
window, III-87, III-90, 11-106, 1-152, l- power supply watchdog for, Il-494 motor-speed, switched-mode, III-384
154, III-776-781 uninterruptible power supply for, 11-462 motor-speed, tachless, III-386
with hysteresis, 1-157 constant-bandwidth amplifiers, 111-21 on/off, "1-665
with hysteresis, inverting, 1-154 constant-current charging time delay, 11- power tool torque, 1-458
with hysteresis, noninverting, I-153 668 PWM motor controller, III-389
compass, Hall-effect, Ill-258 constant-current stimulator, III-352 PWM servo amplifier, III-379
compensator, clamp-on-current probe, 11- constant-voltage, current limited charger, PWM speed control/energy-recovering
501 1-115 brake, III-380
composite amplifier, 11-8, III-13 contact switch, 1-136 radio control motor speed, 1-576
composite-video signal text adder, Ill-716 continuity tester, III-345, II-533, 11-535, sensitive contact, high power, 1-371
compressor/expander circuits, III-91-95 III-538-540 servo system, III-384-
audio, 11-44 adjustable audible, II-536 single-setpoint temperature, 1-641
hi-fi, de-emphasis, III-95 cable tester, 111-539 speed, shunt-wound motors, 1-456
hi-fi, pre-emphasis, III-93 PCB, 11-342, 11-535 speed, feedback, 1-447
low-voltage, III-92 continuous-tone 2kHz buzzer, 1-11 speed, model train or car, 1-455
speech, 11-2 contrast meter, 11-447 speed, series-wound motors, 1-448
variable slope, III-94 automatic, l-472 speed, tools or appliances, 1-446
computalarm, I-2 control circuit start-and-run motor circuit, III-382
computer circuit, 111-96-108, 11-113-122 de motor speed/direction, 1-452 stepping motor drive, III-390
8-bit uP bus interface, 11-114 high Z input, hi-fi tone, 1-676 switching, III-383
8048/IM80C48 8-char/16-seg ASCII hysteresis-free phase, 1-373 temperature, 1-641-643
triplex LCD, 11-116 tone, 1-677 temperature-sensitive heater, 1-640
buffered breakout box, 11-120 water-level sensing, 1-389 three-band active tone, 1-676
clock phase lock, 20-Mhz-to-Nubus, lll- controller, IJI-378-390 three-charmel tone, 1-672
105 860 W limited range low cost precision three-phase power-factor, 11-388
CMOS data acquisition system, 11-117 light, 1-376 universal motor speed, 1-457
data separator for floppy disks, 11-122 ac servo amplifier, bridge-type, III-387 voltage-, pulse generator and, III-524
EEPROM--pulse generator, 5V-powered, boiler, l-638 windshield wiper hesitation, 1-105
lll-99 built-in self timer, universal motor, 1-451 windshield wiper, I -105
eight-charmel mux/demux system, 11- de motor speed, 1-454 with buffer, active bass/treble tone, 1-
115 direction, series-wound motors, 1-448 674
eight-digit microprocessor display, III- direction, shunt-wound motors, 1-456 conversion
106 _driver, motor, constant-speed, III-386 negative input voltage, V/F, I-708
flip-flop inverter, spare, III-103 driver, motor, de, speed-controlled positive input voltage, V/F, 1-707
high speed data acquisition system, 11- reversible, III-388 converter, III-109-122, ll-123-132, I-503
118 driver, motor, de, with fixed speed 3-5 V regulated output, III-739
interface, 680x, 650x, 8080 families, control, III-387 4-18 MHz, III-114
III-98 fan speed, III-382 5V-to-isolated 5V at 20MA, III-474
logic line monitor, III-108 feedback speed, 1-447 5V/0.5A buck, 1-494
long delay line, logic signals, III-107 .floodlamp power, 1-373 8-bit AID, III-44, l-46
microprocessor selected pulse width fluid level. 1-387 8-bit D/A, 1-240-241
control, 11-116 full-wave SCR, 1-375 8-bit successive approximation A/D, 1-
multiple inputs detector, III-102 heater, 1-639 47
one-of-eight chaiUlel transmission high-power, sensitive contacts for, 1~371 8-bit tracking A/D, 1-46
756
10 bit D/ A, 1-238 precision voltage to frequency, 11-131 frequency, preamp, 111-128
10Hz to 10kHz voltage/frequency, 1- pulse height-to-width, III-119 frequency, tachometer and, 1-310
706 pulse train-to-sinusoid, 111-122 geiger, 1-536-537
12 V to 9, 7.5, or 6 V, 1-508 pulse width-to-voltage, III-117 odd-number divider and, III-217
12-to-16 V, III-747 regulated 15-Vout 6-V driven, III-745 preamplifier, oscilloscope/, 111-438
14-bit binary D/A, 1-237 regulated de to de, 11-125, 1-210 precision frequency, 1-253
+50V feed forward switch mode, I-495 resistance to voltage, 1-161-162 programmable, low-power wide-range,
+50 V push-pull switched mode, 1-494 RGB-oomposite video signals, III-714 111-126
100 M!lz, 11-130 RMS-to-de, 11-129, 1-167 ring, incandescent lamp, I-301
100 V/10.25 A switch mode, 1-501 RMS-to-dc, 50-MHz thennal, III-117 ring, low cost, 1-301
400 V, 60 W push pull de/de, 1-210 self oscillating flyback, 11-128, 1-170 ling, SCR, 111-195
ac-to-de, 1-165 shortwave, III-114 ring, variable timing, IJ-134
analog-to-digital, 111-22-26, III-22 simple frequency to voltage, 1-318 universal, 40-MHz, III-127
BCD to analog, 1-160 simple LF, 1-546 up/down, extreme count freezer, III-125
bipolar de to de, no inductor, 11-132 sine wave to square wave, I-170 up/down, XOR gate, 111-105
buck/boost, III-113 square-to-sine wave, III-118 coupler
calculator to stopwatch, 1-153 temperature-to-frequency, I-168 CMOS, optical, III-414
capacitance to pulse width, 11-126 temperature-to-time, III-632-633, III- linear, ac analog, 11-412
current to voltage,· 1-162, 1-165 632 linear analog, 11-413
current to voltage, grounded bias and three-decade log A/D, 1-48 linear, de, IT-411
sensor, 11-126 three-IC low cost A/D,-1-50 photon, 11-412
D/A, 11-179-181 triangle to sine, 11-127 transmitter oscilloscope for CB signals,
de 10kHz frequency/voltage, 1-316 TTL square wave to triangle wave, 11- 1-473
de-de, isolated +15V., IH-115 125 TTL, optical, III-416
de-de regolaling, 111-121, 1-211 TTL-to-MOS logic, 11-125, 1-170 courtesy light delay switch, automotive
de-de, step up-step down, III-118 two-wire to four-wire audio, 11-14 circuits, III-42
de-to-de, 3-25 V, III-744 ultraprecision V/F, 1-708 courtesy light extender, IIT-50, 1·98
digital frequency meter, frequency-to- unipolar-to-dual voltage supply, III-743 CRO doubler, III-439
voltage, I-317 VLF, 1-547 cross fader, 11-312
fast logarithmic, 1-169 voltage ratio-to-frequency, III-ll6 cross·hatch generator, color TV, 111-724
fast precision AJD, 1-49 voltage, III-742-748, III-742 crossover network, 11-35
fast voltage output D/A, 1-238 voltage, offline, 1.5-W, III-746 5V, 1-518
fixed power supply, III-470 voltage-to-current, 11-124, 1-166 ac/dc lines, electronic, 1·515
flyback, 1-211 voltage-to-current, zero IB error, III- active, 1-172
flyback, voltage, high-efficiency, III-744 120 active, asymmetrical third order But-
frequency, 1-159 voltage-to-frequency, 1-707, III-749-757 -terworth, 1~173
frequency-to--voltage, 1-318, III-219-220 voltage-to-frequency, 10Hz-to-10KHz, electronic circuit for, 11-36
high impedance precision rectifier for IU-110 crowbar
ac/dc, 1-164 voltage-to-pulse duration, 11-124 electric, III-510
high speed 3-bit A/D, 1-50 wide range current to frequency, I-164 electronic, 11-99
high speed 8-bit D/A, 1-240 zener regulated frequency to voltage, 1- SCR, I!-496
high-to-low impedance, 1-41 317 simple, 1·516
LCD displlly, 3 112 digit A/D, 1-49 coprocessor socket debugger, III-104 crystal .calibrator, 100kHz, 1-185
light intensity to frequency, 1-167 countdown timer, II-680 crystal checker, 1-178, 1-186
low/frequency, III-111 counter, III-123-130, 11-133-139 crystal controlled Butler oscillator, 1-182
muliplexed BCD to parallel, 1-169 8-digit up/down, 11-134 crystal controlled sine wave oscillator, I-
offset binary coding, 10-bit 4 quadrant 10 Mllz universal, TI-139, 1-255 198
multiplying D/A, 1-241 20kHz ling, 11-135 crystal OF-1 HI oscillator, international, I-
ohms to volts, 1-168 100 MHz frequency, period, 11-136 197
oscilloscope, 1-471 analog circuit, 11-137 crystal OF-1 W oscillator, international, 1-
photodiode current to voltage, TI-128 attendance, 11-138 189
pico ampere 70 voltage with gain, 1-170 binary, 11-135 crystal oscillator, III-131-140, 11·140-151,
PIN photodiode-to-frequency, III-120 CMOS programmable divide by N , 1- 1-180, 1-183, 1-185, 1-198
polarity, 1-166 257 1 MHz FET, 11-144
positive-to-negative, III-112, III-113 frequency, III-340, III-768 10 MHz, 11-141
power voltage to current, 1-163 frequency, 1.2 GHz, 111-129 CMOS, ill-134, 1-187
precision 12-bit DID, 1-242 frequency, 10-MHz, III-126 Colpitts, 11-147
precision peak to peak ac-dc, TI-127 frequency, low-cost, III-124 crystal-controlled oscillator as, 11-14 7
757
crystal oscillator (con't.) current collector head amplifier, 11-11, II- data link, IR type, 1-341
crystal-stabilized IC timer for subhar- 295 data read circuit, 5MHz phase-encoded,
monic frequencies, 11-151 current limited charger, constant voltage, 11-365
crystal tester, 11-151 I-115 data selector, RS-232, III-97
doubler and, 1-184 current meter, 11-152-157 data separator floppy disk, 11-122
easy start-up, III-132 current sensing in supply rails, 11-153 de adapter/transceiver, hand-held, III-461
fundamental-frequency, JII-132 electrometer amplifier with overload de generators, high-voltage, lll-481
high frequency, 11-148, I-175 protection, 11-155 de lamp dimmer, 11-307
high frequency signal generator as, 11- guarded input pico ammeter circuit, ll- de linear coupler, II-411
150 156 de motor speed control, 11-380
IC-compatible, II-145 pica ammeter, Il-154, 11-157 de restorer, video, III-723
JFET Pierce, 1-198 six decade range ammeter, 11-153, 11- de servo drive, bipolar control input, 11-
LO for SSB transmitter controlled by, 156 385
11-142 current monitor, 1-203 de-stabilized fast amplifiers, III-18
low-frequency-10kHz to 150kHz, 11- Hall-effect circuit, III-255 de static switch, 11-367
146 current monitor/alann, III-338 de-to-de converter
\ow-frequency, 1-184 current readout, rf, 1-22 3-25V, III-744
low-noise, 11-145 current sensing, supply rails, 11-153 bipolar, no inductor, 11-132
low-power 5V driven temperature current sink, precision, 1-206 dual output+/- 12-15V, III-746
compensated, II-142 current source, I-205 isolated + 15V, III-115
marker generator, III-138 bilateral, III-469, 1-694-695 regulated, Ill-121, 11-125
mercury cell crystal--controlled oscillator constant, safe, III-472 step up/step down, III-118
as, 11-149 current, 1-697 de to de SMPS variable 18 to 30 V out at
overtone, III-146, 1-176, I-177, I-180 inverting bipolar, I-697 0.2A power supply, II-480
par.i..l.lel-mode aperiodic, 1-196 noninverting bipolar, 1-695 deboWlcer, switch, III-592
Pierce, 11-144 precision, 1-205 debugger, coprocessor sockets, III-104
Pierce, 1-MHz, III-134 precision,.1mA to 1mA, 1-206 decibel level detector, audio, with meter
Pierce, low-frequency, III-133 regulator and, variable power supply, driver, III-154
quartz, two-gate, IIT-136 III-490 -decoder, III-141-145, 11-162
reflection oscillator, crystal-controlled, voltage-controlled, grounded source/ 10.8 MH' FSK,~I-214
III-136 load, III-468 24-percent bandwidth tone, 1-215
Schmitt trigger, 1-181 current-limiting coil drivers, III-173 direction detector, III-144
signal source controlled by, 11-143 current-shunt amplifiers, Ill-21 dual-tone, 1-215
simple TTL, 1-179 current-to-frequency converter, wide encoder and, III-144
stable low frequency, I-198 range, 1-164 frequency division multiplex stereo, 11-
standard, 1 MHz, 1-197 current-to-voltage amplifier, high speed, I- 169
temperature-compensated, III-137, 1- 35 PAL/NTSC, with RGB input, III-717
187 current-to-voltage converter, I-162, 1-165 radio control receiver, 1-574
third-overtone, 1-186 groWlded bias and sensor in, 11-126 SCA, III-166, Ill-170, 1-214
TTL-compatible, I-197 photodiode, ll-128 second-audio program adapter, III-142
tube-type, I-192 curve tracer, FET, 1-397 sound-activated, III-145
varactor tuned 10 MHz ceramic oscilla- CW radio stereo TV, 11-167
tor, 11-141 filter, razor sharp, 11-219 time division muJtiplex stereo, 11-168
VHF, 100-MH,, III-139 transmitter, l·W, III-678 tone alert, 1-213
VHF, 20-MH,, Ill-138 transmitter, 40-M, III-684 tone dial, 1-631
VHF, 50-MH,, Ill-140 transmitter, 902-MHz, III-686 tone dial sequence, I-630
voltage-controlled, III-135 transmitter, QRP, III-690 tone, III-143, 1-231
crystal-controlled oscillator, I-195 cyclic AID converter, 11-30 tone, dual time constant, 11-166
transistorized, 1-188 tone, relay output, 1-213
crystal-controlled reflection oscillator, 111- delay circuit, III-146-148
136 adjustable, III-148
crystal switching, overtone oscillator with, D headlights, 11-59
1-183 darkroom timer, 1-480 leading-edge, 111-147
crystal-stabilized IC timer for subhannonic darkroom enlarger ti.rner, III-445 precision solid state, 1-664
frequencies, II -151 data acquisition pulse, dual-edge trigger, III-147
crystal tester, 11-151 CMOS system for, 11~117 delayed-action windshield wiper control,
current analyzer, auto battery, 1-104 four channel, 1-421 11-55
current booster, 1-30, I-35 high speed system for, II-118 delayed pulse generator, 11-509
758
delay relay, ultra·precise long time, 11·211 gas and vapor, 11-279 telephone ring, III-619
delay unit high frequency peak, II-175 telephone ring, optically interfaced, III-
door chimes, 1·218 high speed peak, 1-232 611
headlight, 1-107 infrared, lll-276, 11-289 threshold, precision, III-157
long duration time, 1-220 IR, long-range objects, III-273 tone, 500-Hz, III-154
longtime, 1·217 level, 11-174 toxic gas, 11-280
simple time, 11·220, 1-668 level, with hysteresis, 1-235 true rms, I-228
universal wiper, 1-97 light interruption, 1-364 TV sound IF/FM IF amplifier with
demodulator, III-149-150, II-158-160 light level, III-316 quadrature, 1-690
5V FM, 1-233 line-current, optically coupled, III-414 ulrra-low drift peak, 1-227
12V FM, 1-233 liquid level, 1-388, 1-390 voltage level; 1·8, 11-172
565 SCA, III-150 low-light level drop, III-313 window, 1-235, III-776-781
AM, 11-160 low line loading ring, 1-634 zero crossing, 11-173,1-732,1-733
chroma, with RGB matrix, 111-716 low voltage, I-224 zero crossing, with temperature sensor,
FM, ll-161 magnetic transducer, 1-233 1-733
linear variable differential transformer MC1330/MC1352 television IF ampli- dial pulse indicator, telephone, III-613
driver, I -403 fier in, 1~688 dialer
LVDT circuit, III-323-324, III-323 metal, 11-350-352 pulse·dialing telephone, 111-610
LVDT driver and, 11-337 missing pulse, III-159, 1-232 pulse/tone, single-chip, III-603
narrow band FM, carrier detect in, 11- moisture, l-442 telephone-line powered repertory, 1-633
159 motion, UHF, 111-516 tone-dialing telephone, III-607
stereo, II-159 multiple-input, computer circuit, III-102 dice,_ electronic, III-245, 1-325
telemetry, 1-229 negative peak, 1-234 differential amplifier, l-38
demonstration comparator circuit, 11-109 nuclear particle, 1-537 high impedance, 1-27, 1-354
demultiplexer, III-394 nuli, 1-148, III-162 high input high impedance, II-19
descrambler, 11·162 peak program, III-771 instrumentation, III-283
gated pulse, ll·165 peak, ll-174, ll-175 instrumentation, biomedical, III-282
outband, 11-164 peak, analog, with ~td hold, III-153 programmable gain, III-507
sine wave, fl-163 peak, ~tal, III-160 two op amp bridge type, 11·83
detect and hold, peak, I-585 peak, high-bandwidth, III-161 differential analog switch, 1-622
detection switch, adjustable light, 1-362 peak, low-drift, III-156 differential capacitance measurement
detector (see also alanns; sensors), 111- peak, negative, 1-225 circuit, 11-665
151-162, ll-171-178 peak, positive, III-169 differential- hold, II-365, 1-589
air flow, 1-235, 11-240-242 peak, wide-bandwidth, III-162 differential-input A/D system, 11-31
air motion;l-222, III-364 peak, wide-range, III-152 differential-input instrumentation amplifier,
amplifier, four quadrant photoconduc- pH level, probe and, III-501 1-347, 1-354
tive, I-359 phase, III-440-442 high gain, 1-353
angle of rotation, 11-283 phase, 10-bit accuracy, 11-176® variable gain, 1-349
bug, III-365 positive peak, 1-225, 1-235 differential-input voltage-to-frequency
circuit for, video IF amplifier/low level power loss, 11-175 converter, III-750
video, 1-687-689 precision peak voltage, 1-226 differential-to-single-ended voltage ampli-
decibel level, audio, with meter driver, precision photodiode level, I-365 fier, III-670
III-154 product, 1-223, 1-861 differential multiplexer
double ended limit, 1-230, I-233 proximity, 11-135, 11·136, 1-344 demultiplexer/, 1-425
edge, III-157, 1-226 pulse coincidence, II-178 wide band, 1-428
electrostatic, III-337 pulse sequence, 11-172 differential thermometer, III-638, II-661
envelope, precision, 111-155 pulse-width, out-of-bounds, III-158 differential voltage or current alarm, 11-3
flame, III-313 radar (see radar detector), differentiator, 1-423
flow, III-202-203, III-202 radiation (see radiation detector) negative-edge, 1-419
flow, low-rate thermal, III-203 resistance ratio, II-342 positive-edge, 1-420
fluid and moisture, III-204-210, 11-243- rf, 11-500 digital capacitance meter, 11-94
248 Schmitt trigger, III-153 digital IC, tone probe for testing, 11-504
frequency limit, 11-177 smoke, III-246-253, 11-278 digital frequency meter, III-344
frequency window, III-777 smoke, ionization chamber, 1-332-333 digital logic probe, III-497
frequency, ~td. lll-158 smoke, operated ionization type, 1-596 digital oscillator, resistance controlled, Il-426
frequency-boundary, III-156 smoke, photoelectric, 1-595 digital tachometer, 11-61
gas, III-246-253, 11-278 speech activity on phone lines, III-615, digital temperature measwing circuit, 11-
gas and smoke, 1-332 11-617 653
759
digital theremin, Il-656 diodeless rectifier, precision, lll-537 door opener, III-366
digital thermocouple thennometer, II-658 dip meter, IJ-182-183, l-247 dot expanded scale meter, ll-186
digital thennomder, Kelvin, zero adjust, basic grid, 1-247 double ended limit comparator, II-105
11-661 dual gate IGFET, 1-246 double frequency output, oscillator, I-314
digital transmission isolator, II-414~) digital little dipper, 11-183 double-sideband suppressed-carrier
voltmeter vdricap. tuned FET, 1-246 modulator, III-377
3.5-digit, full-scale, four-decade, III-761 direction detector decoder, III-144 double-sideband, suppressed-carrier rf, 11-
4.5-digit, III-760 direction-of-rotation circuit, III-335 366
digital-to-analog converter, III-163-169, 11- directional signals monitor, auto, 111-48 doubler
179-181, I-241 discharge current stabilizer, laser, II-316 150 to aoo MHz, I-314
0 to -SY ouput, resistor terminated, I- disco strobe light, 11-610 broadband frequency, 1-313
239 discrete current booster, 11-30 CRO, oscilloscope, lll-439
8~bit, 1-240 discrete sequence oscillator, III-421 crystal oscillator, 1-184
8-bit, output current to voltage, I-243 discriminator frequency, 11!-215, 1-313
10-bit, I-238 multiple-aperture, window, III-781 frequency, digital, lii-216
+lOY full scale bipolar, 1-242 pulse amplitude, III-356 frequency, single-chip, III-218
+lOY full scale unipolar, l-244 pulse width, 11-227 low-frequency, 1-314
12-bit,--variable step size, 11-181 window, III-776-781, III-776 to 1 MHz, 11-252
14-bit binary, 1-237 display circuit, III-170-171, II-184-188 voltage, III-459
16-bit binary, l-243 3I/z digit DVM common anode, 11-713 voltage, triac-controlled, III-468
binary twos complement, 12-bit, lll-166 60 dB dot mode, 11-252 downbeat-emphasized metronome, III-
CMOS, 9-bit, III-167 audio, LED bar peak program meter, 11- 353-354
fast voltage output, 1-238 254 drive circuits, III-172-175
high speed 8-bit, I-240 bar-graph indicator, ac signals, II-187 coil, current-limiting, III-173
high speed voltage output, 1-244 exclamation point, 11-254 line-synchronized, III-174
multiplying, III-168 expanded scale meter, dot or bar, II-186 RS-232C, low-power, III-175
offset binary coding, 10-bit 4 quadrant LED bar graph driver, II-188 totem-pole, with bootstrapping, III-175
multiplying, 1-241 LED matrix, two-variable, III-171 two-phase motor, I-456
output amplifier, four-channel, III-165 display fluorescent, II-185 drive interface of triac, direct de, 1-266
precision 12-bit, I-242 brightness control, III-316 driver, 11-189-193, 1-260
three-digit BCD, I-239 comparator and, II--105 10 MHz coaxial line, 1-560
two 8-bit to 12-bit, II-Um oscilloscope, eight-channel voltage, III- 50 ohm, I-262
digitally controlled amplifier/attenuator, I- 4:-t'J BIFET cable, 1-264
53 dissolver, lamp, solid-state, III-304 bridge loads, audio circuits, III-35
digitally programmable attenuators, III-30 distribution circuits, II-35 capacitive load, 1-263
digitally selectable precision attenuator, I- distribt!tion <~mpli:fier coaxial cable, 1-266
52 audio, 11-39, I-39 CRT deflection yoke, 1-265
digitally tuned low power active filter, 11- signal, I-39 fiber optic, 50-Mb/s, III-178
218 divider five-transistor pulse booster for coax,
digitizer, tilt meter, 111-644-646, III-644 binary chain, 1-258 11-191
dimmer, Il-309 decade frequency, I-259 flash slave, I-483
800 W soft start light, I-376 frequency, III-213-218, -II-254, 1-258 glow plug, II-52
800 W triac light, i-375 frequency, divide-by-1 1/2, III-216 high impedance meter, 1-265
800 W, 1!-309 low frequency, II-25~~ high speed laser diode, 1-263
de lamp, II-307 mathematical, one trim, m-:~26 instrumentation meter, 11-296
halogen lamps, III-300 odd-number counter and, III-217 indicator lamp, optically coupled, III-413
headlight, II-57 pulse, non-interger prograrrunable, III- lamp, 1-380
headlight, automatic, II-63 226, II-511 l<~mp, short-circuit proof, II-310
light, I-369 Dolby B noise reduction circuit LED bar graph, 11-188
low cost, I-37:{ decode mode, III-401 line signals, 600-ohm balanced, II-192
soft-start, 800-W, 111-304 encode mode, III-400 line, 50-ohm transmission, 11-192
tandem, II-312 Dolby B/C noise reduction circuit, lll-399 line, I-262
triac, III-303, 11-310 door bell, I-443 line, full rail excursions in, 11-190
diode checker, zener, 1-406 rain alarm, I-443 load, timing threshold and, III-648
diode emitter driver, pulsed infrared, 11- sliding tone, 11-34 low frequency lamp flasher/relay, 1-300
292 door chimes delay, 1-218 LVDT demodulator and, lli-323-324, 11-
diode tester, 11-343, III-402 door open al<~nn, III-46, 11-284 :{37
go/no-go, 1-401 Hall-effect circuit, III-256 meter-driver rf amplifier, 1-MHz, III-545
760
microprocessor triac array, 11-410 eight-bit uP bus interface, 11-114 expander circuits, TII-91-95
motor, constant-speed, ill-386 eight-digit up/down counter, 11-134 hi-fi, 11-13
motor, de, speed-controlled reversible, EKG -simulator, three-chip, III-350 extended-play circuit, tape-recorders, III-
ill-388 elapsed time timer, II-680 600
motor, de, with fixed speed control, ill- electric fence charger, 11-202 extractor, square-wave puJse, III-584
387 electric vehicle battery saver, III-67 extreme count freezing up/down counter,
motor, stepping, ill-390 electrometer amplifier, overload pro- III-125
multiplexer, high speed line, 1-264 tected, 11-155
neon lamp, 1-379 electronic bell, 11-33
optoisolated, high-voltage, ffi-482 electronic--circuit breaker, high speed, 11- F
pulsed infrared diode emitter, 11-292 96 fail-safe semiconductor alann, III-6
relay, 1-264 electronic combination lock, 11-196 fans, speed controller, automatic, III-382
relay, delay and controls closure time, electronic crossover circuit, 11-36 Fahrenheit thermometer, 1-658
ll-530 electronic crowbar, U-99, I-515 fast and precise sample and hold circuit,
relay, with strobe, 1-266 electronic dice, III-245 11-556
shift register, 1-418 electronic flash trigger, 11-448 fast de-stabilized amplifiers, III-18
solenoid, 1-265, m-571-573 electronic light flasher, 11-228 fault monitor, single-supply, III-495
SSB, low <listortion 1.6 to 30MH, 11- electronic lock, II-194-197 feedback oscillator, I -67
538 combination, 11-196 fence charger, 11-201-203
stepping motor, 11-376 three-dial combination, ll-195 battery-powered, ll-202
driver demodulator, linear variable differ- electronic music, III-360 electric, Il-202
ential transfonner, I -403 electronic roulette, 11-276 solid-state, 11-203
drum sowtd effect, 11-591 electronic ship siren, 11-576 FET dual-trace scope switch, ll-432
dual-edge trigger pulse delay, III-147 electronic switch, push on/off, 11-359 FET input amplifier, 11-7
dual-limit microvolt comparator, ill-89 electronic theremin, IT-655 FET probe, III-501
dual-output over/under temperature electronic thermometer, 11-660 FET voltmeter, III-765, III-770
monitor, 11-646 electronic wake-up call, II-324 fiber optics, ill-176-181, ll-204-207
dual-time constant tone decoder, 11-166 electrostatic detector, III-337 de variable speed motor control via, 11-
dual-tone decoding, 11-620 emergency lantern/flasher, 1-308 206
dual-tracking regulator, ill-462 emergency light, 1-378 half duplex information link, 1-268
duplex line amplifier, ill-616 emissions analyzer, automotive exhaust, high sensitivity, 30nW, 1-270
duty cycle monitor, III-329 11-51 interlace for, 11-207
duty-cycle multiviDrator, 50-percent, III- emitter-coupled bjg loop oscillator, TI-4-22 LED driver, 50-Mb/s, TII-178
584 emitter-coupled RC oscillator, 11-266 link, III-179, 1-269
duty-cycle oscillator emulator, ll-198-200 low sensitivity, 300nW, 1-271
50-percent, III-426 capacitance muJtiplier, ll-200 receiver, 10 MHz, 11-205
variable, fixed-frequency, 111-422 JFET ac coupled integrator, 11-200 receiver, 50-Mb/s, III-181
DVM reSistor multiplier, II-199 receiver, digital, III-178
3 3/4 digit, 1-711 simulated inductor, ll-199 receiver, high sensitivity, 30nw, 1-270
auto-calibrate circuit, 1-714 encoder, receiver, low-cost, 100-M baud rate,
automatic nulling, 1-712 decoder and, III-14 ill-180
common anode display, 3 112 digit, 1- telephone handset tone-dial, III-613, 1- receiver; low sensitivity, 300nW, 1-271
713 634 receiver, very high sensitivity, low
four 1/2 digit LCD, 1-717 tone dial, l-629 speed, 3nW, I-269
interface and temperature sensor, II- 64 7 tone,-1-67 repeater, 1-270
dwenmeter tone, two-wire, U-364 transmitter, III-1 77
breaker point, 1-102 engine tachometer, 1-94 very high sensitivity, low speed, 3nW, I-
digital, ill-45 enlarger timer, III-445, 11-446 269
dynamic ac-coupled amplifiers, III-17 envelope detectors, precision, III-155 field disturbance sensor/alarm, Jl-507
EPROM, Vpp generator for, IT-114 field strength meter, TII-182-183, 11-208-
equalizer, 1-671
E ten-band -graphic, active filter in, 11-684
212
1.5- 150 MH,, 1-275
easy start-up crystal oscillator, III-132 ten-band octave, ill-658 adjustable sensitivity indicator, 1-274
eavesdropper, telephone, wireless, 111-620 equipment on reminder, 1-121 high sensitivity, 11-211
edge detector, III-157, 1-226 exhaust emissions analyzer, -11-51 LF or HF, ll-212
EEPROM pulse generator, 5V-powered, expanded-scale meter low cost microwave, 1~273
ill-99 analog, III-774 rf sniffer, 11-210
eight charmel mux/demux system, III-115 dot or bar, 11-186 sensitive, lli-183, 1-274
761
field strength meter (con 't.) high Q bandpass, 1-287 low-power inverter, III-466
transmission indicator, Il-211 high Q notch, 1-282 programmable, III-467
tuned, 1-276 low pass, 1-287 rectifier, low forward-drop, lli-471
version II, 11-209 low pass, precision, fast settling, 11-220 regulated +15V 1-A, ill-462
VOM, l-276 MFB bandpass, multichannel tone regulated -15V 1-A, ill-463
fifth order Chebyshev multiple feedback decoder, I-288 regulator, 15V slow tum-on, 111-477
low pass filter, 11-219 multiple feedback bandpass, 1-285 regulator, positive with PNP boost, III-
fifth-overtone oscillator, 1-182 networks of, I-291 471
filter circuits, III-184-192, 11-213-224 noise, dynamic, III-190 regulator, positive, with NPN/PNP
0.1 to 10Hz bandpass, 1-296 noisy s_igitals, III-188 boost, III-475
1.0 kHz, multiple feedback bandpass, 1- notch and bandpass, 11-223 regulator, switching, 3-A, III-4 72
297 notch, I-283, 11-397, ill-402-404 regulator, switching, high-current
1kHz bandpass active, 1-284 notch, high-Q, ill-404 inductorless, III-476
1kHz, Q/10, second order state varia- notch,-twin-T, 111-403 switching power supply, III-458
ble, l-293 pole active low pass, 1-295 switching, 50-W off-line, ill-473
4.5 MHz notch, 1-282 programmable, twin-T bridge, 11-221 three-rail, Ill-466
_10kHz Sallen-Key low pass, 1-279 rejection, 1-283 uninterruptible +5V, III-477
20kHz bandpass active, 1-297 rumble, III-192 voltage doubler, 111-459
160Hz bandpass, 1-296 rumble, LM387 in, I-297 voltage doubler, triac-controlled, III-468
300Hz 3kHz bandpass, speech, 1-295 rumble/scratch, III-660 voltage regulator, lOV, high stability, m-
500Hz Sallen-Key bandpass, 1-291 Sallen-Key second order W pass, 1-289 468
active, band reject, 11-401 scratch, IJI-189 voltage regulator, 5-V low-dropout, III-
active, bandpass, III-190, 11-221, II-223 scratch, LM287 in, 1-297 461
active, digitally tuned low power, 11-218 second order high pass active, 1-297 voltage regulator, ac, Ill-4 77
active, low pass, digitally selected break selectable bandwidth notch, 1-281 voltage regulator, negative, III-474
frequency, 11-216 state variable, 11-215 -voltage-controlled current source/
active, low-power, digitally selectable state-variable, multiple outputs, III-190 grounded source/load, III-468
center frequency, III-186 three amplifier active, 1-289 fixed-frequency generator, III-231
active, programmable, III-185 three amplifier notch, 1-281 fixed-frequency variable duty-cycle oscilla-
active, RC, up to 150kHz, I-294 tunable active, 1~294 tor, III-422
active, state-variable, III-189 tunable notch, hum suppressing, 1-280 flame ignitor, III-362
audio, biquad, III-185 turbo, glitch free, III-186 flame monitor, III-313
bandpass, 11-222 universal active, 11-214 flash exposure meter, 1-484
bandpass, active, with 60dB gain, 1-284 universal state variable, 1-290 flash meter, III-446
bandpass, and notch, 11-223 Wien-bridge, III-659 flash slave driver, 1-483
bandpass, Chebyshev, fourth-order, III- variable bandwidth bandpass active, 1- flash trigger
191 286 electronic, 11-448
bandpass, multiple feedback, 11-224 voltage-controlled, III-187 remote, I -484
bandpass, second-order biquad, III-188 filtered sample-and-hold circuits, ITI-550 sound, 11-449
bandpass, state variable, 1-290 five-transistor pulse booster for coaxial xenon flash, slave, III-447
biquad RC active bandpass, 1-285 cable, 11-191 flashers and blinkers, ITI-193-210, 11-225
biquad, 1-292-293 fixed pnp regulator, zener diode to 1. 5 V. minimum power, I-308
CW, razor-sharp, 11-219 increase voltage output of, 11-484 1 kW flip flop, II-234
digitally tuned low power active, 1-279 fixed power supplies, III-457-477 !A lamp, I-306
equal component Sallen-Key low pass, 12~VDC battery-operated 120-VAC, III- 2 kW, photoelectric control in, ll-232
l-292 464 3V, 1"306
fifth order Chebyshev multiple feedback bilateral current source, Ill-469 ac, III-196
low pass, 11-219 charge pool, III-469 alternating, TI-227, l-307
five pole active, I-279 constant-current source, safe, III-472 astable multivibrator, III-196
fourth order high pass Butterworth, 1- converter, III-470 auto, 1-299
280 converter, 5V-to-isolated 5V at 20MA, automatic safety, 1-302
full wave rectifier and averaging, 1-229 ill-474 automotive turn signal, sequential, 1-109
high pass, 1-296 de adapter/transceiver, hand-held, III-461 bar display with alarm, l-252
high pass, active, 1-296 dual-tracking regulator, III-462 barricade, I-299
high-pass, Chebyshev, fourth-order, 111- general-purpose, 111-465 boat, 1-299
191 isolated feedback, III-460 CMOS, ill-199
high-pass, sixth-order elliptical, III-191 linear regulator, low cost, low dropout, de, adjustable on/off timer, 1-305
high pass, wideband two-pole, 11-215 ill-459 dual LED CMOS, l-302
762
emergency lantern, 1-308 liquid-level monitor, III-210 voltage, III-212
flash light, 60-W, III-200 liquid-level, dual, 111-207 forward-current booster, III-17
flip flop, 1-299 plant water, 11-245 four-channel conunutator, 11-364
four-parallel LED, 1-307 plant water gauge, 11-248 four-channel comparator, III-90
high efficiency parallel circuit, 1-308 rain wanring bleeper, 11-244 four-channel mixer, 1-60, III-369
high voltage, safe, I -307 single chip pump controller, 11-247 four track, II-40
high-power battery operated, 11-229 soil moisture, III-208 high level, 1-56
incandescent bulb, III-198, 1-306 temperature monitor, III-"206 four-channel multiplexer, III-394
lamp, ID-201 water-level, III-206 four -decade variable oscillator, single
lamp, low current consumption, 11-231 water-level indicator, n~244 control for, 11-424
lamp, low voltage,- 11-226 water-level sensing and control, Il-246 four-digit (10,000 count) AID converter,
lamp, series SCR, wide load range, ll- fluid-level controller, III-205, 1-387 11-25
230 flt.:..id level sensor for cyrogenics, 1-386 four-input stereo mixer, 1-55
LED, .Jternating, III-198, III-200 fluid watcher, windshield washer, 1-107 four-track four-channel mixer, 1140
LED, PUT used in, Il-239 fluorescent display, vacuum, 11~185 free running multivibrator, 100kHz, 1-
LED, ring-around, III-194 fluorescent lamp inverter, 8-W, III-306 465
LED, three-year, III-194 flyback converter, 1-211 free-running multivtbrators,
LED, UJT used in, 11-231 self oscillating, 11-128, 1-170, III-748 programmable-frequency, III-235
light control and, 1-304 voltage, high-efficiency, III-744 freezer, voltage, III-763
light, electronic, 11-228 flyback regulator, off-line, Il-481 freezer meltdown alarm, 1-13
light,-miniature transistorized, 11-227 FM (PRM) optical transmitter, 1-367 frequency comparator, 11-109
low voltage, 1-305 FM carrier current remote speaker LED, 11-110
minimum component, III-201 system, 1-140 frequency control,
neon, five-lamp, III-198 FM demodulator, 11-161 telephone, 11-623
neon, two-state oscillator, III-200 12 v, 1-233 frequency converter, 1-159
neon tube, 1-304 5 v, 1-233 frequency counter
oscillator and, high drive, 11-235 FM IF amplifier with quadrature detector, frequency counter, III-340, III-768
oscillator and, low frequency, 11-234 TV sound IF, 1-690 1.2 GHz, III-129
relay driver, low frequency lamp, 1-300 FM generators, low-frequency, 111-228 10-MHz, III-126
SCR, III-197 FM MPX/SCA receiver, III-530 100 MHz, period and, 11-136
SCR chaser, III-197 FM narrow-band receiver, III-532 low-cost,III-124
SCR relaxation, 11-230 FM optical transmitter/receiver, 50 kHz, preamp, III-128
SCR ring COWlter, III-195 1-361 precision, 1-253
sequential ac, 11-238 FM radio, 1-545 tachometer and, 1-310
sequential, Il-233 FM receivers frequency detector, digital, III~ 158
siDgle-lamp, III-196 carrier-current circuit, III-80 frequency divider, 11-251 ,.JI-254,
transistorized, III-200, 1-303 zero center indicator, 1-338 1-258
transistorized, table of, 11-236 FM snooper, III·680 decade, 1-259
wriable, I -308 FM squelch circuit for AM, 1-547 low, II-253
flashlight finder, 1-300 FM stereo demodulation system, 1-544 frequency division multiplex stereo
flip-flop FM transmitter decoder, 11-169
astable, with starter, 11-239 multiplex, III-688 frequency doubler, 1-313
flasher circuit, 1 kW, use of, 11-234 one-transistor, III-687 broadband, 1-313
inverter, III-103 optical, 50 kHz center frequency, 11-417 frequency generators, fixed-frequency, III-
SCR, Il-367 simple, 1-681 231
flood alarm, III-206, 1-390 FM tuner, 1-231, III-529 frequency indicator, beat, l-336
flow detector, III-202-203, II-24Q-242 FM voice transmitter, 111-678 frequency inverters, variable frequency,
air, 11-242 FM wireless microphone, III-682, III-685, complementary output, III-297
low-rate thermal, III-203 III-691 frequency limit detector, 11-177
thermally based anemometer, 11-241 FM/AM clock radio, 1-543 frequency meter, 11-249-250
flowmeter, liquid, ll-248 foldback current, HV regulator limiting, 11- audio, 1-311
fluid and moisture detector, III-204-210, 478 linear, I-310
11-243-248 followers, III-211-212 low cost, 11-250
acid rain monitor, 11-245 inverting, high-frequency, III-212 power, 11-250
flood alarm, III-206 noninverting, high-frequency, 111-212 power-line, 1-311
fluid-level control, III-205 simple, III-212 frequency mu1tipliers/dividers, III-213-
liquid_flow meter, 11-248 source, photodiode, III419 218, 11-251
liquid-level checker, III-209 unity gain, 1-27 counter, odd-number, III-217
763
divide-by-1 112, III-216 oscillator/amplifier, wide frequency garage stop light, 11-53
doubler, III-215 range, 11-262 gas analyzer, ll-281
doubler, digital, ill-216 precise wave, ll-274 gas detector, 11-278-279
doubler, to lMHz, 11-252 pulse divider, noninteger, programma- analyzer and, 11-281
doubler, single-chip, JII-218 ble, III-226 toxic, 11-280
nonselective tripler, 11-252 pulse, 2-ohm, III-231 gas/smoke detectors, III-246-253, 111-246
pulse-width, III-214 quad op amp, four simultaneous syn- furnace exhaust, temp monitor/low-
frequency-boundary detector, III-156 chronized waveform, 11-259 supply detection, III-248
frequency-detecting comparator, 111-88 ramp, variable reset level, 11-267 methane concentration, linearized
_frequency oscillator, tunable, Il-425 sawtooth and pulse, III-241 output, III-250
frequency synthesizer, programmable signal, two-function, III-234 SCR, III-251
vohage controlled, 11-265 sine/cosine (0.1-10 kHz), 11-260 smoke/gas/vapor detector, III-250
frequency-to-voltage converter, III-219- single supply, IT-273 gated oscillator, last-cycle completing, m-
220, 11-255-257, 1-318 sine-wave/square-wave oscillator, 427
de-10kHz, 1-316 tunable, III-232 gated pulse descrambler, 11-165
simple, 1-318 single-control, III-238 Geiger counter, 1-536-537
zener regulated, 1-317 triangle-square wave, programmable, high voltage supply for, U-489
FSK data, receiver, III-533 III-225 pocket-sized, 11-514
FSK decoder, lO.SMHz, 1-214 triangle-wave, III-234 gel cell charger, 11-66
FSK generators, low-cost, III-227 triangle-wave timer, linear, III-222 generator
full-wave rectifier triangle-wave/square-wave, 111-239 10.7 MHz sweep, 1-472
absolute value, 11-528 triangle-wave/square-wave, precision, audio sine wave, 11-564
precision, I-234, III-537 III-242 audio, sine-wave oscillator, III-559
function generator, ITI-221-242, III-258- triangle-wave/square-wave, wide-range, audio, one-IC, 11-569
274, 11-271, 1-729 III-242 battery-powered, high-voltage, III-482
555 astable, low duty cycle, 11-267 tunable, wide-range, III-241 burst (see burst generator)
astable multivibrator, III-233, 111-238, U]T monostable circuit insensitive to cross-hatch, color TV, III-724
11-269 changing bias voltage, 11-268 DAC controlled function, 1·722
astable multivibration, op amp, III-224 variable duty cycle timer output, III-240 de, high-voltage, III-481
astable multivibrators, programmable- voltage controlled high speed one shot, function (see function generator)
frequency, III-237 11-266 harmonic, 1-24
basic, III-240 waveform, II-269, ll-272 high-voltage, capacitor-discharge, 111-
complementary signals, XOR gate, III- waveform, four-output, III-223 485
226 fundamental-frequency crystal oscillator, linear voltage ramp, 1-539
emitter-coupled RC oscillator, 11-266 III-132 low cost adjustable function, 1-721
fixed-frequency, III-231 funk box, 11-593 musical chime, l-640
FM, low-frequency, III-228 furnace exhaust gas/smoke detector, temp musical envelope, modulator and,
free-running multivtbrator, monitor/low supply detection, III-248 I-U01
programmable-frequency, III-235 fuzz box, III-575 noise, 1-468
frequency synthesizer, progranunable fuzz sound effect, 11-590 oscillator/clock, l-615
voltage controlled, 11-265 portable tone, 1-625
FSK, low-cost, III-227 precision clock, 1-193
harmonics, III-228 precision ramp, 1-540
linear ramp, 11-270 G programmable pulse, 1-529
linear triangle/square wave VCO, ll-263 GaAsFET amplifier, power, with single programmed function, 1-724
monostable operation, III-235 supply, U-10 pulse (see pulse generator)
monostable mu1tivibrator, III-230 gain block, video, III-712 pulse, single, IT-175
monostable multivibrator, linear-ramp, gain control, automatic, audio, Il-17 ramp (see ramp generator)
III-237 gain-controlled stereo amplifier, 11-9, III- ramp, variable reset level, 1-540
monostable multivibrator, positive- 34 signal, high frequency, III-150
triggered, III-229 game feeder controller, 11-360 sound effect, III-575, 11-586, 1-605
monostable multivibrator, video ampli- game roller, 1-326 sound: sirens, warblers, wailers, III-
fier and comparator, 11-268 games, III-243-245, 11-275-277 560-568, Ul-560
multiplying pulse width circuit, 11-264 coin flipper, III-244 square wave (see square wave genera-
multivibrator, low-frequency, ill-237 electronic dice, III-245 tor)
mu1tivibrator, single-supply, III-232 electronic roulette, 11-276 staircase (see staircase generator)
one-shot, precision, III-222 lie detector, 11-277 staircase, 1~539
one-shot, retriggerable, III-238 who's first, III-244 strobe-tone burst, 1-721
764
time delay, 1-217-218 heat sniffer, electronic, III-627 high-voltage power supply, III-478-486, 11-
tone burst, 1-604 heater, induction, ultrasonic, 120-KHz 490
tone dial, 1-629 500-W, 111-704 arc-jet power supply, starting circuit,
_tone, warbling, 11-573 heater control, 1-639 Ill-479
Touchtone, telephone, ill-609 temperature sensitive, 1-640 battery-powered generator, lll-482
triangle and square wavefonn, 1-726 heater element temperature control, 11- bucking regulator, Ill-481
two-tone, Il-570 642 de generator,-III-481
uitra high voltage, II-488 heater protector, servo-sensed, III-624 generator, capacitor-discharge, III-485
unijunction transistor pulse, 1-530 bee-haw siren, III-565, 11-578 inverter, III-484
versatile two-phase pulse, 1-532 HF or LF field strength meter, 11-212 optoisolated driver, lll-482
very low frequency, l-64 hi-fi compander, 11-12 preregulated, III-480
generator circuit, noise, 1469 hi-fi compressor, pre-emphasis and, lll-93 regulator, III-485
generator test circuit, frequency shift hi-fi expander, 11-13 simple design, III-483
keyer tone, 1-723 de-emphasis, III-95 solid-state, remote adjustable, III-486
glitches, comparator to detect, 11-107 hi-fi tone control circuit, high Z input, I- high/low level comparator, one op amp, 11-
glow plug driver, II-52 676 108
graphic equalizer, ten-band, active filter high drive oscillator/flasher, 11-235 high/low temperature sensor, II-650
in, 11--684 high-frequency amplifiers, III"'259-265 hold button, telephone, 612m Il-628
ground tester, ll-345 29-MHz, III-262 home security monitor, 1-6
ground-noise probe, battery-powered, m- 3-30 MHz, 80-W, 12.5-13.6 V, Ill-261 horn, auto, electronic, ill-50
500 amateur radio, linear, 2-30 MHz 140-W, hot -wire anemometer,- III-342
guarded input pico ammeter circuit, 11-156 III-260 hour time delay sampling circuit, 11-668
guitar, treble boost for, 11-683 noninverting, 28-dB, III-263 Howland current pump, 11-648
guitar tuner, II-362 RF, broadcast band, ill-264 humidity sensor, III-266-267, 11-285-287
gun, laser, visible red and continuous, 111- UHF, wideband with high-perfonnance HV regulator, foldback current limiting, 11-
310 FETs, lll-264 478
wideband, hybrid, 500 kHz-1GHz, III- hybrid power amplifier, III-455
265
H wideband, miniature, III-265
I
half-duplex information transmission link, high-frequency crystal oscillator, 11-148
Ill-679 high-frequency oscillator, III-426 IC timer, crystal-stabilized, subhannonic
half-flash analog-to-digital converters, III- high-frequency peak detector, 11-175 frequencies for, 11-151
26 high-frequency signal generator, 11-150 IC-compatible crystal oscillator, 11-145
half-wave ac phase controlled circuit, 1-377 high-input-high impedance 20 dB amplifier ice alann, automotive, 11~57
half-wave rectifier, 1-230, III-528 micropower, 11-44 ice formation alann, 11-58
fast, 1-228 high-input impedance differential amplifier, ice warning and lights reminder, I-106
Hall-effect circuits, III-254-258, 11-282- 11-19 ICOM IC-2A battery charger, 11-65
284 high-isolation telephone ringer, 11-625 ignition substitute automotive circuits, III-
-angle of rotation detector, ll-283 high-level preamp and tone control, Il-688 41
compass, 111-258 high-output 600-ohm line driver, 11-193 ignition system, capacitor discharger, 1-
current monitor, III-255 high-pass filter 103
door open alarm, II-284 Chebyshev fourth-order, III-191 ignition timing light, 11-60
security door-ajar alann, III-256 sixth-order elliptical, III-191 ignitor, III-362
switches using, III-257 wideband two-pole, 11-215 illumination stabilizer, machine vision, 11-
halogen lamps, dimmer for, III-300 high-performance sample and hold, 11-557 306
handitalkies, 1-19 high-performance video switch, III-728 image canceller, III-358
two-meter preamplifier for, 1-19 high-power battery operated flasher, 11- immobilizer, 11-50
hands-free telephone, III-605 229 impedance converter, high to low, I -41
hands-off intercom, III-291 high-power siren, 11-578 incandescent light flasher, III-198
handset encoder, telephone, ill-613 high-Q notch filter, III-404 indicators (see also alanns), III-268-270
hannonic generator, 1-24, III-228 high-sensitivity field strength meter, 11- adjustable sensitivity field strength, 1-
HC-based oscillators, III-423 211 274
HCU/HTC-based oscillator, III-426 high-speed 12-bit AID converter, 11-29 alarm and, 1-337
he•dlight olmn, Ill-52 high-speed data acquisition system, 11-118 battery charge/discharge, 1-122
headlight delay unit, TII-49, 1-107 high-speed electronic circuit breaker, 11-96 battery condition, 1-121
headlight dimmer, 11-63 high-speed paper tape reader, 11-414 battery level, I-124
headphones, amplifier for, 11-43 high-speed sample-and-hold circuits, III- battery threshold, 1-124
heart rate monitor, 11-348, 11-349 550 beat frequency, I-336
765
indicators (con't.) input/output buffer, analog multiplexers, inverter, III-293-298
dial pul,.,, III-613 III-11 de to dcJac, 1-208
five step voltage level, 1-337 instrumentation amplifier, 111-278-284, II- fast, l-422
lamp driver, optically coupled, III-413 293-29o, 1-346,1-348, 1-349, 1-352 flip-flop, III-103
low battery, 1-124 + /-100 volt common mode range, III- fluorescent lamp, 8-W, III-306
low-voltage, III-769 294 high-villtage, III-484
on-the-air, III-270 current collector head amplifier, 11-295 low-power, fixed power supplies, III-466
overspeed, 1-108 differential, III-283 on/off switch, III-594
overvoltage/undervoltage, 1-150 differential, biomedical, III-282 picture, video circuits, 111-722
peak level, 1-402 differential, input, 1-354 power, III-298
phase sequence, 1-476 high gain differential. 1-353 power, 12 VDC-to-117 VAC at 60Hz,
receiver signal alarm, III-270 high impedance low drift, I-355 III-294
rf-actuated relay, III-270 high speed, 1-354 power, medium, III-296
simulated, l-417 low signal level/high impedance, 1-350 powec, MOSFET, III-295
solid state battery voltage, 1-120 low-power, III-284 ultrasonic, arc welding, 20KHz, III-700
stereo reception, III-269 meter driver, 11-296 variable frequency, complementary
SWR warning, 1-22 pre-amp, thennocouple, III-283 output, III-297
telephone off-hook, l-633 preciSion FET input, 1-355 voltage, precision, TII-298
ten-step voltage level, 1-335 saturated standard cell amplifier, 11-296 inverting amplifier, III-14, 1-41-42
three step level, 1-336 strain gauge, ITI-280 balancing circuit in, 1-33
undervoltage, battery operated equip- triple op amp, l-347 low power, digitally selectable gain, U-
ment, 1-123 ultra-precision, III-279 333
visible voltage, I-338 variable gain, differential input, 1-349 programmable-gain, III-505
visuaJ modulation, 1-430 very high impedance, 1-354 wideband unity gain, 1-35
visual level, III-269 wideband, III-281 inverting buffer, active integrator using, 11-
voitage, III-758-772, III-758 instrumentation meter driver, II-296 299
voltage, visible, III-772 integrated solid state relay, 11-408 inverting comparator, hysteresis in, 1-154
voltage-level, 1-718, III-759 integrator, III-285-286, 11-297-300 inverting followers, high-frequency, III-212
zero center, FM receivers, 1-338 active, inverting buffer, II-299 inverting power amplifier, 1-79
in-use indicator, telephone, IT-629 JFET ac coupled, II-200 inverting sample-and-hold, III·552
induction heater, uJtrasonic, 120-KHz 500- gamma ray pulse, 1-536 inverting unity gain amplifier, I-80
W, III-704 long time, II-300 IR link, remote loudspealr.er via, 1-343
inductor low drift, l-423 IR receiver, compact, 1-342
active, l-417 noninverting, improved, 11-298 IR remote control transmitter/receiver, 1-
simulated, Il-199 photocurrent, 11-326 342
infinite sample and hold, amplifier for, II- programmable reset level, III-286 IR transmitter, 1-343
558 ramp generator and, initial condition IR type data link, 1-341
infrared circuit, III-271-277, 11-288-292 reset, III-527 isulated feedback power supply, III-460
detector of IR, III-276 resettable, lll-286 • isolation amplifier
diode emitter drive, pulsed, 11-292 intercom, III-287-292, 11-301-303, 1-415 capactive load, 1-34
laser rifle, invisible puJsed, II-291 bidirectional, III-290 level shifter, 1-348
long-range object detector, III-273 carrier current, 1-146 medical telemetry, 1-352
low noise detector for, 11-289 hands·off, III-291 rl, 11-547
receiver, III-274, 11-292 party-line, 11-303 isolation and zero voltage switching logic,
transmitter, TII-274, III-276, III-277, 11- _pocket pager, III-288 11-415
289, 11-290 two-way, III-292 isolator
transmitter, digital, III-275 interface digital transmission, II-414
wireless speaker system, 111-272 680x, 650x, 8080 families, III-98 stimulus, III-351
infrared detector, low-noise, 11-289 cassette-to-telephone, III-618
infrared receiver, 11-292
infrared transmitter, II-289, 11-290
DVM, temperature sensor and, 11-647
fiber optic, IT-207 J
injector-tracer, 1-522 optica1 sensor-to-TIL, IU-314 JFET ac coupled integrator, III-200
single, 11-500 precision process control, 1-30
tape recorder, 11-614
signal, 1-521
input selector interrupter, ground fauJt, 1-580 K
audio, low distortion, 11-38 interval timer, low power microprocessor Kelvin thermometer, 1-655
input-buffered mixer, III-369 programmable, 11-678 zero adjust, 111-661
766
keyer double touchbutton, 1-138 reminder and ice warning, 1-106
automatic TTL morse code, 1-25 SCR-replacing, III-593 sensor, back-biased GaAs LED, 11-321
electronic, 1-20 lead-acid batteries sensor, logarithmic, 1-366
battery chargers, III-55 sound-modulated source, 1-609
low-battery detector, 111-56 system, single source emergency, 1-581
L leading-edge delay circuit, m-147 tarry, 1-579
lamp-control cin::uits, 11-304-312 LED circuits telephone, 11-625
800 W dinuner, !I-309 -alternating flasher, lli-198, IU-200 light-activated circuits
audio-controlled, 1-609 bar graph driver, II-188 logic circuit, 1-393
automatic light controller for carport, 11- flasher, PUT, 11-239 on/off relay, 1-366
308 flasher, UJT. !I-231 optical sensor, ambient light ignoring,
cross fader, 11-312 frequency comparator, 11-110 III-413
dinuner, !I-309 matrix display, two-variable, 111-171 power outage light, line-operated, m-
dimmer, de, II-307 multiplexed common-cathode display 415
dimmer, soft-start, 800-W, III-304 ADC, III-764 pulse generation by interrupting, 1-357
dimmer, triac, III-303, 11-310 panel meter, III-34 7 switch, IT-320
dissolver, solid-state, III-304 peakmeter, ID-333 light-controlled circuits, II-318-331, III-
indicator lamp driver, optically coupled, ring-around flasher, m-194 312-319
ill-413 RS-232C, computer circuit, III-103 860W limited range precision, 1-376
inverter, fluorescent, 8-W, III-306 three-year flasher, m-194 ambient light effects cancellization, 11-
lamp lite extender, ITI-302 level, ultra simple, 11-666 328
light modulator, III -302 level controller audio oscillator, light-sensitive, III-315
light-controlled switch, III-314 audio, automatic, 11-20 automatic mooring light, II-323
machine vision illumination stabilizer, ll- cryogenic fluid, 1-386 back-biased GaAs LED light sensor, 11-
306 fluid, 1-387 321
night light, automatic, line-voltage liquid, 1-388 brightness control, lighted displays, III-
operated, III-306 water, 1-389 316
phase control, 11-303,-ll-305 level indicators/monitors, 11-174 complementary, 1-372
remote-controller, 1-370 alann, water, 1-389 electronic wake-up call, 11-324
sequencer, pseudorandom, III-301 hysteresis in, I-235 flame monitor, III-313
short-circuit proof lamp driver, 11-310 liquid, 1-388, I-390 lamp switch, !U-314
strobe, variable, III-589-590 meter, LED bar/dot, 1-251 light level detector, ill-316
tandem dimmer, 11-312 peak, 1-402 light-operated switch, 11-320
triac light dimmer, 11-310 sound, 1-403 light-seeking robot, TI-325
triac zero point switch, 11-311 three-step, 1-336 low-light level drop detector, III-313
voltage regulator for projection lamp, ll- visual, III-269 marker light, III-317
305 warning, audio output, low, 1-391 monostable photocell, -self·adjust trig-
lamp driver, 1-380 warning, high-level, 1-387 ger, II-329
neon, 1-379 level shifter, negative to positive supply, 1- one-shot timer, III-317
short-circuit proof, 11-310 394 optical sensor-to-TTL interface, III-314
lamp flasher LF or HF field strength meter, 11-212 photo alarm, 11-319
low current consumption, 11-231 lie detector, 11-277 photocurrent integrator, 11-326
low voltage, 11-226 tights photodiode sensor amplifier, TI-324
series SCR, wide load range, Il-230 automatic night, -1-360 photoelectric switch, III-319, 11-321
laser circuits, ITI-309-311,11-313-317 capacitance operated, battery powered, robot_eyes, 11-327
discharge current stabilizer, 11-316 1-131 sun tracker, ID-318
gun, visible red, ID-310 capacitance switch, 1-132 switch, sOlar triggered, lli-318
light detector, Il-314 carport, automatic controller for, II-308 synchronous photoelectric switch,II-326
pulsers, laser diode, lli-311, 1-416 detection switch, adjustable, 1-362 thermaJly stabilized PIN photodiode
rifle, invisible IR pulsed, 11-291 emergency, 1-378 signal conditioner, 11-330
latches interruption detector, 1-364 twilight-triggered circuit, 11-322
12-V, solenoid driver, lli-572 level controller, 1-380 warning light, ill-317
comparator and, lli-88 level detector, III-316, I-367 warning light, battery powered, 11-320
latching burglar alarm, 1-8, 1-12 meter for, 1-383 light-isolated solid state power relay
latching relays, de, optically coupled, 111- meter for, linear, 1-382 circuit, 1-365
417 modulator, ill-302 light-seeking-robot, 11-325
latching switch. on/off reminder; auto, I-109 lights-on warning, automotive, III-42, 11-55
767
limit alarm, high/low, l-151 link, fiber optic, III-179 loudness amplifier, 11-46
limit comparator, lll-104, 1-156 -liquid flowmeter, II-248 loudness control, balance amplifier with,
double ended, 11-105, 1-156 liquid-level detectors, 1-388, 1-390 11-395
limit detector checker, III-209 loudspeaker coupling circuit, 1-78
double ended, I-230, 1-233 control, 1-388 low-battery detector, Ul-56, 111-63
micropower double ended, 1-155 dual, 111-207 low-battery indicator, 11-77
limiters, ill-320-322 monitoring, III-210 low-battery protector, lli-65
audio, low distortion, Il-15 temperature control and, 11-643 low-battery warning alarm, Ill-59
dynamic noise reduction circuit, III-321 lithium battery low-battery warning/disconnect, III-65
hold-current, solenoid driver, 111-573 charger for, 11-67 low-cost chime circuit, U-33
noise, ill-321, 11-395 state of charge indicator for, II-78 low-cost frequency indicator, 11-250
output, III-322 little dipper dip meter, II-183 low-current consumption lamp flasher, II-
power-consumption, III-572 locator, lo parts treasure, l-409 231
line amplifier, duplex, telephone, III-616 lock, eledronic combination, Il-194, 1-583 low-current measurement system, III-345
line driver locomotive whistle, II-589 low-distortion audio limiter, 11-15
50-ohm transmission, 11-192 log-ratio amplifier, 1-42 low-distortion input selector for audio use,
600-ohm balanced, 11-192 logarithmic AID converter, three-decade, Il-38
full rail excursions with, II-190 1-48 low-distortion low level amplitude modula-
high output 600-ohm, II-193 logarithmic amplifier, II..S, 1-29, 1-35 tor, ll-370
video amplifier, m-710 de to video, I-38 low-distortion sine wave oscillator, 11-561
line dropout detector, 11-98 logarithmic converter, fast, 1-169 low-frequency crystal oscillator, II-146
line frequency square wave generator, II- logarithmic light sensor, 1-366 low-frequency dMder, II-253
599 logarithmic sweep VCO, ill-738 low-frequency oscillator, III-428
line receiver logic/logic circuits low-frequency oscillator/flasher, II.Z34
digital data, IU-534 audible pulses, 11-345 low-frequency Pierce oscillator, ID-133
low-cost, ill-532 four-state, single LED indicator, U-361 _}ow-frequency TTL oscillator, IT-.595
line sync, noise immune 60Hz, Il-367 light-activated, 1-393 low-noise crystal oscillator, II-145
line-activated solid-state switch, tele- line monitor, UI-108 low-noise infrared detector, II-289
phone, ill-617 isolation and zero voltage switching, 11-415 low-noise photodiode amplifiers, III-19
Iine-cWTent detector, optically coupled, overvoltage protection, 1-517 low-pass filter
lll-414 pulser, UI-520 active, digitally selected break fre-
line-current monitor, ill-341 signals, long delay line for, Ul-107 quency, 11~216
Iine-hwn touch switch, III-664 tester, aud:lble, UI-343 fifth order Chebyshev multiple feed-
line-operated audio amplifiers, 111-37 tester, TTL, 1-527 back, II-219
line-synchronized driver circuit, III-174 logic amplifier, 11-332-335 precision fast settling, 11-220
line-voltage announcer, ac, III-730 low power binary, to IOn gain low low-power 5V driwn temperature com-
line-voltage monitor, III-511 frequency, TI-333 pensated crystal oscillator, ll-142
linear amplifier low power inverting, digitally selectable low-power audio amplifier, 11-454
2-30MHz, 140W PEP amateur radio, 1- gain, II-333 low.:power binary to IOn gain low fre-
555 low power noninverting, digitally select- quency amplifier, 11-333
100 W PEP 420-450 MHz push-pull, 1- able input and-gain, 11-334 low-power common source amplifier, 11-84
554 precision, digitally programmable- input low-power comparator, less than 10uV
160 W PEP broadband, l-556 and gain, Il-335 hysteresis in, II-104
amateur radio, 2·30 MHz 140-W, ill- progranunable amplifier, 11-334 low-power inverting amplifier, digitally
260 logic converter, TTL to MOS, I-170 selectable gain, II-333
CMOS inverter, 11-11 logic level shifter, negative to positive low-power microprocessor programmable
linear coupler supply, 1-394 interval timer, II-678
analog, Il-413 logic probe, 1-520, 1-525, 1·526 low-power noninverting amplifier, digitally
analog ac, 11-412 CMOS, ill-499, 1-523 selectable input and gain, 11-334
de, Il-411 digital, ill-497 low-power zero voltage switch tempera-
linear IC siren, ill-564 memory installed, 1-525 ture controller, 11-640
linear- optocoupler, instrumentation, ll-417 simple, 1-526 low-voltage alarm, II-493
linear ramp generator, 11-270 long-duration timer, PUT, !I-675 low-voltage lamp flasher, 11-226
linear regulator long-range object detector, UI-273 low-voltage power discormector, 11-97
fixed power supply, low dropout low long-term electronic timer, 11-672 low-voltage indicator, III-769
cost, 111-459 long-time-integrator, 11-300 LVDT circuits, ill-323-324, II-336-339
radiation-hanlened 125A, Il-468 long-time timer, Ul-653 driver demodulator, 11-337
linear triangle/square 'Have VCO, 11-263 loop transmitter, remote sensors, Ul-70 signal conditioner, II-338
768
tachometer, optical pick-up, III-347 pH, 1-399
M test probe, 4-220 V, Ill-499 phase, 1-406
machine vision, illumination stabilizer for, thermometers, III-637-643, III-637 picoammeter, III-338
II-306 measuring gauge, linear variable differen- power line frequency, 1-311
magnetic current low·power sensor, III- tial transformer, 1-404 power, I -489
341 medical electronic circuits, ll-347-349, III- resistance/continuity, ID-538-540, III-
magnetic phono preamplifier, 1-91 349-352 538
magnetic pickup hone preamplifier, biomedical instrumentatio11 differential rf power, 1-16
I-89 amp, III-282 rf power, wide-range, III-332
magnetometer, 11-341 breath monitor, III-350 rl voltmeter, ID-766
marker generator, Ill-138 EKG simulator, three-chip, 111-350 sensitive field strength, 1-274
marker light, Ill-317 heart rate monitor, 11-34-8; II-349 simple fieid strength, 1-275
mathematical circuits, ID-325-327 preamplifier for, 11-34-9 signal strength (S), III-342
adder, III-327 stimulator, constant-current, III-352 soil moisture, ID-208
divide/multiply, one trim, III-326 stimulus isolator, 111-351 sound level, telephone, ID-614
subt."'actor, ID-327 thermometer, implantable/ingestible, sound level, III-346
measurement/test circuits, TII-328-348, Ill-641 stereo balance, 1-618-619
Il-340 memories, EEPROM pu1se generator, 5V- stereo power, III-331
3-in-1 test set, III-330 powered, lli-99 suppressed zero, 1-716
anemometer/, bot-wire, lli-342 memory saving power supply, II-486 SWR power, 1-16
audible logic tester, III-343 metal detectors, II-350-352 tachometer, III-335, III-34-0, III-347
breath alert alcohol tester, III-359 micropower, -l-408 temperature, I -64 7
cable tester, III-539 meters (see also measurement/test cir- .thermometers, III-637-643, III-637
continuity tester, III-345, Ill-540 cuits) tilt meter, III-644-646, III-644
current monitor/alarm, III-338 ac voltmeters,_ III- 765 tuned field strength, 1-276
digital frequency meter, III-344 analog, expanded-scale, voltage refer- untuned field strength, 1-276
direction-of-rotation circuit, III-335 ence, III-774 varicap tuned FET DIP, 1-246
duty cycle monitor, III-329 anemometer/, hot-wire, ffi-342 vibration, 1-404
electrostatic detector, III-337 audio frequency, 1-311 voltage, m-758-772, ill-758
frequency counter, Ill-340 audio millivolt, III-767, ID-769 voltmeter, ac wide-range, IU-772
LC checker, III-334 audio power, 1488 voltmeters, digital, 3.S.digit, full-scale
LED panel meter, III-347 automatic contrast, 1-4 79 four-decade, III-761
line-current monitor, III-341 basic grid dip, 1-247 voltmeters, digital, 4.5-digit, Ill-760
low-current measurement, Ill-345 breaker point dwell, 1-102 voltmeters, high-input resistance, 111-
magnetic current sensor, low-power, III- capacitance, 1-400 768
341 de voltmeter, III-763 VOM field strength, 1-276
magnetometer, II-341 de voltmeter, high-input resistance, 111- methane concentration detector, linearized
motor hour, III-340 762 output, III-250
ohnuneter, linear, ill-540 digita1 frequency, ID-344 metronome, 11-353-355, III-353-354, 1-
paper sheet discriminator, copying dip, 1-247 413
machines, Ill-339 DIP, dual-gate IGFET in, 1-246 ac-line operated unijunction, II-355
peak-dB meter, III-348 dosage rate, 1-534 accentuated beat, 1-411
peakmeter, LED, III-333 field strength, III-182-183, Ill-182 downbeat-emphasized, 111-353-354
phase difference from 0 to 180 degrees, field strength 1.5 to 150 MHz, 1-275 sight and sound, 1-412
11-344 flash exposure, ID-446, I-484 simple, 11-354
picoammeter, III-338 LED bar/dot level, 1-251 version II, II-355
pu1se-width, very short, ID-336 LED panel, III-34 7 microcontroller, musical organ, prepro-
QRP SWR bridge, ill-336 light, 1-383 grammed single-chip, 1-600
resistance ratio detector, ll-342 linear frequency, 1-310 micro-sized amplifiers, 111-36
resistance/continuity meters, m-538- linear light, 1-382 microphone
540, Ill-538 logarithmic light, 1-382 amplifiers for, 111-34, 1-87
rf power, wide-range, ID-332 meter-driver rf amplifier, 1-MHz, III- amplifiers for, electronic balanced input,
SCR tester, Ill-344 545 1-86
signal strength (S), IU-342 microwave field strength, 1-273 FM wireless, Ill-682, III-685, III-691
sound-level meter, III-346 motor hour, ID-340 mixer, Il-37
stereo power meter, III-331 ohmmeter, linear, III-540 preamp for, 1145
stud finder, III-339 peak decibels, III-348 preamp for, low noise transfonnerless
tachometer, ID-335, III-340 peak, LED, III-333 balanced, 1-88
769
microphone (con 't. ) modified UJT relaxation oscillator, 11-566 power-line connections, ac, 111-510
_preamp for, tone control in, 1-675, 11-687 modulated light beam circuit, ambient light precision battery voltage, HTS, 1-122
wireless AM, 1-679 effect cancellization with, 11-328 receiver, II-526
micropower bandgap reference power modulated readback systems, disc/tape sound level, telephone, 111-614
supply, 11-470 phase, l-89 telephone status, optoisolator in, 1-625
micropower high-input-high-impedance 20 modulation indicator, visual, 1-430 telephone, remote, 11-626
dB amplifier, 11-44 modulation monitor, 1-430 undervoltage, ill-762
micropower radioactive radiation detector, CB, 1-431 mltage, III-767
Il-513 modulator, 11-368-372, III-371-377, 1-437 voltage, III-758-772, III-758
microprocessor display, eight-digit, III-106 + 12V de single supply, balanced, 1-437 monostable circuit, 11-460, 1-464
microprocessor power supply watchdog, AM, 1-438 monostable multivtbrator, Ill-230, III-235,
Il-494 amplitude, low-distortion low level, 11- l-465
microprocessor programmable interval 370 input lockout, l-464
timer, 11-678 balanced, III-376 linear-ramp, 111-237
microprocessor triac array driver, II-410 balanced, phase detector-selector/sync positive-triggered, III-229
microprocessor-controlled analog signal rectifier, 111-441 monostable photocell, self-adjust trigger,
attenuator, III-101 double-sideband suppressed-carrier, III- 11-329
microprocessor-selected pulse width 377 monostable TTL, 1-464
control, 11-116 linear pulse-width, 1-437 monostable UJT, I-463
microvolt comparator monitor for, III-375 mooring light, automatic, 11-323
duallinrit, Ill-89 musical envelope generntor, 1-601 MOSFETs, power inverter, 111·295
hysteresis-including, III-88 pulse-position, III-375, 1-435 mosquito repelling circuit, 1-684
microvolt probe, II-499 pulse-width, Ill-376, 1-435, 1-436, 1- motion-actuated car alann, 1-9
Miller oscillator, I -193 438-440 moti:on-acutated motorcycle alarm, 1-9
millivoltmeter rf, III-372, III-374, 1-436 motion sensor
ac, 1-716 rf, double sideband, suppressed carrier, UHF, Ill-516
audio, III-767, III-769 11-369 unidirectional, II-346
high input impedance, 1-715 saw oscillator, III-373 motor amplifier, servo,. 1-452
mini-stereo audio amplifiers, III-38 TIL oscillator for television display, II· motor control, ll-373-390
miniature transistorized light flasher, 11- 372 400 Hz servo amplifier, II-386
227 TV, Il-433, 11-434, 1-439 ac, 11-375
miniature wideband amplifiers, Ill-265 VHF, I-440, III-684 back EMF PM speed control, ll-379
mixer, III-367-370 videc, 11-371, 11-372, 1-437 bi-directional proportional, 11-374
1- MHz, 1-427 moisture detector (see also fluid detec- de servo drive, bipolar control input, 11-
audio, 1-23 tors), 1-442 385
CMOS, l-57 momentary backup for power supply, 11- de variable, fiber optic, II-206
common-source, 1-427 464 de, low cost speed regulator, TI-377
doubly balanced, 1-427 monitor (see also controller), III-378-390 de, motor speed control, 11-380
four-channel, 1-60, Ill-369 acid rain, III-361 direction and speed, series wound, II-
four-channel, four-track, 11-40 battery, III-60-67, ill-60 456
four-input stereo, 1-55 battery-alternator, automotive, 111-63 direction and speed, shunt wound, 11-
high level four channel, 1-56 blinking phone light, 11-624 456
hybrid, 1-60 breath monitor, III-350 driver, constant·speed, ill-386
.input-buffered, III-369 current, alarm and, III-338 driver, de, speed--controlled reversible,
microphone, 11-37 directional signals, auto, III-48 III-388
multiplexer, 1-427 door-ajar, automotive circuits, ill-46 driver, de, with fixed speed control, III-
one transitor audio, 1-59 duty cycle, 111·329 387
passive, 1-58 fiames, ID-313 driver, stepping motor, II-376
preamplifier with tone control, 1-58 home security system, 1-6 driver, two-phase, 11-456
signa) combiner, III-368 line-current, III-341 hours-in-use meter, 111-340
silent audio switching, 1-59 line-voltage, III-511 induction, 1-454
sound amplifier and, 11-37 logic line, III-108 motor/tachometer speed control, II-389
universal stage, lll-370 modulation, III·375 N·phase motor drive, 11-382
mobile equipment, III-8-amp regulated overvoltage, 111-762 power brake, ac, U-451
power supply, 11-461 power supply balance, III-494 PWM, controller, III-389
model rocket launcher, 11-358 power supply, III-493-495, III493 PWM, motor speed, II-376
modems, power-line, carrier-current power supply, single-supply fault, III- reversing motor drive, de control signal,
circuit, III-82 495 11-381
770
servo motor drive amplifier, Il-384 two-level, III-392 NAB tape playback pre-amp, III-38
speed control, II-378, II-379, I-445, I- video, III-1-of-15 cascaded, III-393 nano ammeter, I-202
450, 1-453 wideband differential, 11-428 narrow band FM demodulator, carrier
speed control, back EMF PM, 11-379 multipliers, IT-391-392 detect in, 11-159
speed control, closed-loop, 111-385 0101 percent analog, Il-392 neon flasher
speed control, de, 111-377, III-380, 1- analog, 11-392 five-lamp, III-198
454 capacitance, 11-200, 11-416 two-state oscillator, III-200
speed control, de, direction and, II-452 frequency, III-213-218 network
speed control, feedback, 11-447 mathematica1, one trim, III-326 filter, 1-291
speed control, fixed, driver and, 111-387 pulse-width, III-214 speech, telephone, 11-633
speed control, high-efficiency, III-390 resistor, IT-199 ni-cad battery
speed control, high-torque, 11-449 multiplying D/A converter, III-168 12V, 200mA-hour charger for, 1-114
speed control, PWM, Il-376 multiplying pulse width circuit, 11-264 analyzer for, III-64
speed control, PWM, energy-recover4lg multivibrator battery chargers, III-57
brake and, ill-380 100 kHa free running, 11-485 charger for, 1-116
speed control, radio control, IT-576 astable, 111-196, 111-224, Hl-233, III- current and voltage limiting charger for,
speed control, switched-mode, III-384 238, 11-269, 1-461, 11-510 1-114
speed control, tachless, III-386 astable, digital-control, 11-462 fast charger for, 1-118
speed control, tachometer and, IT-389 astable, dual, 11-463 packs, automotive charger for, 1-115
speed control, tachometer feedback for, astable, programmable-frequency, III- protection circuit, III-62
11-378 237 simple charger -for, I-112
speed control, universa1, 11-457 bistable, 11-465 thennally controlled charger for, TI-68
speed control, universal, load- car battery, 11-106 zapper for, 1~6
dependent, 11-451 CB modulation, 11-431 zapper II, 11-68
start-and-run circuit, III-382 current, 11-203 night light
stepping, driver for, 111-390 duty-cycle, III-50-percent, III-584 automatic, line-voltage operated, III-306
tachometer feedback control, closed free-running, programmable-frequency, telephone-controlled, III-604
loop, 11-390 III-235 noise clipper, audio-powered, III-396
tachometer feedback for speed control, low-frequency, lli-237 noise filters, lll-188
11-378 low-voltage, 11-123 dynamic, ill-190
three-phase ac motor driver, 11-383 modulation, 11-430 noise generator, I-468
three-phase power-factor controller, ll- monostable, III-229, 111-230, III-235, circuit for, I-469
388 III-237, 11-465 pink, 1-468
two-phase ac motor driver, 11-382 monostable, input lock-out, 11-464 wide band, I-469
universal, built-in self timer, 1.::455 one-shot, 11=465 noise immune 60Hz line sync, 11-367
motorcycle alann, motion acutated, 11-9 oscilloscope, II-4 74 noise limiter, III-321, 11-395
-multiburst generator, square waveform, IT- single-supply, 111-232 noise reduction circuits, 11-393-396, III-
88 sound level, 11-403 398-401
multifunction siren system, 11-574 telephone line, 11-628 audio squelch, 11-394
multiple alarm circuit, IT-2 wideband radiation, 11-535 audio-powered noise clipper, 11-396
multiple-aperture window discriminator, music circuits ba1ance amplifier with loudness control,
III-781 bagpipes, electronic, III-561 11-395
multiple-feedback bandpass filter, 11-224 chime generator, II -604 Dolby B, decode mode, III-401
multiple-input detector, III-102 electronic, lli-360 Dolby B, encode mode, III-400
multiplexed common-cathode LED-display envelope generatorlmodulator, II-601 Dolby B/C, III-399
ADC, III-764 hold for telephone, 11-623 dynamic, III-321
multiplexer, III-391-397 synthesizer, 11-599 noise -limiter, D-395
1-of-8 channel transmission system, III- telephone ringer, 11-619 precise audio clipper, 11-394
395 muxldemux system noise, audio, 1-467
analog, buffered input and output, III- differential, l-425 non-integer programmable pulse divider,
396 eight channel, 11-115,-1-426 11-511
analog, inputfoutput buffer for, III-11 noninverting amplifier, III-14, 1-41
analog, single- to four-trace converter, adjustable gain, 1-91
11-431 N comparator with hysteresis in, I-153
de-, lli-394 N-phase motor drive, III-382 high-frequency, 28-dB, III-263
four-channel, low-cost, III-394 NAB preamps hysteresis in, 1-153
oscilloscopes, add-on, III-437 record,--III-673 low power, digitally selectable input and
three-channel, sample and hold, III-396 two-pole, III-673 gain, 11-334
771
noninverting amplifier (con'/.) clamping for, 11-22 triggering SCR series, III-411
power, 1-79 clock circuit using, III-85 TTL coupler, optical, III-416
programmable-gain, Ill-505 intrinsically safe protected,--III-12 zero-voltage switching, closed half-
single supply, l-74 quad, simultaneous waveform generator wave, III-412
split supply, 1-75 using, 11-259 zero-voltage switching, solid-state, III-
noninverting integrator, improved design, single potentiometer to adjust gain over 410
Il-298 bipolar range, 11-406 zero-voltage switching, solid-state relay,
noninverting voltage follower, l-33 tunable notch filter with, Il-400 III-416
high-frequency, III-212 variable gain and sign, 11-405 optocoupler
nonselective frequency tripler, transistor X 10, I-37 linear, instrumentation, 11-417
saturation, 11-252 x100, 1-37 stable, 11-409
Norton amplifier, absolute value, III-11 optical communication system, 1-358, 11- optoisolator
notch filter, II-397-403, III-402-404 416 driver, high-voltage, ill-482
1800Hz, 11-398 optical pyrometer, 1-654 telephone status monitor using, l-626
550 Hx, II-399 optical receiver, 1-364, IT-418 OR gate, l-395
active band reject, 11-401 optical Schmitt trigger, I-362 o,..,
adjustable Q, 11-398 optical sensor, ambient light ignoring, III- musical, 1-415
audio, 11-400 413 preprogrammed single chip microcon-
bandpass and,-11-223 optical sensor-to-TTL interlace, III-314 troller for, 1-600
lrigh-Q, ill-404 optical transmitter, I -363 stylus, 1-420
passive bridged, differentiator tunable, FM (PRM), I-367 oscillator, 11-420-429, III-420-432
II-403 optically-coupled circuits, 11-407-419, 111- 0.5 Hz square wave, 1-616
tunable audio, 11-399 407-419 1 kHz, 11-427
tunable audio filter, 11-402 50 kHz center frequency FM transmit- 1 MHz FET crystal, II-144
tunable, op amp, Il-400 ter, 11-417 1 MHz to 4MHz CMOS, 1-199
twin- T, III -403 ac relay, III-418 1.0 MHz, 1-571
Wien bridge, II-402 ac relay using two photon couplers, II- 1kHz square wave, 1-612
null circuit, variable gain and accurate, III- 412 2MHz, 11-571
69 ac switcher, high-voltage, ITI-408 5-V, III-432
null detector, 1-148, III-162 ambient light ignoring optical sensor, 10Hz to 10kHz voltage-controlled, 11-
III-413 701
CMOS coupler, Ill-414 20Hz to 20kHz variable audio, 11-727
0 communication system, 11-416
de linear coupler, 11-411
50 kHz, l-727
50 MHz to 100 MHz overtone, 1-181
off-line flyback regulator, IJ-481
(llmuneter. l-549 de latching relay, III-417 96 MHz crystal, 1-179
linear, III-540 digital transmission isolator, 11-414 400 MHz, I-571
linear scale, 1-549 high-sensitivity, NO, two-terminal zero 500 MHz, l-570
ohms-to-volts converter, 1-168 voltage switch, 11-413 500 timer, 1-531
on/off inverter, III-594 indicator lamp driver, III-413 800Hz, 1-68
on/off switches integrated solid state relay, 11-408 adjustable over 10:1 range, 11-423
touch switch, 11-691 isolation and zero voltage switching astable, 1-462
touch, digital, III-663 logic, 11-415 audio, 1-245, III-427
touch, electronic, III-663 line-current detector, III-414 audio, light-sensitive, III-315
one-chip burglar alarm, III-5 linear ac analog coupler, 11-412 Butler aperiodic, 1-196
one-chip radar detection circuit, JI-519 linear analog coupler, 11-413 Butler common base, 1-191
one-IC audio generator, 11-569 linear optocoupler for instrumentation, Butler emitter follower, 11-190-191, 11-
one-of-eight channel transmission system, Il-417 194
III-100 microprocessor triac array driver, 11-410 cassette bias, 11-426
one-second-1kHz oscillator, Il-423 paper tape reader, Il-414 clock generator and, III-85, 1-615
one-shot function generator, 1-465 power outage light, line-operated, III- CMOS crystal, I-187
digitally controlled, 1-720 415 CMOS, I-615
precision, III-222 receiver for 50 kHz FM optical-trans- code practice, 1-15, 1-20, 1-22, 11-428,
retriggerable, III-238 mitter, II-418 III-431
one-shot timer, 111-654 relays, de solid-state, open/closed, III- Colpitts hannonic, 1-189-190
light-controlled, III-317 412 Colpitts, 11-147,1-194,-1-572
voltage-controlled high speed, 11-266 source follower, photodiode, III-419 crystal-controlled, III-131-140, D-147,
op amp, II-404-406, III-405-406 stable optocoupler, 11-409 l-180, l-184, l-185,!-195, l-198
astable multivibrator, Ill-224 telephone ring detector, III-611 crystal-controlled, doubler and, 1-184-
772
crystal-controlled, mercury cell in, 11- _relaxation, SCR, 111-430 oscilloscope, 11-430-433, III-433-439
149 resistance controlled digital, 11-426 analog multiplexer, single-trace to four-
crystal-controlled, sine wave, 1-198 rf (see also rf oscillator), 11-550, 1-572 tnl.ce scope converter, 11-431
crystal-controlled, transistorized, 1-188 rf-genie, 11-421 beam splitter, 1-474
crystal overtone, I -177 rf-powered sidetone, 1-24 calibrator for, II-433, III-436
double frequency output, 1-314 RLC, III-423 converter, I-4 71
discrete sequence, ID-421 sawtooth wave, modulator, III-373 CRO doubler, III-439
duty-cycle, III-50-percent, III-426 Schmitt trigger crystal, I-181 eight-channel voltage dispiay, III-435
emitter-coupled big loop, 11-422 simple triangle/square wave, 11-422, 1- extender, Ill-434
emitter-coupled RC, 11-266 616 FET dual-trace switch for, 11-432
exponential digitally controlled, I-Z28 simple TTL crystal, 1-179 monitor, I-4 74
feedback, 1-67 simple voltage-controlled, 1-703 multiplexer, add-on, III-437
fifth overtone, 1-182 sine-wave (see also sine wave oscillator), preamplifier, III-437
flasher and, high drive, 11-235 1-65, Ill-560 preamplifier, counter/, III-438
flasher and, low frequency, 11-234 sine-wave, TII-556-559 sensitivity amplifier, III-436
free running square wave, l-615 sine-wave/square wave, easily tuned, 1- triggered sweep, ill-438
free running, I-531 65 outband descrambler, 11-164
frequency doubled output from, 11-596 sine-wave/square-wave, tunable, ID-232 out-of-bounds pulse-width detector, III-
gated, 1-728 single op amp, 1-529 158
gated, last-cycle completing, III-427 square wave, 11-597, 1-613-614, 11-616, output amplifiers, four-charutel D/ A,-lll-
Hartley, 1-571 stable low frequency crystal, 1-198 165
he-based, III-423 standard crystal, 1MHz, 1-197 output limiter, III-322
HCU/HCf-based, Ill-426 temperature compensated, low power output-gating circuit, photomultiplier, 11-
high-current, square-wave generntor, Sv-driven, II-142 516
III-585 temperature stable, 11-427 output-stage booster, Ill-452
high-frequency, III-426 temperature-compensated crystal, 1-187 over/under temperature monitor, dual
high-frequency crystal, 11-148, 1-175 third overtone crystal, 1-186 output, 11-646
IC-compatible crystal, 11-145 tone-burst, decoder and, 1-726 overload protector, speaker, 11-16
international crystal OF-1 LO, 1-189 transmitter and, 27 MHz and 49 MHz oven;peed indicator, I-108
international crystal OF-1 HI, 1-197 rf, I-680 overtone crystal oscillator, 11-146
JFET Pierce crystal, I-198 TTL, l-613 overvoltage
linear voltage-controlled, I-701 TTL, 1MHz to 10MHz, 1-178 comparator to detect, 11-107
low-distortion, 1-570 TTL, television display using, Il-372 monitor for, III-762
low-frequency, 111-428 TTL-compatible crystal, 1-197 protection circuit, 11-96, II-496, III-513
low-frequency crystal, 11-146, 1-184 tube type crystal,-I-192 undervoltage and, indicator, 1-150®
low-frequency TTL, 11-595 tunable frequency, 11-425
low-noise crystal, 11-145
Miller, 1-193
tunable single comparator, 1-69
varactor tuned 10 MHz ceramic resona-
p
neon flasher, two-state, III-200 tor, 11-141 pager, pocket-size, III-288
one-second, 1 kHz, 11-423 variable, II-421 PALINTSC decoder, RGB input, III-717
one-shot, voltage-controlled high speed, variable, four -decade, single control for, palette' video' m-720
Il-266 Il-424 paruring circuit, two channel, 1-57
overtone crystal, 11-146, 1-176, 1-180 wriable, wide range, 11-429 paper sheet discriminator, copying
overtone, crystal switching, 1-183 variable-duty cycle, fixed-frequency, m- machines, III-339
parallel mode...aperiodic crystal, 1-196 422 paper tape reader, 11-414
phase shift, 11-66, 1-68 voltage-controlled (see also voltage- parallel connections, telephone, III-611
Pierce crystal, 11~144 controlled oscillators), III-735 party-line intercom, 11-303
Pierce harmonic, 11-192, 1-199 voltage-controlled, 11-702, 1-704 passive bridge, differentiator tunable
Pierce, 1-195 voltage-controlled, precision, III-431 notch filter, 11-403
precision voltage-controlled, 1-702 wide-frequency range, 11-262 passive mixer, 11-58
precision, 20 ns switching, 1-729 wide-range, 1-69, ID-425 passive tone control circuit, II-689
precision, 100 rnA load switching, 1-730 wide-range, variable, 1-730 PCB continuity tester, 11-342
quadrature, ITI-428 Wien-bridge, l-62-63, I-70, Ill-429 peak decibel meter, Ill-348
quadrature output, 1..:729 Wren~bridge, low-voltage, III-432 peak detector, 11-174,11-175,11-434-436
quadrature-output, square-wave genera- Wien-bridge, sinewave, l-66, 1-70 analog, with digital hold, III-153
tor, ID-585 Wien-bridge, variable, ID-424 digital, Ill-160
R/C, l-612 XOR-gate, Ill-429 high-bandwidth, III-161
•reflection, crystal-controlled, ill-136 yelp, Il-577 high-frequency, 11-175
773
peak detector (con 't.) photocell, monostable, self-adjust trigger, plant watering monitor, 11-245
high-speed, l-232 11-329 plant waterer, l-443
low·drift, III·156 photocurrent integrator, TI-326 playback amplifier, tape, I-77
negative, 1·225, 1·234 photodiode circuits PLL/BC receiver, 11-526
positive, IU-169, l-225, 1-235, 11-435 amplifier, III-672 plug-in remote telephone ringer, II-627
ultra-low drift, 1-227 amplifier, low-noise, III-19 pocket pager, III-288
voltage, precision, 1-226 current to voltage converter, 11-128 polarity converter, 1-166
wide-bandwidth, III-162 sensor amplifier, TI-324 polarity-reversing amplifiers, low-power,
wide-range, DI~152 amplifier, 1-361 III-16
peak meter, LED, III-333 comparator, precision, 1-360 portable battery chargers, ni-cad, III-57
peak program detector, 111-771 level detector, precision, 1-365 portable power amplifier, III-452
peak-to-peak converter, precision ac/dc, PIN, thermally stabilized signal condi- position indicator/controller, tape recorder,
11-127 tioner with, 11-330 11-615
period counter, 100 MHz, frequency and, PIN-to-frequency converters, III-120 positive input/negative output charge
11-136 source follower, III-419 pump, ill-360
pest-repeller, ultrasonic, 111-699, III-706, photoelectric ac power switch, III-319 positive peak detector, 11-435
III-707 photoelectric alarm system, IT-4 positive regulator, NPN/PNP boost, III-475
pH meter, l-399 photoelectric controlled flasher, 11-232 power amps, 11-450-459, III-450456
pH probe, 1-399, III-50! photoelectric smoke alann, line operated, 2 to 6 watt audio amplifier with preamp,
phase detector, III-440-442 1-596 11-451
10-bit accuracy, II-176 photoelectric smoke detector, 1-595 !OW, 1-76
phase selector/sync rectifier/balanced photoelectric switch, 11-321 12 W low dis-tortion, 1-76
modulator, IIT-441 synchronous, II-326 25-watt, 11-452
phase sequence, III-441 photoflash, electronic, III-449 90W, safe area protection, 11-459
phase difference, 0 to 180 degree, 11-344 photographic circuits, 11-443-449, III-443- am radio, I-77
phase indicator, 11-439 449 audio, 11-451, III-454
phase meter, 1-406 auto-advance projector, 11-444 audio, 20-W, III-456
phase selector, phase detector/sync camera alarm trigger, III-444 audio, 50-W, III-451
rectifier/balanced modulator, III-441 contrast meter, II-44 7 audio, 6-W, with preamp, III-454
phase sequence circuits, TI-437-442 darkroom enlarger timer, 111-445 audio, booster, 11-455
detector, II-439, III-441, II-442 electronic flash trigger, 11-448 bridge audio, 1-81
detector, version II, Il-441 enlarger timer, 11-446 bull horn, II-453
indicator, TI-439, 1-476 flash meter, III-446 class-D, III-453
rc circuit, phase sequence reversal photoflash, electronic, III-449 hybrid, III-455
detection by, 11-438 shutter speed tester, 11-445 inverting, 1-79
reversal, rc circuit to detect, II-438 slide timer, III-448 low·power audio, 11-454
three phase tester, 11-440 slide-show timer, III-444 noninverting ac, 1-79
phase splitter, precision, III-582 sound trigger for flash unit, 11-449 noninverting, 1-79
phase tracking three-phase square wave timer, 1-485 output-stage booster, III-452
generator, II-598 xenon flash trigger, slave, III-447 portable, III-452
phasor gun, 1-606 photomultiplier output-gating circuit, 11- rear speaker ambience amplifier, 11-458
phono amplifier, l-80-81 516 rf, 1296-MHz solid state, III-542
magnetic pickup, 1-89 picoammeter, 11-154, I-202, III-338 rf, 5W, 11-542
stereo, bass tone control. 1-670 circuit for, 11-157 switching, l-33
phono preamp, 1-91 guarded input circuit, 11-156 two meter 10 W, 1-562
equalized, IIT-671 pico ampere 70 voltage converter with walkman amplifier, 11-456
LM382, 1-90 gain, 1~170 power booster, I-28, 1-33
magnetic, III-37, 1-91 picture fixer/inverter, IIT-722 power control, burst, III-362
photo conductive detector amplifier, four Pierce crystal oscillator, 11-144 power disconnector, low voltage, 11-97
quadrant, 1-359 1-MHz, III-134 power failure alarm, 1-581-582
photo memory switch for ac power con- low-frequency, III-133 power gain test circuit, 60 MHz, 1-489
trol, 1-363 piezoelectric alarm, 1-12 power inverters, Ill-298
photo stop action, 1-481 piezoelectric fan-based temperature 12 VDC-to-117 VAC at 60Hz, III-294
photo conductive detector amplifier, four controller, III-627 medium, III-296
quadrant, 1-359 PIN pbotodiode-to-frequency converters, MOSFET, III-295
photo memory switch for ac power con- III-12Q power loss detector, 11-175
trol, 1-363 pink noise generator, 1-468 power meter, I-489
photo stop action, 1-481 plant watering gauge, IT-248 audio, I-488
774
frequency and, 11·250 monitors for, 11--491--497, III--493-495 microphone, l-88
rf, l-16 off-line fiyback regulator, 11--481 magnetic phono, I-91, III-673
SWR, l-16 overvoltage protection circuit, 11-496 medica! instrument, 11·349
power op amp/audio amp, high slew rate, overvoltages in, comparator to detect, microphone, 11--45
I-82 II-107 microphone, tone control for, 11-687
power outage light, line.operated, Ill--415 power-switching circuit, 11-466 NAB tape playback, professional, III-38
power pack for battery operated devices, programmable, Ill-467 NAB, record, III-673
I-509 protection circuit, 11--497 NAB, two-pole, III-673
power protection circuit, 1·515 protection for, fast acting, I-518 oscilloscope, III-437
power reference, 0 to 20 V, l-694 push-pull, 400V/60W, Il-473 oscilloscope/counter, III-438
power supply, 11-460--486, III--464 radiation-hardened 125A linear regula- phono, 1-91
5V including momentary backup, 11--464 tor, 11-468 phono, magnetic, III-37
5V, 0.5A, 1-491 regulated, +15V 1-A, III-462 read-head, automotive circuits, III-44
8-amp regulated, mobile equipment regulated, -15V 1-A, Ill-463 RIAA, IU-38
operation, 11--461 regulated split, I-492 RIAA/NAB ~pensation, I-92
lOA regulator, current and thermal SCR preregulator for, 11-482 stereo, 11-43, 11-45
protection, 11-474 single supply voltage regulator, 11-471 tape, 1-90
12-14V regulated 3A, II-480 split, I-512 thermocouple instrumentation amplifier,
90V rms voltage regulator with PUT, 11- stand-by, non-volatile CMOS RAMs, 11- III-283
479 477 tone control, 1-675
500kHz switching inverter for 12V, 11- switch mode, ll-470 tone control, IC, l-673
474 switchhig, Ill-458 tone control, mixer, 1-58
adustable current limit and output switching, 50-W off-line, III-473 transformerless microphone, unbal-
voltage, 1·505 switching, variable, 100-KHz multiple- anced inputs in, 1-88
arc lamp, 25W, Il-476 output, III-488 two meter, handitalkies, 1-19
arc-jet, starting circuit, III-479 three-rail, III-466 UHF-TV, III-546
balance indicator, 111494 uninterruptible +5V, Ill-477 ultra low leakage, 11-7, 1-38
battery charger and, 14V, 4A, ll-73 uninterruptible, personal computer, 11- VHF, 1-560
bench top, Il-472 462 precise audio clipper, 11-394
bipolar, battery instruments, 11--475 variable, 111-487-492, Ill-487 precise wave generator, 11-274
charge pool, III--469 variable current source, lOOmA to 2A, precision AiD converter, I-49
de to de SMPS variable 18V to 30 V out Il-471 precision absolute value circuit, I-37
at 0.2A, II-480 voltage regulator, ll-484 precision amplifier, I-40
dual output bench, I·505 power switching, complementary ac, 1·379 digitally programmable input and gain,
dual polarity, I-497 power-consumption limiters, 111-572 Il-335
fault monitor, single-supply, III--495 power-down precision-attenuator, digitally selectable, I-
fixed, III-457-477 memory save power supply for, 11-486 52
fixed pnp regulator, zener diode to protection circuit, Il-98 precision linearized platinum RTD signal
increase voltage output, 11--484 power-failure alann, III-511 conditioner, 11-639
general-purpose, III-465 power-line connections monitor, ac, III- precision peak to peak ac/dc converter, TI-
glitches in, comparator to detect, 11-107 510 127
high voltage, III-478-486, II-487-490 power-line modem, III-82 precision power booster, I-33
high voltage, Geiger counter supply, 11- power-on reset, ll-366 precision process control interface, I-30
489 power-switching circuit, 11-466 precision summing amplifier, 1-36
high voltage, simple design for, 11--489 power/frequency meter,-11-250 precision voltage to frequency converter,
high voltage, ultra high voltage genera- preamp, I-41 ll-131
tor, 11--488 2 to 6 watt audio amplifier with, ll-451 precision weighted resistor programmable
HV regulator with foldback current 6-meter, 20 dB gain and low NF, 11-543 gain amplifier, 11-9
limiting, Il-478 audio power amplifier, 6-W and, III-454 preregulated high-voltage power supply,
increasing zener diode power rating, 11- equalized, for magnetic phono car- Ill-480
485 tridges, III-671 preregulator, tracking, III-492
isolated feedback, III--460 frequency counter, III-128 prescaler probe, amplifying, 650 MHz, 11-
low ripple, I-500 general purpose, I-84 502
low-volts alarm, 11-493 high level, tone control and, II-688 preserved input voltage-to-frequency
memory save on power-down, 11--486 IC, tone control and, III-657 converter, III-753
micropower bandgap reference, 11--470 LM382 phono, I-91 probe, III-4960503, Il-498-504
microprocessor power supply watchdog, low noise 30MHz, 1-561 100 K megaolun de, 1-524
Il-494 low noise transformerless--balanced ac hot wire, 1-581
775
probe (con't.) crowbars, electric, III-510 speed control/energy-recovering brake,
audible TTL, 1-524 heater protector, servo-sensed, ITI-624 IU-380
audio-rf signa] tracer, 1-527 line-voltage monitor,·lll-511 very short, measurement circuit, III-
capacitance buffer, low-input, 111-498 logic, overvoltage, 1-517 336
capacitance buffer, stabilized low-input, overvoltage, fast, III-513 pulse/tone dialer, single-chip, III-603
III-502 power-failure alann, III-511 pulsed infrared-diode emitter drive, IT-292
clamp-on·current compensator, 11-501 power-line cmmections monitor, ac, III- pulsers, laser diode, III-311
CMOS logic, 1-523 510 pump, positive input/negative output
FET. III-501 power supply, 11-497, 1-518 charge, 1-418
general purpose rf detector, 11-500 proximity sensor, 1-135-136, 1-344, 11- pump controller, single chip, 11-247
ground-noise, battery-powered, III-500 505-507. Ill-514-518 push on/off electronic switch, 11-359
logic, I -526 alarm for, 11-506 push-pull power supply, 400V/60W, 11-473
logic, CMOS universal, III-499 capacitive, ITI-515 PUT battery chargers, III-54
logic, digital, III-497 field disturbance sensor/alann, 11-507 PUT long duration timer, 11-675
logic, memory-tester, 1-525 SCR alarm, III-517 pyrometer, optfual, 1-654
microvolt, 11-499 self-biased, changing field, I-135
pH, l-399, III-501 switch, ITI-517
prescaler, 650 MHz amplifying, 11-502 UHF movement detector, III-516 Q
rt, III-498, III-502, l-523 pseudorandom sequencer, ITI-301 Q-multiplier
single injector-tracer, 11-500 PTC thennistor automotive temperature audio, 11-20
test, 4-220V, III-499 indicator, II-56 transistorized, 1-566
tone, digital IC testing, 11-504 pulse amplitude discriminator, III-356 QRP CW transmitter, III-690
process control interface, I -30 pulse coincidence detector, 11-178 QRP SWR bridge, Ill-336
processor, CW signal, l-18 pulse delay, dual-edge trigger, III-147 quad op amp, simultaneous wavefonn
product detector, 1-223 pulse detector, missing-pulse, III-159 generator using, 11-259
programmable amplifier, 11-334, III-504- pulse divider, non-integer programmable, quadrature oscillator, III-428
508 Ill-226, Il-511 square-wave generator, III-585
differential-input, programmable gain, pulse extractor, square-wave, III-584 quartz crystal oscillator, two-gate, III-136
III-507 pulse generator, 11-508-511 quick-deactivating battery sensor, ITI-61
inverting, programmable-gain, III-505 2-ohm, Ill-231
noninverting, progranunable-gain, III- 300-V, III-521
505 astable multivibrator, 11-510 R
precision, digital control, III-506 clock, 60Hz, 11-102 race-car motor/crash sowtd generator, III-
precision, digitally programmable, III- CMOS short-pulse, 111-523 578
506 delayed, 11-509 radar detector, 11-518-520
variable-gain, wide-range digital control, EEPROM, 5V-powered, III-99 one·diip, 11-519
III-506 logic, III-520 radiation detectors, 11-512-517
programmable attenuator, III-30, 1-53 sawtooth-wave generator and, III-241 alarm, II-4
programmable counters, low-power wide- single, Il-175 micropower, 11-513
range, III-126 very low duty-cycle, III-521 monitor, wideband, 1-535
programmable-frequency sine-wave voltage-controller and, Ill-524 photomultiplier output-gating circuit, 11-
oscillators, III-424 wide-ranging, III-522 516
progranunable-gain amplifier with select- pulse height-to-width converters, TII-119 pocket-sized Geiger counter, Il·514
able input, 1-32 pulse sequence detector, 11-172 radiation-hardened 125A linear regulator,
programmable gate, 1-394 pulse tone alann, 1-11 TI-468
programmable multi-tone ringer, 11-634 pulse train-to-sinusoid converters, III-122 radio
programmable twin-T bridge filter, 11-221 pulse·dialing telephone, III-610 AM/FM clock, I-543
programmable voltage-controlled fre- pulse-position modulator, III-375 automotive, receiver for, 11-525
quency synthesizer, 11-265 pulse-width-to-volate converters, III-117 clock, 1-542
programmable voltage-controlled timer, 11- pulse-width modulators (PWM) FM. l-542
676 brightness controller, III-307 radio control motor speed controller, 1-576
projector control, microprocessor selected, 11-116 radio control receiver/decoder, 1-574
auto-advance for, 11-444 modulator,- III-376 radio controller, single SCR, ll-361
voltage regulator for lamp in, 11-305 motor speed control, 11-376, III-389 radioactive radiation, micropower detector
proportional temperature controller, III- multiplier circuit for, III-214, 11-264 for, 11-513
626 out-of-bounds detector, III-158 rain warning bleeper, 11-244
protection circuit, III-509-513 proportional-controller circuit, 11-21 RAM, non-volatile CMOS, stand-by power
circuit breaker, ac, III-512 servo amplifier, III-379 supply, 11-4 77
776
ramp generator, Il-521-523, ill-525-527 fiber optic, 1-269 -15V 1-A, III-463
accurate 1 m
•526 zero center indicator for FM, 1-338 regulated split power supplies, 1-492
integrator and, initial condition reset, receiver monitor, 11-526 regulator, J-511
ill-527 recorder, tape, 1-419 0 to 22 V, 1-510
linear, 11-270 recorder, telephone, III--616 0 to 30 V, 1-510
variable reset level, ll-267 recording amplifier, I·90 0-lOV at 3A adjustable, 1-511
voltage-controlled, 11-523 recording 3W switching application circuit for, I-
ranging system, ultrasonic, ill-697 automatic tape, 1·21 492
RC audio oscillator, lli-555 timer used as, telephone, automatic, ll.s22 5.0 V/l.OA, 1-500
II-567 rectifier, Il-527-528, III-536-537 6.0A variable output switching, 1-513
RC circuit, phase sequence reversal by, ll- absolute value, ideal full wave, II·528 10-A, 1-510
438 averaging filter and, 1-229 10-A, adjustable, ill-492
RC oscillator, emitter-coupled, ll-266 diodeless, precison, ID-537 15V/1A, with remote sense, 1-499
read-head pre-amplifier, automotive fast half wave, 1·228 15V slow turn-on, IU-477
circuits, lli-44 full-wave, precision, IU-537 45 VIlA switching, l-499
readback system, disc/tape phase modu- half-wave, 1-230, 11-528 100 Vrms voltage, 1-496
lated, 1-89 high impedance precision, for ac/dc -15 V negative, 1-499
readout, rf current, 1-22 converter, 1-164 a<ijustable output, J:506, 1-512
rear speaker ambience amplifier, 11-458 low forward-drop, III-4 71 battery charging, 1-117
receiver, 11-524-526, m-528-535 precision full wave, 1-234 bucking, high-voltage, III-481
50kHz FM optical transmitter, 1-361 precision, 1-422 constant voltage/constant current, 1-508
AM radio, ill-529 synchronous, phase detector-selector/ current and thermal protection, III-10
AM, carrier-current circuit, lll-81 m
balanced modulator, -441 amp, II-474
AM, integrated, III-535 redial, electronic telephone set with, lll- dual-tracking, III-462
analog, 1-545 606 fixed pnp, zener diode to increase
car radio, capacitive diode tuning/ reference voltage output of, D-484
electronic MW /JJN switching, II-525 +I- lOY, 1-696 Oyback, off-line, II-481
carrier ClllTent, 1-143 +/-3V, 1-696 high stability lA, 1-502
carrier system, 1-141 +1-SV, 1-696 high stability, 1-499
CMOS line, 1-546 0 to 20 volt power, 1-694 HV, foldback current limiting, 11-478
compact IR, r-342 high stability voltage, 1-696 low voltage, 1-511
fiber nptic, 10 MHz, 11-205 low power regulator, I-695 linear, low cost, low dropout, III-459
fiber nptic, 50-Mb/s, III-181 precision bipolar output, 1-698 mobile voltage, l-498
fiber nptic, digital, III-178 precision dual tracking voltage, 1-698 multiple output switching, for use with
fiber optic, low-cost, 100-M baud rate, precision low noise buffered, 1-698 MPU, 1-513
III-180 precision micropower 10 V, l--697 negative, floating, 1-498
FM MPX/SCA, III-530 precision reference 0 to 20 volt power, negative, switching, 1-498
FM narrow-band, ill-532 1-699 negative, voltage, 1-499
FM tuner, 111-529 precision square wave voltage, 1-696 positive, floating, l-498
FM, carrier-current circuit, lli-80 precision standard cell replacement, 1- positive, switching, 1-498
TSK data, III-533 699 positive, with NPN/PNP boost, III-475
ham-band, ill-534 roltage, 1-695, ill-773-775 positive, with PNP boost, III-471
high sensitivity, 30nW fiber optic, 1-270 reference clock, three phase clock from, pre-, SCR, II-482
IC carrier-current, 1-146 II-101 pre-, tracking, III-492
infrared, III-274, 11-292 reference supply, low voltage adjustable, 1- precision high voltage, 1-509
line-type, digital data, ill-534 695 radiation-hardened 125A linear, D-468
line-type, low-cost, lli-532 reference voltage amplifier, 1-36 remote shutdown, 1-510
low sensitivity, 300nW fiber optic, 1-271 reflection osdllator, crystal-controlled, m- short circuit protection, low voltage,-i-
monitor for, 11-526 136 502
optical, 1-364, 11-418 refiectometer, 1-16 single ended, 1-493
PLL/BC, II-526 register, shift, 11-366 slow tum on 15 V, 1-499
radio control, decoder and, 1-574 register driver, Shift, 1-418 switching, 3-A, III-472
RS-232 to CMOS, ill-102 register, shift, 1-380 switching, 5.0/6.0A 25kHz, with sepa-
single transistor carrier current, 1-145 regulated de to de converter, n-125 rate ultrastable reference, l-497
signal-reception alarm, ID·270 regulated power supply switching, 200kHz, 1-491
tracer, ID-357 8-arnp, D-461 switching, step down, 1-493
ultrasonic, ill-698, IU-705 12 to 14V at 3 A, II-480 switching, high-current inductorless, III-
very high sensitivity, low speed 3nW + 15V 1-A, III-462 476
777
regulator, (can't.) remote thennometer, 11-659 5 MHz VFO, II-551
switching, low-power, III-490 repeater transmitter and, 27MHz and 49MHz, 1-
voltage, 11-484, 1-501 European-type, tone burst generator 680
variable power supply, current source for, III-74 rfpower
and, Ill-490 fiber optic link, 1-270 meter, 1-16
voltage, 10V high stability, III-468 telephone, III-607 sidetone oscillator, 1-24
voltage, 5-V low-dropout, ill-461 repeater beeper, 1-19 switch, ID-592
voltage, ac, III-477 reset, power-on, 11-366 wide-range meter, III-332
voltage, high-voltage, III-485 resistance/continuity meters, III-538-540 rf probe, Ill-498, III-502, l-523
voltage, negative, III-474 cable tester, III-539 rf signal tracer probe, audio, 1-527
voltage, PUT, 90V nns voltage, 11-479 continuity tester, III-540 rf sniffer, 11-210
voltage. single supply, 11-471 olunmeter, linear, 111-540 rf switch, low-cost, ID-361
voltage, variable, III-491 resistance controlled digital oscillator, Il- rfvoltmeter, 1-405, ID-766
rejection filter, 1-283 426 rf-actuated relays, III-270
relaxation oscillator, SCR, III-430 resistance measurement, low parts count RGB video amplifier, lli-709
relay, 11-529-532 ratiometric, 1-550 RGB-composite video signa] converter,
10 A 25Vdc solid state, l-623 resistance meter, II-533 Ill-714
ac, optically coupled, 111-418 single chip checker in, IT-534 RlAA pre amp, III-38
ac, photon coupler in, 11-412 resistance ratio detector, II-342 ring counter
audio operated, 1-608 resistance to voltage converter, I-161-162 20kHz, Il-135
capacitance, I-130 resistor multiplier, 11-199 incandescent lamps, 1-301
canier operated, 1-575 resonator oscillator, varactor tuned 10 low cost, 1-301
de latching, optically coupled, III-417 MHz ceramic, 11-141 SCR, Ill-195
de solid-state, normally open/closed, restorer, video de, III-723 variable timing, II-134
Ill-412 reverb enhancement system, stereo, 1-606 ring detector
driver for, delay and controls closure reverb system, stereo, 1-602 low line loading, 1-634
time with, 11-530 reversing motor drive, de control signal, telephone, III-619, 11-623
integrated solid state, 11-408 II-381 telephone, optically interfaced, III-611
light beam operated on/off, 1-366 rf amplifier, 11-537-549;-111-54-2-547 ring extender switch, remote, I-630
light isolated solid state power, 1-365 1 watt/2.3 GHz, 11-540 ring indicator, telephone auto answer, 1-
rf-actuated, 111-270 10 watt/225-400 MHz, II-548 635
ringer, telephone, 111-606 10 dB-gain, ill-543 ring-around flasher, LED, ill-194
solid-state ZVS, antiparallel SCR 2-30 MHz, III-544 ringer
output, III-416 5-W 150-MHz, Ill-546 high isolation, 11-625
solid-state, III-569-570, 111-569 SW power, 11-542 programmable multi-tone, 11-634
solid-state, ac, III-570 6-meter kilowatt, 11-54-5 remote, plug-in, 11-627
sound actuated, 1-610 6-meter preamp, 20dB gain and low NF, telephone or extension phone, 1-628
telephone, 1-631 11-543 tele!Done tone, 1-627
time delayed, I-663 6().W 225-400 MHz, III-547 telephone, piezoelectric device, I-636
tone actuated, 1-576 125 Watt/150 MHz, II-544 telephone, relay, III-619
TR circuit, 11-532 AGC, wideband adjustable, III-545 tone, 11-630,-II-631
triac, contact protection, 11-531 broadcast-band, ill-264, 11-546 RLC oscillator, lll-423
ultra precise long time delay, 1-219 common-gate, 450-MHz, III-544 rms-to-dc converter, 11-129, 1-167
remote ac electronic thennostat, two- isolation amplifier, II-547 thermal, 50-MHz, ID-117
wU., l-639 low distortion 1.6 to 30MHz SSB driver, road ice alarm, ll-57
remote amplifier, 1-99 II-538 robot
remote control meter-driver, 1-MHz, ITI-545 eyes for, 11-327
carrier, current, I-146 power amp, 1296-MHz solid-state, III- light-seeking, II-325
lamp or appliance, I-370 542 robot eyes, 11-327
servo system, 1-575 UHF-TV preamp, III-546 rocket launcher, II-358
transmitter/receiver, IR, 1-342 rf burst generators, portable, III-73 rotation detector, II-283
remote loudspeaker via IR link, 1-343 rf current readout, I-22 roulette, electronic, 11-276
remote on/off switch, I-577 rf detector, 11-500 RS-232
remote ringer, telephone, III-614 rf genie, II-421 CMOS-to,line receiver, III-102
remote sensor, precision temperature rf modulator, Ill-372, Ill-374, l-436 dataselector, automatic, ID-97
transducer, 1-649 double sideband suppressed canier, 11- drive circuit, low-power, Ill-175
remote telephone monitor, II-626 369 LED circuit, III~103
remote temperature sensing, 11-654 rf oscillator, I-550-551, 1-572 RS flip fiop, I-395
778
RTD signal conditioner tester, III-344 senro motor drive amplifier, 11-384
5V powered linearized platinum, 11-650 time delay circuit with, 11-670 servo system
precision, linearized platinum, 11-639 triggering series, optically coupled, III- controller, III-384-
rumble filter, III-192, 1-297, 111-660 411 remote control, 1-575
scrambler, telephone, Il-618 shaper, sine wave, 11-561
s
S meter, III-342
scratch filter, III-189, III-660
second-audio program adapter, III-142
security a1arm, l-4
shift register, 11-366, 1-380
driver for, 1-418
shifter
safe area protection, power amplifier with, security circuits, III-3-9, III-3 0-180 degree phase, 1-477
ill-459 security monitor, home system, 1-6 0~360 degree phase, 1·477
safety flare, 11-608 security system, vehicular, 1-5 single transistor phase, 1-476
sample and hold, 111-548-553, 11-552-559, seH-oscillating fl.yback converter, 11-128, ship siren, electronic, 11-576
1-590 Ill-748 short-circuit proof lamp driver, 11-310
charge compensated, 11-559 semiconductor fail-safe alarm, III-6 shortwave converters, III -114
fast and precise, 11-556 sense of slope tilt meter, 11-664 shortwave FET booster, I-561
filtered, III-550 sensing circuit, nanoampere, 100 megohm shutoff, automatic, battery-powered
high accuracy, l-590 input impedance, 1-203 projects, III-61
high perfonnance, Il-557 sensing control circuit, water level, 1-389 shutter speed tester, 11-445
high speed amplifier, 1-587 sensor (see also alarms; detectors) sidetone oscillator, rf-powered, 1-24
high speed, III-550, 1-587-588, 1-590 0-50C, four channel temperature, 1-648 signa] attenuator, ana1og, microprocessor-
infinite, 11-558 ambient light ignoring optica1, III-413 controlled, III·101
inverting, III-552 capacitive, alarm for, III-515 signal combiner, III-368
JFET, 1-586 cryogenic .fluid level, 1-386 signa] conditioner
low drift, 1-586 differentia] temperature, 1-655 5V powered linearized platinum RTD,
offset adjustment for, 1-588 hwnidity, Ill-266-267, 11-285-287 II-650
three-channel multiplexer with, lll-396 IC temperature, 1-649 bridge circuit, strain gauge, 11-85
track-and-hold, III-552 isolated temperature, 1-651 LVDT, ll-338
track-and-hold, basic, III-549 light level, 1-367 precision, linearized platinum RTD, 11-
version II, 11-553 light, back~biased GaAs LED, U-321 639
X-1000, I-589 logarithmic light, I-366 thennally stabilized PIN photodiode, 11-
sampling circuit, hour time delay, 11-668 magnetic current, low-power, III-341 330
saturated standard cell amplifier, 11-296 motion, unidirectional, 11-34-6 --signal distribution amplifier, I-39
sawtooth waves photodiode amplifier for, U-324 signa] generator
oscillator modulator, III-373 predson temperature transducer with high frequency, 11-150
pulse generator and, III-241 remote, l-649 square-wave,-III-583-585, III-583
SCA decoder, 11-166, 11-170, I-214 proximity, II-505, III-514-518 staircase, III-586-588, III-586
SCA demodulator, III-565, III-150 remote, loop transmitter for, III-70 two-function, III-234-
scale, digital weight, 1-398 remote temperature, 1-654 signal injectors, III-554-555
scaler, inverse, l-422 self-biased proximity, detected changing signal source, crystal-controlled, 11-143
scanner, bar codes, 111-363 field, l-135 signal-supply, voltage-follower amplifiers,
Schmitt trigger, ill-153, I-593 simple differentia] temperature, 1-654 Ill-20
crystal oscillator, 1-181 temperature (see also temperature simple field strength meter, 11-275
programmable hysteresis, 1-592 sensor), 11-645, 1-648, 1-657 simple metronome, 11-354
TIL-compatible, 11-111 temperature, III-629-631, III-629 simulated inductor, 11-199
without hysteresis, 1-592 voltage-level, III-770 simulators, EKG, three-chip, III-350
scratch filter using LM287, 1-297 zero crossing detector with tempera- sine-wave descrambler, 11-163
SCR circuits ture, I-733 sine-wave generators, square-wave and,
chaser, IH-197 sequence indicator,_ phase, I-476 tunable oscillator, III-232
crowbar, 11-496 sequence~ pseudorandom, III-301 sine-wave oscillator, III-556-559, Il-560-
flasher, III-197 sequential .flasher, 11-233 570
flip flop, II-367 ac, 11-238 555 used as RC audio oscillator, 11-567
gas/smoke detector, III-251 automotive tum signals, 1-109 adjustable, 11-568
preregu)ator, ll-482 sequential timer, III-651 audio, ll-562
proximity alarm, 111-517 series connectors, telephone, III-609 audio, generator, III-559
radio control using, II-361 servo amplifier audio, simple generator for, 11-564
relaxation flasher, 11-230 400 Hz, II-386 low distortion, 11-561
relaxation oscillator, III-430 bridge type ac, 1-458 one-IC audio generator, 11-569
ring counter, III-195 de, 1-457 programmable-frequency, III-424
779
sine-wave oscillator (con't.) rf, Il-210 sound trigger for flash unit, II-449
relaxation, modified U]T for clean audio snooper, FM, III-680 sources
sinusoids, II-566 socket debugger, coprocessor, III-104 bilateral current, 1-694-695
sine wave shaper, ll-561 soil moisture meter, III -208 constant current, l-697
two-tone generator, ll-570 solar-powered battery charger, 11-71 inverting bipolar current, I -697
variable, super low-distortion, III-558 solar-triggered switch, 111-318 noninverting bipolar current, l-695
Wien bridge, l-66, l-70, 11-566 solenoid drivers, III-571-573 programmable voltage, l-694
Wten bridge, CMOS drip in, 11-568 12-V latch, III-572 zenerless precision millivolt, I-696
Wien-bridge, low-dlstortion, thermal hold-current limiter, III-573 source follower, photodlode, 111-419
stable, 111-557 power-consumption limiter, 111-572 SPDT switch, ac-static, 11-612
Wien-bridge, single-supply, III-558 solid-state electric fence charger, II-203 space war, 1-606
sine-wave output buffer amplifier, l-126 solid-state high-voltage supply, remote speaker system
sine-wave to square wave converter, 1-170 adjustable, III-486 FM carrier current remote, 1-140
sine/cosine generator, 0.1 to 10kHz, II- solid-state relays, III-569-570, 111-569 hand-held transceivers, amplifiers for,
260 ac, JII-570 III-39
sine/square wave oscillator, 1-65 solid-state stepping switch, 11-612 overload protector for, 11-16
single-IC auto alarm, Ill-7 solid-state switch, line-activated, tele- wireless, IR, III-272
single-lamp flasher, III-196 phone, II-!-617 speakerphone, III-608, 11-611
single-pulse generator, 11-175 sound-activated circuits speech activity detector, III-615, 11-617
single-supply function generator, 11-273 decoder, III-145 speech compressor, 11-15
single-supply voltage regulator, 11-471 relay, 1-610 speech filter, 300Hz-3kHz bandpass, I-
single-timer IC square wave tone burst, switch, III-580, 11-581, III-600, Ill-601 295
TI-89 switch, ac, 11-581 speech network, 11-633
single-tone burst generator, 11-87 sound generators, 111-559-568, 11-585-593 speed alarm, I-95
sirens, JII-560-568, Il-571, l-606 allophone, III-733 speed controller
adjustable-rate programmable- autodrum, 11-591 closed-loop, 111-385
frequency, 111-563 bagpipes, electronic, III-561 fans, automatic, Ill-382
electronic, Ill-566 birr! chirp, III-577, Il-588, 1-605 de motor, l-454
7400, Il-575 bongos, 11-587 de motor, direction control and, l-452
hee-haw, Ul-565, 11-578 chug-chug, III-576 de variable, fiber optic, 11-206
high power, 11-578 funk box, 11-593 feedback, 1-447
linear IC, lll-564 fuzz box, III-575 fixed speed, driver and, III-387
multifunction system for, II-574 race-car motor/crash, III-578 high torque motor, 1-449
ship, electronic, 11-576 sound effects, III-574-578 load-dependent, 1-451
Star Trek red alert, 11-577 steam locomotive whistle, III-568, II- 589 model trains and cars, 1-455
toy, 11-575 steam train/prop plane, II-592 motor, I-450, 1-453
TTL gates in, 11-576 super, ill-564 motor. de, reversible, driver and, III-
two-state, III-567 train chttffer, II-588 388
two-tone, III-562 tremolo circuits, III-692-695, III-692 motor, high-efficiency, III-390
varying frequency warning alarm, 11-579 twang-twang, 11-592 PWM, energy-recovering brake and,
wailing, III-563 unusual fuzz, 11-590 III-380
yelp oscillator, III-562, 11-577 voice circuits, III-729-734, lll-729 radio control, 1-576
six decade range ammeter, 11-153, 11-156 waa-waa circuit, 11-590 series wound motors, l-448
sixteen-bit AID converter, 11-26 sound-level shunt-wound motors, l-456
slide timer, III-448 meter, III-346 switched-mode, III-384-
slide-show timer, lll-444 meter/monitor, telephone, III-614 tachless, ill-386
sliding tone doorbell, II-34 sound light flash trigger, 1-481 tools and appliances, 1-446
slow-sweep windshieid wiper control, II-55 sound modulated light source,--1-609 universal motor, load dependent, 1-451
smart clutch, auto air conditioner, 111-46 sound-operated circuits, III-579-580, 11- speed warning device, 1-96, 1-101
smoke alarm, line operated photoelectric, 580-584 splitter, III-581-582
I-596 color organ, 11-583 battery, ill-66
smoke detector, III-246-253, II-278 color organ, basic, 11-584 phase, precision, III-582
gas, I-332 switch, III-580, IJ-581, 111-600, Ill-601 precision phase, I-477
ionization chamber, I-332-333 speech activity detector, telephone, 111- voltage, III-738, III-743
operated ionization type, 1-596 615 wideband, III-582
photoelectric, l-595 two way switch, 1-610 squarer, precision, 1-615
sniffer voice-operated switch, 111-580 square-wave generator, III-583-585, 11-
heat, electronic, III-627 vox box, 11-582 594-600
780
2MHz using two TTL gates, II-598 step up/step down de-de converters, III- coupled, ID-408
555 timer in, II-595 118 -ac-static SPDT, 11-612
astable multivibrator as, II-597 stepping motor driver, ll-376, III-390 adjustable light detection, 1-362
CMOS 555 astable, true rail-to-rail, 11- stepping switch, solid state, 11-612 analog, one MOSpower FET, 111-593
596 stereo amplifier, Av/200, 1-77 CMOS touch, I-137
duty-cycle multivibrator,- III-50-percent, stereo balance circuit, 11-603-605 contact, 1-136
Ill-584 stereo balance meter, ll-605, l-618-619 de static, ll-367
high--current oscillator, III-585 stereo balance tester, II-604 debouncer, 111-592
line frequency, 11-599 stereo decoder delay, auto courtesy light, III-42
low frequency TTL oscillator, 11-595 frequency division multiplex, 11-169 differential analog, 1-622
oscillator, II-597 time division multiplex, 11-18 DTL-TTL controlled buffered analog, I-
oscillator, with frequency doubled stereo demodulator, 11-159 621
output, 11-596 FM, l-544 FET dual-trace (oscilloscope), 11-432
phase tracking three-phase, Il-598 stereo mixer, four input, 1-55 Hall-effect, Ill-257
pulse extractor, III-584 stereo phonograph amplifer with bass tone high frequency, I-622
quadrature-outputs oscillator, III-585 control, l-670 high toggle rate, high frequency analog,
siDe-wave and, tunable oscillator, III-232 stereo power meter, III-331 I-621
three-phase, 11-600 stereo preamplifier, 11-43, Il-45 latching, double button touch, 1-138
triangle-wave and, Ill-239 stereo reception indicator, III-269 light operated, III-314, II-320
triangle-wave and, precision, III-242 stereo reverb systems, 1-602, 1-606 low current touch, 1-132
triangle-wave and, programmable, III- gain control in, ll-9 on/off inverter, III-594
225 stereo TV decoder,-II-167 on/off touch, II~91
triangle-wave and, wide-range, III-242 stimulator, constant-current, III-352 photocell memory, ac power control, 1-
square-wave tone burst generator stimulus isolator, III-351 363
single timer IC in, ll-89 stop light, garage, ll-53 photoelectric, U-321
square-to-sine wave converters, III-118 strain gauge photoelectric, syncluonous, 11-326
square wavefonn multiburst generator, 11- bridge excitation, III-71 proximity, ID-517
88 bridge signal conditioner, II-85 push on/off, 11-359
squelch, 11-394 instrumentation amplifier, ill-280 remote on/off, 1-577
AMIFM, l-547 strobe circuits, 11-606-610 remote ring extender, 1-630
squib firing circuits, 11-357 disco-, 11-610 rt, low-cost, III-361
SSB driver safety Hare, II-608 wlar-triggered, III-318
low distortion 1.6 to 30MHz, 11-538 simple, 11-607 solid state stepping, II-612
SSB transmitter tone burst generator, II-90 sonar transducer/,lll-703
crystal--controlled LO for, II-142 trip switch, sound activated, 1-483 ·sound activated, Ill-580, ll-581, Ill~OO,
stable optocoupler, 11-409 variable strobe, Ill-589-590, Ill-589 III-601
stable unity gain buffer stud finder, III-339 sound operated two way, 1-610
good speed and high input impedance, II-6 subhannonic frequencies, crystal- speed, 1-104
staircase generator, III-586-588, II-601- stabilized IC timer for, II-151 switching controller,_lll-383
602 subtractor, III-327 temperature control, low power zero
UA2240, Ill-587 successive approximation AiD converter, voltage, II-640
stand-by power supply, non-volatile CMOS ll-24, D-30 touch, l-131, I-135-136, III-661-665, ll-692
RAMs, II-477 summing amplifier, ill-16 touchomatic, 11-693
standard, precision calibration, 1-406 video, clamping circuit and, III-710 triac zero point, 11-311
standard cell amplifier, saturated, 11-296 sun tracker, 111-318 triac zero voltage, I -623
standing wave ratio (SWR) supply rails, current sensing in, 11-153 two channel, !~23
power meter, 1-16 suppressed-carrier, double-sideband, ultrasonic, 1-683
QRP bridge, ID-336 modulator, III-377 video, automatic, III-727
warning indicator, 1-22 sweep generator, 10.7 MHz, 1-472 video, general purpose, III-725
Star Trek red alert siren, II-577 sweep videO, high-perlormance,-III-728
start-and-run motor circuit, III-382 add-on triggered, 1-472 video/, very high off isolation, III-719
state of charge indicator, lithium battery, oscilloscope-triggered, III-438 voice-operated, III-580
Il-78 switched--capacitor analog-to-digital zero crosSing, 1-732
state-variable filter, III-189, 11-215 converters, III-23 zero point, 1-373
steam locomotive sound effect, 11-592 switch, II-611-612 zero-voltage switching, closed contact
steam locomotive whistle, III-568, II-589 ac, sound activated, 11-581 half-wave, 111-412
step-up switching regulator, 6V battery, ac power, photoelectric, III-319 zero-voltage switching, solid-state,
Il-78 ac switcher, high-voltage, optically optically coupled, III-410
781
switch and amplifier, voice activated, 1-608 tandem dimmer, II-312 ring detector, optically interfaced, m-
switch mode power supply, 11-470 tap, telephone, III-622 611
switched light, capacitance, 1-132 tape playback amplifier, 1-92 ringer, high isolation, 11-625
switched mode converter, + SOV push tape preamplifier, 1-90 ringez relay, III-606
pull, 1-494 tape-recorder circuits, I-419, III-599-601 scrambler, 11-618
switching circuits, III-591-594 extended-play circuit, ID-600 series connection, III-609
analog switch, one-MOSpower FET, III- flat-response amplifier, III-673 sound level meter monitor, III-614
593 interface for, II-614 speakerphone, III-608, 11-632
debouncer, III-592 playback amplifier, III-672 speech activity .detector, III-615, 11-617
latching, SCR-replacing, III-593 position indicator/controller, 11-615 speech network, 11-633
on/off inverters, III-594 sound-activated switch, III-600, III-601 status monitor using optoisolator, I -626
rf power switch, III-592 telephone-to-cassette interface, 111-618 switch, solid-state, line-activated, III-
switching inverter, 500 kHz, 12 V sys- tape recording 617
tems, II-474 amplifier for, 1-90 tap, Ul-622
switching- power amplifier, 1-33 automatic, 1-21 tape starter controlled by, I -632
switching power supply, ITI-458 tape starter, telephone controlled, I-632 tone-dialing, III-607
100-KHZ, multiple-output, III-488 telemetry demodulator, I-229 tone ringer for, I-628
50-W off-line, III-473 telephone-related circuits, 111-602-622, II- tone ringer II, II-631
switching regulator 616-635 tone ringer, I-627
3-A, 111-4 72 amplifier for, III-621 tone ringer, II-630
200kHz, 1-491 auto answer and ring indicator for, 1-635 Touchtone generator, III-609
5V/6A 25uHz, separate ultrastable automatic recording device, II -622 television-related circuits
reference, 1-497 blinker, II~9 audio amplifiers for, m-39
6.0A variable output, 1-513 blinking pbooe light monitor, 11-624 automatic tum off for, 1-577
application circuit, 3W, 1-492 cassette interface, III-618 cross-hatch generator, III-724
high-current inductorless, III-476 dial pulse indicator, III-613 IF amplifier and detector using MC130/
low-power, ill-490 dialed phone number vocalizer, III-731 MC1352, [_,;88
multiple output MPU, I-513 dialer, pulse/tone, single-chip, ill-603 modulator for, 11-433-434, 1-439
positive, 1-498 dual tone decoding, 11-620 sound IF or FM IF amplifier with
step down, 1-493 duplex line amplifier, 111-616 quadrature detector, 1-690
step-up, 6V__battery, II-78 eavesdnoppe~ ~ss, TIIT-620 stereQ, decoder for, 11-167
switching/mixing, silent audio, 1--59 frequency and volume controller, II-623 transmitter, III-676
synchronous photoelectric switch, D-326 hands-free telephone, III.,;Q5 TTL oscillator interfaces data for, II-372
sync separator, single-supply wide-range, handset encoder, 111-613 UHF preamplifier, III-546
111-715 handset tone dial encoder, 1-634 temperature alann, 11-4, 11-643
synthesizer bold button, 111-612, ll-628 adjustable threshold, IH44
four channel, 1-603 in use indicator, II-629 temperature compensated crystal oscilla-
frequency, programmable voltage- light for, 11-625 tor, 1-187
controlled, II-265 line interface, autopatch, I-635 temperature control, III-623-628, II-636-
music, 1-599 line monitor, 1-628 644, 1~1~3
musical hold, II-623 adjustable threshold alarm for, II-644
alarm for, ll~3
T musical ringer for, II-619
night light, telephone controlled, ill-604 circuit for, II-637
tachometer, 1-100, 1-102, II-175, III-335, off-hook indicator, l-633 dual-timer chip, liquid level monitor and,
340, 111-595-598 optoisolator status monitor, 1-626 11~3
calibrated, ill-598 parallel connection, TIIT-611 heater element, 11-642
closed loop, feedback control of, 11-390 piezoelectric ringer, 1-636 heater protector, servo-sensed, III-624
digital, 111-45, 11.,;1 plug-in remote ringer for, II-627 heat sniffer, electronic, III-627
frequency counter, 1-310 programmable multi-tone ringer, ll-634 low cost circuit for, II -638
gasoline engine, 1-94 pulse-dialing, 111-610 low power zero voltage switch,ll-640
low-frequency, ID-596 recorder, TIIT-616 piezoelectric fan-based, ID-627
minimum component, 1-405 redial, Ill-<106 precision, linearized platinum RTD
motor !?_peed control and, II-389 relay, 1-631 signal conditioner, 11-639
motor speed control using feedback remote monitor for, II-626 -proportional, III-626
from, 11-378 remote ringer, III-614 single setpoint, 1-641
optical pick-up, III-34 7 repeater, III.::S07 zero-point switching, III-624
set point, m-47 repertory dialer, line powered, l-633 temperature indicator
tamper proof burglar alarm, 1-8 ring detector, III-619, II-623 PTC thermistor for-automotive, ll-56
782
temperature measuring circuit, digital, 11- crystal, 11-151 two wire remote ac electronic, 1-639
653 diode, 1-402 third overtone crystal oscillator, 1,186
temperature meter, 1-647 go/no-go ·diode, 1-401 three-channel multiplexer, sample and
temperature monitor, ill-206 ground, 1-580 hold, JII-396
temperature sensitive heater control. 1- low resistance continuity, 1-551 three-decade logarithmic AID converter,
640 precision, dual limit, go/no-go, 1-157 1-48
temperature sensor, Hl-629-631, 11-645- shutter, 1-485 three-dial combination electronic Jock, 11-
650, 1-648, l.j;57 transistor, 1-401 195
0-50-degree C four channel, 1-648 TTL logic, 1-527 three-in-one test set, ID-330
0-63 degrees C, ID-631 zener, I-400 three-minute timer, III-654
5V powered linearized platinum RTD text adder, composite-video signal, ill-716 three~phase clock, reference clock to, 11-
signal conditioner, 11-650 theremins, II-654-656 101
Centigrade thermometer, 11-648 digital, 11-656 three-phase ac motor driver, II-383
coefficient resistor, positive, 1-657 electronic, Il-655 three-phase power factor controller, 11-388
differential, 1-655 thermal flowmeter, low-rate flow, ID-203 three-phase square wave output
dual output over/under, 11-646 thennally controlled ni-cad battery generator,II-600
DVM interface, II-64 7 clmger, II.j;8 three-phase tester, 11-440
billa, IT-650 thermally stabilized PIN photod.iode signal three-rail power supply, ID-466
integrated circuit, 1-649 conditioner, II-330 threshold detectors, precision, III·l57
isolated, III-631, l-651 thermocouple circuits tilt meter, ID-644-646, II-663-666
remote, 1-654 digital thermometer using, IT-658 differential capacitance measurement
simple differential, 1-654 multiplex, temperature sensor system, circuit, Il-665
thermocouple amplifier with cold junc- [[[.j;3Q sense of slope, 11-664
tion compensation, IT-649 pre-amp using, III-283 ultra-simple level, II-666
thermocouple multiplex system, III-630 thermometer, centigrade calibrated, 1- time delay, Ill.j;47.j;49, ll.j;67-670
zero crossing detector, 1-733 650 circuit, precision solid state, 1-664
temperature stable oscillator, 11-427 thermocouple amplifier, II-14, I-654 constant current charging, II-668
temperature to frequency converter, 1- cold junction compensation in, II-649 electronic, III-648
168, ll.j;5H53, l.j;56 high stability, 1-355 generator, 1-218
digital measuring circuit for, 11-653 thermometer, ID-637-643, II-657-662 hour sampling circuit, Il-668
temperature to frequency transconducer, 0-50 degree F, l-656 long duration, 1-220
linear, I-646 0-100 degree C, 1-656 low cost integrator to multiply 555, II-
temperature transducer with remote adapter for, ID-642 669
sensor, 1-649 add-on for DMM digital voltmeter, ID-640 relay, H63
temperature-compensated crystal oscilla- basic digital, 1-658 relay, ultra precise long, 1-219
tor, ill-137 Centigrade, ll.j;48, 11-662 simple, 11-220, l-668
temperature-to-time converters, ID-632- centigrade, l-655 timing threshold and load driver, 111-648
633, [[(.j;32 centigrnde, calibrated, 1-650 two SCR, 11-670
ten-band graphic equalizer, active filter in, differential, III-638, 1-652, ll.j;61 time division multiplex stereo decoder, II~
11-684 digital, 1-651 168
ten-bit AID converter, 11-28 digital, temperature-reporting, ID-638 timebase, crystal oscillator, III-133
ten-bit serial output AID converter, 11-27 digital, thennocouple, 11-658 timer, IIH50.j;55, H68, IH7H81
Tesla coils, ID-634-636 electronic, 111-639, 11-660 0.1 to 90 second, 1-663
test circuit, ID-328-348, II-340 Fahrenheit, 1~658 741, 1-667
60MHz power gain, 1-489 ground referred Centigrade, 1-657 adjustable ac .2 to 10 seconds, 11-681
audible slow logic pulses, TI-345 ground referred Fahrenheit, 1-656 alarm with, 11-674
continuity for PCB, n:342 implantable/ingestJ.ble, ill-641 CMOS, programmable precision, ID-
diode, U-343 Kelvin scale with zero adjust, 1-653 652
frequency shift keyer tone generator, 1- Kelvin with zero adjust, 11-661 circuit for, Il-675
723 Kelvin, ground referred output, 1-655 darkroom, 1-480
ground, 11-345 linear, ill-642 electronic egg, 1-665
unidirectional motion sensor, 11-346 low power, 1-655 IC, crystal-stabilized, 11-151
wire tracer, II-343 meter, trimmed ouput, 1-655 long delay, PUT, 1-219
test probe remote, 11-659 long interval RC, 1-667
4-220V, Ill-499 uP controlled digital, 1-650 long term electronic, 11-672
logic, with memory, 1-525 variable offset, 1-652 long·time, III-653
tester thennostat low power microprocessor programma-
audio continuity, 1-550 three wire electronic, 1-640 ble interval, 11-678
783
timer (con 't.) tone dial generator, 1-629 photodiode amplifier, III--672
oneMshot, IIIM654 tone dial sequence decoder, I-630 preamp, equalized, for magnetic phono
photographic, 1-485 tone-dialing telephone, III-607 cartridges, 111-671
photographic darkroom enlarger, III-445 tone encoder, 1-67 preamp, magnetic phono, III-673
precision elapsed time/countdown, liM subaudible, 1-23 tape playb,ck, IU-672
680 two-wire, II-364 voltage, differential-to-single-ended, 111-
programmable voltageMcontrolled, 11-676 tone generator 670
PUT long duration, Il--675 FSK test circuit, 1-723 transducer, 1-86
sequential, IIIM651, 1-661--662 portable, 1-625 bridge type, amplifier for, III-71, 11-84
sequentiaJ UJT, IM662 warbling, 11-573 detector for magnetic, 1-233
simple, 1--666 tone probe, digital IC testing with, II-504 sonar, switch and, III-703
slide-show. III-444 tone ringer, telephone, 11-630, II-631 temperature, precision, remote sensor,
slides, photographic, III-448 totem-pole driver, bootstrapping, 111-175 1-649
solid-state, industrial applications, IM664 touch circuit, 1-137 transfonnerless tone annwtciator, III-27-
three-minute, III-654 touch switch, 1-135-136, IJJ-661-665, U- 28
thumbwheel programmable interval, 1- 690-693 transistor flasher, III-200
660 CMOS, 1-137 transistor headphone amplifier, II-43
triangle-wave generator, linear, IIIM222 digital on/off, IU-663 transistor saturated nonselective fre-
variable duty _cyc)e output, III-240 electronic on/off, III-663 quency tripler, 11-252
washer, I-668 latching, double button, 1-138 transistor sorter, 1-401
timing, sequential,-I-663 low current, 1-132 transistor tester, 1-401
timing ciJxuit, 1-666 momentary operation, 1-133 transistorized flashers, table of, 11-236
timing light, ignition, U-60 line-hum, III-664 transmission indicator, 11-211
timing threshold and load driver, IIIM648 negative-triggered, 111-662 transmitter, IU-674-691
TMOS voltage-controlled oscillator, on/off, 11-691 1-of-8 channel multiplexed transmission
balanced, IJJ-736 positive-triggered, III-662 system, III-395
tone alert decoder, 1-213 touchomatic, 11-693 1-2 MHz broadcast, 1-680
tone annunciator; transfonnerl.ess, III-27- two-terminal, IJJ-663 40 kHz ultrasonic, I-685
28, IJJ-27 touchomatic switch, Il-693 200kHz line carrier with on/off, 1-142
tone burst generator, 11-90, 1-604 Touchtone generator, telephone, III-609 amateur radio, 80-M, 111-675
European repeaters, III-74 touch triggered bistable, 1-133 audio, carrier-current circuit, III-79
_tone control, IIIM656-660, 1-677, 11-682· toxic gas detector, 11-280 beacon, III-683
689 toy siren, II-575 carrier current, 1-144
active bass and treble, with buffer, l-674 TR ciJxuit, 11-532 CW, 1-W, Ui-678
audio amplifier, 11-686 trncer CW, 40-M, IU-684
equalizer, ten-band octave, 111--658 bug, 111-358 cw. 902-Mllz, 111-686
guitar treble booster, Il-683 closed-loop, III-356 CW, QRP, 111-690
high level preamp and, II-688 receiver, III-357 fiber optic, III-177
high qu.Jity, 1-675 tracer probe, audio ref signal, 1-527 FM, multiplex, III-688
high-z input, hi fi, 1-676 track-and-hold circuit, III-667 FM, one-transistor, III-687
JC preamplifier, IJJ-657, 1-673 sample-and-hold circuit, 111-549, III-552 FM, (PRM) optical, 1-367
microphone preamp with,.ll-687 signal, IU-668 FM, snooper, III-680
microphone preamp, l-675 tracking AID converter, 8-bit, 111-24, 1-46 FM, voice, III-678
mixer preamp, 1-58 trncking ciJxuits, 111-666-668 FM, wireless microphone, III-682, III-
passive circuit, 11-689 positive/negative voltage reference, III- 685, IU-691
rumble/scratch filter, 111-660 667 haJf-duplex information transmission
ten band graphic equalizer, active filter, preregulator, III-492 link, low-cost, III-679
ll-684 trnck-and-hold, 111-667 mfrared, JJJ-277, U-289, U-290
three-band active, IJJ-658, 1-676 trnck-and-hold, signal, 111-668 mfrared, digital, IU-275
three channel, 1-672 train chuffer sowtd effect, 11-588 integrated circuit carrier current, 1-145
Wren-bridge filter, IJJ-659 transceiver JR. I-343
tone decoder, 1!1-143, 1-231 de adapter and, hand-held, III-461 low-frequency, III-682
dual time constant, 11-166 hand-held, speaker amplifiers, III-39 one tube, 10 W CW, 1-681
24 percent bandwidth, 1-215 ultrasonic, III-702, 111-704 one-of-eight channel, computer circuit,
relay output, -1-213 transducer amplifiers, III-669-673 111-100
tone detectors, 500-Hz, III-154 flat-response, tape, III-673 optical, 1-363
tone dial decoder, 1-631 NAB preamp, record, III-673 optical, FM, 50 kHz center frequency,
tone dial encoder, I-629 NAB preamp, two--pole, 111-673 U-417
784
optical, receiver for, II-418 two 8-bit to 12 D/A converter, 11-180 universal active filter, 11-214
oscillator and, 27 and 49 MHz, l-680 two-channel panning circuit, 1-57 universal battery chargers, III-56, III-58
receiver and, IR remote control, 1-342 two-gate quartz oscillator, III-136 universal counter
remote sensors, loop-type, III-70 two-level multiplexer, III-392 10 MHz, D-139
simple FM, l-681 two-meter preamp for handitalkies, 1-19 40-MHz, Ill-127
television, ll-676 two-op amp bridge type differential universal mixer stage, III-370
VHF modulator, III-684 amplifier, ll-83 universal power supply, 3-30V, III-489
VHF tone, III-681 two-phase ac motor driver, ll-382 universal wiper delay, 1-97
treasw-e locator, lo-parts, l-409 two-state siren, III-567 Wltuned field strength meter, 1-276
treble booster, guitar, D-683 two-tone generator, 11-570 unusual fuzz sound effect, ll-590
tremolo circuit, I-fj9, III-692-695 two-tone siren, III-562 up/down counter, extreme count freezer,
voltage-controlled amplifier, I-598 two-way intercom, III-292 IU-125
triac circuits
lampdimmer, III-303, D-310
relay-contact protection with, II-531
two-wire to four wire audio converter, 11-14
two-wire tone encoder, 11-364
two's complement, D/A conversion
v
vacuum Ouorescent display circuit, 11-185
zero point switch, II-311 system, binary, 12-bit, Dl-166 vapor detector, ll-279
triac-controlled voltage doubler, III-468 varactor tuned -10 MHz ceramic resonator
triangle to sine converter, II-127
triangle/square wave oscillator, II-422
triangle-wave generators, III-234
u
UA2240 staircase generator, III-587
oscillator, 11-141
variable attenuator, I-52
variable-capacitance diode-sparked VCO,
square-wave and, 111-225, III-239 UHF, wideband amplifier, high perfor- ID-737
square-wave and, precision, 111-242 mance FETs, III-264 variable current source, 100 rnA to 2A, ll-
square-wave and, wide-range, III-242 UHF-TV preamplifier, III-546 471
timer, linear, III-222 UJT circuits variable duty-cycle..oscillator, fixed-
trickle charger, 12 V battery, 1-117 battery chargers, III ~56 frequency, III-422
trigger metronome, Il·355 variable-frequency inverter, complemen-
50-MHz, III-364 monostable cin:uit, bias voltage change tary output, III-297
camera alarm, III-444 insensitive, 11-268 variable-gain amplifier, voltage-controlled,
flash, photographi, xenon flash, III-447 ultra high gain -audio amplifier, 1-87 1-28-29
optical Schmitt, 1-362 ultra high voltage generator, 11-488 variable-gain and sign op amp, 11-405
oscilloscope-triggered sweep, III-438 ultra high Z ac unity gain amplifier, II-7 m-
variable-gain circuit, accurate null and,
remote flash, 1-484
SCR series, optically coupled, III-411
ultra low leokage pre-.
ultrasonics, III-696-707
D-7, 1-38 69
variable oscillator, IT-421
sound light flash, 1-482 arc welding inverter, 20KHz, III-700 four-decade, single control for, 11-424
triac, 1-421 induction heater, 120-KHz 500-W, lli- wide range, IT-429
triggered sweep, add-on, 1-472 704 variable power supplies 487-492
tripler, nonselective, transistor saturation, pest-controller, III~706, 111-707 adjustable 10-A regulator, Ill-492
11-252 pest-repeller,l-684, TI-685, III-699 regulator!current source, III-490
trouble tone alert, 11-3 ranging system, Ul-697 switching regulator, low-power, III-490
TTL circuits receiver, Ill-698, lll-705 switching, 10Q-KHz multiple-output, III-
clock, wide-frequency, III-85 sonar transducer/switch, 111-703 488
coupler, optical, ill-416 switch, 1-683 tracking preregulator, Ill-492
gates, siren using, 11-576 transceiver, III-702, III-704 universai3-30V, Ill-489
Morse code keyer, 11-25 transmitter, I -685 variable voltage regulator, III-491
square wave to triangle wave converter, undervoltage, monitor for, III-762 variable sine-wave oscillator, super low-
11-125 unidirectional motion sensor, 11-346 distortion, III-558
TTL to MOS logic converter, 11-125 uninterrupt:J.ble power supply, 11462 variable shpe compressor/expander, III-
tunable audio filter, II-402 + 5V, III-4 77 94
tunable audio notch filter circuit, 11-399 unity gain amplifier variable timed ring counter, 11-134
tunable frequency oscillator, 11-425 inverting, 1-80 wrying frequency warning alann, D-579
tunable notch filter, op amp, Il-400 inverting, wideband, 1-35 vehicle security system, 1-5
tuner ultra high Z ac, D-7 versatile battery charger, ll-72
FM, 1-231 unity gain buffer very low frequency generator, IT-64,
guitar and bass, II-362 stable, with good speed--and high input VFO, 5 MHz, D-551
turbo circuits, glitch free, m-186 impedance, IT-6 VHF crystal oscillator
twang-twang circuit, 11-592 unity gain follower, 1-27 20-MHz, Ill-138
twilight-triggered drcuit, D'322 unipolar-to-dual supply voltage converter, 50-MHz, lll-140
twin-T notch filters, III-403 III-743 100-MHz, Ill-139
785
VHF modulator, I-440, III-684- voltage-controlled crystal oscillator, III- ten step, 1-335
VHF tone transmitter, III-681 135 voltage meters/monitors/indicators, III-
video amplifier, III-708-712 voltage-controlled filter, 111-187 758-772
75-ohm video pulse, III-711 voltage-controlled high speed one shot, 11- ac voltmeter, III-765
buffer, low-distortion, III-712 266 ac voltmeter, wide-range, III-772
color, l-34, III-724 voltage-controlled ramp generator, Il-523 audio millivoltmeter, III-767, III-769
de gain-control, III-711 voltage-controlled timer, programmable, comparator and, ll-104
FET cascade, l-691 11-676 de voltmeter, III-763
gain block, lll-712 voltage-controlled amplifier, tremolo de voltmeter, resistance, high-input, III-
IF, lo')'-level video detector circuit and, cin:uit or, I -598 762
11-687, 1-689 voltage-controlled oscillator, 1-702-704 DVM, 3.5-digit, full-scale 4-decade, III-
JFET bipolar cascade, 1-692 3-5 V regulated output converter, III- 761
line driving, lll-710 739 DVM, 4.5-Wgit, !II-760
RGB, lll-709 10Hz to 10kHz, I-701, III-735-741 FET voltmeter, III-765, III-770
summing, clamping circuit and, III-710 linear, 1-701 frequency counter, III-768
video circuits (see also television-related), linear triangle/square wave, 11-263 high-input resistance voltmeter, III-768
lll-713-728 logarithmic sweep, 111-738 HTS, precision, 1-122
chroma demodulator with RGB matrix, precision, Ill-431, 1-702 low-voltage indicator, III-769
lll-716 simple, 1-703 multiplexed common-cathode LED
color amplifier, III-724 supply voltage splitter, III-738 ADC, lll-764
composite-video signal text adder, III- three decade, 1-703 ovet/under monitor, III-762
716 TMOS, balanced, III-736 peak program detector, III-771
cross-hatch generator, color TV, III-724 two decade high frequency, 1-704 rf voltmeter, III-766
de restorer, ill-723 variable-capacitance diode-sparked, III- visible voltage indicator, III-772
high-performance video switch, III-728 737 voltage freezer, III-763
PALINTSC decoder with RGB input, waveform generator and, III-737 voltage monitor, III-767
lll-717 voltage-controlled variable gain amplifier, voltage-level, III-759
palette, III-720 1-28-29 voltage-level sensor, 111-770
picture fixer/inverter, III-722 voltage-controller, pulse generator and, voltage ratio-to-frequency converter, 111-
RGB-composite converter, III-714 lll-524 116
signal clamp, III-726 voltage converters, III-742-748 voltage references, III-773-775
switch/, very high off isolation, IU-719 12-to-16 V, lll-747 bipolar source, III-774
sync separator, single-supply wide- de-to-de, 3-25 V, III-744 digitally controlled, III-775
range, lll-715 de-to-de, dual output +1-12-15 V, III- expanded-scale analog meter, III-774
video switch, automatic, III-727 746 positive/negative, tracker for, III-667
video switch, general purpose, III-725 flyback, high-efficiency, 111-744 voltage regulator, II-484
wireless camera link, Ill-71 flyback-switching, self-oscillating, III- 5-V low-dropout, III-461
video log amplifier, de to, 1-38 748 lOY high stability, lll-468
video modulator, ll-371, 11-372, 1-437 offline, 1.5-W, III-746 ac, III-477
video monitors, RGB, blue box, III-99 regulated 15-Vout 6-V driven, III-745 automotive circuits, III-48
video multiplexer, 1-of-15 cascaded, HI- splitter, III-743 high-voltage, lll-485
393 unipolar-to-dual supply, III-743 negative, III-474
visible voltage indicator, 111-772 voltage detector relay, battery charger, 11- projection lamp, 11-305
voice activated switch and amplifier, 1-608 76 PUT, 90V rms voltage, 11-479
voice circuits, III-729-734 voltage doubler, III-459 single supply, 11-4 71
ac line-voltage announcer, III-730 triac-controlled, III-468 variable, lll-491
allophone generator, III-733 voltage follower, 1-40, III-212 voltage source, programmable, 1-694
computer speech synthesizer, III-732 fast, 1-34 voltage splitter, III-738
dialed phone number vocalizer, III-731 noninverting, 1-33 voltage-to-current converter, III-110, 11-
voice substitute, electronic, III-734 signal-supply operation, amplifiers for, 124, 1-166
voice substitute, electronic, III-734 lll-20 voltage-to-frequency converters, 1-707,
voice-operated switch, III-580 voltage indicator lll-749-757
voltage amplifier solid-state battery, 1-120 1 Hz-to-lOMHz, lll-754
differential-to-single-ended, III-670 visible, l-338 1 Hz-to-30 MHz, lll-750
reference, 1-36 voltage inverters, precision, III-298 lHz-to-1.25 MHz, lll-755
voltage control resistor, I-422 voltage level detector, 11-172, 1-338 5 Kllz-to-2MHz, III-752
voltage-controlled amplifier, 1-31, 1-598 voltage level indicator, III-759, III-770 10Hz to 10kHz, l-706
voltage-controlled attenuator, 11-18, III-31 five step, l-337 accurate, III-756
786
differential~input, III~ 750 high speed, I-101 digital frequency window, III-777
low~cost, lli-751 low level, audio output, 1-391 multiple-aperture discriminator, III-781
precision, IT-131 speed, I-96 windshield wiper circuits
preserved input, III-753 warning light, III-317 control circuit for, 11-62, 1-103, 1-105
wide-range, TII-751, IU-752 battery powered, Il-320 delayed-action control for, 11-55
voltage-to~pulse duration converter, 11-124 water-level sensors hesitation control w:rit for, 1-105
voltmeter detector and control, III-206 intennittent, dynamic braking in, IT-49
3 1/2 <lig;t, l-712 indicator, 11-244 slow~sweep control for, 11-55
3 1/2 digital true nns ac, 1-712 sensing and control, IT-246 windshield washer fluid watcher, 1-107
5-<tig;t, I!I-760 wattmeter, 1-17 wire tracer, II-343
ic, lli-765 wavefonn generator, 11-269, 11-272 wireless speaker system, IR, III-272
ac, wide-range, III-772 audio, precision, III-230 write amplifiers, III-18
add-on thennometer for, 111-640 four-output, III-223
bar-graph, II-54 precise, 11-274
bargraph car, l-99 VCO and, TII-737 X
de, IU-763 weight scale, <tig;tal, II-398 xenon flash t·.~r, slave, III-447
de, high-input resistance, 111~762 whistle, steam locomotive, III-568, 11-589 XOR gates
<tig;tal, lii-4 who's-first game circuit, III~244 complementary signals generator, III-
digital, 3.5~digit, full-scale, four-decade, wide-band AGC amplifiers, III-15 226
I!I-761 wide-frequency range oscillator/amplifier, oscillator, III-429
FET, I-713, I!I-765, UI-770 I!-262 up/down counter, IU-105
high-input resistance, ITI-768 wide-frequency TTL clock, III-85
rf, lll-766
sensitive rf, l-405
wide-range oscillator, III-425
wide-range peak detectors, III-152
y
wide band ac, 1-715 wide-range variable oscillator, 11-429 yelp oscillator, 11-577
volume amplifier, II-46 wideband amplifiers yelping siren, III-562
volume control, telephone, 11-623 hybrid, 500kHz-! GHz, IU-265
vox box, 11-582
Vpp generator, EPROM, 11-114
VU meter, extended range, 11-487, 1-714
instrwnentation, III-281
miniature, III-265
UHF amplifiers, high-performance
z
Z80 clock, TI-121
FETs, Ill-264 zapper, 11-64
wideband signal splitter, III-582 ni-cad battery, 11-66
w
waa~waa circuit, 11-590
wideband two-pole high pass filter, 11-215
Wien-bridge filter, lli-659
Wien-bridge notch filter, II-402
ni-cad battery, version II, 11-68
zener diode
increasing power rating of, 11-485
waiters, III~560-568, 11-571 Wren-bridge oscillator variable, 1-507
alarm using, II-572 CMOS chip in, Il-568 zener rating, transistor increases, 1-496
wailing siren, III-563 low-distortion, thennally stable, III~557 zener tester, 1-400
wake~up call, electronic, 11-324 low-voltage, III-432 zero crossing detector, 11-173
walkman amplifier, 11-456 sine wave, 11-566 zero meter, suppressed, 1~715
warblers, III-560-568, 11-571 single-supply, Ill-558 zero point switch
alarm using, 11-573 variable, III-424 temperature control, III-624
generator for, IT-572 wind powered battery charger, II~ 70 triac, 11-311
tone generator, 11-573 windicator, 1-330 zero-voltage switching
warning, auto lights-on, 11-55 window comparator,87, 111-90, 11-106 closed contact half-wave,_ III-412
warning alarm, varying frequency, 11-579 high-input-impedance, II-108 solid-state relay, antiparallel SCR
warning device window detectors/comparators/ output, lli-416
high level, l-387 discriminators, III-776-781 solid-state, optically coupled, 111-410
787
Other Bestsellers of Related Interest
HOW 10 USE SPECIAL-PURPOSE ICs MASTER HANDBOOK OF 1001 PRACTICAL

-Delton T. Horn ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS-Solid-State Edition
.A truly excellent overview of the newest and most -Edited by Kendall Webster Sessions
useful special purpose ICs available today, this source- Tested and proven circuits that you can put to imme-
book covers practical uses for circuits ranging from volt- diate use in a full range of practical applications! You'll
age regulators to CPUs ... from telephone ICs to find circuits ranging from battery chargers to burglar
multiplexers and demultiplexers ... from video ICs to alarms, from test equipment to voltage multipliers, from
stereo synthesizers ... and more! Easy-to-follow expla- power supplies to audio amplifiers, from repeater cir-
nations are supported by drawings, diagrams, and sche- cuits to transceivers, transmitters, and logic circuits.
matics. 400 pages, 392 illustrations. Book No. 2625, Whatever your interest or electronics speciality, the cir-
$16.95 paperback only cuits you need are here, ready to be put to immediate
use. 420 pages, 632 illustrations. Book No. 2980.
THE LINEAR IC HANDBOOK-MichaelS. Morley $19.95 paperback only
Far more than a replacement for manufacturers'
data books, The linear /C Handbook covers linear IC HOW 10 DESIGN SOLID-STATE CIRCUITS
offerings from_ all major manufacturers-complete with -2nd Edition-Mannie Horowitz and Delton T. Hom
specifications, data sheet parameters, and price informa- Design and build useful electronic circuits from
tion-along with technological background on linear scratch! The authors provide the exact data you need on
ICs. It gives you instant access to data on how linear ICs every aspect of semiconductor design, performance
are fabricated, how they work, what types are available, characteristics, applications potential, operating reliabil-
and techniques for designing them. 624 pages, 366 illus- ity, and more! Four major categories of semiconductors
trations. Book No. 2672. $49.50 hardcover only are examined: diodes, transistors, integrated circuits,
and thyristors. It's filled with procedures, advice, tech-
ALARMS: 55 Electronic Projects and niques, and background information-all the-hands-on
Circuits-Charles D. Rakes direction you need to understand and use semiconductors
Make your home or business a safer place to live in all kinds of electronic devices. 380 pages, 297 illus-
and work-for a price you can afford. Almost anything trations. Book No. 2975. $16.95 paperback, $24.95
can be monitored by an electronic alarm circuit-from hardcover
detecting overheating equipment to low fluid levels,
from smoke in a room to an intruder at the window. This ELECTRONIC DATABOOK-4th Edition
book shows you the variety of alarms that are available. -Rudolf F. Graf
There are step-by-step instructions, work-in-progress If it's electronic, it's here-current, detailed, and
diagrams, troubleshooting tips, and advice for building comprehensive! Use this book to broaden your electron-
each project. 178 pages, 150 illustrations. Book No. ics information base. Revised and expanded to include
2996, $13.95 paperback only all up-to-date information, this fourth edition makes any
electronic job easier and less time-consuming. You'll
50 CMOS IC PROJECTS-Delton T. Horn find information that will aid in the design of local area
Delton T. Horn presents a general introduction to networks, computer interfacing structure, and more!
CMOS !Cs aod technology ... provides full schematics 528 pages, 131 illustrations. Book No. 2958. $24.95
including working diagrams and parts Jists . . . offers paperback. $34.95 hardcover
construction hints as well as suggestions for project vari-
ations and combinations. This book discusses: the basics
of digital electronics, safe handling of CMOS devices,
breadboarding, tips on experimenting with circuits, and
more. You'll find signal generator and music-making
projects, time-keeping circuits, game circuits, and a host
of other miscellaneous circuits. 224 pages, 226 illustra-
tions. Book 2995, $16.95 paperback. $25.95 hardcover
500 ELECTRONIC IC CIRCIDTS WITH BASIC ELECTRONICS THEORY-3rd Edition
PRACTICAL APPLICATIONS-James A. Whitson -Delton T. Hom
More than just an electronics book that provides cir~ '~II the information needed for a basic understanding of
cuit schematics or step-by-step projects, this complete almost any electronic device or circuit . . ." was how
sourcebook provides both practical electronics circuits Radio-Electronics magazine described the previous edi-
AND the additional information you need about specific tion of this now-classic sourcebook. This completely
components. You will be able to use this guide to updated and expanded edition provides a resource tool
improve your IC circuit-building skills as well as that belongs in a prominent place on every electronics
,become more familiar with some of the popular ICs. 336 bookshelf. Packed with illustrations, schematics,
pages, 600 illustrations. Book No. 2920, $24.95 paper- projects, and experiments, it's a book you won't want to
back, $29.95 hardcover miss! 544 pages, 650 illustrations. Book No. 3195,
$21.95 paperback only
THE ILLUSTRATED DICTIONARY OF
ELECTRONICS-5th Edition INTERNATIONAL ENCYCWPEDIA OF
-Rufus P. Turner and Stan Gibilisco INTEGRATED CIRCUITS-Stan Gibilisco
This-completely revised and updated edition defines How would you like to have the answers to just
more than 27,000 practical electronics terms, acronyms, about any IC or IC application question in one easy-to-
and abbreviations. Find up-to-date information on basic use "master" source? Now you can, with the new, ali-
electronics, computers, mathematics, electricity, com- inclusive sourcebook. This convenient, quick-reference
munications, and state-of-the-art applications-all dis- source provides pin-out diagrams, internal block dia-
cussed in a nontechnical style. The author also includes grams --and schematics, characteristic curves, descrip-
360 new definitions and 125 illustrations and diagrams. tions and applications-for foreign and domestic ICs!
736 pages, 650 illustrations. Book No. 3345, $26.95 1,000 pages, 4,500 illustrations. Book No. 3100$75.00
paperback, $39.95 hardcover hardcover only
TilE BENCHTOP ELECTRONICS REFERENCE TROUBLESHOOfiNG AND REPAIRING

MANUAL-2nd Edition-Victor F. C. Veley ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS-2nd Edition
Praise for the first edition: -Robert L. Goodman
" ... a one-stop source of valuable infonnation on a Here arc easy-to-follow, step-by-step instructions
wide variety of topics . . . deserves a prominent place on for troubleshooting and repairing all major brands of the
your bookshelf'' -Modem Electronics latest electronic equipment, with hundreds of block dia-
Veley has completely updated this edition and added grams, specs, and schematics to help you do the job
new sections onmathematics and digital electronics. All right the first time. You will find expert advice and tech~
of the most common electronics topics are covered-ac, niques for working with both old and new circuitry,
de, circuits, communications, microwave, and more- including tube-type transistor, IC microprocessor, and
this is the most complete reference available on the sub- analog and digitaJiogic circuits. 320 pages, 236 illustra-
ject. 784 pages, 389 illustrations. Book No. 3414, tions. Book No. 3258, $18.95 paperback, $27.95 hard-
$29.95 paperback, $39.95 hardcover cover
ELECTRONICS EQUATIONS HANDBOOK COMPUTER TECHNICIAN'S HANDBOOK

-Stephen J. Erst -3rd Edition-Art Margolis
Here is immediate access to equations for nearly ·'This is a clear book, with concise and sensible lan-
every imaginable application! In this book, Stephen Erst guage and lots of large diagrams ... use [it] to cure or
provides an extensive compilation of formulas from his prevent problems in [your] own system ... the [section
40 years' experience in electronics. He covers 21 major on troubleshooting and repair] is worth the price of the
categories and more than 600 subtopics in offering the book.'' -Science Software Quanerly
over 800 equations. This broadbased volume includes More than just a how-to manual of do-it-yourself
equations in everything from basic voltage to microwave fix-it techniques, this book offers complete instructions
!-.)'stem designs. 280 pages, 219 illustrations. Book No. on interfacing and modification that will help you get the
3241, $16.95 paperback only most out of your PC. 579 pages, 97 illustrations. Book
No. 3279, $24.95 paperback, $36.95 hardcover
ELECTRONIC CONVERSION: Symbols and TROUBLESHOOfiNG AND REPAIRING THE
Formulas-2nd Edition NEW PERSONAL COMPUTERS-Art Margolis
-Rufus P. Turner and Stan Gibilisco This --is a treasury of time- and-money-saving tips
This revised and updated edition supplies all the for- and techniques that shows personal computer owners
mulas, symbols, tables, and conversion factors com- and service technicians how to troubleshoot and repair
monly used in electronics. Exceptionally easy to use, the today's new 8- and 16-bit computers (including
material is organized by subject matter. Its format is ffiM® PC/XT/AT and compatibles, the Macintosh®, the
ideal and you can save time by directly accessing specific Amiga, the Commodores, and other popular brands).
information. Topics cover only the most-needed facts Margolis examines the symptoms, describes the prob-
about the most often used conversion, symbols, formu- lem, and indicates which chips or circuits are most likely
las, and tables. 280 pages, 94 illustrations. Book No. to be the source of the trouble. 416 pages, 351 illustra-
2865, $14.95 paperback, $21.95 hardcover tions. Book No. 2809, $19.95 paperback only
Prir:es s.bjed to Claange Without Notk;e.
Look for These and Other TAB Books at Your Local Bookstore
To Order Call Toll Free 1-800-822-8158
(in PA. AK, and Canada call 717-794-2191)
or write to TAB Books, Blue Ridge Summit, PA 17294-0840.
Till< Product No. Quantiry Price
n Chcd or money order lllllde payable to TAB Books Subtotal $ ---------

Chlu"p: my 0 VISA 0 MasterCard 0 American Express Postage and Handling
Ac:cl. No. Exp. _ __ ($3.00 in U:S .• $5.00 outside U.S.) $ - - - - - - - - -
Add applicable state and local
Sipaure: sales tax $ - - - - - - - - -
TOTAL $
Name:
TAB Books catalog free with purchase; otherwise send $1.00 in check
or money order and receive .$ J..OO credit on your next purchase.
Orders outside U.S. must pay with international money order in U.S. dollars.
Cily:
TAB Guarantee: If for any reason you are not satisfied with the book(5)
you order, simply return it (them) within 13 days and receive a l'ull
"'""" - - - - - - - - - - - - z;p, - - - - refund. BC

Graf - Encyclopedia of Electronic Circuits - Vol 1 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Graf - Encyclopedia of Electronic Circuits - Vol 1 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

1938

,.. :' ....

Importers I Exporters I Distributors I Retailers I Mail orders :

Fig. 93-9: Reprinted with the pennis-

·-©. o-@:: E--@=82"

INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR

Computalarm Blown Fuse Alarm

OUT Vee 8 --~ . ~

TERp,o\INAl) 470n 10K IN914 CLOSED-LOOP Sl

AUTO BURGLAR ALARM

3.3kl1 DPDT key switch Hidden

EXISTING BURGLAR ALARM I

LATCHING BURGLAR ALARM

-6V ••--l-, R2J Ct

lOOK NPN PNP

AUTO BURGLAR ALARM

,----.-----o +3V TO 18V Tx

GATED 2kHz BUZZER LATCHING BURGLAR ALARM

FREEZER MELTDOWN ALARM

Code Practice Oscillator Produces Automatic Self-Powered CW Monitor

'"' '"' 3.3Kf2 l,uf

"' • " " '"

FROt.l oo• ' "" "

PARTS LIST FOR HAM'S KEVER 01-HEP-253 pnp transistor

CODE PRACTICE OSCILLATOR

RELAY OPOT Rn73-213

CODE PRACTICE OSCILLATOR

SWR WARNING INDICATOR

TO ANTENNA Circuit Notes

-•PORTABLE RADIO REPLACEMENT TYPE

AUTOMATIC TTL MORSE-CODE KEYER

High Impedance Differential Amplifier Gated Amplifier

Vour = c (1 +a +b)(V2 -v1)

UNITY GAIN FOLLOWER

Fig. 3-3 'I

r------------1~------o•v Circuit Notes

" '" ""

t 330CLppMI•c. Type 0209 available

VOLTAGE CONTROLLED VARIABLE GAIN AMPLIFIER

PRECISION PROCESS CONTROL INTERFACE

NOTE: NO OUTPUT WHEN Vin C IS NEGATIVE

ABSOLUTE VALUE AMPLIFIER

,., " " " ""

x 1000 AMPLIFIER CIRCUIT

Fig. 3-13 Fig. 3-15

• Whln drlvlngl•r- CL, the Vout tlew ••t• it determinld by CL

Fig. 3-17 Fig. 3-19

FAST VOLTAGE FOLLOWER CABLE BOOTSTRAPPING

''" "" "' "''"

"' " " " "

Fig. 3-21 Fig. 3-23

WIDEBAND UNITY GAIN INVERTING LOGARITHMIC AMPLIFIER

Fig. 3-22 Fig. 3-24

Power Bandwidth: 250 kHz

REFERENCE VOLTAGE AMPLIFIER ADJUSTMENT-FREE

MINIMUM BIAS CURRENT IN REFERENCE CELL -15V

IC = HA-OP07 -Circuit Notes

x 10 OPERATIONAL PRECISION ABSOLUTE

.... (='Y) (=.a')····ml .1. Eo·v•(~+~)

~~-a·~ t. FQA lOTH IN'IJTI. Eo • • EtN

DC TO VIDEO LOG AMPLIFIER WIDE BANDWIDTH, LOW

'm•• ~-240 kHt

• P1rnitlc input CII)Kotii\CI (Cla 3 pF for LF155, LF156, 1nd